(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A dictionary of the Hawaiian language, to which is appended an English-Hawaiian vocabulary and a chronological table of remarkable events"

pi- 



CORNELL 

UNIVERSITY 

LIBRARY 




FROM 



P. R. Cameron 



r /// 


Date Due 




(M- 


'-'' 














FiEB- 








^ 


£V 






r^^ 






^tf/^ 


ft^/^^ 


m 




Vf 1 









































































































































'i £> 



corneu University Library 
PL 6446.A56 

of the Hawaiian lanfluaf,; 
Dictionary pf.we„n„,|,,,„,|,,,|,|,|i|inim|n 




7924 026 916 167 




The original of tiiis book is in 
tine Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026916167 



DICTIONARY 



HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE, 



TO -WHICH IS APPBNDBD AM 



ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN YOCABULAEY 



AND A 



CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS 



BY LORRIN ANDREWS, 



S-Tv 



TO THE 

FOREIGN RESIDENTS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 

THE 



BY TBEIR 

FELLOW-CITIZEN AND HUMBLE SERVANT. THE AUTHOR. 



AUTHOU'S PREFACE. 



It was the intention of the Author of this volume to make some extended 
remarks concerning the character, peculiarities and extent of the Hawaiian 
Language, by way of Preface or Introduction} but the want of physical strength, 
and especially of mental energy, has induced him to forego such an attempt and 
be contented with a mere History of the manner in which this Dic^onary has 
come into existence. The History of Hawaiian Lexicography is shgirt. For 
the first effort the Author will quote from the preface of "A Vocabulary of 
Words in the Hawaiian Language'* as follows ; 

" At a General Meeting of ttie Hiasion ia SUne, 1834, it was Toted, That Mb. Andrews 
prepare a Voc(ihvkiry 0/ the BawaUan Zaiigiiage.^ At the same time a wish was earnestly 
expressed and often repeated, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed 
as seen as possible ; and it was fully nuderstood and expected that the work would neces- 
sarily be an imperfect one. ' 

"On receiving the above appointment IVom the Mission, <he Compiler set about a review 
of his materiaU for the compilation af a Vocabulary. The materials at and and irom 
whicb the following work has beea compiled were the following : 

" 1. A vocabulary of words collected mostly, it is believed, by Mr. Loomis, formerly a 
member of this Mission. This was transcribed by the Compiler on his voyage from the 
tTnited States, and put to use in 1828. In using it, bis object was to insert every new word 
wbjch he saw in print or understood in conversation or could obtain in any oUier.way, 
besides correcting such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr. 
Loomis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing, however, 
to his ignorance of the Language at the time, many mistakes were made both in thu orthog- 
raphy of the Words and in the d^nitions. 

" 2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely, at the request of 
the Mission, and finished by Mr. Bishop. A copy of this was receijied and transcribed by 
the Compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of 
new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In 
using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the Vocabulary of Hr. Loomis. 
New words and new definitions oi words before c<dlected, increased the suse of the book''to 
a considerable extent. 

" On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the 
labor of a thorough examination of every word, either by consulting intelligent Natives or 
by examining the usus loquendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the 
books that had been printed, mast necessarily be a very protracted Ubor— the labor of 
some years at least. In consideration, therefore, of the argent desire-thBtsometbing should 
be commenced in the form of a Vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to 
perfection must bo slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion— and as the Com- 
piltt was burdened with labors of vaother kind— be judged it best to keduce the materials 



VI AUTHOR'S PREPACB. 

Still there has b^n ftibple room for th^ exercise of the Author's own judg* 
ment. The different departments in which he has been called to act, as that of 
a Missionary, a Tocher in the Seminary at LahainalUna, a Magistrate in the 
different Courts of the Kingdom and Secretary of the PriTy Council, in all which 
the Hawaiian Language was used, have brought before him a great variety of 
forms of speech, and perhaps also, a greater variety of the senses in which many 
words are used than could have been obtained had he been confined to any one 
department. But after all, as he reviews his Dictionary, ne feels that he has 
nothing to boast of. The deficiencies are still great. Much vriil remain for the 
Author's successors t6 do before the genius, extent, and peculiarities of tha 
Hawaiian Language will be fUlly developed. 

There are several departments of the language the words of which are but 
feebly represented in this Dictionary. That which relates to the imaginative 
ih the Kaaos or Legends of difierent classes, — that which relates to what ma^ 
be termed their philosophical views, i. e., their mode of accounting for natural 
phenomena, as the creation of their own islands, — ^the Origin of their fieligioos 
rites, — arid especially the power of imagination displayed in their Meles and the 
consequent richness of their language for expressing the nicest shades of love» 
of hatred, of jealousy and revenge, and the language employed by the priests 
when drawing on their gods for assistance, are but partially presented in die 
definitions of this Dictionary. The Kaao of Laieikaw^i is alpnost the only spec- 
imen of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many 
fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are neither 
seen ttor regarded by the foreign community. Volumes more of the same qual- 
ity as Laieikawai might be collected and printed and whose moral influence 
would be no worse on Hawaiian rainds than the famous Scott's Novels are on 
Eiiglish readers. The study of these Kaaos would demonstrate that the Hawai- 
ians possessed a language not only adapted to their former necessities, but capa- 
ble of being used ih introducing the arts of civilized society, and especially of 
pure morals, of law and the religion of the Bible. 

The number of words in this Dictionary is about 15,500. The Author would 
here state that four-fifths of the work were completed before he had any intima- 
tion that it would ever be printed. It was written solely for his own amuse- 
ment and information, and preparatory to a more full investigation of those 
departments of the language above mentioned. He has been desirous lor many 
years of going more fully into the study of Hawaiian poetry, and as a prepara- 
tion to it he was induced to collect specimens of the language of common life* 
hence the origin of this Dictionary, An appropriation of money for a Dictionary 
passed by the Legislature of i860 without his knowledge, was the first intima- 



AUTHOB'S PBEFAOE. Vll 

tion the Author had that such a work was desired by the Foreign coramumty 
on the Islands. 

Much praise is due to the Managers of the Office of the Advertiser for the 
correctness of the printing. Seldom is a book of this size printed with so few 
typographical errors. The public will also feel indebted to Professor Alexander 
for assiduous attention not only in one reading of each proof sheet, hut in sug- 
gesting improvements in the language of definitions. The work is now sub- 
mitted to a candid public. The Author hopes and prays that as God has spared 
his life to bring it to a close, he will in som? way make it useful to the increase 
of intelligence in this Hawaiian Kingdom. 

LORBIN ANDREWS. 
HoNoiutn, April, 1865. 



Vlll 



AUTHOE'S PKEFAOZ. 



NOTICES TO THE READER. 

The Reader will notice that the Order of words in the Dictionary does not 
follow the order of letters in the English Alphabet, but they follow the order in 
which they stand in the Hawaiian ^rs^ booh for children, viz. : 1st, the vowels j 
2d, the Hawaiian consonants, and 3d, such foreign consonants as have been in- 
troduced in connection with foreign words. (See the Alphabet below.) 

In arranging the definitions, where there are several attached to a word, the 
Author has endeavored first to ascertain, if possible, the radical idea of the word 
in its simplest form, and from that he has used his best judgment in arranging 
in the order d their sequence the various derived significations. How far he 
has succeeded must be left to the judgment of the Reader. 

The Reader of Hawaiian vrill notice that many words begin with the letters 
hoo. In looking in the Dictionary for such words, he may not find them ; thus, 
haoncumao will not be found under the letter H. Throw off then the hoo and 
look for TWMiao, v., and there it will appear, and so of many others. 

The sounds of the vowels will appear in the Alphabet below, and in the same 
order as they stand in the Dictionary. 



Hawaiian Vowels. 



A as heard in arch, ask, Sec. 

E as in hate, late, &c. 

I as in ee in English, or as i in piqtie. 

O as long in Twte. 

IT as 00 in coo. 



Hawaiian 
Consonants 







X 


B. 


H 






D. 


E 




Foreign 


F. 


L 




Consonants 


G. 


v' 


as in English. 


pronounced 


R. 


N 




as in 


S. 


P 




English. 


T. 


W 






V. 








Z. 



L. A. 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 



The Hawaiian is but a dialect of tiie great Polynesian language, which is 
spoken with extraordinary uniformity over all the numerous islands of the Pacific 
Ocean between New Zealand and Hawaii. Again, the Polynesian language is 
but one member of that wide-spread family of languages, known as the Malayo- 
Polynesian or Oceanic family, which extends from Madagascar to the Hawaiian 
Islands, and from New Zealand to Formosa. 

The Hawaiian dialect is peculiarly interesting to the philologist from its 
isolated position, being the most remote of the family from its primeval seat in 
South-Eastern Asia, and leading as it were the van while the Malagasy brings 
up the rear. We will first give a brief account of what has been done for these 
languages, chiefly by European scholars. 

The similarity of the Polynesian dialects to one another is so striking that it 
did not escape the iiotice of the first discoverers in this Ocean. Dr. Reinhold 
Forster, the celebrated naturalist of Captain Cook's second voyage, drew up a 
table containing 47 words taken from 11 Oceanic dialects, and the corresponding 
terms in Malay, Mexican, Peruvian and Chilian. From this table he inferred 
that the Polynesian languages afford many analogies with the Malay, while 
they present no point of contact with the American languages. Afterhim Mr, 
Anderson, in a. comparative table, which was published at the end of Cook*s 
third voyage, drew attention to the striking resemblance of the Polynesian 
numerals to those of the Malay archipelago and Madagascar. 

According to Max Muller, it was the Abbe Lorenzo Hervas who first made 
what he calls ''one of the most brilliant discoveries in thehistory of the science 
of language, the establishment of the Malay and Poljrnesian femily of speech, 
extending irom the Island of Madagascar over 208 degrees of longitude to Easter 
Island," &c. From what has been said, however, it is evident that the credit 
of this discovery is really due to Forster and Anderson". Hervas was a Spanish 
Jesuit, who spent several years as a missionary in South America, where his 
attention was drawn to the comparative study of languages. After his return 
to Europe, he lived chiefly at Home, where his correspondence with Jesuit mis- 
sionaries in all parts of the world gave him great assistance in his philological re- 
searches. Inhis "Catalogue of Languages," published in the year 1800, he clearly 
stated this relationship, which it was reserved for a Humboldt to demonstrate. 

A few years later William Marsden, who was the first to investigate with 
2 



X INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

accuracy the history of the East Indian Archipelago, arrived independently at 
the same conclusions. He considered all the insular nations as colonies from 
the Malays, whose original home was the Island of Sumatra, and their coiumon 
speech he termed the Great Polynesian. 

John Crawford, in his great work on the East Indian Archipelago, published 
in 1820, in which he gave a valuable comparative vocabulary, advanced a very 
different theory, which has occasioned a great deal of discussion, and is not 
without its advocates even at the present day. He supposed that the basis of 
each barbarous language was originally distinct, each tribe being a distinct race, 
and properly indigenous. The common words in each dialect he supposed to 
have been derived from a foreign language, which he calls the Great Polynesian, 
and which was spread, as he imagined, by a more civilized people, through 
conquest and commercial intercourse, over the whole Archipelago. On this 
subject we briefly remark that his theory affords no explanation of the dispersion 
of the Polynesian race over the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Besides we have 
good reason to believe that whatever superiority in civilization is enjoyed by the 
East Indian islanders, was derived by them from Continental India, long after 
the dispersion of the insular races from their common center, and not from his 
imaginary Great Polynesian. Again, the words which are common to all these 
languages are such as are least likely to have been borrowed by one race from 
another, as the pronouns, the numerals, the names of family relations, of parts 
of the body, of the great objects of nature, and all the simplest ideas of every- 
day life. The Saxons, for example, learned to use many Norman-French words, 
bat nibst of their household words remained Saxon. So did their numerals, so 
did their pronouns, and so in the highest degree did their grammar. 

Dumont d'Urville^s report on the Philology of the French Exploring Expedi- 
tion, during the years 1825-1829, published in 1833, reflects great credit on its 
author. Besides other valuable materials, it contains a comparative vocabulary 
of seven Oceanic languages, comprising over eight hundred, words in the Mada- 
gascar, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaiian and Malay languages. 

In the able essay which accompanied it, he drew attention to the fact that a 
• class of words common to the Malagasy and the Polynesian are wanting in the 
Malay; which confirmed, as he justly thought, Forster's opinion tliat "all these 
languages were derived from one very ancient tongue, now lost," which held 
towards them all the relation of a common parent, the Polyriesian having re- 
mained nearest to the original type, while the Malay has been greatly modified 
by the influence of the Sanscrit, and the Malagasy by the African and Arabic 
languages. M. d'ljrville then goes on to advance an ingenious hypothesis, 
which, however, will not stand the test of examination, that a continent like 
Australia, or at least an archipelago, once occupied part of Polynesia, inhabited 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. XJ 

by a people of whon) (he Polynesian tribes are but the remnant that have sur- 
vived some great convulsioii of the globe. In that case the Malays would have 
been but colonists from the supposed Polynesian continent, Who had followed 
the general course of the trade winds. 

The earliest really scientific analysis of the structure of a Polynesian language, 
with which we aire acquainted, is the work on the Hawaiian language published 
at Berlin in 1837, by Adelbert von Chamisso, the poet, who had been the natu- 
ralist of the Russian Exploring Expedition, under Kofzebue, in the years 1815 
to 1818. It is a work of rare ability, considering the meagre materials which 
the author had at his command. In the year 1838 appeared a work by Baron 
Y/illiara von Humboldt, the distinguished statesman and scholar, which marked 
a oew era in the history of the science of .language, and which first fixed on an 
impregnable basis the relationship of the Malayo-Polynesian languages. This 
great work " On the Kawi Language in the ' Island of Java," which was edited 
after the author's death by his friend and assistant, M. Buschmatm, has ever 
since been regarded as a model and masterpiece of philological research. In 
the words of Professor De Vere, "the Kawi served him as a canvas on which to 
weave those truths and that wisdom, which have placed bis name in universal 
comparative philology by the side of that of Leibnitz." 

In this work, which occupies three quarto volumes, he first lays down the 
fundamental principles which govern the development of language, and shows 
,the influence of the structure of language on the intellectual development ti" 
races. He then institutes a most minute and searching examination of the nine 
principal languages of the Malay stock, viz. : the Malagasy, Malay, Javanese, 
Bughis, Tagala, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian and Hawaiian, analyzing the 
structure of their roots, and investigating the laws of derivation and euphoiiy, 
in accordance wiih which the common stock of words is modified in each dia- 
lect. He new proceeds to make a most careful and elaborate analysis of the 
grammatical structure, the perficles and formatives of each language, after which 
he nfakes a comparison of the numerals, and of 131 primitive words in all tli,e 
nine languages mentioned above. The result of this extensive and laborious 
analysis is to prove that there is not only a fundaimental and close affinity be- 
tween these languages in respect to their vocabulary ,^but that their construction 
is so similar that they may be considered as belonging to one and the same 
grammatical system, and pervaded by the same modes of thought. Humboldt 
also showed that the Tagala, the leading language of the Philippine Islands, is 
by f^r the richest and most perfect of these languages, and that it may even be 
considered as the type 6f the family. " It possesses," he said, " all the forms 
collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects ; and it 
has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions Unbroken, and in entire har- 
mony and symmetry. * * * It was necessary, in order to display the high- 



xil INTEODUCTOKY REMARKS. 

est perfection of which the organism of this stock of languages is capable, to 
exhibit the systein of verbs in the Tagala." 

The languages of the Oceanic region have been divided into six great groups : 
1st, the Polynesian ; 2d, the Micronesian ; 3d, the Melanesian or Papuan ; 4th, 
the Australian; 5th, the Malaysian, and 6th, the Malagasy, as the language of 
Madagascar is caUed. In regard to these different groups our limits will not 
allow us to go into any details. Suffice it to say of the Australians that their 
languages appear to be radically distinct from the Malayo-Polynesian family, 
though they have left some traces of former contact on the dialects of the small 
islands west of New Guinea. The Melanesian or Papuan languages present 
but very slight points of resemblance to the Malay or Polynesian,' and diSer 
greatly among themselves. If, as is generally supposed, the black race were the 
first settlers in the Pacific, the wave of immigration which peopled Polynesia 
must have swept around them to the north, and at a later period the Micrcne- 
sians may have moved in and closed up the rear. 

Of the languages of Malaysia, those of the Moluccas approach the nearest to 
Polynesian. Those islands then may be considered as the probable starting 
point of the ancient Polynesian emigrants. The languages of Micronesia unmis- 
takably belong to the great Malay family, and in their grammatical structure 
reseinble the East Indian languages more than the Polynesian. 

The remarkable fact that the language of Madagascar belongs, to this great 
family was first establislied by William Humboldt in his great work on the 
Kawi language. The Malagasy has no resemblance to the South African lan- 
guages. In its grammatical structure it approaches nearest to the Tagala, but 
it contains several Polynesian words which are wanting in the intervening Mal^y 
languages. The first ten numerals in Malagasy are " Eee or isa, rua, telu, efat, 
dimi, eniin, fitu, valu, sivi, fulu.'' In Malay they are " Satu, dua, tiga, ampat, 
lima, anam, tujuh, delapan or walu, sambilan, sa-puluh.'' The original Poly- 
nesian forms are " Tasi, lua, tolu, fa, lima, ono, fitu, valu, s-iwa, fulu." Coin- 
pare the Malagasy word for " heaven," langits, with the Malay langit, the Poly- 
nesian langi or lani ; the Malagasy word nifi,.a, "tooth," with the Polynesian 
nifo or niho ; the Malagasy uvi, a " yam," with the Polynesian ufi or tdii. In- 
deed some words", such as mate, " dead," &;c., are found in the same identical 
forms throughout this whole circle of languages. Many other examples might 
be given if they were needed to illustrate the connection of these languages. 

The Polynesian language is, as has been before remarked, an extremely 
ancient and primitive member of the great Malay family. 

It was observed by Humboldt that the introduction of Sanscrit words into the 
Javanese and Malay must have been centuries before the Christian era, and thai 
the separation between the different branches of the Malay family must have 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. xiii 

taken place at a still earlier period. It has also been .seen that the internal 
structure of the Polynesian language indicates its high antiquity. It was the 
belief of William Humboldt fbat the Polynesians exhibit the original state of 
civilization of the Malay race, when they first settled in the Indian Arnhipelago, 
and before they had been changed by foreign influence. The unity of the Poly- 
nesian dialects is still an astonishing fact. Tribes like the Hawaiians and New 
Zealanders, separated from each other by one-fourth of the circumference of the 
globe in space, arid thousands of years in time, speak dialects of one language, 
and have the sftme customs and mythology. The laws of eu{Aony in the sev- 
eral dialects which regulate the changes of consonants are so fixed and uniform, 
that a New Zealand or Samoan word being given, we can generally tell with 
certainty what its form will be in each of the other dialects. The conclusion 
that the course of migration in the Pacific was from west to east might be de- 
duced from an examination of the comparative grammar and vocabularies of the 
different dialects. We find in those of the western groups many forms which 
are entirely wanting in the eastern dialects, while others whifch are complete in 
the former are found in the latter defective or perverted from what was evidently 
their original meaning. 

The New Zealand dialect, on the whole, is the most primitive and entire in 
its forms. The Hawaiians, Marquesans and Tahitians form a closely related 
group by themselves. For example, the Marquesan conrerts are using Hawai- 
ian books, and the people of the Austral Islands read the Tahitian Bible. 

Although, in a scientific point of view, the Hawaiian may seem (o be one of 
the most attenuated and degenerate dialects of this family, we believe it to be 
practically one of the most copious and expressive, as well as the richest in 
native traditional history and poetry. 

The Samoan and Tongan languages have probably been modified, hy a later 
importation from the East Indies. They contain several Malay words which 
are wanting in the eastern dialects. The Tongan in particular has several 
Feejee traits not found elsewhere in Polynesia. 

The Feejee or Viti seems to form the transition between Polynesian and 
Papuan, where the two streams of colonization met and mingled. The princi- 
ples of its grammar and one-fifth of its words are Polynesian. Among the re- 
maining four-fifths are several pure Malay words, such as vula, the moon, lako, 
to go, masima, salt, &c., while many of its peculiar words are also found in the 
Kingsmill Group, and some, e.- g. dra, blood, kana, to eat, tina, mother, can even 
be traced into Micronesia. The Kingsmill Group, as far as its language is con- 
cerned, has a closer connection vyith Polynesia than Micronesia, though consid- 
erably modified by mixture with the latter as well as with the black race. To- 



xiv INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

gptber with the Feejee and Rotumafi it retains some characteristics of Eastern 
Malaysia, particularly -of Aru-Sambawa, and even some traces of Australian. 
The native traditions show that they are a mixed mce sprung from Samoan and 
Microncsian colonists. 

At the sottth-east extremity of Polynesia the Pa'uiaotu or Dangerous Archi- 
pelago, presents a curious problem for the philologist. While the grammar and 
most of the', vocabulary is Tahitian, the numerals aud a large number of the 
uftcist c^ariflion words are utterly unlike every other Oceanic language with which 
we are acquainted, although Logan finds many of them "recognizable as Indoj 
nesian or Indian' words." Their canoes and some of their manufactures are of 
the Micronesian pattern, though there is nothing in their language that points 
in that direction. 

' A few words should be added on the peculiar genius and structure of the 
Polynesian Language in general, and of the Hawaiian dialect in particular. 

.It is a law of all Polynesian languages that every word and syllable mUsl end 
in a vowel, so that no two consonants are ever heard without a vowel sound be- 
tween tiem. Most of the radical words are dissyllables, and the accent is gen- 
erally on the penult. The Polynesian ear is as nice in marking the slightest 
variatioiis of vowel sound as it is dull in distinguishing consonants. No Poly- 
nesian dialect, for instance, makes any distinction between * and p, d and t, g 
and k, I and r, or v and w. Besides I is often sounded like d and t like k, which 
latter was unfortunately adopted in the written language of the Hawaiian Islands 
to represent the same element which is represented by t thrcaighout the rest of 
Polynesia. 

As was said before, the laws which regulate the changes of consonants in the 
diSTerent dialects are remarkably uniform. I» Hawaiian both/and s are changed 
into H, ng is softened into n, k at the beginning of a word is dropped, but in the 
middle of a word is represented by a peculiar guttural catch or break, and w is> 
used for », though the sound is properly intermediate between the two. 

The following table from Hale shows the number of consonants in each dia- 
lect, and the changes which they undergo in passing from one dialect to another. 
The guttural break, which takes the place of i;, is represented by an apostrophe. 



'akiuifo. 


Samoan. 


TongaD. 


New Zealand. 


RarotoDgun. 


Tahitian. 


Bawallan. 


Marqacsan. 


c. 


F. 


F. 


Wor 


H. 


Wantiug. 


ForH. 


H. 




F or H. 


K. 


J 


K. 


K. 




K. 


1 


J 




K. 


L. 


L. 


L. 


R. 




R. 


R. 


L. 




Wanthie. 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M. 




M. 


M. 


M. 




M. 


N. 


N. 


N. 


N. 




N. 


N. 


N. 




N. 


NG. 


NG. 


NG. 


NG. 




NG. 


Dropped. 


N. 




NG. N or K. 


P. 


P. 


P or B. 


P. 




P. 


P. 


P. 




P. 


S. 


S. 


II. 


H. 




Wanting. 


H. 


H. 




H. 


T. 


T. 


T. 


T, 




T. 


T. 


T or 


K. 


T. 


Y. 


V. 


V. 


W. 




V. 


V. 


W. 




V. 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 



The vowels undergo but few changes, and these chiefly in consequence of 
CQ»sunant changes. E. g. fetH, a star, and fetma, knd, in Hawaiian become 
hokii, and homta, and the omission of k produces similar changes, so that meika, 
a banana, becomes mai'a, and meitaki, good, becomes TnaikaH. It will be ob- 
served that in consonant sounds the Hawaiian is. one of the softest and most 
attenuated of the dialects, being surpassed in that respect only by the effeminate 
Marquesan. The following examples show the changes which words undergo 
in passing from one dialect to another. 



Faknaf!). 


Samoau. 


Tnngan. 


New Zealand. 


.Foe. 


Foe. 


FOQ. 


tloe. 


Tonga. 


loam. 


Tonga. 


Tongfa. 


Sina. 


Sioa. 


liina. 


Ilina: 


IKu. 


I'a. 


Ika. 


Ika. 


V»ka. 


Va'a. 


Vaka. 


Waka. 


Son^i. 


Sui/gl. 


Uongi. 


llouKl.' 


Turuiigli. 


'Fufunga. 


TBfuiiga. 


Tnhunga. 


Kup^nga. 


'Upenga. 


Kupenga. 


Kupenga. 



Rarotongan, 


TKhltian. 


Hswnllan. 


Nuknhlraa. 


Oe. 


n«e. 


II oe. 


Hoe. 


Tonga. 


Toa. 


Kona. 


Tonga, tona. 


Ina. 


Ulnk. 


Iliua. 


Hina. 


ika. 


I'a. 


I'a. 


Ika. , 


Vaka. 


Va'a. 


W.'a. 


Vaka. 


Ongi. 


Hoi. 


IlODl. 


Hongi, 


Taunga. 


Tiihua. 


Kahuna. 


Tuhuna. 


Kupenga. 


'Upii'a. 


L'lKDa. 


Kttpcka, &<!. 



The vocabulary of the Hawaiian is probably richer than that of most other 
Oceanic tongues. Its child-like and primitive character is shown by the absence 
of abstract words and general terms. As has been well observed by M. Gaussin, 
there are three classes of words, corresponding to as many different stages of 
language : 1st, those that express sensations, 2d imagw, and 3d, abstract ideas. 
The Polynesian vocabulary was originally composed chiefly of words of the 
first two classes. As languages grow older, words acquire a figurative sense, 
and the original meaning is gradually fot^otten. In English, for instance, how 
many are aware that tribulation originally meant' threshing, respect, looking 
back, reveal to draw back a vail, affront to strike in the face, and insult to leap 
upon the body of a prostrate foe ? Now there were comparatively, few Hawai- 
ian words that bad gone through this process. 

Not only are names wanting for the more general abstractions, such as space, 
hature, fate, &c., but there ase very few generic terms. For example there is 
no generic term for animal, expressing the whole class of living creatures, or for 
insects or for colors. At the same time it abounds in specific names and in nice 
distinctions. 

The first step in the formation .of language Was no doubt the employment of 
particular names to denot.e individual objects. It was only afterwards by a pro- 
cess of abstraction that these individual objects were classified by those qualities 
which are common to a number of them. It is from the specific that we ascend 
to ^e general. The same principle applies to verbs or names of actions as well 
as to nouns. The savage has in his mind a picture of the whole action, and 
does not always abstract or separs.te the principal circumstance from the acces- 
sory details. This is true of uncultivated lanji^uages in general, and is not pecu- 
liar to .Hawaiian, Thus the Javanese has ten words to express as many different 



xvi INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

modes of sfonding, and twenty of sitting. The Feejee has sixteen words mean- 
ing to strike, and eight to wash, "according as it affects the head, face, hands, 
fe6t or body of an individual, or his clothes, dishes or floor," So in Hawaiian 
everything that relates to their every-day life gr to the natural objects with 
which they were conversant is expressed with a vivacity, a minuteness and 
nicety of coloring which cannot be reproduced in a foreign tongiie. Thus the 
Hawaiian was very rich in termg for every Variety of clouds. It has names for 
every species of plant on the mountains or fish in the sea, and is peculiarly copi- 
ous in terms relating to the ocean, the surf and waves. The ancient Hawajians 
were evidently close observer? of nature. For whatever belonged to their reli- 
gion, their wars, their domestic life, their handicrafts or their amusements, their 
vocabulary was most copious and minute. Almost every stick in a native house 
had i(s appropriate name. Hence it.abounds in synonyms, which, however, are 
such only in appearance, and on which a volume might be written. E. g. To 
be broken ae a string is mohu, to be broken as a dish ?wAa, as a stick haM, to 
fall from an upright to a horizontal position as a wall is hina, to fall from a 
height through the air Jwvle; auamo means to carry on the shoulder with a 
stick, ka'ika^i in the hands, hii as a child in the arms, Art* on a stick between two 
men^ haaux on the back, kali to carry in general, &c. 

Besides the language of every day life, there was a style appropriate to ora- 
tory, and another to religion and poetry. This latter is known tr; but few na- 
tives of the present generation, and is fast disappearing. The same thing is 
takii^ place in New Zealand and Tahiti. 

The above mentioned characteristics make it a pictorial and expressive lan- 
guage. It still has the freshness of childhopd. Its words are pictures rather 
than colorless and aibstract symbols of ideas, and are redolent of the mountain 
the forest and the surf. It was completely adapted to the country f-y^A the circle 
of ideas in which the people lived, and bore no trace of a higher civilization or 
of foreign influence. Far be it from us however to deny its capability for higher 
development. Its characteristics are such as belong to all languages in a certain 
stage of growth. It has been and is successfully used to express the abstmc- 
tions of mathematics, of English law, and of theology. 

We regret that our limits forbid our adding any remarks on the grammatical 
Structure of the Polynesian languages. 

W. D. ALEXANDER. 

HoNOLULB, April, 1865. 



A DICTIONARY 



OP ruE 



HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE. 



4 in Hawaiian, as in most other lan- 
■**• J guages, is the first letter of the alpha- 
bet ; " because, if pronounced open as a in 
father, it is the simplest and easiest of all 
Roimcls." Mncye. Amer. Its sound, in Ha- 
waiian, is generally that of n in father, ask, 
pant, &c.; but it has, sometimes, when 
Klanding before the consonants k, I, m, n, 
aild p, a short sound, sf)raewhat resembling 
the short u, as in miiMa; but not so short. 
Thiisjjafco, muiimaii, kiim, mana, napenape, 
are pronounced somewhat as we should 
pronounce pulcka, mvUymvUy, lumma, 
munna, rmppurwfjpy, '&c. ; reference being 
had only- U> the <irst vowel of each word^ 
It has also in a few words, a sound nearly 
resembling (but not so strong) that of <}« 
or otc in tnglish ; as iwuho, mawaho, pro- 
nounced somewhat as iwauho, mavMuho. 
To foreigners who merely read the lan- 
guage, the common pronunciation of u as 
»n fathier is near enough for all practical 
purposes ; but to those who wish to speak 
it, the mouth of a Hawaiian is the best 
directory. 
A is used for various parts of speech, 

and, of course, has various significations. 
\, adv. When ; then ; there ; until. 
With verbs in a narrative tense, it signifies 
when, and when, &c. ; as, a hiki mai ia, 
when he arriyod. With nei it signifies a 
designation of place, as mai a nd ahu, from 
tcre (this place) onward. Until, as noho 
oia malaila a make, he lived there until 
he died. Note. — A nei is often written as 
one *ord, and then it signifies Aere, present 
place. A when pronounced with a pro- 
tracted sound, signifies a protracted pe- 
riod of time, or distance, or a long eontin- 
lusd action ; as,holo ae la ia a— ^ hiki i ka 
aina kabiki, he sailed a long time (or a 
long, distance) wvtii he reached a foreign 
country. 

A, conj. And; and then; and when. 

When it connects verbs, it usually stands 

by itself; as, holo ka waa, a komo iho, 

the canoe Bailed wnd sank. WJjcn it con- 

3 



neote nouns, it is usu^iHy joined <vitli me^ 
as, haawi mai oia i ka fti a- IM ke kapa, he 
ftirnished food and clothing. A with me- 
signifies and and also, bt^idss, together 
with, (fee. When emphatic; it is merely a 
disjunctive. i«nfe-6;39. No'BE. — In nar- 
ration, it frequently stands at the begin- 
ning of sentences or paragraphs, and 
merely reffers to what has been said wifli' 
out any very close connection with it. In 
many cases, it is apparently euphonic, or 
seems to answer no purpose, except ae a 
preparatory sound to something that may 
follow ; as! akabi no onkou a hele i keia 
ala, never before have you passed tWs 
road. Oram. § 166. 

h.,prep. Of; to; in connection with mo- 
tion, 6 hoi .oe a ka hale, return to the 
house, QuM i) understood. Xoteifc. 12. 
Unto; itt; belonging. It designates the 
properties of rnation, possession and 
place ^ end is often i synonymous with o, 
but more f euerally distinct, giving another 
shade of meaning and implying a more 
close connection. Gram. § 69. 8. 

A, int. Lo ; behold. It is expressive of 
surprise, disappointment, astonishment or 
admirdtion. It is similar in meaning to 
aia hoi, eia hoi, aia ka, 

A, V. To bum> as a fire ; ua a mai ke 
ahi, the ftro kums: ua a mai ke ahi ma 
ka waha. the fire burned in their moutiiB. 

2. To biu'n, as a lamp ; to blaze, as a 
flame. 

3. Fio. To burn, as jealousy. Iial.'l9:5. 
As anger. 2fah. 11:1. 

4. Moo or Iu>. To cause to burn, i. e., to 
kindle : to light, as a lamp ; to kindle, lu; a 
fire. Also witli ho doubled, as Jiohoa. to 
di-y; na hua i hohoa ia, dried fruits. Oihk. 
2:14. See the reduplicate form Aa and 
Hoo. Gram. § ?12. 

A, adj. Fi«ry burning h« iua a, a 

fiery nit 
A, «. The jawbone ; the eheek hone. 

Mai. 3i7, A Jima, uj/per jaw ; s !»!» lower 

jaw. 



AA 



IS 



AAE 



A , s. The name of an instrument made 
of smooth bone, and used formerly for 
piercing or killing an unborn child. It 
was called the tz oo, the piercing a; also a 
k(>holtia. See Koholua. 

A, s. Name of broken lava from the 
volcano'; probably ao called from being 
burnt. See A, v. Ke a o Kaniku a me 
Napuuapele. 

A, s. Name of the white spots that ap- 
pear in poi when pounding. 

A, s. Name of a large sea bird often 
caught by natives ; also called aaianuhea- 
kane, feathers white. 

A, s. Name of a small fish that bites 
at a hook ; called also aakimakan. 

A, s. Name of the Hawaiian alphabet; 
also thp first sheet on which it was printed. 

A-A, V. A doubled. See A, verb, before. 
To burn fiercely or furiously, as a fire ; to 
burn constantly. Oihk. 6:9. 

2. Fio. To kindle; to : bum furiously, 
as anger. Ndh. 11:33. 

3. JHoo. To cause to kindle ; to bum, as 
a fire ; to light, as a lamp. 

4. Fio. To bum, as anger. Kin. 30:2. 

5. To rage ; to be angry. 

A-A, «^'. Burning ; raging, as a fire, he 

abi aa loa ; also as anger. 
A-A, s. A burning; a lighted fire, &c. 

A-A, V. To be bold.; to dare. Jfah. 14:44. 

2. To tempt ; to challenge. Puk. 17:2. 
To defy. 1 Sam. 17:10. 

3. To venture, ua aa anei oe e hele i ke 
kaua '! Ua aa aam oe e hele i ke alii ? 

4. To accept a challenge : to act pre- 
^umptuously. Kard. 1:43. He aa ka ma- 
nao ; be wiwo ole. 

A-A,«. A daring; tempting. JViiA. 14:22. 
A-A, adj. Spiteful ; q«ick angry ; also 

Togniah ; mischievous. 
A-A, V. To gird; tie around, as a loose 

garment 
A-A, s, A belt; a girdle. 
A-A, V. To make a noise, as in trying to 

speak, as a dumb person ; hence, 
2. To be dumb, ua oa ka leo. 
A-A, adj. Silent; still; lonely, as a 

house uninhabited ; he aa ko ka bale, the 

people of the house are silent. 
A-A, s. Dumbness; inability to speak 

intelligibly; also a dumb person. Puk. 

4:11. I loheia e na oa lololohe ; i man 

aa lolo fcnli. 
A-A, s. The small roots of trees or 

plants. lob. 8:17, Also called weli. 
2. The veins or arteries for blood, from 

their resemblance to the toe roots of trees, 

uole lakou i ike ke koko maloko o na oo. 
imt. 1. 



3. Pig. The lower part of the neck. 

4. Ofi^ring. 

A-A, s. A pocket; a bag, Joi. 14:17. 

Stn. with eke. Aa moni, a purse ; a scrip ; 

a bag to carry provlsi(»is in for a journey ; 

aole kanaka oa ole, no man without bis 

scrip ; a bag for weights (of moaey.) 

KaA 25:13, The name of the envelop for 

a foetas. Laieik. 190. Kau kaikaina 1 ka 

aa hookabi. 
A-A,s. A dwarf; a small person. OiAk. 

21:20. Kanaka poupou aa; ua Ike au i 

kahi keiki i komoiii,aano hoi ke kino. 
A-A,s. See A above. Broken lava, i.e., 

sand, earth, stones and melted lava, cooled 

and broken up ; hence 
A-A, adj. Stony ; abounding with lava ; 

rough with broken lava, as ground to walk 

over, or to work in. See A, broken lava, 

above. 
A-A, s. A covering for the eyes. 
A-A, ?. See A above. Name of a bird 

that hunts fish during^ tiie di^, but files 

back to the mountains in the evening. 
A-A, s. The caul of animals; aa ma- 

Inna o ke eke, the cauZ above the liver. 

Pufc. 29:13. The midriffi OVik. 3:4. 
A-A, s. Name of a sea breeze at La- 

h^a and some other places on the islands. 
A-A, s. Name of the cloth-like covering 

near ihe roots of cocoanut leaves, oa niu. 

Hence, 

2. The name of a coarse kind of clotb, 
he aa haole. 

3. The outer husk of the cocoanut ; the 
flbjn of the banana, same aspaaa. 

A-A, », Chafi"; hulls; the outside of 

seeds or fruit ler. 23:28. 
A-A, s. Name of a reddish fish. See A 

above. 
A-A,'ti. To send love in compliment; 

as, e oa mai ana o mea ma ia oe ; the 

answer would be, Anoai wale laua, or 

welina wale laua, or aloha wale laua. 
A-A-a,'o4?. Hospitable; friendly; kind 

to strangers, be makamaka aloha ; Syn. 

withftooa. 

A-A-A, adj. Uninhabited, as a house or 

village; lonely. 
A-A-A, s. A house without inhabitants ; 

also a low or bumble dwelling, he bale 

aaa, aole kiekie. 

A-A-A-Ki, c. To bite often. See Am, to 

bite. 
A»A-E, s. See Aa, fine roots. A kalo 

patch where the kalo is pulled. 
2. The young shoots of kalo remaining 

in the ground after the old is pulled. Sin. 

with oha,»s, pau ke kalo i ka hukiia, o ka 

oha wale no koe, oia ka oat. 



AAU 



18 



AAH 



A-AE, s. A certain fonii of .commencing 

worship anciently. 

^at, t kanlei, « lelel, e kn I kiona 
la o« e KahamuilL 

A-AE-A, s. A word used by children in 
addressing parents before- tbey can Spealc 
plainly. 

A-Ai, V. See Ai, to eat. To eat to sati- 
ety ; to conBume much. 

2. To inorcaBC or grow, as an ulcer. 

3. To ulcerate; to eat or make progress, 
as a sore. 

i. Fig. To give pain ; irritate. 2 Km. 
'2:17. Aote hoi e aai ka bcwa iloko o ka 
poe e ka paa ana, sin will not increase in 
thoHe who stand fast. 
. A'Ai, adj. Eating; .increasing; continu- 
ing, aa a aorc ; he mai aai, an increasing 
sore,*hc Icperaoat ia. Oil^. ISM. 
A-Ai, s. The progress or continuance of 

a sore. 
A-AI, i. The action of the surf at high 
tide, when ilasbing ufihor^ and (hen reced- 
ing, thus wealing away (he gravel ; spelled 
also aei. 
A-AI, s. Naine of the net used to catch 
the Rub opelu and maomao ; as, aai opelu, 
the opcfiii net; aai maomao, the maomao 
net ; also written aei. 
A^-iA-Nti-iiEA-KA-NE,s. Name of a bird. 

See A above. , 
A-A-ho-LE, aij, Aai, to grow, and ok, 
not. Falling before ripe, as bread-flrult ; 
applied to men who die before their time, 
i. e., before r&atarify. 
A-A-i-o-LE, *, The bread-fruit which is 

ripe and fallen down of itself. 
A.-A'1-viA, adv. Loudly; strongly, as a 
sound, kani aaimi also continually. See 
Aiir, to increase. 
A-AO, adj. Greedy, as dogs ; always 

ready to eat, or seize food. 
Aa-o, adj. A speciea of tall, wild ba- 

nai^a, he raaia aao. 
A-A-o-Ko-KO, aij. Aa, vein or artery, 
and ^ofco, blood. Epithet of any substance 
red hot, aa fire, iron, stone, Ac. ; probably 
from the raging or rapid flow of blood. 
A-AU, s. See Au. To swim dispers- 
edly; a flock, as of birds when fright- 
ened ; a school, as of flsh as they come to- 
gether and frightened ; suddenly separate. 
2. A slight ripple on the eurface of calm 
water by a light breeze.^ 
A-AU, V. To ripple mildly, as a calm 
6ea, I^ a slight wind. 

■2. To separate, as a Bock of birds when 
. frightened, or a school of fish. 
K<t iele aau o ka mauu o Klwat, 
The rrigbtened flight of the birds otHlvit. 
Ka aau moi Sukoni^ ke koae, 
The Sock tnxa Kukosa, Ue koae. 



Ke koae oul hulH mesmea, 
Ibe great &athei«d koae. 



A-Au-A) *. Epithet of a woman as sbe 
begins to advance in age, has wrlnklea 
about the eyes, Ac. 

A-AU-A, adj. Strong scented, as the skin 
of a hog U) dressing. 

A-A-HA, s. Name of some kind of out- 
side covering for a dish. He ipu i hanaia 
i ka aaha a paa, the cup was held with the 
aaha, and tightly. 

A-A-Hi, s. il.bag, and ahi, fire. A bag 
in which fire and fire materials wei? car- 
ried ; he kieke aM. 

A-A-JH, X. Name of the iliahi or san- 
dal-wood when young. 

A-A-HI, J). See definition of Aamoo. 
Perhaps a and aJii, to bum, as with lust. 

A-A-Ho, V. To put up pia in small pack- 
ages, that It may keep sweet. 

A-A-HO, *. A container in which pia is 
put up. 

A-A-HtJ, if. See Aa, kind of -cloth, and 
AHU,aflncmat. An outside garment. J(in. 
27 :!.'>. A cloak ; a garment thrown loosely 
over the shoulders. 

2. At robe. /o6. 29:U. A covering for 
ornament ; aahu kapa maikai, the drees ot 
a dandy, L «,, dandyism. Noi».— The aaku 
was formerly spme kind of kapa ; mamua, 
aahu kapa, mahope, aoJiu lole. 

3. The. bark of the mulberry soaked in 
water for making kapa. 

4. itaftu'kaua, f^rmor. 1 Sam. 17:38. 
A-A-HU, V. To cover with kapa; to 

cover, as with a cloak. 
2. To put on or wear clothes ; to pnt on 

one's_ganneht, 
3- Fio. lob. 29:14. Aahu ibo au i ka 

pono, I have clothed myself with righte- 
ousness. 
4. Hoo. To clotheoiie; to provide clothfes 

for one. Kin. 3:21 ; Oihk. 8.7. Sr.v. with 

hookomo ka)>a.' 
A-A-HU-A, V. Pass of the foregoing lor 

aahuia. Oram. § 211. Clothed ; dressed ; 

covered. 
A-A-HU-A, V. To speak reproachfully ; 

to use words of strong contempt for one. 
A-A-HU-A-LH, adj. Aa, dwarf, and hua- 

Ui, diminutive. Small j low in stature ; 

defective in bodily structure ; noiuoi. 
A-A-HU-A-LU, s. The name of a god. 
A-A-HU-A-poo, t. Aahu, covering, . and 

foo, head. A covering or clothing for the 
ead ; a defense in time of peril : a shield 
in war. 2 OiM. 14:8. A buckler, i Oiht. 
23.-9. Connected with mahiole and pale- 
kaua. 

A-A-HU-i, s. Aa, vein, and hid, pain, 
ache. 



AAK 



20 



AAL 



1. Lit. An acbiag vein. 

2.' A desire for plijasure, attenrled with 
some sense of pain. Pau ke aakui, ke aa- 
koni oloko, the painful desire within has 
ceased. 
' A-A-HC-u-LA, s. Aahu and ufa, red. A 
cloak or royal dress adorned with red 
leathera, considered very valuable ; o ka 
mhiiida, he waiwai makamae nui ia. 

A-A-HU-KA-pu, ». Aaku, garment, and 
kupu, forbidden. A consecrated or holy 
garment; Puk. 28:2. 

A-A-HU-MA-lCA-LOA, V. Aohu, garment, 
■mnlo and loc, long malo. To clothe one, 
or put on the long malo ; na aahuia ka 
maioloa, nolaiia, he aahwnakalm, 

A-A-HU-MA-MO, s. Aahu and maim, a yel- 
low "bird. A large yellow robe worn by 
the king or high chief; no ka hanohano 
nui ka aahiimamo. 

A-A-Hir-PA-wB-HE, s. Aahu, gstrment, 
ftnd paweAe, which see. A garment made of 
a kind of mat called pawehe ; nolaila i ole- 
' loia'i i' aah-iwaioehe hiwa ua ka makahi. 

A-A-KA, V. To complain, as a person of 
a perverse or sour temper; to grumble; 
chide ; find fault ; to strive. Nah. 20:13. 
lole makoa e aaka a koca iho, that we may 
not think hard and refuse. 

2. To be very dry ; to be sxceedingly 
lhiri?ty. 

3. To burst or crack open, as a ripe 
melon or banana. 

■1. To be hard, severe, as labor or toil ; 
aoie i aakaia ka hana ana haku, the work 
for the lords was not hard. 

A-A-KA, s. Harsh speaking against one; 
a grumbling ; a fault-finding. 

A-A-KA, s. Name of a species of san- 
dal-wood. When young it is called jiaio; 
when old aud when mature, it is odorifer- 
ous. It is very durable when used for 
house posts. 

A-A-KA, adj. Coarse; iUiberal; fault- 
finding ; hard ; severe. Sol 8:13. 

2, Peeled ; skinned, as a banana. 

3. Dry, as the coral of the reef at low 
tide. 

A-A-KA, «. 5th conj.of «4a. See Gram. 
§ 20&. To langh at ; to ridicule. 

A-AtKA-KA, s. A, u> bum, and akaka, 
clearly. The clear biu'ning or splendor of 
the heavenly bodies in a clear night. 

A-A.-KI, ». 5th conj. of aid. To bite fre- 
quently ; to bite in two ; to bite, as the 
bark froBl a slick, or the rind from sugar- 
cane. 

2. To grate the teeth ; ua aaki ke kui, ua 
make loa, b^ grates his teeth, he is dying. 
.3. To teel the soverepaugs of child-birth* 

A-A-KT, V, To surround or come upon 



one, as darkness ; ua poult loa, ke (UHd 
mai nei ka poeleele. 

2. To experience palpable darkness. 
Puk. 10:21. 

3. To be caa^ or held by a thing j ua 
holo ia kanaka i ka moana, na aaki i ke 
koa a paa, that man sailed out upob the 
ocean, he i» edugMM the coral, and is fast. 

4. To come upon, as a fit of love ; ua 
■aaki paa ia ke aloha wela iluna ona. 
Laktk. 197. 

A-A-iti, adj. Thick; obsetwe, as dark- 
ness, lob. 38:9. 

A-A-Ki, s. A biting ; ka naio manini nui, 
he aaki nei i ka lima. 

A-A-Ki-MA-KAU, s. A hook-biting fish; 
the name of a small fish noted for its read-, 
iness to bite at a hook. See A. 

A-A-KO, V. 5th conj. of ako. To cut or 
clip off, as the spray of the sea when the 
surf stiikes against a bluff of perpendicular 
rocks and is met by a wind from the land, 
and cuts or clips off the spray. 

A-A-KO, V. Used in the imperative ; be 
quick ; go to work, &c. 

A-A-Ko, s. Ako, the name of a disease. 

1. The furor uterieneis of females ; insa- 
tiable desire of coition ; oafeokahi mail ku 
hana hewa. 

2. Theitch; hemaneofljelalawti. This- 
last form of the word expresses the name 
of the last stage of the disease, followed, 
by death. A primary stage is expressied 
by ako, to itch. 

A.-A-K0-K0, s. Aa, vein, and koko, blood. 

A vein ; a blood vein. Anal. 45. 
A-A-KO-jn, s. Aa, vein, and koni, to 

throb. Hence, an artery, perhaps ; pau ke. 

aahiij, ke aalihui, ke aakoni oloko. 
A-A-LA, ». 5th conj. of aZffl, to perfume. 

To emit a perfume ; to be fragrant Zs«. 

3:24. 
2. To smell of perfumery. Sal. 4o:8. 

Aala i ka ihuana ka nka o Eawela. 
A-A-LA, adj. Ala, odoriferous ; aala ka 

hata, sweet the halft ; aaia ka rose, sweet 

the rose ; o na kaikawahine aofct o Aiwo- 

hikupua. Laieik. 62. 
A-A-LA, i. Ala. An odor. 

2. A kind of scrofulous sore, so called 
from the srael-l, . 

3. Fig. HeaatonooKaahumanu,asweot 
perfume is Kaabnmanu. 

A -A-LA-i-o-A, i. Name of a wild ferocious 
roan who lived in the fore.st ; hence, 

2. Wildnesa; ferocity : a savage appear- 
ance ; kuku ka aaiaiaa. ' 

A-A^LA-i-Hi, $. A species of fish, small 
and yellow. 

A-A-LA-KAi, adj. See Alaka.i. Large; 
plubsp ; full fleshed. 



AAN 



21 



AE 



A-A-LE-LE, s. A<t, vein, and lele, to 

jump. An artery, from its motion. Arwi.S. 
A-A-u,s. A small or low place between 

two larger ones ; he puali. 
A-A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber; 

raore generally aliL 
A-A-Li-Sf A-Tf 01, adj. Large, fat and weak, 

as a fat man. 
A-A-Lo, V. 5th conj. of do. To dodge 

often ; to dodge, ais one docs a stone. . 
A-A-Lo-LE, «. AUi cloth of cocoanut 

leaves. The name flrst given to cloth liy 

the people of Kaaai. 
A-A-LO-LO, s. Aa and Mo, the brain. A 

nerve ; cittloJo hoao. Anai.T. ^alolo lohc, 

the auditory nerve. 
A-A-i.u,s. Dim.ofaZK. A ravine; a small 

ferook' valley or ravine. 
A-A-MA, V. To stretch out the hands for 

the.purpoBe of catching somcfliin^. 
2. To steal small articles ; to pilfer. 
A-A-MA, s. That motion of the hands 

when a person would try to seize hold of 

something while it rolls down a pali. 

2. The act of stealing or pilfering. 

3. A blacit crab living on a rocky shore. 

4. Name of a four-foot«d animal in the 
sea. 

A-A-MA, s. A person who speaks rap- 
idly, concealing from onu and communi- 
cating to another. 

2. One who is expert in gaining knowl- 
edge. 

A-A-Mo, adj. Insatiable in lust; never 
satisfied; applied to females; he wahinc 
aamo, ana ole. 

A-A-Moo, s. See Aa. The cloth-sub- 
stance around, cocoanut leaves ; a veil j 
thin white cloth ; u ka mea keokcoelalahi 
ana i ka moo, he mea lahilahi a puawoawe ; 
whatever is light, thin, as thin cloth. 

A-A-VLOO, adj. Light; thin, as cloth j o 
ka inoa o ka lolc lahilahi loa. 

A-A-KA, V. To speak angrily ; to fret ; 
olelo aana mai oia. 

A-A-NA-Puu, V. To crook in different 
directions ; to be small and large, i. e., to 
be uneven in size, as a rope. 

A-A-NEI, adv. An interrogative adverb, 
and marks a question like anei ; sometimes 
it' is used of place, as pchca aanei la oe! 
M'here are you in the matter ? 

A-A-NE-MA, c. To be jealous of a man's 
friend, or to discover jealousy. 

A-A-No, V. The 7th conj. of am- Hoo. 
To change one's form ; to become another 
in.appearanco ; ua Aooano no oukou he poe 
akamai; to feign; to pretend to be some- 
thing one is not. 

A-A-Ki-r, $. See Aa and Niu, cocoa- 



nut.: The covering like a coarse cloth 

arpund cocoanut leaves ; a hookabekahe 

ma ka aaniu. 
A-A-PA, adj. Presumptuous, as when a 

drunken man lies down on a precipice. 
A-A-pi, V, 5th conj. of apt. To bend, as 

the gills of a fish ; to spring or warp, sa 

a board. 
A-A-po, V. 5th conj. of apo, to catch. 

To snatch, as several persons at once ; 

to catch at, as several hands at the same 

thing. 
2. To receive readily in the mtnd ; to 

grasp mentally, as a truth ; ke aapo nci 

makou a malama. 
A-A-Po, adj. Beady, quick to receive 

knowledge; quick at apprehension; he 

aapo ka naau o na kamalii. 
A-A-PO, s. One who snatches. 

2.. One wllo learns quickly ; a ready 

scholar. 
A-A-poo, s. The skin, flesh and sinews 

on the back of the neck ; he aapoo ka mea 

ma ka ai he aapoo bipL Kam. 
A-A-ptJ, 4. See Apn, a cup. A thin 

piece of wood, such as will bend up. 

2. A concave vessel. 

3. A valve of a vein. Anai, 4S. 
A-A-PU, V. To warp or bend, as a board 

in the sun. 

2. To wrinkle or ruffle, as cloth; mimino. 
See Aah. 

3. ifoo. To turn the hollow of the hand 
upward ; e hooaapu ae i kou poho lima. 

A-A-PU-A, s. Aa, bag, and pua., an ar- 
row. An arrow case; aquivepi Job. 39:23; 
Kin. 27:3. 

A-A-puu-pur, s. A capsular ligament. 
Dr. J. 

A-A-WA, «. See Awa. Name of a spe- 
cies of fish, reddish arid striped; he ia 
kokoke like ke ano me ko ka ea. 

2. Also the name of a tree. 

3. Name of an insect that deabroys sweet' 
potatoes ; aa make ka mala iiala i ka hoo- 
paln, i ke pai. i ka peelua a me ka aawa. 

A-A-WE, V. 5th conj. of awe. Used im- 
peratively with mai, bring here ; with aku, 
take away. 

A-E, V. To pass, physically or men- 
tally, from one state, condition, or place, 
to another. 

1. SpecificoSy, to break a kapu, ua ae 
lakon iliina 6 kahi laa ; to violate a law or 
agreement, i. e,, to transgress, as a law, to 
break a covenant los. 7.11 ; Hal. 89:34. 

2. To pass over, as the mind, i. e., to 
yield assent to the thought or .opinion of 
another '; to assent to the request of an- 
otter ; to say yes to a request or to an af- 
firmation. 

3. To permit, grant permission for a tbfttg 



AEA 



22 



AES 



to be done ; he nea at ia, a tbiog per- 
mitted or allowed. 

4. To pass physically from one place to 
another, fiam one situation to another, as 
flrom land on board a ship ; ua a« aku lakou 
liuna o ka mokn, iluna o ka lio, to embark, 
to mount a boree. Hioo., coqj. 3. To cause 
to pass from one place to another, from one 

. person to another j to transfer. 

5. To raise or lift np, as the head, with 
joy, e at ko onkou poo no ka olioli. 

6. To mount, as a horse or a mule, i 
Sam. 13:29. 

7. To be sea-sidk ; to throw u^ from the 
the month; to vomit; hemealuaikamoku, 
o ka He wate aku no. 

A-£, (. Assent, expressed by one per- 
sod to the thought or opinion of another ; 
approval of the conduct or opinion of an- 
other; consent; agreement 

A-E, adj. Consenting ; agreeing ; he 
olelo aelikt, an agreement. 

A-£, s. Name of an east wind. 
2. Acneciesofeeamosg. _ 

A'^, s. The water or liquid as wrung 
from the leaves of vegetables, as kalo, &e. ; 
be a« kalo, h6 ae wauki, he ohi. 

A-E, s. An irregular movement of the 
ocean ; .he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a ma 
ka be kai, a ma ka aina 

2. The coming in and receding of the 
sea upon flie shore ; the flux and reflux of 
tlie tide. See. Agkai. 

A-E, verbal dtrectiee. Gram. ^ 234, 4. 
Implies an <>bUqHe motion of the verb, 
either np, down, or sideways. It often fol- 
lows after noons, also adjectives, as aohe 
kanaka e ae, there is no other man. 

A-E, adv. See verb 2. Yes ; the. kc- 
preasion of affirmation, approbation or con- 
sent ; opposed to euile, or aohe. ^itiipaJui, 
as ae pmOt a polite way of assenting when 
full belirf is withheld ; ae ka paha, even 
so, be it so. 

A-ErA, V,. To wander away from a place ; 
mai'bo'^ alo aku, aole oe e aea, from my 
presence, do not wander away ; to wan- 
der from place to place, Jfoft. 14:33. 

a. To wander ; go astray morally. HaL 
583. ' 

3. To remove ; to be removed ; to go to 
another place, ler. 4:1. 

4. To live unsteadily ; as, i koua wa i ona 
ai, nui kona aea ana^ in Us seasons of drunk- 
enness, he lived prmcipally here and there. 

5. To toss or throw back the head, as a 
person with pride, as a horse on putting 
on a bridle ; e- <i«a ae ke poo o ka Uo i ke 
kaulawaha. 

A-E-A, s. A vagabond ; an outcast. La. 
11:12. Hejweoea, fiigitives. iwnfc. 12:4, 
2. The name of the r©p'e connecting two 
fish nets. See Kvk4|, 



e., light and darkness 
The ebh- 



A'S-A,adj. Wandering; unstable; shift* 
ing a place; he one aea ke one o Hoo- 
hila ; unsettled, as kanaka aea ; a vaga- 
bond ; wandering about. Kin. 4:12. 

A-E-A, adj. Wanderingly, in a loose 
unstable manner. 

Ae-ae, v. Conj. 13 of ae, 4. To be a 
frequent transgressor, he aeae oe maluna o 
kam kapu. 

2. To step over a thing often. 

3. To work over and over, as in pouiid- 
iiig poi, until very flne. 

4. To be or become very small or fine, 
as dust .2 Nal. 23:6. 

5i Te inten'upt one in his speech). 
Ae-ae, tuf/. Comminuted; small or fine, 
as dust ; flne, as poi well j[)ounded ; be j^oi 
aeat, he poi nouo, he wall. 

2. Dark, obscure, as a vision, indistinctly 
seen ; po aide, si night of indistinct vision, 
not totally dark, i. 
mixed. 
Ab-ae^kai,p. See Ae, before. 

ing add flowing of the sea. 
A-Ei, *. Name of the net used in catch- 
ing tlie opeln and the maomao. 
2. A kind of roite of the medium size. 
A-Ei, s, Sfee Aai, before. Oia ka ma- 

lama e kalai ai i ka kuku oei o Vein. 
A-EiK»-LE, J. See Aaiole. Bread-fruit. 

ripe and fallen down, he ulu baule wale. 
Ae-o-ka-ha-lo-a, i. A kind of faipa 
made of wauke, and colored with charcoal, 
kuina aeokahaloa. 
Ae-kai, t. The name of the place in 
the sea where the surf breaks ; o kahi o ke 
kai I poi iho ai, he oefcat ka inoa. 
A-e-lo, adj. Botten ; applied to eggs. 

Fig. Ua like makou me na hua ado. 
Ae-lo-a, s. The north-east trade vrind 

on the ocean ; same as moae. 
Ae-kei, v. To be here ; to be present; 

to be In existence. Mat. 2:18. Note. 

This word seems to be compounded of ae. 
No. 4, expressive of a passing or transfer, 
and nci, which refers to present time or 
present place ; something not flxed or ex- 
actly deuned, but near by, cither in time 
or place, as at this joresent. 
Ae-nei, adv. Now", i. e., about this time, 
just now, within a short time past or future. 
2. Here : hereabouts ; near by ; not lar 
off; ua holo aenei, he has just npw sailed ; 
ua olelo <i«net, he has lately spoken ; ua 
make aenei no ke alii, the king died a 
short time ago ; ua hole aenei no kahi i 
noho ai,he is gone a little ways to his place 
of residence. 

A-E-NEi, ». Bread-fruit. See Aainei. 
Ae-se-lo-na, $. Heb. Name of an un- 
clean bird, so translated in Kanl. 11:13. 



AIA 



23 



AIA 



A-E^o, s. Gr, An eagle. Puk. 19:4; 

Hoik. n-.U. 
Ai, v.. To eat; to consume faod, as 

pei'soiis or animals. 

2. To devoiu-, as animals. 

3. To destroy, consume, as fire. Nah. 
16:35. 

4. To congnme ; spoken of the sword, 2 
Satn. 2:26. 

5. To eat, consume, as a sore ; aole ai ka 
mai, tlie disease has made no advance. 
OikTc. 1S:5. 

£. To taste, eat, enjoy the benefits of, bave 
the profits of, as land ; e ai i ka aiiia. Nali. 
32; 19th conj, sa hoo. .. 

7, To cause to eat, L e., compel, w iudnce 
to eat ; huhu loa ia (Kckaokalani)ika^a{ 
noa ana a lakoa i ke alii (Liholiho,) he was 
very angry at them for eausing the king 
to eat fr«ely, i. e., contrary to kapu. 

8.. To have sexual interconrse; appUed 
to both sexes ; also to animals. Kin. 30:41. 

Ai, s. Food ; vegetable food, in dis- 
tinction from ia. meat. Ai oo, ripe food ; 
at rnaloo, dried food ; ai maka, green food , 
vegetables. Note.. — .^7, food, is the repre- 
sentative of property gencmlly. 

Ai, adj. .Consuming; destroying; spo- 
ken of fire. 

Ai, <idv., for aiii. There ; near by, but 
not ill contact ; ai no U^ko o ka hale, there 
in the bouse. 

2. There, at anotbet' place, however dis- 
tant : there ; when ; as, Auhea o Kekuao- 
kalani ? .4i ae no mauka mat Where is 
Kekuaokalani ? There he is coming by 
land 

Ai, verbal directive. Gram. § 242. It 
has reference, generally, to a preceding 
noun, verb or adverb, expressive of time, 
place, cause, manner or instrument ; often 
contracted, thus, bana'i, for hana ai. 

A-i, *. The neck.; he a4 ko ke kanaka, 
oia kahi e hui ai ke poo me ke kino, mati 
has a'72«cfc, it is that which unites the head 
with the body. A-i oolea, a stiff neck. 

2. Fi^wralAviy, perverseness ; disobedi- 
ence. Ruh. 39:3. 

A-i-A, «. To be or show one's self con- 
.ti-ary to the gods.. 

2. To disregard the will of the gods ; to 
be ungodly in practice. 

3. To have the cjiaraeter of an ungodly 
person. ler. 23:11. See Haihaia. 

A-i-Aj s. An unprincipled or -ungodly 
person. KaL 14:1. 

2. The.practiceof ungodliness itself; he 
hoomaloka : be hoole akua. 
A-i-A, adj. Ungodly ; irreS^ous. 

2. Bad, sore, watery, as the-tsy* ; onohi- 
ota, a sore or watery eye. 
A-I-A, adv. There, referring to place; 



akt malaila ka bans ana, there the work is 
doing. 

2. Then, referring to time, generally in 
connection with some other event Ifah. 
10:3. 

A-I-A, interj. Es;piessive of admiration 
or surprise, of triumph or contempt. Aia 
hoi, behold ! see there ; aia ka, there now ! 
Jos. 9:12. Aia la, there you have it!' an 
expression of triumph with contempt. Hal 
35:21. 

Ai-Ai,- ». To reduce to very small par- 
ticles ) to make small. Eard. 9:21. To re- 
duce to powder. 

Ai-Ja» V. Found only ia, 15tb conj. Hoo. 

■ , Tp make .white ; splendlci ;, to beautify ; c 
hooaiai ana i ke kula o Lele, beaulii'yjjag 
the upland of Lele. 

Ai-AifS. .Brightness; clearness; tialike 
ke keokeo m« ka aiai. Puh. 24:10.. 

Ai-Ai, <u^'. Bright, as moonlighl;. fair; 
W^te. lob. 25:5. He malamalams aiai. 
a Sam. 23:4. Pure, as milk. 1 Pit 2:2. 
Clear, as glass. Hoik. 21:18. Pure, as 
gold. .Ho?fc.21:21. White, cleans as linen. 
Hoik. 19:6. 

A-i-Ai, adv. Nearly. 

Ai-Ai-ArKU-TT-LA, «. Name cf a god, the 
s(^ of Hinahele, his mother, and Kuala, 
bis father. _ He was a god of fishermen^ he 
akua Tawaia. 

Ai-Ai-NA, V. Ai, to eat, and aina, land. 
Lrr. To eat the land. i. e., to enjoy, to pos- 
sess land ; to own land ; aole ia i aiaina, 
he did not possess land. 

Ai-AU, r. To pray or poison to death, 
as was formerly practiced. 

2. To show covetousness in asking : as, 
•ua aiau aku i ka hai, he coveted what was 
another's. Similar to aluna and maket. 

Ai-A-HU-A, V. To break secretly the 
kapus of tiie gods, but to observe them 
Oipenly : to act hypocritically. 

2. To conspire secretly against one. 

3. To defraud one's landlord by with- 
holding the tax and nsin^ it himself 

4. To pray to death. Similar to ancuma. 

Ai-A-HU-A, s. A term apiplied to those 
who disregard the kapu while othere ob- 
si>rve it. When the. kapu is generally 
disregarded it is called ainoa ; hence, 
2. A hypocrite ; an irreligious person. 

Ai-A-Hir-A, adj. Irreligious ) nnmjndful 
of the kapu ; nanl ke kanaka aiahim. See 

AlAHULU. 

Ai-A-HU-LU, V. To pray or poison to 
death. 

2. To procure the death of another b^ 
any firaudnlent means, or for any political 
ov' selfish purpose. Notb. — The agent of 
the intrigue is called kalaiino, niania, pao- 



AIE 



24 



AIH 



pao;aobo]iia. See these worda in their 
places. 

Ai-A-HO-LU, s. Food baked a long time 
in the oren till it is brown. 

Ai-A-HU-PU-AA, <adj. See Ai and Ahu- 
PUAA. A division ©f country ; he alii aior 
hiipuaa, enjoying the office and pei'quisites 
of an overseer of land. Laieik. 34. 

Ai-A-KA-KAi, s. Ai, food, and akdkai, a 
rush. New, fresh, sweet food, }ike poi 
newly pounded ; he ai hou, he ai manalo. 
Such food is also called pololei. 

Ar-A-LA-A-LA, s. Ai, io eat, and ala, or 
alaala, odoriferous. The scrofula. 

Ai-A-Lii, V. Ai and oKi, chief. E hooha- 
nohano, to etyoy the ease, hon«r and dig- 
nity of a chief; to act Hie chiet See Nali- 

jiALI. 

Ai-A-LO, s. At, to eat, and alo, in front. 
To eat before. 

1. The people about the chief ; his at- 
tendants, in distinction from the poe maka- 
ainana ; kanaka akdo no ke alii. 

2. A prince or princess ; -those about a 
king. Sol. 31:4. Pan loa na makaainana 
a me na aiah i ka pii inka, all the common 
people and those about the chief Went up 
the mountain. 

3. A small division of land less than an 
ahupnaa ; na kanaka o na aina, a me na ahu- 
puaa, a me na aialo. 

4. One who is a hanger -on and lives 
lazily with a chief and aats Ks food. 

Ai-A-NA, s. Eng. THe- Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of iton : a flat iron. 

Ai-A-NA, adj. Walking wearily up and 
down precipices ; he hele aikena, he ma- 
loeloe. 

Ai-A-NEi, adv. There ; just by ; not far 
off. 

Ai-E, V. Ai, to eat, and e, before hand, 
i. e., to eat or enjoy a thingbeforeitispaid 
for ; from the custom of paying for work 
before it was done,«nd the pay consuiQed. 

1. To owe : to be indebted ; aole oia (o 
Kamehameha) i me, he (Kamehameha) 
never went into Jebt. 

2. To enjoy something yet to be paid 
for ; e lawe e i ka waiwai a mahope hookaa. 

Ai-E,s. Indebtedness; the state of being 
in debt ; he poe «ie kakou, we »Te debtors. 
2. A debt ; that which is due for any 
cause; e lawe aie, to go in debt for a thing; 
^eft. 5;2. B haawi aie, to give (lend) on 
usury, KanU 23:20. 

Ai-E, adj. In debt; owing; under ob- 
ligation to render some equivalent for 
something received. 

Ai-E, ado. E haawi aie, to give to be 
paid again. 

Ai-e'a, s. Fatigue; weariness. 



Ai-EA,s. Name of a specie»of tree founa 
on Lanai and other islands used for finish- 
' lag off canoes. 

Ai-i-Li-Lo-Ko, V. Ai, to enjoy. Hi, the 
skin, surface (of land,) ^^o. that which i! 
contained in something else. To have or 
possess a division of land less than an ahu- 
pnaa. 

Ai-o, V. The exclamation of one who 
commands others to pull, or lift altogether ; 
e holo, e ale, e miha, aio / 

A-i*0E-OB, s. A-i, the. neck, and oeoe, 
long. A-iong neck; applied, 

1. ITo animals, as to nene, a goose, a ter- 
rapin, the camelopard. 

2. To persons. Note. — Thiswas the dis- 
'tinctive appellation which the Hawaiians 

first gave to the missionaries' wives, on ac- 
count of the fashion of their bonnets (in 
1820,) which gave them the appearance ot 
long necks. No ka loloa o ka o-i a me ka 
oeo« o ka papale, kapa akn na kanaka ia 
lakou, Aioeoe. Mooehio Hawaii, p. 39. 

Ai-o-HA-HA, s. Ai, fiswi, -and ^hnha, 
plump. Vegetables, kalo or potatoes, fall 
sized and good. 

Ai-o-HAi-LAu, s. Ai, food, and oha, the 
lower part of kalo tops, and lau, leaf. Food, 
of the kalo tops, often fed to swine. 

A-i-u-HA-u-HA, s. j4-«,-theneck, an'.'-Jt^- 
vha. A stiff or cramped neck. '' 

Ai-u-HA-TJ-HA, s. Ai, to eat, and uha- 
uha, riotous. Epithet of a lower class of 
chiefs ; eatingitiotously. or riotous eat*!^. 

Ai-HA-HA, s. Ai, food, and haha, skin 
ot kalo tops. The food of poor people ;'e 
aihaha ana na luwahine. 

Ai-HA-LA-LE, V. Ai, eat, and Mak, to 
sup up, as a liquid. To be 'lazy ; to do 
nothing : to be the reproa<iii of others ; to 
eat the food of others without Work. See 

LoM-VLOMAAIH.V].AI^. 

Ai-HA-MU, J. Ai, food, and ha?rai, reiji- 
nants of food. 

1. The food left after a meal, especially 
when little is left. 

2. Crumbs and scrapings, that which is 
burned on to the stones of the oven. 

Ai-HA-MU, c. Ai, .to eat, and hamn, 
refuse food. 

1. To eat refuse food. 

2. To eat up clean ; ua alhamuia kaii 
mala uala. 

3. Applied as an epithet of reproach to 
the poe 'kahuna auaana, the priests -iv^o 
practiced sorcery. 

Ai-HE-A, int. adb. Ai, there, and kea, 
where. At, or towards what place? the 
answer, aUaita, there Note, — The a may 
be a No. 2. Note-. — And ihea the auialo of 
kea. See Oram. § .165, p. 93. 



AIK 



.S5 



AIL 



Ai-Hu-A-WAA, t>. Xo pass firom one place 
to anotlier aiid find a dwelling place. 

Ai-HU-A-WAA, tdj. He poe a&aumaa, 
wandererH tiiat have not settled down in 
any place. 

Ai-Hu-E, V. Ai, food, axii hue, to steal. 
IiTT. To steal food. But ai representfi 
])ropcrty of all kinds. See Ai, a. Notk. — 
Hence, to steal generally ;. to take (mother's 
property secretly and without leave; to 
steal a person. KarU. 24:7. 

Ai-Hu-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 



Al-HU-K-A, 
Al-HU-E-IA, 
Al-HU-E-HI-A, 
Al-HV-E-LI-A, 



V. These are all passive 

forms of the \ei:h aik>u; 

' to be -stoilen. For these 

forma, see Oram. § 211 : 

1st, 2d. 

Ai-Hti-E, adj. Found in all the above 
forms. Stolen ; taken secretly. 

Al-KA-HA-U-'LA, S. See MoEKAHAULA. A 
dreaming of oomiirtitting adultery or fornix 
cation ; a lasotvious dream. 

Ai-KA-NE, v; Ai, No. S, and kam, male. 
h To cohajiit, as male with mal^, or 
female with female. 
2. To commit sodomy ; hence 

Ai-KA-NE, s. An intimate friend of the 
same sex ; a friend or companion of the 
same sex. 

2. Those who mutually give and receive 
presents, being of the same sex. 
8. Sodoniy; dissoluteness of habit. 

Ai-KA-PA, V. Ai, to enjoy, and kapa, side, 
edge, border. To own one-half of a thing ; 
applied to anything of which one-half be- 
longs to one person and one-half to an- 
other. 

Ai-KA-pu, V. Ai, to eat, and kapu, forbid- 
den. 

1. To eat according to the restrictions 
of the kapu. \ 

2. To obey the rules of the tabu (kapii) 
system, i. e., to observe the ceremonies of 
the kapu. Notjb. — It is the opposite of 
ainoa. 

Aj-KA-pu, s. The observance of the rules 
of the kapu ; yielding obedience to them ; 
hooikaika lakou ia ia e hoopaakiki me ka 
nikapu, thoy encouraged him to be'firml>y 
the kapu. „ 

Ai-KE-NA, V. To compel to work when 
one is already fatigued ; to cause a groan- 
ing or complaint for hard usage. 

Ai-KE-PA, V. Ai and kepa, to scrape off, 
as du-t from a stone. 

1. To level off; to Yabbet, as the edge 
of a board. 

2. To lap over ; to cut a thing off ob- 
liquely se^s to make uneven parts. 

Ai-KE-PA, adj. Being Cut obliquely off, 
so as to make uneven parts ; o ko'u la, ua 
4 



oki^atfcepa ia aku nei a uuku loa, my fish, 

it is cut off oUiguely, and is v6ry small ; 

be lole i oki aikepa ia a pono ole, the cloth 

is cut off obJi^ueJ;^, and not straight. 
Ai-KE-PA-KE-PA, V. To quarrel, as a man 

and his wife when anotlier intercedes ; be 
. wahlnc nuku aikepakepa lua. 
Ai-Ki, V. Abbreviation of the word few- 

i}d. To peep privately, or to look slyly ;■ 

i lele i ke kapu a pa i ka aiki. 
Ai-KO-LA, V. See Akola. Used only in 

conj. 13. Eoo. To despise; to spurn from; 

to triumph over ; to treat contemptuously. 

IM. 22:24. V 

2. Fio. Applied to, trees; to rejoice over, 
in view of victory. laa. 14;8. See also 
IIooNAiKOLA, anouier form of the same 
word. ' 

Ai-Ko-LA, s. Hoo. The subject of scorn 

or derisfon J he mea hoaik^M a akaaka hoi,- 

a subject of scorn and derision, JIal. 79: 

4. See HoAUoiA. 
Ai-Ko-LA, inl;. An expression of triuraj)h 

mixed with contemptj as o/tu / Etth. 26:3. 
Ai-KU, V. Ai, to eat, and ku, to stand. 

•livt. To eat standing. 

1. To eat in an improper manner. 

■ 2. Fio. To do a thing contrary to rule 

or ceremony. 

3. To break a kapn; similar to aia. Ailot 
was jvn offense against the cods. 

A<-KU, s. A-i, the neck, and lot, to stand. 
A standing collar ftff a jacket. 

Ai-Ku, s. Name of a disease ; the croup, 
from the disposition to hold the head erect. 

Ai-KU-KU-KU, V, To be sick with swell- 
ing in the month and legs; aa aihikvku 
ma ka waha, he has a swelling in the 
mouiil ; ua aikukulcu ma ka wawae, aole 
ola, he has swelled legs, he will not live. 

Ai-Ku-KU-KU, s. The swelling and sore- 
ness of the mouth and tegs, ilke the large 
itch. 

Ai-Kn-Piru,x Ai, food, and kupuu. Dry 
food, as baked kalo of other vegetables. 

Ai-LA, i. Bng. OH; aila kukui, lamp 

oil; ai^amura, ointment. SoL27:9. Note 

The Hawaiian words are momona, kona- 
hua, Sk. 

Ai-LA, s. The name o^ a tree j called 
also Mi. 

Ai-LAi-LA, adi:. Ai (see Ai, adv.) and 
laila, there. In answer to the interrogative 
aiJiea; thero ; by the side of ; in that place ; 
there ; there it is. 

Ai-LA-Lo, adv. Ai, ada., and lalp,iov/n. 
Down ; down under ; down there ; ailalo 
kahll make ai, down there is the place where 
he died. 

Ai-LE^-Aj.v. Ai, V. 8, and ha, pleasure. 



AIL 



26 



AIN 



To copulate, as mak- and female ; spoken 
of raen'and animals. , 
Ai-LE-FE, I'. Ai and lepe, the comb of a 
Clock. 

1. To turn up and Iback. 

2. To ruck, aa the skin when broken, or 
as kapa when ruffed. 

Aj-le-pe, adj. Turned up; fucked; as 
the skin when broken;, as kapa when 
rnffed. 

'Ai-LE-Fo, s. Ai, to eat, arid lepo, dirt. 
An expression applied to a multitude of 
fish. The application is not clear. 

A-i-Li, V. To pant ; to gasp for breath. 

2. To pull lip, as a bush ; e uhuki. 

3. To pull ap, as a hook with a fish on 
it ; ka aili ae no ia i ke aho lou ka ia i 
ka mftkau, he pulled up his hook line, the 
hook was the fish. See Kaili. 

Ai-i,i-.A, V. Pass, of aili for aUiia. 
Ai'hn, V. Ai arid lii for alii. To enjoy 

the dignity of a chief; to be noble. 
Ai-Li-Hi, V. At, to eat, enjoy, and lihi, a 

border, edge. 

1. To possess or enjoy a piece of land 
only in part, as some comer, end or outr 
side, while the main part is denied. See 
Ahcapa. '' 

2. To pay only a part Of a debt and 
withhold the remainder ; ua bookaa mai i 
kekahi a ua alihi aku no i kekahl, he paid 
Bome and withheld some (of the debt.) 

a, To disregard the kapu in respect to 
trading. 

Ai-Li-Hi, *. A creditor; he mea i aili- 
hiia, a person paid only in part ; he inoa 
BO kekejii mea. 

Ai-LO-LO, *. The name of a religious per- 
formance when a hog was offered in B»iri- 
fice ; a part of it was eaten at the time of 
offering. 

Ai-LO-Lo, V. To teach the art of Ittaani 
the practice of armaria; sorcery and the 
practice of soldiery, so as to be a proficient. 
Ua ao i ka Ina, a ua make ke kanaka, ua 
ailolo. Ua ao i ka anaana, ua make fee 
kanaka, ua ailolo. Ua ao i ke koa, ua ku i 
'ka mokn, a ua ailolo. 

Ai-LO-LO, adj. Disobedient, as a child, 
and thus destroys himself; one that de- 
stroys himselfHhrough his own evil courses; 
it belongs to persons of all classes ; he'ke- 
iki.hoolohe ole, a ua lele i ka pali no ko 
kolohe, a ua make aUdlo ka hookuli, he 
was a disobedient child, be leaped a preci- 
pice through mischief, he died throua;h 
<lisobeflience, &o. ; ua make no ke kanaka 
hewa no ka hookuli aihlo no ia lakou. 

Ai-iiOrtQ,,*. He inoa no kekahi mea. 

Ai-Lu-NA, adi). There above ; up ; up- 
wards. 



Ai-MA-HA-HA, s. A kind of hard kalo, 

difficult to make into good poi. 
Ai-MA-Lu, V. Ai, to eat, and Tnalu, st- 

cretly. 

1. To transgress or break a law secretly. 

2. To eat with one contrary to kapu; he 
aimalu ka poe tX puupuu o na 'lii, the 
stewards of the chiefi; transgressed. 

Ai-MO-Kir, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and mohi, 
a district. A person whet holds the rank 
of a chief over some district or island ; one 
who enjoys the honors and profits of such 
a post without really 0¥/ning the land; e 
pau kona uimoku, ana, his authority is 
ended. Laleik. 34. 

Ai-MO-KU, adj. Having the authority of 
a chief; he kane aimoku, epithet of i per- 
son acting for a chief, a lieutenant, one 
who enjoys the fruits of the land bat pays 
a part to the owner ; na 'lii aimoku, gov- 
ernors. Ezr. 8:36 ; JEsel. 3:12. 

Ai-NA, s. Ai, it eat, enjoy, and na, con- 
traction of an^ (the participial termination 
of wfords equivalent to JEhg. ing. See Oram. 
§ 204,2.) An eating; the means of eating, 
i. e., ttie fhiits of the land ; hence, 

1. Land generally ; a farm ; a field ; a 
country: an island. In this sense it is STN. 
with moKu, or mokupuoi ; elua inoa ika- 
paia ma ka mokupuni, be moku ' kekahi, a 
he a.im kekahi, an island has two names, 
moku is one, and oina is the other. D. 
Mak). 7:1. 

2. Any taxable privilege, as the right of 
fishing, the right to sell things in market, &c. 

3. Any means of obtaining a living ; e 
Mi au e hao i kela waiwai, no ka mea, o 
ko'u ama no o ka hao wale aku, I will go 
and rob that property, because it is my 
means of living to rob. Baw. Hist. 

Ai-NA,.s. A contractiott of ei awffl. See 
above. An eating ; a meal. 

Ai-NA, ttdj. Eating ; dining ; papa aina. 
an eating table ; hale aina, one of the six 
houses of an establishment ; he hale aina 
oia kekahi, the eating house is one. 

Ai-NA, s. The snap of a gun; the jar of 
a door; the report of lightning. See P.u-a- 

INA. 

Ai-NA, 0. Lit. Being eaten. Used pass- 
ively; 'to be desti-oyed; to bo devoured; 
eaten up. Ahia o Hawaii e ka pele, Ha- 
waii is eaten by the volcano ; aina ke ka- 
naka e ka mauo, the man was devoured 
by a shark ; aina ka ai c ka puaa, the food 
was eaten by a hog. 

Ai-NA, s. Pain; grief; weariness; disap- 
pointed affection ; he kona, hihi, he lea. 

Ai-NA-o-LE,_t!. To eat silently, gently, 
without noise ; c ai mahie, e mukamuka. e 
ainaole. 

Ai-na-hoo-i-li-na, s. Aim, land, and 



AIP 



27 



AO 



kooUina, to inherit. An inheritance, i. e , 
land inherited. 2 OM. 20:11. An inher- 
ited portion. loh. 24:8. 

Ai-NA-KE-A, s. Aimi, eating, and kea, 
species of cane. See Kokea. The eating isf 
sugar-cane till dry and wliite. 

Ai-NE-A, V. To labor iri vain; to be 
weary with hard toil. See IiiiiA.. 

Ai-NE-MA-NE-MA, V. Ai and Tiema. To 
reproach ; to vility. 

Ai-NO-A, V. Ai, to eat, and noa, free 
from restraint. To eat freely, without re- 
garding the kapu ; to brealt Itapu by eat- 
ing ; to disregard the kapus in one's man- 
ner of living. 

Ai-NO-A, s. Ai and noa. Implying a re- 
lease from fcapit; the opippsite of aikapu; 
freedom from the restrainits of kapu ; o ka 
ainoa, oia ka hoomaka ana e pau ai ia man 
kapu, the eating freely, i. o., (the disregard- 
ing the kapu,) that was the beginning of 
tiie destruction of the kapu system. Ainoa 
was the general term, and universally ap- 
plied wl^n the nation threw off idolatry. 
Jlaw. Ilist. 

Ai-No-A, s. Name of those persons who 
first ate together, men and women, con- 
trary to the kapu. 

Ai-PA (e-pa), s. Heb. Name of a dry 
measHre ; an epha. Nah. 6:15. 

Ai-FAA, s, Ai, food, and paa, hard. 
Hard food ; food, that is, kalo prepared for 
keeping. 

Ai-PA-LAi, s. A name for scrofula. The 
word is said to hare originated with Kame- 
hameha I., meaning the same as aialaala. 

Al-FO-d-LA, s. He axpoda, he like me ka 
puupoola i ka moni. 

Ai-FO-o-LA, i. He hana mahiai, a ma- 
hope kalaa ka mea ai no ka luhi o I^a hana 
ana ; he kaumaha paha o ka mea i haaaia, 
he aigooh,. 

Ai-PO-o-LA, adj. Ua paa i ka hana, he 
hana hoaipodUi. 

A.-1-TVV, s. ^-i, neek,,andpKM, a bunch. 

1. A bunch on the shoulder from oarrj- 
ing heavy b'ardens. 

2. Name of the person who has Bueh a 
b'lnch. 

8. The'^atae of a diseasfc; also called 
Uholelu). Ka pilikia no ke kan ana mail o 
K& mai dipuu a e anal mai, the difficulty 
fSroitt the attack of the disoase aipuu caus- 
ing waste, &c. ; he kokuaieholeho. 

Ai-puu-puu, V. Ai, food, and puupuu, to 
divide out. See Puu. 

1. Soo. To serve out provisions to oth- 
ers ; to supply with provisions. 

2. To serve or wait on at table. 

3; To act as a servant in' any manner. 

Ai-PUU-PUtJ, *. A sfervant who prepares 



food; a steward; a cook; a servant gen- 
erally ; originally, applied to stewards of 
chiefs. 

Ai-PU-Hi-0, s. The release from the re- 
strictions of kapu ; it has the same meau- 
ing as ainoa, but Is seldom used. 

Ai-PU-KA, s. See Ipuka, a gate. Ipajta 
is the C;drreot orthography, 

Ai-PU-Nl, V. To go around; to. circum- 
ambulate, as a tract of country ; like kaa- 
pwni. 

A-i-WA (e-i-wa), num. adj. The simple 
form is iwa. Nine ; the number nine. 

A-i-wa-i-wa, v. To be very good, benefi- 
cent and kind, or the contrary. Aiviaiwa 
refers to the excess of charactei', very good 
or very bad. Aiwaiwa ke kanaka akamai 
i ka naauao ; aiviaivoa no hoi ke alii loko- 
maikai ; aiwaiwa no hoi ke keiki kolohe. 
Aiioaiwa refers to a person accomplished 
with learning ; it applies to a very kind- 
hearted chief; it also applies to a mischiev- 
ous child. 

Ai-wA-i-WA, s. A remarkable person or 
animal ; applied to the fabulous dog Kala- 
bumoku, of Tahiti ; a ike aku la ia Kalahu- 
moku 1 ke aiwaivM o Tahiti. Laieilc. 108. 

Ai-WA-i-wA, V. To look long and stead- 
ily at a person or thing ; aiviaiwa nui i ka 
nana loihi a ike, he persevered in loolring 
for a long time. 

Ai-wAi-u, adj. Ai, to eat, and waiu. 

milk. Milk-eating; epithet of a socking 

child ; an infant. lia. 49:15. Lit. A milft- 

eater; 
Ad, ». To be or become light or day, 

as iii the morning ; ua «(o ka po, the night' 

ha:3 become Ught. OHu 12:18. 

2. To awake, as from a vision or dream. 

3. To come to one's right mind or self- 
possession. 

4. To teach ; instruct. Lvk. 11:1. 

5. To enlighten ; instruct in one's duty 
or conduct. OiMc. 10:11. 

6. To reprove ; take heed ; beware ; tiJ 

warn. JCi».. al>OA. 

7. To regard with reverence ; to ftbej. 

8. To charge strictly* 

9. To learn to do a thing ; to learn, to 
study, as a language ; e na kumu e, e an 
oukou i ka olelo Hawaii, O teachers, Stiidy 
the Hawaiian language. 

10. To copythe Sample of others. Kant. 
18:9. In the imperative.- e ao, look out ; 
watch ; be on your guard ; take heed. los. 
22:5. 

Ao, ». Found only ift hoo., conj. 3; To 
teinpt ; to try ; to prove. Dan. 12:10. 

2. To try one's conduct or fitness for a 
duty. Lank. 7:4. 

3. To try ; assay- Kari. 4:34. 

4. To try to do a thing to aacerttaa 



AOA 



28 



AOU 



wbether it can be done ; e hoao e ae oe 
mamua a maopopo, a ina maopopo, alaila 
hana, try first whether the thing is feasible, 
if feasible, then do it. 

5. To try ; taste of, i. e., suffer, as pain 
or death. Mat. 16:18. To tempt, as the 
Holy Spirit. Oih.&-X 

6. To try, i. e., to cohabit before mar- 
riage. 

7. To exhibit or practice the shameless 
conduct of the sexes as in former times. 

Ao, s. Light ; day, in distinction ffom 
po, night. Kill. 1:5. For the different j)e- 
riods of time through the night, see Laieik. 
30. 

-2. The world. floJ. 89:11. Okeoonei, 
o lieia ao, this world ; o kela ao, the future 
world; liawahi 00, heavenly places. JSpes. 
1:3. 

3. Light; applied to, the. light-green of 
fresh leaves of plants or trees ; the green 
itesh buds ; a kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a 
muo, a liko ; ' the middle or new leaf of 
plants ; as, ao ko, ao kalo.' 

4,, Knowledge ; instruction ; ke ao 9na, 
doctrine. 

A-p, s. A cloud. Fuk. 14:19. ilopouli, 
a dark cloud. Pule. 14:2Q, Na mea ITana 
i ke ao. observers of; elaad$. Kanl. 18:14. 

Ao, adj. EriUghtene4 i informed; in- 
structed ; mostly connected with naau, as 
naauoo, and written as one word. 

Ao, ^. Dried kalo or potatoes (i. e,, kalo 
or potatoes baked and dried,), used for 
food. 

2. Sea-bread or any hard bread was 
called 00 by Hawaiians when they fltat saw 
it. 

Ao,s. Art., ka. Name of a species of 
bird. Litidk. 29. 

A-o-4, V. To howl, as a dog or wolf. 

2. To howl or wail for grief for the loss' 
of friends ; to howl for a calamity that has 
come upon oiie, Isa. 13:6. 

3. To ci-y, as one in distress and anguish. 
, lak.Sil. To howl, as in despair. JoS. 1:6. 
A-o-A, *. A howling, as of a- dog or 

ravenous beast ; a wailing for the dead. 
A-o-A, adj. Howling, as of a ravenous 

beast. Isa. 13:21. Holoholona aoaoa, 

howling beasts. Hence, cross ;■ angry; 

rough in language. 
A-o-A, 5. A snail ; he pupu. , 

■ 2. Also the name of a species of small 

fish. 

A-o-A, s. Name of a tree, not found on 
these islands, but in some foreign country; 
often spoketi of in the ancient meles. 

Ao-Ao, 4 The side of a thing, as land, 
country; the CQS.st of r* country. Ma ka 
aoaei Puna a me Kala kiv holo ana, along 
the shore of Puna and Kftii was the saiL'ng, ; 



Pehea na aoao o Ferani? what are the 
boundaries'of France ? 

2. Trap. A way, habit, manner, peculiar 
to any one. Oih. 17:2. A course of lifejr 
Hal 1:1 and 6. 
Ao-AO, V. To accustom ; to practice ; & 
hoomaamaa. See Maa. To repeat fre*- 
quently. 

2. To teach ; to give instruction to one 
how to act on occasion. Laieik. 12. 
A-o-Ao, V. To make one's escape from 
justice ; to depart secretly from fear of 
being taken ; e aoao malu ana, i mahuka,. 
io escape secretly, to run away. 

2. To show or point out a way for one to 
go ; abao aku la mea, eia ko alanui. 
Ao-AO, Ji What one has been taught to 
say or do ; kahea iho la e like me ke aoao 
ana, he called out as he had b^ett in-- 
structed. Laieik. 170. 
A-oA-OA, s. Name of a pleasant iea- 
breeze at Honolulu ; he paa o aoaoa lani. 
Ao-AO-NU-i, s, The name of a specie* 

of broad fish ; he ia kino palahalaha. 
Ao-A-KU-A, s. Ao, for imo, a desert • 
place, and akua, God. A lonely place;: 
generally a barren place ; a desert. More 
properly written waoakua, the region of • 
the gods, ghosts, hobgoblins, &c. See Wao- 
AKUA. Note. — The proper orthography is 
auakua. * 

Ao-AO-WE-LA, s. A species of fish of a 

green color. 
A-o-E, adv.- One of tjie forms of the ad- 
verb of negation ; aohe, aole, aoe, no, not, 
nor, a universal negative. 
A-oE, V. See Oe. To move along with 
a rustling, rippling noise, as a wave of the 
sea : to make a noise like a rippling wave; 
ooe ka ale ka moana, the slight wave of 
the ocean ripples, &c. ; he hele wale no e 
\ike me ka aol, 
AtOo, s. See A 00 uoder A. Name of 
an instnin^ent for destroying unborn chil- 
dren; &c. See RoHOLUA. 
A-o-o; adj. See Oo, to be mature. f!pi- 
thet of a full gro'fyn man when all his fac- 
ulties of 'body and mind have come to ma- 
turity ; he aoo ia, he is full grown. 
A-o-o-No-Hi, s. He aoonohi ulaula; an 
expression signifying that a ?torm is near. 
Ao-o-pu-A, s. Ao, cloud, and pua, an 
arrow. Sharp-pointed clouds' as they ap- 
pear in the sky^ me he mau aoopua la e 
kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make 
raaluna o na kanaka, as sharp-pointed 
clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs 
over men. 

Ao-u-Li, s. Ao, a cloud, and uli, blue. 
1. A blue cloud, i. e„ the-sky, the firma- 
ment. 



AOL 



29 



AU 



2. The visible arch of heuveii ; aia iluna 
lilo ke anuK la, there above is the sky. 

3. Tlie stai-s collectively; the liosfof 
heaven. 2 O'M. 33:5. 

4. Heaven itself. Jliil 89:6. Notk.— 
Ill grammar, it ia used liir mood ; as, (uyuii 
hai, indicative mood; aouli kanolia, imper- 
ative mooti; mni.li\iu'ihe,imh]\iaciiYv mood ; 
aindi kuwalo, iiifiiiilivo mood, 

A-o-HE, adv. No; not; not at all; by 
no moans. See Aoj.B and Aok. 



ade. Used as ad- 
verlw aiid inter- 
jections. What ! 
how great! tnily 
so; a confirmation 
of the declaration 



Ao-HAA, 

Ao-HE-IO, 

Ao-HE-IO-HOI, 

Ao-TIE-HOI, 

Ao-HE-0-KA-NA.-MAI, 

of another ; also, surprising ; admirable ; 

never so many, &e. 
Ao-HE-LE, V. Ao, to teach, and hele, to 

1. To teach as one travels ; to preach 
traveling about; ua aohek o Kaahunianu 
ine ka hoohuli i na kanaka a [>au mu ka 
|i()i\o, Kaahilmanuwent a)»o>it teaching the 
leojilo and turning them to do wliat was 
right. 

2. To <Ieclarc ; pnbli.sh, as a law ; as a 
chief when he went from placo to place ; 
aHifk na 'lii i na kanawai. . 

ko-uo-KV, V. Ao, to teach, and /loku, a 
star. To teach aslronofliy. 

Ao-HO-su, *. Astronomy as a science ; 
tilso an astronomer ; pepehiia ac la ke alii 
muku a me ka mea aohoku, the, captain of 
the ship was slain and the astronomer. 

Ao-KA, V. To be crushed or chewed 
finely for swallowing. 

A-o-kX-o-ka, v. See Oka. To pulver- 
ize ; make fine ; to bruise or pound fine ; 
aweluawehi. See Okaoka, 

A-0-KA-A-o-KA, s. Any fine particles of 
matter, as saw-dust. Ices of wine, dregs of 
any liquid ; hence, 

\ 2. An offensive smell, as connected with 
sueli matter. 

Ao-KA-HA-EA, s. A'o, cloud, and kahaea. 
A kind of cload as it appears in the heaV- 
ens ; he aokahaea i Wnohinohiia. 

■ Ao-KU, s. The name of a rain ; he ua 

ao}m. 

A-o-LE (ole), adv. An adverb of deny- 
ing, "refusing ; no ; not ; a universal nega- 
tive ; for euphony's sake, it takes different 
forms J as, aohe, aole, ohe, ole, and aoe. The 
form, ote is, -privative in its meaning, and 
may be added to almost any adjective, noun 
(proper names excepted.) or verb in the 
language. It is cciuivalont to the English 
ihseparable negative particles, lesSjin, vn, 
&c. See Oi.B- 



A-o-LE, V. To not ; not to do ; aole oia 
i hana, he did it not. 

2. To deny ; refuse to do a thing ; aok 
ae la ia i hoopono ia ia, ia inanawa, he re- 
fused (he did not) reform himself at that 
time. 

3. Not to be ; no existence. IM. 37:30. 
Aoh e ole, a phrase signifying the strong- 
est aflirniation, as, it cannot but be, it can- 
not be otherwise, it will not fail of being 
so, there is no wjt in the case, &e. Note. — 
the sense 2, to deny, is more generally 
found under the form.ofe, v., 3d conj. hoo., 
which sec. 

A-o-LE -E-o-LE, adv. See Aole above. 
It cannot but be. tiiT. It cannot be not. 

A-o-LE-io-Hoi, adv. See under Aohaa. 
How very ! Md€ 6:23. Aole hu, God for- 
bid. Xwfc. 20:16. 

A-o-LE-PA-HA, adv. A strong affirma- 
tion ; how true ; tjuo indeed ; so it is. 

A-o-LE-Hoi-NA, adv. A very aflfectionate 
salutation ; now used only among the old 
people ; th(! modern term is aloha. 

Ao-LbA, s. Ao, cloud, and loa, long. A 
comparison of clouds, as high and low; 
applied also to men, as more or less honor- 
able ; o Ku ke aoloa, o Ku ke avpoko, Ku 
is the long cloud, Ku is the short cloud. 
Sec AoPOKO. 

Ao-Mi-LO, V. To procure abortion ; oo 
no lakou i na keiki, acmMo a hahai, ua nui 
na kamalii i make. Note. — The methods 
of pi'ocuring abortion were numerous and 
various. 

A-o-NB, s. Dirt ; he lepo, he lau one. 
See O.NK, sand? 

.^-o-NO, adj. num. See Ono, the simple 
form. Six ; with other forms, eono, ke ono, 
he ono, 

Ao-No-KA, ade. A contracted poetical 
phrase tor «ole no ka e kala, not lately 
done, long ago. 

Ao-Nu-i-Hoo-LA-HO-LA-HO, s. The name 
of a broad mass of clouds extending over 
a great space. 

2. A mass of pillar clouds as seen at 
night. 

Ao-po-KO, s. See AotoA. LiXi A short 
cloud. Fig. Men of little weight of char- 
acter. 

Au, pen. pron., 1st per. sing. I ; when 
prefised or preceded by the emphatic o, as 
au, the compound sound resembles that 
of w ; hence it has the forms au, o an, wau, 
and b vmu ; the o is no part of the word, 
and should be written separately. 

A'u, pron. So written for adu, one a 
dropped and the apostrophe siTpplied. It 
is the auipiU, one of the oblique cases of 
au, 'I. - See Oram. § 124. Of me ; mine. 



AU 



30 



AUA 



There is a aensible break in the pronunci- 
ation, to distingiiish it fromau, the 1st per- 
son, and from au, of the 2d person next 
below. 

Au, pron-. With a more protracted, 
smooth pronunciation thaii the foregoing, 
one of t^e-auipili cases of the 2d per. alng. 
of oe. Oram. § 132. Thine ; of thee. 

Au, s. The handle or helve of an axe. 
Kanl. 19:5. The staff of a spear. 1 Safa. 
17:7. The handle. of a sword, iunfc. 3;22. 
The handle of an auger, &c. ; au koi, au 
pahi.. 

Av, s. The current in the ocean ; au 
inaloko o ka modna ; o kahi o ke kai e wili 
ana, he au-ia ; he witi au kahi inoa. 

2. The grain in wood. 

3. The niotioh of the hand in mixing poi. 

4. An a«ti6n of the mind ; as, ke au wale 
nel no ko'ttimanao e akc c pnlelo iki ae, 
my mind is exercisittgj &c. See Au, v., 
below. 

Au, s. The gall of animals. Oihk. 3:i; 

Zo&. 16:13; Met. Oihi 8:23. 
Atr, s. T.iine ; a period of time, more or 

less dcMtely designated, as the reign of a 

king. lit: 28:1. 
2. The timcof one's life; i keauia Kala- 

niopuu ; i ke au Likoliho, in the time of 

Kalanlopnu, &e. 
S.ABfeasoif. Oift. 11:28. A portion of 

time. 

Au, s. A territory; district of country; 
generally compounded with other qualiff- 
ing words ; as, ouakua, a desert, a place of 
gods, ghosts, &c. See Adakua. jlwkanaka, 
an inhabited country ; awpuni, a large re- 
gion, &c. ' Note. — Au is the term repre- 
senting all places where food grows ; as 
Jcalm represents such places as arc on- or 
near the shore where food does not grow. 
This applies mostly to the leeward side of 
the islands. 

Au, V. To swim; ua au na kanaka i 
fe» moana, a pakelo i ka make, tlie people 
swam the ocean and escaped death. 

2. To float on the surface of water ; to 
turn, as the eyes to look at something; ina 
ua ike oc e au ana kona maVa. Laink. 145. 
SvN', with nana ia. 

3. Hoo., 3d coty. To cause to swim, to 
float ; Aooau hele aku la i na pahu o lakou, 
they floated along their (watbr) casks. 

4., To convey, as on a raft.' 2 Oihl. 2:16. 

5. To swim through the water by the ex- 
ertions of the arms and other limbs ; poho 
ka uhane o ka poe make i ka moana, aole 
paha e hiki ke au iuka, the souls of those 
who sink in the ocean are lost, they are not 
able to swim ashore. Used imperatively, 
to ciuioken, to hasten ; more generally 
•Joubled, as dw««, which see. 



Au, s. Name of a fish with a sharp 
nose. 
2. Name of a soft porous stone. 

Au, V. To loTig aft^r, or be wholly bent 
on ; to be fully engaged in a course of con- 
duct ; alalia, au loa wan i na ino o ke ao 
nei, then I was wholly engrossed in ttie 
vileness of the world ; makemake, puiii 
lilo loa. See Av, cun-ent, above. 

Au-A, V. To dislike to part with prop- 
erty ; to be stingy in giving. 

2. To keep back what -should be given 
to another; to withhold. Sol. 11:24. 

3. Not to give a thing asked for ; to be 



stmgy. 
4. To 



4. To think so much of a thing bs not to 
part with it. Kin. 46:20. Ua hewa no kahi 
aud -ana o na Lunaatihau, some of the 
stinginess of the Lunaailfaaus is wrong. 

6. To look with regret upon a thing. 

6. To forbid ; withhold. Kin. 30:2. 

7. To reftise assent to a proposal ; not 
to be pleased with it. LaieUe. 140. 

Au-A, s. The name of a fish. 
Au-A, s. Stinginess; closeness. 
Au-A, s. The voice of the bird alala. 
Au-A, adj. Close; hard; parsimonious; 

stingy ; he pi, he paa. 
Au-AE, s. See Auwae, the chin. A 

lana ka omk kahi nnku. 
Au-AE, adj. Expert; cunning; provi- 
dent. 
Au-AE, V. To be lazy; to spend time 

idly ; e kalauea, e kaialili. 
Au-AE, s. Laziness, indolence ; one whp 

spends time idly. 
Au-AE-puu, V. For auwaepuu. Hoo. To 

bo lazy, indolent. 
Au-Au, V. Conj. 6 of au, to swim. To 

bathe in water, as a person. Pvk. 2:5. 

2. To wash ; cleanse with water. Oihk. 
15:5. - 

3. To take out wrinkles from a piece of 
cloth. Hoo., conj. 3. To wash; cleanse 
&c. 

4. Used imperatively, to excite; hasten; 
e awa« atai kakou, e wikiwiki; eauoMtiaJ 
oe, come quickly, e wikiwiki mai oe ; used 
also with ho. See Hoauau. 

Au-Au, *. A bathing; washing; ua hele 
i ka o«<iu, he is gone to bathe. 

Au-AU, adj. Of, or belonging to bath- 
ing ; as, he wai auau ; wahi auau. 

Au-AU, s. Name of a certain aho (a 
small. stick) to be thatched firet in the pro- 
cess of building a heiau. 

Au-AU, s. Name of a long slun fish ; 
the guard-fish that swims near the surface 
of the water. 

Au-AU, s. A snare for catching and 



AUA 



31 



AUH 



killing birds; he pahele e make ai ka 
manu ; he auau manu. 

Au-Au, s. The stalk of loulu made into 
a spear ; be ihe. 

Atj-au-nei. Probably for auanei, which 
see. 

Au-AU-PA-PA-o-HE, p. Also oupapoohe. 

• Name of a fish, a variety of the species auau. 

Au-AU-WA-HA, i, Au, a place, au dou- 
blocl and ^oAa, a.mouth. To dig a fiirrow 
or ditch; <to dig up. into furrows, as for 
planting. Hoo. ^To make a furrow by dig- 
ging. Hal. 14:7. . See Adwaha. 

Au-A-KU-A, s. Also written wauakua and 
waoahua. Au, a place, and aleua, a god. 

1 . A region remote fi-om inhabitants, and 
supposed to be the haunts of spirits, ghosts, 
hobgOblingj &c, 

2. A desolate place ; uninhabited. Isa. 
13:9. He anoano kanaka ole. 

AtJ-A-Lii, adj. Name of a kapu sacred 
to Kama, an ancient chief of Maiu ; o. ka 
nockole aualii kapu o Kama. 

Au-A-LO, s. Au, place, and alo, in front. 
A shed or verandah adjoining a house for 
storing canoes, calabashes, and other prop- 
erty. 

Atj-a-mo, s. Au, a handle, and amo to 
carry. A stick or pole with which burdens 
are carried across the shoulder. 1 Oihl. 
la-.li. A staff or pole for carrying a bur- 
den. Puk. 25:13. Hale auamo,'Si palanr 
quin. Mel. Sol. 3:9. A yoke. Kara. 21:3. 
Fig. a burden ; service. Mat. 11:30. 

Au-A-Mo, V. To carry on the shoulders 
or back ; c halihali, e mamaka : to carry 
on a stick across the shoulder. Seeabove. 

Au-A-Mo-£, V. Auamo, to bear, and e, 
extra. To bear a very heavy load, so as 
to sprain or bruise the neck ; e auamoe me 
ka nanaha o ka a-i, to carry a load with 
the straining of the neck. 

Au-A-NA, ». Also written auwana. Au, 
to swim, and ana,, the participial termina- 
tion ing. A swimming off. The word has 
its origin in the overturning of a oanoc, 
when men and all the cargo of the canoe 
float off in different directions. 

1. To be scattered ; dispersed, as things 
disperse in the upsetting of a canoe. 

2. To go astray, as the miiid; awmana 
hcwa ka naau; to be wandering, as the 
thoughts. 

3. To scatter from each other, as people. 

4. To go here and there in search of 
something. Tvk. 5:12. 

5. i7oo. To scatter ; disperse abroad ; to 
cause to wander; to go froni place to place. 
Kin. 20:13. TJa hooauwanaia ka poe hewa 

, i ka make, the wicked are scattered in 
death. See Aowana, 



Au-A-NA, adj. Scattered; wandering; 
dispersed. 

Au-A-NEi, adv. Au, time, and and, now, 
here, &c. It refers to an indefinite future 
time, but. not far off; hereafter; by and 
by; soon; used only after verbs. E ua 
auanei, ke opiopi mai nei kc ao, it will rain 
soon, the clouds are folding up; e ino aua- 
nei, ke okupukupu mai la ka hao ino. 
Note. — After a word ending with a, it is 
often written uanei. 

Au-E, int. Also auwe. ' O ; oh ! woe to ; 
alas: O dear; expressive of regret, of 
griei, of pain, of disappointment ; -xue ka 
make 1 am ke ano e ! See ArwE. 

Au-E, V. See also Auwe. To. cry ; to 
weep ; to lament for any loss, suffering or 
calamity. 

Au-i, V. To decline, as the sun in the 
afternoon. 1 Nal. 18:29. 

2. To be turned aside in a course ; a i 
ka moana, aiuiia ka waa e ka ale, when on 
the ocean, the canoe was turned aside by 
a wave. 

' 3. To vary .from a direct line ; to turn 
aside, as the head ; ua aui ae nei ka la ; ua 
aui ac nei ka ia. 
4. To swell, as the sea, in great rollers. 
6. To pass by a certain time. 

6. To shun a blow by inclining the head- 

7. To roll up roughlyl as high waves of 
the sea ; ke aiui mai la ka nalu ; aui mai la 
ka alex> ke kai. Conj. 9. Avriravri, to roll 
up, as the sea, &e. 

Ai-i-AU-i, V. See Am, v., above. To 
roll up, as a high sea. 

Auii, s. A wave of the sea ; a billow. 
Isa. 48:18. He aui no ka nalu. 

2. The name for case in grammar. Oram. 
§ 99. 

Au-i-A-LB, rf, Aui and ale. A swell of 
the sea, not > small wave ; so called from 
the motion, passing by. _ 

Au-i-NA, s. Aui, to decline, and ana, 
the participial terminationi, !Fhe declining 
or turning aside ; .1 ka aufna la, at sun de- 
clining, that is, in the afternoon. Zaieik. 
49. See AowmA. 

Au-o-Lo, s. Au and o&% to vibrate, A 
tabernacle; a temporary house. loh. 27:18. 
An out-house for sheltering canoes; he aur 
do waa ; also written auwolo. 

Au-o-Lo, adj. Belonging to a temporary 
building ; abaaina auolo, feast of tabema- . 
cles. Karil. U:IS. 

Au-HA, s: A shed or house for putting 
canoes to screen them from the sun ; he 
auolo no ka waapa. See Auolo. 

Au-HAi, V. To tear; to rend, as clothes. 
See XJhai. 

Au-HAU, V. To put a people under trib- 
ute. Lank. 1:28. To tax ; assess a tax. . , 



AUH 



32 



AUK 



2. To exfirciae lordship j to exact of one. 
JVcft. 5:10. Note. — In ancient times every 
article of value was i^zed, to be paid in 
kind ; at present, the auhau dala is tiie 
great thing. 

Au-HAU, g. A tax; a revenue for the 

benefit of chiefs ; kahi auhau, a place for 

- collecting taxes : similar to kookitpu. , 

Au-HAU, s. Name of a species of wood 
for mailing spears j he hau i^a ihe c Icaua 
ai, he auhau kekahi ihe, the spears for war 
are made of hau, some spears are made of 
avhau. 

Air-HAU-HU-i, s. A religious ceremony 
in the koopiopio; perliaps, to strike regu- 
larly. 

Ar-BLAU-MA-u-LE, s. I na auhaumaule ka 
pa, ua huna ia malalo o ka weuweu. 

Atf-HAU-ni-KA, t>. To beg; to ask for a 
thing. Stn. with not, but more modest. 
See Noi, MAKTLp, Apike, &c 

AtJ-HAir-PU-KAi's. A beggar; one who 
solisits favors of chiefs ; he auliaupaka na 
kanaka noi wale. 

2. Beggary ; a system of living by beg' 
gary ; ma ka auhaupuka e loaa ai ka ai a 
me ke kapa, by begging they obtain food 
and clothing. 

Au-HA-KA, s. Epithet of a man with 
long, spindling legs, like the legs of a 
horse; he kanaita wawae loloa auliaka 
loihi, e like me ka lio wiwi auhaka. 

Au-HA-KA, adj. A man tall, poor and 
thin, especially his legs: spindle-legged; 
me he wawae auhaka la ka eaea. 

Au-HE-A, adv. int. Au, place, and /tea, 
what. 

1. Where? what place? 

2. A can of attention to what one has to 
say; auJiea oe? aukea oukou? where art 
thou ? where are you? 

Atr-HEE, V. Au, to svfim, and hee, to 
melt, causing an intensive. 

1. To melt ; to flov, *s a liquid. 

2. To fleo from one ; to slip off from 
danger ; auhce mai la sa auwaa, the fleet 
of cp.nfle8 hurried off (from fear ;) to floe, 
iss fir?3» jamptation. ^ 

3. Tfl fl(^^ or be put to flight in battle. 
3. OihllQ'.l. To be scattered ; disappear. 

•1. Used imperatively, go away ; let me 
ialone : forbear. 2 Oihi. 35:21. 

5. Bao. To put to flight, to rout, as an 
enemy. Oftfc. 26:8. 

6. To drive away ; to dispel, as dark- 
ness. See Heh. 

Au-HEE, V. To be destitute ; to be be- 
reaved ; to be depviced of all comforts ; to 
make desolate. 

Ua lllo kua aina, ua aukee ^ti, 
My land Is gone, 1 am poor. 
Uaanake kuu wahine, ua auhee au, 
M; iTife ia dead, Iiuu bereaved. 



Ua wela kua hale, ua auhee ua, 
My house is burned, I am destitute. 
Ua make kuu alti, ua auhee makoa. 
My chief Is dead, ve are frlendleea. 

Au-HE-LE, B. Au and hele, to move. 

1. To cut out clothes, i.e., to move round, 
as the shears or scissors in cutting out 
clothes. This is a modern word, or at least 
a modern use of the word ; equivalent to 
helehele. , 

2. To sail fram one place to another ; 
fiuhde au ma ka nioana. a pae mauka, I 
sailed about on the ocean, and then went 
ashore ; auJiele makou a pao i o. 

Au-Ho-LA, s. See Hola. The name of 
the plant with which flsh are intoxicated 
and caught. See AuHmin. 

Au-Ho-LA, V. From Ike foregoing. To 
catch fish by means of tlje auhola or 'iwla. 

Au-HO-NU-A, s. Au, time, aiid honud, 
earth. The time of tlie earth, i. e., as long 
as the world has stood, of old time, from 
the beginning. 

Au-HU-HTJ, s. A shrub; the name of a 
plant used in poisoning or intoxicating 
fish, that tliey may be caught. See AchoIa. 

Au-HU-LA-A-NA, adj. The net of .swinj- 
ming round a pali where there is no road ; 
he poe auhvlamia no ka pali ; those swim- 
ming round the pali ; ke llele la ka poe 
auhulaana o MiloHi ma Kanai. 

Au-HU-Li,- V. Au and kuli, kalo tops for 
planting. 

1. To thrust downwards, as in planting 
kalo ; to plant kalo. 

2. To send downwards ; to drive away. 

3. To overturn, as a kingdom. 
Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, p. Pass, of atJiuIi, with 

h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be overturned; 
to be dispossessed of land and tenements ; 
to be turned off or driven from house and 
home; to be driven to ruin. Hal. 9:17, 
AuMdihia ke aupuni a lilo aku I ka mcao, 
the kingdom is overturned and gone to- 
another. 

Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, s. A change of govern- 
ments or rulers J an overturn of govern- 
ment ; a revolution. 

Au-Hu-LU, V. To stick together, as lit- 
tle things, by wotting tlioni in the mouth. 

Au-lKA, V. To be wearied; fatigued with 
doing a thing. ler. 6:11. 

Au-KA, adj. Tired; weary, as of sittinsr 
still. 

Au-KA, s. A bar, as of soap. 

2. A bar of unwrought silver, iron or 
gold. los. 7:21. 

3. In arahiieciure, a fillet. Puk. 27:10. 

4. A bar of a city gate. 1 Ifal. 4:13. 

A-u-KA, V. A, prep. ; of and uha, in- 
land. To belong inland, or up country ; 
auka akn nei ma Ivona hoi mai uci. 



AUK 



33 



AUM 



Au-KA-Hi, adj. Au and kahi, to cut 
smooth. 

1. Smooth, without knots Or protube- 
rances, as a canoe ; he waa mkahi, aole 
lala, aole opuupuu, a canoe, smooth, no 
knots, no protnberances. 

2. Lovel and straight, as a floor ; smooth 
and straight throughout ; hookahi ano o ka 
au o ka laau. 

3. Straight and Bmooth, as a looldng- 
glass. 

4. Applied also to a well composed 
speech ; correct i ^eloquent. 

Ay-KA-KA, s. 4k, wave, and frafca, hook. 

A place far outsat sea where fiah arc caught; 

o ka piliina o I'awaia o ku aukaka. 
Au-KA-KU, s. Name of a fish with a 

sword Bnout. 
Au-KA-NA-KA, s, Au, place, and kanaka, 

men. A place or region where men are 

found, in distinction from awxlma, region 

or the gods. 

1. I&nphatieally, a thickly peopled place; 
he wahi kanalca, he wahi paapu, a Ichu- 
lebu. 

2. Theljabited world, j^at. 24:14. 
Au-KT5-juA, V. Au, to swiffii, &ni kela, to 

excel. To swjm ahead of others. 
Au-Ki, s. For koiki. The ki leaf; also, 

2.- A species of fish. 
Au-Koi, s. A disease in the gram, k- 

sulling from pollution; he cwai, he auwakoi. 
Au-KU, V. All, to swim, and'i»ii to stand. 

1. To swim or sail uprightly, as a vessel 
rising and pitching in a heavy sea ; o?tfc« 
ka ibu i ka makani : to stand up, Sa the 
bow of a vessel by the wind, from the re- 
semblance to a man's position in swimming 
uprightly in a rough sea. 

2. To tpsd up the nose, as an expression 
of pride, anger or contempt, for a thing ; 
aitku ka ihn o ka vahine huhu wale, the 
angry woman turns up her nose ; auku 
ilima ka ihu o ke kanaka haaheo, the nose 
of the proud man is turned np. 

3. To climb, as a man, up a precipice. 
4.. To rise up, as the end of the nose at a 

bad smell, or the end of a canoo in a surf. 

Au-KiT, s. Au and ku. A stream, so 
shallow that a person can wade through 
with his clothes on ; a sliallow stream, not 
deep. 

2. Name of a road or path leadrag up 
hill. , ■ . , 

As-KU and Au-kwu, s. Name of a bird 
'which raalces a loud, yelling noise at night; 
a sea-bird. 

Au-Kuu, s. The action of a person vom- 
iting. 
2. A kind of fish-hook. 

At'-Kuu, s. The name of a bird ; me he 
mikuu la ke kau i ke abua. aa an auhmi, 
5 



lights on a bank ; ua hoolikoia ko kanaka 
hana hewa mo ka a'lhm, a bad man is 
likened to an tiukuu ; no ka mea, he abua 
kahi e kau ai kaawfewtt, because the aukuu 
sits on a bank ; nolaila i olclo mai ka poe 
kahiko ; hence the ancients say : 

Me he aukuu U ke kan I ke aliutt. 

As the m(kuu sits npon a lund bwk, 

Alaalawa na maka me tie pueo la. 

Its eyes lookiog i."jout like an owl. 

Au-KU-KU, s. A swelling up of the 
water of the sea ; the rise and rapid flow 
of water in a river ; moana ke kai kele a 
ka aukuku ke kae ka hohonu. 

A0-i,A, fflfZ;.. Stinted, as vegetables; bar- 
ren, as ground ; he palakai, he aula, he 
ponalo. 

Au-LAU, s, A bundle of cane or other 
leaves bound together, used in taking fish. 
See AUMAIEWA. 

Au-LA-MA, V. To give or cause light 

• around. See Lama. He koljkukui, i oiiiia- 
maia. 

Au-LE-tE, V. To fly off in flocks, as 
many kinds of birds. 

Au-LE-FE, s. Name of a long slim fish, 

Atr-Lii, adj. Neat ; nice ; excellent. 

Au-Li-KE, 0. Au, to swim, and like, 
alike. To.swim evenly ; to swim abreast, 
as two or more persons. 

A(j-Li-KE, adj. Even and smooth from 
end to end, as a piece of timber ; he laaii 
aulike, a straight, smooth piece of tin-ber ; 
he ankahi. 

Au-Li-Ko-Lo-MANU, s. A beautiful, well- 
. formed person. 

2. Any article beautifully made. 

3. An expression of commendation or 
praise, cotinectcd with boasting or pride 
of one's circumstances or privileges, iu) 
being skillful, expert or reflecting. 

Atr-iii-MA, s. Au, a handle, and liTna, 
the band. The name of the stick held iu 
the hand when rubbing to produce fire. 
TTie name of the stick rubbed is aunaki. 

; Note. — The action of rubbin^j is kia. 

Av-iiJi., s. See Paiauma. A person in 
dtstresp or pain, bo as not to be still. 

Au-MAi-E.-wA, s. Many persons engaged 
in taking fish and using the lau halaakia. 

Au-MA-KA, s. Au,'a handle, and ??eaAa. 
A pole to carry baggage on. See Mamak*. 

Au-MA-KU-A, s. Name of a class of- an- 
cient gods who were considered able and 
trastworthy ; na akua i ka po, o na ait*no- 
Jcua i ke ao, gods of the ni^ht, gods of the 
day ; o Kiha i ka po, o Liloa i ka po, o , 
Umi i ka po, Mea i ke ao. 

Au-MA-KU-A, adj. He akua aumak-Ka, 
able, that may be trusted as a child trusts 
to a parent ; aa ola ke akua aumolma. 



AUP 



84 



AUW. 



Kukuluia k» hale no ko Kamebamehit mau 
iwi, i mea a hoolilo ai ia ja i akua aumor 
kwa, a house was bailt.for Eamehameha's 
bones that he might become a substemtud 
god. 

Au-MA-KU A, *. A person so called who 
providcil for a chief or for chiefB; a trusty, 
steadfast servant ; one who is not easily 
provoked to Icaye his place. 

A.-tr-ME-u-ME, V. A and U7ne, to pull, 
draw out. To contend, to strire for a 
thing, in order to obtain it from another ; 
to pull fiom one to another ; aumeume na 
kanaka i ka ia, the people contended for 
the fish ; aameume na kanaka i ka lole, the 
people contended for the cloth. 

A-u-ME-u-ME, s. A pulling from one 
person to another in contention ; an acting 
with opposition and force ; he hnki aku, 
liuki mai, a puepue, there was pulling this 
way and that with force; he ola nae, he 
ola aumeume, there was me, however, but 
life with eonteniion. 

Atr-Mi-HA, s. Au and tdika. To float off 
in the air, as miagma ; contagion ; evil in- 
fluence supposed to attend the graves of 
the dead. 

Au-Mi-Hi, V. Au and miki. To sorrow; 
to repent ; to grieve for the loss of a thing. 
See MiHi. , 

Au-Mi-Ki, s. Water kept in a calabash, 
and the chief drinks awa, (which is very 
bitter,) then drinks this water, which he 
thinks is sweet. 

Au-Mo-A-NA, s. Swimming the ocean; 
name of a class of Kamehameha's laws. 

Au-MOE, s. Au, time, and moe, to sleep. 
The season when the world is asleep ; 
night. Specifically, midnight. Pule. 11:4. 

Air-MU, s. A placfe for bating; an oven; 
he wahi e kalua ai 1 ka ai: a place for 
cooking food. See Umo and Imo. 

Ad-mu, v. To bake; to cook by baking 
or burying under ground. 

Ao-MU, adj. Epithet of the stones of 
an oveii, that is, oven stones; pohaku 
aumu. 

Au-NA, s. A collection or flock of birds ; 
as, uuna kolea, a flock of koleas ; auna 
kolea e wili ana me be auna manu la, a 
fiock of koleas mingling together like a 
floiik of birds. 

Au-NA-Ki, s. The name of the stick 
nibbed upon in obtaining tiro by friction. 
See Auu»A. 

Au-NEi, SYH. with auanei. A particle 
referring to future time, but not distant. 
1 Sam. 31:4. Soon; pretty soon; by and by. 

AtJ-PArPA, V. To be poor j to lose one's 
property. Vjh. Ohina aiipapa, the swim- 
ming board is lost Same aa pau ka waiwai'. 



Au-PA-PA, adj. A man who, in swim- 
ming on a board through the gnrf, loses his 
board ; hence, 

2. A person who has lost his property, 
1. e., bis board was his dependence. 

Axr-PA-PA-o-HE, s. Name of a fish sim- 
ilar to auaupapaphe, a species of the auau. 

Au-Ptr-LA, V. To catch fish with a net 
when the pulale is used ; he mea e loaa'i 
ka ia c like me ka lau, a ihing for obtain-, 
ing fish like the lau. 

Au-PH-Ni, s. Au, a place, &nd. pam, 
around. 

1. A region of country governed by ft 
chief or king. Note. — Oiigmally the word 
did not imply a large country, bs there 
were formerly several aupunis on one 
island. At present, the word is used to 
signi<y, 

2. A, Ifingdom ; the dominion and juna- 
diction of a king. 

Atr-PU-Ni, V. To be in an undisturbed 
state ; to be in a state of peace and quiet- 
ness, as a kingdom. 

2. To exist or be known as a kingdom ; 
ua aupuni keia pae aina, these islands are 
tit peace. . 

3. To become ji kingdom. &ek. 16:13. 
Air-pu-i«i, adj. Relating to the kingdom 

or govempient; he ban a aupuni, govern- 
ment work; he maulio mtp«ni, horses, the 
property of the government. 

Att-wa, V. A different orthography for 
aua. See Aca. To forbid ; refuse a favor 
when asked. Luk. 6:29, 

An-WAA, s. Au, a place, and teaa, i 
canoe. A cluster or fleet of canoes ; o ka 
nui o ka auinaa, ua pau i ka lukuia, the 
greater part of the fleet of canoes was de- 
stroyed ; any number of canoes in com- 
pany; e boomakankau i ko lakou auima 
iho,^to get ready their own canoes. 

Au-WAA-LAU-Ki, s. Auwcw, and lau H, 
ki leaves. Ki leaves folded up so as to 
sail for children's sport. 

Au-WA-A-ui-LiTA; s. The name of a spe« 
eies of fish ; he wahi mea hole maloko o 
ke kai, e like me ka waa, an animal thai 
sails in the sea like a canoe. 

Au-WAE, s. The chin of a person; au- 
woe, kahi malalo o ka waha, the auwaeU 
the place below the month. 

2. The jog cut in the top of the post of a 
Hawaiian house. See Auae. 

Au-WAE-Ai-NA, s. A present out of re- 
spect to the hakuaina of a hog or other 
fruits of the land. Note. — When a land 
was transferred to a new owner, and bo re- 
inHtaled the people upon it, they usually 
bring a present from the land; tbia present 

, of hoge, food, kapa, fish, nets, &c., was 
called ammeaina. 



AUW 



35 



AHA 



Au-WAE-puu, s. Laziness; indifTorence. 
See AuABFUiT. 

An-WAi, s. Au, furrow, and «oa«, water. 
A brook ; a small water course, (iol. 21:1. 
The outlet of a'popl. laa. 7:3. The gen- 
eral name for etreaina usedinarUGcial irri- 
gation. 

Air-wAi-m-Ki, or Auwaiahiki, s. A run- 

. nSng disease in the groin from impure 
habits ; he wai ma ke kumu ulia,he aukoi, 
ho ewai, be auwakoi ; a swelling iu the 
grAin and under the arms. 

Au-WA-HA, i. Au and waha, mouth. 
An opening of the ground, as a furrow ; 
plowed ground. 1 Sam. 14:14. A ditch. 
Sol. 23:27. A channcV; a place dug like a 

Eit. Hai. 7:15. Ho lua loihi i eli isi a pnni 
e kihapai, a long pit dug around the gar- 
den. See Adauwaha; 
Aw-WA-HA, V. To make a groove in 
wood ; to cut forked, like the foot of a 
rafter on a Hawaiian house. 

2. IIoo. To make a ditch or furrow, i. e., 
to plow. M. 1:14 ; Jfifc. 3:12. 
Au-WA-KO-i, s. He auwaiahiki ; a swell- 
ing in the groin ; a bubo. 
Au-WAA-LA-Ki, s. Name of the little 
ships wliich children make of cane leaves ; 
auwaaiaki hooholoholo. See Avwaalauki. 
Au-WA-NA, V. See Auana. In this, like 
many other cases, the lo is a mere expletive, 
as the words may bo wiitten both ways and 
. the pronuneiation continue the same. 
'^ 1. To wander ; to go from place to place. 
los. 5:C ; lob. 1:7. 

2. To scatter ; disperse, as an army. 2 
Om. 18:16. 

3. -Bfoo. To cause to wander, &c. ifin. 
20:13. 

4. To go astray morally; to deviate from 
the path of rectitude. Kani. 13:6. 

Au-WE, ». Also aue. To express an af- 
fection of the mind, as love, grief, disap- 
pointment, &c. 

2. To mourn for one beloved. Kanl. 
34:8. 

3. To cry to one for help. 2 Nal. 4:1. 
To cry in great distress. IM. ,18:6. 

4. To groan ; to sigh ; to groan inwardly. 
loh. 11:33. Sec Aue. 

Au-WE, s. The cry of persons lament- 
ing for the sick or dying ; lamentation for 
any great loss or calamity. 
2. Affection ; love. 

Au-WE, int. See Aue. An exclamation 
of wonder, of surprise, of fear, of pity or 
affection, as oh! woe! alas! 2 Nal. 6:5. 
Auioe kakou, alas for us ! ,1 '8am. 4:7, 8. 
A%we ka lehulehu o ka poe i poho, alas for 
the multitude of those who were tost! 

2. Also an expression of execratiori or 
cursing. Mai. 1:14. 



Au-wi, V. See Aui. To decline; to in- 
cline from a perpendicular. 

2. To move off; to pass along, as the 
BUn is supposed to do; to^ decline, as the 
day. Rom. 13:12. 

Atj-wi-ii, s. Au, tide, and will, to furn.- 
A returning tide ; he nalu mauka aku, an 
outward current. 

Au-wi-NA, s. A declining, &c. See Au- 

INA. 

Au-wi-Ni-wi-Ni, s. Au and wini, sharp 
pointed. The sharp end of a potato leaf 
drooping with the rain ; he auwiniit>ini ke 
an o ka uala luea i ka ua. 

Au-wo-Lo. See Auolo. 

A-HA, num. adj. See Ha. Four; the 
number four ; also eha. 

A-HA, *. A company or assembly, of 
people for any purpose. Puk, 35:1. Often 
compounded with some qualifying word ; 
as, atoaina, aAoolelo, oAukanaka, ahahoo- 
Kolokolo, a/iamoljomoko, &c. See these 
compounds, which arc sometimes writtfa 
in one word, and sometimes divided. Aka- 
akohipa, a company for shearing sheep. 2 
Sam. 13:23. 

A-HA, s. Name of a certain prayer con- 
nected with a kapu ; inawalaauke kanaka 
i ka alia, make no ia,if a man should idakft 
a noise during the praytr, he would die, 
i. e,| he would be gfiiiltyof an offense for 
which he would forfeit his lifio. The name 
originated in the fact that cocoanut fibre 
(see Aha, below) is very strong when 
braided into strings ; so this prayer, wiUi 
its rigid Jiapus, was; supposed to be very 
efficacious in holding the kingdom together 
in times of danger. 

2. Th^ success or answer of a prayer, or 
such a proper performance of prayer as to 
insure success^ loaa ka kakpu aha, we 
have received our prayer, i. e., the answer ; 
ua lilo ka aha, alalia, e pule hou, theprayer 
is lost, (of no avail,) then pray again. 

A-HA, s. A cord braided from the husk 
of the colcoanut. 

2. A'cord braided from human hair. 

3. Strings made from the intestines of 
animals ; ka naau i mea aka inoa, the in- 
testines for strings to tie fowls with ; he 
aka puln niu ; he aka waa a me ka aha boa 
waa, a cord for tying and strengthening a 
canoe in ,3 storm ; he aka palaoa, he lau- 
oho i hill uilo ia. 

A-HA, ». Name of a small piece of 
wood, around which was wound a pieceof 
kajMk, afidheld.in the hand of the priest 
while offering sacrifices. 

2. Name of a kind of bapa made on 
Molokai. 

ArHA, s. iTie earwig. 



AHA 



36 



AHA 



% The name of a species oi' long fish 
swimming near the surface of the water. 

A^HA, inter, pron. Declinable with the 
definite article ; indeclinable with the in- 
definite. Oram. § 159. Beaha, what ': often 
united with the article; why? for what 
reason? Bal 68:16, NO kealw, ? i keaha ? 
It is also used as an interrogative adverb, 
why? 

A-HA, V. To what ; to do, &c. ; e aha 
aaa oia? what shall he do? Of course it 
is used only in the interrogative. loh. 
20:21. 

A-HA. An interjection of surprise, won- 
der, iScc. ITa heiuhelu laliou, aha ; ua loaa 
laliou e moe ana, aha. 

A-HA, V. To stretch the cord by which 
the first posts of a house were pat down or 
set straight ; e kii i ko kaula e a?ux ai, fetch 
the rope to make straight with. 

2. Fio. Aha, oia ka ana a me ka qM 
pololei no ke aupuni, aha, that is, to meas- 
ure and direct straightly the government. 

A-HA, s. Used in the expressions, ua 
like ua aha, the sides are equal ; aha like, 
meaning side — measure perhaps. 

A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Aka, a company, and 
aina, eating. 

1. A company fqr eating.. 

2. A feast for pleasure or enjoyment; 
ahaaina clioli, a joyful feast. 

3. A feast as a celebration of a past 
event. Puk. 12:14. Ahaaina is often qual- 
ified by the following word ; as, ahakina 
hebedoma, a feast of weeks. Puk. 34:22. 
Ahaaina kauhale lewa, feast of taberna- 
cles. Oihk. 23:34. Ahaaina laa, a solemn 
feast. Nah. 16:3. .4/taaina moliaola, feast 
of the passover. 2 OUtl. 36:lg. 

4. The food for the company In such 
ca'ses. Ahaainq, awakea, a dinner; aha- 
aina ahiahi, a supper. 

A-HA-AI-NA, V. Aha, company, and aina, 
to eat. 

1. To collect together for eating. 

2. To eat together ; to feast ; to partake 
of a banquet ; to hold a fea-st. Puk. 5:1. 

A-HA-A-HA, V. To go or walk in a 
mincing or irregular manner. Hooahaaha, 
hele hooalmaha, hele hoohaha. 

A-HA-A-HA, adv. Sitting squarely ; up- 
rightly, &c. 

A-HAi, V. To take .away J to carry off; 
to bear away. Imeik. 18. Hence, 

2. To flee; to be routed, as men in battle. 

3. To fiee from fear ; to forsake the care 
of; ua ahai na makua'i na keiki, aole hoi- 
hoi hou mai i ke kula, the parents took no 
care of the children, and did not send them 
back to school. . . 

4. To arrive, as a set day or proper time 
lor doing a thing ; ahai ia ka la e baknka ai. 



A-HAi, *. The name of a pillar, wood 
or stoae, which a chief sets up in memory 
of some great exploit. The exploit itself 
is aj)ao(arch.) Alalia, kaukaaftai maliiua 
iho na pao. 

A-HAI, dt^'. Breaking off and carrying 
away ; ka manu ahai kanu aw4 e, the bird 
clipping the twig of a tree and planting jt 
elsewhere ; poetical. 

A-HAi-HAi, adj. See above. Ka manu 

, ahaihai kanu awa e, the bird breaking off 
the awa plants. 

A-HA-i-Ki, s. Aka, assembly, and iM, 
small. A small party for private conver- 
sation; a small council or ooUoction of 
people ; a secret council respecting Var or 
an emergency. 

ArHAi-LO-No, s. See Ahai. The person 
who alone survives or escapes after a bat- 
tle, 0^ a canoe oat of a fleet, all others be- 
ing taken or lost; pepehiia a pau, aohe 
maUono. Laie>.k. 104. See next page of 
Laieik. 105. 

A-HA-i-NU, V. Aha, a company, and 
inu, to drink. To partake at a driaking 
feast. Eset. 7:1. 

A-ha-i-n1t, adj. Relating to banqueting 
or to a drinking feast; a wine-drinking 
feast, ler. 51:39. Hale ahairai. Md. Sol. 
2:4. 

A-ha-1-nu-a-wa, s. Aha and inu, to 
drink, and awa. An assembly for drink- 
ing awa; he aliainuawa no na kanaka kahu 
akua hoomanamaua ia Nahien^ena, an as- 
sembly for drinking awa by the protectors 
of the god worshipped by Nahienaena. 

A-riA-i-NU-TVAi-NA, s. Aha, inu and 
teaina. A wine feast ; a feast for drinking 
wine. Eset. 7:7. 

A-HA-i-Nu-RA-MA, s. An assembly for 
drinking rum or any alcoholic drinks, for- 
merly practiced by chiefs and people. 

A-HA-o-LE-iiO, s. Aha, a company,' an*! 
olelo, to speak. '-. 

1. A council ; a body of chieis assem- 
bled to reguUite public affairs. 

2. A consultation. 

3. In modern times, a legislature ; a 
body to consult and enact laws for the 
good of the kingdom. 

A-HA-0-LE-LO, V. Aka, assembly, and 
oZeto, to speak. To take council ; to con- 
sult togetiier to get th% united wisdom of 
all" present ; ahaolelo iho la na 'lii, the 
chiefs held a consultation. 2 OiM. i0:6. 
In modern times, to meet and consult, an 
the legislative bodies of Isobles and Rep- 
resentatives, to make and adopt laws for 
the nation. 

A-HA-MA, 0. See Ha, to breathe. To 
pant ; to breathe hard on account of heat, 
as a hog or a dog from a chase ; ua ahaha - 



AHE 



51 



AHI 



ka llio i ba wela, a i ka malocloe i ka loa, 
the dog panted hard from heat and from 
long wearineBs. 
A-HA-KA-NA-KA, s. Aka, assembly, and 
kanaka, men. A great company ; a mul- 
titude ; an assembly. Lunk. 20:2. Na ka- 
naka lehulehu, paapu. 

A-HA-KEA, s. Name of a species of yel- 
lowish wood used for rime of canoes. It 
is also used for making poi boards, canoe 
paddles, &c. ■ 

A-HA-Li-KE, adj. Aka, four, and like, 
alike. Four sides alike or equal ; a quad- 
rangular j aoao oWifcc. P«fc. 28:1.6. Like 
na aoao, like ka loa me ka laula; four 
square. Ezek. 40:47. 

A-HA-Li-KE, *. Name of the square bone 
in the wrist joint ; he iwi ahalike maloko 
o ka pulima. 

A-HA-LC-A-Li-KE, adj. Fpur sided, with 
two sides parallel. Anah. 43. 

A-HA-i-u-NA-KA-NA-WAi, s. A courtioom; 
a* judgment hall. Imk. 22:66. Court ; 
sanhedrim. 

A-HA-MA-iiA, s. The part of the face in 
front of the cars ; ma ka aoao elua, ma 
kcla maha ma koia maha. 

A-HA-MA-HA, s. A feint; a show; a sham 
flght, 

A-HA-MA-iCA, s. A kapa fastened at each 
end between two posts and swinging be- 
tween ; na kapa e kan ana ma ka maauua 
mai hope a mua, he moo Iowa. 

2. A brave man skilled in a knowledge 
of the lua and of war. 

A-HA-MA-KA, s. An assembly for prayers. 

A-HA-MO-A, s. Name of the assembly 
collect.ed at a cook-fight ; he akamoa o ka 
naau o ke kanaka ; ua Itau ia i akamoa. 

A-HA-MO-KO-MO-KO, s. Aha, meeting, and 
mokmnoko, boxing. An assembly for box- 
ing ; a boxing match. Laieik. 21. 

A-nA-wA, V. To collect together, as 
water, to overflow a low place ; ua. ahua, 
ua aliMwa. 

A-HE, adv. Used for ae, yes. As, oia 
no ; uhe, ho oiaio paha ; yes, so it ia ; ye.s, 
it is perhaps true ; ake, kuhi au ua hala 
lakou, aole ka ! ahe, pela kou manao ca ? 

A-HE, s. A slight or hacking cough ; 
hi; ahmhe. lie mai Jcunu. 

A-HE, s. Anything light, gentle or soft, 
as a light breeze, ke ahe makaui puulcna. 
Laieik. 34. Ahe. koolauwahine.be makani 
aheahe ka makani. 

A-HE, s. A wind; a slight breeze. 

A-HE-A, int. adv. When ; used only 
witli reference to the future. Hal. 101:2. 

A-HE-A, adv. Used' only with the future ; 
when ? at what time '! Altea ka ina o ke 



keiki e kuimua ; ahea ka inoa o ke alji ; 

. aheii no la nalo ka moe ke aahi la i ka piU 
o ka bAupo. 

A-HE-A-HE, s. See Ahe. A light gentle 
breeze. 

2. A faint diminishing sound ; he ^a- 
muinii ko ahmhe maliu,a sound of a still, 
small voice. 1 NA 13:12. Ahwihe ka 
makani ma Pu ; aheahe mai ke kaianlu o 
Waianae. 

A-HE-A-HE, adj. A cough; a hacking 
cough ; i ka manawu aheahe, ke kau aheahe 
make o Kahalaiama laua o Humchume, in 
the time of coughing, there lighted a deadly 
cough upon Kahalaia and Humehume. 

A-HE-A-HE-A, adj. Warm, as water by 
standing in the sun. 

A-HE-A-HE, u To be hungry; he poloii; 
ahealie kahi opii i ka poloii. 

A-HE-A-KA, s. A shade; shadow. See 
Aka. 

A-HE-Ko-Lo, s. Ahe and kola, to creep, 
A slight breeze ; ahekolo ka makani, ahe- 
ahe malie, a creeping, g,entle wind. 

A-HE-Ko-Lo, V. To creep ; to crawl 
along ; ke i ae la ahekolo kana hele, be 
says 1)6 w.ilks creeping along. 

A-HE-LE, s. A anare ; used in a former 
translation for ya/»ele. jfer. 18:22. A snare; 
samo as jMhde, but is more used. 

A-HE-WA, t. A and kewa, wrong, sin. 

1. To turn off thu eyes, as one cross- 
eyed. 

2. To plead against one. 

3. To condemn for a crime or fault. 

4. To cause to be under a curae. I/unk. 
21:18. To condemn one. 2 Sam. 1:16. 
Hoo. Ua hooahe)/iaki oia e make, he ia con- 
demned to die. 

A-HE-WA, *. Evil; condemnation. Itr. 
29:11. 

A-HE-WA. A hanai aku ahetoa ae ka 
waha loaa ka hale. 

A-HE-WA-iA, s. Punishment; condemna- 
tion. 1 fiam. 28:10. 

2. The state of being accused or uadCr 
a curse. Kin. 3:14. E ka poe i alieaaia, 
ye cursed. Mai. 25:41. 

A-HE-wA-HE-WA, s. Name of a tree ou 
the mountains. 

A-Hi, s. A fire ; he a/ii e a ana, a bum- 
ing lire. 

A-HI, s. Name of the fish called albi- 
core. 

A-Hi-A, adj. See Ahiahia. 

A-Hi-A (ehia), int. ado. How many? 
Ahia ka nui o ka waiwai ? how many arti- 
cles of property? SeeEini. Note.— There 
is a nice distinction iq the use of ahia and 
ehia, difBoult to underetaad ; ,iii many cases 
they are synonymous. 



AHI 



38 



AHU 



A-m-Ai-Ho-NU-A, s. Aht, fire, ai, to eat, 
and lionua. earth. Epithet of a volcano ; 
earth-eater or consumer. 

A-Ht-Ai-Ho-NU-A, adj. Earth-consum- 
ing, as a Tolcano ; coastaatly burning ; 
unquenchable. 

A-Hi-A-pi, s. The after part of the day j 
ua aui ai ka la ; tlie afternoon ; towards 
night ; ua napoo ka la ; evening. Sol. 7:9. 
Note. — ^yhen it is dark, it is po. 

A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To be or become evening ; 
a ahiahi jho la, hoi mai ia, when it was 
evening he returned. 

A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To spread slanderous re- 
ports ; e olelo ino. 

2. To complain falsely of another; e 
niania. 

3. To defame ; to tell tales ; e holoholo- 
olelo, to reveal seMets. 

A-Hi-A-KJr, s. A false report concerning 

one ; a defamation ; a slander. 
A-Hi-A-Hi-A, adj. Obscure; faded; dim, 

as colors in kapa or calico ; kohu maikai 

ole ; as olcfth having lost color ; ahiahia 

ke koko, the blood is col'orless ; applied to 

the uuoolored parts of dyed cloth or kapa ; 

he ahiahia ka palapala, the writing is dim, 

not plain ; ulaula ahiahia, faded red, that 

is, purple, .2 OiM. 3:14. 
A-Hi-TJ, s. The name of a wind. 
A-Hi-u, adj. Wild ; untanied, as a horse ; 

he aa ; aole laka mai. See Hmiu. 
A-Hi-Hi, V. To be united with another 
-or with others in mischief or error. 

2. To conspire with ; to be involved 

with another or others, as in ignorance ; 

ua ahihi pu aku la laua ilaila, they were 

both involved in that matter; ahihi i ka 

naaupo. See HiHi and Hmu. 
A-Hi-Hi, s. Name of a tree or shrub in 

Nuuanu ; he lei no ki huakaihele o Kona. 
A-Hi-Ko-Li, V. To cut off even, as in 

trimming a lamp. 
A-Hi-Ku (ehiku), num. adj. Sevfen; with 

the article, the seventh. Gh-am. § 110, 1st. 

The i-oot is hilcu. 

A-Hi-NA, s. A gray color. 

A-Hi-NA, adj.. A and Aina, gray hairs. 
Applied to Molokai ; Molokai ahina, gray 
Molokai, from the fog around the top. 

A-HI-NA, adj. Gray, "as the head of an 
old man ; he poo ohina.; applied to a dry 
tree ; he laau ahina. See Hina aadNpoo- 
urNA. 

A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, s. Name of a species of 
.grass. 

2. Name of a plant living in cold, dry 
places ; so named from its color, a light 
silver gra;^: known as the "silver sword." 

3. The lire-everlasting plant. 



A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Very .light blue; 
gray ; slate color. Ottfc. 13:37. 

Ariio, V. To be patient, submissive, 
humble ; to be merciful, kind ; to be ready 
to do a kind act. See the compouncfe 
AiioNui and Aholoa. 

A-Ho, c.A (Impersonal.) It is easier; it 
is better ; it is less severe ; e aho naxi e 
kokua mai jajnakou,it is better for you to 
help us ; it imf)UeS a comparison. 2 Sam. 
18:3. Ea/ipuae ko lakon hope i ko kakou, 
their end, hovyever, will be more tolerable 
than ours ; it is better that, &c. Mah. 14:2. 
It had been better if, '&c. los. 7:7. It ia 
bettor, preferable ; e aho iki, no ke hoj 
kakou, it will be a little better for us to 
return ; e aho no ka hole mamuli o ka, 
noho ana me ka pilikia, it is better to go 
than to stay in perplexii^. 

A-Eo, s. Art., ke. The natural breathing 
of a person ; the breath ; hence, 

2. Patience ; i nui ke aho, let the breath 
be long, i. e., be patient. 

3. Met. Spirit ; courage. Jos. 2:11. Res- 
olution ; also kindness. 

A-HO, s. Art., ke. A line; a cord, as a 
fifiS line ; ke aho lawaia ; a kite string : ke 
kakaiapola a me ke aho; alalia, hoolele 
aku i ka lupe i ka lewa, a paa aku ma ke 
aho, (prepare) the kite tail and the string, 
then send off the kite into the air, but hold 
fast by the string. 

A-Ho, s. ./I'-f.jka. The name of the small 
sticks used in thatcliing. 

A-Ho-Ai-o-LE, «. An aho or string too 
short ; not long enough for the purpose. 

A-h6-le,- s. Name of a species of white 
fish. 

A-ho-le-ho-le, s. Name of a species of 
fish. See Auole above. 

A-Ho-LoA, adj. Aho, patient, and foop, 
long. Patient; long suttering. See Ahontji. 

A-Ho-LOA, s. Aho, a cord, and loa, long. 
A long string for fishing or sounding in 
deep water; he oAotoa'toa 1, ka mio ; he 
uholoa i ka luu ilalo o ka moana^ 

A-Ho-NA,' V. Almna a kui maoli aku 
kela, le' • liilii. Laieik. 42. 

A-Ho-NC-i, V. Aho, patient, and nui, 
much. To be patient, gentle, kind, &c. 1 
Tes. 2:7. See Auoi.oa. 

A-Ho-NU-i, s. .4 Ao, 'patient, and nui, 
much. Forbearance ; long suffering ; pa- 
tience. 

A-Ho-NC-i, a<i;. Patient; enduring; long 
suffering. Puk. 34:6. 

A-HU, V. To gather or collect together. 
Kin. 43:11. Ahu iho la i kahakai. hu ae la 
?:a lolo, they gathered them together (dead 
bodies) on the sea shore,the brains flowed; 
to collect one's food where there is little. 



AHU 



39 



AHU 



Ahu iho ka hoka i ka p&kat, 
Ka i ka pakai ka mea baku ole, 
Leie ae no ka maau i Boua, 
Hapapa vale Iho no ka hokahoka. 

To collect but gain little ; dhu wale iho 
no, aolc wahi kapa ; ahu wale iho, aolc ai ; 
ahu wale iho no i ka oneanea. 

2. To lay up, as in a store-house ; to lay 
tip for future uss, as goods. Mat. 6:19. To 
store in the memory. 

3. To lie strewed over the ground. Puk. 
16:3. 

4. To cover one with a cloak; to be 
merely covered. lob. 26:6. To clothe. 

5. Hoo. To collect what is scattered. 

6. To fall together, as men slain in bat- 
tle. 

7. To keep ; treasure up, as anger ; hoo- 
ahu iholaika huhu maluna o kela poe, 
he kept in l-eaerve his anger for that com- 
pany. 

8. To pile up, as stones. los. 8:29. To 
gather up ; glean, as a field. Rut. 2:7. 

9. To bring condemnation upon. 

10. To reply to ; to object to something 
said. Bom. 9:20. 
A-Hu, s. See Aha. An assemblage or 
collection of things : dhu ai, >&: place for 
storing food ; a collection of' provisions. 
2 OiU. 11:11. Wiihi ahu, a place for some- 
thing, loh. 28:1. Ahu ponaku, * pave- 
ment; a heap, as of stones. Kin. 31:46. 

2. A heap of stones as a way mark. 
ler. 31:21. 

3. As a memorial, ibs. 7:26.. 

A-Hu, adj. Storing; collecting; hale 

dhu, a store-house, loh. 38:22. 
A-HtJ, s. A fine mat; a coarse one is 

moena; a maC for oovei'ing a canoe ; o ka 

uhi ana i ka dhu, sa, oia ka ihea e pale ^ax. 

'i kekahi ale, the spieadiog over a mat, 

that is what will keep oil some of fte 

waves ; dhvM), dhu mokoloa. 
A-HU-A, s. See Aim, collection. -Any 

place elevated in the manner of a high 

path. 

2. A bank in the sea ; a bank formed by 
the sand at a mouth ef a river ; hence, 

3. A ford ; a place for passing a stream 
or river. los. ?:7 ; Xtmfc. 3:28. He puu ; 
a hillock ; he kiekie ma kekahi aoao. 

A-HU-A, V. To be raised up on a plat- 
form ; ua aftwa,' ua ahawa. 

A-H0-AO, s. iipiie young and tender 
leaves of the hala for m^ing mats ; ahu 
moena, aha pawche, ahuao. 

A-HC-A-HU, s. Young sprouts or shoots 
fiom layers, as from sngar-cane. 
2. A boy or girl that grows up quickly. 

A-HU-A-HTi, adj. Angry;, fretful; un- 
willing, as when one receives orders to 
work, and from fatigue or indolence he is 
unwilling, he is then akuahu. 



A-HU-A-HU, V. To be sullen ; unwilling 

to do a thing ordered. 
A-HU-A-Hu, ado. Unwillingly; fretfully. 
A-Htr-A-LA-LA, V. To lie slain, as many 

bodies slain in battle ; aia hoi, e ahualaUi 

kukui ana ka heana, behold, they were 

dead bodies fallen to the earth. 2 OiM. 

20:24. 
A-HU-A-WA, s. A species of strong rish 

of which cords are made ; the leaves are 

made into hats. - ^ 

2. The name of the cord itseif; mai hpka 

au i ke ahuawa. 
A-HU-E, V. See Hue, to lie. To.steal ; 

to take without liberty. See Aihue. 
2. To double up ; to turn up, as a piece 

of kapa or paper. 
A-HU-i, s. A bunch or cluster of fruit, 

as bananas, grapes, or hala. 
A-Htr-i-ti, V. To lie sick; to be weak; 

e ahuUi auanei ka poe hooko i ka eha. 
A-Hu-i-WAi-NA, i. Ahui, a cluster, and 

wmna, grapes. A bunch or cluster of 

grapes. Hoik. 14:18. 
A-'HU-Mo-E-NA, s. A figured, fine mat, 

or a fine mat of- small figures of different 

colors. Zaieik. 112. 
A-HU-u-A, s. A heap; a pile; a collec- 
tion of things ; he ahuua waiwai, he ahuua 

kiekie, a pile of g6ods, a liigh heap. 
A-Su-tr-A, V. To ' heap up j to put in 

heaps ; ke ahuiui ma! la. Bee Aeu. 
A-Hir-tr-LA, *. Ahu, a garment, and ula, 

red. 

1. A red feathered cloak ; a cloak made 
of the feathers of the oo and the red feath- 
ers of the'iiwi, worn by kings and high 
chiefe ; a gorgeous dress. Laieik. 112. 

2, A kind offish net ; ka upena puni, a 
baku a maikai. 

A-HU-Hi-NA-LO, *. A garment or cloth 
made of the hala leaf. 

A-HU-KU, V. To stone; to bury with 
stones or other missiles ; e hailuku, e hoo- 
nou, e hooulua. 

A-Hu-LAU, s. A pestilence among men. 
Hob. 3:5. A murrain among cattle. JPitfc. 
9:3. A sickness like a pestilence. Note.--- 
The most destructive raged while Kaine- 
hameha lived the first time at Oahu ; ICa- 
mehameha himself was attacked, but re- 
covered. Thoiisands were swept off by it 
at that time ; probably in IS04. 

A-mi-LAT!,mj. Epidemic; pestilential; 
mai ahuhu, a pestilence. Oihk. 26:25. 

A-HU-iAU, V. To have the pestilence ; 
to die with it ; ua ahuhu ae la na kanaka 
i ^a make. 

A-HU-Li-n, adj^ Heated hot, as stones 
in the oven ; heated to whiteness ; ahuiiu 
ka imu, the oven is exceedingly hot. 



'AKA 



40 



AKA 



A-HU-LU, I'. To be overdone, as food 
cooked too inuciii ; ue. ahvht, ion kaumu al, 
ua ulaala ka ai. to he too hot. 

A-HU-LTT, adj. Overdone, as foodj baked 
too mucb ; cooked-bard. 

2. Spoiled, as eggs, or medloiDes by long 
lying. 

3. Uanatural in appearance ; dirty ; de- 
fective; ua ahviu fie kaS, i. c, dirty or 
grcoii, not blue and clear. 

A-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. A species .of smaU, 

rod fish ; some kind of mechanical tool ; 

kbi ahubihAdu. , ' 

A-HU-NA-.UI, s, A small cbicf. 
A-HU-NA-Lii, adj. A colored kapaj he 

mamakl ahunalii, he m&maki i hooluuia, a 

colored raamaki kapa. 
A-HUrPA-WE-HE, s. Ahu, mat, and pa- 

wehe. Name of a kind of striped mat made 

on Niihan ; he akapaweie no Nlihau. 
A-HU-pu-AA, s. Ma, collection, and 

puaa, hog. r 

1. Name of one of the smaller divisions 
of a country, made up of several ill, and 
under the care of a head man ; a hog paid 
the tax of that district to the king. He 
akumaa o Walluku ; o na aina malokb o 
Wailuku, he ili, he moo. 

2. A city ; a village ; a settlement, as 
the capital of said ahupwM. 

A-HU-wAi-WAi, adj. Ahu, collection, and 
waiwai, property. The property of a treas- 
ury ; belonging to a plac3 for storing 
property. OiM. S:26. Hale akuwaiwai, a 
Btore-house. 

A-HifrVsrA-Li:, V. To be in plain sight, 
as a hill, i^r a house on a )uU. 

A-KA. A particle set before, verbs to ex- 
prsss carefulness, regularity of proceeds 
mg, &o. ; asj ofc« hele, go carefully ; aka 
holo, sail or rva slowly ; aka haaa, work 
carefully ; ika noho, sit quietly. 

A-K.4, €onj. But; if not; on the other 
hand. The word is generally used to, ex- 
press strong opposition of idea. 

A-KA, s. The shadow of a person ; the 
figure or outline of a thing ; a similitude 
or likeness. Nah. 12:8. Nois. — The shade 
of a tree or house Is maJw. 

2. The dawn or light of the moon before 
rising. 

,3. The knuckle ,ioinis;_the protuberances 
of the ankle joints ; the joints of the back- 
bone. 

4. Fto. a shadow; frailty impotente. 
Isa. 30:2. 

A-KA, V. To light up, as the moon be- 
fore rising; ua aha ka mahinat kokoke 
pnka, ua aka mai la, Uow is the moon ? it 
18 near rising, it lights lip. 
2. To go up and down, as on a hilly 



road. (See No. 2 above,JointB of the back- 
bone.) 

3. To be split or peeled np, as tho bark 
of a tree. 

4. To be torn off, As the kanpaku of a 
house ; ua alca ke kaupaku o ha hale. 

A-KA, V. To laugh; to deride; i ko'u 
noonoo a;ia i keb komu manau, na aka 
iki mai no ka pono, in thinking of this 
composition, I ^lled at its correctness. 
(Tho 13th coi^'., <ilcacika,ia more generally 
used.) 

A-itAA, V. To break open, as a seal. 
Hoik. 5:2. To tour pr take np, as a mat 

A-KAA, adj. Anything broken up ; not, 
cohering ; he akaa walo, he pipili ole. 

A-KA-A-EA, V. See Aka, to laugh. To 
langh; toiaughat. Sol.i:9. £oo. To came 
to laugh ; to have joy. Kin, 21:6* 

A-KA-A-KA, s. Laughter ; exhilaration 
of spirits. Hal. 126:2. 

A-KAA-KAA, V. See Akaa, to break up. 

To fall off, ^ the old thatching of a house. 

2. To break up, as tho roof or sides of a 

house ; ua 'akaakaaia e ka mea kolohe, it 

was pulled ofi' by^some mischievous one. 

A-KAA-KAA, s. The falling off of the 
8carf-sk|n aJFter a course of drinking awa. 
Ua tDahnni I ka awt(, 
Va akaakoa ka 111, 
Be puabHohilo ke koa i ka lepo, 
Ua akaakaa, 

A-K^'KAJL, adj. Poor; destitute. 
A-EAArKAi, *. Bulrushes out of which 

mata an4 tiags are made. 
2. On^ns bave taken the same name 

from the similarity of the tops. Nah. 11 :6. 
A-KA-i-Ki, V. Aha, to laugh, and iM, a 

little, 

1. To be pleased ; to smile ; to be grat- 
ified on receiving a favor ; akaiki lakou 
me ka olioli ho ka loaa o ko lakoti waiwal, 
they smiled with pleasure on obtaining 
theur property. 

2. To laugh in one's sleeve ; to laugh 
secretly ; na hoa nohoi i kani ai ka akaiki 
i Ua wahi la, the companions also chuckled 
at us in that place. 

3. To sn^er at. See Akaaka. 
A-KA-i-Ki, s. A rejoicing in consequence 

qf hope ; de'Sire in proportion to the pros- 
pect of receiving a thin^ 

A-KA-oo, s, Aka, shadow, and oo, ripe. 
A full grown shadow: applied to a person 
who is close, hard or stingy, 

A-KA-o-LEi-Lo, V. 4^a and delo. To 
speak cautiously ; to speak deliberately, 
advisedly.- 

A-KAU, arf/. The right; on the right; 
Ihna akau, the right hand ; ma ka aoao 
akoM, on the right side. In geography, the 
person is supposed to stand viith his face 



AKA 



41 



AKE 



to tho wvHt; hcnco tbe right hand in to- 
wards tho north, and his left to the soutb. 
Aooo akau, north side : aoao hema, souih 
k!(1o ; wolau akau, norOi, pole, &c, 

A-KA-HA, 3. Name of a tree. One spe* 
cloK baa long leavoB and grows inland; one 
HpocicH by- tho Boa. It in a hard true, likO 
tho iiweu ; also called ekaha, 

A-KA-HAi, B. Ma, with care, and hai, 
to Hpuuk. To be tondor of heart; nioek. 
'i Nal. 22:18. 

A-KA-iiAi, s. Aha, with cate, and hai, 
totueiik. Mecknesa; modesty; gentlonesfi. 
JyaA. 12:;). Poo aMai, the mock. 2ep.2:3. 

A-KA-iiAi,' o^?'. Modest; gentle, &c. 
Sol. If):!. Soft in epcoch. 

A.-xA-HE-i,E, r. See AxA and Hele, to 
go. To go slowly or moderately in doing 
a thing ; to go carefully ; the opposite of 
Uldwattie. E hikiwawo mai i ka lobe, c 
akaiuslie hoi i ka olelo, be quick to bear, 
bu t kIow to speak. Udcd also imperatirelv j 
beware ; be cautious ; e alcahde ka pcpcni 
mni o oukou i ke akna, beware Of y cur 
striking the god ; e aki^e ka huhu, mai 
hikiwawe, be slow to anger, not quick. 

A'KA-HE-NE-HE-NE, ». Aka, to laugh, 
and KeMkem, to ridicule. To laugh to 
scorn ; to laugh in derision or mockery, 
jyeft. 2:19. 

A-KA-Hi, *. The number ope; root, kahi. 

A-KA-Hi, adv. One; once; just now; 
expressive of greatness . or superiority. 
MmjpiuUicaiUy, akaki no au i iohe i ka he- 
kili, once liave I heard it thunder, i. e., 
thunder loudly: alcahi no au i ike i ka 

■-ino, once^bave I witnessed a storm, i. e., 
never so great a one before. 

A-KA-Hi-:A-SA-Hi, odv. LiT. Once by 
once ; of little experience ; a novice. 1 
Tim. 3:6. Aole ka mca akahidkahi e holo 
i ka ino o make auanei i ka moana a pac 
kupapau aku i lauai, let not the incxptS 
rionccd sail out in a storm lest he die in 
the ocean and his dead body float ashore 
on Lanai. 

A-KA-KA, V. To be plains to be clear, 
as a thought or the expression of an idea ; 
to be distinct, intclligibh;, as language. 

2. To be clear, transparent, as glass. 
Hmk. 22:1 ; Anat. 2. Clear, as a liquid. 

3. Heo. To make plain ; to expound, de- 
monstrate ; to bring to light. 

4. Ttf,' ct up boundary lines. 

A-KA-KA, adj. Clear, as water, 

2. Lucid ; bright, as the moon. 

3. Certain ; distinct ; transparent ; he 
akaka, kokokc like me ke aniani kona 
akaka ana, clear, almost like glass. 

A-KA-KA, adv. ilioAoloa, very plainly; 
very clearly Toan. Vitii. 



A-KA-xA, adj. Rent; torn; dead. See 
Nakaka. 

A-KA-KA-LA-Ni, *. Poctical for akalani, 
A heaven of light; a great light.; tho 

' heavens much lighted j ho akakalani no ka 
Uhano Homolole. Mel, Creat. 

A-KA-KA-NE, s. Name of a small bird 
found in tho mountains. 

A-XA-KE, adj. Spry; light, as one walk- 
ing or running ; not loaded ; he akake no 
kau, you are spry, quick at walking. 

A-KA-Ki-wi, V. To set lip on the edge,. 

A-KA-Ku, V. To cease; to abate; to 
grow calm, as wind, rain, surf, anger ; ua 
ahtlm mai ka makani, the wind has abated; . 
ua akaku mai ka ua ; akc^m mai ka ino o 
ke kuikoo ; to be gentle ; quiet. 

A-KA-KU, s. A subsiding of a storm, 
wind, &e. 

2. A delirium; a trance. Oih. 10:1{1. 
An ecstasy ; vision. 2 Oilil.2S:5. He moe 
tthane. Jloo. A vision. Oih. 26:19. 

A-KA-KU, adj. Gentle, &c. Tit. 3:2. 

A-KA-Kuu, V, To be settled; calmed; 
-quieted: appeased; ua pkakau mai ka 
buhu o Ko alii i na kanaka, the anger o( 
the chief towards the people is appeased ; 
ua dkakuu mai ke alii, aole inu rama hou, 
the mind of the chief is settled, he wilt 
drink no more rum. 

A-DtA-KDU, adj. Gentle; quiet; kindi 
calm. Kt. 3:2. 

A-KA-LA, s. A berry, something like a 
strawberry ; a raspberry. 

A-KA-LA, s, A kind of cloth, e like me 
ka lole alaihi. 

A-ka-la; *. The end of a house. See 
Kali. 

A-KA-LATJ. See KiNOAKALAH and, Wai- 
ixii. A ghost that appears to some people, 
but not to othere. 

A-KA-LEi, s. See Lei. A lei worn on 
the neck. 

A-KA-LA-Ni, «. See Akakalani abore. 
A heavenly shadow ; a splendid light. 

A-KA-W4I, V. To be wise ; makemake 
au e akamai oukou a pau, I wish that you 
may all become wise ; mostly used in the 
causative, lloo. To lie or become wise; 
to make wise ; skillful. Sol. 3:7. To think 
one's self wise. 

A-KA-MAi, s. Wisdom; skill; ingenu- 
ity. Uoo. Bb^hibiting wisdom. I Kor. 2:1. 

A-KA-MAi, adj. Wise; skillful; ingeni- 
ous; expert; sagacious; learned; akaiMi 
ma ka naan. Puk. 28:3. 

A-KE, V. To desire, Nah. 23:10, To 
wisii for a thing ; tike nui no lakou e haute 
ka aa, they greatly desired that rain should 
fall; to paat after-; <tke nui kahi poe i ka 



AKE 



42 



AKI 



waiwai, certain weopie greatly desire prop- 
erty; to wish to no a tiling; «fce no na 
kamalii e paani ; to be Trilling ; ake no na 
kanaka i ka hewa. 

A-KE, V. To blab ; to tattle ; to prate 5 
to slander ; tell lies ; e wahahce ; « iml 
hala ; to go about talking nonsense. 

A-KE, s. A lie; a falsehood; a slan- 
derous report of one ; noho o Laliainaluna 
i kc ake, the people of Lahainaluna live 
under slanderous reports. 

A-KE, »; The Uyer of an animal. Puk. 
29:13. Akepaa, same. 

A-KE is a gehejal name for several in- 
ternal organs, qualified by different terms; 
see below. 

A-KE-i, adj. Broad; spacious; open; 
not Qrowded; public; ua kaavale lea bale, 
lia (Scea oloko; 

j^-KE-i, «fi». Openly; publicly; ua 
hana akea ia, it was done publicly. 

A-KE-A, ». To be broad or wide, as a 
land. 

2. To be separate, as different things, a 
space being between them; ua akea ka 
aina,.aole pilikia. Mostly used in the caus- 
ative sense. 

3. Hoo. To enlarge ; widen out. Isa. 
54:2. 

i. To make room for one, i. e., to set 
free from difficulty, and supply one's wants. 
Kanl. n:Zu. 

5. To enlarge one's heart. Isa. 60:8. To 
become generous. 

A-'KE-A, s. A broad open space ; a place 
not concealed. 

A-KE-A-KA-MAi, s. Ake, desire, and dka- 
indi, skill. A lover of wisdom ; epitet of 
a pIiiloBopher. Oih. 17:18. 

A-KE-A-KE, s. Name of a bird. 

A:KE-A-KE, adj. See Ake, to desire. 
Quick; ready; smart, CBpeciall^ to do a 
kindpess; cheerful in entertaining stran- 
gers. 

A-KE-A-KE-A, V. To fade, as kapa or 
cloth colored ; to lose the color ; to fade 
out ; he akeakea ka ulaula, he-ula akeakea 
ka palapala, the red is faded out, a faded 
red is the printing. 

A-KEU-KETJ, adj. Active; ready; skill- 
ful ; receiving kindly one's friends. Stn. 
with he mikimiki, he oleole. See Akeaxe, 

A-KE-KE, s. A singular little animal of 
the sea. 

2. A small quantity of dust ; aole nuj 
ka lepo. 

A-KE-KE, ) s, A species of bird. See 

A-KE-KE-KIE, j Kekk. 

A-KE-KEE, s Name of a little brown 
bird resembling the wren found on the 
mountain of Waialeale on Kauai ; it was 



formerly worshipped by the natives as the 

god 0/ tlic mountain. 
A-KE-LE-KE-LE, *. An escape from great 

danger, as a person in a canoe in a storm ; 

he aWefcete wale no ka pakels, mai make. 
A-KE-LOA, ),. ^Ae, liver, and loa, 
A-KE-NI-AU, } long. The spleen. • 
A-KE-itA-KA-Ni, s. The lungs. See Ake-. 

A-KE-MA-MA, ) s. Ake, liver, and 

A-KE-PA-Hoo-LA, J mama, light The 
lungs ; thfe lights ; oia ke ake e hanu ai, 
that is the lungs by which we breathe. 

A-KE-N.<[, V. To be proud; boasting; to 
be high minded ; proud of 8ome_ favor re- 
ceived; ua akena mai o Foki i ua mes 
pono ke Akna ana i ike ai, Pokl wus 
boasting of the favors which God had per- 
mitted liim to see ; akena ia ia ibo, to boast 
of one's self; to behave boastingly, as- in 
war, joined with singing. 

A-KE-NA, adv. Proudly; loftily; boast- 
ingly. 

A-KE-NA, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; feel- 
ing of superiority over others. 

A-KE-NA-KE-NA. Ac intensive of the 
foreigoiag ia all its meanings. 

A-KE-Ni-Ap, J. See AkelOa above. The 
spleen. 

A-ke-pa, s. The name of a bird. 
2. A sprightly, active man. 

A-KE-PA, adj. Sprightly; active; turn- 
ing this way and that. 

A-ke-pa-ke-pa, ». To stand p every 
way, as uncombed hair ; ak^pak^ mai hi 
na ia ma ke opi a pan, the fish were cut 
cross ways and eveiy way. 

A-KE-PAA, s. The hver. Oihk, 3:4. 

A-KE-PAA-Ho-o-iA, s. The. lights, &c. 
See Akemama.. 

A-KE-Ri-DA, s. Heb. Uhini akerida, a 
grasshopper. Oihk. 11:22. 

A-Ki, V. To bite ; to bite in two, as a 
thread; to bite, as in peeling sugar-cane 
or cocoahut ; e dici 1 ke ko, e <tki i ka niu. 

2. To backbite ; to spesJt reproachfully 
of one behind him ; to taunt Siek. 5:15. 

3. To spread false repdrts; aki wahahee, 
e ake e hewa ka mea hewa ole ; to slander. 
Bai, 60:20. Note. — Some of the meanings 
of aki are similar to ake. This verb has 
various forms; as, aki, aaki, aaajci, aki- 
ofci, wliich see in their places. 

A-KI, V. To begin to heal or scar over, 
as a wound. 

2. To lop or double down, as the top of 
a sail when there is much wind ; ofcj ko 
oukou pea; from OKi, locks of hair, &c. ; 
see below. 

A-KI, s. Locks of hair left behind the 



AKI 



43 



AKO 



head, while all ahovf is shorn off; he lau- 

oho uki loloA mahopa ; ka aki lauoho pu- 

punl vaiwai, 
2. Backbiting; Bppaklng ill of another. 
A-Ki, ». The stools on which canoes 

are placed when Rtandlng on shore, 
A-ki, adj. Backbiting; reviling. Rom. 

1:80. 
A-Ki, s. A disease; the headache. 
A-Ki-A, s. Name of an intoxicating 

ihrab ; its qualities are like tbo nuhuha ; 

it is also called baakta. The bark is used 

to poison fish in fresh water as aububu is 

in. salt. 
A-Ki-A-HA-LA, s. Name of a tree ; also 

called puahanui. 
A-Ki-A-Ki, V. See Aki. To bite in two 

repeatfsdly. 

2. To take away by little and little. 

3. To nibble, as a fish at a hook. 

4. To pilfer; he aihneliilii.' 
A-Ki-A-Ki, s. A backbiter ; a revdler ; a 

slanderer. 1 Kor. 6:10. 

A-Ki-A-Kr, s. A disease ; the dog colic. 

A-KI-A-E3, «. Name of a species of sea- 
weed adhering to the rocks ; it is eaten for 
food. 

A-KJ-o-HA-LA, s. Nastoe of a plant j the 
marshmallows ; the same perhaps as akia- 
bala above. 

A-Ki-u, adv. Used in a prayer as fol- 
lows : Akele akiu kelokele akiu, kau akn 
akiu ilana ke kau lua he wai akane, &c. 

A-Ki-TJ-Ki-Tj, ». See Knr. To act the 
part of a spy ; to search into ; to penetrate. 

A-Ki-u-Ki-ir, adj. Searching; penetrat- 
ing; a me ka makani akiukiu kipe pua 
hale Piiakei, tjie searching wind pelting 
the hala blossoms of Puakei. 

A-Ki-Hi-A-Lo-A, s. Name of a small yel- 
low bird; o ka akihiaioa, he mauu hulu 
lenalena. 

A-Ki-Hi-PO-LE-NA, s. Name of a small 
bird with red feathei-s. 

A-Ki-Hoo-LA-NA, s. J4», stools forcanoes, 
and hoolana, to float. A dry dock; ka 
bana ana i ka akihooletna i ke awa o Hono- 
Inln, building a dry iktck in the harbor of 
Honolulu. 

A-Ki-Ki, s. A dwarf; a person of full 
age, but a child in size ; he keiki kahiko, 
aole BUT,. 

A-Kii-kii, s.- Name of a round fish net 
to -catch the pahuhu in ; he upena akiikii. 

A-Ki-tot;, s. AM, to bite, and Zom, a 
hook. A hook biter, that is, a thief. 
Note. — Thieves formerly supplied them- 
selves yath hooked rods to a.s8ist in ob- 
taining articles of property ; hence akUou, 
to apply liUe hook, was to .steal. 



A-Ki-Lou, V. Aki and lou, to bend over. 

To cat secretly the food of another. 
A-Ki-LO-Lo, s. The name of a fish ; a 

species of small fish. 
A-Ko, V, To cut, as with scissors; to 

cut, clip off; to crop off. JSzek. 17:4. 
• 2. To pluck, 'Tm flowers or Trait. 'Hai. 

80:12. To shear, as sheep. Kin. 31:18. 

To cut off, as hair. ler. 7:29. Ua ako la 

ka lanoho ; ua ako la i ka'hula o ka hlpa ; 

na dfcoia ka Ian o ka nalu i ka makani. 
3. To clip off, as the wind the top of the 

surf. 
A-KO, t>. To thatch ; to cover a house 

with thatch ; ua akola ka hale. 
A-ko, s. The art of thatching ; ua pau 

ka hale i ke ako ; mea ako hale, a house 

thatcher ; mea ako hlpa, a sheep shearer. 
A-Ko, s. Name of a disease of females 

of bad character ; he ako na wahine hana 

hewa; he ako ka mai o na wahine hana 

hewa. 
A-Ko-A, s. Kapa of a snufif color; so 

named flrom the dye made of the akoa tree; 

he kapa i kuku ia ma ka akoa ; he paupau 

akoa. 
A-Ko-A-KO, u See Ako. To move, as 

the lips in speaking to one's self. 1 Sam. 

1:13. 

2. To itch in the throat before coughing; 
akahi no ka akoako o knn pua no ka ma- 
neo, uncommon is the ticklmg of my throat 
on account of itching. 

3. To have a hacking cough in l^e throat. 
A»KO-A-KO, V. Akoako ka ale, to swell 

up, as a wave just before breaking : kuku 
ka lili ka nalu. 
A-Ko-A-Ko-A, V. To assemble, as people 
for business. 

2. To collect together what is separated; 
uaaAroa/coa na kanaka ma ka hale pule, 
the people are assembled at the meeting 
house. Hoo.. To gather together, as men. 
Kin. 34:30. 

3. To collect together, as waters. Pvk. 
15:8. To come together again, as a dis- 
persed people. Kanl 30:3. E hoouluulu 
ae ma kabi hookahi. 

A-KO-A-KO-A, orfy. Assembled; collected. 
A-Ko-A-Ko-A, ode. Collectively, in heaps; 

e waiho akoakoa. to lay down in heaps. 2 

OiM. 31:6. 
A-KO-A-KO-A, s. The horned coral. 

2. Coral generally. Ezek. 27:16. 

3. A precious stone. lob. 28:18. 

A-KO-HE-KO-HE, s. Name of g smaE 
bird making its nest on the ground. 

A-KO-Z.A, V. To triumph over the ills 
or misfortunes of another. Hal. 94:3; To 
triumph, as over an enemy ; hooakola mai 
oia ia lakoa me ka olelo ana, akola! h& 



AKU 



44 



AKU 



triumphed over them, exclaiming hnrrah ! 

akola/ pakelemai nei no au, well done ! 

I have jnst escaped. See Aieola. Sonai- 

kola is another form. 
A-KO-LA, int. An exclamation of tri- 
umph of any kind ; a word of contempt 

for not getting a thing, or for losing. 
A-KO-LA, s. Name of a fruit fbund on 

Hawaii. 
A-Ko-LE, V. See KotE. To make or 

render one's self ^opr. Stn. with e hooili- 

hnne, e hoowaiwai ole. 
A-Ko-LE, adj. Poor, in consequence of 

squandering one's property. 
A-Ko-LE-A, s. Name of a species of 

shrub, grass, or fern. 
A-Ko-Lo, adv. A cant word, expressive 

of contempt. 
A-Ko-Lo, V. .4foraa,-and kcHo to run. 

To run into small roots, as potatoes, and 

b^r no fruit, 



At present, the word Ahua is used for the 
true God, the Deity, the object of loye an4 
obedience as well as fear. 

2. The name of the-nightwhenthe moon 
was perfectly fuU • a a£ka loa o ja poe- 
poe ana, o AJcim la no; hence it would 
seem that the ancient idea ot an Ahua em- 
braced somettiing incomprehensible, pow- 
erful, and yet complete, full orbed. ' The 
names of me four principal gods of ibs 
Hawaiians were Ku, Lono, Kane, and 
Kanaloa. 

A-Kxr-A-Atr-MA-iXr^A, s. Ahua, au, time, 
and OTofcuix Parent. The ancestors of those 
who died long ago, and who have become 
gods ; th!* spirits of former heroes. 

A-Ktr-A-ui'^i s- Akua, goi,&rxi ulu, to 
inspjis. The goa which came upon one 
andinspired him to speak ; the god of k- 
gpjation. 

AKu-A-HAi-A-Mio, s. Akua, god,kai, to 
speak, and amio, to be silent. A god 



A-KO-Lo, a^/. Eunninff and branching //P«^^^ng «'e'^«y- ,, ^ . 

as roots of plants ; good above and sma-n A-ku-a-ha-nai, s. Aktm, god, and 



below. Stn. with aakolo, \e kolo pu. 
A-KO-toA, s. A species of fern. 
k-Tio--LV,ac^.num. See Kouj.Tnree; 

the pumbfer three ; also written e^ilw 
A-EtT, ». To follow. 
A-K0, A verbal directive. ^^^ ^<'^- * 
233, ?, and § 236. In Ha™«"»0' *5e mo- 
tion or action of Verb is supposed to be 
towards one (Jft(?r,)o.r !»» 0?^ (afe*,) or 
upwards (oe,) or ddv^^*'*^^:) «"^ ^^,^ 
ways, which is aia»<*«- 4to*.is mostly 
connected with '«rbs, spmetmaies with 
nouns and adv^''^ t it impUes motion or 
tendency fi-a?"^"'^®! onward, &c,; as,e hele 
akM, to go(#. go /'•"m one ; the opposite 
of e he]s ***<**> to come towards one. In 
nalTal^'e tenses the verbal dlreotlv^B are 
genei-"iy followed by the syllable to; as, 
hen ok\L ia oia,' he went off; noho iho ia 
iif he sat dovin, or he dwelt. 
A-KU, s. Name of a species of fish, 
smooth, round ; the bonjto ; the name of 
one of the two fish that accompanied Pili 
in his voyage to these islands; aku helped 
paddle (haluku) the canoe, and opeJu 
calmed the winds when too strong. D. 
Malo 4:13. See OrELtr. 

A-KU, adj. Clear; unclouded; spoken 
of the moon when fully up; he ahu, ka 
mahina, the moon is clear. 

A-Ku-A, s. Among Hawaiians, formerly, 
the name of any supernatural being,. the 
object of fear or worship ; a god. The 
term, on the visit of foreigners, was ap- 
plied tq artificial objects,- the nature or 
properties of whicli Hawaiians did not iin- 
derstand, as the uiovoment of a watobv ^ 
compass, the self-strikiug of a olo«k, &c. 



llOr 

nai, to feed. 

i. SThe god that fed poison to people ; 
tjheged of poison; hence, 

2. Poison itself; he akmhanai ka rama, 
rum is a poisonous god, a he moonihoawa 
ka aie, and a poiso^i toothed lizard (ser- 
pent) is ^oing into defit 

A-kit-a-Hoo-u-na:-u-na, *. Ahm, god, 
and koourm, to send. A class of gods who 
were sent on errands like Mercury of the 
Greeks; the names of gome of them were 
KeaWenuikanohilo, KapO, Kapua, Kama- 
kakou, end many others. ' 

A-Ktr-A-Kii, s. Akua, god, and kii, an 
image. 

1. The god represented by an imag«; 
hence, 

2. An idol ; a god made. OOik. 26:1 ; 
I«a. 31:7. . 

A-KtT-A-feu, adv. Up and down, as an 
uneven road ; having the form of stairs ; 
be ala akuaku. 

A-KU-A-KtT, adv. Sailing, as over a rough 
sea, or traveling over a rough road ; hele' 
akimlcv, ma ke ala ; holo oJcimIbu, ka mokn ; 
with one end up, then down. . 

A-KU-A-KU, s. A species of rush. 

A-KU-A-KTJ, adj. Done in a hurry; there- 
fore, badly done ; he akimkn iho kou, you 
were in a great hurry : he 'akuaini kana 
hana, his work is badly done. 

A-KU-A-LA-pu, s. Akua, god, and la'pu, 
a ghost. A ghost ; a spectre ; an appari- 
tion ; an evil spii-lt. Notm. — According to 
the old people, the poe akmdapa were the 
spirits of deucased persons seen in the 
night about burying and other places for 
the purpose of frigbteuing people. 



ALA 



45 



ALA 



A-Kn-A-LE-LE, s. Akua, god, and lele, 
to fly. A meteor; an igniafatuus. Note. — 
Wbeu the Hawaiiana -vrere flret shown the 
representation or imaginary picture of an 
an^el, they at once called it an alatalele, a 
flying god. 

A-KH-A-NO-Ho, s. Name of a class of 
gods supposed to bo the gpliits of men de- 
ceased ; theywere supposed to dwell with, 
or 1>e over men as guardiaoB. 

A-Kff-E, s. A short, low woman; he 
wahine poupou. 

A-KU-i-Ku-i, V. See Kui, to strike. To 
atrike often, as with a stick in order to 
drive fl.sh into a net. 

A-KUri'KTT-i, s. Name of a particular 
fiaU net. See Akuikui above. Also, the 
name of the stick used to drive fish into 
the kuikui, 

A-Kxr-HE, V. To be bluck, blue or dark 
colored. See Kotcuhk. 

AiKU-KA-pi-HE, s. The juice of the tree 
called koko, used aniong Hawadians as a 
cathartic. 
' A-KU-Kr, s. The standing up of ^vater 
when wind and current are opposite : me 
he a/euku nalu la i pol Uoko o ka malama 
Kaiilua. Laieik. J167. 

A-KU-tE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

A KJC-LE, s. An epithei of an aged per- 
son ; an old man or woma.a. See Ei.kma- 

KUIJB. 

A-KU-Li, ». To collect in a stream of 
water, as leaves, bloaeoins, &c. 

2. To dam up the water by such collec- 
tion ; ua a^i ka wai, a ua bataua ; a ua 
ale-jii ka tan o ka laaii iloko o ka wai. 

Akvti ka paao ka taau i ka wa{, 
Lutana Bi\a 1 k» »e wnilllua. 
Be wai hoopaa fa nol-illa 
No ua 'koa la, o Ueua, o I/imalca. 

A-KU-Li-KU-Li, ff. A kind of water herb, 
perhaps purslain; he moa ulu ma ka aina, 
ma na aliali, a he papapa kekahi inoa. 

A-Ku-LU, s. A species of color or colors; 
he ahdu moe wai, a eleele uliuli. 

A-KU-LU, s. Name of a species of fish. 

A-Kir-Mtr. adj. Broken or cut off till 
very short; applied to anything cut or 
broken off piecef by piece, as a pen in 
mending, or a pencil in sharpening. 

A-LA, V. To wake from sleep j to watch, 
i. «., to keep fram sleep. 

2. To rise up, as from a sleeping pos- 
ture ; t! bikilele oia ua ka hiamoc ana. 
Ptik. 10:23,- Ala ku e, to rise up against 
one. Puk. 15:7. 

3. To 1186 up, as a new generation of 
people ; ta come forward. ImvA. 2:10, 

4. BoQ. To '■.^nae one to rm ; to lift up ; 
to rise from the dead. 



6. To raise up ; excite to aQtion ; to stir 
up, as the mind. 2 Pd. 3:1. 

6. To stir up ; excite to evil. Pwfc. 23:1. 

7. To raise up, as a delivca'er or beno- 
factor. I/unk. 3:9. 

8. To repair, as a brckeii down wall. 
Nelu 3:4. 

A-LA, V. I To anoint; to dress a sore or 

a limb. 2 Sam 19:24. • 
A-LA, V. A round, smooth stone ; a 

pebble, suob as has been worn by the 

water ; he pohaku maloko o ka muliwai. 

1 Sam. 17:40 and 43. Ala o ka maa, a sling 

stone. Zek. 9:1.5. 
A-LA, s. A path; way;, road; often 

alanui, great road ; it is used in some 

places as synonymous with kuamoo} he 

kahi e hcle ai ; kuu aku ana keia i ke afo ; 

po oloko i ke ala. Laieik. 62. 
A-LA, .adj. Round or oval, as a smooth 

stone or bullet : hence, heavy : kanmaha, 

e like me ka cua o kahawai, heavy, as a 

smooth stone in a- water course. See Ala, 

a round, smooth stone. 
■A-LA, adj. Spicy ;_ perfumed J aromatic. 
A-LA, adj. Fair 'eyed, but blind ; a& 

ka maka, e like me ko ka clemakule, dim 

sighted, as an old person. 
A-LA,, s. A variety of kalo, tough and 

stringy. 
A-LA-A, V. To work with the oo in 

cultivating or digging off green sward. 
A-LA-A, $. A kind of tree. 
A-LA-A-LA, *. Ala, round, &c. A scrof- 
ulous sore ; an ulcer; particularly on tlif 

neck; the ringworm; poha ka alatUa me 

kahab uli. 
A-LA-A-LA, s. A soft substance in the 

squid used for bait in fishing ; he cHaalahee. 

^ 2. Soft, flabby flesh ; soft and tough, as 

Kome kinds of fO)Od. 
8. The name of potatoes that grow on 

the leaf of the potato. 
A-LA-A-LA, adj.. Scrofulous. 
A-LA-A-LAE, adj. Herd, or half cooked, 

aa kalo ; aohe maneo, moa puehuehu, he 

maneo ia. 

Ell! Hawaii he one, 

AlatU(u: ke one, 

Eg poha ka mai, lie liki ka lau. 

A-LA'A-LAi, *. Name of a bird. 

A-LA-A-LAi, s. The name of a kalo 
patch formed by bending down the nishes 
and covering them with dirt and irrigating 
it; hence 

A-LA-A-LAi, J5. Argillaceous earth. 

A-LA-A-LA-HEE, s. The spawn or black 
substance found ia the ^quid. .See Aij.- 
ALA. He alaakihee me ka^i knkui inamona, 
the spawn of the squid with kukui nuts aa 
a, relish. 



ALA 



46 



ALA 



A-LA-A-LA-pu-LOA, s. A plant with small 
yellow blossoms ; called also uhola. a spe- 
cies of useless -siirub ; anhea o mea? aia i 
kiila i ka alacUapiiioa, i. e., gene on a, wild 
goose chase, or on a fool's errand. 

A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, s. The name of a 
species of fish of the squid kind ; he alacda- 
pvJ.oa me ka'wekaweka no. 

A-LA-A-LA-WA, V. The compound, fre- 
quentative, poetical form of aJawa ; to^ look 
frequently one way and the otha-, as in 
fear of being seen ; alauXawa ka maka o 
ka aihne, <Aaalawa na maka me he pueo 
la, the eyes of the thief look this way and 
that, they look here and therelike an owl. 

A-LA-A-iiA-WAi-mri, s. Name of a large 
tree whose fruit is used in dying. 

A-LA-A-LA-wAi-NUi, s. Name of a small 
plant growing in ston^ places; he a ahi 
nlu liilii ma ke ahn pohaku. 

A-LA-A-MAo-MAO, s. Name of a god of 
the winds ; the Eolus of the Hawaiian 
Islands. 

Huai mai ka ipu makani, 
Alaamaomao ke ^ua makani. 

A-1J.-A-PA-PA, s. The name of a kind 
of dance ^ he alaapapa kaM hnla. 

A-LA-A-FA-PA, V. To disclose to an- 
other what onp has said of his character. 

A-LAE, s. Name of a bird with a red 
skin oa the upper part of its bill ; oia Isa 
mca (0 Maiiinkaiaui) nana i imi i ke ahi, a 
loaa i ka alae, he it was (Maniakalani) who 
being in search of fire,, found the alae; 
alae, h,T moa eleele loa, a very black fowl. 
The alae was formerly worshipped as a 
god, especially the alae keokeo, the white 
aiae. 

A-LA-EA, s. Red dirt ; a kind of Span- 
ish brown dug from the earth. 

2, Any red coloring matter ; red ochre. 
Isa. 44:13. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Relating to the practice 
of the priest offering the yearly sacrifice ; 
uele mai ke kahnua alaea mu ke kanaka, 
nana e lawc ka- ipu alaea. 

A-LA-EA, adj. Red, as the flesh of the 
fish aku and ahi. See foregoing. Iluki 
kokc ka io ■alaea a, me: na io a pnu ; name 
of a muscle. Anal 50. 

A-LA-EA, s. The fore part of the thigh. 

A-LA-EA, *. A family, tribe or clan. 
2. The descendants of servants ; the de- 
scendants of KeopuolMu are the daea of 
Nahienaena. 

A-LA-E-LA, adv. Poetic for aia la, there 
it is. 

A-LAi, V. To obstruct; to hinder one 
in any way ; ua alai ia e ka, hilahila a biki 
olo ke pane aku, ho or she was hindered 
by shame and could not answer. Zaieik. 



127. To block up a door or passage by 
sitting down in ii. 

2. To foi-m a circle round one for his 
defense in danger. 

3. To defend ; oppose one. 

4. To be so thronged as not to see ort. 
Note, — The double form, alalai, is more 
generally used. Ua alai ia, ua paapu loa,, 
dole ike aku kahi mea, he was thronged 
thickly, he could not see out. 

A-LAi-A, s. A small, thin surf board. 

A-LA-i-iHi, s, A species of small red fish. 
2. ^ame of a red cloth. 

A-LA-i-Ki, s. The practice of quartering 
in one's house or seizing one's property 
when a chief traveled wi3i his people. 

A-LAi-LA, adv. Refers both to time and 
place ; there, when place is referred to ; 
then, when reference is made to time. Like 
many other adverbs, it is declinable with 
the simple prepositions. Gram. § 68 and 
§ 165. 2d. 

A-LA-0, s. Name of a class of heiaus. 

A-LA-o, s. The eating of the oopu or 
other fish raw, and even before dead ; ka 
alao mai no i na wahi oopu, a me na wahi 
opae. ' 

A-LA-ou. Ua like me alao. See the 
foregoing. 

A-la-Ij-lo-li, s. Ala, path, and ololi, 
narrow, A narrow path ; a lane, as of a 
dty, 

A.-LA-0-jyiA, V. To receive into the 
nioutli ; to swallow greedily, as a fish the 
bait ; alaoma ka waha o ka oopu a me ke 
aholehole i ke koe; the mouths of the oopu 
and the aholehole greedily swallow the 
worm ; alaume momoni, 

A-LA-tT, t). To knock with the knuckle 
on anything'hard, as a board ; olou. 

A-lau, s. Place where a wind is parted, 
as the east wind at Hana,, Maui. 

A-LAxr-A, », To look upon one's self 
with admiration ; e alava ana ia ia iho me 
ka manao na nani oia. 

A-LAU-KA, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 
vileness ; the otfscouring or dregs of soci- 
ety ; he hana inoino pupuka akeulca. 

A-LA-u-KA, adj. Vile; bad; worthless; 
slovenly ; negligent ; pupuka. 

A-LA-u-LA, s. Ala, Toad, and rda, red. 

1. A streak of light, such as is .seen after 
the sotting and before the rising sun. Kin. 
32:24, Henct!, 

2. The first dawn of the morning. Hat 
46:5, The early dawn or first gleam of 
morning light, 2 Pet. 1:19. 

A-LA-u-LA .$. Red dust in a road ; the 
red dust of a pali ; red dust generally, 

2, A kind of red chalk in which nothing 
will groiv. 



ALA 



47 



ALA 



3. A kind o£ searWeed, blacfcish ; a spe- 
ciee of limu. 
A-tA-u-ME, r. See Alaom>. 
A-LAtr-WA-mo,. «. A species of bird, 

email and yellow. See Xavwi. 
A-LA-HA-KA, s. Ala, a path, and haka, 
open. 
I.' A ladder. Kin. 28:12. 
2. A rough road, with many raTines or 
chitema. Laidk. 71. 
A-LA-HEE, s. Nameof a tree; a species 
of tree, very hard, of .which instruments 
were made to till tW soil with ^ o n» oo 
mahiai i ka wa kahiko, o ka nlei a o ke 
aiaMi, ^e diggers for farming in ancient 
times were made of ulei and alahee. 
A-LA:Hn, ». A species of wood; bastard 
sandal-wood. 
2. A row or hom, as on a mat. 
A-LA-Hou-AK-A, s. Ala, to rise, and hou, 
again, and the participial :tenmnation ana. 
A rising again; a nsingifiom the dead. 
Oitc. 24:15. A resurrection. 
A-LA-Ho-Nu-A, s. The south-west direc- 
tion from Hilo ; ke ala ana i ka manawa 
i makemake ole ai; o ke aWionua ana 
mamua, aole i hiki i ka manawa. 
A-'CA-HTHLA, V. To break a certain 
kapu; n» alahda kahi kapu, ua uoa ke 
kanawal. -, 

2. Alahula Pnuloa, he hele na Kaapfjhau. 
• 3. To make a road through one's "bcflise 
or farm by constantly passing^ through 
it; ua lilo i alanui hele man ma ia wahi. 
A-LA-HU-LA, s. A thoroughfare; a path 
or place much frequented ^ ua maa i ka 
ikeia, ua hele pinepine la. 

2. A road made on a pafi <m which a 
stranger cannot go, only traveled by resi- 
dents. 

2. A place where it is necessary to swim 
past a clitf that intercepts the passage 
along the beach, as Blelu on Hawaii.. 
A-L.t-KAi, V. Ma, road, and kai, to lead. 

1. To lead along the path ; to guifle or 
conduct one on a road. Puk. 13:17. 

2. To lead, as captives, 2 OiM. 6:36. 

3. To take, as a person, from one place 
to another. 2 Oihl. 8:11. 

i. To lead, as an animal ; alakai ke ke- 
iki i ka puaa, the child. L^a-ds the hog ; ua 
alakaiia ka Ho i ka pa. IIoo. To cause to 
lead. Ezek. 89:28. 

A-LA-KAi, s. J&, path, and W, the sea. 
He alakai ke alanui hnlaana o. na pali, a 
path where one must swim around a pro- 
jecting clitf or Wutf. 

A-LA-KAi, s. Ala, road, and kai, to lead. 
A leader ; conductor ; guide- Heb. 13:7. 

A-LA'KAf, adj. Large ; pot-bellied ; 
plump. 



A-LA-KAi-MAU-NA, s. Alokai, guide, and 
mauna, mountain. A guide on the moun- 
tains and inland ; what a pilot is on board 
ship. 

A-LA-Ko, V. Ala, path, and ko, to drag 
along. 

1. To drag along the ^ound. 

2. To lead, as a criminal ; k^dred with 
ahkai. //«!. 28:3, E kauo, e huki. 

3. To trail, as a gown in the dust ; he 
(^doko mai i ka le^o, to drag in the dirt. 

i. To draw or influence one. Hos. 11:4. 

A-LA-LA, .J. Name of a bird ; a species 
of raven on nawaii ; so namejd from its 
cry, resembling that of a child. Jai^iA. 29. 

A^LA-LA, V. To cry, as the young of 
animals. Mik. 1:8. 

A-LA-LA, s. The cry of young animals; 
a ci^ng; weeping; a bleating, crying, 
&c,, of flocks. 1 mm. 15:14. The squeal- 
ing of hogs. Laieik.V!. 

A-LA-i,A, s. A specie of potato with 
fruit on the leaves. See Alaala. 

A-LA-LAi, V. Aids road, and led. 

1. To hinder one from doing a thing. 

2. To obstnict one's road. Idb. 19:8. 

8. To be in the way of another : ua ala- 
tai mai oia i ko'u hele ana,.he hindered me 
in my passage ; he keakoa. 

A-LA-LAi, V. To consecrate; to render 
sacred by coming In contact with some 
sacred object. 

A-j;a-lau-wa, i. A species of small fish ; 
called BO when small or young ; when 
larger or olfier they are called aweoweo. 

A-la-la-l^ V'\ To spread out tobacco 
leaves over or before a fire to, dry for use, 

A-lAtLE-hb, aetj. Sick; weakj hungry, 
as a child : he ukuhi ohemo na keiki, 
omino, c^dUme, ka alalehe, ka uwe wale. 

A-LA-LO, «. A, jaw, and Ida, under. 
The lower jaw of men and animals ; the 
lower mandible of a bird. 

A-LA-LO-A, s. Ala, path, and loa, long, 
a highway ; path, &c. Stn. with alanui. 
JVoft. 20:17. 

A-LA-MA-A-WE-i-Xi, J, Ala, path, maawe, 
any small su'bstance, and iki, little. A 
small, narrow, indistinct path; it is ap- 
plied to the departure of the soul when one 
dies; he is said to have gone along the 
alamaavieiki, i. e., the untrodden path ; he 
alaololi. 

A-LA-MA-KA^i-Nir, s. Name of a stone 
at Maiao,' flat and shining ; applied to a 
disobedient child ; he alamakahinu i ke 
alii. 

A-LA-ME-A, V. To be too ripe; rotten, 
as anything lying out in the rain ; ua ka- 
pule alamea i ka ua. 
A-tA-ME-A, s. The name of a species 



ALA 



48 



ALA 



of hard stone from volcanoes, out of which 

stoQfi axes were made. 
A-LA-MO-LE, S. A species of stone. 
A-LA-NA, s. A present made by a chief 

to u priest to procure his prayers. 

2. A present made to a god; he makana 
e haawi akn ai i ke akua. 

3. An oblation or free will offering for 
any purpose. Puk. 18:12. 

4. AsacriBoe. J'ufc. 29:28. .^fctnahoBno, 
a holy oblation. Mek. 48:10. He cdana 
ka mea e haawiia aku al e kalaia mai ai 
ka hala o ka moa lawehala. 

5. A fee prepaid to a physician to at- 
tend upon a sick person. 

A-iA-NA, V. To give or bring a present 
as an offering. Oihlc. 12:14. To offer' a 
sacrifice. Hal. 66:15. 

A-I.A-NA, adj. A and lana, to float. 
Light ; not heavy ; easily floating on the 
water ; he hookomo ole ; not sinking. 

A-I-A-NA, s. Alala, to cry, and ana. A 
crying ; the voice of suffering or of eom- 
plaiut ; ko oho aiana, makuakahi, the voice 
of complaint from an only parent. 

A-LA-NA-A-i,6-HA, s. Alana, offeringj 
tod cUoKct, love. A peace offering ; an of- 
fering for making peace with another to 
procure one's favor ; he alana e aloha mai 
o hai ia ia. 

A-LA-NA-Ktr-Ni, s. Atana and kuni, to 
bnrn. An offering to procure the death of 
a sorcerer ; e make ai ka mea nana i ana- 
ana ; a burnt offering. 

A-LA-NA-MO-u-A, s. An offering' made 
to the gods to procure a curse ; he alana e 
molia i kipi aina, to curse the rebels ; ke 
alana e molia i ka mamala ku i ka pa ; be 
alana e molia i ka olulo pae i kapa,. 

A-L'A-NE-o, adj. Ala, piith, and neo, 
silent. 

1. Clear ; serene ; unclouded, as the at- 
mosphere on the mountains; alane.o ka uka, 
aole ao, clear was the iipland, no clouds. 

2. Desolate ; w;ithout people, as a coun- 
try; alanio kauhaie; aole kanaka. ler. 50:3. 
See Nboneo. 

A-LA-NE-o, s. The name of a disease 
where the patient is swelled greatly in 
every part except the face ; he olelo a ne 
kaMina lapaau ; ina olelo aku i ka mai, 
pela he alaneo kou mai, o ke ano ia olelo, 
he loai kanaka ole, aole lehulehu o kanaka 
nana e Mi i ka laau. 

2. A class of gods, males only. 

3. The name of a cloak or royal robe 
made of the feathers of the mamo only ; o 
ka aahuula i hanaia i ka hulu mamo wale 
u<> uu kapaia he alaneo. 

4. Clear weather ; no clouds. 

A-LA-Ni, s. The name of the mountain 
on iianai and some other plaiies. 



A-iA-Ni, s. Name of a timber tree used 

ia fitting up canoes. 
A-LA-Ni, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro- 
nunciation of the word orarjge; an orange, 

a foreign fruit ; also, the name of the tree. 
A-LA-Ni, *. Name of a land breeze at 

Lanai, from the name of the mountain. 
A-LA-NI, s. Name of a species of limu, 

bitter, and very similar to the limu lipoa. 
A-iiA-Ni-A, adj. Smooth, as the ocean, 

without wave or ripple ; aole apuupnu, he 

kalarda. 
A-LA-Ni-HO, s. Ala, path, and niho, 

tooth. Name of the long strips of tatoo 

made on the skin by means of a shark's 

tooth. 
A-iA-NU-i, s. Ala, path, and rod, large 

A highway ; a road ; a frequented, path. 

See Alaioa. In some places kuamoo is 

used. 
A-LA-PA, adj. Ugly J poor; thin in 

flesh, as a hog. 
A-I^-PA-HI, V. To spread false repoits , 

to slander. 2 Sam. 19:27. 

2. To deceive ; to lead others astray. 

3, To deceive, as a demagogue. 
A-LA-PA-Hi, s. Slander; detraction; 

falsehood ; he cUapahi moe ipo ka nana ; a 
lie ; false speaking. 

A-LA-PA-HI, adj. Olelo alapaki, a slan- 
derous or false report. 2feh. 14:36. 

A-LA-PA-Ktri, adj. Exceedingly fragrant, 
too much so, or too strong to be pleasant. 

A-LA-PA-pii-Moo-KU, s. A mean man of 
no character who goes before the king; 
ka mea ino pii i kahi o ke alii. 

A-LA-pn, B. Ala, path, and pii, to as- 
cend. A ladder ; stairs. 2 Nai. a.13. An 
ascent. 1 Ned. 10:5. He alahaka, he alt- 
ulii ; he alapii pali ino o Wahinekapu. 

A-LA-Pu-KA, adj. Having scrofulous 
sores, as on the neck, legs, &c. 

2. Applied to kaVo which has spots of 
dry-rot ; he kalo alapuka. 

A-LA-wA, V. To look on one side, then 
on the other, as one who is afraid of beiu^ 
seen ; e hoi oukou me ko oukou niaka 
alawa pie io a ip. 

2. To look up, as one downcast. 

3. To lift up the eyes in pride. Isa. 
37:23. . 

4. To lift »ip the eyes to see a thing. 
loan. 4:36. To take a survey, {sa. 60:4, 

5. To turn the eyes in an oblique direc- 
tion. Kin. 33;6. 

6. To turn one's head to look about. 

7. To be lifted or turned up. as the eyes; 
alaxea ae la kona mau maka, 

A-LA-WA, .f. A tiiming of the eyes ti- 
look behind ; be alaioa na maka i hope e 
ike i ka poe e liele mai ana. 



ALE 



49 



ALI 



A-UA-BA-TA, ) adj. Gt. Alabaster; he 

A-LA-BA-TE-RO, J ipuotoftafa. Lufc. 7:37. 

A-LB, V. To swallow, in various senses; 
» moni akn. 

1. VVhea anything disagteeabJe is to be 
taken. 

2. To drink in, as water. 

3. To drink in, as the earth drinks water. 

4. To swallow up, as the earth. A'oA. 
16:^2. To absorb ; to swallow, as a flood ; 
to destroy. 

5. To overpower, as an army. 2 Sam. 
17:16. AU wale, to swallow without chok- 
ing- 

6. Ke aZe niai,<to come up into, as tears 
into the eyes ; as poets say, the tears welled 
'up in her eyes. 

A-I.E, s. A wave ; a billow put ip mo- 
tion by the win4 ; a. wave of the sea. Ic^. 
9:8. Aloia mai u ha ale ino o La^ Hao, 
having escaped the raging hittoiBs of Cape 
Horn ; make iho nei ia iloko o ka a2e o 
Pailolo, be was lately drowned in the 
waves of Pailolo ; loi alenq i ke alia o kolo. 
Via. Ale o ka make. 2 Sain. 22:5. Holo 
pipi kaote ka moana, the erest.of a wave; 
ka die, water put in niotion ; ka alt wai 
hail a ke 'kua, teaitr of snow of the god. 
Note. — It was supposed that the gods 
made the snow. 

A-LE-A, *. See Lea. Having a pleasant 
voice for singing ; agreeable, as the voice. 

A-i.£-A-LE, V. 13th conj. of ale. To 
make into waves ; to stir up. as water ; to 
trouble ; to toss about, as restless waters. 
^es. 4:14. Ale(de ka wai, ua piha a aleale 
ke keakea. Hoo. To stir up, as water. 
/(N^n. 5:4. _ ._ 

A-tK-A-LE, *. A moving, swelling,; stir- 
ring, as the waves of the.sea; as water any- 
Vi'here. 

A-LB-A-LE-A, t. A sharp, white,: small 
8heH.flsh found near the shore ; he pupu 
aleaieoi 

A-tB-o, adj. High ; applied to a house 
or a room^,; a look-out on a hOUse-top. 

A-LEir-LEU, t. Old kapa or mats ; also 
applied to all kinds of bad kapa. 

A-LE-KU-MA, J J. Heh. A later ortho- 

A-LB-GU-HA, ) graphy tovaleguma; name 
of a timber tree, as below ; name of a tree 
found in the deserts of Arabia ; the algiuu 
tree. 2 OUU. 2:8. Also^. by a change of 
letters, ofemuffo. See below. Supposed by 
Kitts to be the sandal-wood. 

A-M-LE, V. To go or act as a messenger. 

2. To go or act as a spy. 

3. To look or examine the condition of 
another. See Lei.e. 

A-LB-LE, s. See Lble and Exele. A 
messenger ; one sent on business ; he (dele 
7 



wau i hoounaia mai nei, I am a messenger 
sent hither. Laieik. 79. See Luna. 
A-le-le, s. a messenger of a chief; an 
ambassador. See Elele. 

He Iciu ka pus kulcuf } 

He alele booholo na ke Koolao. — Melt. 

A-le-he, s. a snare ; a noose ; he 
ahele, he pahele. 

A-LE-Lo, *. The tongue, of man or ani- 
mals. Puk. 11:7 ; 2 Sam. 23:2. See Elelo. 

A'LE-Lo, s. The tongue ; he alelo wana 
ka ono, he ono ke aleto wana, he okulikuli. 

A-LE-MA-NA-KA, «. Eng. An almanac; 
the first was published in Hawaiian iu 
183—, 

A-LE-MO-NB, adj. Eng. of an almond. 
A-ix-MO-HE, s. A hazle. Etn. 30:37. 
The almond tree. Kekah. 12:15. 

f^t^ \ *• See Alekuma above. 

A-LE-KU-UA, \ 

A-UE-FA, s. Gr. Alepa, alpha; name of 

the first letter of the Greek alphabet; hence, 
the first, ka mua. Soik. 21:6. 

A-LE-WA-LE-WA, s. A cloud or smoke 
floating in the atmosphere ; hookaa ka pn- 
nobn ka aleuxtleaa. 

A-LE-GU-MA, s. See AlekuIha above. 

A-Li, *. A scar on the face. Isai 1:6. 

A-Li, V. To have a scar on the cheek ; 
uaa2t ka papalina i ka mai; to have a scar 
anywhere. 

2. Sqo. To shake ; to wave ; to move to 
and fro,Jtc.. ,Niih. 5:25. See Ho.u.i. 

A-Li-A, ij.', To wait; to stop one when 
doing a thing ; to restrain. 2 Sam. 24:16. 
f. Used imperatively,, stop ; wait ; ap- 
plied to a person in tb^ way ; take care ; 
stand aside. 1 5am. 1^16. 

A-Li-A, s. A large, flat surface where it 
is "white with salt ; he alia boohaahaa 
piiakai ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. salt bed. 

A-LI-A, s. The name of two sticks car- 
ried by a person before the god of the year. 

A-ii-A, adv. By. and by ; after a little. 

A-Li-A-Li, adj. White, as snow or paper; 
he wai cdiati, he keokeo ; he huali. 

A-Li-A-u, V. Ua aliali, to have scars j 
to be rough with scars ; to be scarred ; ua 
kalibati, kokoke e piha ; ukali ae no hoi ; 
hnlihuli. 

A-Li-A-u-A, s. He alialia paakai, a bed 
where salt is dried ; lio alUtlia manu ; na 
alialia o na wai puna buihul See Aua 
above. 

2. Ground which is smooth, dry and 
barren, as that which is baked in the sun, 
or covered with salt. 

A-Li-A-rs', adv. A word of similar im- 
port with none and i none, let us see, show 



ALI 



50 



ALO 



it to me, &c. ; aa aliane, referring to some- 
thing spoken of, let «s see ; let me see. 

A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber tree, 
used for posts of houses and other pur- 
poses ; also called aalii. 

A-Ui, s. A chief; one who rules or has 
authority over other men ; a king, quali- 
fied by various epithets. 

1. Ke alii moi, the supreme executive, 

2. Ke alii aiittohu, a chief over a divis- 
ion, J. e.. a governor under the cUU moi. 

3. Alii koa, a chief over soldiers, i. e., a 
general, leader of an army." 2 Sam. 2:8. 

i. .4Kiofca;Mi, chief of a district. Luk.^'^. 
A-ui, V. To act the chief; to be chief 

or principal. Ifin. 1:16. To rule over men. 

OiMc. 26:17. To govern. Kin. 37:8. 
2. Boo. To crown one a king ; to make 

one a king ; to make one's self a king ; to 

rule ; to have power or influence with. 
A-Lii, adj. Mea noho alii, a ruler. Puk. 

22:28. Alii weliweli, king of terrors. Icb. 

18:14. 
A-Lii-KOA, s. A general of an army. 2 

Sam. 2:18. 
A-LH-PA-PA, s. Name of a cliild where 

the mother was a chief and the father not. 
A-LII- WA-Hi-NE, s. AUi and vsahine, 

woman. A Queen. Mat. 11:44. 
A-u-u-Li-u, adv. A long time. 
A-Li-Hi, s. H inserted ; a captain of a 

company. Jos. 10:24. 4(iM kaua, a general. 
A-u-Hi, s. The lines of a fish net ; o 

ke kaula ma ka pikoni. 

2. The cords holding the sinkers of a net. 

3. The upper part of a calabash strap ; 
healihi no ke koko o ka umeke ; o kaoIiM 
maluna o ka waa e kalai bon a haahaa ka 
niao o ka alihi maluna o ka umeke : ma ka 
alihi moana. e pili aka ana i kumu lani. at 
the edje of the ocean, i. e., where th& ocean 
and sky meet. J). Malo 5:13. 

A-LI-HI, V. To be ready to work for the 

sake of gain, bnt at other limes abseut: 
A-U-HI, adv. Unwillingly. 
A-Li-Hi-KAir-A, s. Ali/d (alii) and katea, 

war. A general ; commander ; one who 

directs in battle. 1 Nal. 16:16. 
A-Li-Hi-LA-Ni, s. The horizon. 
A-Li-Hi-LE-LE, «. Name of a drag-net ; 

thi; net for taking the anae. 
A-Li-TKA-Li-KA, ^j. Clammy; sticky; 

tough, as kalo baked ;' as mud. 
2. Stingy ; not liberaL 

A-Li-KE-A-Li-KE, s. See Like. One-half; 

an equal division of a thing. 
A-LMU-Li-Ki, V. See Lrei; see Opuohao. 

To be swelled tight as the skin can hold, 

as in the di-opsy, 
2. To be girded tightly. 



A-Li-MA (e-li-ma), adj. Five ; the num- 
ber five. See Lima. 

A-Li-MA, s. See AinJMA, the stick held 
in the hand in rubbing to obtain fire. 

A-LI-MA. 

Alima hea ko alaksi, 

Ke aoi peahi la la Limaloa 

1 hoapili no mana a bepa ka aa — ^he. 

A-Li-NA, V. To be defiled or contam- 
inated, as by marrying one of low birth ; 
mai moe oukou i ka poe keiki a ka poe 
kauwa. o alina auauei ka oukou mau keiki; 
applied to a chief who married a low woman 
and had children of low order ; alina oe i 
kou mare ana i kau kauwa. 

2. To be scarred, as one burned badly ; 
to be scarred by scrofula; ua alina oe i ke 
ahi. 

3. To have spots or blemishes ou one's 
person. 

4. MoraRy,io be disgraced or implicated 
in sin. 

5. To be filthy, as food ; ua aliva loa o 
Mea ; ua alina ka kakou. ua makole.. 

A-LI-MA, s. A low servant ; a slave. 
A-Li-NA, adj. Low; degraded. 
A-Li-NA-Li-NA, s. A shell fish of the 

sea ; the young or small of the opihL 
2. A mark ; a sign ; nearly stk. witb 

hoailona. 
A-Lo, o. To elude or dodge the stroke 

of a weapon. 1 Sam. 18:11. 

2. To pass over from one place to an- 
other ; ua alo aku nei na kaulua i na knmn 
i Molokai. 

3. TO'Skip or pass over something; eaio 
i kekahi la, e hana i kekahi la. 

4. To pass through the water by swim- 
nuQg ; to extend the bands in swimming. 

5. To set one's self against; to be op- 
posed to ; e a2o ia ia, to &ce him; to turn 
and front bim. 

6. To meet some difficulty or resisting 
force or opposition; ua nui ka makou hana 
I ke aUs ana. itte na' hakii i ka maka o ke 
kaua, we have much work to do in resist- 
ing with onr masters the front of the war. 

7. To resist boldly, as a difficulty; face, 
as an enemy in danger. los. 8:20. G a2i> 
i na i'no a pan e biki mai ana e like me 
kaua i alo hoomanawanui ai i ka la o ka 
makalii. 

8. To double, as a cape ; e akna mu »i 
n a ale Lae Hao. 

9» To face ; to be against. Imnk. 20:48. 
To resist. Puk. 23:29. 

10. To consQine : devour. 

11. flbo. To pass away; forget /so. 40:27. 

12. To shun ; eschew. 1 Pe<. 3:11. 
A-LO, s. The front; the face; the-iffes- 

cncepfone. ffin. 3:8. Ma ke oJo, betbre ; 
in front. 
2. The fereasl or bolly. Kin. S:14. Ua 



ALO 



61 



ALU 



hlki mal I ko'a aio nei, It fatwi come ta-my 
fr<mt,l. e.,to mu; ma koiiu ulo ilio, directly 
In front of Ub. li/n.iUiO. Ma ko o^o uUl. 
persone living witb and In tlie fuvor of tile 
chief. 

A-LO, s. The name of a four-footed ani- 
mul in tbo hvu. 

A-Lo-X-Lo, 0. Double form of do. To 
turn thiR way ainl thut ; to look one wny 
and nnotliur, ua If In funr, or about to do 
mincbiuf'. I'lilc. 'i:li. Aloalo na maka o 
ka aihue. 

A-i'O-A-LO, V, See Axo. To dodge; to 
Sou fitim. Bj) u nhowcr, i. e., to run from 
onu tree to another -, aloalo ua, aloc^o mo- 
kaoi, kipakipa, pukuuliale, to dod^o the 
rain, Ac. 

A-LO-A-I.0, V. To go after, as a servant; 
to bring thingf! ; to wait on ; hu ui ijuiipiiu, 
he poi pmipiiii. 

A-lo-e; (. Ertg. Aroes. Mel. Sol. 4:14 

A-Loi-Loi, s. A species <»f small fish. 

A-M-HA, 13. To love ; to regard with 
aiiiovtion ; to degire. 

2, To liarc pity or compassion upon. 
, 3. To show morcy ; to be merciful as a 
habit. Mat. 5:7. To spare; to pity, j^e/c. 
7:9,- 

4. To salute at meeting or parting. 1 
Sam. 10:4. 

6. To salute contempmonsly ; cioha ino 
kaua, alas for us two. TfoTK^—Atoba, as a 
word of salutation, is modern ; the ancient 
forms were anoai, welina, &e. 

C. IIoo. To give tbanks as an act of wor- 
ship. 1 Om. 2S:3. 

A-LO-HA, s. A word expressing different 
feelings ; as, love ; aftiection ; gratitude ; 
kindness; pity; compassion; grief; the 
modern common salubitlon at meeting and 
parting; 

A-Lo-HA, adj. Loving; beloved; f^vpred. 

A-M-HA-iA. A verbal from the verb 
olo/ui above iia(.'d u.'< u noun. Favor; kind' 
ncRs; loaa ia ia ko alfihala mai, he obt-ainud 
favor ; favor ; good will. Kin. 33:10. 

A-LO-HA-i-No, int. Aloha and ino. An 
intentive; it expresses great love, pity or 
coippassion for a person in a suffering con- 
dition. It is also used by way of contempt, 
as poor fellow! good enough tor you! 

A-LO-HA-LO-HA, V. To love touch. 

2. /Zoo. To give thanks; to express 'af- 
fection for ; to bless in worship. 2 flam. 
22:00. 

" 3. To salnto. 2 Sam. 8:10. 

4. To speak kindly to; to entreat gently. 
Luk. 1.5:28. 

A-Lo-Hi, v: To shine ; to become shining, 
or bright; to reflect brightness. lsa.9.l. 
Alohi e like me ka la i ke a,wakea. Fia.' 
To shine, as christian character. PU. 2:1.5.' 



A'LO-Bi, *, A bright shining; bright- 
ness ; splendor. 

A-LO-Hi-Lo-Bi, s. Splendor; brightness 
//oifc. 21:11. Light; i«Q.S!l:9. Sparkling, 
as the oyo; ka inoa he akna I ke (UohttoRi 
o na maka, I thonglit they wore gods by 
the hriglUnais of their eyes. ' 

A-LO-Hi-Lo-ni, adj. Malamalama alohi- 
lohi, bright light M. 37:21. 

A-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V. To shine brigbdy. 
Luk.VM. To Hh|ne, as light. Dun. ]2:a 

A-Lo-Lo, adv. Exclamation of triumph 
at the ills of another, as the fall of an en- 
emy. See LoLO. 

A-LO-LU-A, adj. Two-sided; double- 

' faced ; applied to men and things ; nioena 
nlolua, a double mat, having two faced 
sid^. 

A-Lo-PE-KE, *. Gr. A fox. Luvk. 15:4. 

A-Lo-pi-HE, s. Alo and jnhe, the sound 
of mourning as it floats in the air. 

A-LU, V, To combine, as several per- 
sons in aiding another either in a good or 
bad cause. 

2. To give aid or assistance. Oih. 21:28. 
To help, as in quari'cls where one is likely 
to betkitled and several aid in effecting 
his escape. 

3. To unite together, as several persons 
for a particular object. 

4. To be connected, as the joints of the 
human body. 

5. To adhere to ; to act with ; e olu aku 
mabopoj make o Manono no ka nui o kona 
aluia, Dunono died for the strength of her 
adherence to him. 

A-LU, v. To relax i hang down ; be 
weak. Fulc. 17:11. 

2. To bend the knees ; to oourtesy. 

3. To stoop down, as in entering a low 
door ; to stoop down, as in hiding behind 
a low object ; olu ae la maua e pee ana. 
Laieik. 207. 

"4. To ruff up, as a mat; na otu na moena 
i ka nakuia. 

S. Hoc. To lopsen, as the tongue, ilfar. 
7:31. 

A-LU, *. The lines of the hand. 

2. A gutter ; a ravine ; kabawai awawa; 
a road descending a hill. 

3. A courtesy. 

4. Tile muscles of the eye. ifa(, 76:4, 

5. The 6kin and soft parts of njen, fish, 
and all animals, when the bones are taken 
oiit. See AhvxLv: 

6. A name given to women who have 
borne children. See Ai.uaIo. 

A-LU, adj. Combined; acting together; 

he man ilio a}ui ka hakaka. 

A-LU-A (e-lu-a), mim. adj. The number 

two ; two. See L(m. 



ALU 



52 



AMA 



A-Lu-A, adj. A word signifykig admira? 
tioa ; it applies to what is good, great, ad- 
mired, &c. ; the o is often dropped ; as, 
aoheonafua, there J9. none like him. See 
hVK. ka ipoa o ka ona no kon% wai^ai 
(iho,) ka mahiina <Aua. surely drunkcn- 
m'93 (by awa) has its own reward, the 
wonderml scaling of the skin. Laieik. 35. 

A-hv-A-LU, V. Jftt, doubled; 13th conj. 
of alu. To come upon one. 

2. To follow; pursue; overpower. Kanl. 
32:30. 

3. To pursue, as an enemy. Kin. 14:15; 
1 Sam. 17:52. 

4. To chasS. los. 23:10. 

5. To persecute. 1 Tcs. 2:16. 

6. To be wrinkled, as the cheeks and 
forehead of old tiersons. 

A-Ltr-A-m, s. The flexible skin or hide 
of an animal ; he ahwlu bipi. 

2. The soft parts of flesh when the bones 
are taken out; the appearsince is flabby, 
loose and wrinkled, &c. 

3. The fetus of animals or men ; kaauia 
ka aluaiu i ka Icpo, the/s<«s was buried in 
the dust. 

4. The skins, rinds and refuse of melons 
after the substance is eaten ; lia aiia na 
ipu. a ka alwdv, wale no koe. 

A-Lu-A-LTJ, adj. Loose; flabby; prema- 
ture ; ahapelcsB, as an untimely birth. 
Laieik. 12. Slack, as a^rope or string. 

2. Uneven ; rongh ; full of lines. 

3. He ill alwdu, a loose skin; applied to 
an untimely birth; he keiki a/waiu, ua like 
me ka iewe ke ano,an imperfect child, like 
a jjlaccpta. 

Aau-A-LTJ-A, s. A crack, as in the wall 

of a house. Oikk. ] 4:.'i. 

2. A rough road, full of ravines and dif- 
ficult passes ; he aluaiu inoino ke alanui e 
Jiele ai i ICahakuloa. 

3. A second-hand garment, full of wrin- 
klt-3. 

4. The name given lo the numeration 
tabic, beginning thus : ehia lua aha, two 
twos are four ; ma l»e ahudua ko lakou ao 
ana i ka hclu. through th(! miiliinjjcation 
table they learn nviihmetic. 

A-Lu-HEE, adj. Loose, as a bundle not 

well bound ; liangiii<r lliibWly. 
A-ur-KA, V. To jumble together, as 

parts of two stories. 

2. To mix togellier, as contributions for 
different purposes, or dffTel'ent taxes. 

3. To mix together, .so as not to distin- 
gnieh, 

4. Jinn. To cause a mixture, as above ; 
e 80 hoa'nka i ka waiwai hookupu ; sim- 
ilar to huikai. 

A.-LU-KA, *. The uniting or mixing to- 
gether of things of different or opposite 
qualities ; ke atuka o kahewa o ka pono. 



A-LU-Li, ». To turn the head on one 

side ; ho aluii ke poo, ho kekee. 

A-LU-Lu, adj. Quick; in a hurry; he 
hopubopu ai'uiu kona hele ana no ka lohe 
ana he m»ke. 

A-LU-W, adi). Quickly ; "hastily ; hob 
hopufaopu aMa aku la makou a ee maluna 
o ka was. 

A-Lu-NA, s. A, the jaw, and luna, upper, 
over. The upper part of the mouth of a 
gerson ; oF the bill of birds; of the mouth 
of animals. Laieik. 104. The roof of Jhe 
mouth. .Hai, 137:5. The upper jaw. ' 

A-LU-Ntr, V, See Lunu. To defraud. 1 
Sam. 12:3, 4. Tg be overbearing in a bar- 
gain. Oihk. 19:13. To oppress ; to be hard 
upon one. Eiinli 24:14. 

2. To accuse falsely. Luk. 3:14. 

3. To be desirous of ijoasesaing prosprty. 
A-LU-NU, s. Oppression, ha. m0:13. 

Usury. jVeA. 5:10. Kxtortipn; coretnus- 
ness. Isa. 57:17. He o/ttnu, an extortioner. 

A-HJ-Mir, adj. Covetous; greedy of gain; 
waiwai alunu, property unlawfully taken. 
Puk. 18:21. Waiwai Mwmis also more. 1 
Sam. 8:3. Alunu is opposed to lokomaUecU. 
Isa. 32:5. 

A-LH-NU-WA-LE, s. A Strong desire to 
take what is another's; extortion; robbery. 

A-MA, s. Tl)e longitudinal stick of the 
outrigger of a canoe. 

A-MA, adj. Satisfied ; satiated, as with 
food. 

2. Talkative; revealing secrets; tattling; 
ho afaiahi ; be waha ama ia hai, a mouth 
revealing to others. Seu Amaama. 

A-MA, J). To offer to the gods ohias and 
melons ; mostly found in the conj. haa and 
hoo ; as, hoama, hadma, &c. ; fumma ka 
ohia ; haama i ka ipuhaole ; akahi no a 
haama ac i ka ipu aimaka. See Amasia, to 
offer, &,G. 

A-MA-A-MA, V. See Aima 2. To reveal 
secrets ; to tell anothijr's faults ; to slan- 
der ; airmama ka waha i ka hoi i ka hewa 
ka mea e. 

A-MA-A-MA, adj. Slanderous, as the 
mouth of one ever ready to speak evil ; he 
waha amaama, ka leleol, ka waha hiki- 
wawe i ke kamailio ma na olelo i manaoia 
buna. 

A-MA-A-MA, s. A species of fish ; young 
mullet perhaps. 

A-MA-A-MAU, V. Ama, satisfied with 
food, and amau, still. 

1. To eat much; to be satisfied with 
food ; e al nui i ka ai me ka amaamau. 

2. To eat quickly or fast, as one who is 
hungry and has a keen appetite. ' 

A-MAUf V. To hush up; to keep one 
from speaking or conlplaiaing ; na ajiiau 



AMI 



53 



AMO 



akii au e noho malic, aole pono t pane 
mai. Sue Hamad. 
A-MA-tfi, s. A species of small bird. 
A-mAu-mau, adj. A god growing among 
the forns on the mountains; i iia 'icua 
antay,mau o'ke kiila. 
A-MAu-MAu, J. The fern ; the brake. 
A-mA-ka-mi-ka, v. See Amika, to desire 
fu()(l> To Ae»ire food, aa w(i suy, liis mouth 
wators fur it 

2. To liavo a desire for that which can- 
not: be obtained: 
A-MA^Ki'Ml, S, Name of a sjimii ytll*.w 

bifd i hemami hulu Icnaleua ia.. 

A-MA-Ki-KA, s. A species of small bird. 

A-mA-ma, v. Conj. 9th of ama, to offer, 

Ac. To Rive over to the gods in samilice. 

2. To offer sacrifice as au act of worship. 

Wbifc. 8:3. O ke kino nhane ole e waiho 

£,na, amama ae la ke alii, the body lying 

without Hf" the '"nj? oflorcd in Bacrillcej 

ua amamaia aku la i Icona akiia ia Kaili, 

ho was sacriQced to Iiia god Kaili : to offer 

prayers; amama, ua noa, like our term 

j^mcn to a prayer. Xaici/c. 104. 

A-MA-MA, s. The offering of a sacrifice; 

ka amama ana i ke kanaKa i ke alaia. 
A-MA-NA, s. Tw;o sticks crossing each 
other at oblique angles. 

2. The branches of a tree in the form of 
tuc letter Y. , 
A-MA-NA, adj. Crossing; put together 
in the form of a cross or gallows ; ua laaii 
amana i kauia'i o Kuliama ; he aleo kahi 
hale, he amana koltahi hale. 
A-MA-NA, V. Amana mau ke kani ana 
o ka pu; amaw! mau ke kani o ka pu a ka 
anela. 
A-MA-RA, s. Eng. The Hawaiian ortho- 
graphy for tne word armorer; a black- 
smith. 1 AVtm. 18:19. NoTB.— The first ships 
that visiti'd the islands were ships of war 
or of discovery, and their blacksmiths wero 
called armorers; hence the word. 
A-ME-NE, adv. Eng.; from the heb. 

Amen ; so be it : truty ; pela no. 
A-ME-NE, s. Heb. Ka amem, an epithet 
of Jesus Christ as a true and faithful 
Savior. Hoik. S:14. 
A-ME-TC-SE-TE, s. Gr. An amethyst; a 
piecious stone. IloOc. 21:20; also, fufc. 
28:19. 
A-Mi, V. To turn, as upon hmges ; as 
a door ; as the lid of a chest, &c.; to move 
back and forwards; to make 'any motion 
back and forth ; to swing back and forth, 
as a gate ; to move up and down, as the 
chin in eating. 
A-MI, 4. A hinge; a butt for a door. 

Sol 26:1*. 
2. A joint of a war harness. 1 Nal 22:3 ♦. 



Joiiit of an animal. Epes. 4:l(i. Joint of a 
li'mbi Dan. 5:6. 

3. A small worm which, in crawling, 
doubles itself up ; he peelua kuapuu. 

4. A swinging, pendulous motion. 

5. The name of a long slim fish ;' he ia 
kino oeoe. 

A-Mi-A-Mi, adj. Elastic; pendulous. 
i. A terra used to reproach one just mar- 
ried ; ka gardami ana o ka puaa. 

A-Mi-o, B. To walk or move still and 
ilyly, so as not to be heard ; maanei no i 
amio ibo nei a nalowale, he came here si- 
i"nt)» just now and is gone; mai kukuiu 
aku w 1 ko Kuu..; ma. ka puka ; to tiure,as 
the blaze of a lump in cite Tvi,>d : he amio 
ka makani, e pio auanei ; to move silunuy 
this way and that. 

A-Mi-o, s. That which enters silently, 
asdeatli ; as a. tish iloats unseen and culiies 
not to the top; a gentle moving to and fro. 

A-Mi-KA, V. To desire food or drink. 

A-Mi-KA, s. A desire or relish for food. 

A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, V. See Amika. To eat, 
but not enough: the-desire is for more; 
aole i onoonu iho kufai puu i ka me:i ai, 
aolo i (imikamika iho,; aole ona o ka awa, 
aole amihainka iho. 

A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, s. A remainder wished 
for. 

A-Mo, V. To wink, as the eye. I Kor. 

15:52. 

2. To twinkle, as a star; k» amo mai la 
ka hoku ; often doubled, as amoattui ; ap- 
plied to the winking of any animal. See 
Imo. 
A-Mo, ». To bear or carry a burden on 
the shoulder. I'iik.'4l:T. To bear or bring 
along a weight ; to carry. 

2. Ffc. To perform difficult offices of any 
kind. I'ulc. 18:22. Syn. with lawe. Oihi. 
15:2: 

3. Hoo. To put upon the shouldeis of 
one. Nirrii. — ^To carry on the ba'-k ishaawe; 
to carry under the arm is hii. 

A-MO, s. A burden carried on the shoul- 
ders. 

A-Mo-A, M. Pass. foTamoia; also amoafay 
a double passive, ua laweia. 

A-Mo-A-Mo, V. To be high; to be raised 
up as a high precipice ; to rise high, as ihe 
cre-st of a wave ; amoanio iluna o ka [lali 
o Kihiopua ; amoamo ilima ka lau n ka 
naltt. 

A-Mo-A-Mo, V. See Awo, to wink. To 
wink repeatedly. 

A-Mo-A-Mo, s. A winking; a twinkling, 
as of the eye or a star ; a sudden change 
of the wind. 

A-MO-E, s. For aujiioe; midnight; 3 
iiolo, ua nui ke kai o ke amoe. 



ANA 



54 



ANA 



he 



A-Moo-Moo, s. Work for women 

kiiliii rtmoomoo, he piUholo ke kapa. 
A-Moo-Moo, s. A kind of fiah ; a small 

flsli ■■-& so the uhia. 
A-Mo-Hn-i.u, *. E papani ka amohtdu o 

ia iiol : a lascivious w-)rd. 
A-Mo-MO, *. The general name of odnr- 

iferoiid harbs mentioned in Hoik. 18:13. 

Latin, mnonms. 
A-Mo-PDT-u,' adj. Lean ; thin in flesh ; 

hakake, olalft : a word uspd in caviling. 
A-jao, B. To shear or shave the hair 

from the head. Oih. 18:18. To trim the 

hair ; iia kolikoliia no a amw. 
A-tau, adj. Relating to shearing or 

diaviag, be pahi amu, a. lazor. 1 Sam. 

1:11:. He laiioho amo no kona, he has his 

tiair cut. 
A-MU, ) y, T^ ^gg profane lan- 

A-MU-A-JBU, J gaage; to revile; amuama 

i ke Aksia. to blaspheme ; amiiamu 1 ka 

hunhauio. to curse the friendlosa. 
A-M0-A-»ro, *. A cursing; a reviling; 

reproac-^tng ; ka amaamu ana i ke alii me 

ka Jjoohiki ino, a ciivsiog of the king with 

profanity i he fcuamuamu, a reviling of sar 

cred things. Bal. 10:7. 

Ke amummuia la i ka ae wale, 

ka 03 wftio iho no la. 

O ka ke kamaltt hana^na an ia. 

A-Mo-E-Mir-E, V. To feel the chilling 
breeiie of a cold moaning wbon the skin 
eoptracta with cold : to suffer the same 
from being long in the iirater. 

A-MiT^Kij, V. See MnKU, to cut short. 
To cut oif t ti ontin pieces. See OMrsu. 

AriTO-MU, adj. Blunt on the edge; dull, 
as a tool. Sttc Kumuju. 

A-mn-Msji, s. Bluntness j dullness, as a 
tool. 

A-Mtr-PU, *. A word of reproaching or 
revilin^r ; he kanaka amupu. smali. insig- 
nificant. 

A-NA,- o. To sufier; to undergo, as' an 

exptTim'iju 3f healing id scknend. 

2. To be grieved ; troubled. Oih. lfi:18. 
, 3. To he affected at coa tempt or vile 

treitment Sal. li!3 3 4. 

A-NA, ».< To measure. Hoik. 21:16. 

/i. To mnasure in any wjy ; e hiki ia'u 
ke (Jna i ka loa, a me ka. lania, a me ka 
hohonu a me ke kiekie o keia mii« ; met. 

3. Ana w,iu i kou pono a me kou bewa. 
I mnasuri'd your good and jour eivll'; no 
ke ana ana in measuring; Oihk. IS-.STy. 
Mea ana bora, a dial. /so. 38.8. ffoo. To 
set apart; to set aside. Puk. IfiSS. To 
re-strain : keep back. O'h ."> ' 

A-NA, V. To be satiated ; satisfied, as 

the eye with seeing. Kekah. 1:6. 



2. To have a sufficiency of property. 
Kekafi. 5:10. 

3. Pig. To drink snffleiently, as the sword 
drinks blood, i. e., to be revenged. Isa. 
31:6. 

4. Hoo. To saliate, as with food. ler. 
31:25. As with drink; MijU. 104:11. Ua 
am. it is enongd. Sol. 30;li>. 

A-MA, adj. Satisfied, as with food, hav- 
ing eaten sufficiently ; manna. 

A-NA, V. To praise much and covet an- 
other's wealth. 

A-HA, s. Grief ; sadness ; sorrow ; 
trouble from the conduct of others. 

2. The feelings of a parent towards a 
child that refuses his Instructions'; amised 
feeling of weariness, anger aud love. Oih. 
16:18. 

3. Fatigue from hard labor or toil. 
A-NA, s. A measure, as for clodi. Ptik. 

26:2. A mtiosure of any kind. KanL 25:14. 

Ana ohe, a measuring rod. Ezflc. 40:3. 
A-NA, s. A kind of light stone found 

in the^eea. used by .nurses to., (jure .the e% 

or the white fur on the tongue ; also used 

in' rubbing and polishing off canoes and 

wooden calabashes. 
A-NA, s. A cave ; a den formed by 

rocks. Kin. 19:30; los. 10:1& 

2. Name of a holloa place in the m.oiitb 
by which the voice is modified. AnaU U. 

3. A cave for the retreat, of the van- 
quished ; a place where the conquered are 
found. 

A-NA, pron. The oblique case of the 
pronoun, third person sing. ; of him ; of 
her ; of it ; his ; hers. Gram. § 139. Aui- 
pUi. 

A-NA. The participial termination of 
verbs answering to the Eng. ihy; as, lawe 
ana. carry ingi; hana ana. worktTij; but it 
has some peculiarities. 

i. The ana is not united with the verb 
OS ing U in Eng. 

• 2. The ami may be separated from the 
verb, and any qualifying word or words, 
and also the verbal directives may come 
between. Oram. S 233. As, e knkulu hale 
ana la, he is build bouse ing: e hopu bipi 
ono. be is catch cattle imj, «c . In many 
oases the_ participial termination ana be- 
comes uoit'jd :with a noun and becomes a 
participial noiin ; ia which, case the iirat a 
of the ana is dropped, or coalesces with 
the last letter of the precedilig word, and 
ttiey both baconu! one word ; aahopejia for 
Aopfi ana; luiaie'nafor haaiol «(«i. »a\ 

.^-NA-A-NA V. To practice divination 
or .sorcery by prayer- « anaana aua ia k»- 
kou. they wore praclicine sorcery upou us. 

A-NA-A-NA, s. A kind of sorcery or 
prayer used to procure the death oracurso 
U(>ou one. ]fah. 22:7. 



ANA 



bb 



ANA 



2; AVitchcraft. 1 iScw». 16:23. Uivinatioii. 

fer. H-.li. 
A-NA-A-NA, adj. Divining J consulting 

divinations; kahuna annana, a diviiioi-. 

Katil, 18:10. Pulu anaana, a praying onu 
■ to (Icatli. , 
A-NA-A-NA, ady. In small balls, as the 

tiling of slieop or goats; lie annana lia iepo 

o k(! Isao a mu ka faipa ; anaana ka Iepo i 

ka ni liilii. 
A NA-A-NA, r. To be in a tremor, as Ihe 

rausclus al'tcr great fatigue ; anaivua pu na 

wuwau i ka malooioe i ka licic ana. 
A-NA-A-NA-PD, V. To undulatc, as the 

air audfir a liut sun. 

2. To flasli, us ligbliung ; ka nnaanupu 
ana o ka uila ma ka po ; to send liirtli liglit. 

3. To ctook (tftoo; to liavo many crooks. 
Sou Anaanapiiu ; ulsu Anai'a. 

A-NA-A-NA-PBU, adj. Bent ; crooked ; 

out of a straigbt liiiu; lie kMi\Aiin<i.anapvM 

o ka hilfl ana ; lio lojii amuinapuu ana ; lie 

aiiuii haniin loa o annannpuu, 
A-NA-A-NE-A, adj. Stupid; palalfa. 
A-NA-A-NAi, w. Frequentative of anai. 
A-<r*A-Ai-MA, ) J. An eating civcle. 
A-HAI-NA, J ' 3. A congriigalion of jico- 

plo for any piirposie, provided a hj-'*'^" *"' 

loft in the center ; a oongregation. I'ulc. 

29;4. 
A-WA-Ai-NA, ». Ana, to measure, and 

aina, land. To survey or measure land. 
A-NA-AI-NA., s. Land surveying. See 

above. Analionua. 
A-NAB, s. Name of a species offish; o 

Kaulua, oia Ita malama c pae mai ai ka 

piia anae. 
A-NA-E, V. See Ana e. Hod. To set 

aside ; to sot apart. Puk. I(i:Ji;5, US. 
A-i«JAE, s. A species of fish; the mullet. 
A-mai-na, v. Tp assemble around a pej- 

Kon or place; to meet around a thing. 

ttoik. 6:11. 
A-nai-ka, s. An assembly ; a multitude. 

Eiek. 23:i2. 
A-nai, ) p. To rub ; to rub out 

A-NA-A-lSfA't.' ) {prain with tlie band, iufc.fi:!. 

2. To grind; to scour; to brush down 
thatching ; to polish ; kalai a maikai, anai 
apakika. OiiM.«:28. To smooth. Isa. 41:7. 
Hence, 

3. To bSotout; cut off; destroy. Puk. 
17:14. To lay waste. Isa. 5:6. To blot 
out. Oik. 13:19. 

4. Pra. To huUify one's character or 
protonsions. 1 Kor. 1:28. 

A-NA-A-NAI, 0. To be angry; perhaps 

to nestle. 
A.-NX-A-SAi, adj. Angry. 



A-NAi-NA-KA-NA-KA, s. See AnaimA. A 
congregation of people. VYai. 7:7. An as- 
sembly of men. iTan?. 31:30. 

A-nai-nai, v. To rub often ; to polish, 
&c. csce Anai, conj. !>th. 

A-NAU, V. To pace, as a horse. 

2. To go about irregularly from house to 
house. 

3. To traipse up and down. 
A-NA-HA, (. The reflection or glancing 

of tight ; the Hashing of light. 
A-NA-HA-NA-HA, I g. Repeated reflec- 
A-NA-HA-NA-PA, ) iion or gleamiug of 

light. 
A-NA-Ho-NV-A, . V. Ana, to measure, and 

homta, flat land. To survey land. 
A-NA-iio-NU-A, s. Land measuring ; 
^eumelry ; ine ka ike aku i ke anatu/Atia. 
2. The UUb of a sebool book, ifcomilnj. 
A-NA-uu-A, s. A tall man bending over; 

tsl^iop-Kboiilderiit) ; ke kanahm, he onliu. 
A-NA-HO-A, s. The second son of Lua- 
hoomoc; he kahuna inakapo, akaioni, he 
akua no ka poc mabiai ; the god of buu- 
bandmeit. • 

A-NA-iio-Lir, t. To arrive at, or amount 
to the number ten; applied to days; a 
inahvUu ae. alaila kiki mai, when ten days 
had passed he an i ved. 
A-NA-uu-iiW, *. A period of ten days ; 
a decade. 1 Sam. 25:38. A malaila i nuho 
loJhi ai ekolu annhubi. haifik. 61. 
A-NA-KA, s. Ueb. A ferret. Oihk.).\-:3Xi. 
A-NA-Ki-MA, s. I eb. Name of a pcoplje 
mentioned in the books of Dcuferonum/ 
aud Joshua remarkable for their tsaJH. Io$. 
1 1:21. Tbey lived mostly in the south itnd 
south-west parts of C'tnaua. 
A-NA-KO-i, s. A swelling in the groin, 

•See Haimi. 
A-NA-u-o, s. General name of the stars 
mtar the horizon at any point of the com- 
pa.s8. See Anai.ito. 
A-NA-Li-po, s. Name of the place sup- 
posed to bo beyond the stars, i. e., Ovt of 
sight, but really below Ibo horiEOfi. 
A-NA-Mi-u, V. To break off the root 
which unites the potato to the main root ^ 
e emicmi ibo la lakou i ka uala nui ahahai 
ae la i ke anamia o ka uala. 
A-NA-NA, V. Conj. 9th of ana, (6 meas- 
ure. 
A-NA-NA, s. A common but indefinite 
measure foi-merly used ; the length of the 
arms and body when both arms wora ox- 
tended, to the ends of the long^t fingers. 
2. Afothom. 
A-NA-Ni-o, s. The root which holds the 
potato to (be main root; emobaikctfttanio 



ANE 



56 



ANE 



A-KA-Ntr, s. See Lahlisle. Name of a 
plant used for fond, boiled. 

A-NA-PA, V. To shine with xeflected 
light, as the moon reflected from the water: 
like tbe siin reflected from a mirror. 

2. To fl.osh like lightning, or like the 
burning of gunpowder. 

3. To light suddenly. 
A-NA-PAO-NA, s. A mftchine to measure 

weight ; a balance. Sof. 1C:11. 
A-NA^PAir, 0. To turn ; to bend ; to warp ; 

to turn, as dh hinges ( to crook round. 
A-NA-PAif, *. A crook in a thing; a 

bending ; a turning ; a hinge. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. The dazzling of the 

sun on any Inrainous body, such as strikes 

the eyes With pain. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of tree, the 

bark of which is used for Soap. 
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of limu. 
A-NA^PTJ,«. A flash of light. Mat. 2i:21. 

See An'.\Pa. IToo. To send fotth lightning. 

Hal. 144:0. See Axaanapu. 

2. To burn ; scorch, as the direct rays of 
tlie sua ; e wela ana ka wawae i ka la. 

3. To quiver, as the rays of the sun on 
black lava. 

A-NA-pu, s. A glimmering, as of light. 

A-NA-PTju, V. To crook, as a rafter, or 
as a rope large in some places and small 
in others. 

A-NA-puu, s. A comer formed by tvvo 
lines meeting. 

A-NA-puu, adj. Contorted; blunt. 

A-KA-pn-NA-PU, s. Heat or light re-_ 
fleeted, or both ; the light and heat of re- 
flection. 

A-NA-pu-Ni, V. Ana, to measure, and 
puni, around. To encompass, as a bound- 
ary line. See Asaroxua 10. 

A-NA-t0-Ni, s. A circle. 

A-NA-wAE-NA, s. Ana,, measure, and 
waxma, middle. A diameter of a circle. 
4noA. 23. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-LOA, s. As above. Lit. 
A long diameter, that is, the diameter of 
an ellipse the long way. ^anft. 24. 

A-NA-WAE-NA-po-Ko, s. The short or 
conjugate diameter of an ellipsis. Anah. 
24. 

A-NA-TO-Mi-A, s. Gr. The science of 
dissecting animal bodies ; applied mostly 
to human bodies. 

2. Name of the book teaching that sci- 
ence. 

A-NE, •«. To eat, as small insects eat 
wood. 

2. To be near doing a thing ; to like to 
do it, but not quite ; as, (me aku an e hoo- 
nou i ka puhaku, I was near throwing a 



stone. SeeANEANE. Ane like iki, it is 
almost like. 
A-NE, s. Name of a small msect that, 
eats wood, but is not itself visible. 
'2. The worm dust of wood ; powder-post. 

3. The cntaneous disease called ring- 
worm. 

4. A soft stone nsed in polishing wood ; 
also written ana. 

A-ME, adj. Light, as worm-eaten tim- 
ber ; not hefivy t mama. 

A-N£, idt). With diificuliy; scarcely; 
nearly; generally followed by oZe; ant 
haalele ole ia ia, it hardly loaves him ; ant 
hiki ole ke hali, which can scarcely be car- 
ried. 

A-NE-A, u For arma.; pass, of ane; to 
be worm-eaten ; to be light, as worm-eaten 
wood ; to be dry. as tiftiber. 

A-NE-A, s. The dry-rot of wood, occa- 
sioned by heat, or the action of insects ; 
applied to timbur very old ; aUo to other 
things. See ASOA. 

A-NE-A, *. The heat of the sun ; more 
properly the apparent vibration of the air 
c.tused by the heat of the sun. 

A-Nfi-A, adj. Ineipid: tasteless, as the 
inside of worm-eaten food, or of poor food; 
applied to persons having no appetite for 
lood, on .iccount of oppressive heat; ex 
hausted as men by hunger, by lohg absti- 
nence, by long sleep, or by diving in deep 
water. See Kanka and Akease. 

A-NE-A-NE, V. To be exhausted, as a 
man with- hnnger or by long abstinence: 
by long sleep, or by diving in deep wat*)r. 

2. To blow softly, as a light breeze or 
zephyr. 

3. To be almost something; to be almost . 
at a place. Xaieifc. 71. Ayuan&oiAeboo- 
hiki ino akn i kona kkua. he almost cursed 
his god. Laieik. 158. Almpst to do some- 
thing. Oih. 19:27. See AiSE. 

A-NE-A-NE, t, A jest ; a kind of jocose 
defliEbl to a request. 

2. A vacancy of the stomach for want of 
food or from sickness; he aneane no lar; 
he aneane pupuka no la ; be amane poiia 
la ; he aneane hiki no la. 

A-NE-A-NE, ad;. See Ane above. Faint; 
feeble ; low ; weak, as a sick person. 

A-NE-A-JjE< ado. See Ane. Nearly; 
almost; in danger of; liable to; applied 
to number ; he aneane pono ole ko'u noho 
ana maanei ; aneane make, unto death, 
almost dead. Ivnlc. l(i:16. 

A-NEE, V. To hitch or move lilong, like 
a cripple ; to walk on one's knees. 

2. To go about from house to house beg- 
ging ; aia no ois ma ka huahuelo kahi i 
anee ai. 

A-NEE, s. One who goes from house to 



ANI 



57 



ANO 



house telling fortunes, begging, or for any 

such purpose ; a beggar. 
A-NEE, adj. Moving about from place 

to place ; going about begging ; kanaka 

anee, a beggar ; a foi-tane toUer. 
A-NEE-NEE, s. Mats old and worn ; he 

wahi moena aneenei uukn, a small mat 

about a fathom long. 
A-NEi,' ». See Nei. To sweep off; to 

cause to disappear. 
A-NEi, adv. The sign of a question, 

used after verbs or nouns ; as, mai and 

oia? is lie sick? ua holo mwi ia? has ho 

sailed ? he mai anei ? 
A-NEI, adv. Here; in this places like 

moanei ; mai anei aktt. Kin. 50:25. I ko 

kakon hoi ana and a hiki i Kauai, on our 

returning along this way till we roach 

Kauai. Laieik. 87. 

A-NE-HE, V. To be on the alert j ready 
for a start, as a cat for a mouse ; as a bird 
to fly. 

2. To be ready to seize upon a person or 
thing when >. Lrcumstances require. 

A-NE-HE-NE-HE, V. The double root of 
the abQve; to bo prepared; all leiuly to 
do a thing ; to be on the look out to do it 
Oife. 21:35. / 

A-KE-HE-NE-HE, s. Violence; disorder, 
Ac., as of a mob. 

A-NE-HO, s. He hala. 

A-NE-LA, s, Eng. An anged; a messen- 
ger from heaven. Puk. ll:I9. 

A-NE-NE. See Aneenee. ■ 

A-NE-wA, adj. Ind9lent; sleepy. 

A-NE-WA, V: To be inactive, as asleep. 

A-NE-WA-NE-WA, V. To be as ie^^. 

* 2. To be in a fainting fit ; unconBcloas, 
as men ; as fish poisoned with hota. 

3. In morals, to be unmindful of evils 
around us. Sec Kunkwanewa. Ke anewa- 
newa kakon hoolono io ana ke kihi, huna 
pala iki ke akamai. 

A-NE-TE-Lo-PE, ) s. Eng. An antelope. 
A-NB-TE-LO-PA, y Mel.Sol.i:7; lMl.i:2Z. 
A-NE-TO, s. Eng. An herb; anise. 

Mat. 23:23. 
A-Ni, V. To pass over a surface, as the 

hand over a table. 

2. To draw a net over the surface of the 

3. To beckon one with the hand ; to make 
signs secretly to one. 

Ani muiii ka ike llaila 
X ka mauU hoaalohft ff&le, 
Aloba ops, opa he ake. 

4. To blow softly, aa a gentle breeze; ke 
ani net ka makani, ke ani peahi la ia Lima- 
loa, the wind blows softly, it fahs Licialoa 
with a fan. I 

8 



A-Ni, adj. Drawing; dragging, as a net 
for fish ; ho upena ani. 

A-Ni-A, V. To be hard and smooth on 
the surface. 

A-Ni-A, adj. Smooth and even. See 
NiANiA, Aniania and Maniama. 

A-Ni-A-Ni, s. A glass; a mirror; a look- 
ing-gloss. Pv,k.'68:8. He aniani nana hele- 
helcna; he kUo kekab! inoa; called by 
HawAiians kUo. 

A-Ni-A-Ni, II. See Ani 4. To cool; to 
refresh one heated ; aniani mai la k^ ma- 
kani, Oih. 27:13. To blow gently, as a 
wind ; aniani pnka alohi na ka faaole paha 
la ; aniani poaeae na maka o Kuawili. 

A-NI-A-NI, adj. Agreeable; cool; re- 
freshing. 

A-Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. See Ania. Smooth 
and oven, as the surface of a planed board; 
smooth, as the sea in a calm ; applied also 
to the skin when burnt hard ; he paapaa 
Hi mawaho no ka lapalapa o ke ahi. 

A^!n-HA, V. To be provoked at the mis- 
chief of one j to be angry at a person on 
account of lying and deception. 

2. To be hardened in crime ; capable of 
committing any ofiiense. 

A-Mi-iiA-Ni-HA, V. To be near obtaining 
an object and fail ; anikanVm makou e 
pae, a loaa ka makani. 

A-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Easily provoked; 

captious- caviling. 
A-Ki-Hi-Mi-Hi, A Kalo tops;hekalo, he 

anihinihi, ho oha. See Oniotui. 
A-Ni-ra-Ni-Hi, V. See Nmi. Near to 

falling ofi* a pali ; to stand in a dangeroas 

place. 

A-Ki-Ni, adj. Small; dwarfish; stinted, 
as men or animals. 

A-No, s. Likeness; resemblance;' image 
of a thing. 

2. Tlie meaning of a word or phrase. 

3. The moral quality of an action, as 
good or evil, or the moral state.of the heart. 

i. The character of -a peraon, as to bis 
life and manners; the explanation of a 
thing obscure. Mii. 41:8. 

A-NO, V. To have a form or appearance. 

2. With hmt, to change the form or ap- 
pc^ralice of a person or thing; eano ae, 
to become new. Oihk. 13:16. To change 
the state of things. 

3. With Aoo,. to boast ; to glory ; to hal- 
low ; to consecrate. Kin. 2:3. 

i. To ti-aiisform: to change the external 
appearance. 

5. With e, to set apart to another pur- 
pose ; to consecrate. Bal. 4:3. 

6. With hou, to change ; to tranafonn. 
2j5br. 11:13. 



ANO 



58 



ANU 



7. With e, to chai^, as ^e countenance, 
firom mirth to sadness and fear. Dan. 5:10. 

A-NO, s. Fear; dread; ua kau mai ke 
ano ia'u la, fear fell upon me ; ke kau mai 
la l:e ano hewa ia oe. 

A-No, V. To be in fear ; ano wale mai 
la no au. See Ano or Anoano. To be silentj 
solitary, as a deserted village ; ua pau i 
ke1<aua,bauaiana kanaka a pau i ka hana. 

A-No, adu. Now; at the present time; 
ano nei, ano la. 1 Sam. 2:16. Soon. 

2. Often used more as an expression 
of earnestness or certainty of sometMng 
doing, or to be done, than of anything lit- 
erally doing now. Pvk. 6:1. 

3. It is nsed after some other eyent has 
been spoken of as a consequence. los. 1:2. 
Ina no ano, even now. 1 Hal. 14:14. 

A-NO-A, adv. Same as ano above. Now; 
at this time ; immediately ; OTioa no hele ; 
ahea heleT anoa no. 

A-No-Ai, ode.. But; except; lest; per- 
haps ; malia paba. 

A-No-Ai, adv. A warm salutation; as, 
doha, welina; a salutation; a bow; a 
courtesy. 

A-Mo-A-No, s. Seeds; the seeds of fruit, 
as apple, onion, melon, &c. Nah. 20:5. 

2. The semen of males. Oihk. 15:16. 

3. Descendants ; childreu of men. Ikek. 
44:22. Note. — The iruit itself is ftua; also, 
the seeds incased in pods or husks are 
called Aim; anoano oiU, seeds destitute of 
meat. 

A-NO-A-NO, f. A solemn stillness. 

2. ABacred,haUowedplace. SeeAso,s., 
fear; dread. 

A-NO-A-NO, adj. Solitary; still; retired. 
BitL 17:12. He waM anoano, mehameha 
loa no ka makau i ka, make ; aohe lua o ka 
noho ana i ua kula anoano kanaka ole 
nei.. 

A-No-E, V. To be different from some- 
thing else; to take a different form or 
character. See Ano and E. 

A-KO-i, p. To desire very strongly ; to 
covet ; e anoi ana na alii wahine. 

A-NO-i, s.- A thirst; a strong desire for 
a/thing; eia ka pono, o ka noonoo, o ka 
.anoi, ke ake e loaa. 

A-No-Ho, *, A custom; a practice, as 
strict as a law ; ina e ku ke kanaka i ka 
anoJu) ana o ko ke alii ipuwai auau, a me 
ka anoho ana o kona kapa, make no ia. 

A-n6-L4-ni, adj. Ami, character, and 
lani, heaven. A modern coined word per- 
haps ; of heavenly character ; good ; pure ; 
he manao anolani, he naau anwani, he kino 
anolani. 1 Kor. 16:40. 

ArNO-NA-NO-NA, s. An ant. Sol. 6:6. 
See NoNANONA. Name of a periodical for- 



merly printed at the islands; aloha oe e 
Arwnanona. 
A-KO-Ni, V. To mix together several 
ingredients, as differetnt kinds of food ; to 
make a garment of different tejrtures of 
cloth; to mis together falsehood and truth; 
to corrupt. 2 Kor. 2:17. 

2. To ponder with anxiety, as an act of 
the iuind ; to revolve in one's mind. 

3. To be agitated with anxiety; to be 
troubled in mud, so as not to sleep. Dan. 
2:1. 

4. To be in doubt or suspense what jndg- 
meut to form respecting one's meaning. 
See Anononi. 

A-NO-m-NO-Ni, «. SeeANONi. To doubt; 
to he ia qnspense asto the result of a tliiiig; 
ua anoniiwni ka pakele ana i ka make. 

A-NO-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Doubtful; uncer- 
tain ; he pono anonmom na paani nawaV- 
wali. 
2. Angry. 

A-No-No-Ni, V. See Anoni. To doubt; 
to hesitate ; to be in suspense, as one in an 
inquiring state of mind. 

A-NU, adj. Cold ; hui, huihui. 

A-mr, s. Cold; the absence of warmth ; 
ua make au i ke anu, I am dead with the 
cold ; huihui ko'u mau wawae i ke ami. 

A-NU, v.jSo be cold; to feel cold; ua 
anu au i kaiii l^apa ole, I am cold, having 
no clothes; anu aku la o Maunakea i ka 
hoilo, Maunakea feels cold in the winter. 

A-NU-A, s. A pile, as of mats piled one 
upon another. 

AtNU-a-nu, adj. Cold; huihui. See 
Ano. 

A-MU-A-NU, *. Cold ; chillineas. Hal. 
147:17. 

A-NW-A-Nir-A, ) s. A rainbow. JBS«.9:13- 

A-NU-E-NU-E, ) Exk. 1:28. 

A-NUTJ, V. To sprain, as a muscle; hina 
iho la au maluna o ka papaa lepo a onuu 
kuu kua, eha loa iho la, I fell upon the 
hard ground and sprained my back, with 
great pain. 
A-Nuu, s. A sprain by a false step. > 
A-NutT, «, A building in a sacied in- 
closure foraed by long poles overhung 
near the top, which also were tied and cov- 
ered with white pieces of kapa. 

2. A high place iu the heiau before which 
me idols stood, and where the victims were 
laid. Zaieik. 164. 

A-mni, s. A rest or jog in a wall. 1 
Sal. 6:6. 

2. Stairs or steps for ascending a height. 
Emk. 40:6. Anitu wili, winding stairs. I 
Nal. 6:8. 

3. A ledge of rocks. I ilfet TaSL 



APA 



59 



APA 



i. Jogs or steps in ascending a steep 

place. 
5. In music, a tone. 
Anhu, s. Name of a ship formerly at 

the islands ; no ka naaupo, na kapaia aku 

e makon ka moku he anuu. Iium. Haw. 

11:4, 3. 
A-Nuu-HA-PA, s. In music, anuu, a tone, 

and Auspoe, a part. A semitone. 
A-Nuu-Ntru, V. To strike; to beat; to 

pound, as kapa. 
2, Hoo. £Aooanuiunuuai ke poo, to raise, 

to elevate the head. 
A-Nuu-Nuu, s. See Anuu. Stairs; steps 

for ascending or descending. Neh. 3:15. 
2. A plaid in a plaided garment. 
A-Nnu-NU0, adj. Having steps like 

stairs; provided with or made with steps; 

8 ku kakoa,a pii aku i ke alanui anuunuu, 

l^t us axiae and go up the road made with 

steps ; formed in the manner of stairs ; he 

papale anwunv'j.; rough, as a bad road. 

A-NU-HE (e-nu-he), s. A large worm 

that desfeo'ys the '.eaves of vegetables ; he 

poelua,.he poke. 
A-NU-HE-NTT-HE, odj. Rarely done, as 

food not sufficiently cooked. 
2. Bongh with cold, aniAermhe ka ill i 

kc anu, the skin is pimpled with cold. 
A-NU-HE -Ntr-HE, s. The eating of bad 

food, fish, or meat, that is spoiled. 
A-MU-HE-NV-HE, s. Name of a species 

of fish ; also of limu. 
A-NU-LU, V. To be covetous; to be 

greedy, &o. See Attnra, by change of syl- 
lables. 
A-NU-NE-NU-NE, V. To mix up, as hash ; 

avriliwili. 
A-NU-Nu, s. Change of n for I. See 

AHJNU. An oppressor; one greedy of gain. 

A-au-NV, adj. SeeALUNU. Oppressive; 
hard; extortionate; he makeo, hepaa. 

A-PA, s. A roll ; a bundle, as a piece 
of cloth, or a ream of paper. 

A'P A, adj. Meddling; officious; busy; 
mischievous, as a child; careless; blun- 
dering ; slow ; tardy ; .nahili, he lohi. 

A-PAA, s. Name of a wind; i kuipeia 
e ka makani apaa, he was knocked down 
flat by the wind apaa. 

2. Name of a region of country below 
the ma'u or vmokarudca on the side of the 
mountains. 

A-PA-A-PA, V. To be evilly disposed; 
to be treacherous ; to deceive ; to be mis- 
chievous. 

A-PA-A-PA, s. Guile ; deceit j evil geri- 
erally. 1 Pet. 2:22. That which is uatrie ; 
false in opposition to truth and stability. 



Eom. 1:25. Haalele i ka oiaio no ka mea 
apaapa, forsook the truth for a false thing. 
2. One who frequently changes his situ- 
ation. 
A-PA-A-PA, adj. Unsettled; unstable; 
irresolute. 

2. Without truth ; deceitful ; lalau wale 
iho no ka oleic. 

3. Ca.'oless; without thought; kapnlu. 
See Ata. 

A-PAA-PAA, s. Name of a wind at Ko- 
hala. 

A-PAA-PAA, adj. Firm ; hard ; compact, 
as a well made road ; he alanui apaapaa, 
aolc pueho o ka lepo. 

A-PAA-PAA, s. The name of a species 
of fish ; he nla apaapaa. 

A-PAA-PA-Ni, V. To oppose one with 
words ; to. reply quickly ; to overwhelm 
with words. 

2. To make one forget the subject of dis- 
pute; 

A-pAa-pa-ni, s. a speech in opposition ; 
a rapid reply. See Apani. 

A-PAT, s. A deep, long fish net for catch- 
ing the opae. 

A-PA-HU, V. To cut up ; to cut square 
off, as a piece of timber. 

2. To cut in pieces; to chop off; to cut 
in two, as pieces of wood or sugar-cane. 

3. To stuff food into one's mculh. 
A-PA-HU, s. Pieces cut off or cut in two, 

as wood, sugar-cane, &o. 
2. A kind of pan. 
A-FA-HiT, adj. Marked; distinguished 
by some mark or dress or cut of toe hair ; 
nani na kanak&apahu 
A-PA-HU, s. The sound of a trumpet ; 
the bursting forth of a sound sr Idenly ; 
the sound iirom a sudden falling oi a sub- 
stance. 
A-PA-KATJ, V. Tiy seize upon; to lay 
hold of : to hold on to, as on falling. 

2. To lay hold of tilings and displace 
them; as a child. 
3; To give tlioughtlessly, as a man gives 
' away his food until it is all gone. 
A-PA-Li, V. To go into the presence of 
a cbiefr and on account of shame, return 
witiiout making a request. 

A-PA-Li-PA-Li, 0, To hurry; to hasten. 

A-PA-NA, s. A fragment J a patch: a 
]>iece; a slice; a piece, as of breadj a por- 
tion ; apana poobiwi, a shoulder piece for 
a garment. Puk. 39:4. A piece of any 
substance; of a human body. Lunk. 19:29. 
A division of people, l^^ol. 16:21. Apana 
v., a sector of a circle. Anahon. Apana 
nuku, a little piece. loan. 6f7. 

A-PA-NA-PO-Ai, s, Apana and poai, to 
surround. A segment of a circle. . Anak. 23. 



API 



60 



APO 



A-PA"NE, s. A species of bird much 
valued on account of its red feathers. 

2. A species of the lehua, the ohia, with 
red blossom!?, which are food for birds. 

A-PA-NE, adj. Red on the flesh when 
burned ; hence, applied to anger. 
2. Red ; flushed with anger. 

A-PA-Ni, V. To go from house to house 
tattling and doing nothing valuable; he 
mea hele kaahale c apani ana ia hale aku 
ia hale alcu me ka holoholo kauhale. 

A-PA-Ni-PA-Ni. See Apami above and 
Apaapani. 

A-pa-pa, v. To deceive. See Apaapa. 

A-pa-pa, s. Name of a strong wind 
blurring over Kohala Point. 

A-FA-PA-NE, s. The name of a bird on 
Hawaii ; a i kani aku ka leo o ka apapane. 
Laieik. 29. It has red feathers. Hulu apa- 
pane, the red feathers of the apapanei 

A-PE, s. A plant with broad leayes, 
acrid to the taste, like kalo, but more so ; 
it is eaten for food in times of scarcity. 

A-PE-A-PE, adj. Full of knots, . as a 
string; full of small round stones, as a road. 

A-PE-A-PE, s. The motion of the gills 
of a fish in water ; the breathing of a fish.- 
Sce Aw. 

2. The name of a remarkable plant found 
near the top of WaialcaleonKauai;^length 
of Btalk, twenty foot or over ; leaves, six 
feet in diameter, somewhat resembling, in 
shape, <the ape; the leaf is round and at- 
tached to the stem in the center. 

A-PE-A-PEtA, s. A species of squid not 
eaten ; ho apeapea noloko o ke kai. i, 

A-PEE-PEE, s. A species of limu; he 
limu apeepee. 

A-PE-17, s. A species of poor mats ; ua 
lawo aku an i apeu moena; large mats, but 
very poor ones. 

A-PEU-PEU, adj. See the foregoing, 
Apeupm applies to kapa as well as mats, 

A-PE-Ri-LA, s. Eng. Name of the month 
April. 

A-pi, V. To gather together, as people 
to one spot; to bring into a small compass, 
as baggivxe ; e opi mat a uuku. ' 

A-pi, V. To flap, as the gills of a fish 
when breathing out of water. 

2. To shake, as a cocoanut 'leaf in the 
brecije. 

3. To tremble, as the liver of a hog when 
killed. 

4. To throb ; to beat, as the pulse. 

5. To be greedy ; to covet this and that 
thing. 

A-PI, s. The gills of a fish ; same as 
mdhamaha,. ' 
2. The fins with which a fish swims. 



3. The beating of the pulse. 
, 4. Greediness ; covetousness ; ke api » 
£a ia nui pimoe. 

5. A small net. 

6, The name of a very flat fish. 
A-Pi-A-Pi, s. The drinking (breathing) 

of a flsh in the water. 
2. The flowing of water or of blood in 

the veins. 
A-pii, s. A species of large Imlo. 
A-Pii-Pii, s. Name of a species of shrub 

or bush. 
A-Pii-pii, adj. Curling, as the hair; he 

lauoho apiipii. 
A-Pi-KA-pi-KA, adj. Spotted, See Opi- 

KOPIKO. 

A-Pi-Ki, V. To sport at the expense of 
another ; to be roguish ; to act mischiev- 
ously. 

2. To beg ; to live at the expense of 
others. 

A-PI-KI, s. Sleight; cunning; craft. 
Eps. 4:14. 

A-pi-Ki, adj. Eoguish; mischievous; 
lawless ; addicted to roguish tricks. 

2. Deceitful ; he hoopunipuni ; he lei 
apiki, he lei ilima. 

A-Pi-Ki, adj. Of or belonging to the 
ilima, yellow flowers. Ac. 

A-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, V. To fold up, as a piece 
of kapa. 

2. To spread out one upon another for 
the purptxse of folding, as sheets of paper, 
kapa, cloth, &c. 

3. To multiply thoughts. 
A-PI-KI-PI-KI, s. A kind of agitation of 

the mind ; anxiety ; doubt. 
2. A particular kind of kapa. 

A-Pi-Pi (ho-a-pi-pi), adj. United; joined 
together, as the two canoes of a double 
canoe ; he raau waa elua i hoapipiia. 

A-Po, V. To catch at, as with the hand ; 
to hook in. 

2. To span or reach round. I Ned. 7:1.5. 
To put one's arm around another. Zaieik. 
117. 

3. To receivn; to embrace, as a long- 
absent friend. Kin. 29:13. 

4. To fall upon one, as an expression of 
affection. Kin. 33:4. 

6. To contain, hold or encircle. 1 Ifal 
8:27. 

6. To receive, as into the mind ; to ap- 
prehend intellectually. Oih. 8:27. 

7. To recoivo and embrace, as a truth. 
loan. 17:18. ' 

8. To receive ; to take out of sight, as a 
cloud. Qih. 1:9. 

A-PO, s. A hoop; a band ; apo hao, an 
iron hoop ; in gramjjiar, kaha ajw, the sign 
of a parenthesis, thus : ( ); a ring or clasp 



APO 



61 



APU 



Ibr the Itngors or arm ; apo gula. a golden 
ling. Pufc. 26:12. He apo gul* pepeiao, a 
golden ear-ring. 'Pule. 32:2. In geometry, 
a circle. Fio. Apo o ka make, bands of 
death. Oih. 2:24. A cei'tain kind of belt 
worn by women. 

Apo na poe a ka ua kuahlae, 
Noho hoonialHie i ka uka o Kahut 
Ka hookohttkobu puahi ole a ka ua. 

A-FO, s. The union of the check bone 
.with the iwi maha. Anut. 11. 

A-po, s. A particular variety of sweet 
jjotatoes. 

A-vo-A-ro, V, See Apo. To catch at 
frequently ; to snatch or scramble for ; to 
seize upon a person or thing ; to seize ur 
come upon one, as fear ; apoapo ka naau i 
ka makau ; to be troubled with doubt, 
anxiety ; apoapo ka oili ; to be troubled 
with jealousy. Mat. 2:3. Apoapo, lelele 
ka oiU, to palpitate, an tlie heart. 

A-eo-a-po, s. a catching ; a seizing ; a 
forcing. 

A-po-A-PO, s. A bunch, as of kalo ; a 
hill of potatoes ; be apncpne. 

A-poo, V. TO- go from house to house, 
doing no work ; ua apoo hole i kauhulo i 
ka ua. 

A-Poo, s. An idle, lazy person who goes 
from houae'to house ; aia i kaoprwkauhale. 

A-poo-poo, s. A deep or holli»v place, 
as the hollow of the hand or foot ; the frog 
or hollow place of a horse's foot. 

A-PO-HAO, s. Jpo, hoop, and haa, iron. 

1. An iron hoop. See Apo. 

2. A name formerly of the king's guard. 
A-PO-KAU, e. To take hold, of and dis- 
place. See Apakad. 

A-po-KE, V. To cut up into short pieces. 
A-po-KE, s. A short piece cut off. 
A-PO-u-MA, s. See Apo and Lima, hand. 

A signet ; a finger-ring. Mn. 38:18. 
A-PO-NO, V. To approve; to treat as 

innocent. 2 Oihl. «:23. The opposite of 

ahcwa. . ,,,-,, 

2. To justify ; to be accepted. Fuk. 

28:38. 

3. IToo. To exculp:ite from blame, mn. 
44:16. 

4. To clear, as one chargedwitha cnme. 
Puk. 34:7. The opposite of Itookewi. 

Kurd. Z5U. . . 

A-PO-No-iA, s. 'Hoo. Justification; treat- 
ment of one as just. Bom. 9:30. 

A-Po-PE-PEi-AO, s. Apo, a ring, and pe- 
peiao, ear. A ring for the ear ; an eai--ring. 

A-PO-PO, adv. Lit. When the night 
nights, i.e., to-morrow. iM)ifc.l9:9. Apopo 
kela la aku, day after to-morrow. 

A-po-GU-LA, s. ^po, ring, and gTtZa, gold. 



A gold ring, but often applied to an ear- 
ring of any material. 

A-pu, V. To run after; to chase with 
a design of overtaking another. 
2. To devour food greedily. 

A-Ptr, s. A cup made of cocoanut shell 
for drinking awa ; he apu ka iwi o ka niu. 

2. A dish : a cup of any material. 

3. Met. Affliction ; suffering ; ho kiaha ; 
also, 

4. Water in which kalo has been soaked, 
a kind of medicine : apu kalo, apu laan ; 
the cup gives name to the drink. 

A-pu-A, V. To be disloyal; to disregard 
or disobey the orders of his chief. 

A-PU-A, *. A man who disobeys or dis- 
regards the commands of his chief. 

A-PU-A, s. A shell or cup for scooping 
up the oopu ; he ajmi oo])Uk 

A-Pu-Ai, s. A variety of kalo. 

A-PU, ) «. A file ; a rasp. 1 Sam. 

A-PU-A-PU, J 13:2U. 

2. The beard of a fish-hook. 

A-ru-AU-iiu-HU, s. Apu, cup, and mi- 
halm, the poison plant. A cup for con- 
taining the auhuhu. 

A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO. V. Apua, to disobey, 
pule, to reject, and leo, voice. To disobey ; 
not" to comply with a command. 

A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO, s. Epithet of a chief 
who obeyed not the word of the priest. 

A-PUrA-WA, s. Apu, cup, and awa, a 
plant. The awa cup ; a cup out of which 
awa was drank. 

A-pu-E-pu-E, V. See Pue, to force. To 
solicit one of the other sex. 

2. To strive ; to contend, as two persons 
endeavoring to get the same thing ; apae- 
pue na kanaka i ka ai i ka manawa wi, 

A-PU-E-PU-E, s. Strife between two per- 
sons to get the same thing ; attempting to 
get what another wants. 

2. A difliciilty ; a contention ; iakiapue- 
pm, to obtain with difficultjf. 

3. A bunch of kalo ; a hill of potatoes. 
See Apoapo. 

A-PU-E-pu-E, adv. With strife; with 
difficulty. Mai. 19:23. 

A-PUU-PUU, adj. SeePuu. Rough; un- 
even, as land ; as a road. Zsa. 45:2. Full 
of hillocks. 

A-Puu-puu, s. Hillocks; rough places; 
e hoomania i na apuupuu a paiahaUha ae, 
smooth ddVn the rough places till they are 
smooth. 

A-pn-KA, V. To hide; to secrete; to 
steal. 

A-FU-KA, s. Deceit; treachery. 

%. A thief ; e manaoia oia no he apufca. 



AWA 



62 



AWA 



he BhaU be considered as having stolen. 
Kan. Haw. 
3. Apuka, in law, is forgery. 
A-Pii-Ko-HE-o-HE-6, s. Apu, cup, and 
kohcoheo, causing death. 

1. The cup in which deadly ingredients 
were mixed, and out of which they were 
drank, such as auhuhu and awa. 

2. Fis. ka hewa, oia ka apukoheoheo 
e make ai na kanaka a pau i ke ao nei, sin 
is the cup of death causing all people to die. 

A-pu-Li;, V. To wax old; ready to be 
laid aside. IsOi 31:6. 

A-Pu-Ltr, adj. Old; worn out; he waa 
aptdu, an old canoe ; he upena apylu, a 
worn out mat ; apidu is applied to things 
as eUmakide is to men. 

A-PU-E0, s. A shied, or anything old 
and rotten or decayed, as a garment, a 
house, a canoe, &c. ; he wahi apulu hale, 
the ruins of a house ; he wahi apulu kapa, 
a remnant of a garment, &c. 

A-PO-Ni, s. The name of a day supposed 
to he inauspicious to one's enemies ; e hee 
ai kou boapaio ia oe, no ka mea o apuni 
keia la, he la hee. 

A-pu-Ni, V. To come together, as two 
persona, and scold and threaten and curse 
one another, but separate without fighting. 

A-wA, V. To converse earnestly. 

A-WA, *. Name of a plant, of a bitter 
acrid taste, from which an intoxicating 
drink is made. 

2. The name of the liquOT itself ex- 
pressed from the root of the plant'; the 
drinking of awa causes the skin to crack 
and flake off for a time ; i ka manawa e inu 
at kekahi i ka aioa, he maikai kona ili ke 
nana aka ; a mahope, mahuna ka ili, na- 
kaka, puehoeho, inoino loa ke nana aku. 

3. Bitterness, from the name of the plant. 
A-WA, s. Fine rain ; mist ; he ua awa, 

ma ka mauna ia ua. 
2. A species of fish. 

A-WA, if. A harbor ; a landing place ; 
an entrance between two reefs ; lie aioa o 
Kou ma Oahu, he awa ku moku ; he nui 
na aiou Kookomo waa, there is the harbor 
of Kon on Oahu where ships anchor. 

A-WA-A, V. To dig, as a ditch or a pit ; 
kohi, eli, kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 

A-WAA, s. A ditch, trench or pit dug 
deep ; a hole ; a cave. 

2. A famine, or the consequences of a 
famine. 

A-WAA-wAA, v. To make a groove; 
awaaieaa waena, to make a hole in tjie 
center. 



A-WA-A-wA, adj. Sour; bitter; sharp; 
pungent, as rum, pepper, orange skin, &c.; 
unpleasant to the taste ; salt, as sea-water ; 
brackish ; no ka awaawa o ka wai, hoo- 
koni. 

2. Met. Hard to deal with. 

3. Harsh in manners, as a person. Luk. 
19:21, 22. 

A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness; 

pungency to the taste. 
A-WA-A-WA, V. To be bitter, &c. Hoik. 

10:10. See Awa. 
A-WA-A-WA, s. A mist J a spray. See 

Awa above. 
A-WAi, *. Name of a disease ; a swell- 
ing in the groin ; he awai ma ke kumu o 

ka uha. 
2. A bunch ; a cluster ; he aica', kalo, a 

bunch of kalo; he awai huihui waina, a 

bunch of grapes. 
A-WAi, 0. To bind or tie up. 
A-WAi, s. A place to stand on when 

addressing a multitude. Neh. 8:4. 

2. A raised platform ; a scaffold ; a pul- 
pit. 2 OiU. 6:3. 
A-WAi, s. A bundle or something tied 

up ; lewa ka aioai o ka paipu. 
A-WAi-A-Hi-Ki, s. A swelling in the 

groin ; a bubo. See Awai. 
A-WA-HE-WA, B. To miss; to overlook; 

to make a mistake. 
A-WA-HE-WA, s. A mistake; an error, 

when the physician thought that a god had 

the direction of the disease or sent it. 
A-wA-Hi-A, V. The passive of awa for 

awaia, h inserted. Cfram. § 48. To be bit^ 

ter to the taste. 
2. Fig. Hoo. To make bitter, severe ; to 

be hard in treatment of men. Kol 3:19. 

Met. To cause to be laborious, painful, 

toilsome. Puk. 1:14. 
A-WA-HiA, i. Bitterness; sourness; ka 

awaawa, ka mulea. 
A-WA-HI-A, o^'.. Bitter, like gall; like 

the apuawa ; he mulemule. 
A-WA-m-A, s. A mist or spray. See 

Awaawa and Awa. 

A-watHu-a, adj. Surly; regardless of 
everybody; obstinate; perverse. 

2. Unwilling to attend to one's duly ; 
regardless of the will of the gods and the 
duties of religion ; he aia, lokoino. 

A-wa-ke-a, s. The time of day when 
the sun is the highest ; noon ; midday. 

2. The name of the god vho opened the 
gate of the sun ; o Av>akea ka mea nana 1 
wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Ka- 
onohiokala. 



A-wAA-wAA, V. To dig; to throw up 
dirt : to root, as a hog ; kohi, eli, awaa, I A-wa-ke-au, s. Living together a Meat 
kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 1 aistance off and a long timS ago ; loihi loa 



AWE 



63 



AWI 



ka hele ana a me ka noho ana ma kahi 

hookahi ; kabiko, linliu. 
A-WA-u., t). To pull steadily and care- 

fbUy, as ai flshennan afraid of losing his^ 

fish. Jam. Mtw. 45:43. Awala i ke aho. 
2. To work steadily and with energy; 

awala ae la ia me ka huki a,e i kana lice 

iluna ka waa, he pulled steadily and 

drew hia squid into the canoe. 
A-WA-LB, adj^ A, burning, and wale. 

Bamt rery much ; burnt of itself. 
AiWA-Lii, s. Name of a hard stone out 

of whlcli k(jis were made. 
A-WA-LOA, s. A place where the bones 

of chlefe were hid ; he iwi kau i ka awcUoa. 
A-WA-I,u, adj. num. Eight; the num- 
ber eight ; also ewalu. See Walo. 
A-WA-pn-Hi, s. The ginger root ; the 

bastard ginger,, the smell odoriferous, used 

for dyeing-. 
A-WA-WA, $. The opposite of mauna. 

Jos. 9:1. A valley; he kahawai; a low, 

level place with Wsfli ground on each side. 

Nah. 24:6. 

2. The space between two prominences. 

3. The space between the fingers of the 
hand and the toes of the feet. 

4. The space between the branches of a 
river ; he wahi poopoo loihi, a long deep 
place. See Wa. 

A-WE, V. To carry; to bring, as it is 
followed with niai or ofcuj e awe aku, to 
carry off; e awe mai, to 'bnng here ; gen- 
erally written lawe. Pass. TO be borne, 
carried. Jso.46:3. Hookahi mea ana i awe 
aku la mai ko kakou alo akB;alaila,i)nolo- 
ae la a paa, awe mai la aloko nei, theQ tie 
up the bundle fast, bring it inhere. 

A-VTE, s. A burden; that which is car- 
ried. 

A-WE, s. The tails of the squid; na 
awe ka hee. 

A-WE-^A-WE, V. Hoo. To make small; 
to diminish; to render 'of small account; 
e maawe. 

A-wE-A-iyE, s. The curling of the water 
in the wake of a ship. 

2. The tra«k or wake of a sMp. 

3. The tails or arms of a squid ; he waiu 
no ka hee malalo o ke aweawe. 

A-WE-A-WE, ae^/. Beautiful; handsome; 

applied to men and women. 
A-WE-A-WB, adj. White; slimy, as the 

fseces in some diseases. See Walkwalb, 

adj. 
A-WE-A-WE, s. Tied up in ft bundfe ; 

bound tight ; he laulau aweawe no ka ha- 

awe. 
A-WE-A-WE, adj. Well mixed j applied 

to poi. 



A-wE-A-WE-A, V. To see in a slight de- 
gree ; to catch a glimpse of an object. 

2. To act the part of a weawea or pro- 
curer ; to act the pimp. See Weawea. 

A-wE-A-WE-A, ?. A glimpse; a half 
sight of an object 

A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Spotted; variegated 
with spots of different colors ; he aweaweo, 
ulanla ; obscure ; hot plain ; aaeawfj}. ka 
lohn. 

A-WE-A-WE-A, s. The seeds of green 
fruit, as squashes, melons, &c. 

A-wn-A-WE-A, adv. Dimly to the sight; 
not plainly seen; faintly; ike aweawea 
aku la oia he wahi onoM ma Koolau, o 
Hawaii. Laieik. 26. 

A-wE-o-WE-0, s. A shrub or sniall tree 
resembling pig-weed, sometimes eaten by 
Hawaiians. 

A-wE-o-WE-0, s. Name of a species of 
reddish fish. See Alalacwa. 

A-WE-o-wE'O, adj. Applied to some 
fish ; a iho aku la i lui paeaea aweoweo. 
ioieifc. 206. 

A-WEU-WEU, s. A species of wild ot 
mountain kalo ; called also the mamauea, 

A-WE-KA, I adj. Deceitful; dis- 

A-WE-KA-WE-KA, J honest; parsimonious, 

A-wE-EA, )s. Deceit; dishon- 

A-WE-KA-WE-KA, ) esty ; one who refiiaes 
to pay a forfeit. 

A-WE-LA, ) $. A species of fish ; 

A-WE-LA-WE-LA, ) be puhi awela; a va- 
riety probably of the kala. 

A-WE-LA-wE-i^, orf?'- Escaping, as a 
fiSh from a net; ke kukai aweldwela; he 
poniu, he kaibi. 

A-WE-LE, s. The running of a man 
sent on an errand ; aka, i lilo ka awetle ka 
pahu i kekah: nana ke eo. ' 

A-WE-i»u, ^dj. See Welu. Torn; 
ragged ; worn to holes, as a kapa; he wahi 
kapa aw6lu kona i haawiia'ku. 

A-WE-LU-WE-LU, V: To be torn; to be 
ragged, as a kapa ; nahaebae, weluwelu. 

A-wi-A-wi, s. A plant, used to stop 
bleeding. 

A-wi-HA, ) t>, To have a glimpse 

A-wi-HA-wi-HA, ) of a thing. See Awe- 
awea. 

A-WI-HA, I ». A glimpse; an im- 

A-wl-HA-wi-HA, ) perfect sight. 

A-wi-Hi, V. To wink; to ogle; to look 
obliquely; to eye; to look atone with jeal- 
ousy. 1 Sam. 18:9. 

A-wi-Hi, s. Ka poe awihi hoowalewale,. 
enchanters. Jer. 27 9. 

A-wi-Ki, V. Imp- Bo quick ; hasten. 



E 



64 



EA 



A-WT-Ki-wn-Ki, s. A vine bearing black 
berries about the size and phape of Ajner- 
jcan blackberries ; they arc used as a med- 
icine, operating both as an emetic and 
cathartic ; Ice okoie o makilfi. 

A-wi-Li, V. To mix together diffelent 
ingredientB. 

2. To malie a garment of diiferent tex- 
tures of cloth. 

3. To wind ; to twist about a thing ; to 
entwine. lob. 8:17. 

4. To be agitated with conflicting emo- 
tion.1. See Wua. >, 

A-wi-Li-tvi-Li, V. The intensive of dwUi 

above. 
A-wi-wi, V. To quicken; to hasten; to 

expedite ; to accelerate. Syn. with wiki- 

wixi. 
A-BA, s. Heb. Father; he makuakane. 



>-Bi-BA s. Heb. Name of a month. 

Puk. 13:4. 
A-ci-DA, s. Eng. An ficid i he mea 

omo i ka puna. Anat. 2. 
A-DA-MA, s. Eng. Adamant. Zei. 7:12. 
A-Do-Bi-E, s. Sp. A species of brick 

D.ad« of earth and water mixed with grass 

or straw and dried in the sun. 
A-GA-TA, s. Eng. An agate ; h precious 

stone. Ezek. 27:16. 
A-GA-Ti, s. Eng. Name of a precious 

stone ; an agate. Puk. 28:19. See above. 
A-Go-ZA, *. Heb. A nut. Mel. Sol. &:ll. 
A-RE-DE-A, s. Heb. Name of an unclean 

bird. Kanl. 14:18. 
A-KE-zA, .1. Heb. Name of a tree ; the 

cedar or fli-. Zunk. 9:15. 
A-SA-Hi-o,s. Gr. Afarthmg. MaM0:29. 



E, 



T^ the second lett«r of the Hawaiian 

"-^> alphabet. It represents the sound of 
the ion'g slender a in English, or its sound 
is like that of e in obey. It is sometimes 
commuted for a, as in the nnmerifials from 
ehM, alua, to eiwa, aiwa ; also in cddo, the 
tongue, delo ; inahana, warm, mehana. In 
an unaccented syllable at the end of a 
word, its sound is similar to that of the 
English y, as ope, opy ; mahope, inahopy, &c. 

B, adv. Synonymous with .and a con- 
traction forae; yes. E, yes, is more famil- 
iar,.and not so dignified and respectful as 
oe. See Ak. 

E, edv. Other; anotlier; stra:nge; new; 
mea e, a stranger, a strange thing ; kanaka 
e, a sti-anger ; often syn. with malihinl, 
Nah. 15:15. 

E, adv. From ; away ; e holo e lakou, 
they will flee from; e pnhi e, blow away; 
i kai lilo e, at sea afar off. 

E, prep. By. As a preposition, it is 
mostly used after passive verbs to express 
the agent ; as, ua aknuiaia oia e ke alii, be 
toas eomUnnnid by tHe chief. Many verbs 
have no sign of a passive voice, the con- 
struction of the sentencf) alone determipes 
it, and the e thus situated helps determine 
the point as much as anything ; uui loa boi 
ka poe daimonio 1 mahiki aku e ia. Oram. 
§ 105, 11, 

E Standing before nour.s marks the aui- 
hea 0!' vocaiive case ; it also often follows 
the same ease; as, e ka lani e, ehi^. 
Gram. § 105, 8. 

E is used also to call or invite atten- 
tion to what one is about to say : a con- 



traction, perhaps of ea. Note. — E is mostly 
used at the beginning of an address, and 
ea in the middle, or if a single sentence, 
only at the end. 

E following either active, passive or 
neuter verbs signifies before liand. and 
serves to mark a kind of second future 
tense of the verb ; as. lohe e au, I heard 
before; hiki e mai oia, he liad arrived /i-sJ. 
Oram. § 190, 2d. 

E is the sign of the imperative mood, 
and generally of the infinitive also, though 
after UH and porm thp « of the infinitive is 
changed into fc& Grow. § 191 and 193. E 
is also the sign of the future tense. Graith 
§ 190, 1. 

'E. After a word ending in a, 'e is a 

contraction for as. 
E, 0. To enter, as into a country or 

city. 
2. To dash upon, as waves upon Ihe deck 

of a ship : aohc o kuna mai o ka nui o na 

ale i e mMuna o ka mokn. See ViR. 

E-A, V. To raise up, as a person bowed 
down. 

2. To lift or throw up. 

3. To raise up, as from the grave. /o!).7:9.. 

4. To mount or go up upon, as an an- 
cient bed. Soi. 132:3, 

5. To rise up, as water. Puk. 15 :8. 

6. Soo. To be tlirown or raised up. as 
land out of the ocean; ua hoea mai na aina 
mai loko mai o ka monna, the land wtm 
thrown up out of the ocean. 

7. To rise in sight, as a cldud. 1 Nal 
18:44. To heave in sight, as a ship ; a Aoea 



EAE 



65 



EEE 



mai mok^ aku o Hilo, she hove in siqht off 
HUo. 

8. To rise np, as out of the water. JStri. 
41:2, 3. 

9. To stir lip, excite, as the aflectiuns : 
la manawa ka hoea ana mai o ka hai, at 
that time was the excitinp; of other's love. 

E-A, s. A species of turtle much valued 
on account of the sbulj. 

2. The shell itself ; he ea kuu wakawaka. 
Xnt ):6. Put for ivory. Note. — The ea 
was forbidden to women to cat, under the 
kapn System. 

E-A, s. A species of fish somewhat sim- 
ilar to the hilu, aawa and poon. 

E-A, s. Takes fe for its article. Spirit; 
rilal breath ; the breath of life. 

2. Life it-ielf ; oiai ke ea, while life lasts. 

3. The natural breath of life. 1 Tes. 2:8. 
E fcaili aku ke f.a, to die. Kin. 2.'5:8. 

4. The breath of 'Inan or beast. Kekah. 
3:21. Nuni ka lokornEUkai o ke Akua i 
kona haawi ana mai i ke ea o ke kanaka. 
llal. 78:3i). Syn. with hann. Isa. 42I>. 

!). lie maVani ku molio, oia ka makaui e 
hanu ai kakou, the breathable air. 

E-A, s. The thrush or aphthae, a dis- 
ease of children ; art., ka. 

E-A, s. Dirt ; du.st raised by the wind. 

Ea mo he opuH liiki kakahlaka la, 
lie he mea la Hokn o MahcalanI 
Ka hakiku o ka vaa la I ka lae. 

E-A, adj. Dirty J dusty, as when the 
air is full of dust. 

E-A, int. The expression of a call to 
one's attention, as aluha oii1[oa,ea, to which 
a reply is expected ; generally oe, aloha. 

E-A is used in answer to a call, more 
familiar and disreapectful than eo. JSa is 
also used by a speaker to call the attention 
of his hearers to some particillar point 
which he is about to state ; its frequency 
of use is accurdiiig to the taste of the 
speaker; it is bi-ought out generally, in the 
middle of a sentence. Lunk. 7:3. Some- 
times it commences a speech. 1 Sam. S:'). 

E-A, s. In music, the highest part; the 
air. 

E-i, adj. Windy; noisy; without ef- 
fect : he ea ka waha i ke ao ana i ke keiki 
hookuli, wahapaa ; noisy ; clamorous ; as- 
senting to the commands of a parent, but 
not obeying ; disobedient. 

E-A, s. Ku ka ea o Lahainaluna i ka 
lepo ; dust raised by the wind, but not a 
whirlwind. 

E-A, adj. Strong smelling, as meat or 
food kept too long. Sec Eaba. 

E-A-E-A, adj. Dignified; honorable; 
high. Stk. with hanohano, hiehie, eaca kai. 
Me lie wawao, kuhaka la ka eaea. 
9 



E-A-K-A, *. See Ea, odj., above. The 
strong, offensive smell of meat; eaea, paoa, 
haana, hohonn ; eaea ka iloli o ka mano <S 
Koolau; e«ea ka hohono^o ka palaui (ba- 
raui.) 

E-A-E-A, ». To cover the eyebrows, as 
a fisherman, to shade the oyea while look- 
ing into deep water for fiah ; ka lawaianui 
i eaea, na knemaka i ohuehu na libilihi. 

E-A-E-A, V. To be covered with dust, 
as one out in the wind wjiere the dust is 
flying ; eoea na kamalii o Lahainaluna i 
ka lepo. 

Ea-ea-ksi, i. That which is covered 
with sea drops or tho spray of tlie sea. 

E-a-ha, adv. int. See E. E, sign of 
the future tense, and aha, what. How? 
what? used v/ith the future, as heaha is 
with the present and past; eaha ia oot 
how will it be with you? what will become 
of you? Maha ana oukou? what will you 
he abo\it? 

E-E, V. See E, to dash upon. To 
mount ; to get upon anything higher, as » 
horse ; to leap upon ; to get on board a 
ship ; ee al^u la maluna o ka moku ; to get 
into a carriage. lNal.l2:lS. To go aboard 
a vessel. 

2. Moo. To receive on board a ship ; to 
put upon, as a saddle upon a horse. Kin. 
22:8. To set or plit one up, as upon » 
horse. Kin. 31:17. 

3. To pass from one caniagc to another. 
2 OiM. 35:24. Ee ma.lnna o ka waa; m 
maluua o ka Ho. See Ae, 4. 

E-E, adj. Out of sight; at a great dis- 
tance. See E, adv. 
E-E, adv. Opposite to ; a.dversely ; 

against. 1 Tim. 0:20. 
E-E, adj. He hulu ee no ka manu oo, 

that is, the yellow feathers under tine wing 

(or the ee) of the oo, oia ka lei fauln manu. 
E-E, adj. Hoo. A rising; a sweeping; 

as, kai hoee. Dan. 9:26. 
E-E, «. The armpit. See Pose and 

PoAEAE. Same under the wing of fowls. 
E-E, adj. Majoo, kaee; dry; not wet. 
E-E, ad;. Caressing; inviting; kind; 

he makamaka ee,*he like, he lokomaikai, he 

koe ole, aole wawau.- 
E-E-E, V. To rise up. See Ee, to mount. 

To rise up from one's seat to steal soine- 

thing. Hence, 
2. To be mischievous. 
E-E-A, V. To rise up frequently. See 

Ea. 
E-E-A, 0^.. Se? the foregoing. Quick; 

ready ; expert. 
E-E-K-LU. i. The top of a tre«* when 

cut off. 



EEN 



66 



EU 



E-Ei, ) Some of the words of 

E-EI-E-HI E-HI, > a filthy song Etsng at a 
E-Ki-Ki-LAir ) S"*** dayof tbe Princess. 
E-E-ii-NA, V. To creak; to grate, as one 
thing against another: to crepitate. See 

UllINA. 

E-EU, adj. Alert; ready to obey orders. 
E-E-Hi, p. To tramp up^ to kick up, 

as dust' See Em and Hehi. 
E-E-Hi-A, . V. Passive, k inserted, for 

eeia. See E, anotlicr; strange. To fear 

greatly; to be afraid; to be dreadful. Kin. 

28:17. 

2. To lop the ears, as an animal, through 
fear or shame. 

3. Applied to men whoso countenances 
droop with fe^r ; kindred with makau, but 
.stronger ; also written ehia. 

E-E-HI-A, s. Art., ke. Fear; dread; 
reverence ; awe. 2 OiM. 17; 10, 
2. A vision. 
E-E-Hi-A, arf;. Fearful; dreadful; awfuL 
Kin. 28:17. 

2. Trembling with fHght, occasioned by 
a dream or vision. 
E-E-KE, V. To Start away, as a person 
from danger ; to shrink back. 

2. The motion of one's hand when ho has 
t jrnt his finger. 

3. To twinge or writhe, as with -great 
pain. 

4. To start, as witli fear j e puiwa; eefce 
mai la ia i ka wela i ke ahi. 

E-E-KE, adj. Excellent, &c. See Eke. 
E-E-KE, 4"'. A starting froni fear; a 

shrinking from the coutact'with fire or any 

fearful object. 

2. The shrinking or contracting of a rope 

in length. 
E-E-KE, s. A species of crab in the sea. 
E-E-KE, arf;. Excellent; nice; applied 

to a canoe, Ac. See Bice, adj. 
E-E-KE-Loi (ka-e-ke-loi), x. To drum 

with the fliigers on the pahu and sing at 

the same time. 

E-e-lo-ko-a, s. a storm at Waimea 

from the north-east. 
E-e-na, adj. ka puel eena ole ia o ka 

moku? Wild; untamed, as children in a 

school. 
2. Skillful; applied to birds and hsh 

that discover the snare or not, 

E-E-NE, V. To tremble for, as for one 
in d.inger; erne aku i ka mcaaneanohaule. 
2. To be astonished at, or ashamed of 
one for lying or committing other evil. 

X To tremble for one violating the kapu 
of the chiefs, as a child ignorantly climb- 
ing on the person oif a chief, which was 
death. 



E-E-PA, ». See Epa. Forgery; deceit; 

treachery. 
E-E-WA, V. Ewa, ewaewa ; to mock ; 

to make mouths at ; to vex. 

E"i, ado. A particle of place ; here ; 

similar to eia: ei ae, here ; close by ; ci 

ae,ke hele mat noi, Aere,he is coming now. 

E-iA, adv. Here ; in this place ; used 

in answer to the question auhca oo? Ans. 

Ma wau la, here am I. Note. — Sia, here. 

is in contrast with aia, there. 

Ei-A, adj. pron. This. Syn. with kefa. 

Ei-MEi, comp. pron. This one, present; 

this' person ; this thing. 
E-i-WA, num. adj. See Iwa. Nine; the 

number nine ; also written alwa. 
E-o, V. See O. To answer to a call; 
to say Acre to one calling. /o6. 13:22. No 
ka mca, ua m kakou i kc Akuu ; pcnei ko 
kakon m ana ia ia. 
E-o, s. The answer to a call. 
E-o, V. To gain or win in a bet or 
wager; ua eo wau ia oe, I have gained you, 
i. e., the Met. Laieik. 97. E ko. 

2. To give as an equivalent in a bar- 
gain ; to have made an honest, hmxa fide 
bargain ; no ka mca, f,u ko kaua kuai ana 
me ka ae like. 
E-o, adj. See Eo, v., to gain. Fin- 
ished; inadu an end of: complete; piini, 
eo, a full accomplishment. 
E-O, *. A calabash or other vessel brim- 
ful of food ; be aloha i ka ipu ka eo. 
E-o-E-KA-LA, (adv. phrase) for -eole e 

kala ; long ago ; not lately. 
E-o-LA-Ni, adj. Stretching or reaching 
up to heaven, i. e., very high; eofoni na 
kia o ka moku kifekie. 
E-o-wo, num. adj. Six. See Aono. 

Simple form, ono. 
Eu, V. To rise up, as one who has been 
sitting. 

2. To ascend from an humble to an ex- 
alted .situation. 

.t. To (!xeite or stir up ono to do a thing- 
l NoL 21:1.5. O aku la o Poki ia Kaiai- 
wuhi, cu, hoi kaua ma Ouhii, Poki said to 
Kalaiwahi, como on (up,) let wa two return^ 
to Oahu. 

4. jHoo. To collect ; to call o«t, as & 
company of soldiers on an emei-gency ; to 
excite to t«ars ; ia manawa, c Hoeu ana kit 
aloha, ' hoolalc ana i na wiii raaka. The 
root, CM, is often doubled, giving iiii^^n.ilty; 
as, hooeueu, to excite, stir up, rouse to ac- 
tion. See EiiKu. 
Eu, s. A rising up to do something; 
, aole ana eu, ae, he did not get up. i. e., did 
not exert himself. 

2. In the abstract, mischief ; theft; mur- 
der, and tho like. Laieik. 104. Notk — Ku 



EHA 



67 



EHU 



eu also meaiti a pucaliar sensation of tliu 
skin, a, creeping nnmbness, liHe maede or 
■malanai ; bolo ka cu raa ka lae. 

Eu, adj. Disobedient; mischievous; he 
wabapaa. 

E-u, V. To live; to crawl here and 
there, as worms in a putrid, dead body ; 
eu ka ilo, apuupnn ka. ili, eu ka nalo, eu 
ka naio, i3u mai ka opau ; e noe, e kolo 
paba. 

2. To steal ; notqiiite so Strong as aihue. 

3. To trouble by asking favors. 
E-ii-A-NE-Lio, s. Gr. The gospel; the 

life and labors.of Jesus Christ as described 
by one of the Evangelists. 

2. The system of salvation as revealed 
in the New Testament. Mat.U:5; Gaf. 1:6. 
Ke Uauoha hou, k& olelo maikai. 

Eu-EB, V. 13th Conj. of eu; see above. 
Ifoo., conj. 15th. To 'stir up ; to influen(?e 
one to action. iPet. 1:13. Often sTN.with 
hoala. 

2. To etir up one to perform his duty. 2 
OiM. 24:6. SJuea ka lebclehe o ka wahiue 
nnku waie, tbc lips of a scolding woman 
make troufjle. 

Eii-Ecr, s, A .stirring np; an excite- 
ment. 2Pe(. 1:12, 13. 

E-u-LU, V. To cut or crop off a branch 
with some smaller branches; e oki akn i 
■ka eulu mc na hila liiiii ; " no ka lau ka 
(fuiu pipili ka lani, oki ka bonu»." Sec 
Ui.u, to; ffrow. 

E-u-LU, 's See Ulu, to grow. A branch 
cut off 10 bo plant*!!] again ; a layer. 

2, The top and branches of a tree which 
are cut oflT and left as good for nothing. 

E-u-Ntj-HA, s. Gr. A eunuch; onecas- 

Irateil, Mul. 19:12. 

E-u-NU-uA, ». Gr. Hoo. To make one 

acnriiich. Mat. 10:12. 
E-u-wE-KE, B. To open ; to take off, as 

a man takes off irons from one confined. 

2. To burHt open. 

3. To dash upon, as a wave does a double 
canoe by rising between them. 

E-HA, ». To be hurt; to be sore; to be 
paiufu! j to suffer ; eha ka naau, tlie heart 
is pained. JIoo. To suffer in sny way, ns 
in sickness or pain, or by punishment ac- 
cording to law, jnstly or unjustly. 1 Pet 
4;15, Ifi. Fi«. To cause hurt ; to grieve 
one. Jipfr;. 4:30. 

E-HA, s. Pain ; soreness of any kind ; 
sonow ; suffering of punishment ; a hurt ; 
affliction. 1 Saw.. 1:11. 

E-HA, adj. Sore ; painful ; hurtful, 

5-HA, num. adj. Four; the number 
tbnr. See Aiu and Ha. 

E-HA -1! -HA, V. Conj. 13 of f/ifl. Hoo. To 
givepaiuj' to alHict. jVah.29.'!. To chas- 



tise ; to pnnisb. Kanl. 8:.5. To grieve,L e.. 

to cause grief to one. Hal. 96:10. To vex. 

Kin. 21:12. 
E-HA-E-HA, s. Suffering; torment; pain; 

grief. 
E-HA-E-liA, adj. Intensely painful. 1 

Ndl. 12:4. 
E-hX-e-ha, adv. Painfully; grievously. 
E-HA-HA, ». To lell ; to pant, as a dog 

or hog after violent exercise, or witli heat. 

See Ahaha. 
E-HE, adj, Huluiia mai kuu lani kuu 

alii the. 
E-HE-A, e. To call ; to call aloud ; per- 
haps |he imperative mood of hea, to call. 

See Kahea. 

E-HE-E-HE, V. To cough J to cough 
sliglitly ; to hack. 

E-HE-E-HE, adj. Pertaining, or belong- 
ing to » cough ; mai eftefiAe. 

E-HE-w, *, The wingof afowl;namea 
ekev; winged animals. Kin. 1:21. Fio. 
Care • l>n)tec(ion : (iia no an iloke o na 
dita « ko kftua makuahine ; the wing, as of 
an eugle. Puk. 19:4. Oul^ou, " na boa 
(siJiolars of the Sem.) o na eMu o ke kaka 
biaka nni. Sheu takies both forma of the 
article ka and ke. See Eksiieu, 

B-HE-s', adv. As wings; as if with 

wings. Isa. 40:31. 
E-HE-HEU, s. A wing. See Eheo. 
E-HE-NA, V. See Hehena. 
E-Ht, v.- To tread upon; to trample 

down ; to kick. See Heei and Hahi. 
E-sH-A, int. adv. How many ? 
E-Hi-A, V. See Eehia. 
E-MS-E-Hi, V. To slander; to spread 

evil reports of one. See Ahuhi. 
E-hi-kh, nu7)f. adj. Seven; also ahiku, 

and hiku. 
E-hi-na, adj. .Reddish; eandy; applied 

to VbG hail'. 
E-Hi-PA, V. To crook"; to bend. 
E-hi-pa, s. A«rook. 
E-Hi-PA, adj. Crooked. 
E-Ho, s. A stone idol; heakuaoLono- 

kaeha. 

2. A collection of stone gods. 

3. A momucent ; a stone pillar set up 
na a memorial. Klh. 28:18; also Kin. 35:14. 
Name of a pile rf stones set np to attract 
the attention of fishermen. 

4.^4 swelling or bimoh internal, a kind 
of disease, 

5. Name of a stone put inside of an ani- 
mal in coQking. 

E-no-E-ao, v. See Eho, 3. 
E-HC, s. The spray of the surf. 



EKE e 

2. The Eteam of boiling water. SeeMABU 
und KtsBv. 

3. One of the servants of the king. 
E-HU, c. Hoo. To drive awayi to scare 

away, as hoes or heua. 
E-HU, adj. Red or sandy haired; ruddy 

in counteBaQce ; florid. 1 Sam. ISrlS. 
E-M0-A-HI-A-HI, s. Lit. The red of the 

evening. 
2. An epithet of old age. 
E-HU-A-WA, s. A species of Strong gfruss 

or rash from which. cords are made ; also 

written ahnavM. 
E-Hu-E-HU, s. A Strong wind blowing 

seyprciy; aka hnhnmanu ehuehu ka makani, 

indino Icpolepo ka moana : hakukai ka ale 

o kn moana 1* ka ehwehu o ka makani. 
2. Darkness arising from dust, fog or 

vapor. 
E-Hoit-Ho, adv. Angrily; furiously; 

in a raging manner, as the wind. See Eku. 

Ku ehiidm, huhu, inaina. 
B-Hu-KA-KA-fti-A-KA', *. LiT. The red of 

the morning ; an epithet of youth. See 

Ebvabixm. 
E-KA, s. Costiveness; filth. 

° 2. Name of a sea breeze at Kona. 
E-KA, *. The uppei part of a bunch .of 

Itananas ; be Jiia wale no mai ka eka luna 

a liiki i ka pola. 
E-KA, s. Eng, An acre (of land); a 

meiisnred quantity, ba. 6:10. 
E-KA, adj. Dirty; unclean; foul. ha. 

,57:20. 

2. Costive ; filthy. 

3. Curly, as a Negro's hair. 
E-KA-E-KA, adj. See Eka. Dirty ; cov- 
ered wU!i filth ; very dirty. 

E-KA-HA, s. Name of a parasitical plant. 

2. Name of a hard kind of bush which 
grows in the sea. 

3. Also the name of a fex-n-like plant. 
E-KA-HA-KA-HA, «. Name of a species 

of aea-wetjd, 
2. Name of a plant, large, long leaf. 
E-KA-Kw, s. The rolling of a stone down 
a pail ; kaa ka pohaku, ula ka pali, he 
abaia ? he ekalai. 
E-KA-LE-si-A,. s. Gr. A church ; a body 
of professing obristiana. Oih. 8:1. 
2. He eJailesiq, a ohurcb member. 
E-KE, s. A pocket; a bag; a small 
aa«k. Lvk. 9:3. Eke kala, a money bag ; 
a purse. Jomi. 12:6. Syk. with hipuu. 

2. Name of a kind of net ; properly, the 
bottom or bag part of the net. 

E-KB, adj. Excellent; nice; applied to 
canoes ; perhaps to other things. 

E-KK-E-KE, V. To be in pain; to be 
pained, mk tlie bowels on pressure. 



3 ELA 

2. To be pained, ae the mind atung by 
an offense." 
E'KE-E-KEi, s. A piercing, Stinging pain. 

2. Displeasure, arising from an offense. 

3. The feeling one has when that which 
he prizes is.gpokcn «^inst or injured. 

E-KE-E-KE, (uij. Hurt; pained, as" the 

striking at something hard. 
E-KE-E-KE, V. To brush ofT, as a fly or 

insect. 
E-KE-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice, &c. 

See Eek, adj. 
E-KE-E-KEI, V. To be too short. Hoo. 

To shorten ; to make short. See Ekbkbi. 
E-KE-u, s. A wing of a bird. Hal. 17:8. 

Syk. with eheu. See Bkekk and Bkekeu. 
E-KE-u, adj. Proud; haughty; applied 

to a person neatly dressed, who despises 

.others. Syn. with Haaheo. 
E-KE-KE, ) J. A wing; the wing of a 
E-KE-KE-F, J bird. . See Ehed and Ekbc. 
E-KE-KEi, fl^'. Short; too short; shorter 

than something else ; applied to clothes, 

strings, &e. 
E-KE-KEU, *, A wing, &c. See Ekeke 

above. 
E-KE-KE-Mu, V. To open or move the 

lips, as in speaking, but without sound. 
E-KE-Mu, ». To open, as the mouth. 

2. To utter by the organs of speech. 2 

3. To apeak audibly or intelligibly. Xtn. 
24:2X. 

4. To speak out; to reply to a question. 
Mn. 45:3. 

6. To answer in reply. los. 22:21, 

6. To come forth in any way. 

7. To operate as" a cathartic. 

E-Ki, adj. See Elaueki. Pertaining to 
the top of a ki leaf. 

E-Ki-Ki-LAir. See Eei. A word used in 

a dirty mele. 
E-Ko, ),. Dirt; filth, &c. Spoken 
E-KO-E-KO, J of a person unwashud. 
E-Ko, )adj^ Dirty; filthy, as in 

E-Ko-E-ko, J former times, when it was 

kapu to bathe. See Ska. 

E-Ko-Lu, adj. laim.. Three ; the number 

throe ; also akolu. See Koi.u. 
E-KU, V. To root, as a pig; [motiofoeti 

in tderof) to dig ii4 the ground, as a plow. 

Ijaieik. 107. 
E-KU-LE, s. A species of fish. 
E-LAA, ) a^p Together with; along 
E-LAA-HOI, J with ; likewise ; thus ; in 

like mannes ; as also ; the same ; alike ; 

Uie same as ; penel, (Haa ka moa ole ana. 

See I.AA 



ELE 



E-LAU, s. The straight top of a tree, 
or of a sugar-cane. 

2. The end of one's flng«r , the point of 
a bayonet ; the bearded part of a spear. 

'A. The coinraencement of a breeze of 
wind. ' 

4. The pointed end of a substance. See. 
AVklau and WKi,Er.An. 
E-LAU-E-Ki, s. A bayonet. 

E-LAU-l-KI, E-LA-WAI-KI, Ot E-WU-WAI- 
Ki, s. Tli<« top of the Isi leaves. 

E-LE, V. To be dark; black; to be dark 
colored ; not clear. 

E-LE. An intensive added to many 
words; very; much-; greatly. &c. 

E-LE-AO, s. Name of a woTni that de- 
stroys food ; he ilo, he mea c make ai ka 
uln o ka al. 

E-LE-E-LE, adj. See Ele. Dark col- 
ored ; black ; blue ; dark red ; brown. 
See Uuuu ; also Lipolipo. 

E-LE-E-LE, s. Darkness ; ua like ka 
eleele me ka uliuli. 

E-LE-E-LE, adv. Darkly; without much 
light ; ke hele dede nei an, I walk in dark- 
ness. M. 30:28. 

E-LE-E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces; to 
break easily. Heo Ki.kku below. 

E-LE-E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken ; sim- 
ilar to lielelei ; pohakn eleJcu. 

'Z. Unhandsome ; niisightly ; applied to 
a homely, lean, or insignificant person; a 
good for nothing man. 

E-LE-E-LE-Pi, adj. Dashing different 
ways, as waves affected by ditttsrent winds. 
2. Applied to men of difiurent minds : 
as, dedtjn ka waha o kanaka. 

E-LEi-o, V. To go after anything pri- 
vately, as a mouse after poi. 

E-LE-u, adj. Alert. 

E-LE-u-Li, s. A kind of kapa; kapa 
eleuii no Ftina. 

E-LE-HEi, adj. Too- short for the pur- 
pose designed ; one leg too short ; as an 
oopa, wawao pokoli. Sec EKBKtii, 

E-LE-HEi, s. Shortness; want of length; 

i ka elehe't, 1 ka mumukn. 
E-LE-HEU, s. Anger; rage. 
E-LE-HEU, adj. Angry; very angry; in 

a raging manner. 
E-LE-KA, s. Eng. The elk; an animal. 

Lam. Haul. 6:1. 
E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces. See Ele- 

KLEKU. 

E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken; similar 
to hileki ; pohaku eteku. 

2. A good for nothing man ; a coward ; 
applied to a homely,-Iean or mean insig- 
niQcaat person. See Ei.eiiLhKV. 



69 ELI 

E-LE-KU, s. A species of stone; he po- 
haku dehu, 'a brittle stone. 

E-LE-LE, s. A messenger; one sent. by 
authority. 2fah. 21:21. An ambassador*; 
ka mea i hoounaia'kn ; a representative to 
transact the bastacss of another j one sent 
to carry news. 1 Sam. 4:17. Often st». 
vrith luna. 

E-t,E-LO, s. Art., ke. The tongue of 
man or beast ; the organ of speech ; the 
Instrnmcntof communicating good or evil. 
lob. 20:16. See Ai.fxo and Lei.o. 

E-LE-LO-LU-A, adj. Tongue-tied. 

E-iE-Lo-LU-A, t. A tongue-tied person. 

E-LE-LU, )s. A cockroach; elelu lii- 

E-LE-LE-LU, 5 lii, the small cockroach ; 
Mu papa, the flat, broad cockroach. ' 

E-LE-MA-KC-LE, V. To be orbecomeoldj 
to have the evidence of decay ; mostly ap- 
plied to men ; sometiioeB, via., to other 
things. Ileb. 8:13. 

E-LK-MA-KU-LE, s. An old man; an 
aged man ; olelo ino aku la ia i kekabi 
mau f2emakvk, he spoke reproachfully to 
certain old men; ukiuki ino la ua man 
demakMle la. Mostly applied to persons ; 
sometimes to things — the works of crea- 
tion. Eal. 102:26. 

E-LE-MA-KU-LE, adj. Old; aged; decay- 
ing, as men advanced in life, but often in- 
dednito. When one has not seen a child 
for some time, and the child has grown 
considerably, he exclaims, ka, ua Mtnakuie 
no, why, he has become an old man. 
Note. — The same idea- applied to an old 
woman would he Juoftine. 

E-LE-Mi-o, 0. To taper off to a point. 

E-LE-Mi-o, adj. Tapering to a point. 

E-LE-Mi-Hi, s. Ndme of a four-footed 
animal in the sea. 

E-LE-PAi-o, s. A species of bird. Laieik. 
29. Also, 
2. A species of kalo with spotted leaves. 

E-LE-PA-NE, s. The sea elephant; a 
s«al ; a walrus. 



E-LE-PA-NE or E-LE-PA-Ni, s. En^. The 
elephant; 

E-LE-PA-NE, adj. Niho clepane, ivory; 
1 Nttl. 10:22. 

E-LE-Pi, *. Name of a four-footed ani- 
mal foiiiiil in the sua. 

E-Li, V. To loosen or break up earth ; 
to dig in the ground, lis a pit, hole or ditch; 
kohi ; e eJi oukon i ka Uia a poopoo, dig 
the pit until it is deep ; alalia, e kanu aku 
i ka laan, then plant the tree; xndi lakou 
i ka auwaha u hohonu, they dug a ditch 
, very deep. 

E-Li-E-Li, r. To dig repeatedly. See 
above. 



EMO 



70 



END 



E-u-e-l!. Etieli kapu, elieli noa. 

E-Li-MA, num. adj. Fivej the number 
five ; also alima. See Lima. 

E-LO, adj. Wet; to soak, as kapa with 
rain ; pulu k«hi kapa i ka ca, do wale, a 
kapa was wet with rain, and aU soft. 

E-Lo-E-Lo, adj. Very wet. See_ Elo. 
Uapnln.dpeZp.wale ko !ako\iaabu i kawai- 
tnaka, .their robes were soaked soft with 
their tears. 

E-LO-E-Lo, t). To moisten; to make 
wet; Kb^Io. keia malama, ke eiodo nei 
na hnihui i ke kai, o Kaelo ia ke doelo nei 
i ka aa. 

E-Lo-WA-LE, V. To be wet ; dirty } de- 
filed. 

E-Lfr, 0. To crumble to pieces. 

E-LU 1, 7mm. adj. Two ; the mimber 
two. See Alda and Lua. 

E-BiA-NU-E-LA, s. Heh. God v/ith as; 
Emmanuel ; a aame of Jesus Christ. Mat. 
1:2,3. 

E-ME-RA-i/A, s. Eng. Name of a pre- 
cious stone. jPufc. i!8:18. An emeiald. 

E-Mi, V. To fall, behind, as one of sev- 
eral persons walking together. 

2. 'So decrease in number. 

3. 'to retire back ; ebb ; subside, as, the 
title; to diminish in quanfity. Kin. S;]. 

4. To take an humble place after oecu-, 
i>ying one higher. 

6. To think one's self of little conse- 
quiSnce. 

■ C. To desj)ond; to flajg.'as the mind or 
spirits'; to fail, as me cwif&ge. 

7. Roo. Tf diminish. Pvk. 21:10. To 
shorten ; to make few ; to sink back with 
fear ; ke liucmi nei iakou i kau hana. 

E-Mi, s. InOTHsic.afiat; the character b. 

E-Mi-E-Mi, V. See above. To fell be- 
hind, &c. ; e emtemi ihd la Iakou i ka )iala 
nui a hafaai ae la i ke ananiiu o ka uala. 

E-an-E-Mi, adv. Backwardly ; lazily ; 
falling behind; mai hele emiemi i hope, 
mai Lopohopo, mai makau, e hele aku i 
mua, do not fall behind, tremble not, fear 
not, go ahead. 

E-Mi-Kir-A, V. To go backward. 

E-Mo, V. To be long; to delay; to put 
off; not much used, except with the nega- 
tive ole; as, emoole, which see below. 

E-Mo, s. A waiting ; a delay, 
E-MO-o-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; he 

hikiwawe. Kin. 27:22. Suddenness. Gal. 

1:6. 

E-MO-o-LE, adj. Emo and ok. Quickly ; 
soon ; active ; punctual ; aole emo 1 bow 
quickly r 

E-MO-o-LE, adv. Suddenly. Oih. 2:S. 



E«Mu, V. To cast away'; to throw away. 

Hoo. The same ; e hookuke, e kipakn. 
E-WA, V. To be in a rage, as in aiager. 
2. To burn, as fire ; ua (rio. loa ka nla o 
• ka mai, the sick person is red with heat ; 

ke ena loa ae nei, wena. ' 
E-NA, adj. Red hot ; raging, as fire ; 

•epithet of an oven when red hot ; applied 

also to anger. 

2. Angry; wild; nntamed, i.s fn ai»i- 
mal; full of fiiiy. 

3. Jealous, as a bird of a snare, or fear- 
ful, as a villain of good men ; threatening, 
aa some kinds of clouds that threaten a 
stoi'm. 

E-HA-E-NA, V. To bum, as a raging 
fire : to be hot. Kanl. 32:22. Spoken of 
anger. 

2. To be si'ongly offensive to the smpU, 
as the stench of a dead carcass ; enaena ka 
pilau o ka lio make ; ua enaena Rilauea i 
ka pele. 

3, Boo. To beat, as an oven. Sos^ 7:4. 
E-NA-E-NA, s. A raging, furious heat. 

Pan. 3:19. 

E-ME, V. To creep, as a child first at- 
tempting; na ene ke keiki, the child has 
begun to creep. 

2. To creep along ; to get near an ob- 
ject; etie aku la au e pehi i ka pohaku. 
Hoo. Eooem aku la ua kahnna i ka iaau 
h^laio. 

E-NB, s. The commencement of a child's 
creeping. 

E'NEi, adv. For 7iei; here; this place; 
this neighborhood. Kul. 4:9. Mahea ko 
enei kamalii? where are the children of 
this place ? See An'EI, here. 

E-NE-HE, o. See Anehe. To be ready 
to do a thing ; prepared for it ; tnehe ako 
no ka lima e lalau, the hand was ready t» 
catch hold ; enehe aku la laua e bolo aku. 

E-NE-Mi, s. Eng. . An enemy. PvM. 

23:22. He mea e ku e ai. NaL 2i:2€. 
E-NE-NE, r. 9th conj. of ene. To move 

itself, a.s a thing of Wfe. 

2. To bore a small hole in order to make 
a larger. 

3. To file or rasp gently. 

4. Soo. To move itself, as a chicken in 
the shell.. Lam. Haw. 12:2, 1. 

E-NO, c. To be wild ; easily made 
afraid, as an animal partially tamod. See 
Hoo. 

E-No-E-NO. See Maenoeno. 

E-NU-KE, s. A species of worm, large 
and striped. See Anche. On Maui it is 
called pceiua. HepukOjbeppeliia. Nch'B. — 
The w^ord is used for worm, generally in a 
moral wase, that is. 
2, A poor, helpless, despicable creamre. 



I 



71 



I 



Nal. 22:6 Worms. Kanl 28:38. Pjo. Ap- 
plied to men. Isa. 41:14. 
3. A caterpillar. Icr. 51:14. 
E-PA, V. To be deceived ; to be lad into 
error. 

2. To be deceitfiil. 

3. To steal. 

4. To backbite ; e wahahee, e hoopuni- 
ptini, e ftlajnahi. 

5. Hoo. To act basely or treacherously ; 
also, maepa with hoo ; aubea oukou e ka 
po« 1 kapa ae nci, he pono ka Iwospaepa ? 
Spa wahahee, to get up a lie or falge i-e- 
port. Jial. 119:69. 

E-pA, t. One who is false to his trust. 

2. An act of villainy ; fraud, or artifice. 

3. Falsehood ; forgery, by getting prop- 
erty in the name of aiyither ; haku epa, one 
who speaks falsely to the hurt of another. 

E-PA, adj. False; deceitful. 

E-PA, *. Heb. Name of a Hebrew meas- 
ure; an ephah. Ltink. 6:19; P«fc. 16:36. 

E-PA-E-PA, V. See Epa above. 

E-PO-DA, s. Heb. An ephod ; a part of 
tbo official dress of a Jeivish high priest. 

, 1 Som.. 2:18. • 

E'WA, V. To crook ; to twist ; to bend 
out of shape. 
. -2. To ^ct improperly ; to pervert. 

3, To mock ; to vex ; to trouble. Hoo. 
Hooewa ac mahope kuai ka hal$ ; e hoewa 
ue 'ma ke kna ; e hoewa aku ma ke kala ; 
hoewa nnkn mua ; he sneered at the h^use 
and afterwards bought it j it was crodked 
on the back side, it was crooked at the end, 
it was crooked in front. Ariat. Generally 
in the reduplicated form. 

E-WA-E-WA, V. To mock; to vex; to 
render one uncomfortable. 

2. To act unjnstly or unrighteously ; to 
pervert justice. Ezek.18-25. 

3. Hoo. To cause mockery: vexation, &c. 
See Maewa and SIaewaewa.' 

E»wA-E-WA, s. Injustice ; a turning 
aside from right. HaJ. 9:8. 



E-WA-EWA, adj. Unequal; unjust; ir- 
regular in structure, as an irregular bone, 
Anat. 4. 

2. •Grinning or expressing anger; ap- 
plied to the mouth and eyes ; as, he maka 
ewaewa, he waha ewoeiea. 

E-WA-E-WA, adv. Unjustly, respecting 
persons in judgment. IToJ. 3:15. Wifli par- 
tiality. 1 Tim. 6:21.' 

E-WA-E-wA-i-Ki, s. A lohe oe' i Ita leo 
o ka ewaewxild e hoonene an'i. T^aleik. 
149. The imaginary voice of a female 
spirit who had died, anil het unborn infant 
with her. 
2. Name of a bird on Hawaii. 

E-WAi, s. A swelling under the armpit 
or groin ; also aioai; he auwakoi. 

E-WA-LV, num. adj. Eight; the niim- 
ber eight ; also awalv, and waVa. 

E-wE, V. To grow again after being 
cut off, as a stalk of su^ar-canc ; ke ctoc ka 
aa ; alalia kukulu na 'lii a pau i else ai, be 
hoiau hoonluulu na ia. 

E-wE, s. The navel string. 

2. Ke eme o ka huamoa, the whU/e of an 
egg. loh. 6:6, 

3. The abdominal aorta ; he eioc, ke ewe. 

4. The place of one's birth and where 
his ancestors before hitn were bbrn ; kona 
ewe hanau. See Iewe, placenta. 

E-WE-WE, s. The love, affection apd 
remembrance one has for the place of his 
birth and where he lias spent his first years; 
o ke aloha mai ia oukou me ke ewetoe o ka 
noho pu ana, malaila mai no ke aloha ana 
ia oukon. 

E-BO-Ni, s. Eng: Ebony, a species of 
blank wood. Ezdc. 27:15. 

E-DE-MA, s. Heh Name of the garden 
planted for our first parents. Kin. 2:8. 

E-VA-NE-Li-o, s. Gr. The gospel ; the 
history of Jesus Christ ;" the news of salva- 
tion. See EuANBLio. Mar.V.i. 



I. 



I the third letter of the Hawaiian 
» alphabet. Ita sound is that of ee in Bng- 
.Usb. or that of the French i. 
I is the medium of communication be- 
tween an active transitive verb or a verb 
of motion and its object. See Gram. § 105, 
p. 49. d and e; also. Gram, Synta.t, Rule 
> 19. iBefOre proper names of jiorsons and 
pronouns, the i becomes ia. See note Gram. 

P- IS- . . 

I has a variety of significations, ana is 

used for a variety of purposes. 



I, prepi To ; towards ; in ; at ; unto ; 

by ;.for ; in respect of; abov« ; more than ; 
on account of, &e. 

I, adj. Stingy. 

I, adv. When; while; if. 

I, conj. If; that; a contraction perhaps 

of ina. 
I. A sign. 1st. Of the imperfect tense 

of verbs. . 
2. A sign of the snbjuuctive mood : a 

contraction of itui. 



lA 



72 



IAN 



3. As a sign of a tense, it often has the 
meaning of a poteqtial ; tbat ; as, ua hai 
altu au i lobe outcou, I have spoken, tluU 
you might bear,. 3ee Gram. § 209, subj. 
mood, 4th form^ 

4. The sign <lt the imperatiTe mood, 
passive in certain cases ; aB,t kukui,i wai, 
i nobo, briAg a lamp, water, &c. 

I with an ajMstropne before it, is a con- 
traction after o of the preceding word, for 
ai ; as, malaila kahl i waihoia'i ka waiwai, 
for waihoia ai. 
i, V. To 6peakj to say, in connection 
with the thing spoken or said. £tn. 1:3 
and 20, 

2. 1^<> address one ; to make a speech to 
one; often stn. with olelo. Kin. 3:1. / 
mai la ia i ka wahine, be said to the woman 
(after this follows What' was said.) 
.3. To sa;^ within one's self. Kant. 18:21 
i. To pronounce a single word, aa aeig- 
nal, Jjank. 12:6. 

5. To give an appellation, and sxK. with 
kapa. Isa. 32:5. To designate the name 
qf.a person. Oih. 9:36. 

I, ». To beget, as a father. 

I, s. Name of the papaia fiuit and tree. 
Seeli. 

1a, v. Hod. To enter; to be received, 
as into tbe month. 

Ia, v. To beat or pound, as in making 
kapa. 

Ia, s. The name of the. mallet, used in 
beating kapa. 

Ia, prep. Used before proper names of 
persons, and before pronouns, as i Is be- 
fore common nouns. See I, prep. It signi- 
fies, to ; of ; for ; by ; with ; . on accoont of ; 
in respect of, &c. See Oram. § 1.26, 6. 

Ia, adv. In the beginning of a sentence^ 
and before a pronoun, it. refers to time: 
when; at that time, &c. ; as, ia lako.u 1 
noho ai il^la, whMe they lived there; ia 
manawa, make iho la ke aUi, at Ihat time 
the chief died. 

Ia, pen. pron., third pers. sing. He ; 
she ; it ; more rarely in the sense of it, for 
which Hawaiians use a peripltrasis ; thus : 
ia kanaka, ia wahine, ia mea, kela, keia, 
&c. Oram, § 137, 140, Sd. 

Ia, pron. adj. This ; that ; according as 
the thing referred to is present or absent. 

Ia annexed to verbs, forms the passive 
voice of all the conjugations ; as,xi». alohaia 
mai kakou, we ore beloved, This sign of 
tbe passive voice may be annexed to the 
verb and form one word, or it may be sepa- 
rated, cue or more words intervening ; as, 
uB lawe malu ia kc dala, the money vias 
iakfn secretly. Oram. § 211. Notjs. — 
Sometimes letters are inserted before the 
ia; as, aicalm, it is bitter, for atoaio. 



I-A, s. A fish J the general name of all 
sea animals, «l8o those in fresh water ; ua 
kipaia na mea a pan ma ke kai he ia, o na 
mea holo a me na mea faolo ole ; aia no ^ 
kekahi man ia maloko o ka wai maukii o 
ka aina. 

2. Meat of any kind, in distinction from 
ai, vegetable food ; o ka ia wale iio i koe 
ia ia, the fish only remained to him (i. e., 
Dagon.) 1 8am. 6:4. Note. — The names- 
of tbe fish formerty kapu fol: women to cat- 
were : kumu, moano, ulna, hoou perhaps,- 
and the ea. 

Ia, s. Pronounced yah. Eng. A yard 
in length. 

I'a, s. The galaxy or mil^ way. 

Ia-o, s. Name given to a small fish 
used for bait: 

2. Name, of a bird somewhat like the 
moho. 

Ia'-u, pron. pers., 1st pers. A contrac- 
traction of ia mi-; the auialo (accusative or 
objective case) of au ; me ; to me ; for me ; 
by me. &c. Chram. ^ 126, 6th auialo. 

Ia-t7, g. Name of a species of srnall fish. 

I-A-HA, ado. int. See Aha. For what?' 

' to what? iaha la ka makemake? for what- 
is the desire? 

i-A-Bo-NA, V. To be near to death, i>at 
desirous of living ; to wish to live or re- 
cover, from sickness; iahiona paha a ike 

, oku, kuu make paba ia. Xoietfc. 180. 

Irk'VO, s. The number forty; a round 
or whole number, as we say, a dozen ; it 
is. applied mostly, if not exclusively, to 
counting kapaa; perhaps to a few other 
things ; a me ka iako kapa he nui loa, and 
the very maxiy forties of kapas. 

I-a-xo, s. Name of the arched sticks 
which connect a canoe with its outrigger ; 

ka iojco waa, o ka hau ka iako paa. 

W-Ko, s: The name of a class of per- 
sona skilled in dealing, emptying and re- 
fitting a canoe upset in a storm at sea ; ka 
poe i aoia i ka holo moana a mc ka Inn kai 

1 nei viko, oia ka poe i aoia e kamai kn 
bnli pu. 

I-a-lo-aI, v. To embakn. Kin. 60:2. To 
bury dead bodies with perfumes ; to pre- 
serve dead bodies by sailing them; 

I-A-Lo-A, J. AdeadbodyemlKtliAedand 
preserved ; a lawe ae la oia i koiia mau 
%aloa a pan. Zaiei/c. T23. 

Ia-lo-ko, s. /a, prep., andTo&o, internal. 
That which is inside ; what belongs 'inside. 
See LoKO. 

Ia-na, s. Heh. A word translated and 
in Isa. 13:21. The ostrich perhaps. 

Ia-nei, adv. Ia, prep., and nei, h&x. 
Here ; at this place, Isa. 45:14. 

Ia-nu-a-ei, *. Eng. The name of the 



lES 



73 



III 



first month in the ye?.r; adopted by Hawai-j 

ians from the Romans through the English. 

The name of the Hawaiian month nearly 

corresponding is Kaelo. See D.Malo 12:6. 
Ia-wi, s. Name of a small red bird. 
Ia-CtU-a, s. Eng. Name of the animal 

jaguar. 
Ia-se-pi, s. Gr. A jaspers a precious 

stone. Pttfc. 28:20 ; Hoik. 21:11. ' ' 

Ie, b. To insult ; to provoke ; to pick 

a quarrel. 
Ie, a Canvas; ienani, fine linen; white 

cotton cloth, lole ie. 

2. A vine used in making baskets, also 
in decorating their persons ; he te .o ka 
nahelehele. 

3. A material braided into hats by the 
women ; he ulana ie papale ka na wahine 
nana. 

i. Name of a stick used in beating kapa; 
he ie kuku. 
. Ie, adj. Flexible ; limber, like cloth 
dt a vine ; he lole ie, he kanaka ie ke ona 
J ka rama, a man is limber (like cloth) 
when he is drank ; he lapa ; he noho ie, he 
papale ie, be ipu ie. 

i-E-i-E, s. The leaves of the ie formerly 
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, 
generalfy made into wreaths ; he ieie hue- 
wai, he ieie hnla. 

I-E-I-E, adj. He poo ieie no Hilo; a kind 
of lei for the head used by Hilo people. 

I-E-t'fi, V. To be decorated with leaves; 
to be dressed in wreaths. 
2. Hoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified. 

I-E-i-E, adj, Boo. Proud 5' pompous j 
light minded. 

•I-E-i-E-wA-HO, 4. Name of the sea or 
channel between Oahii and Kauai ; hoi 
msd fio ma ka moaua o ka /etetea/w, be re- 
turned by the ocean of the Mewaho. 

I-E-i-E-WE, s. The envelop of a fetus; 
placenta; secundines feminarom parturi- 
entium. 

2. The uterus ; the. womb ; ka aa, ka 
alualu. 

Ie-ho-ta, s. Heb. The name of the one 
eternal, living and true God,ia opposition 
to all other gods. JsCi. 45:5, 6. H)S name 
and attributes have been Cicceptdd by Ha- 
waiians. 

l-E-WE, s. The navel string connecting 
the new-born infant with the moiber. 

2. The infant itself; a young one just 
born. JTonJ. 28:57. 

3. The after-birth. 

i-E-LE, s. A chief; a king; he alii, ke 
alii. 
• I.E-SE-E0-NA, «. Ileb. A poetical name 
for the Israelitish people, signifying up- 
right, beloved. Kant. 32:15—33:5. 
10 



I-i, adj. Sour; mouldy; musty, as food 
injured by long standing. .SrXjWith pnna- 
belu. 
2. Covetous; close; niggardly, 

l-i, V. To be mouldy, Sec., as food; ua 
ii loa ka ai. 

2. To be lost; forgotten, as something 
formerly known ; ua ii na olelo kabiko, na 
nalo^ale. 

I-i, s. Mould; rust; anything indi- 
cating age or decay. 

I-i, V. To collect; to gather up, as small 
things ; to bring together. See Non. Ua 
ko waa, ke ii nei ka aha. 

I-I, s. A gathering together; a collect- 
ing, as of small things ; ka noil ; ua hele i 
ka ii hana ; he pii no 1 ka ii poaaha, they 

. go up to collect mulberry bark. 

I-i, s. Arejoicing with an audible voice, 
like a chant ; o ka mea lea i ke olioli, aia 
a loaa ka, ii iioko o ka puu ; a singing in 
the threat, like the gurgling of water ran- 
ning from a calabash ; e olaola ana me he 
huewai la ; oia ka ii. 

I-I, s. A heavy weight, difficult to lift; 
he kaumaha, he koikoi ka pupu. 

I-i, s. A person hard hearted, cruel and 
selfish ; ka hooii puahi ole a ka ua iuka 
wale no e haakeke ai. 

I-I, s. Name of a bird, partly red, bill 
hooked. SeeAPANE. Hemanaliiliiulaula; 
he apapane kekahi inoa. 

2. Name of.a species of fish around Molo- 
ktd ; ka pua ii. 

3. Aldndoffera. 

4. Name of the papaia ; also written i. 

I-ii I adj. Stinted; unthrifty; choked 
I-I-I, ) with weeds ; applied to vegetables 
or animals. 

2. Mortified or humbled, as O' person by 
the overbearing conduct of another ; re- 
strained. 

3. Tight, as a rope in a hole. 

4. Close : parsimonioua. See Ii 2. 
I-i-A-AO, s. Hard mouldy poi. 

I-i-i, s. A child of slow growth, many 
years, little stature ; aole nae' ka. Hi loa, a 
nonoi no hoi j aia he uuku nui ae. Ua ike 
an i kahi keiki i komo Hi, aa no hoi ke 

.^ kino ke nana aku. 

I-i-i, adj. Little; smalj; dwarfish; he 
pnaa Hi, a small hog ; he laau tii, a small 
tree; also, ka pulu Hi, little cotton; ka 
ipuln Hi. 

I-i-r, f. SmaUness; littleness; inferior- 
ity ; ka tit, ka aa, ke noinoi, ke knpalii. 

2. Name of a plant eaten in time of 
scarcity. 

I-H, V. To choke; to restrain; to hedge 
up. 



lO 



74 



lU 



I-M-KA, J. A Scarpa contraction of the 
skin from a wound. 

I-i-i-NA, V. To desire strongly. See Imi. 

I-i-KA, edj. Small; little in size; he 
wabi maaini ii'A^a. a small maninl, i. e., a 
kind of fish ; ke kalo iika, the little kalo ; 
he wiwi. he ol»la. 

I-i-KE, adj. See Ike, to know. Quick 
to learn ; ready ; amait ; having gained 
knowledge. 

I-i-Mo, e. See Imo. To wink repeat- 
edly ; to wink often. 

2. To convey some idea by winking. 
Sol. 6:13. 

I'l-Ki, , V. To desire ; to wish for ; to 
long after. i5n. 31:30. 

2. To fear or expect the loss of a thing 
which we very much love. 

3. To desire strongly to have or do a 
thing. 2 Sam. 13:39. Ke iinl nei ka naau 
i ka ponO; the heart desires that which is 
good. 

I-i-Ni, s. A strong desire ; ka iini nui, 
the greatly loved one. Laidk. 114. Ka 
makemake nui me ka ikaika. ' 

I-i-wi, s. A small red bird ; also iawi. 

I-i-wa-po-LE-NA, s. The name of a bird 
mentioned in Lamkamai 29, 80 and 149. 

I-o, s. A species of bird j a hawk. 

I-o, .«. Name of a game. 

I-o, s. Lean flesh ; the animal muscle, 
Anat, 3. A muscle ; he io ku e, an antag- 
onistic, muscle. Anat.i^.- 

2. Flesh in general. Pi*. 29:14. 

3. Flesh, i. e.. person. 0!hk. 16:4. 

4. One's flesh, i. e., kindred; relation. 
Kin. 29:14. Jo maha, the muscle on the 
side of the head. 

I-o, s. Part; portion; reality; truth'; 

• verity. Ezek. 12:23. 

I-O, s. A forerunner; one who announces 
the approach of a cldef. 

I-O, adj. True; real; not imaginary; 
Da paa ka inanao o kanaka he akua io no 
o Lono, the minds of the people were firm 
that Lono (Captain Cook) was a reaX god. 

I-o, adv. Truly ; 'really ; verily ; cer- 
tainly -.oiaio, truth. Io is a strong inten- 
sive. Pela io no ka hana ana. a lakou: 
aohe io ka hewa, the wickedness is great 

I-o, adv. I, prep., and o, there. Yonder; 
aia noia io, there he is yonder. See O. Io 
ia nei, adverbial phrase, hither and thither. 

I-O, prep. Nearly syn. with ia; used 
■before proper names and pronouns. To ; 
tov.fards. fob. 5:1. But implying motion. 

I-o, V. To flee ; to hasten away- with 
fear. 

I-o, «. To be loaded with bundles ; ua 
alaulau. 



I-o-E-NA, adj. Wild; savage; untamed, 
as a wild, ferocious animal ; he pieoa, faihju. 
I-o-i-o, V. To peep, as a chicken ; also 
piopio. Isa. 10:14. Misprinted oioi; to 
chatter. Isa. 38:14. To whisper, as ghosts 
were supposed to do. See Haneha;<£. 
I-o-i-o, adj. Peeping, as a chicken ; he 

manu ioio, a swallow, ler. 8:7. 
I-o-i-o, V. To look this way and that, 
as a thief about to steal ; ioio na maka o 
ka hohe wale. 
I-o-i-o, V. To appear above ■water,/as a 
shark's fin when swimming ribout; ioio 
kuala o ka mano i ka ili kai. 
I-o-i-o, V. To project upwards, as a 
point of a mountain : Una ae ana o Puno- 
nioni e oni ae ana e like me Mannakea. 
I-o-i-o-LE-A, adj. Brisk; lively ; Tight 
in traveling ; mama ma^ ka hele ana ; also, 
2. Angry ; quick tempered. 
I-o-i-o-LE-Po, s. A bearer of tidings ; a 

messenger to carry news. 
I-o-KiT-Pij, *. Io, flesh, and kupu, to grow 
np. A polypus, name of a disease in the 
nose ; a gum-boil ; tampers in a horse. 
I-P-LA-NA, ». SeeLANA. To float in the 

Ave, as a bird. 
I-OrtE, s. A mouse. Oihk. 11:29. Ide 

nui, a rat or rabbit ; a mole, Isa. 2:20. 
I-o-LEA, adj. Wild; untamed, as an 

animal ; he puaa io2ea, iiihiu. 
I-o-LE-Nir-i, Si A rat, especially the large 

wharf-rat 
I-0-LE-RA-BA-Ti, s. Hawaiian name for 

the -rabbit, a fer«gn anisl&l. 
I-o-Litr, s. The lean flesh inside the 
backbone of, beef, &c., adjoining the ribs.. 
Note. — ^The flesh out^'de ia called ^dum. 
lo-MA-HA, ». See Io, muscle, and Maha^ 
side of the head, temple. The muscle on 
the temple orUmpU muscle. AmiU 6. 
I-o-Mo, p. To throw a stone into the 
air which falls into the water; 

2. To leap, as a person into the water, 
provided he does not spatter the water, 
ifoo. The same. 
I-o-po-No, *. Name of a class of persons 
formerly who were entrusted with the care 
of the king, ahd whose business it was to 
guard his person and effects, lest some one 
should obtain his spittle and garments, and 
thus have power to pray him to death. The 
poe iopono were generally high chie&. 

2. A &iend ; a relation of one whose 

faithfulness might be trusted; hehoahanau 

iopono no kola nbu, ua make no oe he-io- 

pimo. 

l-v, s. Name of a particular kapu re- 

lating to females. 
I-u, adj. Prohibited; sacred; tabooed; 



IHE 



75 



IHO 



applied to everytliing within tlic reach of 
the fcapu ; iu kahi o ke alii, ano, mukau, 
sacred is the place of the cljief, it is consc- 
cratod, it ia to be feared. 

I-D, s. A consecrated place; he kapu 
ke alii, nobo i ka iwla, the yng is kapu, 
he sits in the sacred pUwe. 

1-u, V. Hoo. To lay a kapu for a pfir- 
tieulartime; e Aooiuaku i kekahi manawa. 

I-u-i-u, V. To be afar off; higli up; to 
live in sow« sacrod, kapu place. Noiii;,— 
The idfeas of /ar ojf or high up seem to lie 
cdnuected with sacredneas, or separation 
from everything common. See Hkmolelk. 

I-ir-i-u, s. A place supposed to be afar 
olT or higli up above the earth. or beneath 
the occao, ^tcred to the dwellihg place of 
God ; ke Akua noho i ka iuiu, the God 
dwells, afar off;- i ka welaa o ka makani, 
at the further end of the wind ; he onohi 
ku i ka inoana, an eye-ball ati^nding in the 
ocean, i. e., the center of the ocean. 

1-u-j-u, adj. What is high up or afar 
off; he poiuin, h^ poliuUu. 

I-u-KA, adv. J, prep., towards, and i{ia, 
inland. A direction oppo.site from the sea ; 
inland ; up the mountain. . 
lu-LAi, s. Eng. Name of the modem 
seventh month, July, answering to Kaaona 
of the ancient Hawaiian division. 
Id-ni-pe-ra, *. Eng. Name of a tree 
not found on these islands ; juniper ; laau 
innipera. 1 Higli,. 19(4. 
lu-jpi-TA, s. Eng. The planet Jupiter; 

the Hawaiian name is J£aau)e2au 
lu-Bi-LE, *. Heb. A year of release jlirom 

service. Oiftfc. 26:9-, 11. 
Iff-Bi-LE, adj. Oi .or-pertaining to jubi- 
lee or the year of release; makahild iwbile. 
OUilq. 25:26. 
lu-DAi-6, s. A Jew; a -descendant of 

Abraham. 
I-HA, V. To be intent upon : persevering 

at ; to desire' greedily ; ua iha wale no, he 

gives bis whole attention. 
l-iiA-i-HA,' adj. Firmly drawn, as a rope; 

ua HiaOM ke kaula, na maloeloe, strained.^ 
1-iiA-i-HA, adj. Ua ihaiha ka puukole i 

ka mimi, ua ibeihe ; ua bele a ihaiiw, wale 

ka poe iuinei liewa, e faana mau ma ka hewa; 

to draw in, restrain, aci one desiring to ful- 
fill a call of natnre, and is I'estrained by 

the presence of some one ; so also having 

a desire to lascivionsness. 
I-HE, s. A spear, los. 8:18. Ihe hulali, 

a glittering spear; a javelin. Noli. 25:7. 

He Uie pakelo ; ih/t pahce a me na iAe o, the 

hand staves and the spears. 
1-HE-A, adv. int. I and hea, where ? To 

what place? whither? iAc<t oukoa? where 

are, yoii going? 



I-HEE, adj. Still; quiet, as the weather; 
he ^e no ka la malic. 

I-HEE, V. To run from; to escape; e 
{/tee ana i ka iu <kaweIo) i ka mua o qa 
waa. 

I-HEE-HEE, V. To poui iDto ; to slip 
easil;y, as oil into a bottle ; e thtchee&na, i 
ka aila iloko o ka huewai. 

I-HE-i-HE, s. A species of fish of the 
swprd.kind, but Hmall ; Kaawili ilielhe. 

1-Hi, V. To peel off the bark from a stick. 
Kin. 30:37. 

2. To peel ; to flay the skin from an ani- 
mal ; <t Vdi ka ai, to take the skin from 

, food (kalo or potatoes) ; e lAi i ka ili oka 
manini, to peel the sMn from the maniui 
(a species of kalo) ; e hoopohole, e maibij 
ua ini ka la, ua'wela ka pahoeljioe, the enn 
is peeled off, i. e., the clouds, ttie smooth 
rocks are hot ; na ihi ke kapu o ke alU, 
the kapu is taken off. Lit, Peeled off. 

I-Hi, s. The name of a plant growing 
on the mountains, the root, used iu native 
medicines, slightly cathartic ; also, 

2. A plant like the pig-sorrel, which is 
called ihi makole. 

l-m,adj. Sacred; hallowed. Hal.l2:19. 
Generally applied to high chiefs. 

I-Hi-i-ni, adj. Sacred; holy. /<w.24:19. 
No mJxttire of evil. Isa. 8;8. 
2. Majestic ; dignified. See Ihi, adj. 

IrHi-i-Hi, Si See fill above. Name of a 
plant ; ke Hiiifd makole, he ihiihi ai. 

I-HW-Hi, inter j. An. expression of sur- 
prise at seeing anything uncommon or out 
of the ordinary course of things ; he haa- 
olelo kab ha, a word expressive of aston- 
ishment. 

I-ai-i-Hi, V. Hoo. To put on dignity or 
importance. 

I-Hi-Hi, adj. Angry; cross; offended; 
unsociable; ho kanaka ihihi; displeased 
with-; disa-Tocted to; parsimonious; be 
kanaka ihihii c aua no, stingy. 

I-HI-HI, V. To neighj as a horse. 

I-Hi-MA-Nn, s. Name of a large cfeature 
of the ocean, one and a h&lf or two feet in 
diameter; perhaps Wivmanu is a bettei 
ordiography. Itum. 

I-HO, V. To go down; to "descend, as 
firom ai higher to a lower i>lace. Nah. 12:5. 
To go down from an eminence. Pufc. 19:2-J. 
E ifto ana i ka pali, descending a precipice. 

2. Hoo. To cause to descend ; to bring 
down, as a punishment. 1 Nal. 2:9. 

3. To cause to fall. Ezek. 26:20. 

I-uo, si The pith oi a vegetable ; he Via 

laan ka mea mawaona o ka laau, the pith 

of a tree is what is in the center of the tree. 

2. In geotfraphy, the pele of the earth ; 

be ilto ko ka honua a puka ma na aoao 



IHU 



76 



IKE 



elaa, tbe earth bae a pith (pole) coming 
out at both sides; kaiAolcukui. SeulBOJUO. 

I-Eo, s. Name of the inferior kapas in 
a set, the best being the kilohana. 

I-HO. A verbal directive, which implies, 

1. Motion or tendency downward. 

2. It implies succession, and is used 
much in narrative tenues ; generally fol- 
lowed by to. Oram. S 233, 5 234, 3d : § 
237, § 239. 

I-Hp is also used after adverbs of time, 
and e.Tpresaes succession of time ; as, ma- 
hope ito, after that. Jjunk., 1:1. Jho nei, 
just now. 

I-HO, following nouns or pronouns, is 
equivalent <Ut self or selves; as, e malama ia 
oubott Vio, take care of yOur selves; eia 
kp'tt manao uo'ai^, here j8*Suy opinion of 
mf/sdf. It is equivalent to o^nanierapoE- 
aessive ; as, kona iho, hia own. 

I-ao"i-Ho, s. The solid, heavy part of 
.tlsiber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
of eomething soft ; hele laai ia me ka pu a 
me ka pololu a me ka ihoiko kukui. 

I-Ho-i-HO-KU-KUl, s. A string of kukui 
nuts, used for torches. 

I-HO-LE-NA, s. A species of banana which 
were permitted to be eaten uuder thekapu 
system ; eia na maia a Papa e ni ai, o ka 
popolu, ka Vwlena. . 

i-Ho-NA, s. I/wandawo. A descending j 
going down ; a path descendinf; a hill. 

I-HO-PE, adv. I, prep., and h^e^ end. 
Back ; backward. Meb. 10:38, 39, 

I-RU, s. The nose of a person, isa. 65:5. 
The snout of an animal. Sol. 11:22, The 
bili of Si bird ; the bowsprit of a ship ; the 
fore part of a canoe, &o. ; e homai ka ihw, 
give mc a kiss. LaieifeiTi. Note.— Hawai- 
iaas kissed by touching noses. LaieOc. 119. 
Oia ka manawa e loaa'i kou ihu i ke keiki 
Kauai; a proverbial expression, or it may 
be a misprint for ike. Laieik. 126. 

I-Hir-A-NU, s. Ihu, nose, and anu, cold. 

1. Name of a wind upland of Kaweia; o 
ka Oamnu, he makani ia no Kaweia, mauka 
m^. 

2. Name of an odoriferous tree or shrub 
of that place. 

I-HU-o-LA-o-LA, s. i%M, nose, and o/ao^o, 
to snore. 

1. A breathing hard ; a snoring. 

2. A snoring nose. 
I-mj-HA-NU-NU, adj. Ihu, nose, and ha- 

nmu, to breathe hard. A hard breathing 
nose ; hard breathing ; snoring. 

I-HU-i-HU, adj. A word "used in con- 
temning another. 

I-HU-KU, V. Ihu, nose, and ku, to stand. 
To turn up the hose in uoger or contempt. 
See Jnura. 



I-HU-KU, s. Anger; contempt. 

I-Hir-Ku-iCA-Ni, adj. Ihu, ku and kani, 
to sound. Hard breathing. 

I-HU-MAA, adji Disobedient; mischiev- 
ous ; manomano ke keild ihmnwi oe, you 
are a child of freq«ent disobedience. 

I-HU-KA, adj. Mischievous; applied to 
persons; kolohe. 

I-HTJ-NA-NA, adj. Snoring; a snoring 
person. See Ihcnono below. 

I-HU-NO-NO, V. Ihu, nose, and ruyrw, to 
snore. To snore in one's sleep. SeeNoNoo 
and NoKE. 

I-Hu-PA-PA, ) g^j. jj,ju^ uQse, and papa, 

I-HU-PE-PE, V flat, or pepe, maehed. De- 



pressed ; flat or depressed nosed. 
I-HU-PE-PE, «. A flat nosed person. Othk. 

21:18.. Puka iku, a nostril. Sah. 1130. 
I-HU-PH, I'. Uai, nose, and pii, to go up. 

To turn up the nose in contempt. 
I-Hir-pu, i. A wojd of contempt. Liy. 

A turned up nose. 
I-KA, u To float ashore, as a drowned 

person ; a ^o ia po, Sea ia aku la ia kanaka 

iuka o ITkumebame ; to be driven on shore 

by the surf. 
2. To be turned aside, as a vessel by the 

wind and current. Oih. 27:41. 
8. To fall off, as a vessel before the wind. 
4. To run before the wind. Hoo. To be 

thrown up on the bank of a kalo patch. 

I-KA, s. rfeme of the aides of a kalo 
patch, or of a mala where the grass is 
thrown; oia ka mea e malu ai na iifca, i lilo 
ole ka mea kanu a kekahi i kekahi. 

I-KA, adj. Drifting; inclined to fall off 
before the wind ; making leeway. . 

I-KAi, adv, I, prep., towards, and hai, 
sea. Towards the sea; &e opposite of 
iuka, towaras4nland. 

I-KAi-KA, V. See Ika 3 and 4. To exer- 
oise_ muscular strength ; to' be strong ; ua 
ikaika kona lima, his arm was strong. 

2. To be strong mentally or morally; to 
be courageous; perseverine; energetic. 
Kard. 31:6. 

3. Soo. To make strong, as one weak in 
body. 

4. To be courageous in jnind. 

5. To be persevering in'businesB. 
■ 6. To exhort one to be strong, energetic, 
persevering, &c. 

I-KAI-KA, s. Strength; power; valor; 

zeal ; periseverance. 
1-KAi-KA, adj. Strong; hardy; perse- 

tering. 
I-KAi-KA, adv. Strongly; perseveringly. 

I-KE, V. To see, perceive by the eye. 



IKI 



77 



ILI 



2. To see, perceive mentally, i. e., to 
know ; underBtaifd. 

3. A form of pending love to an absent 
one ; as,c ike akji oe ia me&,do you salute 
^uch a one. 

, i. To receive, as a visitor or a messei^er. 

5. To- know ; to have carnal knowledge 
4}{. .STm. 4:1 and 19:5. 

6. Hoo. To exhibit; to show; to point 
out ; to cause to know ; to give testimony 
in a court conceraingu^ne. 

I-KE, s. Knowledgfti) instruction ; ka 
ike, the person having knowledge. Puk. 
4:11. Understanding. Karil. 4:G. A part- 
ing salutation ; as, e ike. 

I-KE-A, V. Used for ikeia, the passive 
of ike. Oram. § 211. It has also tiie regu- 
lar passive ikeia. To be seen; to be known; 
to appear. Puk. 16:10. 
2. Hop. To be exhibited ; manifested. 

I-KE-A-KA, V. Ike, to know, and aka, 
clear. To know clearly: to perceive dis- 
tinctly. Stn. with ikepaka, ikelea. 

I^KE-i-KE, ». See Ike. To see; to know, 
&c. Eoo. To explain; to exhibit; to show; 
to bear witrotw. 8(A. 10:32. 

I-KB-i-KE, j; Hoo. A testimonial; a 
superscription. 

I-KE-i-KE, adj. Showing; witnessing. 

I-EE-MA-KA, s. Ike, to see, and Tnaka, 
the eye. An eye witness ; one that sees with 
his own eyes, or knows a thing of his own 
knowledge ; a witness. ler. 32:10. 

I-EE-UA-KA, V. Ike, to see, and maka, 
the eye. To know positively ; to see with 
the eyes. 

I-Ki, adj. Small; diminutive; little; 
often used in compounds; as, kamaiSd, 
keiki, the little, one, &c. ; he wahi mea 
uuku, he liilii. '■ 

IrKJ« adv. Nt-t at all ; nearly ; ke hoo- 
koeifci nei no ka aie o ke aupuni. there re- 
mains very little of the government defet. 

1-Ki, V, Hso. To spare ; to hold back ; 
to mak^ small, isa. 54:2. 

I-Ki-i-Ki, u To be pressed ; to be com- 
pelled to do a thing J to be compelled to 
act or not to act against one's will. 

2. To be weary of refraining fr»m. ler. 
20:9. 

3. To pant for breath, as one dying. 

I-Ki-i-Ki, 5. A confinedness; want of 
room. 

2. A close, tight room. 

3. Severe pain ; panting for broath ; 
strangulation ; the pangs of death. 

4. A siege of a city. ter. li9:9. 

1-Ki-i-Ki, adj. Close and hot, as the con- 
fined air of a crowded room. 

2. Tight, as a bandage or clothes made 
too small. 



I-KI-I-KI, s. Name of the fifth month 

of the Hawaiian year. 
I-Ki-Ki, s. Disquietness; suffering. Hal. 

38:2. Stifling for want of air ; hot. 
I-Ki-Ki, s. See Ikiiki above and Oik,'"-. 

Name of a month, May. 
I-Ki-MA-KTj-A, s. Name of a kind of Stone 

out of which the maika stones were made. 
I-KO, V. To imitate. Syn. with hoko. 
I-KO-i, s. A buoy ; a float. See Lalea. 
I-KU, int. A word of encouragement to 

pei'sons about to exert themselves in any ^ 

exercise, thus: iku, ikuku, oinana, o^o- 

kuo, oia, ka holo no ia. 

I-KU-A, s. Ancient name of one of the 
months ; also written ikuwa ; October! 

I-KU-i-Kir, s. An offensive smell. Syn. 
with okaoka. 

I-Ku-WA, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian months. See the above. 

I-KU-WA, adj. A lobe oe i ka leo iiutoa 
(bird singing) a na manu. Laieik. 149. 

I-KU-WA, V. Ka leo o na kahuli e ikuma 
ana ; singing like birds. LaieUc. 149. 

I-i^> ) s. A dark spot on the skin; he 

I-LAA, ) wahi eleele iki ma ke kino. 

I-LAi-LA, adv. The auialo of ^««7a;, there; 
in that place ; to that place. Gram. § 165:2. 

I-LAi-LAU. See Laulele. 

I-LA-LO, adv. The auialo of /afo, dowiji 
down ; downwards ; below. Gram. § 161. 

I-LA-MU-KU, s. An officer whose busi- 
ness it was to enforce the orders of a chief, 
or of a judge. 

2. An executioner ; a destroyer. Kard. 
16.18. 

3. An executive officer. 1 ^HftZ. 23:4. 

4. In modern times, a marshal ; a sheriif. 

I-Li, V, To Strike, rub or scrape on the 
ground, as a canoe, boat or ship. Kin, 8:4. 

2. To strike or run aground, as a ship ; 
to strike a rock. 

3. To be cast awaiy ; ua Hi ka moku a aa- 
haha, the ship stranded and was broken up. 

4. To rest on land, as a boat when <-he 
water subsides ; to stick fast. 

5. To lay upon one, as good or bad, i.e., 
to make responsible. Nah. 18:1. 

6. To come upon one, as a good or a 
blessing. Eanl. 28:2. Also, 

7. As a curse or evil. K<inl 28:15. 

8. To fall or come to one, as an inherit- 
ance, or to becotne one's by iuUeritancs. 
los. 24:32. 

9. To inherit, as laud. Kin. 15:8. 

10. To pass over, as the moon over the 
surface of the ocean j uaiK ka mahina ma- 
luna o ka Hi o ke kai. 

11. Eoo. To cause one to inherit, as an 
estute, i. e.. to give one an inhcritacce 



ILI 

12. To bring npon one, as evil, i. e., to 
come upon one, as a judgment ; to fasten 
tJie charge of evil upon one. 

13. To count or consider a thing as be- 
longing to ona; to impute, or attribute 
Bomethiag to one, Ac. Km. 15:6. 

14. To attribute to another a plan which 
was partly bis own ; hooUi akti la na ke 
Uabuna wale no ka olelo, a buna i kana 
ibo, he i^ttributed lie plan to the priest, 
and toncealed bis own part. 

15. To cause a transfer of property or a 
kingdom to another ; i hooUi pono aku ai 
o Kaahumanu i ke iinpuni no Liboliho, that 
Kaahumanu might transfer the kingdom to 
Liboliho as bis. 

16. 'To lade, as a beast df burden; to take 
in, as a passenger on board a shipf Vie hoo- 
Ui nei i ka ukana o. ka molni. 

17, To be stopped, as a stone rolling down 
a bill, i. e., to strike. 

18. Applied also to a person pursued in 
battle until be is angry with the pursuer, 
and turns npon his adversary with such 
fury that he also runs in turn. 

I-M, s. The stranding of a ship on a 
shore or rock. 

2. The descent of property from parents 
to children. 

3. The dashing of one thing against an- 
other. 

I-Li, s. The skin of a person or anitnal. 
lob. 16:15. Eia mai ua Ui o kanaka, be 
keokeo kekabi, he ulanla kahi, be eleele 
kekahi. 

2. The bark of a tree ; the outer rind of 
any vegetable ; the husk or shuck of fruit. 

3. The surface of the ground or sea ; na 
ka la e hoomalamalama i ka i^i o ka honua; 
the sun enlightens the surface of the earth; 
maluha o ka Hi kai kona bele, his going 
was upon the surface of the sea. 

i. Mea Hi, whatever is made of skin. 
Ntth. 31:21. 

6. The surface of any substance; elua 
no ano o na Ui, o ka Hi lanmania, a o ka 
t2i hualala. Anahon. 

1-ii, *. The name of a small district of 
land, next smaller than an ahnpuaa. There 
are thirty-three His in the ahupuaa of Hono- 
lulu. 

J-Li, *. A small, Smooth stone worn by 
the water ; a pebble. 

I-Li, s. In gfometry, a side ; a surface ; 
Ui ke kui, surface of the sea ; iU o ka 
aina, surface of tite land. 

I-u-AU, s. A species of bush in the for- 
est ; nana aku he ka moloua }£a iliau. 

I-Li-A-Hi, s. Sandal-wood; a deeply 
scented, bard wood, formerly a wood of 
traffic. 

I-u-E, «. A kind of vine; with its roots 
icars are made in the skin in mourning for 



T^ IU 

the dead or kumaloena. The operation is 

called kuni. 
I-Li-i-Li, s. Safe In above. Small, smooth 

stones worn by the watei" ; pebblcB. Sol. 

20:8. Gravel. Zsa. 48:19. 
2. Small stones used in playini; at fco- 

nane. Laink. 38. 
I-u-i-Li, u Hoo. To collect; to gather 

in, as the fruits of harvest. Isa. 17:S. 

2. To gather up ; to pick up, as fuel. 
Nah. 15:32. 

3. To gather, as grapes of a Vintage. 
Kard. 24:20, 21. 

4. To collect together, as small pieces of 
anything. 

6. To obtain, as property. Kin. 12:5. 
Wa hooUiHi ai, harvest time. Notb. — Hoo- 
iliili is the opposite of hodlei. loan. 6:12. 

■Li-i-iii, s. Hoo; A gathering in; a col- 
lection ; a harvest. 

•Li-o, s. A dog; ilio hihiu, a wolf; 
ilio bahai, a greyhound. Sol. SU:31. 

2. The cross $eam of a house. 

3. Fig. A catamite. JSoik. ^2:16. 

4. A stingy, close Juan. 
'L!-o, adv. 1 hele aku, ea, mai maka- 

maka Uio i ka buelo ka ika, a proverbial 

expression : the end of a friendship that 

(Mice existed, false friendship, remains. 
'U-o-E-HA, $. A species. of fish. 

u-o-HA, s. A species of limu having 

broad leaves ; he limu lau palahalaha. 

2. Also a plant with small leaves. 
u-o-HAE, ) J. Epithet of a wolf; 

Ll-o-Hi-HlTJ-HAE, } a fierce, cross dog. 

Lam. Eavo. 23:1, 1. 
•u-o-LE-LO, V. Bi an^ olelo, to talk. To 

go about tattling ; retailing scandal ; e imi 

olelo, hooholoboio olelo. 
■Li-o-MA-KA, s. Hi, skin, and om^Ji-a, 

prepuce. The foreskin. See Omaka. 
•U-HATJ, s. The bark of the hau tree, 

of which ropes are made ; ho kaula UiJuw. 
■LI-BEE, s. A shrub, the bark of whose 

root is very acrid ; also hUiee. 
•u-HE-LO, s. Name of the class of 

farmers who worked but little ; o ka poe 

mahiai liilii, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai 

Uihel(fi 

•u-HiA, V. To be astonished s^t an 

event. Oihk. 26:32. 

2. jTs bo offended, OB with a servaot-wbo 
has done mischief. 

3. To bo in great fear ; ua Uikia makou 
i ka makau maoU. 

4. lloo. To cause fear or trepidation ; 
me he mea la e hooUilda ka olelo a na ka- 
huiiu, 

I-Li-m-A, adj. Quick tempered. 
l-u-Hi-A, s. Great fear; trepidation; he 
makau, he woUweli. 



ILI 



79 



ILU 



1-u-m-t.ATj-NAi V. To reach or arrive 
■ at ;^to associate with. 
I-Li-HO-Lo, s. Name of those who worked 
at mahiai only a part of the day. See lu- 

FIU>. 

I-u-Hu-NE, adj. lU,skin,andkune,jtooT, 
I.e., poor to the skin. Poor ; destiUite of 
property ; without clothing. 

I-W-Htr-NE, 'c. Tobepoor; without prop- 
eity. i Sim. li:i. The opposite of uaiwai. 
JF/oo. T6 make or caase one to become 
poor. 1 Sam. 2:7. 

I-u-i£Ai, s. Hi, isutface, and kai, sea. 
IiTT. The garface (skin) of the sea ; the Sur- 
face of any substance, 

i-xi'KAi, adj. Horizontal; kaha ilikai 
aiiorizontal line. Am. Bon. 4. 

l-Li-KA-LA, ) J, i?i, skin, and Wa,'rough; 

1-U-KA-Kl, ) epithet of the shark skin. The 
skin stvetcbed over and fastened to a cocoa- 
nut shell, which formed a kind of dnim ; 
pcnei e iiana'i, o ka pnnin, o ka UikcUa 
(sharkskin paha,) ka pili me ka pil^,li o kc 
kukui,'a pab, kakoo me ke kaula a maloo, 
wafho a maloo, alalia, hookani iho meka 
uhane. 

I-u-Ki, V. To dash ; to strike against, 

1. As a weapon of war. 

2. As rain in a storm. 

3. An water in a toirent ; i ka manawa 
e kaua ai, 'Uiki iho la ka pobaku me ka 
laau, nahoahoa ke poo ; i ko laua'hele ana 
i ka makaikai a Koolau, Uiki iho ana ka 
ua ; aole o kanamai o ka Uiki ana mai a 
ka wai o na kahawai. 

1-U-Ki, s. A dashing; a striking against, 

&c. 
I-Li-Ki, s. A varnish made of the kukui 

bark, lani; opunmaia, &c. 
I-Li-Ko-NA, s. A wart ; a small, bard 

protuberance on tbe skin ; he puupuu ino 

paakiki, wanawana liilii. 
I-i;i;-KO-iiE, ) adj. m, skin, and kole, 
I-LI-KO-NK, ) raw. Very poor; destitute, 

ao much that life is undesirable ; e aho ka 

make ia Milu, loaa ke akua o ka po, it is 

better to die by Milu and be received by 

the god of night. 
I-Li-KO-LE, adj. Not thoroughly ripe, as 

the cocoauut; not oolealoa; heniuilifcoie. 
I-u-Li-HiA, ad). See Ilihia. Excited; 

filled with fear. 
2. Dignified ; full of dread. 
T-Li-tn-A, s. Hi, skin, and lua, sscdftd. 

1. The second or new Skin ; applied to 
6ld age. , . , , 

2. The seventh stage of life— wrinkled 
skin. 

8. An aged person ; he pakaka ka ili. 
I-U-LC-NA, s. Bi, skin, and luna, upper; 



I-: 



I-i 



above. Lrr. The' upper skin, i. e., the sur 
face of a thing ; the ton. 
lii-MA, s. A shrub With green and yel- 
low flowers; the shrub is used for fucj. 
See Apiki. He apiki, he lei apikt. 

2. The name of a region next below the 
apaa on thg side of the mountains. 
Li-MA-No, s. i^i, skin, and jwano, shark. 
Lrr. The shark skin; used for making drum 
heads ; oia ka ili i hanaia i ka pabuhacke- 
eke. 

Li-NA, s. A burying place where many 
are buried (where only one is buried, it is 
called liunakde)'; a grave. 2 Oihl. 34:4. 
With fc«po2»m{, a burying place. Kin. 49:ii0. 
A sepulchre. Keh. 2i5. A tomb ; satofc as 
hale kmapau. 

2. itoo. An inheritance. Sdni. 18:2. A 
possession. Kin. 48:4. 

3. An heir; one to whom an estate or 
inheritance has fallen or is to fall ; he mea 
e hooili ai ka waiwai a ka nica i make. 

ii-NA-WAi, s. llina and wa«, water. 
A place where a brook loses itself in the 
gjround. Ll*. The grave of the water. 

■u-PA-LA-PA-LA, s. Hi, skin, and pcda- 
pdla, to write. A ekin written upon; a 
parchment. 2 Tim. 4:13. 

■Li-pi-LO, s. Name of the fanners who 
worked all day till dark ; o ka poe mahiai 
nui a po ka la, ua kapaia lakon he mahia! 
ilipih ; those who worked little were called 
iliheh. 

Li-WAi, ■ adj. Bi, surface, and wai, 
water. Horizontal ; level. Ana. lion. 4. 
He kaha iliwai, a horizontal lino. See lu- 

KAI. 

u-wa-hi-Wa-hi, s. Ili, skin, and wdhi, 
covering. A sword scabbard. 
■I40, s. A maggot ; a body worm. lob. 

7:5. 

2. A worm consuming vegetables. Pith. 
16:20. 

3. Worms of various kinds ; nai2o ilima, 
na Uo baka, na ilo liilii e ulu ae ana ma ka 
nahelehele. 

-LO-i-Lo, V. To be wormy ; full of 
worms, as meat, or as worms on vegeta- 
bles ; ua Uoilo ka ia, ua kan ia nae e ka 
iloUo liilii. Boo. Ua hooiloilo ke kahuna e 
make. 

Lo-i-LO, adj. Woririy ; full of worms 
or maggots. 

-LO-KO, prep. 7 and Mo, internal. In; 
inside of; ■«vithin. Oram. ^ 161. 
W-u, S. A stropg sijiell; scent; ap- 
plied to the shark ; ka Uoli o ka mano. 

2. The unpleasant sensations of preg- 
tiancy. 

i-Lir-NA, prep. 1 and luna, above. Up ; 
upward ; upon , above. Oram. § 161. 



IMU 

I-Lc-NA, adv. Up; upward. 
I-Mi, u. To search foi a thing as tost ; 
to look after with a view to find. 

2. To seek, as for knowledge, for riches, 
for pleasure. 

3. E imi hala, to seek some eril against 
Oine ; to devise devices. ler. 18:18. To seek 
occasioa agsfinst Dan. 6:4. 5. 

I-Mi-i-Mi, V. Freq. of the foregoing. To 

seek earnestljr or diligently for a thing ; 

uiindimi wahi dala no ke Mno ; uaimifei 

wahi noho hou aku. 
t-Mi-HA^je,-!;. To seek occasion against. 

See Imi above. 
i-Mi-HA-LE, s. Epithet of one who is a 

seeker of property, in distinction from one 

who is to possess it, who is the rwho hale; 

Kamehameha ka iniVidle, o Liholiho ka 

noho hale. 
1-Mt-HA-LE, V. To seek an inheritance 

for one's children, as Kamehameha did and 

left it for Ws children. 
I-mi-hia; v. Pass, of imi for imiia. To 

be sought; looked for. JSfeefc.5:17; also 6:1. 
I-Mi-o-LE-LO, V. Imi and oMo, word, 

speech. , 

1. To He ; to obtain a thing by false' 
statemeDts. 

2. To ^rattle ; to tell tales ; to slander. 
I-Mo, u 'To wink. Hal. 35:19. See 

Amo. Conj.5th,M;no,to wink; to triumph, 
as one in mischief. Sol. 6;13. 

2. To snap, as the eyes on drinking some- 
thing very acid. 

3: To twinkle, as a star ; imo ou iho na 
maka o ke koa, kuku ka lihilibi, okalakala 
ka hulu o ke koa, pai o kukae me ka naau. 

T-Mo, s. E lele i ka imo o ka lani ; a 
look; a looking. 

I-MO-i-MO, V. See above. To wink re- 
peatedly; to wink fast. Idb. 15:12. Ua 
imoimo na maka 1 ka ue. 

I-MO-i-MO, adv. Very high; very far off; 
at a great distance ; poiuin loa ; ua kania 
na hua u ka niu iluna loa, a imoimo ke 
nana aku, the fruit of the cocoanut hangs 
very high, it is very high (there is winldng) 
to look at it. 

I-MTJ, s. A place for baking made by 
heating stones under ground ; an oven for 
baking vegetables or meat. Puk. 7:28. 
See also Umu. 

I-MU-A, prep. I and mua, first. Before ; 
in front of; in presence of; tm«o no o 
Kokuokalani a make ; aole i hoi iho^e, 
imim no ka poe koa a make. 

1-Mtr-Li, prep. 1 and muli, remainder. 

Behind ; coming after ; in the rear. 
I-MU-LOA, s. Imu and loa, long. A lor.g 

oven ; an oven for baking men. 



80 INA 

I-MU-LOA, V. To perfoHn the process of 
baking men, sometimes as offerings to the- 
gods and sometimes for medicinal purposes. 

I-NA, V. To judge ; to set in order; to 
settle a diflicnlty. 

2. To pry up ; to raise by means of a 
lever. 

3. To sound, as from a distance ; e ina 
mai ka leo o tnea e hea mai. 

4. ''"" modulate or ease off, as the sylla- 
bles at the end of a meU line ; ina leo ; 
hootJiM leO, same. 

I-NA. Used in an imperative inviting 
sense, come on ; go to ; let us do (some- 
thing) ; mostly in the plural ; ina kakou, 
&C: Kin. li:i; also 37:20. AdverbkiMy.be 
quick ; used in exhortation, to make speed; 
ina hoi. Laky.20:li. Come on, let us do 
this or that ; ma no. though ; albeit. Etek. 
2:6. 

1-NA, s. A species of sea egg; poke 
ina; he ia poepoe Iralakala. 

I-NA, adv. With no, for indeed. 

I-NA, conj. If; it implies condition, and 
is usually followed by a corresponding 
ina, answering to then, in the last member 
of the sentence ; as, ina 1 makemake mat 
oe la mea, ina ua kii mai oe, if you had 
desired that thing, Oun (if) you would have 
, come for it. 

t-NA, i7aerj. 6 that. lab. 29:2, I wish 
that. AeA. 22:29, Would to Cfod. Pufc. 16:3. 
Ina no wau i make nou, O tiist I had died 
for thee. 2 Sam. 18:33. Ina aole makou e 

; bikunai,0 that we had not come. Xateik.67. 

I-NAij *. The little delicacies which 

, give relish to food ; nondiments. 

I-NAr-NA, V. To hate. Kin. 57:4. To 
be angry with ; to grieve. 

■ 2. To have the feeling hurt by another's 
condact; to abhor; to dulike. Oi}Uc 26:1S. 
8. Boo. To excite one's anger or rage, 
ier. 32:31. 

I-NAi-NA, V. To shake; to move; to 
stir; paonioni. 

I-NAi-NA, ». "Anger; hatred. Em. 3:15. 
Malice; width. 

?r;The reddish evacuation which pre- 
cedes labor ;ua hemokainaina oke kciki, 
kokoke paha ka manawa e hanau ai. 

I-NAI-NA, \adj. Angry; abominable; 

I-NAI-NA-IA. \ hatefui ; causing one to be 
angry. Oihk. 18:29, 30. 

I-NA-HE-A, adv. int. When? at what 
time? referring onljr to past time ; irMhea 
oe i b )le mai ai? when did you come? ine- 
hinei, yest<!rday. 

I-NA,-LE-o, s. Any word which stands, 
before nouns to limit and direct the sense; 
in grammar, a preposition. 



INO 



81 



IPO 



1-NA-LF-A. s, A basket used in catching 
fish ; he hnehae, ho laau hihi, he mea hopu 
ia. 

I-NA-MO-NA, s. The meat of the kukui 
nat roasted and pounded up with salt as a 
relish for food. 

I-NA-NA, V. To walk about idly, without 
any definite object; to loaf about. 

I-NA-NA, ) ^,. Imp. Let me see ; let me 

I-KA-NE, J hear ; show it to me ; exhibit 
it, &c., according to the subject. Note. — 
The last form, inane, is better language 
than the other. 

I-NE, conj. If; used less frequently than 
ina. See Ina, conj. 

I-NE A, 5. Fruitless labor; hard toil with 
little reward ; na hoa o keia inea, o ka poe 
nana e waele. 

I-NE-A, adj. Hard to be obtained, cost- 
ing much time and labor with liability to 
loss ; o knu hoapili, hoa inea, my compan- 
ion, a friend' hard to be obtained; o keia 
wahi in«o, this hiird living place. Boo. E 
o'u hoa hooinea,-0 my long tried friend. 

2. Deceitful ; Tain ; useless. Sol. 11:18. 
He hana inea- ka hewa, sin is labor with- 
out reward.; be hana inea ka inn rama, 
rum drinking doesnot pay. 

I-NEi, adv. Here. See Ianei. 

I-NE-Hi-NEi, ) adv. Yesterday. 2 N I. 

I-KEI-HI-NEI, ) 9:26. ImUnei keia la akn, 
day before yesterday; fio. loh. 8:9. See 
Nbhi. 

I-NE-KA, ) s. Eng. Ivik; Hawaiian word 

I-NI-KA, ) waieleeie. 3 Joan. 13. 

I-Ni-i-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch a little; to 

I-Ni-HA, s. An inch, 
pinch often or frequently. See next word. 

I-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch with thumb and 
finger; to snatch away; to carry off; kaili, 
lawe lilo ; to pinch off, as the bud of a 
plant. 

I-Ni-Ki-Ni, s. Eng. Indians; applied to 
the aborigines of America; he nui na lahui 
Inikini e nohoana ma Amerika, many are 
the tribes of Indians jn America. 

I-No, V. To hurt; to injure; to render 
uncomfortable ; oia ka mea e im ai ke 
kino, that is what injures the body. 

2. To be or become worthless. ler. 18:4 

3. Hbo. To disfigure. Oihlc. 19:27. To 
trouble with evil. PiUc. 7:27. 

i. To punish ; to afflict ; to suffer evil. 

5. To reproach; to vex; to tease; to 
harass. 

6. To curse. 

I-NO, s. Iniquity. Puk. 37:7. Deprav- 
ity; jinything which is contrary to the gen- 
oral good. . . . T 
2. The poor quality of a thing ; eja Se- 
ll 



kahi, o ke itm 6 ka pepa a meka inikt^, the 
poor quality of the paper and ink. . 

3. The Substance in the intestines ; ho- 
nowa. 

4. Hoo. Violence ; iniquity ; cursing. 

5. A gale; a storm of wind and rain; 
he ino huhu, a horrible tempest. 

I-No, adj. Bad ; wicked ; vile ; sinful ; 
mea ino, an abomination ; an evil thing. 
Mat. 24:15. 

I-No, adv. Badly; wickedly. 

I-NO. A strong intensive, used in both 
a good and bad sense ; it expresses very 
great feeling of affection or hatred ; aloha 
ino, very great love, or with a peculiar 
tone of jroice, very great contempt ; he 
mea minamina ino ka waa, a thing of very 
great loss is the canoe. 

I-NO-1-NO, V. See Ino above. To make 
sad ; to be grieved ; no ke aha la i inoino 
ai kou maka? why is your countenance 
sad? Neh.M. 

2. To be very tempestuous, as the sea. 
Jona. 1:13. 

3. .Hoo. To defile ; to deface ; to poUuce. 
I-NO-i-NO, s. Badness; worthlessness ; 

indecency; ua like ka inoino me ka pu- 
puka, a mc ka pelapela, a me ke alauka. 

2. A bad disposition ; a mind for doing 
harm. Laieik. 101. 

I-NO-i-NO, adj. Very poor; leanj miser- 
able; despicable. 

I-NO-A, s. A name ; name, of a person, 
place or thing. 

I-NO-A. Kainoa, an adverbial expres- 
sion ; just as if ; I thought j kainoa ua pau 
loa na kanaka Hawaii i ka ike au, I thought 
all the people of Hawaii knew how to 
swim ; it is connected with some degree of 
surprise, or contrariety of opinion. 

I-NTi, V. To drink, as water or any 
liquid. 

2, JToo. To cause to drink. Na}i. 20:6. 

3. To give drink to ; to water, as a flock. 
Note. — This verb sometimes takes the syl- 
lable ha between the causative hoo and 
the verb ; as, hoohainu. Kin, 24:14. 

I-NU, s. Drink; any liquid for drink- 
ing ; he inu awa, awa drinking. 
Inu aku i ka awa o Eoukoa 
Ka awa lau hiiialo aala 
Awa Mamalaboa be hoa — e.^ 

I-NU-WAi, s. Inu, to drink, and tirai., 

water. Name of a sea breeze at Lehua on 

Kauai. 
I-NU-wAi, s. Epithet of such Hawaiians 

as have signed the total abstinence pledge; 

ka poe puali imwai, the anny of water 

■drinkers, 
I-pOj V. To cohabit before mt-rriage or 

without marriage ; tc practice lasciviout- 

neas ; to commit fcmtcation. 



IPU 



82 



IWf 



I-po, s.' A sweetheart; a paramour. 

Jor. 4:30. 
I-PO'i-PO, adj.. Hoo. Making lascivious 
gestures while eating. 1 Pet 4:3. AJtaaina 
liooipoipo, a lascivious feast. 
l-Ptr, S. A general name for all kinds of 
goai'ds, ciilal} ashes, melons, pumpkins, &c. 
2. A general name for small containers, 
as dish, cup, mug, tumbler, Ac. Kanl. 
23:25. Eajh kind is designated by some 
additional Word expiossive of its quality or 
use, whicli see under their own names. 

I-PU-Ai, s. A vessel (calabash) for con- 
taining food ; a me kana mau ipaai. 

I-pu-Ai-MA-KA, s. Ipu, ai and maka, 
green ; f'-esh. A melon ; a fruit to be eaten 
I'aw. 2tah. 11:5. 

I-putA-hi, s. Ipu, cup, and ahi, fire. A 
cenuer. Nali. 4:14. 

I-pxr-A-iA, s. Ipu, cup, and ala, odorif- 
erous. A box for containing odors; also 
a musk-melon. 

1-PU-AU-AU, s. Jpu and auau, to wash. 
A wash-basin ; a laver. FvJc. 30:18. 

I-ptj-A-WA, s. Ipu and atea, bitter. The 
bitter calabEtsh. 

I-ptr-A-WA-A-wA, s. See above. The bit- 
ter or poison calabash. 

I-PU'i4, s. Jpu and ia, meat; fish. A 
meat dish ; a flesh pet. Puk. 16:3. 

I-pu-i-Ni-KA, s. Ipu and inika, ink. An 
inkstand. 

I-PTj-HAo, s. Ipu and kao, iron. An iron 
pot. 2 2^al. 4:38. 

I-ptr-KA-o-LE, s. 7pw and ^o&, foreigner. 
A foreign ipu, i. e., a water-melon. 

I-pu-Ho-LOi, s. Ipu and holoi, to wash. 
A layer ; a wash-basin. 1 Ifal. 7:38. 

I-PTJ-HO-LO-Ho-Lo-NA, s. Ipu and holoho- 
hna, crawling things. A calabash for fish- 
ing worms. Xow. Haw. 25:4, 3. 

I-pu-KA, s. See PuKA. A door; agate; 
a place for entering a house or an inclosure. 
Pvk. 32:27. A window ;• the gate of a city. 

IrPV-KA-iA, s. A calabash for containing 
fish {ka inserted) ; o ke aloha ka mea i oi 
ako ka maikai mataua o ka uiaeki poi a 
me ka ipukaia, love is that which excels in 
excellency the poi dish and the fish bowl. 

I-pu-KA-LiTA, s: The name of a vegeta- 
ble. 

I-pt;-ka-p(j-a-hi, t. Ipu and fcapua/ii, a 
fire place. A censer. Gift. 16:12. 

I-pu-KU-KOT, *. Ipu and kukui, fruit of 
the kukui. A candlestick ; a lamp. Puk. 
25:31. 

I-pu-KU-Ni-A-LA, I. Ipu and ku7d, to 
burn, and ala, incense. A censer. Ji'ah. 
16:6. 



I-pu-LA-AU, s. Ipu and laau, wopd. A 

wooden vessel. Oihk. 15:12. 
I-pu-tEi, s. Applies to, a person with 

a large body and small legs; a word of 

reproach to the people of Eohala ; ipidei 

Kobala na ka moaeku. 
I-pu-tE-po, s. Ipu and lepo, earth ; clay. 

An earthern vessel. Oihk. 15:12. A cup ; 

a potter's vessel. Sal. 2:9. 
I-PV-LU, s. Ftdu iii, ipulu iii. See FtTLU, 

The i does not belong to the .vord. Fine 

pulu, in distinction from pubi Jtaapu. 

I-pu-Nui, s. Ipu and nui, large. The 
sea of Solomon's temple. 2 Niil. 25:]6. 

I-pu^pu, s. Ipu and pu, fruit of the 
squash kind. A pumpkin ; a squash. 

I-ptr-WAi-AU-AU, s. A wash-bowl ; ina 
lawe ia mai kona ipuwaiamu ; this epithet 
used to be applied to those who kept the 
genealogies of the chiefs, because they 
managed to wash the pharacters of the 
chiefs so far as their pedigree was con- 
cerned : \ia kapaia ka pOe Icitanhau he ipu- 
toaiav.au no na alii e hoomaemae ai. 

I-Pt;-«A-KA, s. Ipu and baka [Erig.), to- 
bacco. A tobacco pipe. 

I-PD-Ti, s. Ipu and H (Eng.), tea. A tea- 
pot. 

I-WA, num. adj. Nine ; the number 
nine ; also aiwa and eiuxu 

1-WA, *. A thief; the word comes frorp 
Oiwa, a notorious thief who lived long ago 
and obtained t^e surname of OtwaAue,i. e., 
Oiwathief. 

I-WA, *. The name of a large bird with 
black feathei-3. 

I-WAE-NA, prep. In the midst; -between;, 
among. 

I-WAE-NA-KO-Ntr, 5. The Center of a cir- 
cle ; the middle ; in the midst of. Lmik. 
20;42. 

I-WA;i-WA, adj. Learned; intelligent; 
skillful. See Anv-.jw\. 

2. Also the name of a plant ; he mea ulu 
e like me ka palaa, ua ulana pa ia me ka 
papale mauu. 

I-WA-Ho, prep. I and 7mAo, out of. Out ; 
out of; without. 

I-WA-KA-LU-A, num. adj. Twenty; the 

" number twenty; with the article it be- 
comes a noun. 

I-wi, *. A bone. 

2. The midrib of a vegetable leaf. 

3. The side of an upland field of kalo. 

4. A coooanut shell ; the rind of sugar- 
cane. 

6. The stones stuck up along thebonnd- 
aries of ilis, or rather lands ; sometimes a 
low stone wall; e kubikuhi i kajtri okoka. 
poe kahiko wahi i mabiai, to point out the 



S3 



O 



boundiiry stones o£ the p]«LCe8 where the 
ancicntB cultivatecl. 

6. Any hard broken material ; the rem- 
liaiits of other things, as corn cob8,,the re- 
mainH of lime pits ; paiwi. . ' 

7. Used via. for near kindrnd. Kin. 
29:14. Alalia pomiikai kaua, ola na kci 
iloko ko kaua man laelemakule. Laieik. 
9. Thijn we two shall be happy, our de- 
scerulanh ahall live in li<e dayc of our old 

age. See the n^ueg of some of ihe bones 

of the human fv me uclow. lioiwi hfclua i j.^j.j^^.J^.j^j^ 
oc; ho/iioi kau i ka awaloa, reproachful ' 

epithets. 

1-wi, s, Thename of a small bird with 

red feathers ; o ka iwi, he ulaula ka Inihi. 
1-wi, V. To turn aside ; to be crooked, 

as the eyes ol cross-eyed person.?. 
!-wi, ) adj. Crooked ; pointed ; 
Uwi-I-WI, J curved, as most bones are ; 

ina i ehnchu me ke kikala, he hulu iwi ia 

puaa. 
1-wi-A, *. Iwi and a, the jaw. A jaw- 
bone. Lurilc. la-.lS, 
1-wi-AO-Ao, s. Iwi and aoao, side. A 

Bide bone ; the rib, 2 Sam. 2:23. _ 
1-wi-i-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; thin. Lit. 

Bony. 
I-wi-A-LA-LO, s. Iwi and a< jaw, ard 

lalo, under. The under jawbone. 
I-wi-A-LU-NA, s. Itei and a, jftw, and 
f luna, upper. The upper jawKono. 
I-wi-E-LE-LO, s. Iwi and ^efo,the tongue. 

The tongue bone. AtuiL 14. 
I-wi-o-LE, s. Name of certain kinds of 

koi or adz ; o ka iwiole kekahf koi. 
I-w'-o-PE-A-]PE-A, s. Name of a bone in 

a poraon's heart. Awd. 8. The t.at-hone. 
l-wi-w-LU-iy A, J. Ivn and uluna, pillow. 

The bono of the upper arm. Lit. The pil- 
low bi/ne. 
;l-wi-u-MAD-M«, s. Iv)i and umauma, 

breast. The brc^'st bone. 
I-wi-Hi-LO, s. Iwi and kUc, thigh. The 

thigh bone. Amd. 21. 
I-wi-Ho£-MOE, s. Iwi and koehce, paddle. 

The shoulder bone ; the shoulder blade. 
I-wi-Ho-PE, s. The skull bone of the 

back part of the head. Anat. 7. 



I-wi-HU-A, s. Anat. G. 

I-wi-KA, s. Iwi and ka. A bone near the 

seat. 
I-wi-KA-B-LE (i-wi-ka-la), s. The huli of 

a ship ; the body of a canoe ; kalai la, kn. 

iwikade. 
I-wi-KA-LA-Ktr-A, s. The bones of a fish 

which run up from the backbone. 
I-wi-KA-LA-LO, s. The bonos tsf a fi^h 

which run down from the backbone. 

s. Iwi and ktinaka. hu- 
man being. A bumfiu bone. Nah. 19:1B, 
I-wi-KA-NA-NA, i. Name of a bone in 

the r.ont part of the head. Anat, 8. 
I-wi-KA-NO, «. Iwi and karw, handle. 

T.nM ijone of the ??■'■'• arm wt:;cb joins xse- 

>vri«f 
I-wt-KE-E-LE, ) i. The ketil i,f •>. ship or 
1-WI-K3-LE, ) boat. i"«e iwikaEus. 
I-wi-KO, *. Iwi at'd m, i>' stand. Oxi<i 

of the bones cf the lower n 4 Ancti. z\. 
I-wi-KU-A-MOO, s. Im and kuamot., liz- 
ard. The bones of the bsf-k; the haci- 

bonc. 
IiWi-xu-A-Moo, s. Or.s who attended t.ao 

person of a high chief, executed V.s ;,r 

ders,&c.; ko ke alii mau ivAli.iuii:,oo pcnol. 

Laidh. 'i6. See Ii.a.huku and I'ollamuili;. 
I-wi-LAE, s. The bone of the foieheau. 

Anat. 6. 
I-wi-x,Ei, s. The shoulder bone; the 

collar bone ; also, 
2. The mcas^jxe of a yard, i. e., ft'om the 

breastbone to the end of the longest finder. 
I-wi-HA-HA, s. The cheek bone; he 

wahi Iwi cwacwa ia. Anat. 7. 
I-wi-Pi-L!, s. The double or united bones 

of the arm or leg. 
2. A stalk of gmEJ. 
I-wi-poo, a. The skull bon.e. lMnk.9:53. 
I-wi-PO-NA, s. A joint; the bones of a 

person separated from eitch other CE-i aH 

jumbV-d together ; hai pu ka iwipo.h., 1 ka 

uwe. See ^i and Pcvi. 
I-wi-purHA-KA, s. The boncs of the loins. 
I-wi-pu-Ni-u, «. The skull bone. 
I-BE-KA, s. Name of an ani^nal; the 

ibex. iSb?.6:19. 



o. 



Othe fourth letter of the Hawaiian 
J alphabet. It is the easiest sonnded, 
nest to «, of all the letters. Its sound is 
moiidy tiist of the long English in note, 
iom., &s. '''here is a difference in some 
word^ among fla\Yaiiana as to the quan- 



tity; some sa/waftopp, others iis.ymakcppii. 
The first is the mre con.'.."'. 
0. This lettoT is -^rcfxed iu .muns, both 
common and proper, as w U i..; to pro- 
nouns, tc render them emphatic or definite. 
This should be carefully distinguished 



o 



&4 



OAO 



from ft the preposition. It may be called 
the empluiHc. It is used in particular- 
izing one or more persons or tUingB from 
othera. The o emplktio stands only before 
the auikamn or nommative case. Gram. 
§53. 

0, prep. Of; belonging to ; ka hale o 
kc alii, the house of the chief; it is synon- 
ymous with ko ; as, fco ke alii hale, the 
thisfts house ; but the words require to be 
differently disposed. In a few words it is 
interchangeable with a. See A prep. As, 
k» pane ana o ka waha, and ka pane ana a 
ka waha, the opening ojf the mouth. 

0, s. A place, but indefinitely ; mai o 
a 0, from there to there; throughout. Puk. 
27:18. From one side to the other; io a 
10 ae, this way or that way ; here or there. 
More generally used adverbially ; as, 

O, adv. Yonder; there; ma oaku, be- 
yond; mai a 0, from here to there, or 
from yonder to yonder, i..6., everywhere. 
It takes the several prepositions no, fco, i, 
•ma, moA. Oram. § 165, 2d. 

is sometimes prefixed to the impera- 
tive mood instead of e; as, o hele oe, go 
thou, instead of e hele oe ; o hoi oukou i na 
la ekolu, return ye for three days. In this 
' case, for the sake of euphony, the o may 
take a u after it ; as, ou hoi olua, return 
ye two. 

O, amj. Lest. This is one form of the 
subjunctive mood ; as, mai ai oukou o 
make, eat not leal ye die; also. Nah. 14:42. 

0, V. To pierce, as with a sharp instru- 
ment; to dot into ; to prick ; to stab. StN. 
with hou and ou. See On. 

2. To thrust; to thrust through ; to gore, 
as a bullock. Pufc. 21:28. Aoiholake- 
kahi i ka polulu, some one pkrced him 
with a long spear. See Oo. Pass. To be 
pierced, stabbed ; hence, to be killed ; to 
be pierced with a spear ; mai oia ke ka- 
naka i ka ihe. Oia, passive of o, to plunge 
under water, as a canoe or surf-board. 

3. To extend or reach out, as the hand 
or finger ; o ka mea e ae mai, e o mai lakou 
i ko lakou lima, those who assent, let them 
stretch out their hands ; to stretch eut the 
hand to take a thing. En. 8:9. 

4. To stretch out the hand to trouble or. 
afflict. Pwfc. 8:2. 

6. To dip, as the fingers in a fluid. Oilik. 

4:6., Soo, for hoo-o. To stretch out, as lie 

hand. Puk. 14:27. To thrust in the hand 

or finger into an orifice. Anat. 45. 
0„ V. To call for a thing desired. Sd. 

2:3. 
2. To answer to a call. ler. 7:13. To 

answer to one's name when called ; aohe i 

o mai, he answered not. 
0, s. Art-fke. An instrument to pierce 

•with; any sharp pointed instrument; a 



fork ; a sharp slick ; ke o bipi, an ox goad. 
Lunk. 3:30. Ke o manamana koln, a tfaceo- 
pronged fork. 1 Sam. 2:13. 

2. The effect for the cause ; a sharp pain 
in the body; a stitch in the side, as if 
pierced by a sharp instrument; a keen 
darting pain in the side of the chest 

O, s. Provision for a journey; travel- 
ing food. Puk. 12:39. E hoomakaukau 
oukou i no oukou, prepare /ood for your- 
selves (for your journey) ; provision for a 
voyage ; ke kalua,iho la no ia o ke o hole 
i ka moana, that was the preparing the 
provision to go on the ocean. 

O, J. The sprit of a sail. 

O, s. The sound of a small bell; a tink- 
ling sound. See Oe. 

0-A, V. To burst over, as a swollen 
stream. 

2. To exceed ; to go beyond ; to pass 
over the point intended. 

3. To shout, as a multitude of voices. 

4. To roll, as a stone over a hill, or toso 
it over. 

5. To change conversation. 

0-A, V. To gag ; to heave, as one sick 
at the stomach. 

2. To split, as a board or log. See Ook. 
OwA and Oaoa. 

0-A, V. To be bereaved of children; to 
have lopt one's children. 

2. To b.e bereaved of parents; to become 
orphans. 

0-A, adj. Bereaved; reduced to orphan- 
age, as parents of children, or cbildrpn of 
parents ; aole pono na keiki oa inakua ole, 
uncomfortable are children bereaved of pa- 
rents. 

0-A, s. A species of wood resembling 
mahogany. 

0-A, s. A rafter of a house. 

2. The timbers in the sides of a ship. 

3. Name of the five parallel lines on 
which music is written. 

0-A-AA, s. The name of large threads 
in cloth. 

2. Similar appearances in bad potatoes 
when cooked. 

0-AE-AE, adj. A little watery; not 
solid ; caeae ke kalo. 

0-A-o-A (o-wa-o-wa), adj. Split; shat- 
tered ; cracked, as wood ; he laau oooo. 
See Oa 2. 

0-A-o-A, *. The sound of water bub- 
bling, as in a spring, or aa water running 
nut of the neck of a calabash. 

0-A-o-A, V. To gurgle, as water purling 
or running unevenly, as through the neck 
of a calabash ; oaoa ka wai o ka bnewai ; 
oaoa ka nuku o ka huowai puoo. 



OAN 



85 



OEN 



0-A-o-A. Ua oaoa au ; ua oaoa ae loko | 0-a-po-ko-le, s. See Oa, L 



ou ; ua oaoa ka ilio. 

0-A-O-A, adj. Calm; sereDuj joyful. 

0-A-o-A-KA, V. To glitter; to glisten; 
to spangle. 

0-A-o-A-KA, s. Name of a shell fish of 
the sua. 

0-AU, pers. pron., 1st pera. sing. See 
Au. 1 ; tho is emphatic, ami sounded 
quickly with the following o, it becomes 
10, as wau; when the o is a little more 
heard, it becomes Ofuau; hence the several 
forms : 
J, Au,l, simple form. 
i. Oau, I, with emphatic. 

3. Wau, I, the o and o sounded quickly 
together-T-tt). 

4. Owau, 1, the third fprm again em- 
phatic — owau. See these several forms in 
their places, 

0-Au, V. To mew, as a cat. See Owau. 

0-AU foa-o-au), s. The name of a spe- 
cies of fish ; ho oopu oau, he oaoou, he oln- 
hehihe. 

0-A-Hi, s. Name of a kind of stone 
I'.sed in polishing canoes and wooden cala- 
baslies, 

0-A-KA, V. To open suddenly; to open, 
as the mouth in the' beginning of a speech; 
ua hoaka ae la oia e olelo akn ia lakou. 

2. To open, as tho eyes. 

3. To open, as a book, a door, &c. Fio. 
To open the mouth, i. e., to liave made a 
pro.TUse or vowed a vov/. I/iifik. 11:35, SS. 

0-A-KA, s. The opening of the mouth 
to speak; ka oaka ana o ka waba, ka 
ekemu ana. Sol. 8:6. 

2. The reflection of the srin on any lumin- 
ous body. 

3. A glimpse, glance or Dashing of light; 
ho oaka ana ae o ka uila, the flashing of 
lightning. 

0-A-KA-A-KA, s. Repeated glancing ; 

flashing, &c. See Oaoaka. 
0-A-Ku-A, s. Name of the 14th day of 

the month. See Akua 2. 
0-A-LA, V. To toss UT) and whirl over 

and over. 

2. To cast or throw away. 

3. To rear, pitch and kick up, as an un- 
broken horse ; oala ka lio, he lio bolo ino 
me ka oala mai a hope. 

0-A-LA, s, A tossing or brandishing, as 

a cane in the hand. 
0-A-LA, adj. Name of a weapon or club 

thrown in fighting in war ; o ka poe ike i 

ka laau oala, pa aku i ka newa. 
0-A-LA, s. The name of a species of fish. 
0-A-MA, 5. Name of a kind of fish. 
0-A-NEi, adv. Is it th'ere ? is it yonder ? 



lies iR music. 
and PoKOM, short. In mMie, a Icgor-line. 

0-E, pers. pron., second pers. sing. 
Thou ; you ; like au, it ofton 'takos o em- 
phatic, as ooe^ ooe no kan i macao ai. you 
thought of yoiitself ; e noho oe me karna- 
kaukau, do you sit ready. " 

0-E, V. See 0. To prick ; to probe ; 
ke oe aku nei ia is, oukou me ka laau oioi, 
he pricks ypu with a sharp stick ; to pick 
up, an with anything sharp, 

0-E, ) ^). To grate harshly, as one 

0-E-o-E, ) thing rubbing against another. 
2. To whiz, as a ball or grape-shot 
through the air. 

3.''To make an indistinct continued sound; 
heaha lakeiamca e oeoe ae nei? whatia 
thi^ thing that whizzes by us so ? 

4. To murmur, as a purling brook or 
running water. 

0-E, ) s. A continued indistinct 

0-E-o-E, J sound, as an axe upon a grind- 
stone ; aa a pen drawn hard upon paper: 

2. Tho continued sound of the surf ; the 
animd of a ship passing through the water; 
the sound of an army marching at a dis- 
tance. Syn. with nehe, pawewe, kamumu. 

0-E, ) J. An inverted cone. 

0-E-O-E, ) 2. Ei.^thet of a inan who Wdikfi 
genteelly ; superiority in some respects ; 
knkulu ka oe, spoken of one riding or run- 
ning swiftly'on foot: 

5. Epithet of a beautiful woman. 

4. A lengthening; a stretching out of 
the neck. Isa. 3:16, 5. A monument. ; a 
pillar or sign of something. 

0-E, ladj. Long; applied to the 

0-E-O-E, ) neck of a person or thing; ooue- 
hoi ka a-i, be maikai no nae, long are their 
necks, but still they are handsome ; oeoc 
ka a-i o ka manu nene, long is the neck of 
tho goose. 

2. Applied to a sail ; he pea oeoe, he kio- 
kic, a long, high sail ; applied to a house ; 
hale oeoe; kukulu hou i hale oeoe a kapu. 

O'-E, )s. A drumming and singing 

O-E-o-iE' ) together ;keoeomua, he wabi 
paha kapueku ana iloko o omua; kauo 
aku la Wakea ia Pap^ ma ke o'e omua. 

0-E-O-E, s. A species of fish. 

O-E-o-E-o, adj. Of different heights, 
some taller, some shorter. 

O-E-xj-E-WE, adj. Moving; fluttering, 
as a leaf in the wind ; o oe ia e ka lau oe- 
oeMe, lau kapalili, thou art it, thou moving 
loaf ; leaf fluttering. 

O-E-HA, adj. See Ohaa. Broken or 
bent, as an arm or leg. 

0-E-NO,. adj. See Ahuoenj. Lakik. 
112. -iKBaal mate. 



OIA 83^ 

0-1, V. To project out or over ; to go 
beyond ; exceed ; generally with mamua. 
Joan. 13:16. 

2. To be more in any way ; to be more 
excellent ; tc be greater naturally or mor- 
ally ; to be better. P«fc. 1:9. To be cx- 
iiessire in Bome condition ; as, na oi paa 
loa, aole e homo, it is very firmly fixed, it 
■will not be moved. 

3. To limp; to walk stiffly. 

4. To approach ; to draw near to, as in 
speaking to one. Kin. 44:18. 

5. Hoo. To go _ beyond, a prescribed 
limit. X«fc. 3:13. Opposed to ftoemi. Kard. 
19:1. Ua 'hdoi aku oc i ka lono, thou eie- 
ceedest tlie i-ep^rt. 2 Oihl 9:6. 

6. To be sharp, as a knife, hatciiet or 
spade. Hal. 45:5. 

7. To sharpen; to set on edge, as the 
teeth. Ezeic.^lS:i. To sharpen, as a knife, 
on a steel or whetstone. SeeKEiPA. Oiky>a, 
a sharp instrument. 

O-i, *. Excess; superiority; greatness. 
Katd. 7.-T, 

2. An 
numbers, as in snbstraction. 

3. The sharp edge or point of a weapon; 
hence, 

4. Offensive or defensive weapons; arms. 
Luk. 11:22. The sharp points of broken 
glass bottles ; uamaikaikaomlemawaho; 
aka, ina e naha ka omole, ua piha loa oloko 
i ka i>i. 

5. The name of a small tree. 

6. In music, a sharp. 
.O-I, arfj. First; most excellent; greater; 

the best. 

2. Sharp ; full of sharp points ; sharp, 
as a knife ; ka hoana oi, the sharp bone ; 
ke apuapu oi, the sharp file. 

3. Poor; thin in flesh, that is, having 
sharp features. 

'-'-I) ) adv. While ; whilst ; during 
0-l-Ai, J some time when a thing was 
doing ; e hele i ka malamalama, oi kau ke 
ea i ke kino ; oi hull wale lakou ia ia, while 
they sought for him in vain ; while yet. 2 
Sam. 3-35. 

0-u, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He, 
she, or it ; the o is emphatic. Sec Ja. 
Gram. § 53 and 64, 3. Oia no wau, I am 
he; o ka laau hua ole, oia kana e oki aku, 
the branch not fruitful, thai he outs off; it 
is not so often used for things as for per- 
sons ; oia Iho no, he by himself. 1 .2M. 
18:6. 

0-i-A, u To continue ; to endure ; to 
remain the same ; -oia mau no ia, it is 
always the :ame ; ho oia ka mea hawawa i 
ka hoenalu,hai ka papa, the awkward per- 
son always bveaks the board in riding on 
the surf. Moo. To consent ; to affirm ; to 
assent; to confess; to admit a truth orv 



010 



fact : to profess. KatU. 26:3. To avouch. 
Kant. 26:17, 18. Note. — ^The ideas of being, 
existence, continuance, fitness and truth 
are from the same root, and has the same 
forin a$ the third pers. sing, of the pro- 
noun, and supply in some measure the 
place of the substantive Terb. See Oram. 
§ 136, 1st. 
O-i-A, s. Yes; verity; truth; also Aoo, 

same. 
0-i-A, adv. Yes ; it is so ; a strong af- 
firmative. 
0-i-A, s. A specie's of fish. 
0-i-Ai, adv. While ; whilst, &c. See Oi. 
Oiai e oia ana kakou i keia manawa, while 
we are living at the present time. 
0-iA-i-o, s. Oia, truth, and io, real. 
■ 1. Truth f verity ; what is true : upright- 
ness. 

2. Hoo. A pledge; a thing given in 

pledge for another ; a pawn. Kin. 38:20. 

Oi-A-i-o, V, Hoo. To declare to be true ; 

' to affirm; to verify; to prove. 1 2fal. 8:26. 

2, To confess as an article of belief; to 

-'acknowledge ; to trust jn. Kanl. 1:32. 

Oi-A-i-o, adv. Truly; verily; of a truth. 

loan. 3:3. A strong asseveration of truth. 

Oi-A-io, adj. True; notfelsej heoiaio 

maoli kana niau hana, aole keekee iki. 

Oi-A-NA, int. Indeed! truly! Laieik.8. 

Oi-A-NA, ) p. {^p^ Let it be seen ; let 

Ol-A-NE, J it appear; show it me, &e, Sw. 

_with inane. Oiane kau palapala, show 

your book; sometimes written otamj. St.v. 

also with hoike. E oiane oe i kau olele. 

Oi-o, s. Name of a species of fish. 

2. Name of a kind of stone used in pol- 
ishing canoes. 

3. Name of a species of small bird. 

O-io, s. A company or troop of ghosts; 
he huakai uliane ; the same in respect of 
ghosts as hvakai is in respect of mon. 

O-i-o, s. A long bundle of salt or fish ; 
he oio paakai; he io kekahi iuoa; also 
called io. 

2, The name of a fish that burrows in the 
sand ; o ka oio ka ia noho ma ke one. 

0-10, s. 0, fork, and io, flesh. A flesh 
hook ; a flesh fork. Puk. 38:3. 

Oi-oi, V. To rest from fatigue, partic- 
ularly the fatigue of walking. Nah. 10:83. 

2. To move sideways ; to ,turn the side 
U> one. Puk. 20:15. 

3. Hoo. To shoot out thu lips, as in scorn. 

Oi-oi, s. Something sharp; excessive. 

Fig. a trial. 
Oi-oi, adj. Sharp; full of .sharp points; 

mea otoi, pricks ; sharp tilings. 
2. Forwaxdi presuming. 



OIL 



87 



00 



O-io-io, V, To pass and repass by num- 
bers in quick Huccessiou. 

Oi-o-i-NA, s. See Oioi, to rest. A rest- 
ing ; a resting place lor travelers, wLerc is 
found some accommoclations more than 
usual : a pile of stones ; a tree ; a bush, 
<to. iCm. 42:27. 

Oi-oi-Ktr, V. To struggle ; to contend 
with some difflc\ilty, as traveling in deep, 
njud : oioilcu ka hele ana o ka mea nui. 
See OiKu. 

Oi-HAA, s. A person with crooked limbs, 
but not so much as to hinder from busi- 
ness. See OiiAA. 

Oi-HA-NA, s. Oi, principal, and hana, 
■vrork. 

1. A special duty or business ; the virork 
• peculiar to one ; an occupation ; a trade. 

Oih. 18:.3. 

2. Duty ; employment. Kin. 47:3. Ser- 
vice. 

3. An observance; custom; ministry; 
labor ; calling ; office. 

4. One's tools; ini'^ruments or apparatus 
for any business. Pufc. 27:3. Na kapu 
kabiko a me na oihana wahahee, the an- 
cient kapus and the false customs, i. e., 
customs lotifided on false notions; na oi- 
^ona'i»puwa!e, foolish customs; ke hoike 
mal nei ha kumu a kakou i keia oOiana o 
na aina naanao. 

5^ Tlio name of the book of Acts in the 
New Testament. 

Oi-HA-NA-A-ui, s. OzAfflwa arid fiZw, king, 
A history of the acts of kings ; name of the 
books in the Old Testament called Chron- 
icles. 2 Nal. 13:8. 

Oi-HA-NA-KA-Hu-NA, s. Oihana and ka- 
hvma, priest. 

1. Priestliood; the exercise of the priest's 
office. Nah. 18:1. 

2. Natne of the book Leoiticus. 
0-i-Ki-PU-A-HO-LA, s. The name of a 

pestilence in the time of Waia. 
0-i-Ki-i-Ki, s. Name of the fifth month 
0-i-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a month," same 

as ikiki. 
Oi-KU, V. To Struggle, as one walking 

iu deep mud. See OioiKii. 
Oi-Ku-WA, s. Name of the tenth month 
O-i-Li, V. Kindred with vnli. To twist; 

to roll up. 
2. To roll up ft cloth, kapo- or paper. 

5. Toimtwisl; to spring back, as a bun- 
dle, when it gets loose ; e opcope ia wahi 
mea a paa, o mli akn ia mea, hoka kakou. 
See Wnu. 

4. To feel uneasy ; to be agitated with 
fe»r. 

a. To faint ; to be discomposed ; to be 
agitated with strong cmotiona. Mek Sol. 
&:£. 



6. To ascend ; to mount up, as an object 
seen at a distance ; oiii ka hale kala o 
liabainaluua ke nana mai i ka moana ; to 
iisc in thA mind, as a thought j oM mai la 
keiu mauao hou iloko o'u, this new idea 
came up into me. 

7. To project ; to extend be^nd ; sim 
ilar to kda ; c oUi ae ana ka holo ana ; ka 
oUi ae no ia hele ana iwaho ; o ka oili ae 
mawaho o ka upona holo ana. 

0-i-Li, s. The region of the heart; the 
seat of fear ; lele ka oUi, a fright ; the seat 
of judgment; conscience; kamoamaloko 
e hoapono ana, a e hoahcwa ana. Kamak 
' Lele ka oiU o ka lani ; lele i ka lani o ka 
oili ; o ka lani, oia ka mea e lele ana me 
he Koki la ia, me he hokulcle la. . 

0-i-Li, s. Name of a small fisih; also 

0-I-LI, adj. Ke keiki oili wale, an un.-_ 
timely birth. Kekah. 6:3. Ka manu oUi, 
Ico lea o ke kakabiaka, the bird of the 
morning unfoldinrj a lovely voice. 

O-i-Li-LA-PA, s. Nameof a speciesof fish. 

0-i-Li-LE-PA, s. Name of a species of 
small fish in the ocean resembling, but a 
little larger than the uwiwi. Note. — Per- 
haps this is the same as the foregoing. 

O-i-Li-LU-A, V. To go before; to project 
one thing before another. See Hodkel*. 

0-i-Li-PU-LE-LO, V. OUipuleto ke ahi o 
ka maile; to send llghttil lire brands down 
a pali in the night, formerly a sport for 

, chiefs. 

O-i-Ll-WA-LE, adj. Relating to an un- 
timely birth ; prematurely unfolded. Ke- 
kah. 6:3. 

0-i-LO, s. He nahelehele liilii loa, e 
oUo ae ana ilalo ; grass and other vegetfi- 
bles when it first springs up. 

0-I-LO, s. Name of a species of fish ; he 
oUo pulii. 

2. The springing up or first shooting of 
plants and vegetables. 

0-i-LO-A, adj. Oi, edge, point, and lua, 
double. Double edged ; two edged, as a 
sword ; sfime as makalvM. 

0-i-wii s. See Iwi, s. The substantial 
part of a thing ; that which gives character 
or adds ornament ; the upper naked per- 
son of a well baili man ; o hele a hoike 
aku i ko oiwi i ke kumu ; maikai ka oiwi o 
mea, kihi peahi lua, maikai ka oiwi ke 
nana aku, pakaka. 

Nanl ]f a oiwi o Hilo ! ka lebua 
Ke kui la^i ke one i VTaialama 
Mant ke kino o ia la.iu, he lauu. 

0-0, t;. To ripen; to become ripe, as 
fruit. los. 3:15. 

2. Applied to men ; he kanaka oo !oa, a 
full grown man ; he kanaka elemakale, 
ua 00. 



. 001 I 

8. To coni« to maturity, as children 
grown up to manhood. 
0-0, V. See O, to pierce, dot into, fc. 
To crowd or cram into, as tobacco into a 
pipe; e 00 iho i ka ipabaka i paa ai ka 
ipubak»ke puhi aku ; e nounon. 

i. To crowd herbs, &c., of an inflamma- 
tory natui'e into the vagina of a female to 
procure abortion. 

3. To pierce with a sharp instrument the 
foetus in the womb ; oo iio lakon ina keiki, 
ua nui na kamalii i make pela. See Ao- 
MiLO. He nui wale na wahine i oo i ka 
lakou mau keiki i ka manawa e hapai ai. 

4. To commit infanticide generally, of 
which the Hawaiians had a variety of 
methods. 

5. To stab or pierce, as with a spear; 
00 iho la laua i ko Keeaumoku kua i ka 
pahoa, they two stabbed the back of Kee- 
aumoliu with a pahoa. 

0-0, s. Name of the process by which 

a child was killed in the womb. 
0-0, s. The instrument anciently used 

by Hawaiians in cultiTating the ground. 

Originally it was made of some hardwood. 

flattened and sharpened at one end so as 

to dig with. The kinds of wood were the 

alabee, ulei, kauila, the uhiuM, &o. Iron 

since its introduction has taken the place 

of these kinds of woods. 
0-0, s. Name of a species of bird Ht- 

ing in the mountains in the daytime and 

flies to the sea at uiglit; a small brown 

bird, web-footed. 
0-0, s. Name of a species of bird found 

in great numbers on Hawaii ; the feathers 

were much valued by the chiefe for orna- 

mentiog their persons. 
0-0, s. Name of a large fly brush. 
0-0, adj. Ripe; mature, as fruit, ler. 

24:2. 
2. Applied also to full grown young 

people ; ai oo mua, first ripe fruit. Puk. 

22:29. 
0-o-A-Hi, s. Oo and ahi, fire. A nre 

sljipvel. 2 Oihl 4:11. O ka mea ike i ka 

ooahi Naaiono; lele ka papala ooahi o 

kapali. 
0-o-B, pers. pron., second psrs. sing., o 

emphatic. See Oram. § 131. Thou ; you. 

See Oe. In the following cases it seems to 

be used in the auipili ; ooe ke kukulu ana 

keia hale ; ooe ka'hnmu ana a keia pea. 
Oos is used often in Lamkawai for m, of 
ttee ; nawai ke kama ooe. Laieik. 176. 

0-oE, V. To split, as a log or a board ; 
ooe aku la'la me ka laau no ka menemene 

1 ka lalau aku me ka lima. 

O-oi, V. To be sharp ; pointed ; ooi na 
kakalaioa, the kakalaioa are sharp : ooi iia 
puakajla, the pnakalas are sharp. See Oi. 



3 OOL 

O-oi, s. Roughness; anything with 
sharp protuberances; ua like ka ooj me kc 
kalakala. . 

O-oi, adj. Sharp ; prickly, los. 23:1.'J. 
Mea ooi, sharp things ; briers, lunk. 8:7. 
Nahele ooi, thorns. 2 Sain. 23:6. Mea ooi, 
sting of a wasp or asp. Hoik. 9:10. 

0-0-0, V. To crow, as a cock. Mat. 
26:74, 75. Stx. with kani. 

0-0-0, s. Any small vessel for contain- 
ing water to drink ; he ooo no ka, wai, be 
kioo, Ipahaaha. 

0-0-0, V. To shrink away. 

2. To be very careful of one's person or 
property. 

3. To be parsimonious. 

0-oir, V. To call aloud; to cry after 
one to make him hear ; ua oou aku la au 
ia ia i lohe mai ai, aole oia alawa mai, 
Kam. 

0-o-HAo, s. Oo and hao, iron. The iron 
00. See Oo. Applied lately to the plow 
for tilling the soil. 

0-o-Hon, s. -Oo and /uni, new. The 
name given to the plow as an instninient 
for tilling the soil; the neu oo, i. o., the plow. 

0-o-Hir, V. To bend over, as the shoul- 
ders of a carpenter or any mechanic from 
the constancy of work ; ooJm ke kua o ke 
kanaka no ke kulou mau i ka hana ; ha- 
nana, kuaoohu; ua oohu ke kua, he is 
stoop-shouldered. 

O-o-HU, s. A stoop-shouldered man. 
2. The swell of the sea rolling down 
from the north part of Hawaii ; when it 
comes from the south point, it is called 
kahtla. 

O-o-HU, • adj. Crooking ; bending out- 
ward. 

O-D-Ki, V. The 5th conj. of oM. To cut 
off; to lop, as the branch of a tree. Mar. 
11 :S. To cut olT, as a rope. 

2. To cut up, as wood for fuel : ke ooki 
nei au i ka wahie ; ooki ae la lakou i ke 
kaula ka waapa, they cut off the rope of 
the boat. 

3. To cut off, as the limb of a person. 
iMnk. 1:6. 

4. To divorce, as a married person ; ke 
oofci nei au i kuu wahina no ka hewa ; 
oofci i ka piko la, e lea hoahanau, a ejxjech 
of one friend to another wlien they arc at 
variance and can not agree. 

O-o-LA, *. A blister oji the foot; a stone 
bruise on the bottom of the foot, 

0-o-tA-PU, s. A blister; the rising or 
sweliing up of clothes in a tub of water. 

0-o-LE-A, V. See^Oo, the instrument 
formerly made of iiard wood, and Lba, au 
intonsive, rauob, very, &c. To be hard; 
severe ; cruel in treatment ; to strengthen ; 



OOL 



89 



OU 



to make finn, as bunes do the animai sys- 
tem. Anat. 1. 

2. PhysicaUy, hard ; unyielding. 

3. MoToBy, rough ; selfish in mannera. 

_ 4. Boo. To harden ; to render obdurate, 
either naturally or morally ; to harden, as 
the neck, i e., to be obstinate. 2 ilai. 
17:14. Mai Twoled i ka hana ana, e hana no 
me ka oluolu. 

5. To be stout; strong : confident, as in 
using words. MnX. 3;1.3. To harden; make 
bold ; fearless, as the face. Ezek, 3:8. 
0-o-LEiV, s. Physically, strength; con- 
fidence ; hardness ; severity. Oiltk. 25:46. 

2. MoraUy, surety ; stem justice. Bom. 
11:22. Opposed to lokonM^i. 

3. Stren^h ; place of confidence. Hal 
18:2. Ka ikaika, ka aawaliwali ole, ka 
paakiki. 

0-o-LEA, adj. Hard; compact; unyield- 
ing. 

2. Stiar; forward; obstinate. Kanl. 31:27. 
IJntractable; disobedient; hoc, same; hoo- 
kah! malama hookupn dala oolea, on the 
first month they collect hard money as 
taxes. 

O-o-LE-Ku-KA-Hi, s. The name of the 
seventh day of the month. 

0-o-LE-Kp-EA-Hi, s. Ka Wku na la 
ka malamf ; eha oia maii la i kapaia ia 
mau inon, o ka wcdu, o ka aiim, a o ka 
umi. 

O-0"L»KTr-K0-Lts s. The ninth day of 
the month. 

O-o-LE-KTT-LTi-A, s. The name of the 
eighth day of the month. 

0-0-LE-PAU, s. The tenth day of the 
month. ■ 

G-0-Lo-HU-A, s. The fruit of the popolo. 

O-o-LO-KiT, V. Olo, flexible, movable, 
and ku., to rise. 

1. To be in a state like the sea when the 
current and wind are opposite;. to actMke 
a chopped sea. 

2. To be stormy oi.' tempestuoua, as the 
sea ; knpikipiM io. 

3.' Applied to the mind : to be troubled; 

agitated. 
O-o-Lo-KU, s. The raging of the sea j 

ka ooloka ana o ke kai i ka ino. 
0-o-LO-Ktr, adj. Boisterous; stormy, as 

the sea. 
O-o-Lo-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
O-o-Lo-Li, cdj. Contracted or narrow, 

asa place pjinched up; as toes within tight 

Hhoes. 

0-o-Lo-tn, adj. SeeOLoandIiii,sinail. 
Thin ; narrow ; narrow, as a road ; ma ke 
ala ooMii aole nahelehele. See Olou. 
Ololii ia the more correct orthography. 

O-o-Lo-PTJ, s. A mouthful of food or 
12 



water; 'hsoolopv. ai,he poolopu wai. Moo- 
ole'o Haw. p. 114. 

0-o-LO-ru,adj. Swelled full; distendied, 
as a sail, a tnmor, &c. 

0-o-MA, g. An open spout; the nose of 
a pitcher ; a pitcher itself. 
2. A gouge; a person with a sharp nose. 

O-o-MA, adj. Open, as the mouth of a 
person ; as the nose of a pitcher ; he kiaha 
ooma wai, a pitcher. Luk. 22:10. The flare 
of a bonnet, &o. ; epithet given by Hawai- 
ians to the bonnets of the fixstmissionariea' 
wives ; he papale ooma, ka ! 

0-o-NTji, s. Name of a sppcies of fish. 

0-o-PA, V. To be lame; to limp for 
lameness. 2 Sam. 4:4. 

0-o-PA, s. A lame person. Ma^. 11:15; 
Oafc. 21:18. 

0-o-PA, adj. Lame, as by walking; 
lame, as an arm with hard labor; lame, 
having lost a foot; lame, as a cripple; laaje 
naturally ; he wawae oopa, hapakue. 

0-o-PA-iATT, s. Oo, the name of the 
Hawaiian digger, to which is added from 
the English the word palau (plow.) Hence, 
a plow for cultivating the ground ; he or;- 
paiau ka oo a ka bipi e kano ai. See Oo- 
HAO and OoHocr. 

0-o-PA -LATT, V. To plow; to guide a 
plow. I Nal. 19:19. 

0-o-PtT, s. Name of a species of small 
fish living in freshwater rivers and ponds. 

0-o-pu-HA-pinr, s. Name ofa fish which 
is caught far out at sea., 

O-o-pir-Hff-E, s. A species of fish with 
a rough skin, which is poisonous, if eaten. 
2. A name of the bitter calabash. 

O-o-pir-KAi, s. A species of oopu living 
iij the sea. See Oopc. 

O-o-PU-LH-UA, adj. The liver of an ani- 
mal served up with other things as a sauce; 
he ake puaa, he ake oopuluua. 

O-o-pn-poo-PAA, s. Another species of 
, oopu, similar, if not the same as oi^mkai. 

Ov, pers. pron., second pers. sing., gen. 
of oe. Thine ; yours ; belonging to you. 
Sometimes it is used for kou, thy ; thine ; 
as, me ow poe kanaka, instead of me kow 
poe, £c; ou mau kamalii, thy children. 
Gram. § 132, 1. 

On is sometimes used for o in the im- 
perative; as, ou hele oukou. Mat. 2:S; 
Sfeh. 8:6. See Gram. § 192, last sentence. 
The of this imperative is often written ou_ 

O'v, pers. pron., first pers. sing., geni- 
tive of au. My ; ■ mine ; of me ; belonging 
to me. Oram. § 124, 1. 

0-u, V. To lean the breast on a piece 
of wood in order to float ; to ascend upon, 
as a float. 



OUL 



90 



OMA 



0-u, s. A float. See Mouo. 

Ou, V. To steal. 

2. To break off the top of a plant, bud 
or leaf. 

' ■ 3. To commit a small offense ; e om fea 
muou ka wa iki ; e ou ka muop.' o ka 
baka. 

Ou, V. To hide away ; to escape pun- 
ishment for a crime ; aole wahi e ou ai ka 
poe hewa i keia manawa, uapaa i ke kana- 
wai ; -be ou nei ka poe hewa i kahi papa 
popo. 

Ou, V. See O, verb, and Hou. To 
pierce or puncture, as witJi a sharp iastru- 
ment ; e ou, o hooeha i ka pnupuu i kc 
poo, to lance or pierce the' swelling on the 
Ijead. 

Ou, J. Name of a species of bird on 
the mountains : o ka ouj na like ta me ka 
moa opiupio ; no omaomao koiia bulu. 

0-n-A, V. To stretch ottt. 

O-xr-A-KA, V. To be oipen } to be full of, 
holes. See Ovi^iJM. and Oaka. 

0-ir-o-u, s. A sharp quick sound, as of 
the kapa mallet ; kanl ouou ke kani ana a 
ka ie knkn. 

2. The sound of a drum when struck ; e 
kani ov.wi ana ka leo o ka pahu ; ke kani 
d ka ouou kuamuamu, the sound of the 
sharp voice of railing. 

Ou-ou, V. To be full of hard lumps, as 
noi not well pounded ; he ouou ka ai, he 
tiakubaku tiuvpuu. 

Ou-ou, s. The name of a small bird. 

Ou-ou, adj. Thfei ; feeble ; he puka- 
puka, he kunono. 

Ou^-LE, s. Firmness ; fearlessness. 
See Ou, to hide away. 

O-uo-uo, adj. Growing thriftily, as 
plants; no stinting; mabakea kupu Ian 
oiiouo ole. 

Ou-Ho-Lo-Ai, s. A kind of mamaki kapa 

vhich is dyed or painted different colors 
on each side. 

Ou-KoU, 2>ers. pron,, second pers. pliiral. 

Ye ; you. 
O-Uriii, s. A change in the appearance 

of a thing. 

2. Character; kind; description; applied 
to many things ; lie ouK okoa ; ua maopopo 
fca.o«/i ka poe hana hewa, ma ka lakou 
hana ana. 

3. A sign ; a token of the approach of a 
storm or calamity ; an omen ; a sign in the 
heavens. 

4. Form ; change ; meSining of a *ord. 
8. A sign of something expected; an 

earnest or pledge ; e lawe i ka ouli ao, mc 
ka ouli hana i pono ai o« i ka mak^ o kau 
poe baumana. I 



6. A sign or signal of divine authority. 
Puk. 4:28. 

7. A wonder, i. e., a thjng wondered at. 
Isa. 8:18. Atokenof some evil. Zsa. 44:25. 
In grammar, mood or mode; as, ouli hai, 
indicativemood. 

O-u-Li, «.T<ame of the god of those 

who prayed people to deatl^; ka fnoa o ke 

akua o ka. poe anaana. 
Ou-Mu-A-MU-A, s. See Muamua. The 

name of the foremost soldier or the front 

rank in battle. 
0-u-NAu-NA, Sj The name of a fou'- 

footed animal in'the sea. 
0-u-PE, ) r. To vex; to trouble; 

O-U-PE-ou-PE, J to put to hazard ; to ill 

fate ; c oupe mai kuu akua ia oe. 

2. To be limber or weak, as the point of 
a pen ; cupe ka maka o ka hulu. 

3. To make limber or bend, as a stick. 

4. To cause to fall, or to put down. 2 
Oihl. 25:8. See Okupb. 

Ou-WA, s. Auhea kakou a pau loa e o'u 
poe hoa ouwa mau la wela nei la, where 
are we all, my fellow young cocks of these 
hot days ; also oua. See Moaoua. 

Ou-WA, s. A person living with stran- 
\gers till he beoKjmes as one of the people, 
but still does not feel at home. ^ 

Ou-RA-NA-TA-NA, s. Eng. The orang- 
oulang. 

0-H.A, i. The small sprigs of kaio that 
grow on the sides of the older roots ; the 
suckers which arc transplanted. 

2. A branch from a stock. Isa. .'>%2. A 
sucker from tho root of a plant or tree. 
&«. 11:1. Fio. /er. 23:5. 

3. A stick for ensnaring bitds ; he laau 
kapili manu. 

O-HA, s. A salutation between the 
sexes J rather a call, as halloo ! to attract 
attention, and when the person looks 
round, then beckons. 

O-HA, V. To salute, as a man a woman, 
or vice versa; to call to one at some dis- 
tance, and when he looks, then beckons to 
hiiu. 

O-HA, adj. Sick from grief or care. 

0-HAA, s. The name of a fish; also 
oe/ia ; ke opac ohaa. 

0-HAA, adj. He wav/ae ohaa; a person 
witb crooked or distorted limbs. 

0-HAi, J. A flowering shrub resembling 

a locust. 

0-HAi-KAU, s. Name given to a sledge 
obtained from Captain Cook which was' 
worshipped. 

0-HA-o, s. A swelling of the body from 
sickness ; ka ohm o ka llio, the sweUirutot 
the dog. 



OHA 



91 



OHE 



0-HAo, ». To weed; to cultivate; to 
rtress land. 

O-HAo, adj. Swelled or dropsical; ka 
opu ohao^ puflted np^ swelled full, as the 
bowols with wind or water. SceOnAOiiAO. 

0-HAO, s. Name of a rope to tie dogs 
with. 

O-HAo, V. To tie, as a rope or string; 
to .feend on ; applied mostly to dogs ; e 
o7«io i ka ilio a paa. 

0-HA-o-HA, *. The fond recollection of 
a Mond ; joy ; great desire ; strong affec- 
tion. 

0-HA-o-HA, adv. Thriftily, as oha shoots; 
like ohaa; nlu ohnoha na laaa kanu, the 
trees planted grow thriftily. 

0-HAo-HAO, V. See Ohao. To swell, as 
the belly or body; to bo full, as with much 
eating ; ua b.QOkukn, na noptt. 

2. To rise up, as a thought •in the mind. 
See Ohao. . 

0-HAo-HAO, adj. Puffed ttp; swelled 
, full, as the bowels with wind; or water ; he 
ohaohao ka opttghe ekceke k^ lomi iho. 

O-MAo-HAO-LA, s. A false Speech ; a lie ; 
a cuutvadiction iVomwfaat one has Kaid be- 
fore; na ololo an i lohe ai ho ohaoluda 
wale no ia, aole i like pu mo kau i olelo 
ai, olMoJiaohi, obalahala. 

O'Hio-HA-LA, ffl^'. Thrifty; rank, as 
vegetables. SeeOBAUA and Oiiaoha. 

O-HAo-HA-LA, J. A jpleasant delightful 
sound. 

0-HA-HA, adj. Rump; rank; thrifty; 
flourishing ; referring to vegetables. Kin. 
41 :!>, Ka u)n maikai aaa o ka mca kanu. 

0-HA-HA, s. Name of a plant, arbores- 
cent loMia ; a vice growing on trees ; a 
jiarai^iLical plant. 

0-HA-HA, adj. Swelled; puffed up; en- 
larged. See Haiia. 

0-HA-KA, V. Ua ohaka, ua pololi; to be 
disconnected, 1)ul near together ; to have 
a ci"ack betw<!en. 

0-HA-KA, adj. Open J not joined; not 
fitted together ; he mao vltaica, lie mao 
hakaka. 

O-HA-KA-LAi, s. Oha and ktdai. A stick 
to rub or polish with,, us a file or other in- 
strument 

0-HA-ku-LAi, V. Oha, a shoot, and ku- 
Ud, to push over. To bend off the young 
kalo from the old to give it room to grow. 

0-HA-KU-LAI, s. A hard protuberande 
on the joints i.f the human body, as the 
knees, hips, ankles, &c.; also called haupim. 
2. A protuberance in tl>e flesh. 

0-HA-LA, ttdj Green; young; not ripe. 

U-KA-LAU, s. The soft tops and blossoms 



' of kalo leaves made into a luau; often 
made where kalo grows plentifully. 

0-HA-NA, s. A family. 2 Sam. 9:1. A 
brood of birds. Kard. 22:6. A litter, as 
of puppies or pigs ; an offspring ; a tribe. 
Io$. 14:1, 2, 3. All the young of one ani- 
mal; ka oha.ui Toioa, ka ohuna ilio, &e.\ 
ohana nuku, an endearing appellation for 
little children j oAanahipa, a flock of sheep. 

0-HA-NA, a^. Of or relating to a fam- 
ily ; he mohai ohana, a family sacrifice. 1 
Sam. 20:29. 

O-HA-NA, s. A family of parents, chil- 
dren and servants living together ; o kc 
kakae no ia o ka iepo o Lahainaluna me 
he ohana moa la. 

0-HE, s. Art., ke. The bamboo; the 
outside wae formerly used for knives on 
account of Its hardness ; a reed generally. 
2 Nat. 18:21. 

2. A measuring reed. Boik. 21:15. Ohe 
hani, a flute ; ohe nana, a spyglass ; puna 
n%e, a spoon made of bamboo. 

3. Name of a forest tree ; timber soft, 
like kukui, white, good for making kuku- 
luaeo. 

0-HE, s. A bundle. See Om. 

O^HK, s. Art., ka. Name of a musical 

instrument of the flute kind ; hookahi au 

mca malama, o ka ohe a kaua ; aia malama 

pono oe i ka oht. laieik. 122. He ohe 

mana. Ih. 
0-HE-A, adv. inter., the genitive case of 

/tea. 'Of where ? of what place ? Oram. 6 

160. 
0-HE A, V. To\Veed; to hoe. SeeOnEU. 
0-HE-A, s. An arrow not well fitted ; a 

matter of play for children ; he pua lele 

olc, he pua oMo. 
0-HE-A, adj. Lazy after eating; tiyed 

of work: ao inclination lo work; he mo- 

lowa, hoihM ole, ohea I ka la. 
0-HEA-HEA, "oa!;. Warm; tasteless, as 

warm water,; he wai oheahea, he wai 

mama. 
0-HE-A-LA, s. OAc and afo, sweet. Sweet 

cane ; a vegetable offered in sacrifice. Jsa. 

43:24. Sweet calamus. Puk. 30:23. 
O-HEE, *. O, to pierce, and hee, squid. 

To take squid by spearing; i kaoAee lakou, 

they are spearing squid. 

0-HE-o-HE, adj. Half erect, not flat or 
horizontal, but as a steep roof of a house ; 
ku oheohe, a knln ole. 

0-HE-o-HE, s. The bamboo; a reed gen- 
erally See Ohe. 

0-HE-u, V, To weed or hoe, as pota- 
toes ; to dig over a garden. 
0-HE-U, ) p. See ,Heu. To come 
0-HE-U-HEU, J out, as the beard of a 



om 



92 



Offl 



young man : oheuJieti, ua oAeii, ae no hoi 
ECU piuiljolc', make buu makua.X 

O-HE-'HA, adj. Sloiv; lazy in work. See 
HuHA, niolowa. 

0-HE-KA-PA-LA, s, Ohe, bamboo, and 
kapala, to print. A piece of bamboo carved 
for the purpose of printing tapa ; he o/»e 
kakan. 

0-HE-EE, adj. Fearful; bashful; mod-' 
est ; hrimble ; ho oheke wale ko ko kua- 
aina kanaka, the country people are mod- 
est and difBdent: he oAffceole kanaka wahi 
alii, the people about the chief are without 
modeaiy. 

O-HE-Lo, ) s. A species of srftall 

O-HE-LO-H^-LO, ) fruit of a reddish color; 
the Hawaaian whortleberry. See.HELC. 

O-HE-LO-HErLO, odj, -Having the color 
of thei ohko, i. e., a light red ; he hainlika 
ohelsQheh. he eilika okdithdo. 

0-HE-LO-PA-rA, s. A strawberry. 

O-HE-Mo, adj. Weaned; broken off,, as 
from sucking ; as a child from the breast. 
See Hemo. He ukiihi ohemo na keiki. 

0-HE-MO, V. To discharge freely from 
the bowels, aa in a dysentery. 

0-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, adj. Faint J languid ; 
weak ; omino, alalone, nitwaliwali. 

0-HE-NA-NA, J. Ohe, bamboo, and wa?M, 
to see, look. A spyglass. See Ohe. 

0-HE-wA, V. O, to pierce, and kewa, 
wrong. To make a false stab at a. person 
or thing. 

0-HE-wA-HE-WA, adj.. Far gone with 
sickness; dead drunk; dim-sighted; oke- 
wahema mai la na maka, the eyes do 'hot 
see plainly ; not able to see from intense 
light or other cause ; liable to mistaka 
what is seen. See Hoohewahbwa. 

0-Hi, V. To gather up, a.s things scat- 
tered ; to glean. Kanl. 2i:21. To collect 
t6gether. Nah. 11:32. 

2. To collect, as fruit; to gather in a 
harvest. Oihk. 19:9, 10. 

3. To pluck, as fruit, and carry away; 
to collect together, as property ; ua ohiia 
ka waiwai; to collect; to sweep in, as in 
collecting the spoil of a conquered en- 
emy. 

4. To carry away by force ; equivalent 
io h(jifi; aohe pu oloko o ka pa, ua pau i 
ka ok'iia e na kanaka mawaho, there was 
no gnu in the fort, theywere all tafcereaway 
by the people without. 

6, To choose out. 8am, 17:40. 

6. To receive ; to be taken into the care 
or friendship of ono ; ohi raai o Liholiho i 
poo punah'ile nana ; pau ae la ke bui i ka 
ohiia i makau, all the nails were collected 
for flsh-hooks. 

7, To receive, as the interest oa money. 



8. To take up and protect, as an orphan. 
Hal. 27:10. 
0-Hi, s. A collecting, as of money or 
property, implying difficulty ; the collect- 
ing the frnits of a harvest. 2 Oihl 31:5. 
The coUecttng, as debts. 

2. A bundle or collection of sonsetbing ; 
as, he ohi wauke, he ohi kalo, a ImtuMe or 
wauke, a bundle of kalo. 
0-HI, s. For oke, bamboo. Laieik. 22. 

A misprint perhaps. 
0-HI, adj. False; deceitful; waha oAi, 
a lying mouth ; he wahahee ; he puaa ohi, 
a female hog that bears no pig? ; he alii 
ohi, oia ke alii nana e ae ke kapa moe^ 
Note. — Another native says that ohi is the 
appellation given to a female animal upon 
the fii'st bearing of young. See Isa. 7:2], 
After two or three productions she io called 
Jaimulau. 
0-Hi-A, s. A contraction for 'ohiia. A 
forcing; constrtining; compelling. ?.Kor. 
9:5. 
0-Hi-A, s. Name of a species of large 
tree, the timber used for various purposes, 
but especially for making gods. See other 
species' below. 

2. The name of a class of gods under the 
general name of akumoho. 
0-HI-A, s. A deciduous fruit somewhat 

resembling the apple. 
0-HiA-Ai, *. Name of the tree that bears 
, the ohia fruit ; ohia apane, the ohia with 

red blossoms, . . 

0-HiA-HA, s. Another species of the 

ohia tree ; hili ohiaha a hoolun. 
0-HiA-LE-HTJ-A, s. OMastui lehua, name 
of a blossom of certain trees. Another spe- 
cies of the ohia, bearing beautiful blossoms. 
See Lehda. 
0-Hi-E, adj. Wicked; perverse. See 

HcE or HiEHiE, and Ohipua. 
0-Hi-o, *. A hahai i ka ohio, a me k?i 

oAio unnunu. 
0-Hi-o, s. The thinking; the reflection 
of the mind upon a beloved but absent Qb- 
ject. ' ' 

2. The undulating motion of the air over 
a smooth plain in a hot day. 
0-Hi-o, V. To Stir and loosen the ground 

around a vegetable. 
0-Hi-o-Hi, s. See Ohi. Falsehood ; de- 
ceitful talk ; boasting ; bragging ; ohiohi 
pulfupuku. 
0-Hi-o-Hi, s. The small straight branches 
of trees ; ohiohi ke kupu o ka laa ; ; ohiohi 
ke kupu ana ae. 

0-HI-O-HI, V. To have substances of 
various colors united, or a substance cf 
varions shades of color, as mahogany tim- 
ber, carl-maple, curly koa, &c. 



OHI 



93 



OHU 



2, To be very beautiful ; pleasing to look 
at; lianilaome. 
0-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio. To stagger or 
reel, as one intoxicated ; to h^ slightly in- 
toxicated, eo as to producB ihe desire of 
sleep. 

2. To do a thing but slightly. 

3. To shut the door lest loafers should 
come in. 

0-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. The dizziness of slight 

intoxication. 
0-Hi-u, V. To thatch in a particular 

manner. 
0-Hi-u-Hi-u, «. Name of a species of 

flsh found at Kawaihae ; at ofbor pUu-cK 

tbey are cMled uhu: 
0-Hi-KAU, V. To mistake ; to make an 

error in speaking; ohilcau wale aku no. 

See Ohipda. 
0-Hi-KAt7, s. A mistake ; a blunder in 

speaking. 
0-Hi-Kij s. Name of a particular man- 
ner of thatching ; ua ohild ka maka i ka 

laau; ua ohikiia kalaau i ka ai i ka wawae. 
2: Name of a species of small crab or 

sand spider. 
0-Hi-Ki, V. To shell, as one shells beans; 

e oUki a hoihoi aku i ka pulupulu. 

2. To put in; to cram down; e ohUci 
iloko. 

3. To pry up, as a stone. 

4. To lance or open, as an abscess. 
0-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To persevere, as when 

-.one expects a favor by asking. 
~2: To pick, as the teeth ; ohikihiki i ka 
niho a pllo. ' 
0-Hi-LO, s. Name of the first day of 
the month among Hawalians; same asMlo. 
0-Hi-NA, V. Ohia.ndana. To have one's 
property swept away for, debt ; ohina au- 
. J>apa, same aspau ka waiwai. 
0-Hi-NU, V. To roast, as meat. Isa. 
44:16. To hang up and turn round by the 
fire foi roasting ; to roast over or before a 
Are ; ua ohinuia 1 ka uwahi. 
0-Hi-NTJ, s. The piece, of meat roasted 
as above, oi a piece for roasting. 1 Sam, 
2:18 ; Jsa. 44:16. 

Ka ohinu lele uirahi manu e 
O ka manu ai leleu. 
2, The name of the stick which turns 
while the meat is roasting. 
0-Hi-NU-Hi-NC, V. See Ohinu. To roast 
much or often. 

2. To bo parched and dried, .as the skin 
or as roast meat ; ua ohinuhimt ka ili, ua 
upcpehu. 

3. To be smooth and shining, as a swelled 
skin; henc6, 

4. To be sick. 

0-Hi-PA, V. To vow J to take a vow. 



2. To perform a vow. 

3. To speak that which is false. See 

HOOHIPA. 

0-Hi-pu-A, adj. Wicked; naughty; per- 
verse ; he ohipm ka olelo ; careless of 
negligent in speaking, whether truth cr 
falseiiood. 

0-HO, V. To cry out J more often Aoo^o; 
to exclaim, cry out, as many voices; to 
cry out, exclaim, as a single voice ; h/joho 
ac: la ia loo nui, a pane mai la ia me ka 
hooho ana, auwe! pau! See Hooho. To 
cry out, as a flock jf birds on being fright- 
ciieil : ohf! ae la ka auna manu i ka ilio. 

O-iio, s. The hair of the head. Mat. 
G:3(i. Oi- Jninian hair ; oAo Jiina, gray liair. 
Kin. 42::ia See LauoBO. 

2. The leaves of the cocoamit trees from 
their resemblance to hair; wehekekaiaulu 
i ke oho o ka niu, the stroug wind loosens 
the leaves of the coooanuts. , 

0-no-A-KA, s. The name of the second, 
day of the ponth ; same as koaka. 

O-Ho-KU, s. Also the name of the sec- 
ond day of the mocth. 

O-Eo-KU, s. The name of the fifteenth 
day of the month, that is, the day that suc- 
ceeds the day of the full moon. 

0-HO-Ktri, *. Oho, hair, and kui, to join 
together, A wig, made awkwardly, for- 
merly worn in war. Kum. Haw. 10. 

0-HO-Li, t). See HoLi. To question for 
information. _ 

0-HO-MA, adj. Destitute; without con- 

' veniences ; ua ku an i kit pa ohoma, a ua 
kokoke mai kona la. 

0-HU, *. A fog; a mist; a cloud. Puk. 
24:16. Smoke; vapor. lob. 36:27. Ka dh% 
e uhi ana i ke kuahiwi; the ligM eknid that 
covers the mountains. Stn. with awa, fine 
rain ; also noe, spray. 

2. The breatSh of ajperson ia a cold morn - 
iiig; ka ohu no la o ke kanaka. Sec 
Mahd. 

0-HU, V. To roll up, as the sea that 
does not break. Laieik. 91. To swell high, 
as water ; ohu Uuna ka wai ; ua pilia a ohu 
iluna ke kai. 

0-mr, s. A roller or swell of water that 
does not break. 

2. Name of a place raised up for any 
purpose. See Ohukb and Ahda. 

0-HU-A, s. The family part of a house- 
hold, as children, servants, domestics, so- 
journers, &c. ; the master andmistress are 
not generally included. Mn. 12:6. Ka 
ohM ia Hinahele me Kuula. 
2. Applied to the passengers on a vessel, 

O-HU-A, V. To glide ; to slip off, as the 
glancing of the arrow in throwing the 
arrow ; ua ohua kaa ka ana i ka pua. 



OHU 



94 



OKA 



0-HU-A, «. Name of the. young of the 
fish called manini. See Maeajjiohha. 

0-HU-A, s. Name of the thirteenth day 
of the month ; properly hua. 

0-HU-A-Li-KO, s. A species of fish like 
the nianini. 

-0-HU-A-Li-MU-KA-LA, s. A species of 

Small fish. 

0-HU-A-Li-Fo-Ai *. A species of small 
ish. 

0-KU-A-PAA-wE-LA, s. A species of fish. 

O-ffli-A-PA-LE-Mo, s. A species of small 
fish. Laieik. 12. 

O-HF-i, V. To twist round, as in pull- 
ing 4>ut a tooth. 

:2. To 'snatch or rescue, as in pulling a 
child from the flames. 

3. To pick or pull out a sliver from the 
flesh, 

O-HU-i-HU-T, V. To twist round and 
draw out, as a tooth ; oAuiM i ka niho ; 
ohuVmi i ka naio, to pull up the iiiuo (san- 
dal-wood.) SeeOHW. 

0-Hu-o-Hu, s. A myrtle wreath worn 
around the neck. 
% A blackish kind of kapa. 

0-HH-o-HU, adj. Large; heavy; bur- 
dened ; ohitohu mea i hele mai la ; ohu- 
ohu mea i ka lei. 

O-Hu-o-HU, V. To dress in uniform. 
2. To decorate, as a room ; to dress out, 
as a ship ; to put on wreaths,, &c. 

0-HU-Ku, J. A small, flat elevation ; a 
platform. 

2. A protuberance ; a round or blunt 
protuberance of earth, stones or other 
material. Stn. with puu, hua,ahua,wawa, 
.&c. 

0-HU-KU, V. To stick out; to be prom- 
inent in some part ; ua ohuku ke poo. 

0-Hu-LE,. V. To be or become 'lald- 
headcd- Isa. 15:2. Lae ohide. OVtk. 13:40, 
41. Mbo. To make the head bald. JBkek. 
29:15. To make one's self bald. 0ifik.U:5. 
Ka lauoho ole o ke poo, oia ka ohide. 

O-mr-LE, s. A bald-headed person. 2 
iVhZ. 2:23. 

2. Baldness itself. Mik. 1:16. Ohule pa- 
hnkani i ke aluia. 

O-HU-LE, adj. Bald; bald-headed. 

O-Hu-LU, s. Potatoes of the second 
growth ; old sprouted potatoes ; ka uala 
kahiko. 

O-iJu-m, adj. A person that saih or 
goes on the ocean ; he kanaka okulu no ka 
moaua. 

O-HU-KU, V. To complain of or find 
fault with the conduct of some person or 
pf something done. Neh.6:l. To complain 
secretly or privately. 



2. To confer privately concerning an 
absent person, either with a goo4 or bad 
design. _ 

3. To confer clandestinely ; to ranrmnr. 

4. To speak against oiie. Fuk. 16:7. To 
complain of persons. los. 9:18. To con- 
spire against one ; to grumble .socretly.jv 
to be discontented. 

6. To congratulate one's self; to think 
in one's own mind: to lay out or plan any- 
thing secretly within erne's self. 2 Sam. 
13:32. 

O-mr-MU, s. A murmuring or complain- 
ing. Fuk. 18:12. 

2. A secret conference or conticU. Kin. 
49:6. He ohwmu kipi, a conspiracy. Ezek. 
22:25. Ohumu wale, a grumbling ; a com- 
plaint without cause. 

O-HU-NA, s. Name of the eleventh day 
of the month. See Hdna. 

0-HH-NA, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

O-HU-ME, s. A species of very small 
fish. 

O-Hu-NE, s. A disease of the skin ; the 
itch : jnai puupmi liilii. 

O-KA, ». To seta decoy; to ensnare; 
to place a bird in such a position as to 
catch or tempt anotlier. 

O-KA, V. To move, the lips, as in speak- 
ing, but without sound : ooka wale ana no 
ka waha, the month only was moving. 
2. To blow the nose. 

O-KA, V. To be small; few in numbei 
or quantity : aohe oka mai o ka bipi, there 
were not a few of cattle. See Okana. 

O-KA, i. Dregs ; crumbs ; small pieces 
of things, as saw-dust, tilings, &c; oka pa- 
la9«, SiaS. Eql. 83:13. The refuse or 
worthless part of a thing. Isa. 1 :2S. 

2. An offensive smell; he pilopilo, he 
wai no loko o ka oka awa ; he wai oka no 
ke kukui. 

O-KA, *. A, top made of a small gourd. 

O-KA, s. Eng. An oak tree or wood. 
Mn. 12:6. Laau oka, an oak grove or tree. 

0-1U, adj. Small; fine; little; kaula 
oka, a rope made of any fine substauce, an 
tow or puln. Xunfc. 16:9. 

0-KAA, V. To spin, as a top. See Kaa. 

0-KAA, s. A top ; ka niu okaa. 

0-KAi, s. A butterfly. 

2. A lar^e company following one ; a 
crowd moving from place to place. Svn. 
with hnakal. Okal lua ka helc a kanaka, 
kakai lua ka hele a kanaka. 

3. Kekahi aoao o ka wiiha o ka upena 
malolo, 

4. Ka okai o ke kulina lalani. 

0-KAi, adv. Of or belonging to the sea 
(the opposite of ovJca); towards the sea. 



OKA. 



95 



OKI 



0-KA-o-KA, V. See Oka, 13th conj. To 
reduce to powder ; to beat small. 2 Sam. 
22:43. To be broken up fine. los. 9:6. To 
break into small pieces ; to shiver. Dan. 
2:35—7:7. WithJiiUi, to be utterly de- 
stroyed. Dan. 8:25, 

O-KA-0-KA, s. Dust; small particles, 
&p. SeeOKAj Puk. 32:20. Fine dust; 
dregs. Hcil. 75:9. An intensive ; he oka- 
ofca liilU me he oka la. 

0-KA-O-KA, s. An offensive smell; oka- 
oka pilopilo me he oka la. See Oka 2. 

0-KA-o-KAi, s. Sickness ; a heaving of 
tlje stomach before vomiting ; sickness of 
tiie stomach from a bad smell. 

2. Sweet, unfermented poi; hepoimana- 
nalo. 

0-KA-HAi, adj. Insipid; unpalatable. 
See Hdkai and Hdkahukai. 

0-KA-KA, *. A name given to foreigners 
in former times. 

2. In after times the name was transferred 
to a company of substantial business men 
belonging to Eamehameha L 

0-KA-KAi, s. bee Okai 2. A crowd of 
persons moving about after a chief? 

O-KA-KA-LA, s. A siiivering; the sensa- 
tion of cold from the application of a cold 
substance, as water, &c. 

2. A cold tremor from fear, from sudden 
danger. 
3^ A chill ; a shivering- 
4. The name of a rougli kind of doth ; 
ka lole okdlakala ulaula. 

O-KA-KA-LA, V. To stand up stiffly and 
roughly, like the briistles of a hog ; as the 
hair of one in great fear. See Eaia. 

O-KA-KA-LA, adj. Cold; chilly. 

0-KA-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 

0-KA-LA, V. To bristle up with anger. 
See Kala, to be rough. 

0-KA-LA, s. Numbness or a disease 
(Ma«le) of the head, as if the hair stood on 
end ; akabi no ka okala o ko'u poo. 

0-KA-LA-KA-LA,,». To be astonished ; to 
shudder ; to quake. Stn. with kunaMhi. 

2. To be boisterous or raging, as the 
wind ; to rage with anger. 

3. To be intent, or strongly desirous of 
doing a thin^. Laieik. 39. 

0-KA-LE-KA-LE, s. Name of a red fish. 

0-KA-NA, s. A district or division of 
country containing several ahupuaas ; o 
Kona, a Kohala a me Hamakua, akohi 
otoiaj'he man okana iwaena o k» moku. 
See Kai.ana. 
2. A division of food in dividing it out. 

0-KA-NA, adv. A contraction of ote and 
ana. Oka, to be small, few, and ana, the 
participial termination; See Gram. 5 34. 
Generally proceded by aok; as, sole pfe«n« 



mai ka nui, not small the quantity or num- 
ber, i. e., a great deal; not a little or a few; 
aole okana mai na la o kona man malJi- 
hiki. Kekah. 6:3. The days of his yeai-s 
are very many ; sole okana mai o kona 
waiwai, there is no end of his wealth; aohe 
okana mai o kona hewa, there is ho bound 
to his wickedness : aole okana mai ka oli- 
oli. Oi;*. 20:12, They were not a little joy- 
fill, i e., a good deaf. Note. — It is a word 
used in strong expressions or in exagger- 
ated descriptions. . 

O-KA-TO-BA, g. Eng. Name of a month; 
October. 

0-KE, V, See Ke and Hooke. To urge 
upon. Uoo. To press upon; to pursue 
hard after. 

2. To cro^ together to hear or see a 
thing. 

0-ke, s. Epithet of a persdn who goes 
from house to house quickly j he kanaka 
mama i ka hele kau hale, oke i kcla hale i 
keia hale, oke wahahee ; talkative. 

0-ke, adj. Rotten; torn; good for noth- 
ing; okeoke. 

0-ke-a, s. a land of gravel or sand; 
the white sand of the sea. Note. — It ie the 
name for sand on Oahu. 

0-KE-A-Pi-Li-MAi, *. Name of that class 
of persons who have no houses of their 
own, and thus attach themselves to those 

. who have for the sake of a house. They 
wer« i^so called unupehiiote. 

0-ke'A, adj. Hot, as stones heated to 
whiteness {be okea is, imn, ahulu. 

0-KEE, ». To turn round, as the wind; 
to change. 
2. To eddy, as water; okee mei kekaomi. 

0-KEE, s. A changing a direction, as 
the wind ; an eddy, as in water. 

0-KE-o-KE, adj. Talkative. See Oke. 
Paapaaina, popopo. 

0-KE-NA, s. Name of a plant used in 
coloring. 

0-KE-NA, adj. Yellow. 

0-Ki, V. To cut ofi ; to cut in two, as 
any substance ; as, »ki laau, oki pohaku. 

2. To end or finish any talk or busineus 
jKin. 11:8. 

3. To cut up root and branch; to de- 
stroy in any way. 

4. To stop ; put an end to ; e oki i ke 
kamailio, to cease talking. -Kin. 17:22. 

5. To cut off; to separate from privi- 
leges ; to punish. Oi/tfc. 7:20.. 

6. To cut grain, as a harvest. Kanl. 
24:19. 

7. To out off one's head. 

8. To cut off food, as a famine ; oki loa 
Iho la ka aina i ka wi, the land is utterly 
destroyed by famine ; to take possession 
Qf ; tif be subjected to the influence of, as 



OKI 



96 



OKp 



intoxication ; inu iho la ke-Alii me kona 
Kufaina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa. 
Laieik. Si. Ina he kaikamahine, e okiia 
ka piko ma ka hale, ina he keikikane, ma 
ka heiau e pki ai ka piko o ua keiki la. 
NoxB. — This Tflrb takes r«i before the im- 
perative mood ; as, «a ofci, stop ; va'bki 
pela, stop there. .Hoo. To stop ; to cease ; 
to end : to cut short ; to terminate ; to de- 
fer a decision ; the opposite of hoomaka, 
to begin;, to oausetostop; cease. P«fc.5:4. 
To cut and gather in, as a harvest. OiMc. 
19:9. To cnt off; destroy. 2 Nai. 23:5. 
Note. — Oki ioa and hooki loa imply a de- 
structive process according to the nature 
of the case ; a,s, oki loa ka hana i ka pan- 
maele ; ofci loa ka waiwai i ka popopo ; 
hence, 

0-Ki, V. To be miserable; destitute; 
hungry ; in want of all comforts. 

0-Ki-A^ V. Passive of oki for okiia. To 
be cut off, &c. Bos. 8:4. 

0-ki-OtKI, v. See Oki. To cut frequently; 
to cut into small pieces. 

2. To reap and gather in, as a harvest. 
OihJts. 23:10. 

3; To divide into small pieces. OiJik. 

1:12. To cut into small pieces, iunfe. 19:29. 

if To divide out land among chiefs or 

people; okioki na lii a me na kanaka i ka 

aina o Hawfli ; to cut up ; destroy, &c. 

0-fa-o-ki, adj. Cutting; dividing, Set.; 
oia ka moku i loaa mai ai ka pafai o!M)ki, 
that was tie vessel from which was ob- 
tained the auUing knives. 

OrKi-LO, s. Afar off; at a distance; a 
space between two places. 

O-sci-LO, V. See Kilo. To look earnestly 
for something; to watch for; okUo ia, to 
lodk into the water for squid ; to look for 
fish, as a dsherman. 

0-Ki-LOA, s. A destruction ; a cutting 
up; a breaking down. Jer. 44:39. See Oki, 
note. 

0-Ki-LOA, I). To be dirty; filthy; pol- 
luted ; to ba dirty all over. 

2. To be defeated in one's purpose ; to 
try in vain. Laieik. 64. 

0-Ki-NA, s. Oki and ana, a finishing. 

1. The cutting off of wood or cloth. 

2. Moderrtly, the finis or ending of a 
book. 

0-Ki-poE-POE, X!. Oh, to cut, and poe- 
poe, around; circularly. To circumcise; 
to be circumcised. Kin. 17:10. Used also 
with omafca, to circumcise. Pvk.i:25. See 
the substantive below. 

0-Ki-POE-POE, s. See the verb. A cut- 
ting around ; circumcision. Note. — This is 
a new coined word, used in the Hawaiian 
translations of Scripture for circumcision; 
the Hawaiian word was Jcahi, to cut, and 



omaka, the foreskin. Tlje Hawaiian ex- 
pi'ession for circumcision .anciently was 
k<a,i anaka, slitted. See Omaka. OHpoe- 
poe, oia ke oki b/ob, i ka omaka ; be kahe 
ana o ka ule o na kamalii ma Hawaii i ka 
manawa aku neL See Kahb, to cut longi- 
tudinally. 
0-KO-A, V. To be another; to be unlike 
in soiue respects ; na dhxt ke kanaka vrai- 
wai, ua okoa ke kanaka iHhune, the -neb. 
man leas one thing, &e poor man teas ahr 
oihir, L e., very different. 

2. To be different from another thing ; 
to be a different person or thing. 

i3. To be besides ; over and above ; not 
reckoned in. 1 Nal. 10:16. 

4. To be unlike in appearance ; ua okoa 
ke ano o na helehelena o na kanaka, ua 
ofcoo na holoholona, different from each 
other are the countenances of men, differ- 
ent are those of beasts. 

5. Soo. To cause a difference; hookoa 
mai kau hana i ka makou. 

6. To set aside ; to put off to another 
time ; to defer. 

O-ko-a, s. The totality of a thing; the 
whole. Siek. 15:5. 

0-Ko-A, adj. Different ; another; sep- 
arate ; distinct from ; unlike. 

2. A whole as distinct from a part. 

3. Whole as distinguished from broken ; 
he waa okoa ia, i. e., a canoe not broken ; 
he waa nahaba ole okoa, a canoe not bl^ken 
at all, Whole; he malama okoa, a whole 
month. If all. 11:20. He mea okoa, another 
thing. 

0-Ko-A, adv. Wholly ; entirely. 1 Nd. 
11:6.. Altogether ; the all of a thing ; e 
kau okoa, to put all. OiKk. 8:27. 

0-KO-o-Ko, s A blaze ; anything red 
hot, as the iron from a blacksmith's forge; , 
as stones thrown out of the volcano; a fiery 
redness. Laieik. 176. 

2. Any one in a dazzling dress. 

3. The zeal of a soldier pressing boldly 
into battle. 

0-KO-o-KO, V. To bum, asthe sensation 
of the itch ; okooko ka maneo ; or the ery- 
sipelas. 

0-Ko-o-KO, adv. Ragingly; heatedly, &c. 

0-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal, as a sore; 
ua okohe kahi eha ; to begin to granulate, 
as a wound ; also applied to the bark of 
trees growing again. 

0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal. 

Sep Okoue. 

0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. A Small kind of mus- 
cle attached to wood that has been taf;ea 
ftom a ship or from salt water. 

0-Ko-HO-LA, adj. O, to pierce, stab, &c., 
and kokola, a whale. Whale piercing ; o 
ka nui o sn moku i ku mai, oia na moku 



OKU 



97 



OLA 



ofcohqla, the greater number of ships which 
anchor here arc whale-slabbing ships, or 
simply ichalenhips. 

0-Ko-Ko, V. To be red like blood; to 
be rod with heat, riee KoKO. 

0-Ko-Ko, s. A heat so intense as to be 
red. Dan. 3:22. A red iieat. 

0-Ko-KO, adj. BoiJ- ng, as lava ; lam- 
bent, as flame. 

O-KO-LE, s. O and kole, raw. 

1. The amu ; l^ahi pialalo e hcmo ai l:a 
honowa. 

2. The posteriors ; o ko oi iho la no ia o 
ka olcole, me he okole wabino la, i. e., a 
very shameful thing. See Kole. 

0-KO-LE-HAO, s. The name given to an 
iron try-pot, broKght ashore and made into 
a still. 

2. TheviUjfar but expressive name given 
to liquor which natives and some foreign- 
ers distill from ki root; so called from 
the name of the pot above mentioned. 

0-KO-LE-E-Mi-E-Mi, s. Name of a species 
of fish. See next art. 

0-Ko-LE-HA-\vE-LE, s. Name of 3 species 
of fisli ; same as above. 

0-Ko-LE-KE, 5. A kind of namu ; .a spe- 
cies of language got up for vile purposes ; 
cia kahi hewa hon, o na olelo hou, o ke 
kake. o ka nthiwa, o ka okoleke. Lam. 
Haw. 13:4, 1. 

O-Ko-LE-MA-in-Ki, s. Name of a plant 
with small leaves, which grows thick like 
the koall. 

0-Ko-LO, adj. Slippery, where one is 
liable to fall ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. 

0-KO-Mo, V. To calk a ship or vessel ; 
ka poe haole e okomo ana i ka ropi ma ka 
aoao p ka moku, the foreigners were calk- 
ing (driving in the rope) on the sides of 
the ship. 

O-KU, V. To show a thing to one se- 
cretly, lest another should see it and de- 
mand it. 

2. To set a bird near a snare to catch or 
tempt another; e booku aku i ke poo, e 
aim aku i ka lima. 

0-KU, s. A giving secretly that no one 
else may know. 

O-KO-o-KtT, V. Hoo. See Oku, v. 

0-KU-o-KU, V. To rise up, as the bow 
of a canoe or ship by the waves in a storm. 
2. To tear and pitch, as an unbroken 
horse ; hole oleuoku ka lio pupu. 

O-Kun, i;' To sit up because one has no 
place or conveniences for lying down : to 
8it up, as one on the deck of a vessel when 
the water dashes over, because it is better 
than to lie down ; the idea is to koep the 
head up. 

13 



2. To sit in a meditating posture with th» 
head reclined. 

3. To sit with a covering over the shoul- 
ders, and arms across the breast, as if cold. 

0-Kun, s. Name of a great pestilence 
which swept over the islands while Kamo- 
hameha I. was living tin Oahu about 1807. 
Great multitudes were swept off. The name 
oJeiM was given to it because the people 
ofcttuwaleakano i kauhaao, i.e., dismissed 
A'eely their souls and 'died. See ICuu, to 
let go. 

O-KTJ-HE-Ku-HE, s. Name of a species 
offish. 

O-Ktr-Kir, V. To erect; to turn up, as 
the bead when one is swimming ; to raise 
up, as the head of a fish above water. 

2, To think ; to reflect, as when one is 
unexpe;cted]y accused of a wrong. 

0-KU-Ku, s. Name of a species of fish , 

the ahuluhnlu., 
O-KU-Kir-Li, V. To be satisfied; full, as 

with food or drink ; to have enough, 
O-KU-Li-KU-xi, ». To be fat; rich; sweet 

tasted, as high seasoned food. See Kuui- 

KUHI. 

O-KU-Li-KU-Li, V. To eat of sweet things 

till one is sick. 
O-Xu-ho, s. Name of the sixteenth day 

of the month. See Kulu. 
O-KU-MU-LAU, s, .See Kumulau. A leaf 

or sprout that grows out of thn root or 

st -.mp. 
O-KU-FE, V. To sprain the ankle; to 

stumble. Eeb. 12:13 ; Som. 11:11. 
O-KU-pu, )». To rise up and" 

O-KU-PU-K0-PO, ) cover with dark shades, 

as clouds ; especially applied to those out 

at sea. 
0-LA, s. A recovery from sickness; a 

state of health after sickness ; an escape 

from any danger or threatened calamity. 

2. A living, that is, the means of life, 
food ; e pii ana au i ke ola, I am going up 
(the hill) for life, i. e., to procure food. 

3. Life ; the period of one's life ; living ; 
while one lives. 

4. Life ; salvation ; deliverance from 
spiritual death. Note. — This last (4) defi- 
nition is a modern one introduced vrith the 
Christian system, and is often used in the 
Hawaiian Bible along with definitions Ist, 
2d and 3d. 

0-LA, 0. To be saved from danger ; to 
live after being in danger of death ; to re- 
cover from sickness ; to get well ; i mai la' 
o Kamebameha, ina e ola keia mai ana 
o'u ; to enjoy an escape from any evil. 

2. To live upon, or by means of a thing 
without which one would die ; da no hoi 
na iwi, proverbial expression:- poverty 



OLA i 

(bones) shall be supplied, prosperity shall 
Bonrish. Laieik. 124. See Iwt 7. 

3. lino. To cause to live, i. e., to save 
one, or to save alive. los. 6:25. To cause 
to oiciipe, as one in danger ; to deliver 
fi-oM. P'uk. 14:30. To heal, as a disease. 

4. To save, i. e., cause to escape from 
fiiture misery. See note under the noun 
for the new modern idea of the word. 

0-LA, adj. Alive; escaped; living in 
opposition to dead.^- o-kou alii make no, a 
rae kou alii old,. 

0-i^! ) V, Tfie sense from the 
0-LA-o-LA, ) sound. 

1. To gaggle ; to gargle water in the 
throat. 

2. To snore. 

0-LAE-LAjs, s. A bitter calabash, having 
bittur meat and seeds. 

0-LAi, s. Art Ice. An earthquake, i 
Nai. ly:ll. He haalulu honua. 

2. A piece of pumice-stone, used in pol- 
ishing canoes. 

P-I.AI-LA, adv. The auipili oilaila, there. 
Oram. § 185, 2. Of there ; of that place. 

0-LAo, V. To hoe up weeds, as in a 
garden } to hoe up weeds and hill np the 
flarfti around vegetables. Stn. with oheu. 

0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition, or but bling 
up of water. 

O-LA-o-LA, V. To gargle, &c. See Ola. 

2. To bubble, as water entering a cala- 
bash and the air coming out. . 

3. To snore in sleep ; okiola ka ihu me 
be puaa la. 

0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition; a bubbling 
up of water, as from a spring. 

0-LAo-LAo, V. See Olao. To weed; 
dig round, as a plant. Isa. 5:6. To dig 
with an oo or ?pade. 

0-LA-Ho-NW-A, adv. Thoroughly; en- 
tirely ; altogether ; o ka hooniaka ana, ua 
like DO ;ia ino ke ao ana i olahonua i ka 
palapala; i oiahonua, i pau ka noho hema- 

. hema ana. See IIojmua, adv 

0-LA-Hu-A, s. The fruit of the popolo ; 
a species of berry ; he olelo hoomahua a, 
ka oldliua ka mai, loaa hua. 

0-LA-LA, V. To dry; to wither; to warm 
by the fire until withered, as green leaves,; 
a loaa mai ka lau halaj alalia, olcdd ma k6 
ain". 

2. To grow lean, as a fleshy person ; to 
pine i\way. Ezuk. 33:10. 

3. To be lean in flesh ; the opposite of 
kaha. ha. 17:4-. See Lala. 

0-LA-LA, adj. Lean ; poor in flesh ; ap- 
plied \a animals. 
2. Small; stinted; applied to vegetables. 

0-LA-LA u, adj. Silent; dumb; out of 
one's iniad ; ulula, pupule. 



8 OLE . 

0-LA-LA-j<AE, V. See the foregoing. To . 
be out of one's mind ; papule. 

0-LA-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

0-LA-LJ (o-la-li-la-li), adj.^n0^t; shin- 
ing ; glistening. 

O-LA-Lo, adv. The auipiii cf lalo. Of 
or pertaining to what is belovv'Dr under. 
Gram. § 161. 

0-LA-Ni, V. .To dry or roast by the fire; 
e ala'e oe, e olani i irahi baka no kaua, get 
up and dry the tobacco loaves for us two ; 
e olani iho hoi ha. > 

0-LA-PA, s. Name of a tree in the moun- 
tains. 

0-i.A-PA, V. To be moved, as the stom- 
ach ; to ramble, as the bowels ; applied to 
the stomach or bowels ; c olapa, e nabu. 

2. To flash, as lightning; atopti kauwlla. 
Laieik. 163. 

3, To move, as a muscle or bone. Anai. 
19. 

0-i.A-PA-LA-PA, «, A ridge between two 
ravines. 

2. The rough protuberances of a preci- 
pice. 

3. A rough place ; pii i na oUtpalaiia 
wai, a ho anu. 

0-LA-PA-LA-PA, adj. Kough ; uneven, as 
the surface of the ground ; full of ravines. 
2. Full of corners or projections. 

0-LA-PA-NAi, V. Ola, alive, and panai, 
to redeem. Moo. To save by a substitute; 
to redeem. Fuk. 13:5. ka poe i hooia- 
panaiia, the redeemed ones. Isa. 35:9. 
oTN. with kuai hoolaia. Isa- 35:10. 

O-LA-pu, V. To raise a blister. 

2. To act deceitfully, treacherously, fool- 
ishly : e hokai, e boolapu. 

3. To catch Ssh with tho hands as the 
oopu is caught : to stir up water with the 
hands ; olapu i ka wai i ka lepo ; properly 
kolapu. • 

0-LE, s. The eye tooth. 

2. Name of a kind of fisii, 

3.^ A pan na kui cLa, a pau na ole sha, B 
ma ia ao ae o Huna ia la. Ole applies to 
four days in the month, so called because 
it was unsafe to ^o to sea on aijcouut of 
high surf, as the, tides would be high. 
O-LE, V. To be iiot ; to cease to exisi. 
1 Sam. 2:31. To pass away iob._ 24:24. 
A e ole !oa hoi, and to be no more. HcU. 
39:14. Aole e ole. Lvk. 21:9. A ua oh ia, 
and it is gone. ITol.. 103:16. 
■ 2. To not, or not to do a thing, with stn 
inflnitive. Rom. 8:32. 

3. Roo. To deny ; refuse ; make void ; 
abrogate. 

1. To ansN^r, or plead n>..i guilty to a 
charge. 
5. To reflise; forbid; rebuke, Notk.-— 



Ol,»! 



<>9 



OLE 



QUt often has tlie tom of a verb, when it 
serves only to express negation. 
O-i.K, s. ^iothingness; vanity; in vain. 
Olhk. 2«:20. Aole ka ale, wiUibxjt fail; «»e 
not ; the negativo ; ka o!e, bo existence. 
Bze/c. lii:19. 

1. The want ; the lack ; the deatitntion 
of a thing ; make ia no ka olt o ka ai, he 
died for the not (want) of food. loh. 4;J1. 

3. Boo. A denial ; a want of truth ; ina- 
bility; nothingness. 

0-LB, adB. A negative; tto; not; nor; 
a particle of deprivation like un and less 
in E'lglish. See AoiE. Aole is used b^ore 
a noun or verb, and ok after it. 

O-LE, V. To speak through th« throat 
or through a trumpet. 

O-iii, s. A speak'^ng-trumpet. 

2. A kind of large sea shell. 
0-LE-A, adj. Shinisig; hot: olea ka la; 

of sound, loud ; piercing ; olea. ko kani ; 

same perhaps as oolen. 
0-LE-o-LE, s. Name of a board set on 

posts with notches ojj it to hang calabashes 

on. 
0-LB-c-LE. V. Hoo. To deny; to deny 

a charge repeatedly. 
0-LE-o-LE, V. To talk thickly and in- 
distinctly, as one very angry and scolding. 
Z. To "grin like an idol; deole raai ka 

waha ua 'kna-kli o na heiau; okoU no 

ka waha o ka w^iine nuku. 

3. To make notches in anything; to dove- 
tail two pieces together. 

O-LE-o-LE, adv. Indistinctly, as a sound; 

inarticulate ; kani dleolr, kawaha o kauiia. 
0-LEo-LEo, V. To act as one angry; to 

rage,, as the ocean ; oleoleo la 3 ka moana 

kau mai ana. 

2. To be uneven, as waves ; to rise and 
fall. 

3. To be in confusion. See Hoo. 
0-i.E-HA, B. To fix the eyes ; to set 

them in a squinting manner. Sec Leua. 
Oleha na maka i ka pololi. 

0-LE-HA, s. Name of a play or game 
in which the eyes are sot. 

2. A setting or fixing of ihe eyes, as in 
death ; o ka oleha make, muko ae no ia. 

O-LE-iiA-LE-HA, s. The dazzling or blind- 
ing of the eyes by an intense light of the 
sun ; ka olelutleha o na maka i ka la. 

O-LE-HA-LE-HA, adj. Dazzling; blinding 

to the eyes on account of intense light. 
O-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. Name of the seventh 

day of the month. 
O-tE-KU-Lu-A, s. Name of the eighth 

dav of the month. 
b-iE-KU-Ko-LU, s. Name of the ninth 

day of the montti. 



0-LE-Lo, o. See Leo, \oice, and Lblo, 
the tongue. To speak; to say; (it implies 
a more formal or longer speech than i or 
hai)] to converse. 

%, To Uia-A ; to call ; to istvite, as to a 
feast loan, 2;12. 

8. To give a name. tsa. 56:7. E oido 
hooweliwoH, to threaten.. (?ift.4:17. Ecfeto 
hooino, to curse. Nai. 22:17. E olelo hoo- 
maikai, to bless; e olelo hoohani, to glorify; 
e olelo pohihi, to speak luyetically, darkly. 
Joan. 18:2.'), Opposite to oWo ofcofca. loan. 
1G:20. 

O-LE-Lo, s. A word; a speech; lan- 
guage. 

2. Counsel ; plan; promise; an address; 
he mau olelo umi, the ten coraroandmentB. 
Pak. 34:28. Kana oldo, his word, i. 0., that 
"Which one has spoken : kona olelo, what is 
said about Mm ; kafai -.- .Celo ai, an oracle ; 
a place to utier an oracle. 1 Nal. 6:19, 20. 

O-LE-Lo, adv. Pane oklo, to speak a 
word ; to ansv/or a word. 2 Bam. 3:11. 

0-LE-LOA, ads. Ok, not, and loa, an in- 
tensive. Not at all; by no means; entirely 
destitute; without tbought. 

O-I/E-Iaj-ao, v. Olelo, to speak, and ao, 
to t<;ach. To give counsel ; advice in state 
atfairs. 2 Oihl. 2g:3. OUoao mai o Van^ 
kouva ia Kamcibameba e liooki i ke kana, 
Yancouvcr jdmned Kanichamaha to c«ase 
going to war. 

0-LE-LO-Ao, s. Counsel ; advice in im- 
pottaut matters. 2 Sam. 15:31. 

0-LE-Lo-Hoo-HE-WA, s. An accusatloivj 
a charge of wrong against one. 

2. The act of epcaking against others. 

3. Backbiting. 
0-LE-LO-Hoo-FO-MAi-KAi, ». A promise; 

a promise of a blessing. 1 iM. 2:24. 
0-LE-Lo-Hoo-po-No, ' s. Kighteousncss. 

lob. 29:14. 

O-LE-Lo-KU-PAA, s. Olclo and ku, to 

stand, and paa, fast. An ordinance ; an 

established decision. 18am. 30:20. A legal 

decree ; judgment. Puk. 16:25. 
O-LE-Lo-MAi-KAi, .'. Olclo, vfovi, and 

maikai, good. The gospel ; the preaching 

of the gospel. 
0-jLE-LO-NA-KE, s. Oldo, a Word; and 

jiane, a riddle. A proverb. Kaid. 28:37. 

A riddle ; parable ; enigma. Mat. 13:.3. 
O-LE-Lo-PAA, *. OMo afid paa, fast. A 

precept; a command. 5(12.119:87. 
0-LB-LO-PAi-PAi, s. Olelo, word, and 

jjaipoi, to stir up. An eichortation. Mal.iil. 
O-I.E-M0, V. To banish one from hia 

place ; to cast oif ; oJemu hue, kole ka aina 

paipai. 

O-ii-MU-iCAA, s. SeeLEMTTandKAA, to 
i-all. Lit. The rolling thigii ; epithet of a 



OLI 



100 



OLO 



man who often moves from place to place, 
who gathers no property and never be- 
Komes kttonoono, quietly settled; " the roll- 
ing stone gathers no moss." 

0-LE-NA, s. See Lena, yellow. Name 
of a plant ; the tuimeric, th€ isoot of which 
!8 used in dyeing yellow ; it also forms an 
ingredient in curry ; it resembles the awa- 
puhi ; also a yellow color, from the root. 

O-LE'iNA (o-le-na-le-na), adj. Yellow, 
from the plant. See above. Coloring yel- 
low. 

0-LE-PA, V. To cast about; to scatter 
round ; to be turned up or over ; ua depa 
ke kanpaku o ka bale. See Lefa, u smalt 
flag floating in the wind. 

.0-LK-PA, s. Odor; odoriferous; he mea 
ala. 
2. A clam ; a kind of flat tibckle. 

0-LB-PAr, s. The tenth day of the 

month. 
"t)-i£-pA-LE-PA, V. See Lefa. To flap, 
flutter or wave in the wind. 

2. To be blown in different directions 
by the wind, as a sail ; olepaiepa ka pea. 

0-LE-PE, $. The name of a kind of fish 
resembling the pipi. Anat S. 

0-LB-PE, ». To turn, as a door on a 
hinge; to turn one way and another, as 
tii'fhelmof aship. 

O-LE-PE-LE-TE, V. The opening fre- 
quently of 8 door or window shutter ; ka 
webe pinepine i ka puka. 

0-iiE-PE-LE-PE, adj. Partially closed up, 
as a window: puka ol^dfpe, a lattice win- 
dow. Mel,. Sol. 2:9. The term applied to 
window shutters. 

0-LE-po-LE-po, adj. See Lepo. Out of 

order, as the bowels. 
0-LE-wA, t>. See Lewa. To be unfixed; 

not firm ; to be movable ; changeable. 

2. To be soft ; flowing ; applied to poi. 

3. To b^ unstable ; liable to be over- 
turned, as a law ; ua olew(^ kc kanawai o 
ka ajna haunaele, the law is liable to be 
overturned in a land of disorder ; aneane 
oleum io ke kanawai, the law is nearly nul- 
lified. 

0-i.s-WA, adj. Fickle ; changeable ; 

•swinging; applied to one who often changes 
his place of residence. 

2. Not firmly established ; of partial ap- 
plication, as a law ; Inefffectual ; ua oleum 
10 ke kanawai minamma ino ; he hee, mau- 
mau olc, paa ole. 

0-1.1 (o-li-o-li), V. To sing; to sing with 

a joyful heart ; to be gli. '. ; to exult ;. to 
rejoice. Puk. 18:9. E oli i ka oli, to sing 
a. song. Lunh. 5:12. Boo. To cause joy ; 
.extiltetion, &c. 



0-w (o-li-o-li), s. Joy; exultation; glad- 
ness ; delight ; pleasure. 

2. A song. Laieik. 69.. A singing. Hal 
96:1. Ka olUili nui o ua mea a pau i ka 
hoihoi ana mai o ke anpuni. 
0-Li-o-Li, adv. Joyfully; cheerfully. 

Sal. 96:2. 
O-Li-Li, adj. Withered; stinted; not 

fully grown ; applied to fruit. '■ 
0-Li-NA, V. To play; e lealoa, e walea. 
O-Li-NA, adj. Of or pertaining to play; 

aha olina. a meeting for jilay. 
O-ii-NO, V. To shine brightly; to shine 

with splendor. 
O-Li-NO-Li-No, ». See Olino. 
O-Li-No-Li-NO, s. Brightness; splendor; 
glory. 2 Sam. 22:13. 

2. Such intense brighincoS as to inrsXe 
and bewilder the sight; ka ohewahewa 
ana o ka maka. i ka malarnalama. 
0-Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Where the intense 
light of the sun has shlnert : hence, 

2. Parched; dry, as land; lepo vUnolirio. 
Jsa.35:7. 
O-LT-VA (o-li-ve), s. Eng. An olive tree. 
0-Li-VA (o-li-ve), ((JJ. Olive; belonging 
to an olive j Ian oUvd. Kin. 8:11. He laau 
cUva, an olive tree. 
0-LO, V. To rub, as on a grater ; to 
rub, as kalo or cocoanut on a rough stone 
to grate it fine. 

2. To rub up and down, as the motion 
of a saw, particularly of a whip-saw. 

8. To roll with fat, as the flanks and hips 
of a very fat animal ; hence, 
4. To saw. 1 NaL 7:9. 
0-j.o, V. To be loud, as a so<md; to 
make a loud sound, aa of many voices. 

2. To sound, as a voice of wailing ; to 
make a doleful noise. ler. 7:29. E olo no 
wau i ka pihe : c o2o pihc ana, moaning ; 
bemoaning one's self. ler. 31:18. 
0-LO, s. See Olo, to rub ap and down. 
A saw, from its motion ; also pahi ah, a 
saw. 

2. A double or fleshy skin ; tJ • monsg 
flesh of a fat animal. 

3. The swing-gobljie of a turkey. 

4. A very thick gurf-board made of the 
wiliwili tree. Laieile. 90. 

0-LO, *. A loud wailing; a lamenta- 
tion ; makena. See Pihe. 

0-Lo-A, s. Mulberry bark soaked until 
soft in water. 

2. The name of small white kapas for- 
merly put over the gods while the prayer 
was said, thus : i puaa, i niu, i maia, i oloa. 

3. A gift made to a chUd at tho time or 
soon after it was born. See Kopili; see 
iMieik. 101. 

O-LO-A-L0, s, A place where the prop- 



OLO 



101 



OLO 



orty of a chief was stored np ; ie olooJu o 
ke alu o kabi e waiho ai ke ]|(apa o na 'Hi. 
2. The sound ol many voices, at onoe, of 
manjr hornn blowing at once, of many cocks 
crowing together, &o. 

0-LO-A-Lu, o. To seize or grasp, as sev- 
eral persons at the Bam« thing ; ke aiuka 
ana o ke kani ana o ka moa ; KeoUxdu ana 
o na kanaka e hao c aluka. 

2. To dodge, where jnany thtDg;s are fly- 
ing thickly ;oJo(riu 1 ka ihe ke nui loa. 

O-Lo-i, v. To rub, as the stone rubs 
kalo.as well as pounds it. 

2. To run upon or over, as a vessel runs 
- over or upon a canoe, or a cart over a man, 

or anything drawn over a man. 

3. To rim agrpund, as a canoe, or on to 
a atone ; doi ae la Ha waa i ka pobakn. 

O-LO-o-Lo, o. See Old. To hang loosely, 
as fat under ihe cliin or on the calf of the 
leg. 

2. To vibrate or swing, as a saw. Isa. 
10:1.5. 

3. To 1^11 behind ; to loiter. 

4. To lose favor with one. 

5. To be denied that which was before 
freely given. Sea Ow)olo below. 

O-M-o-LO, *. The calf of the leg, from 
the flexibility of the muscle. 

2. A bundle done up loosely ; a loose 
bundle of poi. _ 

O ka ruM kc ale la a hu 
Ka oloola o ka hee o kal ull la, 
Lehu ka hooloolo o ka ala&l£. 

O-LO-O-LO, V. See Olo. To make a 
great sound of- wailing, or. as many wailing 
together. 

' 2. To roar or rush,. as the sound of water; 
mai hooloolo onkou e ku auanei i ke au ; o 
ka mea c hooloolo ana la ia e ka oia i ke 
au ; oloolo na kabawai'ku ka pihea i kai, 
the brooks roar like the roaring of the sea. 
Note. — It is not easy to see the connection 
between <ilo — olo6lo to sound, as the voice 
of wailing, and oJ(>— olopjfj'tb swing, Vibrate, 
Ac, lailesii the latter be the radical mean- 
ing; and the voice of wailing be so ex- 
pressed on account of th« vibratory motion 
of the voice in mourning and w-ailmg- 

O-LO-o-Lo, s. A sound like many horns 
blown at once. 

0-Lo-o-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, 
as the limbs of a fat person ; dtooloka na 
wawao nunui maikai. See Oloka. 

O-lo-o-lo-na, s. See Olona. The cords 
or.IiRamentB \Hi bind together the bones 
and muscles of tlwi inimal system. 

2. lluty; office of one; service. 

3. Baggage, or any kind of property to 
be taken when one removesi; e nana ana 
oia i ka oloolona nui e pono ole ai keia 
manomauu kanaka. 

O-LO-u, V. SeeAiAU. To strike, as the 



knuckles on anything hard; to makes rap- 
ping noise. 

0-Lo-HA-NA, i. E^g. All hands; the 
name given to Mr. John Young. 

0-Lo-HE, 0. To Vita, pale in the face 
from I'oar or pain. ler. 30:6. 

0-Lo-HE, s. The epithet of a man that 
is u rubber and skillful at the lua. 
2. Kc akua o Kamaomao. 
3 Skillful, as one able to direct or over- 
see the work of others; applied morcMy 
also to universal skill. 

0-LO-HE, adj. Rigid; immovable with 
fear; he kanaka olohe uwi paa i ka makan ia. 

2. Sick, as a woman in child birth ; he 
mai olohe kciki ia no na wabine. 

3. Bare; destitute of verdure; ka Icut 
Mine kc alialia, he lua olohelobe. 

4. Bare; free from, hair on the body, 
chin, eyeJJrows, &c. 

0-Lo-HErLo-HE, ». See Olohe, To be 
destitute ; empt^. Kin. 1:2. 

2. To be destitute of; to be naked; with- 
out clothing. Joan. 21:7. OioAefc^e ke kne- 
maka; ua dohelohe ka aina, destitute of 
verdure. 

O-LD-HE-LO-HE, s. Nakednessi destitu- 
tion of clothing or covering, lloih. 3:18. 

0-LO-HE-LO-HE, odj. Destitute; naked; > 
bare of vegetation, as a barren fleld. 

0-Lo-Hi-o, V. See Ohio. 

0-Lo-HU, Jf. Name of a stone to roll in 
a kind of play. SeetJuj. 

0-LO-puA, s. A berry somewhat like 
the wiiortleberry, the fruit of the popolo. 

0-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, as the 
soft limbs of a fat person when wa.lking ; 
otofca na wawae. See Qi.ooloka. 

0-LO-KAA, t). Ofo'and ka^i, to i^oU. 

1. To roll ; to roll over and over,' as a, 
stone. Mat. 28:2. To roll away ; to roll 
to a place; to roll oir,a3 a burden; to lake 
away, as a reproach. Tos. 5:9. Olokaa 
lakou i ka pohaku mai luna a i lalo. 

2. To roll off upon another ; to transfer, 
as a debt ; ua olokcUi aku au i kc'u aie a 
pau, I have paid' off (rolled) all'tuir debt." 

0-Lo-KE, adj. Clamorous and ipcdhe- 

rent, as the constant talk "of pne'dc'ranged; 

oloke ka waha. See Piolokb. 
0-LO-KEA, ». Olo and kea, cross ways. 

To cross ; to vex ; to thwart one in his 
• plans; e kau oio/cea, to throw together cria- 

cross, as sticks of wood. 
0-Lo-KEA, adj. A heap of bones thrown 

together promiscuously. 

2. A cross or gibbet.. Sset. 5:14. 

3. A kind of ladder, such as is made by 
tying sticks horizontally on 'erect poles. 

4. The frame on which the people climbed 
and stood in putting up a house. 



OLO 



102 



OLU 



O-LO-KEA, s. Ill the foftnti of a cross, or 
several crosses ; laau olokea. 

2. Applied to the dlspofiition ; cross ; 
fretful ; disobliMg. 

O-to-KE-iiE, s. The name of a stream 
or valley on Eanai. 

0-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. To loosen, as a board. 

O-Lo-LA, s, A species' bf the nrallet 
when small. 

0-Lo-Li, V. Oh and U for lii, small, lit- 
tle, &c. To be narrfiV. Jjso. 28:20. To be 
contracted, as a path. Mai. 7:14. 

0-i,o-Li,fl<Zj. Narrow; contracted'; dif- 
ficult. 1 M. 6:4. 

0-LO-Li-Lo-Li, V. To be tough, wftter 
soaked, like kalo. See Lolilou. 

0-LO-LO, e. Olo, to rub, the 9th conj. 
of ofo. To rnb with thfe hahd ; to polish. 
Srs; with anai. 

0-LO-Lo, . adj. Uneven, like a bundle 
jutting out at the eorneri). 

O-io-ME-A, s. A species of tree ; same 
aatoaimea; olomed i paio ainft e mai la; 
used in producing fire by friction. 

0-_L0-ME-A, s. The name of a striped 
bog ; ida i onionio ka hnlu o ka puaa ma 
ka.loa, he olorhea ia puaa. 

O-lotME-ha-Ni, s. a place where dirt 
and filth are thrown. 

0-LO-Mi-o, ». To contract, as the toe of 
a shoe ; to puckor up, as the mouth of an 
eel ; to corrugate, as the skin of a healing 
wound : oXomio Iki ka hele a ke aXajia \ pa- 
lanehe la i hele aku nei. 

O-Lo-Mi-o, adj. Smooth and tapering; 
verging to a point, but with a smooth sur- 
face ; meomeo, nnku puhi, olomuo, olomua. 

0-lO-mu-a, s. Oh and mua, the front ; 
fore part. The foreskin. ler. 4:4. Olomua 
kahi dmaka o ka ale ; ka omaka. 2 Sam. 
3:14. 

0-LO-MU-o, s. do, to rub, aiid muo, to 
open, as a bud. 

o^ 1. The bud of a blossom before it blooms; 
Ka maka o ka pua aole i pohole. 

'2. The prepuce ijiat is cut off in circnm- 
cision ; ka olomw o kahi omaka. 

0-Lo-NA, s. A shrub, the bark of which 
dressed resembles bleached hemp or flax, 
and is made into small cords. 

2. The name Of the pgrd itself; hence, 

3. Flax ; hemp ; linen. Pvk. 9;3i, 

4. A cord; tendoQ Of a muscle of ani- 
cinalsormen. ^o!.2:X9. A muscle. Sot 3:8. 

Olona hao, an iron sinew. Isa. 48:4. The 
hamstring of an animal. Kin. 32:32. In 
mrgery, a ligament. AndJt, 1:24. 

0-LO-NA, adj. Flaxen; pertaining to 
linen. ler. 13:1. Ka lole dlom maikai ; he 



ie nani otofia; ua aahnia i ka \6\e olona 

aiaj keokeo. Roi}c 16:6. 
0-LO-PA, V. To break up or break to 

pieces ; simjlar to ulv.pa. 
0-U)-PE, s. A house fallen down and 

persons in it. 
2. A house broken up without people. 
0-Lo-PE-Lo-PE, s. A species of small 

shrimp found in kalo patches. 
0-Lo-pu, V. To hold m the mouth with- 
out swallowinf! ; oltrpu ae la kona kapa i 

ki makani. //o". JIoolopii ae la oia i ka 

pei i ka makani. 
0-Lo-pu, s. Hooinu iho la oia i ke keiki 

i ka olopu wai ; a monthtul, as of food or 

drink ; hookaW okipv, ai a me ke kiaha wai, 

, one mouthful of food and a cup of water. 

0-ia-vv-K, adj . L'iilinaeofopMo. Laieik. 

142. 
0-LO-wAE, s. The fat, the movable fledi 

on the calf of the leg ; wawae he man olo- 

wae. 
0-LO-wA-LU, s. See Oloalu. ke do- 

wa'u o ke kapu o ke alii ; kahi e kau ai ke 

kapa o ke oloalu. 
O-LO-WA-Ltr-puu, s. Name of a place 

where many hillocks stand near feach other. 

See also KiNiKiNiPnD. 
0-hv, V. To feel comfortably; to be 

agreeable ; to have the sensation of satis- 
faction. 

2. To plea.se ; to be pleased ; to regard 
with favor, 

3. To be cooi, as with a Salubrious 
breeze ; olu ka wai ke luu aku ; ohi ka ma- 
kani ke pa mai koaniani ; olu Lahainalnna 

vl-ka makani maaa. 

0-LU, s. The vibrations or springing 
motion of the rafters of a house made by 
the wind. See Upaipai. 

2. An arch : flr bending of timber in a 
house;' a bending or yielding without 
breaking. 

3. The squirming contortions of a worm 
o^ a fish-hook. See Hoi.u, Pio, Ac. 

0-iiU, adj. Cool; refreshing, Lunk. 
5:28. Comfortable ; easy ; pleasant to the 
sight; benign; contented. 

2. Clear ; pleasant, as the voice ; o ka 
olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona ma- 
nao, the clearne&s of the voice makes clear 
the thought. 

3. Limber, so as tot.bend in all direc- 
tions without breaking. See Ow, s. 

0-Ltr, s, A cool breeze ; he koaniani. 

2. Coolness ; a refreshing sensation. 
0-LU, adj. Epithet of certain kinds of 

fish or shells: as, ka papal ohi; ka uK< 

olu; he wahl ieho olu, 

O-LTT-A, pers. pron., second pers. dual. 
You two, Ofdm. § 132, 2d. 



OMA 



103 



OMA 



O-LU-AU, s. Name of a ceremony in the 

worship of Kanaloa ; ua kapaia kcJa haria 
he oluau. 

O-Lir-E-KE-LOA-HOO-KAA-MO-E-NA, *. !Epi- 

thet of a person wlio fanned the chief while 
ho slept ; o ka mea kahili i ko ke alii wahi 
moe ai, he oluekdoahookaatnoena ia. 
O-LU-o-LU, V. See Olu. To be comfort- 
able ; to be gratified ; to bo contented ; 
patislied. Luk. 3:14. 

2. IIoo. To comfort i to please ; to con- 
solo; to please one; to render a thing 
agreeable. 

3. To treat kindly ; to be favorable ; to 
comfort one ; to' cheer. Zanl. 24:5. Ua 
ohtolu ka noho i ko kau o na 'lii malkal, it 
is pleasant to live jr. 'the reign of good 
chiefs. 

0-LU-o-LU, adj. Cool; refreshing; agree- 
able, &e. See Ouj. O ka makani oliwlu, 
oia ka'riioa e pale ai i ka wela o ka la. 

2. Large and fatjas a fat and-wcakman: 
kanaka olwlu, an easy, good-natiiied man. 

0-LU-HE-LU-HE, .1. A species of fish of 

ibe oopii kind ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he 
; oluHeluht: 
O-LU-LE-LU-LE, adj. See Ltjle, to shake. 

Largo ; fat, so as to haye the fat shake in 

walking ; applied to men. 
O-LU-LE-i-u-LEA, odj. For ohtldideia. 

Large ; fat, ifec. See the foregoing. 
O-L0-LO, s. A person cast away. 

2. A statue ; a figure. 

3. Food that has become sour and rotten, 
as melons. 

4. A long water calabash. 

O-Lti-LO, adj. Ca.staway; shipwrecked; 

he kanaka oMo i make ka waa i ka,moana. 
0-LtT-LO-LU-Lo, adj. Large; fat; shak- 
ing with fat, as a man. See Olui.bi.ulk. 
O-LU-Lu, *. A person of portly habits, 

but lax in joints. See Ot.u. 
O-LU-NA, adv. The auipili of luna. Of 

or belonging to what is upward or above. 

See Gram, k 161. See LiWA. 
0-LU-Pi, s. The falling down, as a child; 

an upg£tting ; he kaekae ka oZupi mai ka 

wai i olu ka puu. 
0-MA, V. To solicit silently a favor; to 

hint a desire for a favor. 

2. To open the mouth, as a child about 
to suck; keo?»o ae nei ka pahi i kamaunu; 
o ke oma akiv no ia e lalau ia ia. 

3. To strike with tht hands on the surf- 
board. 

0-MA, s. The space between two armies 
where the sacrifices were offered. 

2. The preparations previous to war. 

3. Name of the man first killed in a bat- 
tle. 

0-MA, s. An oven ; a baking place j in 



modern time's, a'bake pan ; ku wale ibo no 

la hale i ke oma; e uhao i ka puaa i ke 

oma i moa niaikai. 
0-MA, s. The highest officer of the king; 

Kalanimoku was Kaahumanu's oma; Kinau 

was the oma of Kauikeaouli. 
0-MA, s. A small adz or koi. 
O-MAi, adj. Soft; flexible; limber. 
0-MAi, $. See O and Mai. To answer 

to a call ; omai ke alii nono la inoa. 
O-mai-mai, adj. See Mai, sick, weak. 

Weak ; void of strength ; sick. 
0-MAO, s. A bunch of food. 

2. -The cover or wrapper of the food. 

3. A round bundle, as of food ; sharp 
above and round below ; ka omao ai, or ai 
omao. 

0-MAO, s. Name of a species of sihall 
bird ; it resembles the ou only ; its feath- 
ers are dark colored. 

0-MAo, oeZj. Green; greenish in color; 
he manu prnao ; he Icho omao. 

0-MAo, s. A child always crying; he 
omao la ka uwc o ke keiki, o ka omao wrie 

' no ia e uwe ai. 

0-MA-o-MA, V. To , solicit silently ji 
favor. See Oma. 

0-MA-o-MA, V. To be afraid to speak to 
one for'fear of giving offense^ ua oi^/Mtma 
aku no 'ka waha e pane aku la ia, hilahila 
mai no hoi au. See Oma. 

0-MA-O-MA, s. The bosom ; the breast. 
See Umadma. kawaha o ka puhi laoraa- 
otna. 

0-MAO-MAO, adj. Green, as grass or veg- 
etation, 
2. Blue, as the sky. 

tFa omanmao ka lani, ua kahaea lana, 
Ua ptpi ka maka o na hoku. 

0-MAO-MAO, V. To be or appear green, 
as vegetation 5 ua o'maomao na nahelehele 
i ka uliuli na manu ke kula, ua puift 
make i ka nani. 

0-MAO-MAO, s. Name of a precious stone; 
an emerald, ftom its green color. Hoik 
21:20. 

0-MATJ, V. To gird, bind or tie on, as a 
sword ; i ka wa i bele ai lakou i ke kaua, 
omo.u no lakon i ka pahi. limk. 3:16. To 
sheath, put up, as a sword. 

2. To tuck in, ad the outer edge of a 
pau to fasten it ; e omav. iho a paa ka lole. 

3. To sew ; to stitch together ; to basre 
cloth. 

O-MAU, s. A tucking in of the edge of 
a pau, which is tucked in under to fasten 
it on the boaiy. 

2. A Sheath, as for a sword. 

3. Omaii i ke ala paa ole i ka omauia, 
in the path not hard by frequent use (per^ 
baps.) 



OMI 



104 



OMO 



4. A pining aickneBS. isa.38;]2. English 
translation, a piece out off ; a fragment ; a 
thread, <S,c. Jlcb. Ka paa aiaopopo ole, ka 

. Mrwv, wale iho; The idea seema to be, 
something iinGjcedj insecure; something 
firm in appearance, out Ijable to gire way; 
temporary. 

5. Name of a apecjes of fish-hook. 
O-iHA-KA, s. The fountain head of a 

stream. 

2. The springing np of vegetables. See 
Maka, the eye, the bud, &a. 

3. The nipples of a female. Ezek. ^3:3. 
Omaka waiu, the breast. Kanik. 4:3. 

4. The foreskin in males that was cut off 
in circunicision, Kanl. 10:16. Note. — Cir- 
cumcision was formerly practiced among 
Hawaiians. 

5. Ka OTnaka wai o ka nin ; ka omixka,, 
ka omua ke poo ; ua. haiu ka omaka wai i 
kai, ua lepo ka omaka wai i kinohi. See 

OjLOUUA. 

6. The name of a flak 
O-MA-LE-MA-LE, s. A species of fish ; 

the same as the male ; the young of the uhu. 
0-MA-Li, V. To be weakly in body ; 

sickly ; ua omaii ke kino, he mai paaoao. 
0-MA-LI, adj. Weak ; feeble with sick- 
ness. 
2. Unripe ; wilted, as fruit ; he ipu omali 

00 ole, an unripe, soft melon. 
0-MA-Lt, *. Weakness of body; infirm- 
ity of the system ; ka omcdi, ka uawaliwaii, 

ka paaoao. 
0-MA-Li-o, adj. Broad; extended; flat, 

as flat land. See KAHDAOMAiio. 
O-MA-LU-MA-LU, adj. Cloudy and' dark, 

as when the sun does not break out at all. 

See Malu. 
0-ME-o, ». Ua omeo ae ka puka ana. 

See Opun. 
0-ME-o-ME-o, adj. Ulaula, meomeo ; 

Ked ; blushing, as people ; yellow,, as ripe 

fruit : orange, musk-melon, &c. 
0-ME-GAj s. Gr. The name of the last 

letter of the Greek alphabet, the great 0; 

hence, 
2. The last, ka, welau, in opposition to 

Icumv,; an epithet of Jesus Christ. Hoik. 

21:6. 

0-ME-KA, s. Heb. A dry measure ; an 

omer. JPuk. 16:16. 

0-Mi, V. To wither ; to droop, as vege- 
tables; not to grow oi yegctate; e.u)u ole 
o ke kanu ana, he loi homi. 

2. To droop; lose flesh, as a person. See 
Homi. 

0-Mi, adj. Withering, as a tree with 
few roots ; he kukui aa ole omi. See Homi 
and Hoomim;. 

0-idi-o-Mi, V. See Omi. To wither; to 



lose flesh ; to droop ; applied to men or 

plants ; to stop growing. See Omicaij. 
O-Mi-KO, s. Lean and unproductive soil 
0-Mi-KO, adj. Unfruitful, as ground that 

yields nothing. 
2. Stinted in growth, as vegetables ; he 

loi ontiko. 
0-Mi-Li-Mi-LU, 3. See Paopao, the name 

of a &b. 
0-Mi-Lo, V. See Milo. To spin ; to 

twist, as a rope ; to spin, as thread. See 

HrLO. To twist with the thumb and finger; 

also in drilling a small hole. 
2. To produce abortion. 
0-Mi-LO, s. The name of a medicine 

used in procuring abortion; he laau lapaau; 

applied to the operation or to the mcaicilie! 

nsed in procuring abortion. 
0-Mi-LO-Mi-LO, V. To destroy or cause 

the death of an unborn infant ; ina i ike oe 

he kaikamahine, e omitomiio ac.au. Xuieik. 

11. 
0-Mi-Mi, V. To droop ; to wither, as a 

plant. 
2; -To lose flesh, as a person ; ua omimi 

ka ulu ana o keia laau. 
0-Mi-Mi, 5. A fading ; a decaying ; a 

withering of animal or vegetable life. . 
2. That which is of small or slow growth. 
0-Mi-No, V. To wither; to droop. See 

Om. 
0-Mi-NO, s. A stinted person; a sickly, 

crying child. 
0-Mi-NO, adj. Stinted; sickly, as a child; 

he keiki omino. uwe wale; withered; with- 
out flesh ; small ; uuku, io ole. 
0-Mo, V. To suck, as a child. Luk. 

22:29. 

2. To draw up, as a pump. 

3. To cleave together, as if by sucking. 
i. To evaporate, as water, and pass into 

the clouds ; ua or/ioia ke kai e ka wela, a 

lilo ia i mau ao. 
0-Mo, adj. Suckingi keilti' owo waiu, 

a sucking child. 2fah. 11:12. He mea omo 

waiu, a suckling. 1 Sam. 22:19. He mea 

omo, a thiug that sucks, 1. o., a child. 
0-MO, s. A cover to a calabash or pot. 
2. The name givei' to a long, narrow 

kind of adz ; koi omo. 
0-Moo-Moo, V. O ka lepo i omoomoma, 

ahahBuia,oia kokahi hale; anovsl adobie; 

any long, oval Shaped body, as balls of pia. 
0-MOo-Noo, i. He lapa, he kualapa, he 

moo. 

0-MO-HA, s. A figure used in printing 
kapa, 

0-MO-HA-LC, s. Name of the twelfth 

day of the month ; properly mohatu. 
0-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up with a coA, 



ONA 



105 



ONA 



bung or stopper, &c. ; ua paa i ka omokiia 
■ i ka pani. 

0-MO-Ki, s. A cork; a stopper of a bot- 
tle ; a bung of a cask ; the stopper of a 

calabash, &. 
0-Mo-Ki, V. To jump from a high place 

into deep water, a sport for children ; 

omofci lua ka wai o ko keiki akamai i ka 

lelekawa. See XJmoki. 
0-MO-KO-Ko, s. Omo, to sucli, and koko, 

blood. A horse leech ; a blood-sucker. 

Sol. 30516. 
0-MO-LE, adj. Bound and smooth; he 

huewai omolt ; hence 
0-MO-LE, s. A glass bottle; a bottle ; a 

cruse, ifal. 17:14. A phial; a polished 

cane ; a large, fat, smooth hog ; he puaa 

nui keia, he omole nei ka hulu. 
0-MO,-LE-A, s. A species of tree. 
0-Mo-LE-o-MO-LE, ) adj. Round and 
0-MO-LE-MO-I-E, ) smooth. See Omoi.e. 
O-Mo-Li-TJ, V. Omo, to suck, and Km, 



3. iZoo. To make one drunk. 
0-NA, s. A State of intoxication, as pro- 
duced by alcohol, tobacco and awa. 

2. Dizziness of the head. 

3. A kind of nettling or pricking of ^oe 
sldn, attended with some pimides. 

0-NA, adj. Drunk; intoxicated. 
0-NA, perx. pron., the auipili of ia. Of 

him ; of her ; of it ; his ; hers j its ; rarely 

in tile neuter gender ; belonging to him, 

&c. Gram. § 137-130. 
0-NA-o-NA, eutj. Weary; fatigued; faint, 

as from traveling. 

2. Paint ; dizzy, from weakness or want 
of food ; poniuniu. 

3. Applied to food ; unpalatable ; ono 
olo ; wai onaona, bad tasted water ; hue- 
wai onctontt, bad smelling calabash. 

0-NA-o-NA, adj. Beautiful; graceful; 
pretty faced ; ho mau maka onaona. he 
maikai, he nani ; ka wehiwehi i ka onaona 
i Ite ala ; beautiful ; applied to the eyes 
and face ; rosy cheeks. 



bilge water. To absorb or discharge fcilge 0-NA-O-NA, S. A pleasant, odoriferous 



water from a canoe or ship; to pump water 
from a ship. , ,. « u- 

O-Mo-Li-TJ, s. Omo and m. A ship 
pump. Noris. — The word pawma has been 
introduced from the English pump. See 

PaUMA- ' ■< m 

0-Mo-MO, V. See Omo, to suck, lo put 
the end of a thing into the mouth to wet 
it; a omoTOO ko ke kanaka waha i ua puala. 

0-MU-A, V. To tie up the wound of the 
■ foreskin when cat off in circumcision. 

2. To tie a string around the fore end of 
the pua or cane top to make a papua for 
playing that game ; o omua ke kttmu o Ra 
pua i ke kaula. , ,. - « 

O-MU-A-MU-A, s. The bulb of a flower 
before it blossoms ; omuamva pua. 

0-MTJ-E, ) adj. Sweet scented ; 

0-MU-E-MU-E, ) odoriferous. 

0-MU-o, s. See Omua above. Omm pua. 

O-MU-o-wn-o, s. The upper and young- 
est leaves of the sugar-cane, ki, &c. ; as, 
omiwmuo ko ; mrMOttiw) ki ; the hiili of the 
kalo makua. See Moo, a bud. 

O-MTJ-o-MU-o-FU-A, V. Muo and pua, a 
flower. To swell out, as the bud of a 
flower. 

0-MutJ, V. To begin to grow, as a veg- 
etable. See Omoa and Omuo. 

0-MU-Kij, V. See Pahupahu.- Eamak. 
To cut short ; to cut off. 

0-NA, V. To be drunk; to be intoxi- 
cated. 1 Hum. "25:36. Ua waiwai loa ia 
haolo, na oiw, spoken sarcastically ; to be 
under the Influence of intoxicating drinks. 
3. To be delighted or ravished ; 



mau mai kona aloha iloko ou. 
14 



Sol. 5:19. 



smeil, as of a rostj ; aka e hai aku i ke ala 
ame ke onaona, ame ka pnkue o ka na- 
auao ; onaona ala, a pleasant smell ; me 
ka honi ala onaona, alalia hoi ka makani 
ala owiona, e nu ana ma ke kaena nei; 
malnna o ka onanna ala latina. 
0-NAu-NA, V. To come around, as fishes 

when a baited hook is let d-Own. 
0-NA-u-NA, at^. Neat; graceful; pretty. 
0-NA-BA, P. To curve or bend round, 
as a semi-circle or a half bounding line ; 
owiha na kihi o ka mahina, the points of 
the moon heni round. 

2. To spread or crook, as the legs ; ap- 
plied to one whose -legs _or knees spread 
wide apart ; used in h'alliili. 
0-NA-HA, adj. Crooked; bending, as 
an aged person j he wahine onaha ICale- 
pcamoa; crooked, as one's lege; wawae 
onaha. 
0-NA-HA, adv. Crookedly; in a bent 
nosition ; ke waiho onaha mai la ka lima, 
the arm lies half bent. See Naha, broken. 
0-NA-HA-WA-HA, V. This word is used 
in all the senses of onaha above ; as, cma- 
hanaha na idhi o ka mahina, &e. ;_ he ka- 
naka wawae orMhanaha ke bele mai, &c. 
0-NA-HA-NA-HA, s. The halo of the 

moon (doubtful.) 
O-NA-HA-NA-HA-iA-TJA, V. See above. 
Onakanahaiaua ke kihi oka moku ; pona- 
hanaha ka moku me ka aina. 
0-NA-LU-NA-LU, odj. HaTOig a high 
surf, as the sea ; omAunalu ke kui. bee 
Nam. 
0-NA-NA, s. Name of the third month 
of the year ; more propevlyATuna. 



ONI 



106 



ONI 



0-NA-NA, adj. Perhaps a contraction of 
ona and ann, partially intoxicati^d. Weak; 
awlfwaid ; unakiliful ; he kanaka mrniM, 
ikaikn olu, liemahcma. 

0-NA-WA-Li, adj. See Nawali. Weak; 
not strong ; awkward ; nawalhvali. 

O-NA-WA-LI, 4'. An unripe, bitter melon 
or sqiiashj he ipu awaawa oo o\ii. 

0-NE, s. The sand; ke one o kahakai, 
the sand of the beach ; ke one i Mahina- 
hina ; fco lelo la ke one i Maoholaia. 

0-NE, V. To be sandy; to have ;and 
in plenty ; ua one Kavipo, ua ka ka ai i ka 
Ina. 

O-NE-A, s. One, sand, and a, burning. 
(So calkd by llawaiians when they ftiut 
saw gnnpowder.) Lit, Burning sand, that 
is, giinpo-wder ; kc onea ka pauda, ka mca 
e h!lc ai ka poka ; ua pau na kanaka i ke 
o»ea o ka haole._ See I'auda (powder,) 
which has since been introduced. 

O-ne-a, adj. Destitute; all gone; vacant. 

0-NE-A-NE-A, s. An open country ; a 
desolate jjlace where nothing giows ; . ka 
ulu ole na mca kanu. 

0-NEA-NEA, V. To appear open and 
clear ; to lie in fair sight, as a hill or moun- 
tain. 

2. To be desolate ; waste ; unfruitrul, as 
a tract of country. 

O-nea-nea; adj. Loft alone ; clear of 
verdure, as land ; deBolal<! ; unfruitful ; 
waste, as land ; niahakea, nuhclehelo ole. 
See Nkonko.. 

0-NEi, adv., the auipili of nei. Of this ; 
of hero ; of this pers(m ; opposite to olailii, 
that there. Notk. — Though often printed 
as one woi'd, o nel are really two wordn. 

0-NE-o-NE, V. To be broken; cracked, 
as a melon, so the moat may run out. 

0-NE-o-NE, V. The flowing out of the 
meat of a melon. 
2. The cracks through which it flows out. 

0-NE-o-NE, adj. Soft ; flowing ; fine ; 
dwindled to nothing, &c. ; p('|)ehi i na ka- 
naka a oiienno. ' 

O-ne-u-la, adj. Great; extended; vast. 

0-ne-ha-nau, s. One, .sand, and harum, 
l>()rii. The place of sne'g birth; native- 
born place ; one's nativo country where he 
and his ancestors lived ; e ike auanei i ko 
kakoii onehnrnw, wu shall soon see oiu-. 
, native-born place. 

0-ne-i.au-e-na, «. Some imaginary land 
or country where the god Kane lived or 
came from ; lie aina 1 ke onelautiia a Kane, 
he aina i Kahiki, aia iluila ke one/tmejiu ; 
he ainti. moinona kc iiiin, 

O-Ni, I). To move ; to stir, but to move 
only throiigli a small space ; uole o hiki 



ke oni i ka nawaliwali, he was not able to 
move from weakness ; to turn the body in 
4 restless mood. 2 Sam. 20:12. , 

2. To ascend with a isigzag motion, as a 
kite ; lele ka lupe iluna o ka lewa oni ae 
ana. 

5. To stretch out, as land into the sea. 
4. To swim or move about in the sea. 

OilJc. 11:10. 

C>. To move on in a steady course of life; 
e oni wale no oukou i kuu pono a, con-' 
tinue to move on in my course. jKouoAa a 
Kam. 

6. To move, as a sign of life, in opposi- 
tion to mot malie, a sign of death. 

7. To move from one po:'iition to another; 
ua oni kela mai kona kala a hiki ma ke|ti 
kala, he moved from his eiid of the houstf 
to this end. 

.8. To move about; to be busy; dili- 
gent '; to move to a/id fro ; e cni ana no ia 
me ke kulapa ana ; e naku, e lapa, &c. . 

O-m, adj: Uneasy; restless, as in pain. 

O-W, #. Uneasiness; a shifting from 
place to place.; epithet of a living being, 
the moring. Ezek.i7:9. 

O-m-oi s. Cloth printed, especially in 
spots ;"the printed figures on calico. 

OsNi-o, adj. Spotted ; printed, like cal- 
ico or jcftpa, ' 

O-Ni-o^Si, u 'See Oni. To dodge ; to 
move back and forth, as the ei^rs of a horse; 
onioni no na pepeiao, moe imua a mqe 
ihope ; na onioni ka lupe mo he ao la, -the 
kite^oate like a cloud. 

O-Ni-o-Ni-o, adj. See Onio. Striped; 
Rpot.tcd,a8 a cloth;"a,s animals. Kin. 30:S2. 
Variegated, as with colors ; humuhumii 
onioato, broidnred worii. Pufc. 28:39. ll6o. 
Kapa hoonionio, broidered woi-k. JBsejli: 
16:10. 

0-Nt-o-Ni-o, V. To be spotted ; ua onio- 
m"o kikokiko ka leopadi. 

2. Ifoo. To embroider : to work figures 
on cloth. Puk. 28:39. 

0-Ni-u, )). To, spin, as a top made of a 
coeoaniiti hoka i qniuia kona lae. 

0-Ni-u, s. A top for spinning ; a play- 
thing for children, generally made of ii 
coconnut. 

O-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi. See Onimhi. 

0-Ni-HO-Ni-Ho, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

0-Ni-KA, s. Gr. Onyx; nameofaprer 
oioiis stone. Kin. 2:12. 
2. Also, a spice. Puk. 30:34. 

O-Ni-Ki, adj. Flat,' smootli, as a surface. 

0-Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki. I ka pawa haahaa oniki- 
niki. 

0-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. Fat; plump, as the 
cheeks of a man. See Umbanika. 



ONO 



107 



ONO 



0-Ni-Ni, V. To Mow very softly, as the 
beginning of a breeze. 

2. To ejccito or stir up wuvcb in a calm ; 
to cause a ripploou the unrface of water. 

0-Mi:Ni, f. A very^siigKt breeze of air 
like tbat WhJcli occasion^ a ripple after a 
«aim 5 he wAlii onHd iki mai ; applied only 
to a gentlq wind 'ivtihen it coyera the sea 
with ripples; om'/n" 'loa mai na,hua; he 
onini makani ; the flTst beginning of u Bea 
breeze; apuft'ufwind. Isa.61-A.?,. 

2. Tlic word' is appUed to one of imper- 
fect vision when tryii^ ta read ; qnira ke 
kanaka i ka iliwai. 

0-Ni-Ni, V. To close' «c shut the eyes 
on account of too strong light ; ua onini 
na maka i ka malamaiaina, nakt^uli ka 
onuhi, ua ano e ka maka. 

0-NI-NI, adj^ The state itf one ahnost 
dead ; he (clchu, be kapakahi, he kuhikce, 
he kokoke make loa. 

0-NI-NI, *. A kin4 of surf-board. 

0-jfl-Ni-Hi, s. Young kaio; the tops of 
kalo. See Pauanihi. 

0-Ni-NO-Nj-NO,, ». To be dazSiling like 
the 8tin;,ua oniTtonino na maka i ka la; 
to blind (b6 eyes liy a dazzling light. See 
Omnolivo. '. , 

0-Ni-No-Ni-NO, adj. Dazzling; diiii- 
sigbtod through a strong light. - 

0-Ni-p/A, V. Oni and paa, fast. 

1. To 156 Hxei', firmly bound together. 
Bj/. Ul:8. To tie Stead&Bt, IIuLUOai. 
To be immoFable. 

2. To h? persevering. Sol. .10:24. XJa 
onipaa loalce aupuni o kaMesia. IIoo. To 
establish fimly. ler. 42:10. 

0-Mi-pjiA, aif. Firm; strong; fixed j 
immovable ; he nauwc ole, he kulanalar.a 
olc : he liale onipaa a paa loa, 

0-NO, i;. To be or become sweet ; to 
relish, as food; to have a like or relish for 
Bweetfood. 7iin. 27:4. To have a sweet 
ti;st«. 

2. To be sweet, that is, good to eat ; eat- 
able. ICin. 3:6. 

3. To desire jgreatly to taste or cat a 
thing; ono iho la kefcahi man kanaka i ka ia. 

4.' To be savory,; aa ono, ua-mikomiko, 
ua onoono. 
6. Morally, to havea relish for virtue. 

0-NO, V. To disrelish food, as a sick 
child or person without appetite, /loo. 
Hooibi, hoono, hoonoono. 

0-NO, s. Sweetness ; that which is 
pleasant to the tasts either in eating or 
drinking ; ka orao' oka puu i ka ai ana a i 
ka inu ana. 

0-NO, adj. Sweet; palatable; relisha- 
ble; nlao>M>,.a sweet sairor. Oihk. X:^ 
He kanaUa hua o«o oe. Prcnotrh. 



0-No, s. Name of a very large species 
of fish, the parents of the opi^lu ; o ke ano 
makua o ka opelu ; computed at one-sixth 
of the whole. 

0-NO, a<Zy. The ordinal of six; the sixth j 
used with the article. ^a»i. ]T5:4. Aono, 
eono, six. 

0-No-o-No, arf;. Palatable; hence, pleas- 
ant ; comfortable. 

0-NOTj, V. To entice ; to allure ; gener- 
erally for a bad purpose. 

2. To give a thing deceitfully ; to give 
away, as one's daughter in marriage for a 
selfish purpose. 

3. To give the products of a land to an- 
other, not to the owner. 

4. To secrete by craft; to turn a'ide 
from what is right. 

5. To push agaiijst one, as if to push hia 
down; to do things in a hurry. 

6. To persuade one to leave hia proper 
station for an iirproper ono. 

7. To change employment. 

0-Nou, s. An enticement ; a false giv- 
ing ; a seduction ; an ehticing, alluring, 
&B,, of one. Zaieiic. 198. O Icta onou wale 
ana o na makua i ke keiki, the enticing cf 
parente their children (to vice.) 

0-Nou, if. The name of a small bird ; o 
ka onc!'. he manu eleele ia. 

0-NOU, of;. Seductive ; g-Uuring; de- 
ceitful, &c. 

0-Nou-NOU, ». See Onou above. To 

entice ; seduce ; persuade.' Note This 

form is frequentative of onou, and used in 
all its senses. 

O-NO-Hi, s. The center of the eye; ka 
onohi o ka maka. Zek. 2:8. 

2. The eye-ball ; the apple of the eyfe 5 
kii otwhi, tiie littte image in the eye; so 
haku onohi ; hence, , , , 

3. The center of 'a thing ; the excess of 
a thing ; applied to darknei^. SoL 20:20. 
I, e., the profundity of darkness ; ke ono^t 
o ka pouli, where darkness 49 concentrated. 

4. It is applied to light or heat; ka. 
oiwhi o ka umu ahi enaena, the center of a 
raging, fiery -oven ; ka wacnakonu ka 
lapalapa ahi, the center of a flame of fire ; 
ke ojiohi o ia, la, the center of the gun ; 
ke Alii e mw mai ana i ka onohi pono o. 
ka la. LaieiH 1 W; He ao onohi opua kii- 
kau. 

0-NO-Hi, s. Ike aku la oia e ku ana ka 
onohi iluna jtono o Maunalei. Iiaieik. in.' 

0-NO-Hi-Ai-A, s. Onohi and aic, bad, &c. 
A watery -or sore eye. 

0-NO-Hi-D-LA, s. A deep red ; a species 

of red color. 
0-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1;. Ua miohinohi ka maka 

ka hoku. 



OPA 



108 



OPE 



0-Nv, V. To swell; to enlarge; to 

spring. See Pehd, to rise up, as a swelling. 
0-NU, s. A swelling'; a wen on the 

neck or head ; anytjung growing up and 

increasing. , ,, • ' 

O-NU-HE-Ntr-HE-A, odj. Fat; very fat; 

sjiaking fat ; applied to men when bloated 

very much. ' ■ 
0-PA, 17. To press; squeeze, as the head 

of a child. Ancd. 6. 
0-PA, adj. SeeOoPA. Lame; fatigued; 

wfearied. 
0-PA, adj. Huikau, laiki, kulipee. 
0-PA, s. A limping, walking, as one 

sore or' disabled ; ke kulipa, ka huikau, ka 

laiM. 
0-PAE, s. A very small fish; a shrimp; 

a crab. 
O-PAEKt-HAA, s. A species of small fish, 

but a little larger than the opae. 
0-PAi-PAi, V. To shake; to bend in and 

out, as the rafters of a house ; opaipai ka 

mauna, the mountain tremblea. Laidk. 163. 

0-TA-o-;?A,Lttdf. See Opa. Wearied; 
fatigued ; lame from walking. See Oopa. 

0-PA-HA, s. A house, the rafters of 
which have been broken. 
2. A thin, shrunk up face. 

0-PA-HA, V. To be bent in; as the roof 
of a (gras3).hoiise partly fallen in. 

2. To sink down ; to be depressed ; to 
fall in: uhopalta ka iiale,uahina,uahllala, 
a ua. poll aku lloko. . 

0-PA-HA, adj. Bent in ; indented ; 
pressed down. 

0-PA-KA, adj. Having regular sides, as 
a 8q[aare or octagon. 

2. Having hewn or fls^t sides, as a square 
piece ot' timber ; e kalai a opcjca, the tim- 
ber il hewed; UB kalai opakapaka, the 
timber is hewed on all aides. 

0-PA-KA, u To hew sirioothly; to hew 
and leave no knots ; e kalai a e hoopau i 
,ke ino. ,, 

0-PA-KA, s. A ravine on the side of a 
mountain. 

2. The geometrieal figure: a prism. Ana- 
hon. 

0-PA-KA-PA-KA, adj. Hewed on all sides; 
made flat or square. 

0-PA-KA-PA-KA, s. Name of a species of 
red fish. 

0-PA-LA, s. Refuse litter, such as old 
straw, leaves of trees, dried grass, or aay- 
tbing worthless wliich may be burnt or 
blown away by the wind. Hnl. 1:4. Light 
rubbish ; diflferent things mized together. 
2. TiQ. The rabble; people without char- 
acter : aole i lilo kanaka i ka hewa ms 
Fokl, he mau opda wale uo ka i lilo me 



ia, the people did not turn to wickedness 
with Poki, some of the chaff (unstable 
men) only went with bim. 

0-PA -LA, adj. Dirty; filthy; bad; un- 
pleasant ; ua lemua opala, a long, disagree- 
able rain. 

0-PA-Li-PA-Li, s. A small or low pali ; 
a place of low palis. 

0-PA-PA, s. Proper name , of the wife 
of Akea or Wakea ; they are represented 
as the ancestors of the Hawaiian race.; 
Note. — The o is no part of the word, it i^ 
only o emphatic, yet it is sometimes bo 
written. See Papa. 

0-PE, V. To tie up in a bundle; to 
bundle up for carrying away. Pafc. 12:34. 

0-PE, s. A bundle;' a long bundle; a 
bundle made up for carrying ; ope papa, 
ope lole. 

0-PE-A, V. To be turned or to lean to 

one side. i 

2. To turn off, as when land is taken 

. away, perhaps for a fault, perhaps not ; u» 
laweia ka aina, opeaia ke kanaka. 

a. To drive one away; hakaka laua, a 
opeoia o mea emea. 

4. To bind ohe's hands behind his back; 
qpeatekona man lima; to cross; to tie cross- 
wise ; to treat ill. 

6. To abuse or treat one evil without 
reason. 

6. To judge unrighteously. Sol. 18:5. 

7. To treat the gods with contempt and 
risk the consequences. See Pea. 

8. To throw over one, as a kapa, or as a 
child over the shoulder; ^ 

0-PE-A, s. A cross, as sticks crossed. 
See Pea and Kba. The cross stick which 
holds up the 6uter and upper end of a sail. 

0-PE-A, s. Used probably for qpejffl, what 
ia bound up ; a testicle. 

0-PE-A, adj. Villainousf; perverse; not 
trusty. 

0-PEA-PEA, s. A bat, an animal between 
fowls and quadrupeds. Kard. 14:16. So 
called from the shape of the wings boing 
simitar to the ancient sails (pea) of their 
canoes. 

0-PEA-PEA, s. A species of shell fish. 
2. Kalo lately planted, iVom the shape 
of the young leaves. 

0-PE-o-PE, V. See Ope. To tie up 
tightly or frequently, as a buifdle. 

2. To tie and hang Up agafiis* the side 
of a house for preservation. 

3. To fold up, 'as clothes. lohn. 20:7. 

4. Fio. To bind up, as knowledge, ha. 
8:16. Opeope ke akamai a waiho malie 
iloko o kc kanaka noonoo, wisdom is bun- 
dled up and laid away quietly in tho man's 
mind. 



OH 



109 



OPU 



0-PE-LE, V. To rest securely or quietly 
in a place ; noa ke akua kapu ka miele. 

O-PE-LE-PK-M, s. A flat, weak calabash,, 
partly brokeh; also, a frall.water calabash 

O-PE-iT, *. Name of a gpecjes of fish ; 
mackerel ; opdu ka okoa ia ihp .ka moku. 
2. The name of one of tke two fishwMch 
aci-'ompanied Pili when he came to the 
isilaads ; aku was the name of the other. 
D. Mak). 4:13. ■ ' . . 

0-PE-i.u-NU-i-K4U-HAA-u-iiO, s.'The son 
of Pele and Kamapu'aa, who Ibecaine a god. 

0-Pi, V. To folfl Up, as Itapa or cloth. 
Soc Ope. , , , > , 

2. To sink in, as the, mouth when the 
teeth are jtone. 

0-Pl, s. The folds in cloth or kapa; 
the depressions made by folding kapa or 
cloth ; akepakepa mai la no ia ma ii^c opi a 
pan. 

0-pi-o, adj. Young; juvenile, as a per- 
son. 2 Sam. 18:29. As an animal ; bipl 
kanc opio. Nah. 28:19. 

0-Pi-o-pi, V. See Opi. To fold up, as a 

■ garment or kapa. 2 Ifal. 2:8. 

2. To put in order ; opi(^i lua ka auwae 
mo ho waha kao !a. 

0-pi-o-Pi-o, 15. See Opio. To be young; 
tender; as a plant or tree ; as a child or 
animal. 1 Bam. 1:24. 

0-PI-O-PI-O, adj. Young, as a person or 
animal; immature; unripe. Puk.2i:6. Ap- 
plied to persons ; opposed to kahiko. los. 
6:21. Applied to fruits ; uala (ypi<^io; re- 
cent ;, new ; late ; as, he mai opiopio, a new 
or recent disease ; junior ; a son of a 
father of the same name. 

0-Pi-Hi, s. A species of shell fish 
2. A stamp in natire cloth. 

0-pi-Hi-pi-Hi, s. A particular kind of 
mat, not the finest kind, though pretty fine. 

0-Pi-KA-NA-LA-Ni, s. TJsed in poetry for 
something laid up far off; hole ana i Opi 
kananua i Opikanalani. 

0-Pi-KA-NA-NUU, s. , See the above. Hele 
ana i Opikananwt i Opikanalani. 

O-Pi-Ki, V. To bend over, as in nodding 
on going to sleep; to bend up, as the legs; 
to come together, as a trap. See Upiki. 

0-Pi-KO, s. A species of grass ; a spe- 
cies of tree ; he kopiko. ,' 

0-Pi-KO-pi-KO, s. Name of a disease; 
he mai cpikopiko i ano o ka ili e like inc 
ka pa!a, ulaulu a keokeo ; ke opikopVco o 
ka ili, urn e hoopiliia ka heo, ola i ka ili, 
ua opikopiko ka ili. 

O-pi-Ko-Pi-KO, .«. Anxiety; concern"; so- 
lioifcudo ; depression of spirits in view of 
(langor, 

O-Pi-KO-Pi-Ko, V. To be anxioas about 



an event ;• to be concerned about some im- 
pending danger. 
2, To be troubled, us the sea in a storm. 
0-w-M, V. To draw up; contract, as 
one with the cramp or with cold weather^ 
optti Ion iho no ka nui loa o ka ua. 

2. To be ooldi to .shiver with- the cold. 

3. To draw up or compose one's self on 
a bed. Mn. 49:33. 

4. Fio. Ua opik ka maka i ka anu i ka 
waij'nolaila loaa.ole ka manao, haalulu » 
make no hoi. 

5. To bend or contrsict, a^ the knees in 
kneeling ; oi lidho kiikiili a opiii ae na 

■ wawaeikaanullftlookalepo. £in. 49:33. 
0;it7i la o poeleele o opu Icalakeila 
Va iliu, he kua nui kiia loa, 
He kua noho i ka Ida He uiahipule. - 

0-Pi-Li, s. A cold; a shivering; a con- 
traction of the limbs and muaoles through 
cold or with ttie cramp; 
2. The cramp itself. 

0-pi-Li, adj. Stiff with wet and cold,; 
benumbed. 

0-pi-Lo, V. To break out afresh, as a,n 
old sore. 

2. To have a relapse in the recovery of 
a disease ; to bring back a sickness ; mai 
hole oe i ka auau, o opUo ko mai i ka wai. 
See PrLO. 

0-pi-Lo, s. A person who is often sick 
and has become thin in flesh, is said to be 
a" "Vn. ppiZo. 

0-pi-i,v- -.''.wu, adj. Dirty; muddy; miry, 
as a soft, slumpy road; ua nui na wahi 
opUopUo ma ke alanu! o Makiki, ua poho- 
poho loa ka wawae i kahi ino i ka Icpo. 

2. Dirty ; bad smelling, as stagnant 
water ; corrupt ; he opilopilo no kcia opn 
puaa. 

O-pi-Lo-Pi-M, V. To be dirty J bad smell- 
ing, &,c. ; ke opilopilo nei no ka wawae i 
ka honowa. See Pilopilo and Pilo. 

0-Po. See in Hatjopo. Opo, in good 
order ; even ; plainly done. 

0-PO-HO-KA-No, adj. Stingy; cjose; not 
willing to part with anything good ; o ka 
poe lakou opokokano, he kukniolelo wale 
no ia, aole e ai ana. 

0-pu, V. To expand, as an opening^ 
flower. See Opdd,, 
2. To grow, as a fetus. Hal. 139:16. 
I 3. To swell up ; tx) be full, as the belly 
of a fat person ; opu mai ka opu. 
4. To rise up, as water ; opu ka wai. 
6. To live idly ; lazily ; ke opu waie ae 
nei no, ka noho wale ; noho wale iho no, 
loaa ole. 

6. To sit with the knees gathered up, 

7. To leap off or over, as a horse ; e opu 
aku mao. 

0-PU, s. A protuberance with an enclo- 



OPU 



110 



OPU 



wire, as the belly, stomach, bladder, &,c. ; 
as, opu o ke kai, the heart, belly (midst) 
of the sea ; the crop of a bird. Oihk. 1:16. 
The maw of enimals. Kanl. 18:3. The 
v.'omb. lAmI':. 16:17. A round, liver-like 
substance in the hog and other animals. 

2. The name of a heap upon which a god 
stands ; a bunch or bundle of small wood, 
grass, weeds, <fec. ; a hill or bunch of kivlo 
growing together. See Opdu. 

3. The disposition of a person ;; state of 
m«Ki. See the compounds Opuao, Ophino, 
Opckopekopb, &c. Opu IB here stn. with 
naau. Note.— The Hawaiians suppose t>e 
seat of tliought, intelligence, &c., and i^so 
the seat of moral powers, as the choice and 
practice of good and evil, to be sea*d in 

'■^e small intestines: hence, naav or opu 
<the' emalr intestines) is used fc what we 
should call the heart, i. e., the seat of the 
moral powers. See Naauao, Xaasipo, Naao- 
jNO, compaYed witi qpi!ao,<*p«i'«>, &c. See 
Naaii. 
0-pu, adj. SMJlM a< dmng into thf^ 
water, so as not to S'patter ; opu ia waJii 
kanaka : opv- i n»iea ka pau ai ole, fisher- 
man's phrase. . 
O-P0-A «. NjsJTow pointea cloudfe hang- 
ing in the horizon ; clouds of ij.wjcg'alar 
shape aAisicg out of the sea; opua kea, 
. opm (Oeele. „ . S „ , , 
2. A bunch ; a eoUeetJon, as of bushes, 
lep/HS, kc; be opud hao'wale kcia no ka 
fine,; ko opua puakala. -See Oi'u. 
ff-ra-A, s. The nairve of a class of gods 

among ihe poe aloii noho. 
O-pu-A, adj. E:^isting or hanging in 
bunches or clusters ; ao opua, clouds col- 
lected ; kabi,7@ puka mai ai na ao upua mai 
ka moana... 
0-Ea-AO,-aeZ/. Opu, belly, and ao, en» 
lighteiJfed. Wise hearted ; knowing ; intel- 
ligent ; similar to naavao, but less used. 
0-ptr-Ao, s. Knowledge ; intelligence ; 
one instructed ; he uaauao, he noonoo, he 
noiau. 
O-PU-A-HA-o. No ke Itomo ana a opua- 

hao ke kanaka a make. 
0-ptr-A-Hu-A-WA, s. See Opu, a bunch, 
and Ahuawa, a species of strong rush, A 
bunch of grass, small sticks, &c., tied up 
in a bundle with ahuawa string. 

O-pu-A-KEA, i. Clearness ; whiteness ; 

that which shines brightly. 
O-pu-A-KEi, V. To appear, as a white 

cloud. 

Uft opuakea alalai kanukiiQU 

Huaa \ ka mebeu Daave aUnul a ka puukolo 

Ka makolo tatkav^t ala a ka Foulcua. 

O-PU-A-KU, *. The clouds in the morn- 
ing or evening wheu they take imaging 
(shapes of things ; he ao opuakiikii. 



O-pu-i-No-iNO, s. OpuanAino. An evil 
disposition; malice. 1 Pel. 2:1. Wicked- 
ness ; dforavity ; seeking evil against -one. 
0-PU-i-W-i-No, adj. Evilly disposed ; 

malevolent. 
0-pir-/»-HAi, s. Cfpu, a bunch, and ohai, 
a sJrub. -A bundle of grass ; a bundle of 
tie ohai shrubs. 
0-PU-o-UAo, s. Name of a disease in 
which the abdomen becomes enlarged and 
hard, while file limbs are enervated j tlic 
dropsy ; ka opu me ka nanaia sxlikiliki lalo 
o ka iomu. , 
0-pu-o-pu, "v. To rise up ; to swell. 
See 0pd8 To be swelled full, as one hav- 
ing ea^n heartily. 

2. ,To fill, as the belly of a hungry man; 
to be full, as a water calabash with water; 
0-p;uu, V. To bud, as a tree or plant ; 
to shoot forth buds. 'Kin. 40:10. 

2. To bud, i. e., to set fruit. Mai. 13:2$. 
.S. To shoot out, as the branch of a tree. 
Mar. 4:32. 
4. JIoo. To Ciiiiee to grow. Ezek. 29:21. 
Ua opuu ae kuabiwi i ka iU o ke kai, 
Ua ouieo ac ka puka ana. 

0-Puij, s. A bud. Nah. 17:23. The 
germ of a vegetable ; a tuft ; . a cluster : a 
bunch of corn, ffin, 41:5. An ear or bunch 
of wheat or barley. Rvl. 2:2. 

2. A protuberance See Puu. 

3. A whale's tooth ; ka opvu nibo oko- 
hola; opuu makamua, first green ears. 
Oihk. 2:14. Ea opuu maia, a bunch of 
bananas. 

4. The spur of a very young cosk ; ka 
opuu ana'e o ke kalakala o ka moa. 

5. A conical hill ; hence, in yeomdry, a 
cone. Apa. Son. 29. 

0-PUTJ, s. Swelling highly, as a very 
high surf before it breaks ; ohu ma! la he 
wahi nalii opuu. Xcteifc. iil. 

0-puu-puu, adj. See Pun. Kough ; not 
smooth, ae a rough road ; the opposite of 
laumania; the same as apuupuu; uneven ; 
hilly; bulging or swelling ont : oppujitc 
to upoho ; convex. Anal. 6. , 

0-puu-puu, s. Ma ke Iralo, ma ka pspa- 
kole, ma ke kuekue, ma ke opmqntu. 
2. Name of a specifea of fish. 

0-pu<HAO, 5. Opu and hao. A swelleQ 
belly or stomach ; i Itona ai ana i ka opu- 
hao ; penu no ia i k'.* kai jne !c:i op-jha,:-- ; 
dropsy of the belly, aseitiis.. '>•■'■■ Oi-t^oii.vj, 

0-pu-HEA, adj. Opu and hea. Ldzy ; 
inactive; not iTiterprising or itidvisUioiB. 

0-pi?"HU-E, s. Ojm, belly, and kue, a 
calabash. Name of a spnoies of fish, spec- 
kled, said to be poi;-'onous if ealea; the 
fish swells up witli air and fioats, ontlio si-ft. 

O-BU-KAE-Mo-A. Earn. voc. Ueu, keukeu. 
fo coadema one's friend. 



OWA 



111 



OWl 



O-PTj-KEA, s. See KoKEA, Kam.. 

0-po-KEE-Mo-A, s. An evil disposition ; 
an iaclination to badnesa ; also naavjfcee- 
mou. 

O-pir-Ko-PE-KO-PE, adj. Opu, disposi- 
tiou, and kopekope, morose. Evilly dis- 
posed; malevolent. 

0-Fti-LB, s. A species of fish full of 
spoisi ; xta. paapu i ke kakau. 

O-PTJ-LE-Ptr-LB, adj. Spotted; light aiid 
sbad)^ ; he klnofaicohi. 
OpuUpule ke aks ilaln, kikokUco i na. akn, 
Paapa i ria aka e like me Lahalraluna i k.". po mahina, 
No ka paa i na laia nlu ame oa lau o ka maia 
Ame ka ^auke, mahina oputepule o Lele (Lahaina.) 

Spotted, af3 the feathere of the nene; he 
hulu opul^vJe ko ka nene. 

0-pn-MA-KA-Ni, s. Opu, belly, and ma- 
kani, wind. A bellows ; a balloon. 

0-PU-Mi-Mi, s. Opit and mimi, urine. 
The bladder : the container of urines 

0-pn-NA-HE'(.E-HE-LE, s. Opu and naJie- 
lelide. a thicket. Ua pee i ka opunahelehele, 
he hid bimself in the belly of the forest, 
i. e., in the thick forest 

O-P0-NhNi, V. To compel attendance; 
to force eompliafloe. 

O-rtr-NUi, adj. Opu ani nui. Epithet 
of a large bellied man ; ina aoie lio, make 
loa ua 'lii opunin i ka matoeloe, if there 
are no horses, the big-bellied chiefs will 
die with fatigue (of tiaycling.) . 

O-PTJ-PA-LA-OA, *. Opuu, v/hale's tooth, 
•iod paiaoa. An ornament made of a 
■whale's tooth. See Opcu, 

0-WA, s. The word given and con- 
stantly used by Kaknaokalalau for seizing 
his prey. 

O-WA3 V. To be split, as a board. See Oa. 

0-WA4-w5!,A, adj. Hilly; full of knolls r 
land fall of knobs. 

0-wiA-wAA, s. Thick, heavy clouds ; 
clouds portending a storla ; ina i poipu ka 
lani me to rumawnn. he hakuma la, 

0-wAE, V. See Wae. To crack, as a 
iiiing breakiflg ; to tremble ; to erack, aa 
dry ground. 

0-WAi, pron. ira. Who ? what. person ? 

It refers mostly to persons. Note. — The o 

is the emphatic, and notanes,sential part 

of the wor-i. See Gvam. § 5S and 12.3. 

0-wA-o-WA, V. See Qwa. To be full 

of cracks, aa rotten.wood; tobebrotefuip. 

O-WAi-KU, s. Name of a pain in the 

chest, or breast ojT men or women ; he mai, 

he nae owatku. 

O-WA-o-wA-KA, s. A species of shell 

Bsh of the «lam kind. 
WAO, ■p7'on., first pers. sing. I. See 
Atr, Oao, d-vA Will. Grma. § §3 and 123. 



0-WAU, V. To answer I, in obedience 
to a call or a question ; owai ka niea pa- 
pale ie oukou ? owaii aku la no hoi au, 
(nuau? who among you has a straw hat? 
I ied to him I. that is, I. answered L 

O'-WATJ, s. A cat; so called from her 
noiiie ; uwau is perhaps the right word. 

0-WA1J, s. Name of a species of fish 
found in the rivers; he okuhetuhe, he 
akupa. 

0-WA-HO, comp. prep., the auipili of 
waho. Of or belonging to the outside, 
loan. 7:24. Out of ; external. 6ram.^l6l. 

0-wA-KA, adj. Open ; spread open, as 
a flower. See Oaea. Open, as the mouth 
for spea'king. 

0-wA-KA, V. To open, as a flower; mo- 
hola ; ua hamama, na t>waka ka pua ka 
laau. See Oaka. 

0-WA-KA-WA-KA, s. The breaking or 
opening of daylight ; o ka wehe ana o ke 
alaula ame ka malamalama ke kakahi- 
aka. 

0-WA-KA-WA-KA, V. To be somewhat 
light, as the light of the nioon. See Waka- 

WAKA. 

O-WA-LA, V. To toss forward with both 
hands. 

2. To throw, as a horse his rider. 

3. To brandish, as a epear. 

4. To throw about one's hand.s. 
0-WA-Li, adj. Weak; infirm; flexible. 

See Nawali and Wall 
0-WA-WA, s. A ditch; a furrow; chana 

oinawa, e auwaha. See Awawa, .Kahawai, 

&c. 
0-WE-o-WE-NE, s. Small kalo, &c. See 

OWEWEKE. 

O-wE-HE'^wE-HE, s. See Wehe, to open. 

A definite period of time in the morning ; 

a i ka. ow^fnsslie ana ka alaula. Zaieik. 30. 
0-wE-LA, s. The time when the sun is 

hot and no rain ; vegetation dries up. 

2. Hard %vork on land by several people 
to get it workfd. 

3. Land burnt over; scorched in the sun. 

4. Anything hold near the fire so as to 
be scorefaed. See Wbla.. 

0-WE-NE, s. SmaB \a.\o'; julumi i ka 
lepo, a popoi i ka maua, a mahope loaa 
liahi owene. 

0-we-we^ke, s. Small kalo, as the fin- 
ishing of a patch of food ; perhaps better 
written oieeowene. 

O-vn, s. The name of a small shrub, a 
nuisance to fanners. 

0-wi-Li, V. To roll up ; to twist ; to 
fold up, as the hands. 

'/. To roll together, aa a roll of papar 
that has been opened. Isa. 34:5. 



UA 



112 



UAU 



3. To twist a thing to make it crooked. 
Sec Oirj. 

0-wi-Li, s. A roll, as of cloth or of 
paper ; a skein of thread ; a Ml of a mat ; 
he owUi palapala, the roll of a book. ler. 
36:2. Eoi oikli, a koi made gouge-like for 
working the inside of canoes. 

0-WI-LI, s. Name of a very thick surf- 
board made of wiliwili. 



0-RE-NA, *. Heb. Name of a tree. &a. 

44:14. English translation, an ash. 
0-SE-FE-EA-&A, s. Name of a bird in 

OiJik. 11:13. 
O-sE-PE-KA, s. The ospray; name of a 

bird in Oihk. 11:13. 
0-SE-TE-Ri-KA, s. Eug. An ostrich. lob. 

30:29. 



u. 



TT the fifth letter of the Hawaiian 
^ J alphabet. It represents generally the 
sound of the English «o,as in too, co'o,fool, 
Ac. ; but when preceded by i, it somenmes 
has the sound of the English u or yu; as, 
waiu, viaiyu; iuka, yuka. 
U, V. To protrude ; to rise on the toes ; 
to prepare .to,8tand up ; t-o draw out, as a 
pencil from a case. 

2. To weep. Mat. 5:4. To grieve ; to 
mourn. Hcd. 38:6. E « hele, to go about 
moumiEg ; to mourn for, 1. e., desire earn- 
estly ; i kekahi manao o'n «b u nei, e ao 
kakon i ka leo o ka hlmeni. 

3. To drip or drizzle, as water ; to ooze 
or leak slowly, as water from a kalo patch 
or from the crevices of a rock ; e kahe ae. 

U, V. To be tinctured or impregnated 
with anything ; as, ua u ka pipi i ka paa- 
kai ; ua u ke kapa i ka mea hooluu ; u ke 
kapa i ka ua. 

U, «. The breast of a female. Ezek. 
23:8. 

U, s. Grief; sonow ; expression of af- 
fection ; like me ke aloha, ame ka u, ume 
ka uwe ana. 

2. The breast. Zuk. 23:29. The pap ; 
the udder; hence, with wai, milk, i. e., 
•waiu. Lit. Breast ■ft-ater, 

3. Unwillingness ; not disposed to do. 
I) -A, V. See Gr. tto, Malay ?ya«, to 

wet ; to rain. To rain ; ua iho la ka iia, 
he «a Eui loa. Lit. The rain rained, it was 
a very great rain. 

2, Hoo. To send or give rain ; to cause 
to rain. Ein. 7:4. 

TJ-A, s. Rain ; water falling from the 
clonds. 1 iSi3B?i.. 12:17, 18. Rains were di- 
vided by Hawafians into i«i loa, long rains; 
ua poko, short rains ; ua hea. 

U-A, adj. Vain ; useless ; to no profit. 

U-A, adv. In vain ; to no purpose ; ma- 
nao no ka poe kabiko ua luhi va ka lakon 
hana ana. 

(J-A, pron. dem. adj. Ua before a noun, 
and la or nei after it, forms a strong ue- 
monstrative adjective pronoun; this; tl»»t; 



as la or nei is used. It refers to some noun 
that has just been mentioned. Ua kanaka 
nei, this man (just spoken of) ; hiolo tia 
mau hale la, those houses" (just mentioned) 
have fallen down. Gram. § 152. 

U-A prefixed to verbs, marks the fourth 
form of the preter tense. Gram. § 187. 

U-A-A-u-LA, adj. Bad smelling ; filthy. 
See Aa0A. 

XJ-Ai, V. See UwAi. To open or shut, 
as a door. 
2. To extend : hoonee. See Hi'ai. 

U-Ai, s. A door for stopping an en- 
trance. See UwAi. 

U-Ao, V. See Uwao. To interfere; to 
procure peace between contending partiiss; 
to intercede ; interpose ; reconcile ; » na 
kekahi alii manawa Amerika i uao ; to take 
one's part. 

U-AO, I). To mew, as a cat. See below, 

U-ao, s. A_ cat, from the noise. See 
also OwAC and Uwau. 

U-AU, s. A leather bag. 

2 A species of bird that dives in the 
water. 

IT-AU, adj. Tough, as kalo. SeeU.inA. 

U-A-n-A, adj. Poor; naked; destitute. 

U-A-u-A, s. Pride; haughtiness; acting 
the spendthrift. 

2. The name of a kapa or pau colored 
yellow ; ina i hooluu ia. ka pau i ka olena, 
he tiaua ia. 

U-A-UA, adj. Proud; haughty; arro- 
gant ; vain. 

U-A-tfA, «<?y. Strong; tight: fast; un- 
broken. 

2. Tough, as some kinds of kalo ; paa, 
paakiM. 

U-Au-A, s A noise ; a confused lioise, 
sfi of an army or multitude ; the noise of 
wailing ; he olopihe. 

tJ-A-tf-A-iA, s. A Strong smell of decay- 
ing food ; the smell of rotten potatoes ; 
wekoweko. 

U-Au-KE-wAi, s. The name of a large 



UAN 



113 



UIU 



bird the siiae of a turkey; breast and winga 
white, back black. 

U-A-HAB, 0. To imbed in ; to lay in, 
as brick or stone in mortar. See Uhau, 
Anal. 19. 

U'-A-Hi, S, V, ooze or milk, and aki, fire, 
tliat 1b, Braoke. A cloud ; a vaporous ap- 
pearance. SeeUwAHi. Note. — tfahi is un- 
aoubtfedly the better orthography. 

U-A-Hi-WAi, V. E kulii ana. See Wa- 
WAi. To be desirous of some evil ; to lust 
after ; to be greedy for. 

U-A-Ho-A, adj. Hard, as an unfeeling 
person ; unkind ; ungenerous ; passionate. 

U-A-KA-HA, s. Stifiness; applied to the 
neck. 

U-A-Ko-Ko, *. See Koiula, Kam., Pu- 
Kouv, i&c. A cloud standing erect and hav- 
ing diftierent colors, somewhat like the rain- 
bow. 

U-A-LA, s. See U and Ala, sweet. The 
Bwcet potato. 

2. The large muscles of the iipper arm. 
AiMt. 18. 

3. A name of a certain kind of Icbo, a 
sea shell. Sometimes written moala. 

U-a-la-au (u-wa-la-au), v. See Wa- 

lAMs. To cry out ; to make a great noise ; 

to cry out in a confused mauner, asn great 

multitude. Isa. 22:2. 
U-A-LA-AU (u-wa-la-au), s. An outcry; 

a loud noise in converaatiDn ; a confused 

noise. 
U-A-LA-KA-Hi-Ki, s. TJola, potato, and 

TcakiJd, foreign. A foreign or Irish potato. 
U-A-LA-pi-LAU, s. Uala, potato, and pj- 

lau, strong scented. A turnip ; a radish. 
U'A-LE-HA, adj. Lazy. See Hoopala- 

LEflA. 

U-a-le-he, v. To strip one of his prop- 
erty ; to dispOBsess one ; bemo. 

U-A-Lo, B. To cry; to call out; to com- 
plain; to call for help. BaU.i-.l. SaeUoLO. 

U-A-Lo, s. A complaining; a crying to 
one for help. 

U-A-NA, adv. Ua, sign of the perfect 
tense, and na, quiet, enough, &c. See Na, v. 
It is enough ; it is sufficient ; a plenty. 

U-A-NA-oA, V. Va as above, and na, sat- 
isfied, and 00, sick. To have no relish for 
food. 

U-A-NA-OA, adj. Wanting an appetite ; 
disrelishing food. 

•U-A-MEi, adv. Adverb of time future ; 
it refers to something to be done or some- 
thing to take place hereafter, but at no 
frcat distance of tjcie ; soon ; by and by ; 
ereafter. The full form is aaanei; it is 
contracted by dropping the initial o, af*«r 
a word ending in a. Dan. 1:10. 
15 



U-A-Nii, adj. Too salt ; miko loa. 
U-E, V. To weep; to cry; to cry in an 
audible manner. 

2. To sigh ; to have inward anguish ; to 
be afflicted. 

3. To have pity npon. 

4. To salute ; to love. 

6. To cry to one for relief in distress. 
6. To enter a complaint. SeeUwE. 

U-E, V. To hitch or shove along a lit» 
tie ; to shake. See Naub. Soo. To cause 
a movement or shaking. 

U-E, s. The wrenching of a stick j the 
turning of a screw. 

U-E, s. A kind of mat made without 
trimming the lauhala. 

U-E-UE, V. See Ue, to shake. Neko- 
ueko, uiknnikn, pilnpilu. Soo. To cause 
to shake ; to shake violently ; hooewaewa 
ma ka nuku, me ka hoonaneuc ae. 

U-£-UE-Ko, s. A bad smell; a atench. 
See VVeweko. 

U-E-UE-Ko, adj. Filthy ; unpleasant to 
the smell. 

U-E-PA, s. Eng. A wafer; better written 
mpa ; better still wefa. 

U-E-WA-LE, s. Ue, to cry, and wale, 
without cause. A coward. ' 

U-ij V. To ask a question; ui iho la au 
penei, ahea ka nui o na haumanai to in- 
quire of ; ua uiia mai oe e ke alii e oicio 
i^u, thou art asked by the chief to speak. 
2. To milk; to squeeze gut milk. Sec 
Kowi. 

8. To writig out, as washed clothes. 
' 4. To creak or squeak, as new shoes in 
walking. 

5. To grate, as the teeth. 

U-i, *. A question ; a series of ques- 
tions ; a catechism ; an interrogation ; ho 
ui no na haumana o ke kulanui, a question 
for the scholars of the high school. 

U-i, s. A youth ; a young person ; 
youth generally ; strength. Kin. 49:3. 

U-I, adj. Young; strong; well propor- 
tioned ; applied to young and vigorous 
men. ijiri. 2:9. 

Ui-io, V. To question ; to interrogate. 
See Ui. 

U-i-u-i, V. To squeak, as new shoes; 
to gnash the teeth. See Ur. 

U-i-u-i, s. Arrow-root. See Pla. 

2. A beer mado of the ki root. 

3. The fermented juice of the sugar-cane. 
See UiuiA. 

U-i-u-wi, *. A tooth ; a small, young 

tooth. 
Ui-ir-iA, s. A kind of beer made of cane 

juice. 
Ui-ui-Ki, V. To shine, as a light through 



uo 



114 



UUK 



a small aperture ; to sfaine throagh a small 
aperture into a dark room. 

2. To glimmef feebly j ua uiu'M iki mai 
kahi malamalama iki ma Hawaii nei. 

Ui-ui-Ki, s. A small hole through which 
light may shine ; he puku unku, he wahi 
liakahaka unku, i puka mai ka malama- 
lama o na hoku liilii loa, i ike powehiwe- 
biia. 

Ui-ui-Ko, s. An unpleasant smell. See 
Ueueko. 

Vi-vi-wi, s. The name of a species of 
fish ; the oili. 

Ui-HAA, adj. Weary with a long dis- 
tance. 

2. Idle, i. B., without work ; burdened 
with work, but desiring It, 

U-i-Ki,- s. See UiuiKi. A small aper- 
ture ; he hakabaka. 

Ui-Ki, s. Eng. The wick of a lamp or 
candle. Slat. 12:20. Better written wiki. 

Ui-LA, s. Lightning. Zek.lO-.l. Keahi 
e hole ikaika ana iloko o na ao ua. 

Ui-LA-Ni, V. To Struggle inefTectually 
to get away from a person ; to struggle in 
^ain to get out of difficulty ; uilani ae la 
makou; mehea la a hemo ae ai? we are 
struggling ineffectually ; by what means 
shall we break away? The word is also 
used in a moral sense ; aole anei he uUani ? 
is he not in difficdty ? Laieik. 206. 

Ui-LA-Ni, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; self 
exhortation. 

U-i-Li, V. To Steer, as a canoe. 

U-i-NA, V. Ui and fl>w. See Ui 4. 

1. To crack ; to snap, as a whip. 

2. To crack, as a rope or string of a lei. 
Zaieik. 145. 

3. To break, as a piece of wood. Note. — 
It is the noise made by the breaking, and 
not the breaking that makes the uitui. 

U-i-NA, 5. See tliNA, V. A report of a 
■pistol ; the noise of a gun ; the cracking 
of the fingers; a guttural break in pronun- 
ciation between two vowels. 

U-o (u-wo), V. To cry out ; to bellow, 
as a bull ; to roar, as a lion ; e iio uo ka 
liona i kona leo me ka ikaika loa. 

XJ-o, V. Ka tio ana i ka lei, ke kui ana 
me ka manai, a uo aku i ke kaula; to foaten 
by tying or braiding for a certain purpose; 
to splice two ends of rope. 

TJh), s. The jingling of money. 

U-o, *. Ka uo, ka aeae, ka wall, ka 
uono ; the soft fluidity of poi mixed thin 
wifi; water and clear of lumps. 

U-O. adj. Ka poi wo, ka ai uouo; soft; 

paste like ;. fluid, as soft poi. 
U-o, adj. Quality of a species of ohia; 

ka ohia no, nouolea iuka. 



U-o-A, *. Nanie of a species of fish. 
Uo-(j-o, adj. See Uo, soft. Soft; paate 

like, as poi wet with water ; clear ; fine ; 

without lumps. 
Uo-uo, adj. See Uo, to cry out. Roar- 
ing; crying; having a strong voice; he 

kanaka umto o Kamehameha. 
Uo-tJO-LEA, s. A species of ohia; ka 

ohIa uo, uouolea iuka. 
Uo-Ki, V. Contracrion of ua oki; used 

in the imperative raood ; stop ; cease ; be 

done ; leave off. See Oki. 
U-o-M, u To call upon one ; to call 

upon ; to complain. Hal. 4:1. See Uaio. 
U-o, s. Mastujbation ; onanism ; ule- 

ho!e. 
U-u, V. To practice onanism ; e uie- 

hole. 

2. To pull off or pluck, as a tlowor ; e 
hele oukon e uu mai i pua kilioopu. Zaieik. 
192. To strip with the hand, as leaves. 

3. To hoist, as a sail ; *e uu ae i ko kakou 
pea ; ua ««irakahi pea, a koe no kekajii. 

4. To draw out, as india rubber ; to pull 
out, as a peucil from its case, &c. 

U-ir, V. To groan; to be in a auflfering 
state. Puk. 6:5. 

V-rj, s. A stammering; an impediment 
in speech. 

U-tr, adj. Stammering; speaking hesi- 
tatingly and indistinctly. 

U-tr, s. A species of fish of a red color. 

U-u-i-NA, V. To be brittle ; to break, as 
glass. 

2. To crack the joints of the fingers. 

3. To squeak, as shoes. See \Ji, XJvai, 
and Papaika. 

4 To crepitate or grate, as the two ends 
of a broken bone ; more, properly applied 
to the joints of the backbone when pressed; 
kamumumu. 

U-u-ir, V. See Uu. To stammer; to 
be impeded in speaking, as one afi'ccted 
with fhe palsy. 

2. To strip frequently, ga in stripping off 
leaves. 

U-u-u, adj. Hoarse; stammering; una- 
ble to speak intelligibly. Isa. 32:4. 

U-u-HAi, s. The door or door frame of 
a house. See TJbai. 

U-tr-Kir, V. See Uku, a genus of small 
inseet.«i. Ta be small; little; few. 

2. To diminish in size. 

3. To make or bo few in mtmber. los. 
7:3. kela mai ka Afea u uukri ai ua ka- 
naka ia wa, that "sickness was what re- 
duced the number of people at that period. 

4. IIoo. To reduce ; to make fow. JVt. 
28:54. To make few ; applied to words. 
A'efcci.*'. 5:2. 



UHA 



115 



UHA 



1/-0-KU, *. A little man; a dwarf; a 

diiBinutive person. 
V-u-Kii,adj. Little; small; diminutive; 

few. 
U-tr-LU-HA-KU, V. To stit up poi as 'a 

lazy man, hence the pol will be Inmpy, 
U-u-LU-KAi, adj. Large, fleshy and 

weak, as a fat man. 
2. Full or hanging, as the cheeks of one 

who is somewhat ill or fat; uhekehcke, 

»pehnpehu. 
C-u-LU-KAi, V. To .be large and fleshy, 

but weak. 
U-LU-HA-KU, adj. Weary; lame with 

walking or carrying a burden. 
U-u-MA, V. To pinch the skin with the 

hand; ama. 
U-n-Mi, V. See Umi. To choke; to 

throttle ; to strangle ; iia uumiia.ke keiki 

e ka wahine kolohe ; e kaawe, e iinai. 

2. To make great exertions. 

3. To restrain, suppress, as the passions; 
to mortify. Kol. 3:5. To refrain from 
weeping when deeply affected. JTin. 43:31. 
To reskain, hold in, as compassion. Jsa. 
63:15. 

4. To keep to one's self, as a saying or a 
speech ; utwii i ke aloha, to refuse to love. 
1 loan. 3:17. Uumi i ka manao, to refrain 
from speaking, i. e., to choke the thought. 
A uumi ia Kiwalao me ka lei o mann ma 
kona lima, he choked Kiwalao with the 
wreath of bird's feathers on his a.nn. See 
U«i. 

U-IJ-MI, *. A choking; killing, as of in- 
fants ; o ke ufimi kamalii kekahi hewa ka- 
hiko keia aina. See Umi. 

U-u-MU-i-KU. I ka elehei, i ka uumuiku. 

See MuMDiKU. 

U-u-PE-Kir-PE-KU, s. I ka u-upekupeku. a 
ka aoheo;,that which is unequal in length, 
some long and some short ; the practice of 
defilement and pollution of the sexes ; ap- 
plied to persons of known lewdness. 

U-o-wA, adj. Slippery; smooth; pau 
na iwi i kekahi moa labllahi uuwa, oia ka 
wahi ka iwi. Anat. 4. 

U-u-wAi, adj. He wawai, he pipiwai- 
Uu for uuku, and teai, water. A very lit- 
tle water. 

U-HA, V. To belch up wind. 

2. To hawk np mucus ; to hawk, m a 
means of raising phlegm firom the throat 
or lungs. See Pcha, 

3. To swell ; to disfe;nd, as tho stemacb. 

4. To squander ; to misspend ; . •■ waste : 
to misuse property. See IjHAtiHA. 

U-HA, s. The thigh; the thigh of a per- 
son. iMnk. 3:16. 
2. The ham of a hog, 



3. The lap of a woman. 2 Nal 4:20, 
Uka hoali, the heave shoulder. Oihk. 7:34. 

4. The enlarged intestine near the anus 
of beasts ; the alimentary canal. 

U-HA, adj. Slipping avv^ay; not easily 
held, as a cunning rogue. . 
2. Greedy ; craving ; eating often. 

U-HAE, V. To tear ; to rend, as a gar- 
ment. Oihk. 10:6. TJa uhaeia ka lole, na 
uhaeia ka raoena. See Hae and Haehab. 

U-HAi, V. See Hai. To break in two, 
as a stick ; to break, as a bone. 2mh. 24:8. 
To breol;. as tue neck. Pule. 13:13. 

2. To break, as a covenant. KarU. 31:16. 
To break, as a law ; na uhai ke kanawai ; 
to disregard, as an agreement; to break 
away, as from a yoke or bondage. 

3. To jerVor pull out; to tear out or 
off by force, as a branch from a tree. 

4. To pound up or break to pieces, as 
with a rod ; to break off, as a horn. Dan. 
8:8. 

5. To follow; chase; pursue. JLaieik.'Jl. 
To overrun ; to treat with contempt. See 
Habai. 

■ 6. To speak to ; to say to one ; ke uhai 
mai nei ka uaaupo ia makon e hoohalikeia 
ka mea naaupo me ka mea naauao. 

U-HAi, s. E hilinai ana no ia maluna 
o ka wltai ; the door shutter of a room ov 
house ; e^ane mai i uhai. 

U-HAI, s. The door ,-or 'properly the door 
frame of a house ; ke kikihi o k^ hale. 

U-HAi-A-Ho-LO, V. Uhai a.ni /tola, to PiTi. 
Lit. To break away and run; to run, as in 
a race ; to fly ; to hasten after a thing ; ke 
uhaiaholo nei na kanaka ma kawaiwai,me 
ke knkiui nui ma ia aoao me he mau elele 
na ke alii o ka lewa. 

U-HAi-A-Ho-Lo, s. A swift running; an 
eager pursuit after a thing. 

U-HAo,r,t'. See Haq. To put into ; to 
fill ; to put into, as into a bag. Kin. 44:1. 
Or into a basket or other container; ua 
vhaoia ka ai iloko oka umeke; i ka ma- 
nawa e uhao ai i ka poka i ka pu. See 
Hahao. 

U-HAo, 5. The line of lean flesh each 
side, but outside of the backbone; the lean 
flesh inside is called ioliu ; na io e moe lua 
ana maloko. o ke ka o ka puaa a pili aku i 
ke kuamoo. See Ioliu. 

U-HATi, V. To pile together; to buiW 
up, as the wall.' of a city. 2 OiKl. 32:5. 

2. Tc put in, as clothes i&.^o a chest ; to 
pack. See Uhao. 

3. To lay brick or ^stone into the walls 
of a house or city. Nih. 3:2. 

4. To pHe one thing on another. 

5. To whip : to scourge ; ke uhauia !a 
ke kna o ke kanaka i kc kaula : to strike ; 
to smite. Oih. 12:23. 

6. To pincl; ; to afflict ; to press. 



UHA 



116 



urn 



U-HAU, s. A whip to- strike with. 
Nahvm. 3:2. 

U-HAU-A, *. The stones; the testicles 
of the male. lob. 40:17. 

U-HA-u-HA, V. See Uha 4. To live in 
a wasteful manaer ; to squander property. 
2. To live in every indul^enge of pas- 
sion ; a noho vhauha ke alii me lea inu 
rama ame ka aie, tUe king lived in a revel- 
ing inanner, drinkiqg rum and 'going into 
debt. 

U-HA-U-HA, adj. Riotous ; gluttonous ; 
reveling. 
2. Tough ; applied to kalo. See Uam. 

U-HA-U-HA, a. Moral madness ; folly. 

Kikah, 1:17. 

U-HAU-HAu, V. See UhIh. To crowd 

on ; to press forward. 
U-HAu-HAu, s. Weakness; tremulous, 

ikft of old ago. 
U-HAti-HAU, otfj. Weak ; tremulous ; 

tottering with age j fearful. 
U-HAu-HA-LA-LE, ady Large, fat and 

unwieldy, as a very lat person; also weak. 
U-HAU-HU-i, «. Name of a religious cer- 
emony in the pule anaana; same as aviumr 

hui. 
UiCAU-HU-MU, V. Vhau and hfttnu, to 

unite. To lay stones smoothly in a wall. 
U-HAU-LA, V. To waste; to be prodigal 

of; e hoomauna. 
U-HA-KA-KAu, s. The office of one df 

the king's attendants. 
U-HA-Ki, V. See Uhai, k inserted. To 

break, as a stick or staff. Isa. 14:5. To 

break, as the bones. Isu. .38:13. 
2. To break, as a covenant. ler. 11:10. 
U-HA-KI, adj. Broken, as some brittle 

substance; jiu nlu uhalci; he kuapuu, i. e., 

a broken or humpbacked person, 
U-HA-Ku, V. To put together; to bun- 
. die up ; to roll together. 
U-HA-LE-HE, s. A vulgar word used by 

children; similar to teaAoAec; be uhaldie oe. 
U-HA-LE-HE, adj. Broad ; wide, as a 

hole ; tihaiehe ka waha ; uh.atelus ka puka. , 

U-HA-LE-NA, adj. Lazy; full by over 
eating. 

U-HA-LO-A, s. Name of a small shrub 
growing in dry places, used in making 
scars on the skin something like blisters. 

U-HA-LU, adj. Hungry; weak from 
hunger ; destitute. 

U-n4-LU-HA-LtT, adj. Applied to the 

visage; gazing ; staring. 

2. Wa,tor-soaked ; toughs as kalo. 

,U-HA-LU-LA, adj. Lazy; slow; weak; 
cowardly. 



U-HA-HT-LA, s. Weakness; lazinfess; 
cowardice. 

U-HA-Mir-A, *. Uha and mua, first, fore. 
. The shoulder of an animal. M'.ek. 24:4. 

U-HA-NE, s. See Hane and Hanehane 
in the mcles. The soul,; the spirit of a per- 
son. Oihk. 5:1. He mea ninau i na vJiaiM 
fno, a consulter of evil spirits. Kard. 18:11. 
He kino wailua. 

2. The ghost or spirit of a deceased per- 
son. 

3. The Spirit ; applied to the third per- 
son of the Trinity, taan. 1:32. Uliane He-' 
molele, the Holy Spirit Note. — Hawaiians 
supposed that men bad two souls each: 
that one died with tbe body, the other lived 
on either visible or invisible as might be, 
but had no more connection with the per- 
son deceased than bis shadow. These 
ghosts could talk, cry, complain, whisper, 
&c. There were those who were supposed 
to be skillful in entrapping or catching 
thera. 

U-HA-NE, adj. Spiritual. 1 Kor. 15:44, 
Partaking ot- the spirit or sonf. 

U-HA-NE, ado. Me ka hoi ithane aku 
hoi i Kauai. Laieik. 95. Their flesh eaten 
by the birds, they wonld return as to their 
souls only to Kanai. 

U-HA-NUi, ddj. Weak; feeble; having 
little physical strength ; nut able to bear 
a great weight ; he mea uhanwi ke kanaka 
ikaika ole. 

U-HEA, s. The coverttf a pof . Note. — 
This may be an erroneous orthography for 
uhiV; a contraction of itiliia, covered. 

U-HE-u-HE, adj. Offended. See Uhe- 

I.EUE. 

U-HE-c-LE, s. A word used in vilifying 
and reproachin;; another. 

U-HE-KE, adj. Languid; weak; imbe- 
cile. 

U-HE-KE-HE-KE, adj. FuU; pjump; ap 
plied to the cheeks ; papalina ^ckf.keke. 
2. Large, Hcshy and weak, as a fat man. 

U-HE-LE, P. To bark; to peel bark from 
a tree or banana. 

U-HE-LE-HE, adj. Offended. 

U-HE-MO, p. See Hemo. To break off; 
to separate into parts. 

2. TO divorce, as man and wife ; alalia, 
kuha aku. la o Wakca i ko Papa mau maka 
a ukemo iho la laua, then Wakta spat in 
Papa's face and they two were divoreed. 

U-HE-NE, ) ,;. gee Henehene, to 

U-HE-NE-HE-NE, J mock. To use vile and 
lascivious language between the sexes. 

U-Hi, 0. To cover over a thing so as to 
hide itj to cover or hide, aa the water covets 
what IS in the bottom of tbe sea. PiUe. 
15:10, 



tlHO 



117 



UHU 



2. I'o cwcr. i. e., spread over the coun- 
try, as an army.- Nah. 22:5. To cover ; to 
hide, as a ain, i. e., to forgive it. Neh. 4:5. 

3. IIoo. To veil; to cover with a vol), 
as the face. Kin. 24;(i5. 

4. To spread over a cover ; to conceal, 
as a cloud. Kin. 9:14. UH nha mai ka 
pclo ka Ilia ahi, uhi mai ka leo o ko abi 
ka pele. 

,'). To bo smothered, as the voice of one 
- by tlie voices of many j na uhiia kona leo 

e ka haukamumu. Lnuiik. 'i'L 
U-Hi, .'5. A covering! a veil. PKi.26:14. 

2. A fence ; a protection. 
U-Hi, s. A yam, a vegetable; grows in 

the ground. 
U-HI, s. Name of a small shell fish. 
U-Hi-A-PA-NA, V. See Pakuikui, Kam. 
U-Hi-u-Hi, V. To thatch a house poorly 

witn banana leaves ; be ako paa olc. 
U-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a timber tree on 

Kanai ; wood a dark red color, very dura- 
ble, very hal'd. 
U-Hi-Ki-No, s. TJhi, to cover, and kino, 

the body. A covering ibr the body ; a 

shield. Ilal 3.'j:2. 
U-Hi-NA, s. A net for taking fish. 
U-Hi-Ni, s. An insect somefliing like a 

grasshopper j the word has been used in 

the Bible for grasshopper. Hah. 13:33. 

For locust. Pvk. 10:14. Mai ai oe i l(a 

vhini; by a change of letters. Sec UMiii. 

. Vhini huluhulu, a canker worin; Ifahum. 

3:15. Uhini hulu ole, tbo )>almci' worm. 

loel. 1:4. Uhini ot»io hnlu ole. tod. 2:25. 
U-Hi-Ni, adj. Thin ; slender ; small j 

almost broken ; puahilo. 
[J-Hi-Ni-PAA-WE-LA, s. The parent of 

the uhini ; Hhinipaawekt,; oia ka uhini 

makua. 

U-Hi-Ni-Pi-Li, s. The leg atid arm bones 

bound up together ; be akua uhinipUi ; 

they were worshipped in that condition. 

See UnitiU'ii,!. 
U7H1-N1-PU-A, s. See Uhini. The young 

vhini before it has wings ; Oia ka uhini lii- 

lii aole ehcu. 
U-Hi-NU, V. To take advantage of a 

man's ignorance in a bargain ; to deceive 

in that way. 
U-Hi-PAA, 0. Uhi, to cover, and jiaa, 

fast. To cover up entirely so as to be out 

of sight, as a cloud or fog.- Laieik. 16. 
U-Hoi, V. See Hoi, to return. To return 

from following one ; to turn back. 2 Sam. 

2:26. 
2. To unite together; to -live and sleep 

together, as a man and wife once separated. 
D-Ho-LA, V. See Hola. To unfold; to 

sprpad out, as the wings of a bird. 
2. To spread down, as a mat. 



3. To spread out or smooth, as a cloth 
that has been ruffled up. 

4. To wrap up, as to wrap up one in bed 
clothes; to spread out, as a net. ffal. 140:5. 

5. Fio. Applied to the mind ; to calm ; 
to soothe: to prepare for hearing a message, 
good or bad. 

6. To open, as the mind ; to ealighted 
See HoiioLi and HoT.iHoi.A. 

U-Ho-LE, e. See Hole. To skin; to 
strip off the skin of an animal ; to peel the 
bark from a tree ; to peel off the skin, as a 

. banana; c maibi. 

U-HU, V. To groan from pain ; to com- 
plain of suffering. 

2. To complain of an injury done to one. 

3. To think hard of: mai wfta nul wale 
00 i ka hoi i kou wahi ibo, do not ihink too 
hard of going back to your own place. 

4. To bolt, as a horse. 

5. IIoo. Mai ImcAihu aku 00 i ka faolo 
ka Ho ; to groan ; to coiigh. See KanIUuDi 

U-HU, s. A cry of grief; grief; hard 
feeling ; no kcia olelo a ua haole la, o ka 
vhu koke ae la no ia e holo. 

2. The groaning of persons. 

3. The grunting of hogs ; kani uhi, a, 
deep groan. 

4. Name of a fish the size of a salmon. 
U-HO, adj. Wasteful ; improvident. 
U-HtJ-AO, I). Toiush; to struggle. 
U-Hir-E'LA, «. A species of red fish. 
U-HU-fl^tB-B'LE, S. A species of fish._ 
U-Htr-u-HU, j). See Uho. To heigh, as 

a liorae. ter. 6:8. To bray, as an ass. 

2. To cough frequently. 

3. IIoo. Td caiise a neighing or groan' 
ing, &c. . 

4. To hem) to hawk, as in clearing the 
throat. 

U-Hu-u-HU, *. A neighing, as of a horse. 

Int. 8:16. A frequent coug^iing ; he kunn- 

kunu. 
U-Hu-HA-LA-HA-fLA,- «. Nameofafish. 
U-Hu-Ki, V. To pull up, as grass or 

weeds I to root up, as weeds or small trees. 

ler, 11:19. 

2. To root np, 'destroy, as a people. 
Amos. 9:16. See HuKi, to pull ; draw. 

3. To rob ; to take violently what is an- 
other's. 

U-Ho-Ki-WA-LEj Si A Seizing and taking 
away what is another's : a robbery. 

U-HU-PA-KA-Li, *. Cnu, a fish, and p9- 
kali, to deceive so as to catch. The lish 
used as a decoy in catching other fish : oia 
ka uhu e hoowalewale ai, e kaana mai al 
na uhu e a bei i ka upena. See Uho, fish. 

U-HU-pi-Ko-u-LA, s. Name of a fish ; a 
kind of fish and a way of catching it. See 
Uhu, lisb. 



UKA 



118 



UKI 



P-KA, s. The shore; the country inland; 

opposed to kai. 
U-KA, V. To send; to convey; mostly 

with ftoo; to send, as a letter. 2 /Stem. 11:14. 

To send, convey, as money or goods. 2 

Om. 16:3. 

2. To bring npon one, as evil. I<^s. 23:1.5. 

3. To consume ; to destroy ; to devour. 

4. To cast up; to ;nake a road. i«a. 57:14. 

5. To add to ; to make more of. 1 Nal. 
12:11. 

6. To commence an attack, as in a bat- 
tle ; ekolu paha la e kana. ai ; alalia, hoch 
utonui. 

7. To throw upon, as goods or property 
on board a vessel. 

U-KA, ». To address in calling a hog ; 
i kuu manao, aole manao o ka puaa; ;na e 
oleic aku ke kahu, e i aku ia me neia, itka — 
uka — u mai ka puaa. See Uhu, a. 

U-KAE, adj. Dirty; filthy; hoggjtsh. 

U-KA-0-KA, V. Hoo. To throw or pile 
upon, as baggage on a vessel or canoe. 

2. To gormandize; to eat as long as one 
can ; ka ai nui ana a ono ka ^ttu. 

U-KAu-KAi, iidj. FoTukaukaai. Large, 
fat and fee We; 

U-KA-HE-WA, V. Uka, to make an at- 
tsmpt, and hewa, wrong. To make an at- 
tempt and miss ; to attempt and not per- 
form. 

U-KA-KA, s. The female of the bird oo. 

U-KA-LE-KA-UE, adj: Deceitful lying. 
See HooKAi.BKAT.B. He kanaka ukalekcSe, 
aole oiaio. 

U-KA-Li, ». To follow after ; to follow, 
as people in a train of a chief; hahai, a 
vkali i ke alii. 

2. To accompany ^ne ; to go with. Sol. 
7:Za. 

3. To be sent after, as a package. 2 
Sam. 11:8. 

U-HA-Li, adj. The younger; the smaller; 
applied to shot sent from the gun at the 
game time with the ball: called poka ukali 
because they follow after the ball ; called 
also pokii, the younger' brothers (of the 
ball.) 

2. Following, 3. e.,' accompanying ; at- 
tending upon ; ma na waa ufcoti o ke alii. 
laieik. 112. 

U-KA-LI, s. Name of the planet Mer- 
cury ; so called from its following close 
after the sun. 

U-KA-Li, adv. After; behind, like one 
following after ; hele vikcUi hou, they went 
pillowing after. Laieik. 72. 

U-jcA-NA, s. SeoUicAandAMA. A send- 
ing ; something soni 

2. Property or somethiog to be conveyed j 
W tinother place. I 



3. Baggage on or to be put on a canoe 
or vessel. 

4. Any movable property. itn.46:6. A 
bundle ; one's substance. los. 14:4. 

5. The calabashes, remnants of food, Ac,, 
after a family has eaten. Laieik. 86. 

U-KE, V. To Strike, as the cloth mallet; 
to tick, as a watch. See Puke and Koele. 

U-KE-KE, s. Name of an ancient pulsa- 
tile musical instrument among the Hawai- 
ians; aharp,„l Sam. 10:5. Kaukekehabsca. 

U-KE-KE, s. A shuddering; a chill. See 
Haceeke, anu, lia. 
-KE- , ( j_ A species of bird. 

U-KE-KE-KE, ) *^ 

U-i:e-le, v. To be muddy; slipperj'. 
See Kelb. 

U-ke-le-ke-le, adj. Muddy ; miry ; 
slippery from mud, as a road. See Kble, 
mud; mire. 

U-Ki, s. A plant or shrub, sometimes 
used in thatching houses ; there are thi^fe 
kinds ; the leaves of these bushes could be 
used only in temporary shelters ; kamala 
vjci, he hana wikiwiki ; kkmala liki kau 
hana ana was jestingly said when one 
thatched badly, leaving holes, as in a shel- 
ter made quickly ; applied in this sense to 
all thatching. 

2.. Name of the grass inside of the house, 
as the pili was outside. 

U-Ki, V. To provoke ; to do that 'which 
ir'itates one ; used mostly with hoo, or in 
the frequentative form, as ukiuki. 

U-KI, *. Name of a kind of grass. 

U-KI, adj. Partaking of the quality of 
uki : as, kamala uki, a shanty covered with 
uki leaves ; unsubstantial ; applied also to 
cloth : as, lole tiki, blue cloth. 2 Oihl. 
3:14. '• 

U-Ki, V. To have a strong offensive 
smell ; to smell unpleasantly. See Ukiuki, 
adj. 
U-Ki-u, ) J. The shell of the kukui 
U-KI-0-KI-U, 5 nut ; ka ili a kukui. 
U-Ki-u, ) s. The name of a north 
U-Kl-u-Kl-u, J wind ; similar to the hoo- 
lua; he makani kiu. 

tJ-Ki-p-Ei, V. To be offended ; to be 
vexed ; provoked ; to be very angry. 
2feh. 4:1. 

2. To treat with contempt; to be in 
anger at one. Kard.l9:6. To be displeased. 
2 Sam. 6:8. 

3. To scold ; to be indignant ; to jtreat 
vindictively ; to hate. Kin. 50:15. Ua likC 
ka ukiuki me ka inaina ; ukiuki iho la ia 
no kona nele ana i ka aina ole, he was vm/ 
angry for being deprived of land. Soo-~ 
rm. The same meaning. 



UKU 



119 



ULA 



U-Ki-if-Ki, V. To be gently in motion, 
or to ha^e a little strength, as wares ; ufci- 
wfei ka aleale ana. Aniani, aheahe, nahe, 
&c.i ufduki and malanai arc Mrong in tlie 
order in Wbicb they are here planed, TncUa- 
naf being the strongest, 

U-Ki-ir-Ei, 1. Gontempt; anger; ragej 
envy ; disaiTection ; wrath. Kaiil. 29:27. 
Fig. with ninini, Ezek. 20:13, 21. 

U-Ki-u-xi, adj. Papa ukiuhi ka makani, 
a strong blowing wind. 
; 2. Strong smelling; offensive; he ukmki 
ka waha o ka mea puhi baka ; pilopilo. 

U-Kj-Hi, adj. Sores at the comers of 
the mouth. 

2. Well spoken, as a fluent person in 
speaking; lie waha ukVii, hoOpoloiei, miko- 
mlko ha waha. 

U-Ki-KE, s. Name of an ancient musical 
instrument ; a kind of jewsharp. See 
Ukeke. 

U-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-KO, s. An offering which one carried 
with hiin before Wakea when he died. 
Human sacrifices were offered for this pur- 
pose ; he uko keia oihana a ke kahuna — a 
moa ae la ka puaa nko. 

U-Ko-'KO-LE, adj. Sore ; inflamed ; ap-- 
plied to a partial inflammation of the eye. 
See KoLB. 

U-KO-LE, s. Name of a species of fish. 

U-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, adj., Reddened or in- 
flamed, as the eye ; he ^kolekole ka maka. 

U'KD, V. To pay j remunerate ; to pay, 
as a Bne. I'uk. 21:30. To pay a tax or 
debt. 

2. To compensate either good or bad, 
according to what has been previously 
done. Puk. 34:7. Stn. with hoopai. 

3. To reward ; require or demand pun- 
ishment for an offense. 

4. To bring evil upon one, as a pnnish- 
ishment. . 

6. Pass. Td hb punished 5 to be paid, as 
wages ; e uku tiewa, to punish ; e vJcu mai- 
kai, to reward. 

6. Hoo. To reward ; to pay for a benefit. 
2 Sam. 19:36. To lay a fine upon one. 
Kanl. 22:19. 

U-Kir, s. Wages' or reward for work 
done. Mh. 18:31.- 

2. Fine for a misdemeanor ; nk- hoopai, 
punishment for a crime. Laidk: ZX2. Tax 
or tribute to a ruler. 

3. A pledge for a debt. Kani. 24:6. A 
pledge for a thing lent. Kanl. 24:10. 

4.' He vku mare, a dowry. Fuk. 21:10. 

5. A priciB for a privi!er;9 ; a he uleu no 
kou. kokoke aku, a price for your approach. 
Laieik. 99. 
U xtr, s. Name of a gienus of small in- 



sects ; uku poo, a lead louse ; ufcu kapa, a 

body louse ; «*tt pepa, the book insect ; 

uku lele, a flea, &o. The root is probably 

ufcu, to be little or small. See Ucku. 
U-Ktr, *. A species of fish. 
U-Ku-i, s. A reward. See Ukit. 
U-KU-TT-KTT, adj. Very small ; little. 
U-KtT-Hi, V. To pour, as wafer into a 

cask ; to fill a vessel with any fluid. loa. 

9:13. Ukuhi iho la a piha na pahu, they 

poured into tbe'casks till full. 

2. To get or obtain water ; i holo mai e 
vkuAi wai a loaa ka ai i ola, they come 
here to obtain water (Lit. to pour water 
in) and to get provisions. 

3. To wean, as a child from the breast. 
Kin. 21:8. Equivalent to haalele waiu; 
hooki i ka ai waiu ana ke keiki ; keiW i 
vkwhiia, a weaned child. Hal. 131:2. 

U-Ku-Hoo-PA-NEE, s. l/A«, pay, and Aoo- 
panee, to put off^ i. e., interest on money 
lent ; usury. Isa. 24:2. 

U-KU-KA-PA, s. Uku, louse, and kapa, 
garment. A kapa louse; a body louse; 
he uku no ke kino ke kanaka. 

U-Kn-Kir-Hi, V. To put or pour into, as 

liquid into b vessel. See Ukuhi. JE kiaha- 

dlia. 
U-KU-LE-LE, s. Vku and lele, to jump, 

A flea. '1 Sam, 24:15. 
U-KU-PA-NAi, s. Uku, pay, and paTtai, 

to redeem. A pledge for a payment. Pvk. 

22:26. Security tor a person or thing. Oih. 

17:9. 
U-KU-PE-PA, s. Weu and pepa (Eng.), 

p.iper. The insect that eats paper or books. 
U-KU-poo, s. Uku, louse, and poo, the 

head. A head louse. 
U-LA, *. Ula, red. A lobster, from its 

color : he ia iwi mawaho ; also, 
2. A species of fish ; also Written xdaida. 
U-LA, i ■«. To be or appear red, as 

U-I,A-X?-I<A, ) the end of a blaze of fire, or 

of Si.lamp : to be red. Isa. 63:2. 
U-LA,' ) s. Redness ; a scarlet color. 
U-LA-U-LA, J Puk. 25:4. Red, v. 5 ; ua 

liko ka ulaula me ka weo ; name of a red 

fish. See Ula. 
U-LA, ) adj. Red, as a blaze seen ■ 

U-LA-U-LA, J in the night; purple; ka- 
naka ula. 
U-LA-0-KO-KO, adj. l^a and too, blood. 

Red, as fire, or anything paiE:.ed bright 

red ; red, as blood, or blood red. Note, — 

Sometimes the last o falls out in speaking, 

thus, via — koko. 

U-LAS, *. A species of fish. 
U-LAi-A, V. To live in solitude, as & 
hermit, oa account of disappointment. 



ULE 



120 



. tJLI 



tJ-w-n-LA, s. See U1.A above. Ka weo- 

vi-eo, ke kolekole ; the redness of tbe flesh 

when the skin is mbbeil off. 
U-LA-u-LA, adj. See Ula above. He 

helohclo ; slight red; rerlilisb. 
U-LA-i'-LA, s. Name of a species of fish. 
U-LAtr-tAi-LA, s. Name of a child iile- 

gitimately born of a chief aniJ a common 

Yiom&n. 
U-LA-u-LA-KE-A-Hi, 5. VlaiUa, red, and 

ke ahi, the lire. 

1. The name given to JiqviOr when first 
diBtilled, from Its color ; also, 

2i A name applied to the god who pre- 
sided over the tusineBB of distillation ; no 
Ulaviakeahi ke kiaha mua o ka vama, for 
iTlanlakeahi the first ciip (distilled) of rum. 

U-LA-Hio-Hio, adj. TJla and urn. The k 
is probably euphonic. Eeally red. See 
. Ulaokoko of the same meaning. 

Il-LA-Hi-WA, adj. Ula,. red, and hiuoa, 
black. Purple; dark red. 

U-LA-LA, V. To act insanely ; to be out 
of one's right miud. 

0-LA-LA, s. Insanity ; madness. Kekah. 
9:13. 

2. A crazy person. 

U-LA-LA, adj. Crazy; denented; out of 
one's senses. 

U-LA-LE-LE, s. A favorite; one highly 
esteemed. 

U-LA-NA, V. To weave ; to plait ; to 
braid; to intertwine. as vines. Piifc. 28:32. 
To wreathe ; to weave. 2 Nal. 25:17. E 
idana mocna, to'braid or vireave a mat. 

U-tA-NA, adj. Lying still or calm, as 
the surface of water unrufBed by wind. 

2. Idle ; unemployed ; lalana, Iieha, mo- 
lowa. 

D-LA-NA, adj. hvi ulana. Kam.., B. 9, 
p. 7, 3. The prophecy or expression of the 
kilokilo when looking upon a person in 
good health, raeaniug he will soon die. 

U-LA-PAA, s. Via, red, and poa, fast; 
"■ concealed. The oesa vagina of females, 

IT-L£, V. To hang; to swing; to pro- 
ject. 

U-LE, s. The penis; the genital of men 
and male animals; o ka uU no paha ke 
meue ; haha ia i ka ule o Kanekii. 

2. A tenon for a mortice. 

3. The pointed part of the post which 
enters the crotch of the rafter. 

U-LEi, s. Name of a tree, the timber 
very hard; from this tree instruments were 
made for cultivating the earth, as the oo, &c. 

U-LEi, V. To open; to uncover; to sep- 
arate ; helei, uwehe, wehe. 

U-LEI, s. An opening; uncovering; ka 
helei, ka uwehe. 



U-LE-u-LE, s. A sty on the edge of the 

eyelid ; ka v.le>de o ka maka. 
U-LE-U-LE, adj. See Ule. Pendulous; 

hanging down ; projecting out. 
U-LE-ir-LiE-LE, I!. To ride on horseback ; 

kaukaulelewaihui. See Poijshemhe. 
U-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tight; 

applied to a bundle ; paa ole. 
U-LE-Hi-Lo, s. The gonorrhea; same as 

waiki. 

U-LE-Ho-LE, V. Vie and hole, to peel. 
■ To practice onanism or masturbation. 
U-LE-Ho-LE, s. Onanism; masturbation, 

&c. 
U-LE-KA-Hi, s. Ule and liahi, to cut. A 

name for circumcision. 
U-LE-PAA, s. Epithet of a man who has 

not kno^vn a woman ; the same as puupaa 

applied to a woman. 
U-LE-PE, V. To stand erect, as the comb 

of a cock. See Lbpe. To stand erect, as 

the hair when one is cold. 
2. To be rongh. 
U-LE-pu-AA, s. Ule and puaa, a hog. 

The name given by Eawaiians to a screw 

auger, gimlet, or any insti'ument of that 

class. 
U-Li, adj. Blue ; cerulean blue ; green, 

as a meadow ; whatever is green among 

vegetables. Puk. 9:22. Pertaining to a 

dark or dusty color ; iiU ka wai o ka niu. 
U-LI, s. The blue sky; ka poe nana 

uli o ke alii, the foietellers of the weathei. 

Laieik. 36. 
U-LI, s. The name of a god to which 

a prayer was addressed in the pule anaana. 
U-LI, s. A canoe steerer for the king's 

canoes ; one of the king's, special servants. 
U-LI, V. To steer a canoe or ship.' See 

HOEUU. 

U-LI, V. To gurgle ; to make such a 
noise as when water is poured out of a 
calabash or a coccfannt ; e neneke ; uli ka 
wai o ka niu. 

U-LI, s. Name of a species of kalo. 
2. Name of a species of fan leaf cocoa- 
nut ; ka uli, ka loulu, ka hawane. 

U-LT, s. The personal appearance or 
fitness of a peison for any duty; applied 
particularly to runners as fhey appeared 
to the poe kilokilo; e nana no ka pocnana 
uli, c like mc ke kukini. 

U-Li-E-o, s. See Ull The appearance 
of a person as fit or unfit for a duty or of- 
.ficc, including his mental fitness ; helo mai 
ka poe akimiu e nana i ka vHeo o kckahi 
kukini. 

U-li-u-li, adj. See Uli. Blue. Pu'c. 

25:4. Greeu. Kant. 12:2. Osim. colored. 



ULU 



121 



ULU 



ibi». 6:16. Black. Mel. Sol. 5:11. Ka mo- 
ana vliuii ; ka lole vlmli, 
V-Li-v-JA, s. Green things; verdure; a 

pasture. lod. 1:19. 
U-Li-Hi, ». An advanced state of old 

age ; feebleness ; loss of hair ; want of 

strength. 
U-u-Hi-Li-Hi, adj. He mea. idikilihi ; a 

running, as a low vine like the kowali. 
U-u-KA, adj. "Wet ; soft to the touch. 
U-u-KA-Li-KA, V. Ninanina.linalina; to 

adhere to, like wax or any gluey substance; 

like mud or clay ; like kalo that is loliloli. 
U-Li-KA-Li-KA, adj. Sticky; adhesive, 

as mad ; he lepo vMktUOca. 
U-Li-i-1, *. A species of hird. 

2. A small kinct of gourd used for a top 
to play with ; also called uliviiu. 

3. A Idnd of bamboo flute ; be ohl hoo- 
kanikani. 

4. A religious ceremony In the pule ana- 
ana, the same as auhmthui, 

5. The name.of a hula;_he«2{ii kahi hula. 
U-u-Li, V.' Ke ulUi anapu nei i kuu 

manawa. LaieUe. 118. To exhibit the trem- 
ulous motion of the hot sunlight upon a 
flat, smooth surface. 

U-Li-Li, s. A ladder. 

2. A whistle made of bamboo, in which 
tire was put and blowed upon. 

U-Li-u, adj. Ladder like; ala ulili, a 
ladder. See Atahaka. 

U-Li-NA, adj. See Lina. Soft, as the 
fiesh of a fat person ; full fleshed ; plump. 
2. Soft and tough, as clayey ground. 

U-li-na-li-na, adj. Fat ; plump ; soft 
to the touch ; tough ; adhesive, as cold 
clayey ground. See Linauna and Uaca. 

U-Lo-No, V. To cry, as in distress ; to 
make a complaint ; to cry, as one in prayer 
or in snffering. Hal. 30:2. 

U-Lo-No, s. A cry of distress ; the voice 
of crying. JBal. 9:12. He leo pule. 

U-LU, V. To grow, as a plant. Isa. 53:2. 

2. To increagc i'' any way ; to grow, as 
a disetMse in the skin. Oihk. 13:39. 

3. To become strong or excessive, as in 
anger, with pwn^. Pvk. 32:22. To grow 
or increase, as good or evil in a commu- 
nity. 

4. To grow up, as men. loh. 31:18. 

5. To grow in size and ttrcngtb, as an 
infant. 1 Pet. 2:2. 

6. To be extene"'3ly known, as a report. 

7. To have spiritual possession, either 
good or bad; to be inspired; in this sense, 
mostly in the passive ; as, lAuia or ulvhia. 
Mat. 8:16. To influence tiie affections. 

8. To poke the hot stones out of the hole 
in which food is to be baked in order to 
put in food; e vlu kakou i ka umu, to 

16 



throw out the stones of the oven when hot. 
See Ulucmu. 

9. To stick fast, as meat or bones be- 
tween the teeth of the eater. 
10. Iloo. To cause to spring up, as seed 
sown. Fio. ko'u makcmake iiui, c lioo- 
vlu i ka hana ana ma ka pono^ my gica^ 
desire is to increase in good works. 
U-LU, s. Name of a tree ; the bread- 
fruit ; the fruit good for food, the timber 
for building, for canoes, &c. 

2. Name of a stone used in a play. At 
Haul and Oahu this stone was called oloku. 
See Oi-OHU. , 

3. Name of the game where the said 
stone was used. 

4. Name of an oven for baking food. Sec 

U»B. 

U-LU, adj. Of or. belonging to what 
grows, as fruit. Fio. Itr. 2:3. 

2. Wet. See Polu. Uh, ka palapaja i 
ka ua. 

U-u'-A, s. Name ofa large kind of fi.sh. 

2. A kind of vegetable forbidden to 

women co eat ; ina i ai ka wahine i ka niu 

paha, he maia paha, he viva paha, make ia. 

U-LU-A, V. To assemble together, as 
men ; ua vlua mai kakou ma keia wahi. 

U-Lu-A, s. For vluia. See Ulu. A col- 
lection ; a gathering together ; an assem- 
bly. 

2. A forest or garden of breadfruit trees; 
ka haba ulu,ka hopuhopu ana i ke kanaka 
e pepehi a make. 

U-LU-A, s. Name of the sacrifice ob- 
tained by the kapopo. 

U-LU-A-o-A, u To gather in great num- 
bers, as people ; to come together in-egu- 
larly ; to make confusion in an assembly, 

U-LU-A-o-A, s. Confusion ; want of reg- 
ularity in an assembly of men. 1 Kbf. 
14:33. 

U-LU-A-o-A, adj. Gathered together, as 
people ; confused and noisy. 

U-LU-AU-wui, s. The name of a wind 
off Hilo ; vhumrnd, he makani pono ole kc 
ku ma ke awa o Hilo, a bad wind for 
coming to anchor in the harbor of Hilo ; 
the north wind, attended with rain. 

U-LU-A-HE-WA. 

U-LU-A-LA-NA, V. Ulu and alaTia, an of- 
fering. To offer upon an altar ; to gq uxk. 
upon an altar. See Alana. 

U-LU-A-jao-HAi, s. The name of a fi^>. 

U-LU-Eo, *. Name of a tree; timber 
very durable, even more so than, uhiuhi. 

U-LU-u, V. See Ulu. l/luia is the. pass- 
ive. To be possessed by a spirit ; to be 
inspired ; more often written wi & h in- 
serted, uhihia. See (Jldhi^, below 



ULU 



122 



ULU 



U-i.u-o-A, s. He puoa ; standing erect ; 

Rcandlng uprightly. 
U-LU-B-LV, V. To grow up; to grow 

thick,, &c. See Ulu. 

2. Hoo. To cause to gro-vy up. 

3. To excite ; to stir up ; to provoke to 
■anger. See Naki.u. 

U-LTJ-u-LU, V. To work or turn about 
in the moutli, aa a person eating sugar- 
cane ; idmihi no ma ka waha. 

2. Moo. To gather together. Kin. 29:8. 
To coUett, as things scattered ; to lay np ; 
to assemble, tis a peoplt. Nah. 11:16. 

3. To lift up ; to cavfy ; to convey to a 
higher place ; e kau ae iluna i ke kapa. 

U-LU-u-LU, s. A gathering ; an assem- 
bly of people for any purpose. IIoo. A 
convocation, &o. Oilik. 23:.3. 

U-m-u-LU, s. Name of a species of fish 
net ; upena uhadu. 

U-LU-u-LU, V. To lift up one's dress on 
passing over water or mud. 

U-LU-p-LU, ado. O ka hana me ka 
ikaika, me ka hele iduulu am.'i ka hele kipa- 
iale ; laboring sti-ongly ; -pith energy. 

U-LU-u-MTJ, s. The stick by which the 
stones are thrown out of an oven when 
heated. See XJhxi end XXmu. j 

U-LU-HAi-HAi, f . See TJhVKU. The foel- j 
ing of the mind under the influence of fear ' 
with uncertainty as to the result, mixed | 
with strong desire. &e. 

U-LU-HA-oA, adj. Thick, as rough jagged 
rocks among grass and bushes ; uhUtaoa 
enaena maloko o ka nahele. 

U-LU-HA-LA, s. A forest or thicket of 
I'ala trees ; ka vkihala o Polon. 

U-r,u-HEE, s. A species of plant or shrub. 

U-LU-Hi-A, V. See Ulu and Uluia above. 
Uliihia, }i inserted, to be possessed by a 
spirit; to be influenced or under the direc- 
tion of some spirit without the person. 
Mat. 4:24. 

U-LU-Hu-A, V. Ulu, to grow, and kua, 
envy. 

1. To trouble ; to give concern. 

2. To be tired with one's company ; to 
be weary of one's visit. 

3. To be vexed or troubled with any 
matter. Xaieik. 78. To be weary with 
doing or repeating a thing. ler. 15:6. 

4. To be weary with life. lob. 10:1. 

5. Hoo. To cause grief or trouble. Hoi 
10,:1. To be much vexed. Et.ek. 22:5. 

U-LU-HU-A, s. Discouragement ; want 
of confidence ; disappointment ; jelf dis- 
pleasure. 1 NcU. 20:43. 

U-LU-Hu-A, adj. Displeased; angry; 

discontented ; dis?.ffected. 
U-LtJ-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Vlu and kahiki, for- 



eign. A foreign breadfruit tree, i. «., the 
fig tree, from tlie resemblance of its leaves. 
U-Lu-Kir, V. Ulu and ku, to stand. 

1. To have a strong desire to perform 
^ anything. 

2. To be restless at night or to lie sleep- 
less. 

3. To be troubled ; restless, as the see ; 
kupikio ; same as hiaa. 

U-Ltr-KU, s. Restless; sleepless; de- 
siring strongly to possess or to obtain a 
thing. 

Ea uluku ulohalbai 

Komia e oia Koia — MeU. 

U-LU-LA, s. Name of a bird translated 

owl Kard. 14:15. 
U-LU-LA-Atf, s. XRu, to grow, and laau, 

tree. 

1. A thicket of trees ;_a wood. 

2. Ahabitatlotidi Wild beasts. Jos.l7:18. 
He vivicMu ! ua nel ae la iloko o ke kai, 
it is a forest 1 it has moved into the sea ; 
the exclamation of Hawaiians on first see- 
ing the ships of Captain Cook. 

U-LU-LE-LE, J. A favorite ; one highly 

esteemed. 
U-LU-LU, p. To rejoice ; to be gay; to 

be cheerful ; e hoohoihoi, e hooolioli. 

2. IIoo. To pretend t<i be what one is 
not. 

3. To flatter the gods : to be a favorite. 
U-Lir-Lo, s. A rejoicing; gladness; self 

satiafaction ; being on good terms with the 

gods. 
U-nj-LU, s. Name of a small fish net 

which «ras sunk deep in the water'and en- 
tangled the fish. 
f-Lu-LU, adj. Rough; not smooth; ka 

huluhuiu. ka mannmanu. 
U-LTj-MAi-KA, s. The name of a game. 
2. Name of the stone used in playing the 

game. See Ulu; hIsoMaika. Note. — Since 

the introduction of bowling-alleys, viu- 

maika has been si)plied to the game of 

bowls. 
U-LIT-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See HoOMAHIE. 

To appear or affect an extra appearance in 

dress or in personal behavior, as we say 

like one possessed. 
U-LU-MA-NO, s. Name of a violent wind 

which blows from the south aiid other quar- 
, tors, in the night only, on the west side 

o' Qawaii. Kamehameha ma were once 

wrecked by it off Nawawa; a whole village 

was burnt to light them ashore. 
U-LTJ-MO-KU, s. A collection or fleet of 

ships; a navy; applied to the arrival of 

whalesbips. 
U-LU-NA, V. To support the head; to 

bolster up, as a weak person. 
2. To sleep upon, as a pillow ; to make 

? pillow of, Sin. 28:18. 



UMA 



133 



'JMI 



3. To tie up a bundfe for a pillow : e 

pela ulunai to make a pillow. S«e Pela, 
U-Lu-NA, s. A pillow. Kin. 28:11. 

K«1ii makou ua kau ke poo i ka ukma, we 

thou(|;ht we had laid our head^' tpon the 

pUlow. 
2. The upper part of the Bhoolders where 

they unite with the neck. See Hokpa. 
U-Lu-NA-HE-LE, s. Ma na kuamoo tune 

na idunahel^ amo na loko; » growing luxn- 

liantly, like fruit in a good soil. 
U-Lu-PA, V. To break into pieces. 1 

Sam. 2:10. ' To dash into atoms. Hal. 2:9. 
2. To he^t tine. Isa. 27:9, E wawahi, 6 

huopau. 
U-LU-PA, s. A breaking to pieces; a 

breaking up fine. 
U-LH-PAA, s. The state of virginity. 

Sec Ulbj'aa. 
U-LU-FE, V. Tp be wet ; to be cold. 
U-Lu-pii, V. To be wet and cold from 

rain ; to bo ghivering from cold and wet. 
U-Lu-Pii, adj. Wet and cold from rain; 

shivering. 
U-LU-pu-Ni, V. To be or to wax hot, as 

one in anger. Pvlf. 32:19. See Ulo 3. To 

swell, as in anger. See Pdnj. 
U-Lu-WA-LE, V. * Ulu, to grow, and imle, 

of itself. To grow wild ; to grpw without 

cultivaliou. 

CJ-LU-wE-Hi-wE-Hi, t, TJlu, a thicket, 

and wddwehi, thick; tangled, as v cgf'ables. 

1. An overgrowth of Terdur<i ; the t^ick 
intertwined leaves of a forest 

2. A general name for thick vines in a 
forest ; Ka nahelehele nui a maluna i ka 
lau na laau. 

U-MA, V. To screw; to press, as a vice; 
to grasp or hold. 

2. To pry, as a lever. 

3. To wrestle ; to throSv down In wrest- 
ling. 

i. To throw over from an upright posi- 
tion ; e hoohina, e kulai, 

U-MA, s. A vice ; a pressure ; a push- 
ing over or down ; a kind of wrestling to 
try strength. 
2. The name of a game ; o kekahi lealea 

kaumo. 

U-MAU-MA, s. The breast; the bosom. 
Puk. 4:e. The breast, i. e.. the meat of the 
breast. Puk. 29:26. Umauma hoali, wave 
breast. 2fah. 18:18. Umauma luli, wave 
breast Oihk. 7:34. Kahi mawaena o na 
waiu. 

U-MA0-MA, adj. Of or belonging to the 
breast; he pale umauma, a breast plate. 

1 Sam. 17:.5. 

U-MAXi-MA-LEi, s. A name of a species 
offish. 



U-MA-LEi, s. Name of a disease in the 

chest. 

_ 2. Name of a spficies of Osh. 
U-MA-LU, s. The brow of a hitl; he 

umalu o ka pali. 
U-ME, V. Tq pull ; to pull after one ; 

to draw out, as a drawer of a bureau. 

2. To lengthen, as a sound. 

3. Fio. To incline one to go after an- 
other. Ma. Sol. l:i. 

U-ME, s. A drawing out; a pulling; a 
lengti^ening oul, as a sound. 
. 2. A name given to the character •^ hold 
in. mjtsic 

3. A kind of a, lascivibtis play in the 
night ; he lealea o ka u»»e i ka po. 

4. The grass and thatching on the cor- 
ners and ridges of a house. 

U-ME, adj. Mea ume, something draw- 
ing ; attractive. Fio. Mea urns, the mis- 
tress of a lover; hele aku o Hauiliki a i ka 
mea ume. Laielk. 114. See No. 3 of the 
preceding. 

U-ME-u-ME, V. See Umi. To pull; to 
hook : to draw, 

2. To_ struggle, as two persons for the 
same thing. See Pauueume. 

U-ME-u-ME, s. Name of a game. 

2. E kalai ia ua moo a pau i ka umeumeia. 

U-ME-KE, s. A poi calabash ; full form, 
wmekepoi. See next. 

U-ME-KE-Po-i, s. A ppi calabash full of 
food, much valued by Hawaiians; o ke 
aloha ka Biea i oi aku ka maikai mamua o 
ka ume/cepoi amc ka ipakaia. 

U-Mi, adj. The number ten; ka vmi' 
the tenti^. 

U-Mi, V, .To be ten in number. Kin. 
18:32. 

U-MI, V. To lengthen out the breath. 
See Umb. To suppress the breath. 

2. To choke ; to strangle ; to press upon 
one so as to stifle him. 

3. To crowd in ; thrust down. 

4. To seize hold of the neck, as if to 
choke. McU. 18:28. 

5. To suppress a rising emotion. 

6. To kill, as an infant in the practice of 
infanticide. See TJmikeiki and Umikamai,ii. 

7. /loo. To cause to choke; strangle, Ac. 
U-Mi, adj. Strangled; pressed; killed; 

mea umi wale. Oih. 15:20. 

U-Mii, *. A kind of disease or pain in 
the side attending disease. 

U-Mi-u-Mi, V. The 13th conj. of umi. 
To choke ; to strangle ; to kill. 2 Sam. 
10:4. . 

U-Mi-ti-Mi, I. The beard; hair on the 
chin ; ka huluhulu o ka auwae. 



UNA 



124 



UNE 



2. A kind of moBs which fastens the na- 
hawele, a kind of shell fish, to the rocisg. 

U-Mi-n-.Mi, adj. Thick ; large, as the 
branches of trees ; na lala umiumi. Isa. 
16:8. 

U-Mi-HAU, s. Name of a strong east 
wind which blows' all before it. 

2. The name of the last hog sacrificed 
when on the point of going into battle; ua 
kapaia keia paaa he puaa umihau. 

U-Mi-KA-MA-ui, ) s. Uffii and kamalii, a 

U-MI-KE-I-KI, J child. The practice of 
infanticide, mostly by pressing or choiring 
to death. Note. — The infant was gener- 
ally killed by choking or pressing on its 
first presentation; bat if the mol^er had 
great affection for it, it was buried alive in 
the ground. Umikamalii, oia kc kinai ana 
i ke keiki a make iloko o ka opu o ka tua- 
jtuahine. Nni na hewa o ka wa kahiko, o 
ka umikamaliL many were the ^rrors of 
ancient times, infanticide. 

U-Mi-Ki, V. To pinch with all the fin- 
gers. 

2, To scratch ; to bruise ; e wawaln, e 
wau, e uwau. 

U-Mi-Ki, s, A pinching; a scratching of 
the skin ; e awaUi ana me ka boopohole i 
ka ili ; ka waluwaln. 

U-MI-KI, «. A large gourd. 

U-Mi-wA-LE, s. Umi, to choke, and wale. 
The seizing of a person by the throat; a 
killing by strangulation. 

U-Mo-Ki, s. A Stopple of a calabash ; a 
cork of a bottle ; a bung of a barrel. See 
Omoke. He umoki pu, the wad of a gun. 

U-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up, as with a stop- 
ple or bung. 

U-Mu, V. To bake, as in an oven ; to 
dig ; to heat ; to cover up ; to do all that 
belonged to the process of baldng food 
under ground. See Imt. 

2. To collect; to place together; to leave 
together, as in making an oven. 

U-MU, s. An overt. Oikk. 2:4. A place 
for baking food; a furnace. Neh. 3:11. 
Umu hooheehee, a furnace for melting 
metals. Eeek. 22:20. 

U-Mt;-A-Hi, s. Lit. A fire oven ; a fur- 
nace. Kin. 15:17. 

U-MO-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unso- 
cial; niggardly. 

U-MU-LE-po, s. C7otm and fepo, earth. A 
furnace for trying metals. 

U-NA, V. To send one, as on business, 
ifoo. The same; to commission to go. Nah. 
13:17. 

2. To send to one with a demand. los. 
2:3. 

3. To exercise authority ovct one in send- 
ing. 



U-NA, s. A sending, especially sending 

one on business; o ke kena e holo i kabila 

e imi waiwai. 
U-NA, adj. Sore or stiflf from hard Work; 

tired ; weak ; fatigued ; exhauateu. Lank. 

4:21. 

2. Dull; stupid; drunk. 

3. Tired or weary, as a man sitting still. 
See Unauna same. 

U-NA, V. To be weary ; fatigued frorfl 
labor. Note.— This word is probably the 
same as una, to send, as senduig on busi- 
ness may cause fotigue. 

U-NA, s. Weariness; fatigue, &c. 

U-NA, s. The shell of the turtle or tor- 
toise. 

U-NA, ) ^. To pry up, as a stone; 

U-NA-U-NA, ) to loosen by prying ; more 
properly une. See Unb. 

U-NA-o-A, s. The barnacle on the outer 
plank of a ship. 

U-NA-tT-NA, V. To send. See Una. Hoo. 
To send on repeated errands. Sol. 10:26. 
To send new orders frequently. 
2. To exercise authority over. Mat.20:i5. 

U-NA-u-NA, adj. Tired ; weak ; ex- 
hausted. See Una, to'be weary; dull; 

' stupid. 

U-NA-u-NA-HE, ) adj. Soft ; melodious, 

U-NA-HE, J as the voice ; he leo 

unahe. 
2. Thin ; soft, as kapa ; he unahenahe ke 

. kapa. 

U-NA-u-NA-Hi, ) y. To scale, as a fish; 

U-NA-HI, J to scratch off the scales; 

e hoopau i ka unaM o ka ia mawaho. 

U-f{A-Hi, S. The scales of a fish. Oikk. 
11:9. Scaly things; unahi laau; ka ili 
oolea i ka ia mawaho. 

U-NA-Hi, adj. Scaly; hard. 1 Sow. 
17;5. Thin ; flexible, like a scale. 

U-NE, V. To pry, as a stone with a 
lever ; to bear down, as with a lever ; to 
edge on ; to pry up out of the dirt, as a 
stone ; to loosen. 

U-NE, s. A lever for prying with; a 
prying ; a lifting up. 

2. The^ action or quality of a lever. 
Anal. 1. 

U-NK-A, s. Indolence; indiTerence; stu- 
pidity. 

U-NE-u-NE, V. See Une. To -pry up; 
to loosen, as a stone ; to remove or turn 
over, as stones. Kekah. 10:9. 

2. To disturb, harass or vex one ; o ka 
hookolokolo hewa, e uneune ana ia ame ka 
imihala. 

U-NE-u-NE-A, adj. Sickish at the stom- 
ach ; having no relish for food. 



UNU 



125 



UFA 



U-NE-LU-NE-LU, adj. Fat; soft; pliable. 
See NotUNOLft. Unelandu kau baehae ana. 

U-Ni-Hi, s. A species of grasshopper. 
SeeUHWL He mea eheu liilii me he pinao 
la, a little winged thing like the dragon- 
fly i he mea lele. 

U-NI-HI, ad). Small; thin; spindle 
legged; hence, 
a. Weak ; without strength. 

U-Ni-Hi-pi-Li, s. The leg and arm bones 
of a person. See Uhikipiu. He kanaka 
mai loa a hiki ole ke hele mawaho ; ua 
unihipiU leo, aole hiki ke pane mai, having 
a feeble voice, not able to speak; ua uuku 
ka leo. UnihipUi was one name of the class 
of gods called akuanoho; aumakna was 
another ; they were the departed spirits of 
deceased persons. 

U-Ni-Hi-pi-iii, udj. The qualities of some 
gods; na akua unihipUi, arae na akua mano. 

TJ-Ni-NA-Nl-NA, adj. Plump ; fat ; ap- 
plied to the cheeks of a person. See Oni- 

NANA and UUNALINA. 

U-NO-A, adj.. Raw; uncooked. 

U-Noo, adj. ,Not well cooked, as food ; 
applied to vegetable food ; vhcn applied 
to meat, it is kolckole ; but this last is some- 
times applied to food ; unoo ka ai, unoo ka 
malakeke. 

U-N0-T7-N0, V. To be red ; inflamed, as 
the eyes. See also Nounoc. 

U-3JU, s. A place of worship; a tem- 
ple ; he heiau, he Inakini. 

U-Nir, s. A coward. 

2. Small stones' or chips of atones for 
propping up and sustaining large ones. 

3. A prop or wedge. See Makia. 

4. The small stones used to fasten the 
posts of a house when erected in the ground. 

5. Any small stones. 

U^u, V. To drink; same as inu; unu 
awa, to drink awa. 

U-Nir, ». To make up into a round 
heap ; to shorten. 

U-NiT, adj. Made round; heaped up, &c. 

U-NU, V. To prop up; to help hold up; 
e UHU iki ae paha ka pono, to help a little 
perhaps will be wellj to shove back or re- 
tract, as the skin in amputation. 

U-NU-A, V. To put or thrust into, as a 
spear into a man. 

Si. To breathe into a bamboo. 

3 To put in and tread down, as feathers 
or pulu into a cask in order to put in more; 
e umia ibo i ka hulu, alalia hahao hou ; ua 
unuaia ka' wawae. 

U-NH-u-Nu, V. To prop up. See Unu. 

JJoo. £ hooummnuia. 
U-NU-u-NU, s.. Something guJiered int* 

heaps; applied to soldiers who ure cow- 



ardly and shrink from fighting ; alaila, o 

aku imua me he unwuna la ke ano. 
U-NU-u-NU, adj. Piltd up, as several 

ohias in one hand; ame ka ohia unuunu 

ma ka lima, 
U-NU-Hi, V. To draw out in various 

ways. 

2. To take, as a ring from a finger. Kin. 
41:42. 

3. To take out, as the hand from one's 
bosom. Puk. 4:6. 

4. To draw out ; unsheathe, as a sword. 
P«fc. 16:9. 

.5. To let fall from a bundle. iJut 2:16. 

6. To draw out, as from a ditch. 

7. To take away a part; to substract, as 
in arithmetic. 

8. To translate from one language to an- 
other; i urMhiia mai ka olelo Hawaii a i ka 
olelo Beritania. See Nmn. 

U-NU-Hi, adj. Perfect; good; skillful; 

wise ; be hemolcle, he maikai, he akamai, 

he naauao. 
U-NU-NA, s. A pillow J something for 

another to rest on. See Uluna. 
U-NU-NU, s. Young ohia timber used in 

making gods. 

2. A stick erected as a sign of kapu. 

3. Name of a wind or sea breeze atPuu- 
loa. 

U-NU-NU, V. To pull or scrape oif the 
hair of a dog or hog preparatory to cook- 
ing. Note. — ^It was done by laying the 
animal on a tire. 

U-Nu-pE-Hi-i-o-LE, s. Name of a class 
of persons who' adhered to others for the 
sake of a house. 

U-PA, V. To act, as the jaws in eating; 
to open and shut, as the mouth in eating 
or speaking. 

2. To devour with greediness. 

3. To chew, as food, i. e., the action of 
the jaws in chewing. 

U-FA, s. Any instrument that opens 
and shuts after the manner of shears, scis- 
sors, a compass, bellows, &c,; a carpenter's 
compass. Isa. 44:13. Tjoie action of the 
material heart in receiving and sending 
out blood. Ar«U. 44. Note.— Cutting in- 
struments were formerly made of shark's 
teeth. See the compoondg of the upa class. 

U-FA, adj. Strong, as a man wno does 
a great deal of work or rows fast in a canoe. 

U-PAA, V. hele e ke kama e upaa me 
ka pipine. 

U-PA-A-Hi, *. Upaaaiahi,6ie. Tongs. 
Puk. 25:38. 

U-PAi, adj. Long; tall; slender; loibi, 

piopio. 
U'PAi-PAi,. 3. To bend, as the lafters of 

a house in a strong wind. See Ofaipai. 



UPE 



123 



UPU 



TJ-PAj-PAi, s. The bending or vibration 

of the rafters of a house in a wind. 
U-PA-(J-PA, V. See Ufa. To open or 

act, as the mouth iu speaking or in prayer; 

eupaupa ana i Ita waha me he meapulela. 
U-PA-u-PAi, V. To hover, as an owl or 

other bird just before darting on its prey; 

U) icmain suspended in the air, as an owl ; 

e upaupai i ua eheu ; e peahiahi. _ 
lT-PA-KO-Li-KU-Ki;-r, s. tJpaand kdli SLnCi: 

kuJcui. Snuffers. Puk. 25:38. 
U-PA-MA-KA-Ni, y. Vpa and maka7d, 

wind. Bellows. ler. 6:29.. 
U-FA-LU, V. To be young ; beautiful ; 

comely. 

Ua upalu wale i ke oho o ke kapukupu 
Pepe ka maka o ka abihi ka makahelei o 
Malaila— «.— ilfe2e. 

U-PA-LTi, adj. Beautiful ; splendid ; 
lovely. 

U-PA-PA-w, s. Name of a species of 
fish. 

U-PE, s. The mucus or secretion of the 
nose ; petulta ; a ua kaumaha nul au i na 
waimaka arae ka wpe o na makaainana « 
pau. Mai makamaka wahine 5 ka «pe ke 
ola. Ham. Prov. 

U-PE, s. A living with quietness and 
propriety after having been mischievous 
and wicked ; ka t^e, opepe, hoolulelule ; 
e upe ana i aa malua aui o Hawaii. 

U-PE-HH-PE-HU, V. To be swollen; en- 
larged. See Pehu. 

U-PE-Hir-PE-HU, adj. Large; fleshy, but 
weak, as a fat man. See Pehu. 

U-PE-NA, s. A net for taking fish; a 
snare for catching birds ; e malama i ka 
upena nanana, take heed to the spider's 
web ; ixpena papale oho, net work. Isa. 
3:18. Fig. Anything for entrapping one 
in evil ; ua makau au i ka uperia d ka make, 
I am afraid of the snares of death. 

2. The cord of which fish nets wer&made; 
ke aho i hooliloia i upena. 
Ea upena kua kanaka a Lono, 
Ka upena iiahae e make af ka luhia ' 
Ka lalakea, ka maDO ka mano ai a ka lani. 

U-PE-NA-MA-Ki-Ni, s. Ka uperuimakini a 
. ka poe kii ai ia ke ahi a ka po, e kinai au 
e pio — e. 

U-PE-NA-NA-NA-NA, s. Upenj. and na- 
nana, spider. Thfe web of the nanana, a 
certain kind of spider. See Nanana. 

U-PE-PE, V. To ^-^ flattened down ; 
crushed. 

2. Applied to the mind ; to be broken 
spirited; to be humble; to act awkwardly, 
like a backwoodsman. 

U-PE-PE, adj. Weak ; feeble, as a per- 
son sick; dry; without sweetness, as sugar- 



cane.; applied also to kalo ; kapae kekea 

upepe ka hei — e. 
U-PE-PE-HH, ofi;. Swollen, as the flesh. 

of a person. See Peho. 
U-Pi, V. To sourd, as water when 

squeezed out of a sponge. 
U-Pi, s. The noise made by walking 

when the shoes are full of water. 
U-Pi-u-Pi, V. The frequentative of upi, 
U-i'i-Ki, V. To shut suddenly together, 

as the jaws of a steel trap ; to entrap. 
U-PI-KI, s. A trap. Jsa. 8:14. A snare; 

anything deceitful; a treachery. Puk. 

34:12; 
U-pi-KW,i-MA, *. A handcuff. 
U-pi-Ki-pi-Ki, m^V Shutting up; folding 

together, as a foreign Ian ; he mea upiki- 
j)&i, he pcahi maikai no. 
tj-po, V- To desire strongly ; to lust 

after ; to covet. See Ipo and Upu. 
U.-POi, V. To sink, as in water; to sink 

deep. 

2. To move, as a bird moves its wings; 
to cover with the wing. Isa. 10:14. 

3. To break over, as the surge forming 
the surf; to spread or cover over, as any 
large covering. Laieik. 104. 

, 4. To bring one's legs together, as when 
theiiB is need of concealing; applied to 
men or women when discovered without a 
. pau or malo on. See Poi and Popoi. 

U-po-HO, ». To be flattened down or 
fallen in, as the' roof of a house; to be con- 
cave, as a surface. Anal. 6. See Opaha. 

U-Po-Po, V. To strike together, as the 
hollow palms of the hands, making a hollow 
sound ; e halehale, e poopoo. 

U-PTT, V. To desire strongly; to be 
strongly attached to a person. Laieik. 136. 
To lust ; to covet. See Uro. 

3.. To be long, as one who goes to an- 
other place to make a long visit ; aoe npa 
aku nei au, ke hoi mai nci no. 

3. To swear or vow ; hoohiki ; to vow, 
as when a man vows not to eat the food of 
his land till he catches a certain fish, or 
vows that the child then born shall cat the 
sugar-cane that is then planting ; ua upu 
ke kanaka i kana ai a loaa ka iu. 

U-pu-u-pt;,, s. The desire to see a per- 
son after separation of some time ; ka upu- 
upu ole aku. See Hoo. - 

U-PU-u-PU, I). See Upir. To be not long; 
not to pass a long time ; to be not long after 
a certain event. Laieik. 106. 

U-FtJ-KA, s. A gate;' the various forms 
are, puka, aipujca, ij}uka, up-uka and feani- 
puka. See the first iu its place. 

U-Pu-PA, s. The name of an unclean 
bird in KaM. 14:18 ; the lapwinc ! also 
OVik. 11:19. 



UWA 



127 



UWl 



U-WA, V. To cry out; to exclaim aloud; 

to shout, as the voice of a multitude. Oih. 

n-22. 

2. To cry out togethej' ; to make an up- 
roar ; to be in commoilon. Laieik. 91. 
U-WA, s. All outcry; the sound of 

many voices m confusion ; hakaka iho la 

lakou me ka uWa nui. 

2. A joyful shouting. 2 OiU. 15rl4. 
tJ-WAi, V. To open or shut, as a door. 

See Uai. 
U-WAi, s. A door, &c. See Uai. 
U-WAO, V. To intercede in behalf of 

contending parties. Heb. 7:25. To make 

peace. 
2. To intercede in behalf of the guilty. 

Ier.7:l6. To reconcile. See Uao. 
U-wAo, s. A peace-maker. Mat. 5:9. 

An intercessor. 
U-WAO, adj. Peace-making; mea. utvao, 

an intercessor. &al. 3:20. 
U-WAU, s. A species of bird; a kind of 

water fowl. 
XJ-wAu, V. To scratch the skin; to 

pinch with the fingers. See Umiki.. 
U-WAU, s. A cat, from her noise. See 

OWAU. 

U-WAU-WA, V. See Uwa. To cry out 
in a clamorous manner. Mar. 15:14. 

U-WAU-WA, s. A frequent shouting, as 
a disordered multitude; a noise of revelry. 
Puk. 32:17. 

U-WAU-WA, V. To be tight; fast; hard; 
e linalina, e moku ole, e paa. 

U-WA-Hi, s. V and aki, fire. Smoke. 
Fuk.lSilS. See Uaki. Ac liiiia/ii, a vapor- 
ous cloud ; a fog, &o. ; uwaJii umuhao. the 
smoke of a furnace, ios. 8:20. 

U-WA-KA, V. See Oaka. To open, as a 
door ; to open, as the moiith to speak. 

U-wA-iiA, s. Name of a certain kind of 
the leho, a sea-shell. 

U-WA-LA, s. SeeUALA. f7 and a?fl, sweet 
or odoriferous. 

1. The sweet potato. 

2. The large muscles of the upper arm. 

U-WA-LA-AU, ». To make a noise, as a 
multitude. Puk. 33:17. See WAl.A.tu. 

U-WA-JLA-AU, s. A tumultuous noise; a 
great confused noise; 'a shout. See Wa- 
LAAiT. Note. — Uwalaan is a noise made by 
the mouths of men; it applies also to birds 
sitting togetti^r in afreqnented place called 
kula manu ; other noises are called koele, 
halvlu, &c. 

U-WA-Lo, ». See Ualo. To cry out; to 
call aloud. See Uwalaah and TJalo. To 
call upon one in a way of entreaty. Laieik. 
71. 



U-WA-Lu, V. To scratch, as a cat. See 
UWAU. To pinch with tho fingers; to 
pucker up. 

U-WA-NA-AO, r. SeeWANAAo. To dawn, 
as the first light of morning. 

U-WA-NA-AO, s. The dawning of day- 
light. See Wanaao. 

U-wA-Ti, .?. Eng. SeeWATi. A watch; 
a time-piece. 

U-WE, V. SeeUE. To weep; to mourn; 
to cry for help for one's self or others. 
Mh. 11:18. To moui'n. Mm. 32:2. 

2. To cry in behalf of one, i. e., to pray 
for him. Puk. 8:8. 

3. To bewail; tb lament for. Oiftfc. 10:16. 

4. To cry out for pain; pepehi iho la na 
'kanaka, a, nwe ae la ua mau haole la no ka 
eha, the men (natives) struck them, and 
those fordgners cried out for pain. 

5. To salute, as friends. Mat. 5:47. To 
bfd good-by at parting. Oih. 18:18. 

6. To bray, as an ass. ib6. 6:5. Tolov/', 
as an ox. lob. 6:5. 

U-wE, adj. That which pertains to 

mournicg or lamentation. JPuk. 32:18. 
U-WE, s. A movement. See Ue, to 

hitch. A jerking movement ; he uwe, he 

mea e lele ana ma ka lewa. 
U-wE, V. SeeUE. To jerk; to shake; 

to move : toMtch along ; mostly found in 

the compounds nciict, naue, &c. 
U-WEU-WE, V. Hoo. To move a little 

without moving much; to pretend to move 

or'leave one's place without doing it. 
U-WE-HE, V. See Wehe. To open; to 

untie ; to uncover. 
U-wnE-KA, s. Epithet of a very erying 

child ; applied to a crying child ; kani hoi 

kela wahi uweka •; kani papala mai la hoi 

ua uweka nei. 
U-wE-KA-WE-KA, adj. TrouWesome ; 

crying ; dirty, as a child. 

U-WE-KE, V. To open ; to open wide, 
aa a door. Eoo. To cause to be opened. 
See Wehe. 

U-WE-Ko, ». See Weko. Bad smelling^ 
as food ; to smell like soured food ; as 
rotten potatoes, &c. 

U-wE-Ko, s. The smell of rotten pota- 
toes or other lood. 

U-WE-KO-WE-KO, s, A strong reeking 
smell of decaying vegetables ; ka nauala, 
ka pilopilo. 

U-WE-NE, V. To break wind slightly. 

U-WE-NE-wE-NE, adj. Hoo. Dirty in 
one's habits ; stinking. 

U-wi, V. See Ui, to wrings to squeeze. 
To wring, as water from clothes. Lmik 
6:38. 



HA 



123 



HA 



2. To guasb or grind with the teeth. 
Bal. 112:10. 

3. To wring, i. e., to squeeze, as in milk- 
ing an animal, ba. 66:11. 

4. B uvii i ka poo, to wring off the neck. 
(mc. 1:15. 

U-wi-A, u For utoiia, the pass, of uwi. 
To break ; to injure ; to upset j e nahae, e 
hulipu. 
U-wi-A, s. An injury done by rubbing 
pr daslxing against. 

ua make pabs keift 
X uvin wale ia nei— ku 

lI-wi-u-wi-A (ui-ui-a), v. To nib or dash 

one against another ; to assemble thickly 

together, 
'L To make or create a shade. 
U-wi-0-wi-Ki, s. Place of small holes ; 

full of small holes, through which anything 

can go. 
U-wi-Ki, V. Tq be full of small holes, 

through which light may pass; e hakahaka 

liilii. 
U-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as light 

through small apertures. 
U-wi-LA, s. See Uila. Lightning. Jer. 

10:13. 



U-wi-Li, e. To mix together, as grass 
and mud in making adobies. 

U-wi-Ni-HE-PA, s. A bnck; so called 
from Captain Winship, who brought the 
first bricks to the islands. 

U-wi-wi, s. A species of small fish. 
See Oiu. 

U-wo, V. See XJo. To cry out ; to pro- 
claim as the watch' in the night, "all'ii 
well." 

2. To bellow, as cattle. 

3. To roar, as a ravenous beast; as a 
lion. Lmik. 14-.6. 

U-wo, s. A crying out; a bellowing of 
cattle. 1 iSam. 15:14. A roaring of beasts. 

U-wo, s. SeeUo. Food well pounded ; 
soft and flowing to the touch. 

V-yro,cdj. SeeUo. Soft J well pounded, 
aspoi. 

U-wo, V. See Uo. "To drive or expel 
something from a hollow substance; e koi, 
e manai, e no i ka lei i ke kaula. 

U-wo-u-wo, s. Name. of a species of 

ohia on the hills. 
U-Ri-MA, s. Heh. The urim worn by 

the Jewish high priest. P«fc. 28:30. 



H. 



Hthe sixth letter of the Hawaiian 
J alphabet. It represents, as in English, 
the sound of an aspirate. It is frequently 
euphonic, particularly between the verb 
and its passive termination ia; ss.maluhia 
instead of maluia. In this ca^e it is some- 
times changed for I; as, kmtli,a for kauia. 
See Oram. § 48. 

Ha. a particle expressing strong affirm- 
ation, stronger than no ; as, oia hoi ha, so 
it is indeed; truly; certainly; indeed; i 
mai ia, ua hewa ha oe, he said you are in- 
deed guilty; e hele hoi ha wan. I will surdy 
go. Fuk. 2:7. 

Ha is often prefixed to the original root 
of a word, or insorted when St takes the 
causative hoo; aa,inu,to drink ; hoohainu, 
to give drink ; like, to be like ; hookalike, 
to resemble. It is also often prefixed to 
the roots of words without any apparent 
modiiioatien of the sense : in other words, 
the sense is variously modified; as,havili, a 
dark color. See Uli, blue, &o. Lalo, down; 
haXalo, to turn the eyes and head down, to 
think, reflect. 

Ha Js also used in reciting meles in the 
middle of a line »o a, o, «, &c., are at the 
end for the voice to rest upon while can- 
tiUating, as he ana/ia nui keia no ke au!r"e 



la, where ha has no meaning except as the 
voice protracts the syllable. 

Ha, num. adj. The number four; gen- 
erally prefixed by o or e. See Aha and 
Kha. Ma seems to be the original word 
for the nnmeral four ; as, wawae ha, four 
feet. It becomes an ordinal by prefixing 
the article ; as, ka ha, the fourth. Mat. 
14:25. I ka to ka la, the fourth day ; i 
ka to o ka makahiki. Othk. 19:25. 

Ha, s. See the foregoing. On fours; by 
fours ; e hele ana ma na ha, going on four 
(feet.) Oihk. 11:20. 21. 

Ha, v. To breathe ; to breathe with 
some exertion ; to utter a strong breath ; 
different ii'om hanu, to breathe naturally. 
ib6. 15:30. It is connected with hanu m 
Kin. 7:15. 

2. Fig. To breathe revenge. Oih, 9:1. 

3. To breathe upon ; to ke Akna i ka 
lewa, God breathed into the open space. 
Mde of Kekupuohi. To breatiie out; to 
expire. 

-Ha, s. a breathing; a strong breathing, 
2. A strong forced breath, as of anger. 
lob. 4:9. 
S. The expression of anger. 2 Tes. 2:8. 

4. Fn. Light ; transitory, as & breath or 
breatSang. jSi2. 62:9. 



HAA 



129 



Ha, s. In music, name of the fourth 

note from the key. 
Ha, s. The lower end of Icalo tops or 

leaves when cut off from the root; t^e same 

also of cane tops ; the lower part of that 

which is cut off. 

2, The stem of a kalo leaf or of sugar- 
cane. 

3. The outside leaves of the kalo when 
outside leaves are killed with cold or 
drought; ua maloo ka AOjUapalakekumu; 
ha ko, ha kalo, ha mala. 

Ha, 5. Atroughforwater to run through; 
a water pipe ; In modem times, a lead or 
iron pipe through which water flows. See 

HiWAI. 

Ha, v. To dance ;• ha ana, a dancing ; 
more generally written haa, which see. 

Ha, s. A species of wood ; ohia ha or 
haa. 

Haa, v. To dance; connected among 
Hawaiians with singing. 1 Saw. 18:6. As 
an act of worship formerly among the Jews. 
2 Sam, 6:14. 

Haa, s. A dance ; a dancing, as in idol- 
atrous worship. JPuk. 32:19. 

Haa, s. Name of a shrub or tree. 

Haa, adj. Short ; low ; humble ; gen- 
erally doubled, haahad, which see ; ohi 
kukai o kanuukea ka haa. 

Haa is often used in some words for the 
causative prefix instead of hoo; oftener 
found in the Tahitian dialect. 

Ha-a-a, tJ. To acknowledge one as a 
friend; to treat with hospitality; to ex- 
hibit affection for ; to love. 

Ha-a-a, adj. Friendly; kind ; hospita- 
ble. 

Ha-ae, s. Saliva or spittle, especially 
the saliva when worked up in the mouth 
into foam ; hence, 

2. The name of a beer made of the sugar- 
cane when fermented and foaming. The 
beer was intoxicating. 

Ha-ae, v. To drizzle ; to drip ; to slab- 
ber at the mouth. 
Haa-i-kai-ka, v. To revile ; to" grin. 
Ha-ao, s. a multitude following. 
Ha-ao, adj. Driving,asrain with wind; 
epithet of a rain of Anaulelc ; ua haao. 

Eua haku i ka u« ioae— e— 

My lord in the driving rain. 

Ka lele la ka ua mauka o Auaolele; 

The rain flies qalckly upland of Auaulele. 

'tele ka ua, lele pu no me ka makani. 

The rain flies,— fllee with the wind. 

Haa-haa, u. See Haa. To be low; 
humbic. 

2. To like quietly ; e noho malie. 

3. Hoo. To make lowr to humble: to 

n 



HAA 



abase. Ezek. 8:21. Applied to those wjjo 
are proud. Isa. 2:17. 
4. To sabdue ; to put down. Kanl. 8:2. 

Haa-haa, adj. Low ; short, as a man. 
2. Fio. Humble; meek; sorry; cast down. 
2 Cw. 7:6. See Haa, adj., above. 

Haa-heo, v. See Heo. Haa is the caus- 
ative tor hoo. Chain. 6 212, 3d. See Tahi- 
tian Diet., art. haa. To strut ; to exhibit 
pride in dress or movement. 

Haa-heo, s. Pride ; haughtiness. See 
Heo. OiW. 26:19. He A<zoAeo,he mea anei 
ia e pono nona iho7 haughiincus, is that a 
thing to benefit himself? ' 

Haa-heo, adj. Proud; lofty; haughty; 
magnificent ; applied mostly to persons. 

Haa-kea, *. A species of fruit ; in Isa. 
5:7 it is translated in English by wtZd grapes: 
a species of weed ; in lob. 31:40 translated 
cockle. 

2. The fruit of a shrub, of which beads 
are made, something like grapes; the name 
of the plant is akia. 

Haa-kei, p. Haa, causative, and kei. 
See Kri. To be proud; )iighminded; vain- 
glorious ; to be puffed uj). 

Haa-kei, s. Causing pride. 

2. A proud person ; a scoffer ; a con- 
temptible person; o ka haaheo, he loea 
paha ia e make ai no ka poe haakel, pride, 
that is a thing perhaps to kill the scoffer. 

3. Pride ; haughtiness. 
Haa-kei, adj. Proud; assuming the 

dress and character of another. 
2. ScofiSng; scorning. Hal. 1:1. 
Haa-ke-ke, v. Haa, causative; also hoo 

and keke. See Keeb and Km. To strive ; 

to cause strife ; contention ; to be angry ; 

to scold. 
Haa-kei-kei, v. See Kei and Haakei. 

To vaunt in pride ; to be insolent. 
Haa-ko-ae, liaa, causative, and koae. 

1 . Name of a species of bird that is white. 
See KoAE. 

2. A high precipice. 
Haa-koi, v. Haa, causative, and kd, to 

force ; urge'. ^ 

1. To practice onanism; applied to one 
afone. See Pdahct. 

2. Fio. To labor hard and obtain noth- 
ing. 

Haa-koi, s. The practice of onanism. 

Haa-koi-koi, t. Haa, cau6ati\re, and koi. 
To practice venery, like dogs or hogs. 

Haa-koo-koo-wa-le, s. Haa for koo, and 
kookoo. See Hakoeo, to wrestle. A wrest- 
ling; a striving in the exercise of wrestling 

Haa-ko-hi, e. /iaa,. causative, and A'oAi,' 
to hinder; hold back. 

1. To cause a restraint ; to choke. 

2. To have or endure strong labor pains. 



HAA 



130 



HAA 



as a female ; to be in strong labor. Kin. 

35d6. 
•3. To travail in child-bii'th. Oal. 4:19. 
Haa-ko-hi, s. Labor pains. 
Haa-ko-ko-hi, v. The 7th cotij. of /fo^e, 

haa (or hoo ; intensive. 

1. To have or snlTer hard labor pains. 

2. To draw one tbing out of another with 
difficulty. 

Haa-jko-ko-hi, s. Strong labor pains of 
& female. ] Tes. 5:3. 

Haa-ko-ko-hi, adj. Suffering from strong 
labor pains. Hal. 48:6. 

Haa-ktj-a-u-ki, s. Name of an office 
among the followers of the king. 

Haa-ku-e, s. The name of the person 
who swings the fly brush over tho chief 
when he sleeps.; o ka mea nana e kahili i 
ko ke alii wabi e moe ai, he haalcue ia. 

Ha-a-le, v. Contraction for haa, caus- 
ative, and ale, a wave or swell of water. 

1, To cause to be full : to swell up, as 
water. 

2. To be deep; to overflow; to rise high; 
h(uAe ka wai, the water rises. 

Haa-i£-le, v. Haa and lele, to fly, 

1. To cause to fly, that is, to forsake ; to 
give up, as a man his wife ; as a child its 
parents. 

2. To leave off; for.sako, as a job of work 
before it is finished. 

X To reject ; cast off. The following is 
often used in the same i«;nso, though really 
as follows : 

Haa-le-lea, v. Pass, of the foregoing 
with thet dropped. Gram. § 211. To be 
left; to bn thrown away; to be cast off, <fcc. 

Haa-le-lea, s. That which is thrown 
away or forsaken. 

2. Name of a process In making gods. . 

3. The name of the man sacrificed on 
cutting down a tree to make a god. 

Ha-a-li, v. To spread out or spread 

down, as a cloth ; generaliy written 
Ha-a-lii, V. SeeHAALi. To spread out; 

to spread down, as a mat, kapa, paper, itc. 

See Li/, h-a. 37:14. 
Ha-a-li-a-li, s. The lips of a fish, or 

the checks of a fish. 
Ha-a-u-a-li, v. To catch by the neck, 

as a fi.sh. 
2. Used .^Kt-aRuelj/, and apiilied to men. 
Haa-li-li. See Hoolili. 
Haa-li-li, v. See Haalii. To spread; 

to spread out, &c. 
Haa-li-lo, adv. Kani kaalilo, nu ka 

binihini. 
Haa-lou, v. Haa and lou, to bend in 

sorrow. 

1. To cauac to bend in sorrow. 

2. To sigh ; to weep in affliction or grief. 



HAA-Lou-Loa, V. See foregoing. To be 

dejected ; grieved ; sorrowful. 
Haa-lou-i.ou, adj. Cast down in mind; 

dejected ; sud. 
Haa-lu-lu, v. jHoo, causative, and Zt«/w, 

to shake. 

1. To cause a trambling; to shake ; Ija 
tremble. 

2. To be ti'oublcd, or to tremble vvitl. 
fear. 

3. To bo out of joints, as bones. 

4. To bo in great disorder ; to be in a 
state of Jrepidation. 

Haa-i-u-u;, .s. a trembling ; a trepida- 

Uon. I'uk. 15:15. 
2. A shaking, as the earth in an cartli- 

quakc. 2 Sam. 2:8. 
Haa-ma, v. To begin to ripen, as ohias, 

oranges, &c., but not get soft. See Hooama. 
Ha-a-no, v. To boast; to exalt; to ex- 
tol. Sec next word. See Hoaxo. 
Haa-noi, s. Boasting lang'uage ; olelo 

haanou. 
Haa-nou, v. Haa, causative, and tiou. 

a puff of wind. See Nou. 

I.' To be pleased or gratifled with the 

admiration of another. 

2. To bo puffed up with flattery. 

3. To bo inflated with pride ; akcna. 
Haa-nou, adj. Boasting ; olelo haanou, 

boasting language. 
Haa-nui, v. Haa and rod, great. 

1. To praise greatly ; to extol ; to boast. 
Sol. 20:4. 

2. To exaggerate; to triumphs 2 Sam. 
1:20. Syx. with akena and haanoi. 

3. To .speak great words. 2Pe(. 2:18. To 
magnify one's self. i)an. 18:11. 

Haa-nui, s. The boasting of some thing 

received or favor obtained. 
2. A boa.ster ; ono who Ijrags. 
Haa-pu, ». To desire strongly; to yearn 

for. 
Haa-pu, adj. Na hana naauao haapu, 

the strongly desired laljoi-s of lenrning. 
Ha.^-pu-ka, v. Haa, and pu.ka, to cheaC 

To gather np ; to scrape together llic good 

and the i>ad, anything and everything foi 

property. .SW. 13:11. 

Haa-pu-ku, v. To unite several children 
or other friends in one's affection ; pilikil* 
iho la oloko, haupuku niai la ka inanao aasv, 

Ha-a-wa, s. Name of a tree; also written 

hoawa. 
Haa-we, v. Ha for /laa, and atoe, to 

carry. To carry on the back ; to put upon 

the back or slioulders foi- eai'ryiug. Syn. 

with waha. See Awk and Lawk. 

Haa-\ve, s. a burden. Isa. 58:6. A 
pack carried on the back. Xunfc. 11:4C. 



HAE 



131 



HAI 



HaA-we-a*we, s. The growth of pota- 
toes from some being leSt when the crop 
wae dug; ka. hnupaupu, kaokupn. 

Haa-wi, v. Ha(orhoaihoo. SeeHoAwi 
and Awi, a root which has not yet been 
found. 

1. To Kive ; to grant to another. 

2. To help •; to ttssifit. 

8. To offer or propose for a thing. 
4. TocoDimeod to one's care; Imawi aie, 
usury, ^anl. 23:20. iJoauii liio ole, to lend. 
KoM, 24:10. To give ; with nmii, to as- 
cribe praise. Isa. 42:8. 
Haa-wi-na, s. Haam and ana, a par- 
• ticipial termination. 

' 1< A giving ; a giving out; hence, 
2.. A portion; something given ; a gift; 
a part assigned to one. Bom. 11:29. 

3. In school, a lesson appointed to be 
learned. 

4. A present from one. gYK.withmakana. 
6. A gift, that is, ability to do a thing. 

1 Kor. 12:4. 

Hak, s. See Haehae. Something torn, 
:as a piece of kapa or cloth. The Hawaiian 
signals were formerly made of torn kapa ; 
hence, in modern times, 

2. A flag; ensign; banner; colors. Iidl. 
20:5. The flag of a ship, &c. ; ke kia, ame 
ka. pea, ame ka hoe, the masts, the sail, and 
iheflag. See Lefa. 

Hae, adv. A word expressive of deep 
affection for another;, as, aloha hoi hae, 
from the deep yearning, breaking or tear- 
ing of the heart' See Haehae below! 

Hae, s. a species of wood. 

Hae, v. To bark, as a dog. /so. 56:10. 

Hae, adj. Wild; tearing; furious; fero- 
cious ; cross ; he ilio hihiu Aae, a ferocious 
wild dog ; applied to a wolf. 

2. The growling or snarling of a cross 
dog. 

Hae, ». To tear in pieces ; to rend, as 
a savage beast. See Nahae. Often used in 
the double form. 

Ha-ei, v. To look; to peep; to look 
sijly. See Kiei and Halo. 

Hae-hae, v. See Hae. To tear or rend, 
ks cloth or a garment. Kin. 44:13. With 
aahu. /os. 7:6. 

2. To tear iU' pieces, as a savage beast 
does a person. Kin. 37:33. To tear, as a 
garment, through grief or indignatior.. 
NcOi. 14:6. 

3. To rend, as the mountains in a hurri- 
cane. liVfli. 19:11,4. See Hak, adt)., above. 

4. To be moved with compassion ; to 
sympathize with one. Kanl, 28:S2. Haehae 
na maka, haehae ke aloba. 

Hae-hae, s. Strong affection for one. 
2. A strong desire for a thing, as a starv- 
ing maa for food. 



Hae-hae, s. Naftie of two yards per- 

taining tci a particular house of Lono. 
Hae-hae-ia, adj. Tom; injured. Kin. 

31:39. Rent. los. 9:4. 
Ha-e-hu, v. To grow thriftily and large, 

as a tree or plant, potatoes or kalo. 
Hae-kai-kai, v. To grin. 
Ha-e-le, v. To go or come as mai or 

clru is used. Syn. with hele. See Hkle. 

But requires a dual or plural subject. 

Ndi. 4:S ; Nah. 9:17. 
Hai, t>. Often SYN. with hae. See above, 

To break, as a bargain or covenant. 2 

Nal. 18:12. 

2. To break open ; separate, as the lijw 
that are about to speak. 

3. To spcik of; to mention. P^ufc. 23:13. 

4. To tell; declare; confess; relate. Puk. 
ip:8. Ke toi ole, not to tell ; to keep se- 
cret, los. 2:14. 

6. To break off; to stop doing a thing; 
as, aole hai ke hoiho! akn, ho docs not cease 
(begging) though sent away. Note. — The 
ha of this word is sometimes doubled, then 
it has the form of hahki, to follow, but its 
signification is to break away or tear away ; 
as, hahaiia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the 
ensign of those priests was broken away. 

Hai, 0. T-o put or placfe in, as in a box; 
hai aku i ke alii o lakon iloko, then they 
put their chief inside. 

Hai, s. a broken place ; hence, 

2. A joint of a limb ; ka kai a mawe, the 
elbow joint. 

Hai, pron. or adj. Gram. § 15, 14:3. 
Another ; another person ; no hai, for an- 
other ; ia 7tat, to another. Neh. 5:5. Hoo- 
kahl no makamaka, o oc no, aole o liai, one 
oialy friend, thou art he, there is no other. 

Ha-1, v. To be vain ; proud. 

Hai, s. Name of the god of the poe 
kuku kapa. 
2. A sacrifice at the altar. 

Hai, s. Name of a particular form of 
gathering dead bodies slain in war. 

Hai-a, s. An assemblage ; a number, 
especially of persons ; it is used as a prefix 
to other words. 

Hai-na, *. Hai, to speak, and a/ia. A 
speaking ; a declaration. 

Hai-ai, v. To do over again. 

2. To tie up a bundle of food anew ; to 
tie up, as fagots. 

3. To cook over again. 

Hai-ao, s. Hai, sacrifice, and ao, day. 
A sacrifice offered in the daytime in dis- 
tinction from haipo, a. night sacrifice. 

Hai-A-0, s. a modem word; hai, to de- 
clare, and ao, to teach. A sermon ; a pub- 
lic declaration of religious truth. 

Hai-amu, V. 



HAl 



132 



HAI 



Hai-a-no, s. Grammatical term ; hai, 
to declare, arid ano, the meaning or qual- 
ity. An adjective. 

Hii-A-wA-Hi-Nfi, s. See Haia, a com- 
pany, and Wahime, woman. Tlie united 
assemblage of a number of wires of one 
man exclusive of the favorite one among 
several. 

2. A wife of secondary quality; not a 
favorite wife. 2 Sam. 13:3. A concribine. 
bmh. 19:1. A kept mistress. 

Hai-a-wa-hi-ne, r. To multiply wives; 
as, nani kona haiavMhine ana, wonderful 
his multiplying wives. 

Hai-e-a, s. a species of fish. 

Hai-i-noa, s. Hai, to declare, and inoa, 
name. la. grammar, the word declaring 
the name ; a nonn or substantive. 

Hai-0-u-li, r. Hai, to declare, and ouli, 
the sky. To prognosticate ; to declare fu- 
ture events from observing the heavens. 

HAi«o-t?-Li, X. A prognostication from 
observing the .sky. Isa: 47:13. Kindred 
with kilolani an4 kilokilo hoku. 

Hai-o-la, s. Hai, to declare, and ola, 
life ; salvation. 

1. One who preaches or declares there 
is salvation for men. 
■2. The declaration of such a feet. 

Hai-o-le, adj. Hai, to break, and ole, 
not Bold ; hard ; impudent ; unpacified ; 
stubborn. 

Hai-0-le-lo, s. Hai, to declare, and 
oldo, word. 

1. A preaching; a declaration of the 
word (of God.) 1 Cw. 1:21.' 

2. To make a speech or an address. 
LaieUc. 115. 

Hai-u-la, s. The red or yellow appear- 
■ ance of the dust raised by a whirlwind ; 
the same to some extent in a waterspout. 

Hai-hai, v. To follow; to pursue; to 
chase. See Hahai. 
2. To run a race. 

Hai-hai, v. See Hai, to break. To 

break ; to break in pieces ; to break, as a 
yoke. Kin. 27:40. To break off, as the 
branch of a tree. Bom. 11:17. To crush, 
as a flower. Laieik. 142. 

2. To break, as a law or command. Nah. 
15:31. 

3. Soo. To tease ; to vex ; to make one 
cross ; to provoke. 

4. To go through the process of separat- 
ing the flesh from the bones of a dead per- 
son; to dissect; ua haihai o Kamehameha, 
alalia hoi mai o LihoUho mai Eawaihac 
mai. 

Hai-hai, adj. See Haihai, to break. 
Brittle ; easily broken. 



Hai-hai, s. A- state of brittleness ; lia 
bility to break. Anat. 2. 

Hai-hai, «. See Hai, to break. A breach, 
or breaking of a law. 

Hai-hai, adj. Proud; vaunting; lasciv- 
ious. 

Hai-hai, e. To show one's self haughty, 
strutting, lascivious. 

2. To feign one's self out of bis senses in 
order to escape death from one upon Whom 
he has practiced sorcery. 

Hai-hai, v. SeeHAi, to speak. To con- 
sult or talk together, as two or more per- 
sons on business. 

Hai-hai-a, adj. See Aia. 4^ repeatecl 
to give intensity and h inserted. Wicked; 
unreasonable ; vile. 2 Tes. 3:2. Profane. 
Heb. 12:16. Ungodly. I.Tim. 1:9. 

Hai-hai-a, t. Ungodliness. 2 Tim. 2:16. 

Hai-hai-a, v. To court the favor of the 
gods, or rather perhaps to use various artp, 
as by getting herbs and medicines and of- 
ferings to prevent the gods from hearing 
another's prayers. 

Hai-ha-na, v. Uai, to declare, and Aa?ia, 
to do, i. c., to declare something done. In 
grammar, a verb ; a modern wprd. 

Hai-kai-ka, v. Tomockbyinakipg wrj 
faces ; to make another word by the ti'ans- 
positlon of letters. 

Hai-kai-ka, adj. Grinning; expressing 
anger ; he Kaikaika kona maka ame kona 
waha. 

Hai-ea-i^, s. Name of a fatal disease 
of which VMiiki was the medicine. 

Hai-ka-la-mu-ku, *. Name of a disease 
equally fatal with the above, in which the 
same medicine was used. 

HA-i-Ki, adj. Ha and iki, small. See Iki. 

1, Narrew.asapassage: pinched; scanty. 

2. Suffering for want of food. ' 
Ha-i-KI, V, To be pinched for want? to 

be pinched with hunger. Mar. 2:26. To 
be desolate ; bereaved. Laieik. 142. 

Ha-i-ki-a-ka, v. To grin; to make wry 
faces. See Haikaika. 

Hai-la-we, tJ. To exchange, as in bar- 
ter ; to give one piece of profterty for an- 
other. 

Hai-le-a, adj. See Loea. Ingenuity; 
skill in doing a thing. 

Hai-le-po, v. Hai, to break forth, and 
lepo, dirt. 

1. To evacuate the bowels. 

2. To be sick with the disease called kai- 
lepo. 

Hai-le-po, s. A name of a disease or 
sickness in former times. 

2. Name of a large living creature of the 
sea. See Hbbimanu and Hahalua. It was 



HAi 



133 



,HAl 



forbiddon to womea to eat ucdei' penalty 

ol' death. 
Hai-lC'PO, v. Na maka o kekahi poe e 

hailepo ana, nolaiU no ka haiUpo ame ka 

olelo ihaiha. 
Ha-1-li, s. Ha and iU, skin ; surface. 

1. A spirit ; a i^host 

2. The impression of sometiung fondly 
remembered; balialia wale mai no ke aloha, 
facanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau 
ihu ana maluaa, love brought the fond re- 
membrance, it Drought solemnity as if a 
spirit rested on him: lele ke aka o ka 
manao, leleiaka i ka lani ; lele ae la ka 
tiaiii ka !a nui iluna. 

Ha-JpLI, v. To cry but suddenly; to give 
an alarm. 
2. To gasp," to pant for breath. See Aim. 

Ha-i-li, s. a temple. 

Hai-li-a, v. To be frightened; to start 
suddenly from fear. 

HLv-i-li-a-ka, s. See Haili and Aka, 
i^afiow. A ghost ; a spirit Sec Hiiu. 

Ha-i-li-i-li, v. Reot probably hai, to 
speak, and. ili (see lu, hoo 7), to use pro- 
fane language. 

1. To revile the gods; to swear pro- 
fanely; to curse. 

2. To SDeak disrespectfully of one. Pvjc. 
.21:17. 

3. To reproach ; to blackguard ; to re- 
vile. Xer. 15:10. 

Ha-i-lm-li, s. Cursing ; profane lan- 
guage : he hoiao. 

Hjii-Li-Li, V. To have the feelings of 
sojTow and affection on the deai;h &f one 
rery dear ; ua make hailiRe. 

Hai-li-wla, s. Hai and li?na, the break 
ot the arm, i. e., the elbow. In measure, 
the distance of the elbow to the end of the 
Sogers ; Jualf a yard or a cubit. JSzek. G:3. 

Hai-EO-aa, s. Hai and haa, to obtain, 
i: A key or answer to. a qiiestiou ; jl 
declaration of what one has found oat. 

2. The n&ms of a little book called >i key 
to an algebra. 

3. A key or clue to intricate propositions. 

Hai-lo-na, t>. To cast or draw lets. 

Oa. i:2S. -To distribute by lot. 

2. To certify by actions that sometbang 
will be done. 

3. To make a signal for some porpose. 
i. In modern times, to play at dice. See 

HOilLONA. 

Hai-u)-na, *. A mark, sign, character 
representing a thing, as a letter repiesent- 
ing a sound ; an aritiimctical sign, ifco. 

2. A lot in casting lots ifel),. 6:5S, .'56. 
Whatever js used in casting lot.-. Oih. 1:28. 

Hii-LO-tfo, «. Hai and lono, the news. 
To teit the news ; to spread a repor*. ; aohe 



a haUoH'j iki, 2 Oihl 20:24. I. c., no.^e at 
all (escaped) to tell the news. 

HAi-Ltr-Ku, V. //«»' and Jwiw, to slaughter. 
To stone. Puk. 17:4. To stone to death. 
Oih. 7:69, To pelt with stones ; okena ae 
■ la ke alii e /wtiJufcu i ua poe la, the king 
sent word to stone to death ttiose persons; 
e hoonou, e hooulua, e ahuku. 

Hai-lu-ku, s. a stoning to death ; lull- 
ing one by stoning him. 

Hai-ma-ltj-lu, adj. Soft ; effeminate ; 
deliberate at work ; weak in body or per- 
son ; haimdiulu i ka ua a ka naulu, weak- 
ened by the rain of the mist. 

Hai-ma-na'-wa, s. Name of a species of 
white kapa rather thin. 

2. Xame of. the school bopjc used at La- 
hainalana in teaching chronology. 

Hai-na, v. a verb formed from the 
contracted hai ana. Se^ Hai.. To cell ; to 
relate ; to declare ; to speak. 

2. To break, as a command ; as a law. 
See Hai 1. 

3. To break, as a stick ; hence, 

4. To reject; to destroy; to take no care 
ofj as one sick. Noib.— The ideas of speak- 
ing, declaring, &c., seem to be nearly con- 
nected in Hawaiian with breaking. 

Hai-na, s. A speaking; a declaration; 

a conversation. 
2. A breaking, tei of a stick or other 

thing ; a breaking of a law. 
Hai-ka, v. To abuse ; to be stingy of 

food ; to witt(hoW food from those who de- 
serve it. 
Hai-ma, adj. Cruel; unmerciful; hard 

hearted. - 
Hai-no-le, v. See Kinaunait, Earn. 
Hai-na-ka, s. B»g. A handkerchief; a 

napkin. Pvk. 28:4. Also spelled ItaiuAkit. 
Hai-na-ki, . *. The name of a prayer oh 

gathering in the property tax for the chiet 
Ha-i-mtj, v. See Init. Hoo. To give 

drink to one; to cause to drink. Kin. 29:3. 

Note. — The syllable ha is often inserted 

between the causative hoo and the verb. 

See Ha. 
Hai-po, s. ,Ha«, a sacrifice, and ^, night 

Name of a sacrMce offered in the night in 

distinction fi'om haiao. 

Ha-i-pct, s, Ea, the but-end of a leaf,, 
and ip», a gourd. The stem of a gourd 
k3,f used in medicine. 

HAi-riy-LU, v. Hai, to speak, and fula, 

to pray. 

1. To speak or say a prayer to. the gods. 

2. To worship visibly. 

3. To exhibit the character of a wor- 
shipper ; to practioB religious rites. 1 N<ii. 
S:28. Ina e makemako oe o haipuie, if you 
wish t« practice religions duties. 



HAO 



134 



HAO 



i. To -consecrate a temple ; to prescribe 
the formB of religion ; nana (na ke alii) e 
haimde na beiau poo kanaka, oia hoi na 
hiakini. 

Hai-ptj-le, ». A devotee ; one addicted 
to worship: a pions person; a saint Ep^s. 
1:1. 

2. Piety; profession of religion; outward 
worship; Idk. 1:26. 

Hai-pu-le, (tdj. Pious; devout; reli- 
gioiie ; religiously disposed ; a ike mai o 
Vanekouva he alii haifule o Kamehamcha, 
Ac., when Vancouver saw that Kameha- 
meha was religiously disposed, &a. 

Hai-mta-le, adj. Hai, of another. An- 
other's only. 

Ha-o, v. To rob; to despoil. Mat. 12:29. 
To strip one of property; to plunder. 
Lunk. 2:14. 

2. To kill and plunder, 1 Sam. 27:10. 

3. To strip one of his garment Kin. 
37:23. To take hy little and litt'e ; to col- 
lect together, 

Hao ba Koolau, pau na mea aloha, 
Koolan was robbed of all endeared things, 
^htt tho ka poa wahairaha 1 Wailua, 
Ibe despised blossoms vexe collected together at Wai- 
lua. 

Note. — ^It was formerly the practice of the 
•chiefs to punish offenders for all offenses 
less than death, by stripping them entirely 
of thcjr property'; this practice continued 
until the people'had a writtiu code of laws. 

Ha-o, v. To put less things into r^ 
greater ; to put into ; to take up and put 
into ; to take up by handfuls. 
2. To shovel dirt. See Haoiiao below. 

Ha-o, v. To wonder at; to be aston- 
ished ; mostly kaohao. 

Ha-o, «. A robber ; a plunderer. I«?iit. 
2:U. 

Ha-o, s. Name of any hard substance 
as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast 
{% The name of a species of wood ; name 
Of a tree. 

Ha-o, adj. Strained tightly j hence, 
hiird, &c. ; in the phra,ses kao na kepa, the 
spurs are iron, applied to a horse running 
swiftly ; also, hao na polena, the bowlines 
are iron, applied to a swift sailing ship ; 
hao ka lima, applied to one working hard. 

Ha-o, adj. Thin ; poor in flesh ; wivvi, 
emi iho ks kino a olala. 

Ha-o-a, adj. Hot ; burning hot, as the 
sun ; wela loa ; e na hoa o ka la nui haoa 
na kula nei, e imi mua kakou i ka pono 
ka naau, companions of the groat burn'- 
ing sun of the high school, &c. 

2. Suffering pain ; severe ailliction from 
the pain of burning. 

3. The Jfear of being burnt 

Ha-6-a, «. The fierce burning heat of 
summer. Laieik. 119. 



2. The pungent bitter matter vomited 
from the stomach ; sourness ; so\irue3s of 
the rtomach ; heart-burn. AnM. 53. 

Ha-o A, V, P3,ss. of hao instead of kaoia. 

Tooe taken, as by an enemy; to be taken 

byviolence; to be given up, as to an enemy. 

2 To take, as an ensign in war. 1 Sam. 

4:n. 

Ha-ja-ptj-hi, s. Among fishermen, name 
of the stick used ipstead of a hook in catch- 
ing eels. 

Ha-9E, V. To be uneven, as points of 
a jubstance ; to rise one above another ; 
han ka ale o llopoc i ka ino, the waves of 
Hopoe stand up, are erect in the storm. 
See Ha. without the hoo. 

Ha-oe-oe, v. See before. To make a 
rushing noise, as wind upon the trees ; ha- 
oeoe ka ohia, ho ua nui ino Kaelcawaawa, 
loli i ka ua c, the ohia trees give a sound, 
Kaelcawaawa is in a great storm, it bends 
to the great rain. 

Ha-oe-oe, adj. Uneven, as points which 
sticfup, or as waves of the sea; haoeoe na 
ale o ke kai. 

2. Applied also to men rutmin? where 
some are before and some behind ; haoeoi 
na kanaka e bolo iriai la. 

Hao-hao, v. To doubt; to discredit; 
\o distrnsi; a statement 

2. To be troubled in accounting for an 
event ; io be restless ; sleepless at night ; 
b/mka.0 hoikeia po o'u, aolcwau i moe iki. 
Luieik. 198. 

3- To msrve! : to wonder. Isa. 63:5. To 
bo asteni!<hed. Tsa. 52:14. 

4. To be in doubt respecting one's char- 
acter. Gal. 4:20. Haohao hewa, to think 
or design evil. 

5. To seek for ; to hunt after ; to search. 
Hao-haso, v. To distribute ; to give 

equally to many; e haawi like me ka puu- 

nawe. 
Hao-hao, v. To dip up with the hands; 

to measure by handfuls. 
Hao-hao, i. Disappointment; doubt; 

uacertainty. Laieik. 106. 
Hao-hao, adj. Soft; immature, as fruit; 

as a soft cocoanut 
Hao-hao-a, s. Places so covered with 

t>roken lava that one cannot walk on them; 

kapu ma ka haoa ka haohaoa lani. 
Hao-hao-a-la-ni, s. The reverence and 

affection formerly felt by the p'-ople for 

their chiefs ; he kuhau lafapa o kekapu la. 
Hao-hao-na, v. To spring up in the 

mind, as love for a friend. 
2. To have the recollection. of a person 

by one who is separated firom him. 
HAo-KA-Ntj, V. Hao and kanu, to buiy. 

To plant; to plant or l^nry a thing with 

earth brought &'om another place. 



HAU 



133 



HAU 



Hao-ki-lou, s. Hao, iron, and Mtou, 
hook. An iriMi hook. 

Ha-o-le, adj. White ; he keokeo j ina 
i keokeo ka buln o ka puaaapuni,heA«io2e 
ia, pnaa ; lie pnaa hadf.. 

Ha-o-le, s. See the above derivation. 
A person with a vrbite skin ; hence, a for- 
eigner ; but ilawaiians say haoh eleele for 
a negro. 

2. A person from a foreign country ; an 
alien. Note. — The foreigners who arrived 
first at the islands were white persons. 

Hao-ma-na-ma-na, s. ffao, iron, and 
wKwamana, divided. A gridiron; so called 
by natives from the divided irons. 

Hao-na, s. Name of some calabashes 
lor food when first cooked. 

Hao-wa-ha, s. Hao, iron, and waha, 
mouth. The iron of the mouth, that is, a 
bridle bit. Hat. 32:9. 

Hao-wa-le, s. Hao, to rob, and wale, 
without cause. Robbery ; a taking an- 
other's without right. 

Hau, s. Name of the land breeze, that 
blows at night ; hence, any cool breczi? ; 
hu liau kekahi makani mauka mni. iia ma- 
nao ia mai loko mai o ke kuahiwi kcia ma- 
kaui. Note. — This word has several forms. 
It usually takes ke for its article instead of 
ka; but thH ke is sometimes united with 
it, and then it becomes kehati. This how- 
ever requires a uew article, which would 
be k€,kekehau; but thi.'S article also Bonie- 
timcs adheres to the nouu, aud thus re- 
quires a new article still ; hencfi the differ- 
ent forms of the word : hau, kehan, and 
kekeliau, all of which talce corresponding 
articles. 

Hau, s. The general name of snow, ice, 
frost, cold dew, &c. ; i hooman.iwanui ai 
hoi kaua i ka hau huibui o ke kakaiiiaka, 
when we two also persevered in the cold 
frCst of the morning ; hau paa, hoar frost. 
Puk. 16:14. In the same verse hau is ren- 
dered dew ; snow. Nah. 12:10. 

2. The rough bristles of a hog when 
angry ; hubu ka puaa. ku ka hau; hence, 

3. Anger ; applied figuratively to men. 

4. Name of a species of soft porous stone. 
Hao, s. Name of a tree or large bush; 

the bark was sometimes beafen into a fine 
species of kapa sailed kapd hau. Laieik. 
112. 

2. A kind of dance used for lascivious 
purposes, accompanied by singing. 
Hau, 1). To swallow; to g:ulp down, as 
the smoke of tobacco. 

2. To inhale j to snuff up, as the wind. 
ler. 2:24. 
' 3. To snort, as a horse, /er. 8:16. 

Hau-a, v. To whip ; to applv ^st^ipes 
to one; to chastise. iSoI, 19:18. SeeBiiBAV. 



Hati-a, J. A whipping; a stripe; a 
cbaslisement. Sol. 19:29. 

HAU-A-Ptr, s; A ^earning; a strong feel- 
ing for one. See Uwvyv. 

Hati-e-ka, v. Hau and eka, filthy. To 
be defiled ; to be filthy ; unclean. 

Hau-e-li, f. Hau, /rost, snow, ice, and 
di, to dig. Name of the native Glauber 
Salts which are dug up out of caverns in 
the rocks on the Island of Hawaii. 

Hau-i, s. The title or epithet of a chief, 
as noble, a descendant of kings, (fee. ; o 
Ua'd ka lani, ke alii kiekie, he kumu alii. 

Hau-pi-ao, s. a kind of fish net. 

Hau-o-ki, $. Name of a medicine given 
to wotrien ip labor, similar to slippery elm. 

Hau-o-ki, ». A kind of palsy or perhaps 
stiffness of the limbs, as when one w chilled 
with cold ; having been long in the water. 

Hau-o-le, adj. Hau, frost, dew, &c., 
and ok, not. Without dew, 'as a barren 
place. 

Hau-o-li, v. Hau and oli, to sing. See 
Oli. To sing ; to rejoice. inam.liW.To 
expres^joy by singing; to be joyous. Hoo, 
To cause joy : to make glad. llal. 36:4. 

Hau-o-li, s. Joy; rejoicing; gladness. 

Hau-o-li, adj. Joyous; glad. 

Hau-o-li-o-li, v. Intensive form. To 
take delight in ; to rojoicc in. Hal 1 19:77. 

Hau-o-bia-lo-lo, s. Name of a species 
of fish net. 

Had-o-p6, v. To lay in good order, as 
stones in a wall? to stand evenly; he waisi 
i nini, i kumauoia a maikai. 

Hau-o-po, s. What is put together it* 
good order; a good, well finisUud work. 

Hau-u-pu, s. Ifeep affection for one ; a 
yearning over a beloved object. See lUu- 
APu and HiUPiT. 

?Iau-hau, v. To lay stones in a wail ; 
to build with stones. 

Hait-hau, v. To strike ; to smite ; to 

beat See Hahau. 
Hau-hau, adj. See Hau, cold, &c. Cool, 

as where the heat is separated from a thing'. 

HA.U-HAU-NA, adj. Strong smelling; of- 
fensive to *]ie smell. See Hauna. 

Hau-hi-li, v. To bind up; to tie up, as 
a bundle; eMuhili a paa, bind it ap tightly. 
■See Hill 

Haf-hi-li, s. Carelessness in doing a 
thing : no ka mikioi o ka hana, aole no ka 
hauhiii, for the niceness of the work, not 
for the slovenliness. 

Hau-hi-i,j, adj. Diverging from the 
straight path ; blundering ; false ; not to 
be depended on for truth. 



HAU 



136 



HAU 



2. Crooked or blind, as a path in the 
buii}ie8. S«e Hiu. 

Hah-Ica, 's. In gamUing, when one wins 
he says ftaiifco ; a foreign word perhaps. 

Hau-kae, v. See Hooeae. To deface ; 
to blot oat; to squander: to behave shame- 
fully. 

2. fo do a thing carelessly ; hia e hau- 
bili a haukae_ ka oukou hana,' if you do 
yonr work In a slovenly and careless man- 
ner. 

3. To be filthy ; dirty in appearance. 
Hait-kae, s. Filthiness ; carelessness ; 

also, 
2. A- mean fellow ; a babbler ; a trifling 

talker. Ojft. 17:18. 
Hatt-kab, adj. Slovenly done; foul; 

unclean; impure ; wicked. 
Haw-kai, v. See Haukae, v., above. 

T« erase, blot out and destroy. 
Hai;-kai, adj. See Saukae, adj. Care- 
less ; unprepared. 
Hait-kau, *. The staie of the sea in a 

chopped sea something like the kai kupi- 

kio, very difficult to urge a canoe through it. 
Ha-u-ka-it-ka, s. Se^ Ukauka 2, to eat. 

A ringworm. 
Hau-ka-mu-mu, s. Hau and kamumu, a 

rustling sound. 

. 1. The confused noLseof a multitude; ua 

ahiia kona leo e ka haukamumv, leo o ks. 

aha, his voice was drowned by the Confused 

noises of the multitude. LaieHc. 22 
2. The low or indistinct conversation of 

two persons. Laieik. 80. 
Hatt-ke, ij. To hunt, a? for prey; to 

fall npon ; to catch ; e hauke ukii, to hunt 

Hoe in one's head. 
HAtr-KE, ;. The act of hunting lice; ka 

baule ana i ka nku poo. 
Hau-ki,, s. The sea-egg. See Hatike- 

uKe. 
Hait-kea, s. Hau, snow, and kea, white. 

The white snow : the whiteness of snow in 

cold countries ; ka haukea o Maunakoa. 
Ha-u-ke-tt-ke, v. To shiver much and 

intensely with the cold. 
Ha-u-xe-u-ke, s. The name of a. small 

sea animal. 

Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a shell fish 
that has many prongs two or three inches 
long. 

Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a small in- 
Boct that adheres to the skin of persons, 
alrailar to th'> ane ; haukenke, he ane, ho 
mea e pili ana ma ka ill o ke kanaka, «a 

like me ke ktme. 

Hau-ke-ki:, v. To iihi vet with the cold; 
to be contracted with cold, as the mur^oles; 
Aatifce/ce mai ana ka lehelohe, minonvino ua 



lima, eleele ka liliilihi, the lips quivered 
witb the cold, the' hands were wrinkled, 
dark were the ^ebrows; to be in pain 
with the cold. lob. 33:19. 

Hatt-ke-ke, s. a shivering with the cold. 

Hau-ke-ke, adj. Cold ; shivering with 
cold. 

Ha-u-la-u-la, v. See Ula, red. To be 
a little red ; a haviavla ka waha i ka laau 

Hau-la-la-pa, s. The high ascending 
blaze of a large fire. See Lapa'^apaahi. E 
ku haulakipa, e lapalapa. 

Hau-la-ns, v. To root, as a hog; to 
plunge, as a canoe. 

2. To be restless in one's gra.sp ; to 
squirm ; e oni ; to try to free one's self 
when held fast. 

Hau-la-ni, adj. Uneasy; seeking free- 
dom from restraint; restive; he mauli hau- 
lani. 

Ha-u-le, v. To fall; to fall from a per- 
pendicular state; to stumble; to fall down. 

2. To come upon one, as a new set of 
feelings ; to come to or arrive at a place ; 
to encamp ; a kaule lakou i Kailna. 

3. To loosen ; to let go ; to unfold. ," 

4. To become void ; to lack ; to fail ; to 
be wanting ; to fall dead. 

.5. To overturn; to destroy; to seek after; 
to fall npon for destruction. 

6. To fail in coming to pass or to be fiiS- 
filiedi as a promise. los. 21:45. To fall, as 
one to fail in his moral or religions char- 
acter. II<i>. 6:6. 

7. Moo. To cause to fall; with va, as 
rain, i. e.. to cause to rain. 1 l\al. 18:1. 

8. To throw one's self down on to a thing. 
1 iSam. 31:4. To cause to fall,i.e., destroy, 
as an army. Ezek. 32:12. To be rendered 
void, as a law. 

Ha-u-le, adj. A thing lost ; dropped. 

Oihk. 6:3. Kekahl mea haule. 
Hau-le-na, s. Contracted from haule 

ana. A falling, that is, whatever falls ; a 

gleaning. OilJc. 19:9. 

Ha-u-li, s. See Uli. Anything of a 
dark color ; the dark shadow of an object ; 
dark clouds ; the deep blue sky. 

2. Fio. A stain upon a pei-son's char- 
acter ; ka haidi o ka mea hewa ole, e nalo- 
Walc la, the stain upon a person's character 
without feult will soon vanish. 

Ha-u-li, adj. Dark ; swarthy ; tawny ; 
shadowing; darkish; shady. 
2. Cool, having lost warmth. 

Hau-lii-mi, v. Hau, iron, and KUii^ lit- 
tle. A factitious word got up by Hawaiian 
cooks, and moans to broil on the gridiron; 
tliey call the gridiiun havliUii, i. e.. Utile 
irons; with some, 3 YN. witb hooniakaukau, 
to get ready. 



HAU 



137 



HAU 



Ha-it-li-u-li, v. The intensive of te<ZJ. 

To be dark, Sco. 
,2. To be in a slight state of commotion ; 

applied to tlie rippling of the sea When the 

wind just begins to blow. 
Ha-u-li-u-u, s. Name of a species of 

gBb. 
Hau-ma-ea-iho-le, s. Epithet of an ad 

vanced state of old age, when the eyc9 are 

dim, the steps totter, and the breath short. 

Hait-ma-na, v- To be or act, as a scholar. 

2. Hoo. To teach, as one teaches scholars; 

to make scholars or learners of persons. 
8. To teach them some art, or convey to 

them gome knoT/ledge they had not before. 
4. To instruct, as a scholar or apprentice 

ir any art or handicraft 
Hau-ma-na, s. a scholar; an appien- 

tice ; a disciple. Mai. 10:1. 
HAu-MA-Ntr-BiA-Nr, odj. Full of holes, 

. cracks or crevices. See Manu. 
Hau-me-a, s. Name of the mother of Ke- 

kaaakahi, the war gpd. 
Hau-mi-a, v. To defile ; to pollute ; to 

be either morally, physically or ceremoni- 

alfy unclean. Hoo. To d«file naturally, 

morally. Kin. 34:2. Or ceremonially, to 

stain ; defile, lol. 3:5. 

Hau-mi-a, s. Contagion; ceremonial de- 
filement from contact or contiguity to dead 
bodies. 

2. Morally, from various wicked prac- 
tices. 

3. Things forbidden under penalty of 
death, stronger than kapu; micleanness, 
&c. OiWfc, 16:2, 3. Defilement. (?aJ.6:19. 

Hau-mi-a, adj. Unclean; impure. 
2. That which defileth. Oihk. 5:2. 

Hau-na, s. The strong offensive smell 
of meat 

Hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; offen- 
sive to the smell. 

Hait-na, s. The striking of the hand or 
other substance in playing the kilu ; a i 
ka umi o ka liauna kilu, a laua. Lakik. 
114. 

Hau-na-e-le, v. To flee in war; to 
suffer the consequences of such flight; that 
is, to forsake houses, homes, and the gen- 
eral lo^ of all comforts. 

2. To be in confusion, as in a mob or 
general disobedience to laws. Pule. 32:26. 

3. To be in doubt or perplexity of mind. 

4. Hoo. To stir up the people ; to make 
popular disturbance in a government 
Pvk. 32:25. Note.— The English faangla- 
tlon nde and koomle in this verse is prefer^ 
able. 

HaU'Na-e-le, s. The excitement and 
disturbance of war. 
18 



2. Any popular commotion or disturb- 
ance. 1 Sam: 4:14. ' 

Hai7-na-ma, s. a strong offensive smell, 
but less so thanhajuia; he wahi pilau uuka. 
See Hal'nj. 

Ha-it-pa, v. To eat much; to swell up, 
as the stomach from eating tov much- 

2. To be greedy in eating. 

3. To act, as the jaws i? eating fast. See 
Ufa. 

Hau-pee-pee, t>. To play hide and seek; 
e peepes akua; to play hide and geek, as 
children. 

Hau-pee-pse, s. The play of children, 
hide and seek. 

Hau-pia, v. To mix together (pia) arrow- 
root and oocoanut and bake it ; to cook 
arrow-root and cocoanut together. 

Hau-piA, s. The substances of arrow- 
root and oocoanut mixed together aad 
baked for food. 

Hau-po, s. The lower end of the breast 
bone ; the place where the ribs unite. 
2. The thorax. See Houro. 

Ha-u-pu, v. To excite ; to stir up, as 
the affections or passions. 

2. To suffer with anxiety; to be much 
excited or moved ; ua haupu honua ae la 
ka makaula, the prophet was much excited. 
Laieik. 157. 

3. To rise up suddenly in the mind, as a 
thought. 

4. To stir up one to recollection; alalia, 
e haupa ia lakou me k&;hdinanao. 

Ha-f-pu, s. The sudden excitement of 
the passions. Note. — This word was used 
in a moral philosophy for conscience, or 
the internal monitor; o ka mea i nanea 
palaka ka haupu, alalia aole e ole kona 
hewa. Afterwards lunamanao was used. 

Hau-puu, s. Any hard bunch or pro- 
tuberance on the joints or limbs. 

HA-ir-pir-ir-Pir. 

Hau-putj-puu, s. A hard protuberance 
on the joints, as on the fingers or wrists. 
See Haopdu. 

Hau-puu-puu, adj. Swollen, as the 
ground by frost; Uneven, as with bunchce 
of hail, or with heaps of salt in the salt-pits. 

Hau-vva-la-au, v. To gabble where al! 
talk and none hear. 

2. To get into confusion, as an assembly 
disagreeing in opinion ; alalia hauwalmu 
loa ae la ka lehulehu, then the multitude 
fell into great confusion. See Walaau. 

HAtr-WA-LA-WA-L.4-AU, s. See the fore- 
going. Noise, as of many talking or bawl- 
ing at once without cause or meaning. 

2. Mere gabbling without cause : make- 
ka alii o Niinn ma Koolau, kahaha kahi 
poe, i mai kanaka, he hmm(dawi(A<mji wal« 



HAH 



138 



HAH 



no, when the chief Nona died sA Kooiau, 
some were astoniehed, but the people said 
fliere was nothing bat a great taik. See 

WAIAiU. 

Hau-wa-na-oa, v. To extend; to stretch 

out. See Wanaoa. 
Hait-wa-wa, v. To talk in vain, con- 

ftisedly or In dis&rder. See Wawa. 
Hau-wa-wa, s. Confusion ; disorder, as 

a mnltltade talking at once. 
|Ia-ha, e. See Ha: To breathp hard; 

to pant for breath, as in great haste. 

2. To feel of; to niove the hand over a 
thing. Xm. 27:12, 21. 

3. To feel, as a blind person ; to grope ; 
to feel, as if searching for something, ha. 
69:10. 

4. ^00. To manipulate; to mannfachire; 
heohaha paakai, to.manufactiire or make 
salt. 

6. To strut; to act the fop; to Tralk 

about like a cock turkey. 
Ha-ha, si Ifoo. AsweUingorpuffingup. 
Ha-ha, s. The inside of kalo tops used 

for food ; the whole top is called hvli. See 

Ha, 
Ha-ha, s. A sort of wooden net used 

for catching the oopu, a fresh water fish, 

from brootm. 

2. The board on which fishermen place 
their nets. 

3. Name of a tree. 
Ha-hae, v. See EUe. To rend ; to tear, 

as a garment. 
' 2, To break; to separate into parte ; to 

split, as lauhala, lengthways. 
Ua-hai, V, To follow; to pursue. Fuk. 

14:4. To chase ; to follow literally. 
^i. To follow one's example ; ua hahai 

nuii ha kanaka a pau mamuli o na '111 e 

noho ai, all iuen ^enerMj followed a^r 

the chiefs for the time being. 
8. To break ; to. break to pieces ; to 

break, as a law. See Hae and Hab^g.' 
Ha-hai, v. See Hai, to speak. To tell; 

to talk about ; e hahai ana no lakou i na 

moeuhane, they were tdiing their dreams. 

Laieik. 143. 
Ha-hai, s. A breaking; a disjoining; 

a separating. See Hae. 
Ha-hai, s. Name of a disease on the 

upper part of the thigh or groin, occasioned 

by impure connections and habits. 
Ha-hao, v. See Hao. To put or thrust 

in. Oihic. 10:1. To cram do>rn. 

2. To put into, as a person into prison. 
Oih. 16:24. 

3. To throw or cast wood into a lire. 

4. To put into a particular place; to put, 
as money into a purse ; to put, as into a 
buHket. Mat. 13:48. 

C. To put into one's head ; to suggest to 



the mindj to put words into one's mouth- 
2 Sam. 14:19. 
Ha-hait, v. See Haua. To whip; to 
strike with a cane, stick, rod, or sword. 

2. To scourge ; to chasten. Pvk. 5:14. 
Rahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka faaole, 
his t)ack was whipped with a rope by a for- 
eigner. 

3. To inflict plagues. P«fc. 32:86. To 
smite with blindness. 2 Nai. 6:18. 

4. Hahau ai, to thrash, as grain. 
6. To hew stones. 2 JVirf. 22:6. 

Ha-bait, s. That which is put or laid 

upon, as a burden, or punishmeni; stripes.^ 
Ha-hait-a, v. See Hahati above. To 

scourge ; to whip ; to strike. 
Ha-hau-hu-i, f. Nante of a leligfious 

ceremony in the pule hoopiopio ; same as 

vhmihui. 
Ha-ha-hi, v. The frequentative or 5th 

aot^.othahi. To tread upon. JToI. 91:13. 

To trample down. Isa. 63:3. Root haM. 

See also Hehi and Eai. / 

Ha-ha-kw, v. The 6th conj. of haku. 

To tie together in a bunch; to tic up, as 

feathers in a fiy-brush. 
2.' To fold up ; to put in order. See 

Haku. 
Ha-ha-le, v. To flatten down; to sink 

in. 
2. To be hungry. See Halehale ; also 

OpahA. 
Ha-ha-l0, v. To be internally defective, 

as wood worm-eaten or rotten inside. 
2. Fio. Applied to a hungry man. See 

the root Hal0. 
Ha-ha-lit, adj. Sotten or defective in- 
wardly ; applied to wood, kalo, potatoes, 

&c., that are decayed inwardly. 
2. Applied also to one hungry ; ua ha- 

fiaiu, ua pololi ka opu. 

Ha-ha-lit, s. Name of a species offish. 

Ha-ha-lu-a, s. Name of a species of 
fish, forbidden to women to eat under peO' 
altjr of death ; also, name of a sea animal 
similar to or Oxe same as ihimanu and hihi- 
mann. 

Ha-ha-na, V. See the root Hana, to 
work. To be warm ; applied to the heat 
of the sun; 

2. To be warm from hard work. 

3. To cook popolo, laulea, akeakea, &c., 
with hot stones. 

Ha-ha-na, ». Warmth ; a genial heat. 
Ha-ha-na, adj. Very warm, as the heat 

of the sun, the weather, or the effect of 

labor. 
Ha-ha-ha-na, v. See the root Hana, 

and Oram. 6 226. To cause to work ; to 

do; to do n-equently; pela laua i haho 

kaMai. 



HAK 



139 



HAK 



Ha-ha-no, b. To use the syringe ; to 

give an Jujoction. See Hano. 
Ha-ha-paa-kai, s. See Haha and Paa- 

KAi, salt. A salt bed ; a place wlieie salt 

18 made by evaporation of the sun. See 

fUiiA i, hoo. 
Ha-hei, v. To follow; to push with the 

Bhoutder; e pahu pii ma ka bokua; ^e 

puaa iiahei, a piishiDg or figbting hog. 
Ha-hei,, adj. Fat; plump; full, as the 

flesh oh a healthy fihoulder ; also kehei. 
Ha-hko, v. To be proud, especially of 

dveas or equipage ; to pat oa airs of supe- 
riority. See Hbo. 
Ha-heo, adj. Proud; proud of dress or 

anything gaudy. 
2. Haughty m maimer. 
Ha-hi, v. To tread upoa; to trample 

down ; to troad oat, ae grain. 1 IVm. 6:18. 

To stamp with the feet &f.k. 6:11. To 

tread or trample upon. See Ein andHEHi. 
Ha-hi, s. A treading upon ; a trampling 

down ; an overturning. 
HA-Hi-HA-iSt, t». Freq. of the foregoing. 

To tread or tfamplc upon frequently. 
Ha-hi-u, »> Name of a species of fish. 
Ha-ho, », lo become poor in flesh; to 

fail; to want strength; e wiwi iho ma ke 

kino. 
Ua-hu, s. Ib.ving taken so much drastic 

medicine that nothing is left in the bowels. 
Ha^hh-a-lo, s. The tail fin of a fish. 

See HuELo. 
Ha-ka, v. To stare at. Fig. Hal. 22:11. 

2. To look earnestly at a person or tbiae 
for evil. Hal. 10:8. 

3. To set one's eyes upon a thing with 
desire. Dan. 10:1S. Often connected with 
fiono as an intensive. Oih. 1:10. Sm with 
nana, and sometimes with maka. 

4. A haka mai na moa ma ka lani. 
Ha-ka, s. A hole; a breach, as in a 

side of a house ; hence, 

2. A ladder, i. e., the cross sticks and 
spaces between. 

3. An artificial hen-roost ; hanaia i haka 
no ua moa la e kau at 

4. A building not lightly inclosed, hav- 
ing many open places. 

Ha'-kA, ddji Full of holes or crevices ; 
many spaces. 

Ha-ka, v. To quarrel; to spar; to dis- 
pute ; to contend. See H.IKAKA. 

Ha-kae, r. Probably for ^&a ae. To be 
unsound ; to be weak ; frail ; applied to a 
person out of health; applied to other 
things deficient in strength. 

Ha-ka-0, V. To go naked; to walk 
about destitute of clothing. 

Ha-ka-0-le-lo, v. Haka, to quarrel, and 



olelo, word. To lay blame upon one ; to 
accuse falsely. 

Ha-k.4-o-le-lo, », Kartse of one whom 
a chief employs_ to report the errors of the 
people ; the epithet of parente in govern- 
ing, their children, having the vight to sus- 
tain and govern them. 

Ha-kau, v. To look slim and tall, as a 
person whose flesh is wasted from his limbs. 

Ha-kau, adj. Slim; tall; poor in flesh. 

Hatkau, v. To fight together, as two 
cocks ; to practice cock-i^hting. 

Ha-kau, v. See Haka., To fight; to 
contend. 

Ha-ka-ha, u To delay ; to detain. 

Ha-ka-ha-ka, v. See Haka, To be full 
of holes; unsound; cellular; to be hollow, 
m a bone. Anat. 4. To be empty. 

2. Hoo. Fig. To be oj>cn ; to be pene- 
trable, as the ear to sound, i. e., to listen. 
Isa. 48:8. E hoohakahafca i ka pepeiao i 
vrahi e komo ai ka olelo'. 

Ha-ka-ha-ka, i. That which is full of 
holes or open spaces. 

2. Fig. Want; deficiency; loss. 

3. Empty room ; place unoccupied ; me 
or ma ka iutkahaka, in the place of. JSset. 
2:4. He hakahaka ka naau for pololi, hnn- 

. gcr. Isa. 29:8. One in the place of an- 
ether. i .JVa. 1:30, 36. 

Ha-ka-he-le, v. To walk with meas- 
ured steps, as one weak. See Aeargle. 

Ha-ea-ka, I'. See Haka. To quarrel ; 
to contend; to fight. 2 iSam. 14:6. But 
often only in words. Kin. 26:20. To de- 
bate. I 

2. Hoo. To set at variance; to cause 
strife : e Iwohakaka ana i na bipL 

Ha-ka-xa, s. a fighting ; a quarrel ; A 
contention ; a controversy. Mik. 6:2. 

Ha-ka-kae, v. To rend ; to tear ; ' to 
separate into parts. See Haea and Eae. 

Ha-ka-kai, u To be swelled. See Ku- 
uakaeai. 

Ha-ka-kau, v. fZa^a, a ladder, and ifcau, 
set up. 

1. To be BUHpended, as on a baka. 

2. To stand with a slender footing, as on 
the edge of a canoe looking tor squid ; ke 
hakakau la ke kanaka me he kioea la,, the 
man stands like a Juoea (a long-legged 
bird.) 

Ha-ka-kau, s. A place to hang things 

upon. 
2, A thin, spare, tall man. 
Ha-ka-kau-lu-na, s. Name of the stools 

on which doable canoes were placed when 

out of water ; also ake. 

Ha-xa-kact-pi-li, v. Tp stand intent 
upon any sound, like a thief. 
% To be ready to fly from the approach 



HAK 



140 



KAK 



of any one ; e kau me he iwa la i ka lai, e 
lele aheahe malie ana. 

Ee hcu'iakaupili me be mn la i Its lai, 
Ke aka lele au a ks la hiki ale. 
Oil ka maka la Eohala pall uka. 

Ha-ka-ke, V. To Stand on stilts; to 
stand, as a spider on long legs. 
2. To stand huddled or crowded together. 

HA-KA-Ttu, s. A frame for drying fish 
for the chiefs which are kapu. 

Ha-ka-la, s. The gable end of a house. 
See Kala. Aia mahea ia! aia ma ka fvakaia 
o ka bale, 

Ha-ka-li-a, v. Hakaia, the I inserted. 
Oram. S 48. To be hard ; difScult to ac- 
complish. Kin. 18:14. 

2. To be dilatory; glow in doing a thing; 
ua hakalia ka amo ana o ka maka, sUyio waa 
the winking of the eye». 

3. Hoo. To defer or put off doing. Kekah. 
5:4. 

Ha-ka-li-a, s. a difficulty in doing a 
thing ; meeting with ohstacles ; a deten- 
tion ; he hcwa nui, o keia hakalia o lakou, 
the great error was this slowness of them. 

. See explanations in the next. 

Ha-ka-u-a, adj. Long in doing a thing; 
dilatory ; slow ; tailing too much time ; 
also, 

2. Careless; unthinking; holo makoa me 
Ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka haknlia. 

Ha-ka-li-na. 

Ha-ka-lij-Nu, s. Extreme old age when 
one is no longer able to walk ; hele o mea 
akauka luikalunu. 

Ha-ka-mo-a, s. Haka, to quarrel, and 
moa, a fowl. Cock-fighting ; the name of 
a game practiced in former times ; o ka 
tmkamoa kekahi mea makemake nui e na 
'lii. 

Ha-ka-ne-ne, v. To be swelled; puffed 

up ; e m^imai, e nkeke. 
Ha-ka-net-le, adj. Thin; spare in flesh; 

ua liakamk oe i ko oukou hiki ana mai ; 

applied to man and beast. 
Ha-ka-po-no, i> See Haka. To look 

earnestly at; to look steadfaetly; to direct 

the eyes upon. 2 Ml. 8:11. 
2. To stare or gaze at ; to be amazed ; 

to see something to be wondered at. Isa. 

13:8. Note — These two words are often 

written separately as well as together, and 

then pono is used as an intensive adverb. 
Ha-ke, s. See Hoo. To resist; stand 

against. See Ke and Hookbb. To displace; 

put aside ; put away. 
Ha-ke-a, adj. See Kea, white. Pale, 

as one sick. 
Ha-ke-lo, ) a^^-_ Hanging down 

Ha-KB-lo-ke-lo, J lu swelling or pendu- 
- loua"baQCbeii) as the mucus from the nosii 



of a child ; applied to swellings of intemui 
parts, as flie uterus ; hakelo or hakehkeXo 
ka hupe. 
Ha-ki, v. See Hai, k inserted. To break, 
as a piece of wood ; to break, as with the 
hands. Hal. 18:34. To break, ae a bone. 
Hal. 34:20. Pass. EakiatoThaMia. tc be 
broken. Oihk. 26:26. Fio. Applied to the 
punishmentof wicked men. io&. 24:20. To 
break, as the teeth, that is, one's power 
crushed. Note. — The wor^ applies mostly 
only to such things as are somewhat brittle. 
Ha-ki, adj. That which is easily broken; 

Tuiid wale, brittle. 
Ha-ki-a. Pass, of hoM. See above. 
JHa-ki-a, $. A pio;; jx nail. Syn. with 

makia and kakia, 
Ha-kii, I^. To tie fast; to make 
HA-KU-Kn, J fast by tying. See Nakh. 
Ha-ki-u, v. See Kixr. To spy out; to 
look at ; to examine ; alalia, haidv, like iho 
la lakou i ka mea a lakon i iini aL 
Ha-ki-ha-ki, v. 13th conj. of haki. To 
break in pieces, as wood ; to break fre- 
quently. £iri.76:3. 
Ha-ki-io, u. To observe narrowly; to 
watch closely and attentively. 

2. To look at what one is about to do. 
Lvk. 14:1. To watch one's actions or con- 
duct, generally to iind occasion, or with 
some evil design. Mar. 3:2. 

8. To eavesdrop or listen secretly, ex- 
pecting something bad ; ua hxikiLo a£n an 
la mea ma e ohumu ana. 

4. To act the spy. See the root Eno. To 
watch, as a thief does if any one sees him. 
Ha-ki-ka, s. Contraction for haki ana, 
a breaking. A piece broken off: a piece 
of a thing ; a remnant ; hakina ai, a piece 
of food. loh. 6:12. A iart ; a portion, 4c. 
Ha-ki-na-o-le-lo, s. Used for syllable 
in the music Gamut 

Ha-ko, v. To be dignifiea in one's bear- 
ing ; to appear honorable ; to be noble iu 
form ; ua hako kona helehelena, ma kona 
mau maka. 

Ha-ko, «. The leaf of the sugar-cane ; 

wakawaka o Mano e moku ae ka hako. 
Ha-koi, v. To dash, as water against 

water. 

2. To be agitated, as wat«r carried in a 
dish unsteadily ; hakoi ka wai. 

3. To be unsettled, as one's thoughts 
when in trouble. 

Ha-koi, adj. Heavy; weighty, as lug- 
gage, &c. ; kaumaha, koikoi ; heavy ; bur- 
densome. 
2. Fio. Heavy, as the heart. 

Ha-koi, s. An action productive in chil- 
dren of parapbimoBis. 



HAK 



141 



HAK 



Ha-koi-koi, v. To rise or swell up, as 
water. 

2. Fio. Ma ka baale o ka manao e pii 
iluna nie he wai la c liakoikoi Hoko o ka 
manawa, through the overflow of thoughts 
rising up like water, the afifcctions flow 
within. 

Ha-ko-ha-ko, adj. See Hako. Portly; 
dignified in appearance ; noble in person; 

Ha-ko-ko, ) ,,. To wrestle ; to con- 

Ha-koo-koo, ) tend with anothet to cause 
him to tall. iTin. 32:24. FiO. J^es. 6:12. 
NoiK. — Hawaiians write the word in both 
tlic forms. The last syllables are equally 
long and accented. 

Ha-ko-ko, ) j. A wrestling ; conten- 

Ha-koo-koo, J tion of strength between 
two persons to cause each other to fall; eia 
kckalii Icalca, o ka hakookoo, here is on^ 

' pastime, wrestling. 

Ha-ko-nA, adj. Scorched or dried black, 
as breadfruit which hangs on the trees long 
altei the season is over, when one side be- 
comes parched and blaclc with the sun ; 
he hakom ka hua ulu. 

2. It applies also to the side lying long 
on the dirt; the other side is kuapaa. 

Ha-ko-na-ko-na, adj. Bough; dark; 
clouded; uneven. 

Ha-ku, v. To dispose of things in order, 
to put in order. 

2. To arrange or tie feathers in a kahili; 
to make a wreatb.or lei ; e haku i ka lei ; 
e hukw oe i lehua. LaleUc. 146. 

3. To put wordB in order as in poetry ; 
to compose a song. 

4. To rule over people, 5. e., to put and 
keep them in Order ; to act, as a lord over 
men. 

5. By a change of letters, haku for kaMi, 
U> bake flsh mw hot stones. 

6. I<'io. The forming of a new affection 
in the mind; ka manawa i haku, ai ke aloha 
ma ka naao. - 

7. .Hbo. To tale over: to direct others. 
Oi/ifc. 25:43. HaJca mele, a composer of 
songs, L e., a poet; nana ia i haku, he com- 
posed it. 

Ha-ku, t. A lord ; a master ; an over- 
seer ; a ruler. OiWc. 21:4. 

2. A hard lump of anything; the tongue 
of a bell ; a padlock ; a hard bunch in the 
flesh ; the ball of the eye; haku onohi; the 
name of several species of hard stones for- 
merly used in working stone adzes ; ua 
kapaia kela mau pohaku, he haku, ka koi 
&a inoa. 

Ha-ku-ai-na, s. Haku, lord, and aina, 
land. A land-holder, i. e., one who man- 
ages the land and the people on it under 
tiie chief .or owner. 

Ha-ku-a-kea, s. a phrase in praise of 



Lono; a lord of extensive power; papa ka 

hakuakea o Lono. 
Ha-ku-a-fa, ) ^. Haku&ndapaaniepa, 
Ha-KTT-e-pa, J false. To speak falsely; to 

speak to the hutt of one ; to detract. 
Ha-ku-a-pa, ) s. a false speaker; a de- 
Ha-KU-je-pa, ) tractor. 

2. A false report ; evil speaking. 1 Pet, 

3:16. 
Ha-ko-e, s. a species of sea-egg with 

many prongs. 
2. The prongs of such fish. See Hakui. 
Ha-ki7-e-ku-e, s. The prongs of the 

hakue. 
2. The ringworm. See HAOHiiDKA. 
Ha-ko-e-pa, s. See Hakuapa. 
Ha-ku-i, v. See Km, to sound out. To 

reflect sound, as an echo. 

2. To sound in every direction, as thun- 
der rumbling through the heavens ; e kani 

mahope o kekahi kani ana me he kihili la ; . 

to reverberate. 
Ha-ku-i, v. To be sickish or a little sick 

at the stomach ; hoopailua. 

2. To make attempts at vomiting, ae one 
sick at the stomach ; hakki wale mai no, 
aole luai mai, he was merely sick at the 
stomach, he did not vomit 

3. To flutter ; to palpitate, as the heart. 

4. To shoot, as pain in the chest; hakui 
maloko o lea hoapo ; e apo ka oill. 

Ha-kc-1, u To roast blood in cooking; 

halcui koko. 
Ha-kc-i, s. The blood of hogs when 

roasted for eating. 
Ha-ku-i, s. The horn of the sea-egg. 

See Hmcub,' which is probilbly the more 

correct orthographjr. 
Ha-ku-ia, aaj. See Haku., Bound j 

braided ; wreathed together, ice. Zaieik. 

112. 
Ha-ku-i-ku-i, V. To crack, as breakiQg 

timber; to sound; to inake the noise of 

breaking timber. 
Ha-ku-0-hi-a, s. The lord of tiie ohia 

trees. 
2. The ohia tree of which an idol was to 

be made ; a i ka la i pii aku ai 1 ka haku- 

ohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai 

ua kii ohia la, on the day they went up for 

an ohia tree some man would die, to give 

efficacy to the idol. Note. — ^The species of 

ohia used was the ohiaapdne. Sakuohia 

the same as kiiohia. 
Ha-ku-o-le-lo, v. Haku, and olelo, to 

put words together. To accuse falsely; to 

detract ; to slander. 
Ha-ku-o-lf-lo, s. a false accuser; a 

deti'actor. 
Ha-ku-0-ne, s. Haku, lump, and one, 

sand. Name of a small division of land, 



HAL 



142 



HAL 



dmilsx to or smaller than a koelc cultivated 
for the chief. See Ki'jikua. 
liA-Kn-o-MO-Hi, s. Hafoi, a hard lump, 
and onohi, the eys-baU. The apple of the 
eye ; the little image in the eye. See Ku- 

03J0HI. 

IIa-ku-ha-ku, v. See Haku, to put to- 
gether. To fold up, as kapa ; to put in 
order ; to arrange. 

Ha-ku-Ba-ku, a^'. Full of iiard lumps; 
lampy. [ 

Ha-ku-ha-le, s. Haku, master, and hale, 
house. The master or owner of a house. 
Puk. 22:8. 

Ha-ku-ha-na, i. A word applied to the 
appearance or motion of the clouas ; he ao 
hakmana. 

HA-KXT-KAi, 0. Haku, Itunpy, and kai, 
sea. To be in perturbation, as the sea; to 
be stormy. Sea Oomikd. 

lia-KTj-KO-i, V. See Haettkai. 

Ha-ku-ko-le, ». To blackguard; to re- 
proach in iilthy language. 

Ha-kct-ko-le, s. a blackguard; a vile 
person. 

Ha-kct-ma, s. a thick cloud, ooethreat- 
-eainga storm. 

HA-Kg-MA-KTJ-HA, ». Tolcwcr; to frown; 
so look threatening, an clouds portending 
a storm. Mat. 16:3. 

2. To be rough or pitted, as from the 
scars of the small-pbx; kakwumkuma ka ili. 

3. To be thick together ; to be thici, as 
a board. See Kumakdma. 

Ha-ku^ma-k0-ma, adj. Lowering, as 
clouds threatening a storm. 

2. Pitted, aa the siin with disease. 

3. Thick ; set close together. ' 

Ha-ku-me-le, b. Haku, to compose, and 
mefe, a song; poetry. To compose or make 
poetry. 

Ha-ku-me-le, s. a poet; one skilled as 
a poet ; a coudftoser of songs. Kah. 21:27: 
Oik. 17:28. 

Ha-kh-pe. See Kupehe. 
Ha-ko-pe-he, ». SeeLoLOHi. To speak 

carefully as to truth and propriety; to roll, 

as a ship with but little wind. 

Ha-ku-wa-ki-ne, s. Baku, a lord, and 

vnH'fte, a female. A female master, i. e.. a 
mistress: the wife of a chief or noble. Qal. 
4:22. 

Ha-la, v. To miss the object aimed at. 
Lunk. 20:16. Nou mai la ia, a hala iia po- 
haku ; nou hon mai la ia a hala hou no ; a 
i ke Jkolu o ka non ana, pa akn la; he threw 
and the Btone missed; he threw ivgain and 
missed again ; the third lime he threw he 
bit. 



2. To be gone ; to pass away ; to paes 
over. 

3. To proceed ; to pass onward ; to go 
beyond. Nah. 22:18. To pass away, as 
time. 

i. Hoo. To miBs the object ; to cause to 
err ; to be guilty or blame-worthy. 

6. To depart from a command, or act in 
opposition. Kad. 1:43. To err ia opinion; 
to disobey ; to object to a request or com- 
-iand ; to refuse obedience. jEsei. 3:3. To 
transgress. Nah. 14:4. 
Ha-la, s. A trespass; a sin; an oifen^e; 
a transgression. 

2. A matter of offense. KaiiL 9:21, 

3. A law case ; $ iml hida, to seek occ»- 
Mon against. lMnk.\i\i. Lawe^ota, a sig- 
ner ; Wo ole, without sin ; without cause. 
Puk. u-n. 

Ha-la, adj. Sinful ; %vicked ; kanaka 
haia, a sinner ; one often breaking some 
law. 

Ha-la, adv. Sinfully; in a state of sih; 
hauau hala, born a sinner. 

Ha-la, adn. (Referring to space past 
over) onward; throughout; even to; up 
to ; he pa |iohaku a hala i ka lani, a stone 
wall (reaching) oZear up to heaven. Kavi. 
1:28. Also ofeaZo, clear -up to. £ani. 9:1. 

Ha-la, s. The pandanus tree. 
2. The pine-apple. 
S. A species of fish. 

Hx-iJii, s. The lulling of a strong wind; 
a calm. See La.i and hxE. 

Ha-la-io, adv. The 1 is probably .sub- 
stituted for n. Well done! clever! brave! 

Ha-la-i-wi, s. See Halawi, to 'scruti- 
nize. Looking earnestly at a thing with a 
. desire to obtain or possess it ; k<£tim me 
ka manao e lawe malu. 

Ha-la-o, v. To foe! pain, as the eye 
with some mote in it ; to have pain in the 
eye from a mote ; halao ana i kun maka. 

Ha-la-o, i'. Pain in the eye from some 
small mote. See Lao. A small particle of 
something moving in the five. 

Ha-la-oa, r. To project; to stretch 
out ; to extend cpwards. as the mast of a 
ship ; to project, as the horns of the sea- 

nA-xji-0A.,adj. Projecting j standing up. 
Ha-lao-lao, v. To be small; thin m 

flesh; poor, as small stunted weeds or 

brush on poor land. 
Ha-lao-lao, a<i/. Small; stunted; poor; 

thin. 

Ha-lau, v. To be long ; to extend; to 
stretch out 

Ha-lau, s. a long hou^e with the end 
in front ; used mostly for canoes. 
2. Name of a ben that bas bad chickens. 



HAL 



143 



HAL 



Ha-la-ha-la, v. See Hala. To turn 
aeido ; to go astray ; mostly used in the 
causative hoo. 

2. To object to one ; to decline a propo- 
sition ; to find fault with one's words or 
conduct ; aole hoohalahala kekabi o lakou, 
not one of them found fault. 

Ha-la-ha-la, adj. Bitter; spur; brack- 
ish ; ko haUdMla, sour or fermented cane. 

Ha-la-ua^la, *. Name of a species of 
ash ; the uhu. See Uhuhaijuiala. 

Ha-la-ha-la-wai, ado. Slippery; wet, 
as a road ; running ; ua kelekele kcikihakir 
wai i ka ua. 
2, Wet, as a sore eye. 

Ha-la-hi, u To miss, as anything 
thrown at another. 

2. To dodgo any missile. 

3. To fly near to one, as a stone or other 
atiasile thrown, 

4. To hum while passing through the air. 
Ha-la-hi, s. A hissing or whizzing of 

any projectile passing through the air. 
Ha-la-hu-la, s. Name of a particular 

aha used in preparing for war. 
Ha-la-katj, -y. To place one thing on 

top of another. 
2. To lean orer ; e baukau. 
Ha-la-ke-a, s. The name of a kapa 

when dyed with the niu. 
2. The name of upright posts inside of 

houses ; o na Mlakea, oia na kia e ku ana 

mnloko u ka hale, 
Ha-la-la, adj. Long and curving, %s 

hog's tushes; hioiela ka niho o ka puaa 

kahiko. 

2. Applied also in men exposing them- 
, selves. 

3. A large bimch of bananas. 
HX-la-lo, v. Ha and hlo, downward. 

1. To take hold of with the .arms under, 
as in taldpg up a child or anything else. 

2. To drop the head downward, as i'l 
deep thought. 

3; To begin to think. 2 Om. 20:3.- To 
think within one's, self; pela Uuu hsMo 
ana ia'u iho, so I ihmight within myself. 

4. To thinlf or reflect on the moral ac- 
tions of others. Ke)cah.S:9. 

6. To look earnestly at a thing near or 
far o6f ; to think closely. 

6. To look intetiially ; haialo iho la no 
au a ioaa no. 

7. To search closely or look for a thing 
with effort. 

Ha-la-lo, v' To administer an injec- 
tion. See Hahano, , 

Ha-l& loa, «. The name of a species 
offish. 

Ha-la-na, v. Ha and lana, to float. 
1. To overflow, as water orer the banks 



of a river, or over a levee or loft land. 
Amos 9:5. 

2. To float on the aurface of the water. 

3. To be overflowed; i, e,, to be drwacd. 

4. floo. To flood; to overflow wxth a 
flood. Jsa. 54:9. 

Ha-la-na-la-na, 0. See Halana. To 
overflow; to flow thick and fast, as the 
tears of one weeping ; nolaila i haUmalana 
ai lakou me ka haloiloi i ko lakou wai- 
maka ; to shed tearu. 

Ha-la-pa, v. In a prayer, to bring to 
pass ; to pray that ,; thing lioped for may 
be granted ; halapa i ke mauli kultala ia 
bale hau. 

Ha-la-wai, v. To meet, as two persons; 
to meet, as two lines in an angle. 

2. To assemble, as persons for business 
or for public worship. 

3. IJbo. To cause to meet with, i, e., to 
find. Kin. 27:20. 

4. To come to one for assistance. Hal. 
69:4. 

Ha-la-wai, s. A meeting ; a place of 
meeting ; the place of union between th« 
heavens and, the earth ; the space b^ween 
them ; same as lewa aadkiokui. See Hoo- 
KOl. JD. Maio 5:5. 

2. A meeting or assembly of people foi 
business or public worship. 

Ha-la-wai, adj. Of or pertaining to 
meeting ; hale lialawai, a iiouae for a p^- 
lio meeting. 

Ha-la-pe-fe, s. A tree ; the hala tree, 
a species of the pandanus; he laauano like 
me ka hala. 

Ha-la-pi-a, s. The white hala ; hala 
keokeo. 

Ha-la-^vi, v. See Halaiwi. To scruti- 
nize ; to look critically at. 

Ka-le, s. a house ; a habitation ; a 
dwelling" place ; mostly for men. 

2. A sheltered and inclosed place for 
any purpose. Note. — ^In ancient times 
every man was supposed to have six dif- 
ferent houses of some size. 

1. The heiau, house of worship where 't^>e 
idols were "kept. 

2. The rnua, the eating house for the hnsr 
band, and distinct from^the eatiiig house 
of the woman. Husband and wffe nevi- 
ate together. The miux was kapu to tho 
wife. 

3. The noa, the .separate house of the 
tlrife, but was free for her husbau'dtoentifl'. 
The woman ate in the hale noa. 

i. Hale aina, tho eating house of the wife. 

6, The kua, the house where tl)e wife 
beat out kapa. 

6. HalepeOj the house of separation for 
the wife during the periods of iier infirla- 
ity. They had other houses and for other 
purposes, but these were considered iteces- 



HAL 



144 



HAL 



sary fisturea for every peTson in respesta- 

ble alanding. See the above worcls in their 

places. 
Hi-tE-Ai-NA, s. Hale and aina. See 

AiNA. The eating house for the woman ; 

one of the houses anciently used to eat in ; 

the mua was the eating house of the man. 

See Rile. 
HA-i:.E-ArKA-L(L, s. House of the sun; 

name of the high monntain«on East Maui. 
Ha-le-a-lii, s. Hale and alii. A chiefs 

house; a palace. 1 Oihl. 29:19. Halealii 

palaoa, an ivory palace. Sai. 45:8. 
Ha-le-0-ne, s. a place made by men 

for a temporary residence ; sand or soft 

dirt made into a house ; kukulu lakou i 

haleone, ua kapaia he hale pnone ; more 

properly puu one, a sand pile. 
HA=iiE-OTPE-o-PE, s. Hole and opeope, to 

told up, as clothes. The name of the house 

where tiie chief's wardrobe was kept. 
Ha-l£-u, v. To comb ; to clear out ; to 

puiily ; to cleanse. 
Ha-le-u-ma, s. See Heleuma. 
Ha-le-u-mu, s. Hale and umu, an oven. 

Name of Lono's house. 
Ha-le-hau, s. flaZe, house, and Aaa, the 

hau tree. A house built of hau timber for 

the use of the gods. 
Ha-le-ha-la-wai, s. Hale and hakneai, 

to meet ; assemble. A meeting bouse ; a 

synagogue ; a place of meeting. 
Ha-le-ha-le, v. To sink down ; to fall 

in ; to flat downj as the roof of an old 

house. 
Ha-le-ha-le, s. A place deep down; a 

pit; kalehale poipu, deep under the surf. 

Laieik. 133. 
Ha-le-ha-le, adj. Deep down, as a pit 

dug ; deep, as a cavern. 
Ha-le-hei-au, *. Hale and keiau. See 

HEiikU. One of the houses of an establish- 
ment. See Haiji. 
HA-LE-Hoo-LTj-atj s. Hale and luhi. A 

house of bondage ; hence, 
2. Fig. Slavery. Lunlc. 6:8. A place of 

bondage. Puk. 13:3. 
Ha-le-hoo-ki-pa, S. Hate and Icipa. See 

KiPA, to turn in and lodge with one. A 

lodging house ; a house for strangers. See 

Halekipa. 
Ha-le-kaa, s. Hale and kaa, to roU. 

1. Any carriage with a top or covering. 

2. A chariot. Pvk. 14:7. 

Ha-le-kau-a, s. Hale and kaua, war. 

A fort; a tower; a fortification. Lunk. 

9:51, 52. 
Ha-le-ka-hi-ko-kap-a, s. Hale, kakifco, 

armor, and kaua, war. An armory; a 

place for storing or keeping arms. 



Ha-le-ka-ma-la, s. Bde and kamala, 
a temporary shed. 

1. A house quickly and slightly built 

2. A temporary shed ; a booth ; a tabet^ 
nacle. Mar. 9:5. _ i 

Ha-le-ki-a, s. Hale and kia, a post; n 

pillar. A portico to a house ; a verandah 

supported by pillars. 1 Nal. 7;6. 
Ha-le-ki-ai, s. Hale a.ni Mai, to watch. 

A watch tower ; a tower. J,unk. 8:9. 
Ha-le-ki-pa, s. Hale and kipa, to lodge 

a traveler. An inn; a lodging house. PtJc. 

4:24. 
Ha-le-ko-ko, s. Name of the house 

where the hoali', slept ; ua kapaia ka Aate- 

koko o ka hoalii. See HoAi.ii. 
Ha-le-ku-a, s. Hale and kua. One of 

the hou-ses of a residence. See Kua. 
Ha-le-ku-ku, s: Hale and kulcu, to beat 

kapa. Name of the house occupied by the 

woman in beating out kapa. See Kda 

under hale. 
Ha-l£-ku-la, s. Hale and kola {Eng.), 

school. A BChopl house. 
Ha-le-ku-pa-pa-it, *. Hide and laipO' 

pau, a dead body; corpse. A tomb; a sep- 
ulchre. 2 Sam. 1§:37. A grave. 1 JSal. 

13:22. 
Ha-le-la-au, s. Hale and laau, wood ; 

timber. A wood house, in distinction fi-om 

a grass covered house. 
Ha-le-la-na, s. Hale and lana, to float. 

A floating house ; applied to Noah's ark. 
Ha-le-la-na-la-na, *. See Halelana 

above. 
ELa-le-la-la-la-au, s. Hale, lala, a 

branch, and laau, tree. A house made of 

branches of trees or other slight materials; 

a booth ; a shanty. OiMc, 23:42. 
Ha-le-le-lo, s. Caves supposed to be 

in the ocean. 
Ha-le-le-po, s. Hak and lepo, dirt; 

earth. A mud house; a house built of 

adobies, or sun-dried brick. 
Ha-le-le-wa, s. Hale and lewa, swing- 
ing. A portable house ; a tent. los. 22:4. 
Ha-l£-lo-l£, s. Hale and lole, cloth. A 

cloth house, i. e., a tent. Stn. with hale- 

lewa. 2 Sam. 7:6. Poe humuhumu hale- 

lole. Oih. 18:3. 
Ha-le-lu, s. Heb. A psalm; naioZe^, 

the psalms of David. 
Ha-le-lu, v. Heb. To sing praise to 

Gfod. /er. 31:7. 
Ha-le-lu, adv. E mele halebi aku ia 

ia, to sing praises. 1 Oihl. 16:9. 
Ha-lb-lu-a, «. Hale and lua, a pit. A 

tomb ; a sepulchre ; a grave, 1 Sam. 2:6. 
Ha-le-lu-a-paa-hao, s. Hale and hut, 



HAL 



145 



HAL 



s& 



pit, and paa and hao, iron. A prison house. 
See Halepaahao. 
Ha-le-lu-ia, v. Heb. imperat. Praise 
tlie Lord. 

Ha-le-ma-lu, s. Hale and mdu, cool; 
shady. A' shaded house ; a shed. 

Ha-le-ma-lu-ma-lu, s. Same as above, 
Kin. 49:14. 

Ha-lb-mo-e, j. Hah and moe, to sleep. 
A sleeping house ; one of the houses of a 
Hawaiian house-holder. See Moe. 

Ha-le-mu-a, s. See Kale. Name of one 
of several houses of a house-holder in 
former times; the house where the husband 
ate his food. 

Ha-le-na-le, s. Clear moonlight. 

Ha-le-pa-a-ni, s. Hale and paani, to 
play. A play-house ; a theater. 

Ha-le-paa-hao, s. Hale and paa, fast, 
and hao, iron. A house of conmiement ; a 
prison house. 

Ha-le-pa-hu, s. Hale aad pahu, a box. 
Kame of a particular house in the war cere- 
mony. 

Ha-le-pa-paa, .V, Hale and papaa, se- 
cure. A store-house. Sin. 41:56. 

Ha-le-pa-kui, «. Hale and paha, to 
splice. A fortified house ; a tower. Kin. 
11:4. A pyramid. 

Ha-le-pe-a, s. ITafe and pea, filthy and 
unclean. See under Halk. A house where 
the mcnstruous women formerly were 
obliged to remain, laieik. 171. Notb.^ — 
The people might go to each woman's 
house, but the priests could not. 

Ha-le-pi-o, *. Hale and pio, an arch. 
A particular kind of a house. 

HA-LE-Fo-HA-Etr, s. Hale and pokaku, 
stone. A house built of stone ; a stone 
house. 

Ha-le-po-ki, s. The name of the heiau 
where the bones of the king were depos- 
ited. 

Ha-le-pu-kau-a, s. Hale, pu, a gun, 
and kima, war. A fort; a. tower,; a house 



4. To carry, as an armor bearer. 1 Sam. 
31:4. 

5. Fio. To bear the sin of others. Oihk. 
10:17. 

Ha-li, s. Contraction of kalii. That 
which is spread down, as a mat, a carpet, 
a cloth spread out. 

Ha-li-a, v. Pass, of hali for haliia. To 



Ha-le-pu-le, s. Hale and 'pde, to pray. 
A prayer house ; a house of worship ; a 
iaeeting house. 

HA-tE-PU-NA, s. , Hale and puna, lime. 
A house plastered with lime. 

HA-LE-pn-PD, ) s. Bale and pupupu, 

Ha-LE-PU-PU-PU, ) poor; frail. A tempo- 
rary, frail house. Isa. 1:8. 

Ha-li, v. To bear; to carry; to con- 
vey ; haii mai, to bring ; kali aku, to take 
or carry away. 

2. To bear, as a burden. Na}i. 10:17. 

3. To carry, as a child. Kanl 1:31. 

19 



Ha-li-a, v. To have a fond recollection 
of a person or thing. Xaieifc.116. Seenext. 

Ha-li-a, *. A symptom ; a premonition ; 
the first' beginning of a feeling ; ke kau a 
mai nei ia'u ka luuia o ka makau, ame ka 
wcliweli. LaieVe. 180. 

Ha-li-a-li-a, v. To have a recollection 
of a friend ; e halialia ana no nae ke aloha 
ia'u ma na wahi a kana ! ao ai. 

2. To become inteWt, as the mind, or 
fized, as thoaghts which keep one wakeful. 

3. To spring up, as thoughts or affections 
in the mind ; Jmlviiia ke aloha. Sec Lia. 

Ha-li-a-ii-a, s. The rising of a fond 
recollection of a person or friend in the 
mind ; ke kau mai siei ka TudiaV.a aloha ia 
lakou ; malaila no ka halialia aloha ana, 
there was the beloved reeoUoctiuQ. Laieik, 
34. 

Ha-li- A-Li-A, adj. Beloved; cheri.shed; 
remembered with affection ; ka manao ha- 
lialia a'u i ka manao i ki- ao, I have a fond 
remembrance of the desire for insti'uotion. 

Ha-lii, v. To spread out and lay do\vn, 
as a sheet or mat. 

2. To spread upon or over,a9agarmentj; 
io spread or cover over, as ^now over the 
tops of the mountains. Laieik. 112. 

3. To spread out, as grass or hay. 

4. To expose to view as something that 
had been concealed, los. 7:23. 

5. To spread, as grain upon a cloth. 2 
Sam. 17:19. To spread over, as a sheet. 

Ha-lii, «. The out or under side of 
leaves of certain plants; the under or dried 
leaves of plants ; laele. 

Ha-lu-ku-li, u. To be hard ; disobedi- 
ent ; stubborn. 
2.- To be thick. 

Ha-lii-lii. v. See Halu. To spread out 
or over frequently. 

Ha-lu'-pi-li, u To spread over a regiop, 
as a shower, like the spreading of & mat ; 
haiiipili i ke kula o Me, the shower ex- 
tends over the plain of Lahaina. 

Ha-li-u, v. To turn towards or from- 
as mai or aku is used. 

2. To turn one's attention to a thing ; to 
turn round to look. 

3. To turn the ear ; io listen. 

4. To tarn aside from following one 2 
Sam. 2:21, 22. 



HAL 



146 



HAL 



b. To turn from a direct road. Kanl. 
1 :40. IVilh pepeiao, to listen. 

6. To turn towards ono with love aad re- 
•spoct; manafl iho la au e /wira ae i ka Haku, 
i determined to turn to the Lord. 

7. iioo. To cause to turn, as the allen- 
tion or care. 1 ^fll. 8:58. 

Ha-li-u, s. What the fundament is 
wiped with; a word which Kamehameba 
applied to Keoua when he threatened to 
join kings against Mm. 

Ha-li-ha-li, v. The' frequentative of 
hali. To convey frequently ; to bring ; to 
carry. •JVaft. 11:14. 

Ha-u-ke, ». To liken J to resemble; to 
be like. 

i. To give equally ; to equalize in dis- 
posing of things. , 

8. Hoo. With me, to compare ; to do as 
one does ; to resemble some one in con- 
duct. 1 Ifal. 14:8. See Like. Note. — Like 
is the root, ha is euphonic. Oram. § 48 and 
211, 2. 

Ha-u-na, s. Bali and ana. A bearing 
or carrying j hence, 

2. A bearing, or personal appearance ; 
form; more generally /iaK»aii?ia. SeeLwA. 
Ha-li-na-u-na, s. See Halina. Resem- 
blance or similar appearance ; he helehe- 
lena like. 
Ha-lo, u'To turn; to look; to look 
at; a halo aku la au mahope; to sweep 
round. 

2. To spread out, as the hands in the act 
ol swimming. Isa. 25:11. 

8. To look out ;, to peep ; to look slily 
or shy. 
1 To rub, grind or polish. 

Ha-lo, s. The motion of the fins of a 
fish in swimming ; the motion of the side 
fins of a shark ; the motion of rubbing or 
polishing. 

Ha-lo-a-lo-a, v. To be rough or uneven, 

as with stones. 
Ha-lo-a-lo-a, s. Roughness. 
Ha-lo-i, ) p. 'I'o be about to weep; 
Ha-lo-i-lo-i, J to have tnat deep feeling 

that exists just before the tears flow. 

2. To shed or pour out tears. 

3. To wipe the eyes when weeping ; to 
wipe the tears of grief ; me ka haloiioi i ko 
lakou waimaka no ke aloha. See Haloko- 

I.0K0. 

Ha-lo-i-lo-i, s. The state of feeling just 

as one is about to weep; deep internal feel- 

ifig. 
Ha-lo-1-lo-i, adj. Weeping; shedding 

tears; ka maka holoiloi o ka ohia, the 

weeping eyes of the ohia. 

Ha-lo-ke, v. To rtib against each other, 
Ai, the ends of brolten bones. Anat. 26-.^'^' 



Ha-lo-ke, adj. Sprained or broken, as 

a limb. 
Ha-lo-ko, s. a paddle of water.stand- 

ing after a rain ; a small pool of water. 
Ha-lo-ko-lo-ko, v. To stand in pools, 

as water after a rain ; hence. 
2. To be'9bout,to weep; to have deep 

affliction. SeeHALOx. 
Ha-lo-xo-lo-ko, s. Small pools of water 

after a rain. 
2. Dibi-s of tears as they flow from the 

eyes. 
Ha-lo-ko-wai, s. a pool of water; a 

small lake ; o na waipunajhnihui, o na fta- 

lokowai. ' \ 

Ha-lo-ku,- v. To bubble up, as when a 

heavy rain falls into water ; haloku ka la 

o Kuluhaipo. 
2. To disturb the surface of smooth water, 

as when many small fish come to the sur-. 

face. 
Ha-lo-la-ni, s. The flight of a bird that 

sails round arid round wili but little mo- . 

tion of the wings ; lele ka pinao o Halo- 

lani, lele i ka lani. 
Ha-lo-h-i-li, adj. Lazy; idle; useless, 

as a x;anoe made in the mountains, and 

there lies and rots ; o Mano kapu o Jte ka- 

ele haloUili. 
2. Applied to lazy, useless persons. 
Ha-ltt, ) ^; "Jo be thin ; lean, as 

Ha-lu-HA-LU, ) a person poor in Sesh. 

2. ■ To be hungry for food. 

3. To be greedy after what is another's; 
to confiscate property, as chiefs in ancient 
time", 

Ha-lu-a, v. To lie in wait for one. 1 
Sam. 22:13. Hoo. To lie in wait in order 
to Jail or injure one. Jer. 9:8. 
Ha-lu-a, s. a ripple on the water; the 
rising up of water by the wind; he nao 
kuktt. 

2. A streak, stripe or seam, as of a stock- 
ing. 
Ha-lu-a, adj. Striped; seamed; streak- 
ed ; he lole h^lua; he kilika haiva. 
Ha-ht-a-ltt-a-,- «, ■See Lualua, soft ; 
flexible. 
l„,Tp be soft ; flexible. 
2. To be weak. 

HA-Lij-A-LU-A, s. Softness ; weakness ; 

ilexibility. 
Ha-lu-a-po', v. SaLua and po, night, 

1. To lie in wait in darkness. 

2. Soo. To waylay ; to lurk for one ; to 
lie in wail for a person with a design to 
kill hija. See Halda. 

Ha-lu-a-fou, v. To plant out bananas. 
Ha-lu-i, ) ^,. See Lull To turn ; to 
Ha-lu-li, J twist ; to shake. 



HAM 



147 



HAN 



Ha-ltt-ku, v. To wallow in the mire, 
68 -a hog. 2 Pd. 2:22. 

2. To lap water, as a dog ; e kope i ka 
wtu me he ilio la. 

3. To use the padclle in rowing. 
Ha-ltJ'KU-lu-ku, v. To fall, as a heavy 

ghower with a heavy sound f to drip, as 
water in a shower-bath. 

Ha-lu-la, V, To become calm, as wind 
after blowing. 

Ha-x-u-ia, s. a calm ; stillness, as the 
sea without wind. 

Ha-lu-le-lu-le, v. Ha and lule, to be 
shaken. To be weak: yielding; to be flex- 
ible. 

Ha-lu-lu, v. To roarj to rage; to roar, 
as tbunder; as the sound of a heavy wind; 
to roar, as the sea. Isa. 5:30. Ilcdulu aku 
1b ka pohakn i ke kahakai, the rock thun- 
dered off to the sea shore ; hahUu ana o 
Iniia ma kapuka o ka hale, sftoofc violently 
the door of the house. 

Ha-ltj-IiTT, s. a noise of a chariot and 
horsemen rushing to battle. 2 NaJ. 7:6. 
The noise of rushing water. Hal AW. The 
sound of thunder or wind. loh. 3:8. Ha- 
tuJuhekili. Hoife. 6:1. 

HA-LU-t0, s. The name of a fabulous 
bird in ancient times killed by the chief 
Waukulenuiaiku ; o haivhi, o ka mani kani 
halau. 

HatLU-NA, v. To summon men to work. 

2. To breathe hard, as when the nose is 
filled with mucuB. 

3. To snore. 

Ha-ma, v: To open, as ;he mouth. 

Ha-mau, v. imper. Silence; hush; be 
Btill. I/unk. 18:19. Alalia, hea mai la iu 
makou, i mai la, kamau kakou, then he 
called to us and said, let us be still. 

Ha-mau. v. With the imperative form 
e hamau, to keep silence as an act of wor- 
ship, zip. 1:7. . 

Ha-matt, adj. Silent, as a person who 
refrains from speaking. Sol. 10:19. Re- 
strdning speech. 

Ha-matj, adv. Silentlyt Sol. 11:12. 

Ha-matt, s. a species of the ohia tree. 

Ha-ma-ktj-a, 5. The name of two dis- 
tricts of land; one on the north-eastern 

' side of Hawaii, and the other on the nortli- 
eastevn side of Maui. 

Ha-ma-ktju, v. To raise ,up and stand 
erect, as the hair with the fingers, &c. 

Ha-ma-ma, v. The 9th conjugation of 
the verb harm. To open wide, as a door : 
to open, as the mouth. See Hama. 

2. To' gape, as the earth. Nah. 16:30, 32. 

3. To open, as a door, box or book. 

i. Moo. To cause to op«ni to open wide. 



Hul 35:21. Fig. To cause to open the 

mouth. IM. Sl:10. 
Ha-ma-ma, adj. See Hama. Open.; dis- 

clos^ed. 
Ha-ma-ma, adv. Openly; standing open, 

as a door. los, 8:17. 
Ha-wa-rk, ) s. Eng. A hammer. lAink. 

m-ME-KE, ) 4:21. 

Ha-me, s. Name of a tree supposed to 
be very superior for the finest cabinet work. 

Ha-me, s. 

Ha-mi-ha, v. To make calm, as the sur- 
face of the sea. 

Ha-mo, v. To stroke over with the hand; 
to wash the face ; to rub or brueli, a.'-; in 
cleaning clothes. 

2. To besmear with blood; to plaster 
withlime ; to anoint with oil. Puk, 29:2. 
Or ointment. 2 Sam. 12:20. 

3. To bend orcrook the arm, as in doing 
the foregoing things ; to crook round ; to 
bend round, as an oval surface. 

4. To be exactly circular, as a good cal- 
abash; naftamo kaipu. See Ana. }I(m. 10. 

Ha-mo, adj. Anointed ; plastered ; be- 
smeared; ina hele ke kanaka me ke poo 
hamo palolo, if a man went with head he- 
smeared with white clay ; mea hmno, oint- 
ment; perfume. 

Ha-mo-u-la, s. Harm, rubbed over, and 
uZa, red, A kind of kapa colored or stained 
red ; similar to Icmula. 

Ha-mo-ha-mo, V, Freq. of hamo. To 
rub ; to feel frequently ; to touch ; to nib 
the hand over a surfaxie. 

Ha-mo-ha-mo, s. Name of an office ex- 
ecuted by one of the servants of the king. 

Ha-mo-le, adj. Rounded and smooth, 
as the edge of a board. 
2. Small, as the eyes ; he m^ka limnole. 

Ha-mu, v. To eat fmgments of food ; 
to eat the skin ; to pick bones ; to scrape 
up and eat what is left ; e ai hamu. 

Ha-mu, s. The refuse of food. 
Ha-mu-i-li, s. The class of persons about 

a chief; a distinct class of persons with 

superior privileges. 

Ha-mu-ha-mu, u. To crumble up into 



2. To eat fragments. See Hamu. 

Ha-mu-mu, s. A lov? indistinct rumbling 
sound; an Indistinct sound of conversation. 

Ha-mu-mu-mij, V, To talk in a low in- 
distinct manner ; to whisper. 2 Sam^ 12:19. 
To talk in a low voice just above a whisper. 

Ha-na, v. To do ; to work ; to cause ; 
used in the most exiensuve sense ; to act ; 
to labor. 
2. To inake ; to do a thing ; to aafoot ; 



HAN 



148 



HAN 



to produce. iJow. 3:32: To perform a duty; 
to cause a thing ; to 7juild, as an edifice. 

3. To form for & particular purpose. 

4. To observe a ceremony ; to keep a 
command. Puk, 12:47. Pass. To cause to 
be dotie, i. e., to become. Puk. 15:25. 

6. To be or become warm. See this in 
the compounds fiiHAKA, Ma or Mehaka, 
Hasahana, and Kobeana. Note. — Hana is 
qualified by other words; hana paa, to 
bind ; imprison. Lak. 3:20. Saiia is often 
used in a causative sense. OiA. 3:12. Mana 
hou, to proceed to do again, fcr something 
similar. 0»ft.5:3. jHantf make, to destroy; 
kill. Bom. 14:15. Eana, kanawai, to keep 
a law. ffana is often causative of the fol- 
lowing verb. Isa. 42:2. Hana ino, to do 
ba^ly- Sana kumu ole, to do without 
cause. Moo. To cause or compete. Mek. 
14:23. To work; to aflJiot PvJe. 1:13. To 
refresh ; to renew. 

Ha-na,,.?. Work; labor; duty; office; 
calling; trade, &c.; kana mana, a miracle; 
hana aka lani, the doing or the work of 
the chief. 

Ha-na, s. Name of the white or wauki 
kapa. 

Ha-wa, s. Name of the. middle post of 
a honsii ; pou hana. 

Ha-na-a-le, v. To pester; to hector; 
10 rally- 

Ha-nab, v. To blunder in doinga thing; 
to labor it trifles. 

Ha-nae, s. Vain labor; trifling effort; 
a blunder. 

Ha-na-ea, v. See Hana. To do ; to 
work ; to make a thing. 

Ha-nai, v. From hana and ai. To feed; 
to nourish, as the young. 

2. To support, as those in need. 1 2fal. 
,18:4. 

3. To feed, as a flock ; to feed ; to fius- 
taln, as a people. Kan!. 32:13. 

4; To entertain, as strangers ; e hookipa 
i namalahini; hanai waiu, to give suck; 
to enokle, ae an infant. .Mat. 19:24. 

5. To »ct the part of a parent towards an 
orphan. 
Ha-nai, s. One fed or sustained by an- 
other ; a foster child ; a ward. 
Ha-nai, adj. Nourished; fed; applied 
to the receivor ; a servant, &c. X«fc. 1:54. 
Fig. Keiki humi, a foster child. 

2. Applied to the giver; as, makua toiai, 
a foster parent ; he :j.!n hanai, &o. 
Ha-nai, v. To skim along the ground, 

as a bird. 
HA-Nit, s. Name of the strings that 
surround a calabash. 
2. Kite strings. 
Ha-nai-a-hu-hu, v. JTowfli, to feed, and 
hu, to swell oat 



1. To feed or stixff with food,' as a favo- 
rite hog or dog. 

2. To make a pet of a hog so he will fol- 
low everywhere. 

3. To feed, as a child or any young ani- 
mal from birth ; he keiki hanaighuhu n^'u. 

4. To be fed or brought up by hand, as 
a cosset or any young animal. IToo.'tiie 
same ; ua hoonanaiakiihu ka puaa i ka poi. 

Ha-nai- A-HC-HtT, adj. Full fed; plump; 
swelled out ; pu^ar hanaiahvhu, a pet hoe 
well fed. 

Ha-na-i-li, s. Sania and Ui, the skin, 
A tanner; a manufacturer of leather. Oih. 
9:48. 

Ha-nai-pu, s. The feeding of a god with 
the person who carried him ; o ke kanaka 
nana e amo ke akua' ia ia no e hanai aka 
ai, ua kapaia he harMimi, 

Ha-n.i-oi, s. Harm and oi, sharp. A gen- 
eral name for cutleiy, as knives, <fcc.; sueh 
things as are sharp ; a unuhi ae 1 ka Aa-- 
jiooi, (iien he drew out his knife. 

Ha-nau, v. To come frous or be sepa- 
rated, as a young animal from its mother ; 
to be born. 

2. More rarely used in .an a„tive sense to 
bear or bring forth, as a mother. Kin. 16:1. 
Note. — The translators of the Hawaoiaji 
Bible have used the word in the active 
sense for want of a better term, but Hawai- 
ians seldom do ; it mostly expresses the 
act of separation of the child from the 
mother ; hence in a neuter or passive sense 
often, then was horn to ovfoi- (such a one) 
do and so. Kin. 5:3, and throughout 

3. Soo. To cause to be l^orn, i. e., to 
beget, as a father. 

4. To bring forth, as a mother. JSak. 
11:12. Hanau ana, the being born, i. e., 
the birth. Jlfa^. 1:18. 

Ha-natj, s. Child-birth. 

Ha-nau, adv. Hoo. Ka holoi hookanau 
hou ana, the washing of r'egereration. TU. 
3:6. 

HA-NAU-A-NAtf-A, i;. To whisper. See 
Hawanawana. 

Ha-nau-hp-pjj, ^. Thp, second child in 
relation to the first, or the third in relation 
to the second, &c., even to the last, accord- 
ing to the connection. 

Ha-nah-ka-hi, s. Hamw,, bom, and kahi, 
one. The-one born, i. e., an only child of 
parents ; the only born. Sol. 4:3. 

Ha-nau-ka-ma, adj. Hanau and kama, 
a child. Child bearing; fruitful in chil- 
dren ; epithet of a mother having borne 
many children. 

Fa-nau-mha, s. Banau and viiuty the 
first ; the first boia of parents. 
1. The fii'Bt child. See Hiapo and Maka- 

BIAFO. 



HAN 



' 2. Fio. Ka hanaumua o ka moke, the 
first born of death. lob. 18:3. 
Ha-nau-na, s. For kanau ana. Is used 
for relations in generaL JSin.i7:l. Equiv- 
alent to iMahanau. See Kin. 47:3. 

1. A circle of relatione of the same faux- 

Jiy. 

2. A succession, as of father, son, grand- 
son, &0. 

3. A generation, i. e., people living at 
the same time. Kin. 5:1. 

Ha-nait-wa-le4. Siee Hanawalea. 
Ha-nau-wa-ha-paa. See Hanawaha- 

PAA. 

Ha-na-ha-ka, v. To be severe; to be 
hard ; to affect evilly ; to afiSict, as a fatn- 
■ ine. Kin. 47:13. 

2. To he fatal j dea«lly, as siokneaj. 

3. To be warm, as from violent exercise; 
to be warm, as by the sun or fire. Note. — 
This word is often used by foreigners as an 
intensive of hana, to-do 'quickly or fre- 
quently, but HawaiiJBis never use it in this 
sense unless in imitation' of foreigners. See 
Hana, 

HA-NA-HA-NA,<id;. Warnj; heated, as 
with exercise or other ways. See Eaiuxa, 
Mehaka, &c. See the root H.4K4- 

Ha-na-ha-na, adj. Disa^eep.ble to the 
sn).ell ; offensive ; stinking ; ^naJiMa ka 
ai awaawa. 

Ha-na-ha-i»ai, *. SeePALiPALi. A place 
near the top of a pali oa the ascending sid<?. 

Ha-na-ha-kau-na, s. Hana, a redupli- 
cation, and hanauna, a generation. A rela- 
tion ; a kindred ; relations by friendship. 

HA-NA-HA-NAa-NA, adj. Coteiflporaiy 
born ; of the same age. 

Ha-na-he-mo, v. Hana and hento, to 
loosen. To loosen ; to let go ; to untie. 

Ha-na-he-mo, s. a feeble state of health; 
state of weakness. 

Ha-na-hi-o, v. Hana and Mo, to lean 
over. 

1. To cause to lean or push over from an 
upright position. 

2. To stagger in walking; to go tore and 
there. 

Ha-na-hi-0, s. a Staggering; a walking 
crookedly. 

Ha-na-hi-hi-t;, ) s. Hana, a wort, and 

Ha-NA-HI-KI-tt, \ hihiu. wild. A strange 
work; a miracle. NoTK.-:-The last form, 
hanahikiK, was found la a Hawaiian maau- 
soript, but it may be a mistake for haj^uhi- 
hiu, therefore both ai-e inserted. 

Ha-na-hi-hi, adj. Ea7iaa.niMM. Wild; 
uncirfl ; untamed. 
, 2. Branching, as a vine, &c. 

Ha-na-ho-kai, v. Hana and hokai, to 
waste. To behave foolishly; to behave 



149 .HAN 

carelessly ; to act the spendthrift; to do 
mischief. See Hokae. 

Ha-na-kai, v. Hana and kai ; same as 
. hokai. ,To erase; to blot out; better written 
hanahae. 

Ha-na-ma-na, s. .Sana and mana, super- 
natural power. The words are often sepa- 
rated ; as, hana mana. 

1. Something done above or be; end 
human ability: a work of the gods; hence, 

2. Used in the Bible for a miracle. Note. 
Hawaiians supposed there was a class of 
gods having superhuman power, and next 
to these were the highest chiefs, who were 
reverenced as gods. Kamehameha was one. 

Ha-na-ma-nu-ea, v. To blunder ; to be 

careleiis ; to be slow in movement. 
Ha-bta-na., adj. Crooking inwardly ; 

bending ; flowing away. 
Ha-na-na, v. See Halana, a change of 

I for n. To flow , as water ; to ovei:flow, as 

a stream its T)ack8 ; to overflow land. 
Ha-na;NAI, V. To be lofty ; proud, 
Ha-na-nai, *. Loftiness ; pride. • 
Ha-na-paa, v. Ham and paa, fast • 

tight. To fasten; to make fast; to tighten 

The fiill form is hama apaa. 
Ha-na-pe-pe, v. HaTia a.nipepe,hxciieii 

fine. 

1. To bruise greatly ; to crush ; to hurt 
severely. Hal. 44:19. 

2. Fig. To be pained. Uzek. 6:9. 
Ha-na-wai, v. Aia hartavmi kou niakua- 

Mne. Xaieifc. 171. Twices-ra.withmai. Ih, 

1. A euphemism for kahx, koko. 

2. To void urine. 
Ha-na-pi-lo, ^ adj, Sana and pilo, pu- 
Ha-NO-PI-LO, > trid or bad smelling. 
Ha-NU-PI-LO, ) Hoarse ; speaking with a 

low hoarse Voice, as with a cold or sore 
throat. See these words in their places. 
Ha-na-wa-le, v. Hana and wale, only. 

1. To do for the sake of doing ; ^o do 
something without reward, i. e., gratuit- 
ously. 

2. To work without design as to the end. 

3. To labor in vain. 

4. To do oi say a thing in sport. 
Ha-na-wa-le, s. A gratuitous work; a 

benefaction. 
Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, s. a boisterous, noisy 

person. 
Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, adj. Obstreperous,- 

fiill of noise in talk. 
Ha-na-wa-le A, v. JETawa and jsa&o, sat-, 

isfaction. 

1. To live, act or do as one pleases. 

2. To be satisfied with one s self or one'e 
condition. 

3. To be C'OUtented. 



HAN 



150 



HAN 



Ha-na-wa-lea, & Self satisfaction ; 

contentment; quietness. 
Ha-na-wa-na-wa, v. HaWauawana by 

inversion of letters, which see. To whisper. 
Ha-ne, s. He nui ka hane ma kel^i 

alii ; irregularity (perhaps) in living. See 

EUneeani;. 
Ha-mea, v. To have no appetite. 

2. To be indolent ; inefficient ; stupid. 
Ha-nea, s. Having no appetite ; loss 

of strength ; indolence. 
Ha-nee, V, Ed and nee, to slip; slide 

along. 

1. To fall flat, as a decayed house ; to 
flat down; to tumble down, as a stone wall. 

2. To slip or slide down, as an avalanche; 
uakapaia o Eaholo mahope o knhanee ana 
o ka pali, It (the place) was called Kaholo 
(the moved) after the sliding down of the 
pali. See Neb. 

Ha-nee-nee, v. Intensive-of the above. 
To bitch along ; me he oopa la haneenee ae 
la ka nee, as a lame man hitches akmg his 
pace. 

Ha-ne-ha-ne, v. To cry; to wail, as 
the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do. 

Ha-he-ha-ne, *. The wailing or crying 
of tne spirits ; hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o 
ka hanehane,ra6 ka leo uwe ; (the air) was 
filled with the voices of lamentation, and 
crying ont and the sound of wailing. 

Ha-ne-ne, v. To blackguard; to ase 
vulgar, filthy language. 

Ha-ne-ne, «. Low, vulgar, filthy lan^ 
guage ; blackguardism. ' 

Ha-ne-be, TOim. adj. Eng. A hundred 

Ha-ni, v. To step lightly; to walk 
softly. 

2. To graze or just to touch in passing, 
as a canoe does a rock. 

3. To pass quickly through the air with 
a humming noise. ' 

Ha-ni-u, s. Ea, but-end or stem of a 
leaf, and niu, cocoanut. The thick large 
heavy end of a cocoanut leaf used in beat- 
ing tue sides of kalo patches. 

Ha-ni-ha-ni, p. To make first or slight 
advances in tempting to adultery. Boo. 
The same. 

Ha-ni-le, p. To prepare for company ; 
to receive company. 

Ha-ni-na, s. a pau, an ancient woman's 
garment colored with olena or turmeric. 

Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoc and Hanihani. 
No right ; no portion ; no part in a thing. 

Ka-ni-ni, t). See Nini and Ninini. To 
overflow : to run out, as water from! a ves- 
sel full ot liquid ; to spill. 

2. To pour out, as water. 2 Sam. 14:14. 
To pour down, as a powerful rain, ha, 46:8. 



3. To be gone ; to disappear. Jer. 49:7. 

Ha-no, s. The- asthma ; a cough ; a 
wheezing with the breath ; a cough, a sig- 
nal of one's presence, laidk. 146. la wa 
no kani aku la ka hano, then he emitted a 
cough.' lb. 

2. A syringe for giving injections ;. a 
squirt-gun. See Haeako. 

Ha-no, v. To use, as a syringe; to in- 
ject 

Ha-no, ) p. To breathe naturally, as a 

Ha-nu, 5 -well person. Hoo. The same. 

Ha-no, ) j. The breath ; the power of 

Ha-NTJ, 5 breathing. OVi. 17:25. The nat- 
ural breath, 

Ha-no, adj. Desolate : lonely, as a place 
uninhabited ; silent ; still. 

Ha-no-a-le-wa, s. a temple ; a place 
for sacrifice. 

2. The oven of the temple ; be heiau, be 
luakini. ' 

Ha-notj, v. Hano, to breathe, and u, 
pain ; grief. To pant ; to breathe with dif- 
ficulty. 

Ha-nou, s. a hard oi; difficult breath- 
ing ; the asthma. 

HA-No-HA-No,.)t,. To honor; to exalt; 

Ha-NU-HA-NQ, J to triumph. 

2. To be rich 2 to have the honor that 
wealth gives. 

3. Moo. To raise to honor, glory, &o. 

4. To exercise authority or dominion. 
Mat. 91:16. 

Ha-no-hA-no, s. Glory; honor; pomp; 

splendor ; excellency ; especially such as 

arises from wealth. 
2. Wealth ; the privileges of wealth. 
Ha-no-ha-no, adj. Glonous; honored; 

grave; sober; dignified. 1 Tim. 3:4, 11. 

Also, 
2. Proud ; haughty. 
Ha-no-na, o. To drag a long fishing 

line towards shore ; to lie along stretched 

out, as a long line. 
Ha-no-na-no-na, s. An artificial pond 

made, but in letting in the water it will 

not hold: 
2. A kahawai that overflows with water, 

but the rain stops and the stream is dry ; 

he hanonono, he panonono. 
Ha-no-no-no, adj. Cracked; full of 

holes ; hakahaka, pukapuka. 
Ha-no-pi-lo, v. To be hoarse; to speak 

in a deep-toned voice ; to speak, as one 

without a palate. See Hanamlo. 
H4-N0-P1-L0, adj. Hoarse ; speaking 

with a deep-to:ied voice. 

Ha-nu, v. See Hano. To breathe; to 
emit air from the lungs. LaiMk, 104. 
2. To beat ; to throb, as the pulse. 



HAN 



151 



HAP 



3. To act with energyl 

4. To be 80' exceedingly angry that one 
cannot stand still, that he nins one way 
/then another, ranting, scolding and threat- 
ening all that oome in his -way. 

5. Hoo. To breathe furiously or ansrily. 
i'Kfc. 15:8. ^ 

Ha-nu, s. The breathing ; the natural 
breath. 

2. Breath; spirit. Pig. 2 OiW. 9:4. Ilanu 
wale, m^e existence without enjoyment ; 
vanity. lob. 1:16. 

3. Breath, i. e., anything etaneccent; 
vanity. Hal. 39:S, 11. 

Ha-nu, adj. Na mea hanu, the breath- 
ing things, i. e., people. los. 10:40. 

JIa-nui, s. Ha and. nui,giea.t. Thebut- 

■ end of the stem of a cocoanut leaf. 

Ha-n0-i, s. Name of a species of fish. 

Ha-nu-ha-nu, v. To smell ; to smell, 
as a dog following the track of his master ; 
e imimaka7iam(/ianw ana l* ka ilio e loaa 
ai ka hookapulii. 
. Ha-nu-nu, v. To bend over; to be stoop- 
ahouldered. See Oohu. 

Ha-nu-nu, adj.- Stooping; bending over, 
as a stoop-shouldcred-person. 

Ha-nu-pi-lo, i;. See Hanomlo and Ha- 

KAPU.O. 

Ha-nu-a, v. To be low ; level ; plane ; 
flat ; to lie flat. See Hoxua. 

Ha-nu-a, adj. Level; plane; flat 

Ha-nuu, s. Stairs; steps for ascending ; 
uneven places. See Nco. 

Ha-nuu, adj. Rising by steps ; ala ha- 
nuu. Pufc. 20:23. 

Ha-nuu-nuu, V. SeeHANUu. To ascend, 
as upon stairs ; to go up stairs. 

2. To lay one thing on the top of another. 

3. To be uneven, as stairs ; as protuber- 
ances on a plane. 

Ha-nuu-nuu, s. Stairs; steps, &c. 

2. Uneven ; irregiilar places on. a plane. 
See Hanto and Nun. 

3. irregular flashes, of flame; also, 

4. Vibrations of sound. 
Ha-nuu-nuu, adv. Irregularly; n&t 

smooth: unequally; ina i ulanla hanuunuu 
ke ao, if the clouds be unequaUy red. 
Ha-nd-ha-nu, s. Name of a pastime 
among the aocient Hawaiians ; kekahi lea- 
lea o ka hctnuhanu. 

Ha-nu-na-nu-na, s. The rising of fumes 
from the stomach to the nose, as in drink- 
ing soda-water, or after eating highly fer- 
mented food, as new risen poi. 

2. The hard breathing from <he stoppage 
of the nose. 

Ha-nu-pa, s. Ha and nupa, deep mud. 
A deep muddy pit ; a dark hole. 



Ha-nu-paa, ,s. Hanu and paa, tight. A 
cold or catarrli. 

Ha-nu-pau, s. Hanii, to breathe, and 
pau, to finish. Tho gasping of a dying per- 
son ; the giving up of the spirit ; he hanu- 
pau ka make. 

Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, v. Ha&ninupa,soit; 
niuddy. To be muddy; soft; to find it 
difficult to walk from slipperiness. See 
Hanupa. 

Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, adj. Slippery; muddy, 
aa a road bad from deep mud ;. unsteady, 
as by walking in a bad road ; allowing the 

. feet to sink m, as a sandy or very dirty 
road. 

Ha-nu-pi-lo, v. See Hanapilo and Ha- 

KOPILO. 

Ha-pa, v. To diminish ; to make less ; 

to decrease"; to "be partly done, as a job of 

work. 
Ha-pa, s. An indefinite part of a thing; 

a few ; a small part. 
Ha-pai, v. To lift up; lo elevate; to 

take up ; to carry. 
2. To raise the hands, as in taking an 

oath. Kin. 14:22. 
■ 3. To honor; to praise; to exalt &r past 

deeds ; to recompense. Eset. 6:6. 

4. With pu, to assist (ne in his business; 
t/O act together. 

5. To take ilp, that is, commence, as a 
speech. Nah. 23:7. 

6. To conceive, 'as t female ; to become 
pregnant. Oihk. 12:2 Hoo. To conceive. 
Fig. Nah:n:l2. _ 

Ha-pai, adj. Haviig conceived; preg- 
nant, as a female ; lou hapai ana, thy con- 
ception. Kin. 3:lf Hapai ana, the con- 
ception (of femaleii) 

Ha-pai-a-na, s. See Hapai above. 

Ha-pau-ea, s. lb, breath, pau, all, and 
ed, life. 

1. Short breaih ; applied to invalids and 
aged persons. 

2. Weaknes-; feebleness. 

Ha-pa-u-mi, ■. Hapa, part, and umt, 
ten. A tend part; a tenth. Kin. 14:20, 
Note. — Thi word has been used errone- 
ously 'by Jtiwaiians to moan a small coin, 
six and f quai-ter cents, which is not a 
hapaumioi any known coir. ; hapaumi is 
ten cent, or one-tenth of a dollar ; hapa- 
vnlu is one-eighth of a dollar, or twelve 
and aJalf cents; hapaha is one-fourth of 
adoUc, and hapalua is ono-half of a dollar. 

HA«PAr-PAU, adj. Besmeared; dirty; 
obsoired, as glass, furniture, &c. ; ua ka- 
pmqau ke aniani, ua hapaupau ka papa, e 
ho^l ae. 

Ha-'A-jU, s. Hapa, part, and Iia, four. 
Afourth part of a thing. Mh. 23:10. A 



ftAP 



162 



HAW 



(jaartef; specifically libo sum of twenty-five 
ce^ti), or a quarter of a dollar. 

Ha-pa'^ha-pai, v. See Hafai and Hoo- 
UiiLGi. To lift or toss il^, as a child. 

HA-fA-Ko-Ltr, s. Hapa and k<^u, three. 
A third part of a thing. 

HA-tA-KU-E, t. To be twisted in the 
legs and fcut ; to be deformed ; to bo crip- 
pled. 

' 2. To stammer or be slow in speech, as 
an aged person ; ma ka olelo a«na eliema- 
kiile, ua lohl ke kamailio ana, hapakrte ka 
waiia i ka olelo. 

Ha-pa-ku-e, ddj. Crooked; deformed; 
crippled. 
2. Stammcrine ; hesitating in speech. 

Ha-pa-ku-i, v. To stammer. See Hapa- 

KUE. 

Ha-pa-la, v. See Pala. To defile ex- 
ternally ; to disfigur« ; to besmear. 

2. To daub ; to paint ; to plaster with 
lime. KarU. 27:2. 

3. Fio. To be satiated, 1. e., stained, as 
with blood, tsa. 31:6. 

4. To be soft, as kalo killed with cdld or 
drought; ua hapala ke kalo, ua pala ke 
ki'.mu. 

Ha-pa-le, s. a shovel or trowel. 
Ha-pa-li-ma, s. Hapa, part, and lima, 
five. One-eah: a fifth part of a thinar; 

Ha-pa-lct-a, s. Ha^a, part, and lua, two. 

One-half; a half part. Puk. 24:6. This 

word is used specifically for half a dollar 

as Impaha is for twenty-five cents. 
Ha-pa-pa, s. a Stratum of rOck covered 

with thin earth ^ a stwiy place. 
2. Earth covered with stones. 
Ha-pa-pa, adj. Shallow, as earth above 

the rock ; .shallow ; not deeply planted, as 

seed ; o kahi hapapa i ulu ole a mac koke. 
Ha-pa-pa-pa, s. and adj. Very shaUdw, 

Ac. See above. 
Ha-pa-wa-le, s. Hapa and wale, only. 

Only a part ; a few ; a small portion. 
Ha-pa-wa-lu, s. Hapa and. wahi,e.ight. 

The eighth ; the eighth part of a thing ; 

specifically, the sum of twelve and a half 

ceuia. 
Ha-pe, adj. Wrong! incorrect. 
Ha-pou, *. Name of a soft porous kind 

of stones. 
Ha-po-po, adj. Dim-sighted ; almost 

blind ; blear eyed, as one who cannot see 

clearly ; kapopo ka miika. 

Ha-pou-pou, adj. Blurred; darkened 
or whitened over, as the eye ; o like me 
poaeae ; hapoupou ka muka. See IIavopo. 

Ha-pu, s. Name of a vegetable eaten j 
in time of famine. ' 



Ha-ptt-ee, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Ha-pou, v. To be many? to be multi- 
tudinous ; to abound in plenty 5 thick to- 
gether. 
Ha-puu, adj. Many; abounding; plen- 
teous. 
Ha-puu, s. Name of a species of large 
fern ; the root is ratable in time of famiive. 
Sec Kauai'uu. 
2. Name of a species of flsh. 
Ha-puu-puu, v. To be undecided as to 
what one ha.s said ; to be not plain as to 
the meaning of something said ; ua hapxu- 
; puu kana olelo, aole akaka ; ke hapmpvu 
' net ka manao, mafaope p»ha akaka. 
Ha-puu-put;, a«^'.' See Hapuu, many. 
To be numerous; hapuupwi ke lulo Hilo 
i ka ua. 
HA-puu-PTjg, s. Name of a species of 

flsh. See Hapuu. 
Ha-pu-ka-'o-hi-o-hi, V. To speak fool- 
ishly ; to talk noniiense ; ma ka hapvkaoki- 
ohi ana paha a ka waha ue ka poe Kauai la. 
Ha-ptj-ka-o-hi-o-hi, 3. Foolish, nonsen':- 

ical talk. 
Ha-pu-ka, ) I,. To gather up everything; 
Ha-pu-ku, ) to collect together indiscrim- 
inately good and bad ; to Ecrape together. 
2. To be crowded together, as thoughts 
in the mind ; pillkia iho la oloko, ftapuku, 
hapxdcu mai la ka manao ana. 
Ha-ptt-na, s. a dirty puddle of \vater. 

See Kio, Hai.6kowai, &e. 
Ha-wa, v. To be daubed with excre- 
ments ; to be defiled ^ to be in a pitiable 
state. 
Ha-wae, s. The white sea-egg. 
Ha-wae-kai-nui, adj. Awkwaid, as in 
diving and gpatterUig the water much; 
hawaekainui ke kanaka i ka Inu. 
Ha-wae-wae, s. a species of«mall lob- 
ster. 
Ha-waI, v. To pour water on an oven 

when heated to generate steam. 
Ha-wai, y. To pour or dash water on to 
an oven to increase the steam ; i hale pa- 
liraa, hale tiatixti m& ka la hookahi. 
Ha-wai, adj. Pertaining to the place or 

business of steaming food in an oven. 
Ha-wai, s. Apipefercohveyingvrater; 

a lead pipe, hose, &c. 
Ha-wal-i, s. Name of the largest island 
of the Hawaiian group, and gives name to 
the group. Fi-om time immemorial the 
people have called themselves "ko Ha- 
waii," Mnd the'islands "ka pae aiiia o Ha- 
waii," " na moku .Hawaii," &o. 
Ha-wai-i-a-kea, s. Broad or large Ha- 
waii ; i kana na ke kaikamahine alii o 
itav>aiiakea. Laicik. 168. 



HAD 



153 



HEA. 



Ha-wa-ha-wa, adj. Filthy; dirty; espe- 
cially with such £rt aa sticks to one. See 

HiWA. 

Ha-wa-le, s. Lying; deceitful; no con- 
fidence m, 

Ha-wa-li; ) «. a place where veg- 

Ha-wa-li-wa-m, J etatioa grows around 
a salt pond. 
2. A kind of slimy, sticky fish. 

Ha-wa-na, v. To whisper ; to speak in 
the eai' ; to speak in a low voice. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, v. To whisper, &c. 
See IIawana. A huki iho la ia ia, e ftawa- 
naviana i kona pepeiao, he palled him to- 
wards himself to whisp^ in his ear; to con- 
sult against one. Hal. 41:7. 

Ha-wa-na-wa-na, s. Whispering; low 
talk in the ear ; soft conversation. 

Ha-wa-ne, s. The name of the palm 
coeoanut 

2. The frnit of the tree otherwise called 
loulu: the frnit is eatable ; its leaf made 
into hats. 

Ha-wa-wa, v. See Hawa, To be awk- 
ward; foolish; ignorant; not to know how 
to do things. 

Ha-wa-w.^!,,. s. Awkwardness ; igno- 
rance; without skill or energy to obtain it. 

Ha-wa-wa, adj. Awkward; unapt; un- 
skillful ; ignorant ; rude ; weak in knowl- 
edge, mm. 1:21. Mea Jiatoatoo, a silly 
person. Idb. 5:2. 

Ha-we-le, v. To lengthen; to lengthen 
by tying on a piece ; e loloa ae ; hence, 

2. To tie or lash on with a cord or string. 

3. To bind or secure by tying ; to fasten 
by tying. 

4. To bind on, as shoes or sandals. los. 
9:5. To tie or fasten on, as a sword. 18am. 
25:13. As the cover of a vessel. A'oA.19d5, 
As armor generally. Kaid. 1:46. 

5. I'd shoe; to put on shoes. .^es.6:15. 
Ha-we-le, »'. A tying on; a binding on. 
Ha-we-na, s. a substance similai to 

chalk: chalk. 

2. Hoariness; the wlu&hness of .gray 
hair ; a hoary or gray head : hapala iaika 
hawena, danbed with whilasnncBs. 

3. Applied to a gray headed man who 
has but little wisdom. 

Ha-we-we, v. To make a monotonous 
rustling sound, as one moving his feet, 
dramming with his fingers, &c. ; nehc, ne- 
neke. See TJb and TJecb. 

Ha-we-we, s. A rustling indistinct 
sound ; a slight rumbling sound. 

Ha-da-sa, s. Hei. The myrtle tree. Tsa. 

41:19. 

Ha-da-sa, adj. Lala hadasg,, myrtle 
branches. IS'eh. 8:15. 
20 



Ha-re, s. Eng. Name of an unclean 
animal ; a hare. Oihk. 11:6. 

He, art. The indefinite article, answer- 
ing somewhat to English a or an. For its 
various uses, see Gram. § 66, 111, Kale 6th, 
Syntax, Ac. 

He, s. a grave; a place where one per- 
son is buried. Km. 36:20. A sepulchre ; 
he lua kupapau. 

% A dividing line or boundary between 
lands. 

He, s. Name of the little worm that eats 
the leaves of the coeoanut and the palm- 
leaf pandanus. 

He, s. Nameof a weapon used in war; 
bawane, he laau hanaia i hs kaua. 

He, e. To roar, as a strong wind, such 
as roars down the ravines ; he leo o ka 
makani kauaula kahi i Ae iho nei, ke nee 
nei i na kahawai. 

He-a, e. To call; to give an appella- 
tiofl. STO.withkapa. Joan. 13:13. To call 
to one ; to call one. 

2. To choose ; to appoint 

3. To sing or recite a mele ; ina ku ke 
kanaka i ka hta mele ana, if any man stand 
up for reciting a mele. See Kahea. 

He-a, s. a call ; a .calling out ; a cry. 

He-a, adv. int. Which ? what ? When ? 
where? referring to place, inhere; ka hale 
h^a? what or which house? ka manawa 
kea? when? what time? &c.; it is declined 
like a noun. See Gram. § 160 and 165. It 
takes also other prefixes; as, auhtaf pe- 
kea? &c. 

He-a, v. To eat up entirely; to leave 
. nothing uneaten. Note, — This was applied 
to the last hog that was sacrificed on the 
, eighth day at the dedication of a heian. 
' The hog itself was called puaa kea, as it 
was to be entirely eaten up. Should any 
person refuse to eat of it on this occasion, 
he would be immediately sacrificed ; or if 
any part of the hog should be left after all 
had eaten, they would all die by some 
dreadful judgment. 

He-a, e. To be red or sore, as inflamed- 
eyes ; to be stained or colored red. 

He-a, s. Sore eyes ; inflamed eyes. 

He-a, adj. He ua hea. See Ua, *. A 
cold rain. See Konahea, cold rain. See 

KoNA. 

He-a. Used as a sufSx to various wordg, 
as paapuftea, meaning perhaps heavy qi 
smoky. 

He-au, s. Name of the place where 
fishermen set the basket in catching fish ; 
tl>e place was artificially built ; alalia ku- 
kuin hou i mau AcoiA— mft ka hcma o ka'- 
mokupuni, me ke kukulu heau no. 



HEE 



154 



HEl 



He-a-iu, adv. int. Me and aka. Lit. A 

what? what? why? 
He-a-ha, ». . To what ; to ask what ; 

heatia mai ]a kekahi, heaha ia ? a ceilam 

person whatted (asked what) is it ? Gram. 

§3T. See Aha. 
Hk-a-he-a, u See Hea. To call; to 

call freiiuently ; to call out; to call for 

help yriOx earnestness. 
Hea-eea, ». See HiiA, 0., to be red. To 

imprint with spots ; to stain, especially 

with rc4 colors; to be smeared, as with 

red dirt. 
Hea-hea-ia, s. a calling; a voice of 

calliDg ; aote nse i loaa ka heaheaia mai. 

Tjaidk. 91. 
. Hea-hea-hea, adj. See HeAhe a. Wann, 

&c. ; bald. 
He-a-hi-o, adj. Lazy; loitering behind. 
He-a-na, s. The dead body or corpse 

of one or niore slain in battle Sanl 28:26. 

A carcass of any dead animal. Mai. 24';2& 

See He, a grave. 

Hee, v. To melt ; to change from a 
solid to a liquid snbstance ; to ran, as a 
liqwd ; to flow, as biood or water. 

2. To slip or glide along; to melt away; 
to play on the surf-board. Xaieifc. 91. Stee 

HEENiLir, 

3. To flee through feat; Ite kau» ana. o 
ka poe i Jiee. makau lakou ; to flee ; to be 
dispersed in battle. iK». 34:10. 

4. To melt ; applied no, to the heart; to 
be feacl'ui : cowardly. Xanl 20:8. 

5. To be disappointed, /so. 23:18 To 
dip up and pour out water; to skim jff' the 
scum, as cream, &c. See Auhee. 

C. Impeiaiiveiy, hee akti paha, b- oft'; go 
about your business ; contractioi perhaps 
for hele. ; 

Hee, s, a flowing, as of bimd or other ; 
liquid. 

2. A flight, as of a routed army. | 

3. A bloody issue, catsimenia ; he Af* 1 
koko ka wahine ; heskolua, to slide on the ! 
holua, a pastime among 4e ancients ; hee- 
nata, a playing on the ssrf-board. 

Hee, s. The squid, irom his slippery 

qualities. 
2. The rope that supports the mast; a 

stay. 
He-e-he, v. To bteat, as a goat. 
Hee~hee, v. The .13th conj. of fee. To 

flow or melt avay ; to disappear ; to be- ; 

come li(^uid ; *o flee in battle ; tj dip up i 

water with a cup, ifooi To melt away, as { 

an army ; hence, to flee ; to run. 
2. A word used in enforcing the highest 

kapus. 

Hee-hee, f. A boil; a sore emitting 
matter. See Hbhe. Boot ftee. 



2. An avalanche or pali slidden down ; 
earth or dirt fallen 'down from a steep side 
hm. 
He-e-hi-a, w. To be filled with awe ; 
■ to tremble with fear. See EfcHU. 
Hee-ho-lxj-a, v. Bee and hiitta, a ma- 
chine something: like a sled upon which tke 
ancients slid down hill; a pastime among 
the ancient Hawaiians. See Hoix'i. 
Hee-kke, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Hee-ko-ko, s. Hee and tUiho, biood. A 
flowing of blood ; any great flow of blood ; 
.spedfiii(iB.y, the catamenia. Oihlc. 15:25. 
Hee-ma-ko-ko, s. Name of a species of 
large squid fouu<2 in the ocean, not eata- 
ble ; he hee nui loa ia ma ka moana, he 
mea ai ole ia. 
Hee-ma-ko-lj', s. Squid that has been 

cured with -'alt. anfl is red. 
Hke-na-lit, v. Hee and nala,ihe surf. 
To slide down Uic surf; to play on the 
surt-bo*rd. See below. 
Hee-n>(:LU, s. Bee and nalu, the surf. 
A pbying on the'surf, a pastime among the 
auaenta; the name of their play on the surf. 
Hes-ne-hu, s. The name of a species 
it small fish; he uabuki heenehu na ka 
lawaia. 
SEE-Pt?-L0A, s. A fisn of the sqiiid genus. 
'Hee-wa-le, v. Hee and iJiale, only. To 
melt easily ; to flee, as a cow^d in lime of 
danger. 
He!, s. a net; a snare for entang'ing 
and taking an anima} ; applied tt> men. 
Sol 29:5. 

2. A draught of fish. I/iike i:i., 

3. Game caught ia hunting. 

4. A cat's cradle. Sal. 

Hei, v. To entangle, as in a net. 
Hohak. 1:15. 

2. Fig. To be insnared or entangled with 
difficulty. 1 Tim. 3:7. 

3. To catch and entangle one by the ncclc 
or legs ; i mea e Aei ai ka a-i, ka wawae 
paba. 

4. ffoo. To catch in a net. J'lO. Zvke 
6:10. To entrap, entangle, &n. ; ua makaii 
an i ka mea kii nifti ia'u e hookei ultu, i aoi 
afraid of him wijo shall come to miinip in(-. 

Hei, s. The form of hanging grtv-as 
about the house of the gods to render the 
sacrifices acceptable; i mea c. hoobiwahiwa 
aku. 

2, A wreath of green leaves. Fig. Au 
ornament ; o ke akamai o ka makuakano, 
e lilo no ia i hei na ke fceiki, the wisdom of 
the father, it shall become a virmlh for the 
child. 

Hei, s. The name of the pawpaw tree; 
ateo called mili. 
2. Also the name of the fruit, 



HEU 



155 



HEH 



Hei-au, j;. a small secret room in the 
large temple. 

2. A. large temple of idolatry among 
Hawaiians ; a temple for the worship of 
oup or more of the gods ; e kiikulu oe i 
ma\i heiau no na akua, no Kh, no Ijono,no 
Kane ame Kanaloa, build thou some tem- 
ples for the goda, for Ku, for Lono, for 
Kane and Kanaloa. 

3. The /leioft was one of the six houses of 
every man's regular establishment — ^tho 
house for the god ; cono hale o na kanaka, 
he heiau, oia kekahi, men had six houses, 
the heiau (temple) was one. 

4. In the Bible, a high place of worship. 
2 Ml. 12:14 ; Isa. 15:2. 

Hei-e, s. a servant to a prophet who 

reported his declarations. 
HeI-hei, u To run, as in a race ; to 

n>n a race. Jlcd. 19:5. 
Hei-hei-ho-lu-a, s. a race with the 

hooliiSi ; a sliding down hill on a lioolua. 
Hei-het-na»lu, s. Ileihei and naiu, sni;f. 

A riding tho surf in the way of a race be- 
tween two or more persons; an ancient 

pastime. 
Hei-hei-waa, s. a race between, two or 

more canoes ; practiced much in former 

times. 
He-o, adj. Proud ; haughty ; used 

mostly with tlic causative luia. See Haahbo 

a,n<l Hooauo. 
He-0, s. The semen mascnlinum; eojii 

ka puu, i olu jka heo ? 
JJe-o, ) ^,. To be ill haste, as an assem- 
He-oo, ) bly to disperse. 

2. To be in haste to go, as one afraid or 
jiot welcome. 

3. T-o be in doubt what way to go,- 
He-o-he-o, s. The glans penis j applied 

to men and to some animals; witbm the 
prepuce ; loaa ka heoheo. 

He-u, s. Down or ftfie hair. 

2. A youngster : a young man, from his 
down or first beard ; kiiu kaae o ka wa 
hen ole,my husband from the time o^?/ou<A 
(without a beard.) Luieik. 204. 

3. The quicksilver on the back of a look- 
ing-glass ; boloi lakou i ka hsa o ka aniani, 
thoy washed oif the quicksilver of the glass. 

4. The work firet done, the speech firet 
made, the first movement in an affair. 

He-u, V. To begin to growy as the 
beard ; he kanaka qpiopio wale bo, akahi 
no a hen. 

J1e-u, adj. The first shooting of beards 
in boys ; he keiki hea, a ehpd bearded. 

Hjs'u, } «. With a shajj) break in 

He'u-HE'u, ) pronouncing, to sing, as birds; 
to sound, as the voice of birds ; to sound, 
ae toe voice of spiritB with sweet soimds. ' 



He-u-he-u, v. See Heu above. 
He-u-kae, v. To split, as ^ cane. 

2. To treat one badly ; to use harshly. 

3. To act the villain. See Hai'Kai:. 
He-tj-mi-ki, adj. Good. 
He-ha, adj. Lazy; indolent; slow in 

work; opii 7icAa. 2';M;12. Translated sioic 

hdlks. iSyn. with ulana, Molowai Icahana-, 

manaka. 
He-iie, v. See Hee. To run or flow 

out, as an ulcer or the contents of a boil. 
2. lloo. To melt or cause to become 

liquid, as metals by heat. See Heehee. 
He-he, v. To laugh j to mock; to de- 
ride. 
He-he, s. A swelling ulcerated on the 

skin, 
He -HE, s. The upper calabash of a drum. 
He-he, adj. Ulcerous ; belonging to a 

boil ; mai hehe. Kanl. 28:27. 
2. Molten ; that which has been cast. 
He-hee, v. To melt, as metals ; to 

liquefy any solid substance. 1 Fei. &:12. 
2. Ffn. To soft'jn, as the heart ; to make 

fearful. Pufc. 15:15. 
o. IIoo. To molt and cast into any figure. 

Puk. 25:12. To cause to be soft; unstable; 

e lewa. 

4. To flow ; to :;un, as a liquid metal ; 
he pohakn i hoohehee wale ia no. See Hee. 

tiE-HEE, s. With mai, a running sore, 
Oihk. 13:18. 

He-hee, adj. Roo. Liquid; thir^j flow- 
ing ; melting. Sol. 17:3. 

He-he-hee, v. See Gram, k 228. A 
poetical form of the verb Aee, to flow away, 
1. e., to fade, as the colors of calico ; hehe- 
Tiee i ka wai, to fade by washing, 

He-hei, v. See Hei. To entangle in a 
net, as fish or birds in a snare. 

He-he-0, v. E peeaniki, e koheo, e 
pueo. Kamdk. 

He-he-lo, v. To be like the helo or 
ohelo, a reddish brown ; hence, 
2. To be good looking ; grand ; proud. 

He-he-na, v. To be mad ; crazy ; in- 
sane, /er. 25:16. 

He-he-na, s. A madness. iTawZ. 28:28. 

2. A mad person ; hana iho la e like me 

na }tehena ame na holoholona, they acted 

like madnien and brutes. 2 Nal. 9:11. See 

Ehbs'a. 

He-he-na, adj. Insane; crazy; deliri- 
ous ; raving mad. 1 Sam. 21:13, 14. 

He-hi, v. To tread upon. Kanl. 1:36. 
To trample down. See Eai. With kajmai. 
Kard. 11:24. ■ 

2. To put the foot upon, a symbol of sub- 
jection. 70S. 10:24. 

3. To trample upon, i. e., disobey or dis- 



HEK 



156 



HEL 



regard, ad a Uw ,' hehi na mea a pau ma- 
luna o ke kanawai o ka aina, everybody 
trampled upon the law of the land ; hehi 
berita, to trample- apon or disregard a 
covenant. Lutnk. 2:20. 

i. To loathe, as a full person bis food. 
8ol. 27:7. 

He-hi, s. a treading; a place for tread- 
ing; kabi hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor 
where grain was trodden ont. Nah. 15:20. 

He-bo, s. A cob ; a corn cob. 

He-hu, V, To pull up by the roots ; to 
root up. 1 Ned. 14:lfi. 

2: Fic. To root out, as ,a people ; malia 
paha i hehuia makou i poe nana ekuhikuhi 
I na iwi o ka poe kahiko, perhaps we shall 
be rooted up aa those who shall point to the 
bones (land-marks) of the ancients. 

3. To pull ttpfortraaspIanting4 to trans- 
plant. 

4. To carry manure for the good of -a 
transplanted tree. 

He-hu, v. To summon to work or to 
war ; to warn oat 

He-hu, s. A tree pulled up for trans- 
plantation. 

2. Mist ; steam : vapor ; spray from the 
sea. See Ehu and Hhihokal 

3. Name of a 'medicine. 
He-hu-kai, s. See Eiiu. Heku and Icai, 

the sea. The spray of the sea. 

He-hu-na-kai, s. He and hina, small 
particle, and ixit, sea. The spray of iiie sea. 

He-ka, Xadj, Sore 5 red, as in- 

He-ka-HE-ka, { flamed eyes; eyelids turned 
' out by inflammation. 

He-kau, v. To tie with a rope. 

' 2. To make fast, as in anchoring a boat 
or cask, by tying to stones or rocks tmder 
water. LaieUc 12i. Aoleelilo,ua?ieJi;au{a. 

He-kau, s. A large strong rope for fast- 
ening boats, canoes, &c. 

He-kau, adj. Epithet of a large strong 
rope ; he kanla fte/cau; strong ; firm. 

He-ke, s. a nail or pin to hang things on. 
2. One thing up over another; a sail 

- drawn up over another sail. 

He-ke, adj. Fallen, as the countenance 
with shaTie. 

2. Faded ; wilted, as a plant. 

3. Angi'y ; cross ; reluctant 
He-ke-he-ke, adj. Weak; faint; des- 
titute of energy. 

He-ke-ke, adj. Hakake, leilei, pokole. 
He-ki-li, «. Art. ke. Puk. 9:33; Puk. 

20:18. Thunder; avoioefirom the clouds. 
"i. Anything terrible, raging, terrific; uhi 

paapu mai la oia i na hekili o ke kuko ino. 

Lai^h. 196. 
He-ki-li, v. To thunder. Hai. 29:3. 

JIoo. To vav<ie to thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. > 



He-ku-ni, s. a steward. 

He-ku-pau, s. Be, a grave, and kupa- 
pau, a dead body. A grave ; a place for 
depositing a corpse. Nah. 19:16. 

Hb-la, )adj. Eednessofthecor- 

He-LA-HE-LA; ) ner of the eye ; jpart'al 
blindness ; o ka paholcholo o ka ill, hela- 
heUi ino ka poe i hana pela. 

He-le, v. To move in any way to a 
large or small minute distance; the quality 
of the motion is expressed T r other words. 

2. To walk ; to go ; to more. 

3. To act ; to exhibit moral cond,uct. 1 
Kor. 3:3. 

4. To stretch, as a string or rope. 

6. Boo. To cause one to go or pass on. 
jEiefc. 16:21. To desire or pretend to go on; 
to depeu^ ; aole uae e pono ia laua e hoo- 
hde wale 1 na pohaku hoohde ; htU kue, to 
go against, as an enemy. Inaik. 1:10. ^eie 
wale, to be or to wallc about naked. See 
Belswale. Edi e, to go before ; ke he2< 
aku nei ke keiki, the child grows, i. e., in-' 
crease* in statiire ; IttU liilii, belelei, to 
scatter ; to separate. See the compounds. 

He-le, s. A noose i a snare for catch- 
ing birds. See Pahele. 

2. A going ; a passing on ; a journey ; a 
course. 

He-le-a, v. To put a noose around die 
head of a shark ; i heka ka o kai o ka lani. 

He-lei, adj. Inflamed ; opened, as the 
eye, so a^ to turn the lid out; he maka 
h4ei, an inflamed eye. 

He-lei, v. To open or spread open, as 
the legs; to straddle. See KuSklel A 
Cfpecific word, and rather iudelicate. 

2. To say no by a signal, that is, by pull- 
ing down one corner of the eye slily. 

He-le-0, *. A vulgar word for the welu 
used in wiping the fundament. 

He-le-u-ma, s. jBck, to move, and Mma, 
to grasp. 

1. The stone anciently used as an anchor 
to hold a canoe. 

%. In modern times, an anchor of a ves- 
sel ; aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka moku, the 
anchor of the ship was not let down, Fio. 
lUb. 6:19. 

He-ije-he-le, V. See Hele. To go 
through; hence, to cut up; to divide asun- 
der, as with a imife or shears. See Madelc. 

He-le-he-le-na, $. The external ap- 
pearance of a person, his form, contour; 
especially the face of a person. lak. 1:23. 
With maka, the appearance of tiie face. 
Dan. 10:6. HMuima ka poiDO,/ace of 
sadness. Laieik. 142. 

He-le-ho-nu-a, v. ^e?e and /(onua, pre- 
ceding ; going before. To precede ; to go 
before ; to do previously. 



HEL 



157 



HEM 



He-le-ho-mu-a, v. Hde, a noose or snare, 
and Aonua, adv. To tie ; to bind ; to en- 
tangle ; to cateh in a snare or net. 

HE-I.E-SI-KA-HA, V. Hde &nd kikaka. 

1. To act in ignorance of wliat is doing ; 
to iroik in obscnrity. 

2. To wander a loi^ way off; a pro- 
vnrbial expression, msn noho a hmdakaha 
aktt, act not witliout object. See Kikaha^ 

He-le-ki-ki, v. Hele and kiki. See Kiei. 

To act hastily ; to do quickly ; to go in a 

hurry. 
He-le-lei, v. Hele and lei, to throw 

away. 

1. To scatter, as any email articles ; to 
spill, as water. 

2. To distill, as dew, i. e., to fall upon 
one, as music or a speech. Kmd. 3i-X 

3. To slaver with one's spittle. 1 Sam. 
21:13. 

-. To scatter, i. e., to fall, as seed sown. 
Mat. 13:4. ifoo. To cast or throw away, &o. 
He-le-lei, adj. Scattered; dropping or 
falling, as tears ; halawai oia me kana 
keiki me ka waimaka hddH, she met with 
her eon mthflov,ing tears. 

2. Broken or crumbled, eo as to separate. 
Tog. 9:12. Crumbling, as ilirt; he lepo 



He-le-pe-la, V. imperat. Hde and pela, 

tbuij; so. 

, 1. Be gone ; be off ; get out ; go just as 

you arfc j often more full ; thus, e Aefe Jop 

joeld, get you gone clear away. 
2. Boo. To cast out; to throw away; 

to diive off. 
Hfi-LB-wA-us, t'. Hde and i{»i2e, in the' 

condition one is in naturally. See Wam;. 

1. To go about destitute of clothing; to 
be naked. 

2. To be poor; desUtate of comforts. 
See IiiiHOTJB. 

3. To go or bie anywhere without any 
fixed purpose ; helewale mai nei au, I hap- 
nened to come along here. Note. — ^The 
words are often written separately. 

He-u-0, v. To face about; a military 
teno. See Haluj. 

He-lo, s. Name of a species of whor- 
tleberry, of a reddish brown color ; gener- 
ally written oheloj hence 

He-lo-he-lo, adj. Red as the ohelo 
berry ; reddish brown, 

He-lo-he-lo, v. To h& red like the ohelo. 

He-lu, v. To scratch the earth, as a 
hen ; to dig potatoes with the fingers ; to 
paw the ground, as an angry bull. 

2. To count ; to number ; to compute ; 
to reckon up the sum of numbers. Pufc. 
30:12. ^ . ^ 

3. To reckon in favor of one or agamst 
him ; to impute, dhk. 7:18> 



i. To tell ; to relate ; to recount some 
past transaction. 2 Nal. 8:4. 
He-lu, «. The seeds of the puakala. 

2. Shot used in shooting birds. 

{{e-ltt, adv. Reciting or proclaiming 

the v!rttt6s of a deceased person ;.alaila, 

nwo hdu mai In- ia, penei, a uwe fteiu ^o la. 

Laietk. 60. 

He-lit-ai, ». The office of a person en- 

f' aged in ttie play of kiln ; a lalan mai ka 
eluai i ke kifu. 
HE-Lu-u,arfy. Pass, of Mm. That which 

is counted or reckoned in. Nah. 7:2. 
He-lu-u'ka, s. See Helu. Eduia and 
ana, a number ; a numbering. The being 
numbered. 1 Oyd. 27:1. 
He-lu-he-lu, v. To read ; to con over 
and over ; to read in or from a book. 

2. To recount; to make mention of some 
past transactioOr 2 2M. 23:2. 
Ue-lu-na, £. Helu and ana. Gram. ^34. 

1. A numbering, counting, &c. ; hence, 

2. A number, L e., the result of counting. 
Boik. 13:18. Ua like Hahehina o konamaa 

' nibo me ko ka lio, the num&er of his teeth 
is like that of a horse. 

Hb-lit-ho-i-ee, i. Helu and fuiike, to 
show. An arithmeticon, a frame with 
strings of counters, used as an aid in solv- 
ing questions in arithmetic; a modern word. 

His-MA, adj. -Lett; applied to two op- 
po^te things ; as, lima luma, the Uft hand, 
m distinction from lima akau, the rigid 
hand: welan hema (in geograpliy), the south 
pole; opposed to welau amu, the north 
7)010; kanakalimabema, a left-handed man. 
IJunk. 3:16. Note. — ^In marking the car- 
dinal points of the compass, a Hawaiian 
will place himself back to the east aad his 
face to the west ; hence, his right indicates 
the north and his left the sonu. 

He-ma-H£-ma, adj. See Hema. Left- 
handed; hence, 

2. Awkward, as a left-banded man ; un- 
skillful; inexpert 

3. Boo. Dull of apprehension; ignorant. 
JJom. 1:31. 

4. Wanting; lacking; destitute. Oihk. 
22:23. 

He-ma-he-ma, v. SeeHEMA. To be des- 
titute of ; to want. Kanl. 16:8. I makau- 
kan ko oukon hoi ana, aole e hemahema, 
that you may be supplied on your return 
and not be deslUvie. 

2. Boo. To make destitute ; to deinive 
of; pehea kakou e hoohemdheina nei i kp 
kakou ola? how are we oepriwnj ourselves 
of our living I 

He-ma-he-ma,^». Want; need; neces- 
sity. 

He-ho, v. To loosen; to untie, as a 
rope ; to cast off. 



HEM 



158 



HEW 



2. To come ou* ; move away ; depart ; 
to turn off, as a lenant; to dispossess of 
one's land, 

3. To loosen, i. e., to sail, as a Tessel; to 
set sail. 

i. To break loose from restraint or con- 
finement; to break over ft boundary. Puk- 
19:21. 

6. To break off a habit ; to wean, as a 
child ; i hem.o ke keiki i ka wain, let the 
cliiia be broken off from the tailk, i. e., 
weaned. 

6. Eoo. To loosen, &c. ; to put away, 
i. e., divorce, as married persons ; he wa- 
hine i Hoohemoia.. See On and Hooki. 
He-mo, *. A loosening; a separation of 
things once united ; ua like ka Imno me ka 
makili. 
He-mo, adj. Loose ; separating. 
He-mo-e, adj. Hem.&iad. c,' strangelyi 
i. e., very much. Faint; hungry; gasping; 
near dissolution of soul and body ; dying ; 
hemoe. ke aho, the breath is very loose. See 
E, afl!>. 
He-mo-he-mo, v. Freq. of hemo. To 
Iposen often or very much. 

2. To be weak fifom fear; to be unfast- 
ened. 

S. Hoo. To take away; to separate; to 
takeoff. P«fc. 14:25. 
He-mo-he-mo, s. A separating; agoing 

off; a loosening. 
He-mo-le-a-l'b-a, v. Hemo ani lea, joy; 
cheerfulness. 7'o consent cheerfully to 
one's going for, or doing a thing ; to bid 
Wm God speed ; ka ae pono ia aku ; ka 
hele ana aku me ka pono. 
He-Mo-le-le, v. Hemo, to loosen, and 
Z«Je,to jump or fly off; to be sepaiate from 
some other thing; hence, 

1. In a natural sense (the dofeci of a 
thing is supposed to have been separated), 
io be complete ; perfect ; fully finished. 

2. In a moral sense, to bre^t or separate 
from what is wrong or evil. Kanl. 26:19. 
In this passage the lele is evidently used as, 
the intensive of hemo, i. e., to be entirely 
separated. Oihk. 19:2. 

3. To be perfect; lacking nothing; com- 
pleted, as a work. 1 loan. 2:5. Also in a 
moral sense. Kol. 4:12. 

4. To be perfect ia moral rectitude. 1 
JfaZ.8;61. To be holy; perfect. 1 Pet 1:15. 

5. jBoo. To perfect; to finish, l^zefc.- 27:4. 
I1e-mo-i:,e-i,e, s. The perfection of a 

thing. 

2. Virtue; holiness. OiA. 3:12. A sepa- 
ration from what is evil; goodness; a state 
of glory. 

He-jko-le-le, adj. Perfect ; faultless ; 
holy; complete. Hal. 139:22. 

He-mu, V, To scare or drive away, as 
fowls,' pigs, &o. 



He-na, s. The hollow of the thigh. 
Kin, 32:25. The buttock; the nakedness 
of a person. Isa. 47:8. The place of tie 
kanha intestine. Anat. 52. The mons, 
veneris. 

He-na-he-ma, v. See Henehene. 

He-na-lu, v. See Hkenalv. 

He-ne, s. a bundle, as of potatoes or 
other things done up for carrying. See 

He-ne, u To laugh at ; to mock ; to 

deride. See Hxnehbxe. 
He-we-he-ne, v. To laugh in derision j 

to mock ; ixt^ treat a person or thing with 

contempt. 

2. To oaat off and forsake as worthless or 
contemptible. 

3. To be secretly pleased when another 
falls ; applied to wicked men when a good 
man falls into sin. Sol 25:10. With the 
passive heneheneia,io be the subject of rid- 
icule. 1 Nal. 9:7. 

4. Hoo. 1 laugh scornfully; to reproach. 
Isa. SJ:ii. E henehtroe mai ka make itv, 
lakou, death mocks them. 

He-ne-he-ne-ia, s. Mockery; contempt. 

2 Oild. 29:8. Superciliousness ; haughti- 
ness. 
He-ne-he-ne, adj. Disdainful; foohsh; 

insipid ; aka, i ka poe hewa, he raea hen^' 

ft.ne ia e lakou ka nani o ke Akua 
He-ni-po-a, adj. See Nipoa. Feeble; 

debiUtated ; weak. 
He-nu, V. To anoint, &c. See Hmn. 
He-nu-he-nu, v. See Hinuhinu. To be 

smooth ; to be polished. 
2. To be shining. 
He-nu-he-nu, adj. Shining; glittering; 

polished. 
He-pa, s. A shaking of the limbs ; the 

palsy ; a sitting in silence. 
He -PA, adj.. Mischievous; false; lazy; 

nani ke kanaka kepa. 
He-pa-he-pa, adj. A person so diseased . 

that he cannot help himself ; applied to the 

palsy. 
He-i-a-no-a, adj. See Panoa. Dry and 

parched, as land. 
He-pu-e, s. See Pue. A pushing on or 

along ; the rapid flow of a current. 
He-wa, v. To be virrong ; to be in the 

wrong ; to act or to be in error. 

2. To sin, 1. e., to go contrary to right ; 
to transgiess. Isa. 43:27. To be viciously 
inclined. 

3. Hoo. To accuse ; to find fault with ; 
to complain. See Abewa. 

4. To condemn ; to reprove. 

5. To be under a cnrse ; to be accursed. 
Kin. 3:17. 



HIA 



159 



HIA 



He-wa, s. Error ; wrong ; sin j vice ; 
often connected with ino and halw. Pvk. 
34:7. 

2. The fruit or consequence of sin, i. e., 
punishment; overthrow, i^unfe. 20:41. He 
mau hewa lele wale, little vices that spring 
up of themselves and are not punished. 

He-wa, adj. Wrong; improper; sinful; 
wicked. 

He-wa, adv. Erroneously; wrongfully; 
hele kexoa, to go wrong ; to miss the right 
way.. Fig. To commit sin; 

He-wa-he-wa, v. See. Hewa, to be 
wrong. To make a mistake ; to commit an 
error ; mostly used in the causative. 

2. Hoo. To forgei' one's appearance or 
name. 

3; To mistake one person for another. 

' 4. To be deranged in mind ; to be silent 

and unsociable through alienation of mind. 

He-wa-he-wa, s. A rnistake of one per- 
son or thing for another. 

2. Derangement of mind from sickness. 

3. Sullen silence. 
He»wa-he-wa, adj. Crazy; unsound in 

mind ; qmad. ler. 29:26. 

He-be-do-ma, s. Gr. A term or space 
of seven days ; a week \ a space of seven 
years. Kin. 29:37. 

He-be-ea, , s. Heb. A Hebrew ; a man 
of the Hebrew race. Kin. 14:13. t)ne of 
the descendants of Abraham ; mostly nsed 
as an adjective. 

HsfiBE-EA, adj. Hebrew; pertaining to 
th6 Hebrew people. \P«i;. 21:2. Also per- 
taining to lie Hebrew language. Luk. 
33:38. 

He-ke-e-ke-la, s. Engl Herschelj the 
planet of that name. See Astronomia. 

Hi, V. To droop ; to be weak. 

2. To flow away, as the contents of the 
bo wels in a dysentery ; to purge. 

3. To blow out with force any liquid from 
the mouth. 

Hi, s. A' flowing away; a purging, as 
in dysentery. 

2. The name of the disease called dysen- 
tery ; he hi Ka mai. 

3. A hissing sound, as the rapid flow of 
a liquid ; hikoko, a bloody flux. Oih. 28:8. 
See Hikoko. 

Ki-a, v. To rub ^,wo sticks one upon 
another to. obtain fire. See Aclma and 
AuxAHi. E hana i ke ahi me ka annahi, a 
maluna iho ka aulima, alalia kuolo me ka 
anai ana i mea e a i ke ahi. 

2. To reflect ; to think. . 

3. To run about as wild ; to strut about. 

4. To entangle ; to catch; as in a net ; 
eha ai i ka npena. 

Hi-a, s. a reflecting; the act of think- 
ing. 



2. The person who Catches or entangles 

fish in a net. 
Hi-a, adj. Roving; unsteady; alsopn- 

taugled. 
Hi-A. The passive termination of many 

verbs instead of ia; aa, p<iuhia tor pavia. 

Oram. § 48. 
Hi-A-A, V. To lie awake ; to be sleep- 
less ; restless while attempting or wishing 

to sleep ; e Maa ana no kona aloha, he was 

wakefvi on accour t of his love. LaiMh. 205. 

See UiVKV 2. 
2. To be absent from one. as sleep : to 

be sleeples.". as one troubled in mmd. 

Dan. 2:1. 
Hi-A-A, adj. Sleepless ; desiring to ' 

sleep, but cannot. 
Hi-A-Ai, s. Strong desire; a deSire which 

keeps one awake during the time of sle<rn ; 

applied to the mind; o ka hiaai o ka naau. 

Hi-A-Hi-A, V. See Hie and Hiehie. To 
be honorable ; to be honored ; noble ; to 
be respected. 

Hi*a-hi-a, v. See Hia, to rub two sticks 
for fire. To obtain fire by rubbing two 
sticks. 

Hi-a-hi-a, s. Goodness; honor; nobility. 

Hi-A-Hi-A,' adj. Fading; transitory; 
soon done. 

Hi-A-KA, V. To recite legends or fabu- 
lous stories. See Httaka. 

Hi-A-KA, s. The recitation of legends. 

2. "A particular kind of mele or song. 

3. The company of gods "belonging to 
-Pele ; among the class called akuanoho. 

Hi-A-KU, s. Name of a place in the sea 

beyond the kainli, and inside the kohola. 
2. The name of the fish caught in such a 

place. 
Hi-A-LA, ». Hoo. Zam. Haw. 16:i,3. To 

be greedy of food ; to eat lar^ly of all 

kinds of food. 
Hi-A-Mo-E, V. Hi, to droop,. a, until, and 

moe, to prostrate. 

1. To lie asleep; to sleep; to fall asleep. 

2. Fig. To rest in sleep ; e hiamoe i ka 
make, to sleep in death, i. e., to be dead. 
1 Nd. 15:8. To die. Kml. 31:16. 

3. To fall prostrate, as if' asleep. Dan. 
8:18.. 

Hi-a-mo-e, s. Sleep; deep sound sleep; 

rest in sleep. Stn. with moe. Sol. 6:10. 
2. Hiamoe, the sloth, an animal of South 

America. 
Hi-A-po, s. The first born of parents. 

See Makahiapo. Panina, the youngest 

child, or mulikope ; first of several childreij. 

iVe/i. 10 :36. In opposition to mulihope ; .me 

ka leo na keita hiapo, aole me ka leo o 

na keiki mulihope. 
2. The first born of animals as well as of 



Hn 



160 



HIU 



men. Fide, 12:12. Biapo is a!?o oitposed 
to muli or rmdi ha. los. 6:26. 
Hi-E, V. To be good; excellent; grand; 

used mostly in compounds. 
Hi-E-Hi-E, V. To be excellent or good 
in appearance ; maikai loa ke nana aku. 

2. Boo. To show a splendid appearance; 
hence, 
.3. To be proud; self dignified; haughty. 
4. To be regardless of others; to act 
shamelessly or unseemly. 1 Kor. 13:5. 
Hi-E-Hi-E, s. Boo. Dignity in appear- 
ance ; honor. 

2. Pride; haughtiness; overbearing con- 
duct.. 
Hi-E-Hi-E, adj. Neat; tidy; good; lively. 
2. Proud ; haughty ; o na mea hoohiehie 
ame na mea Icalea. 
Hi-E-NA, *. Eng. A hyena. Lam.Eaw. 
22:1, 2 ; ler. 12:9. Note This last refer- 
ence is not kmna in English. 
Hi-E-NA, s. Name of a species of stone, 
soft and porous. 

Hn, V. To lift up ; to bear upon the 
hips and support with the arms, as a child; 
to hold, as a child on the knees. Isa. 66:12. 
To caiTy in the arms and on the bosom ; 
ike ae la oia i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai 
ana. Laieik. 10. To nurse ; to tend, as a 
child. Kanik. 2:22. 

Hn-A-KA, s. A general name of the gods 
of volcanoes. See Hiaka. Biiaka ke 
akua i hookahe mai i ke koko ma ke poo o 
kona kahn. 

Hu-KAU, V. See Hikau. To throw, as 
a stone at a person or thing ; hiikau aku la 
na kanaka i ka pohaku, the men threw 
stones at them ; similar to nou. 

Hn-KA-LA, s. Name ofa species offish- 
hook. 

Hii-LA-Ni, V. Hii, to lift up, and lani, 
on high. 

1. To nurse or take care of, as an infant 
chief. 

2. To exalt ; to praise ; to admire. See 
HooLANi and Hoonam. Bal. 117:1. 

3. To admire and obey, as a servant does 
bis master. 

Hu-LA-Ni, s. Praise; exaltation; defer- 
ence paid to one dignified. 

Hii-pa-ka", v. Aole no ia e hiipaka o ka 

wahine ke kane waiwai. 
Hii-po-i, c. Hit and poi, to protect. 

1. To tend and feed, as a young child. 

2. To feed and defend, as a chief does his 
people. Oih. 13:18. . 

3. To take in the arms, as a child. Mar. 
7:36. To carry in the bosom, as a child. 
JVoft. 11:12. 

i. To take care of and provide for gen- 



erally ; spoken of Gud'a care of men ; ke 
liiipoi mai uei ke Akna ia kakou. 
Hu-puu-PTTtr. See Hipuupttu. 
Hi-o, V. To lean ovei; to slant; to in- 
cline firom a perpendicular ; hence, 
2. To be one-sided ; to swing to and fto. 
A. To lean upon ; to trust in. Isa. 30:12. 
4. To wander. Moo. To cause to wander. 
ler. 48:12. ' Mea hoohio, a wanderer. 
Hi-o, s. A slanting wind, 1. e., a wind 
down a hill. 

2. The inside comer of a (grasB^ house, 
i. e., slanting two ways. 

3. A howling confused noise. 

4. The comb of a cock. 

5. Eructatio ventris. 

Hi-o, adj. Leaning; oblique; kahato; 
any line which is not parallel, nor perpen- 
dicnlar, nor horizontal, is hio. Ana. Bon. i. 

Hi-o-o-LE, s. "With stability; firmness. 
Ln'. Without leaning ; me ka haipule man 
i ke Akua me ka hiaole. 

Hi-o-Hi-0, V. To draw the breath into 
the mauth, as one eating a hot potato ; 
hence, 
2. To eat in a hurry. 

Hi-o-Hi-o, s. Name of a species of fish- 
book. 

Hi-o-Hi-o, adj. Bright red; ula kiohio. 

Hi-o-tA-Ni, V. To lie stretched out with 
laziness ; to sit at ease, as a chief; to be in 
a posture of thought ; e pio na wawae, e 
lele pio. 

Hi-o-Hi-o-NA, s. Hio and ana, the lean- 
ing. The featarea of a person; his peculiar 
gait ; the form, external appearance. Isa. 
52:14. Face; presence. Sxx. with helehe- 
lena. 

Hi-o-Lo, V. Hi, flowing, and olo, to vi- 
brate. 

1. To tumble down» as a wall. los. 6:20. 
To fall over, as a house. 

2. To Btnmble or fail down, as a horse. 

3. To roll away, i. e., pai<s fiway in for- 
getfiilness ; i ole e hioloia kona inoa. 

4. To become useless or void. 

5. Boo. To throw down ; to overthrow ; 
to destroy, as a fortification. 2 Nal. 25:10. 

6. To make void ; to set aside, as a law. 
Jtom. 3:31. 

Hi-o-LO, «. A tumbling down; a sliding 

away ; a iiaUing over. 
Hi-o-NA, s. Personal appearance ; face, 

countenance, 4c. See Hiohioma. Anat. 6. 
Hi-u, V. To seize ; to grasp hold of, as 

a rope. 

2. To throw a stone with violence. 

3. To be wild ; untamed, as an animal. 

4. To cry, as e sailor does in pulling a 
rope; hence, 

■6. To haul, down a ship for rcipairs. 
6. To practice sorcery. 



fflH 



161 



HIK 



7. To mftre the kiu, (see the s.) in playing 
konane, a game. 
Hi-tJ, s. The tail of a fish, but not syn. 
with bnelo. 

2. The practice of sorcery. 

3. The name of the counter or iliili used 
in playiug konane or konene ; ina he hiu, 
a he aneo paha, a he lalani, a he punikihi 
palia.ala no 1 ko lana mau lunamanao. 

Hi-tj-A, adj. He mea ula kiua; name of 
a game played on a board of four squares. 
. Hi-u-HT-iT, v. See Hnr,. To practice sor- 
cery. 
2. To play the game konane. 

Hi-tr-MA-Lo-Lo, s. Hiu and maMo, the 
flying-fish. The tail of the flying-fish. 

Hi-u-WAi, s. The name of the ceremony 
of batiiing in cold water in the worship of 
some of the gods. 

Hi-Hi, V. To branch or spread out, as 
vines, or as the limbs of. a tree ; to grow 
' thick together ; ka pikopiko, ua lahi ; IM. 
piea ka lewa. lawik. 168. 
2. To be satisfied ; to have enough. 

Hi-Hi, s. The running, spreading out, 
the entwining or creeping" of vines, or a 
thick growth of vegetation. 

2. A cause of entangling ; an offense ; a 
cause of offense. Note. — This last sense 
mostly in the form MlAa. 

Hi-Hi, adj. Thick together, as grass; 
as vines ; as men. 

Hi-Hi-A, xi. Thatis, AzAiea,pass. ofAiA?. 
To be perplexed; entangled, either phys- 
ically or morally. 

2. To be in a state of difficulty or per- 
plexity. 

3. To be lost by going astray ; to tui'n 
this way and that for relief. 

4. To be offended. 

5. JEToo. To entangle ; to be the cause of 
trouble. P«fc. 10:7. 

6. To be entangled; to he led astray; 
to be the" cause of evil to one. 

7. To entrap one in bis epeech ; to be 
offended. 

Hi-Hi-A, s. A difficulty; a thing per- 
plexed ; a cause of trouble. 

2. A thicket of forest; ka Wiia paa o ka 
nahele. Laviak. 94. 
Hi-Hi-A, adj. Difficult; perplexing; 

troublesome. 
Hi-Hi-A-Lou, ». Name of a plant with 

small yellow flowers. 
Hi-Hi-A-WAi. &. The name of a plant 
sometimes eaten for food. 
2. The name of a species of fish. 
Hi-Hi-0, V. See Hio. To sleep ; to fall 
asleep. 

2. To dream; e paa ka malsik-a ike ka 
uhane, to shut the eyes- and see with the 
soul, that is, to have a ridioiu Bsyik. 1:1Q. 
21 



3. To fall asleep again after waking. 

4. To sleep soundly. 

5. To blow; to rush violently, as a strong 
wind. See Pcahiohio. 

Hi-Hi-o, s. A vision. Kin. 15:1. A 
dream. 

Hi-Hi-u, v. SeeHroS. To be wild; un- 
tamed, as an animal; to be wild and sav- 
age, as men. 

2. To mistake in speaking, as one un- 
taught. 

Hi-Bi-iT, adj. Wild; untamed; strange; 
unfriendly; unsocial; often applied to ani- 
mals that have been once tamed, but have 
become wUd. Whiu is the opposite of loka, 
tame. Na holoholona Wim ame na holo- 
holona laka ; he ilio lahiu hae, a wolf. 

Hi-Hi-KA-E-KA, V. To tangle up, as a 
rope or string ; to tangle, as the hair ; ua 
hihia namea a pau,uaAi/iifcaefca ma ka leo 
mana ; to tangle or perplex one 1:^ speak- 
u>g- 

Hi-Hi-MA-mj) &. Name of a large, broad, 
soft living Creature found in ^e sea; It 
was forbidden to women to eat under pen- 
alty of death. See Ihimanu. 

Hi-Hi-WAi, s. The name of a four-footed 

-animal living in the sea. 
Hi-KAU, V. To throw stones at one. See 

HiiejlD. Sikau is perhaps the best orthog- 
raphy. 
Hl-KA-TT-Hi, adv. To no purpose ; of no 

use, &c.; aia ko'nwaxthikavhi maMolokai; 

hikauhi oe a hole e ka moku ; hele a Mka- 

uhi. 
Hi-KA-KA, V. To stagger; to reel in 

walking, as a drunken man. Isa. 19:14. 

To stagger, as a man carryiug a heavy 

burden. 

2. To wander ; to go astray. Isa. 47:15. 

3. Moo. To cause to stagger, i.@., to walk 
in darkness. lob. 12:25. 

Hi-KA-KA, adj. Staggering ; walking 

unsteadily. 
Hi-KA-KA, adj. Bent round; curved; 

crooked. 
Hi-KA-PA-LA-LE, s. A word used in the 

kaki or namu, unintelligible except to those 

taught. 
Hi-Ki, V. To come to ; to arrive at, as 

connected with mat or aku. 

2. To be able to do a thing ; to accom- 
plish a purpose; to prevail. jERki is often 
used with other verbs as !» kind of helping 
verb. Orarii. § 171. 

3. Soo. To cause to come ; to bring 
forth; to produce. Pufc. 8:3. 

4. To take an oath ; to atBrm a thing or 
an signt as true. 

5.' To call or give a name to • Mai. 
22:43, 45. To name or speak of with ap- 
probation.' J^os. 5:3, 



HIK 



162 



HiL 



6. To mention in one'^ prayers, Pilem.i. 

7. To vow ; to oonaocrale j to set apart ; 
to promise a thing especially to a god ; to 
set apart as sacred. I Sam. 1:11. IlooUki 
ino, to desecrate ; to treat With contempt ; 
hoohiki wahaheo, to sweaj' falsely ; to take 
a false oath. See Hoouiki, s. Iliki wale, 
to Iiappen ; to come by chance. 

Hi-Ki-A-Lo-A-LO, adj. The rising and 
coming to the zonith, as the full moon ; i 
ka maliina hihialoalo. 

Hi-Ki-E-E, vi, iTo approach to ; to draw 
near. 
, 2. To bridge over a stream. 

Hi-Ki-E-E, s. An approach of one; a 
coming near to. 

2. A bridge over a stream 

3; A raised platform for sleeping ; a sort 
of bedsti^ad or couch ; a place for a bed. 
Puk. 11:28. 

Hi-Kii, V. To tie; to fasten by tying ; 
to bind, as a person. ISn. 22:9. To bind, 
as a prisoner ; to tie, as a rone or cord to 
anything. 7oa.2:18iind 21. SeeNAXiL To 
bind on, as a sandal ; to tie up, as a purse. 

Hi-Kii, s. A b-nding; a tying; a fasten- 
ing- 

Hi-Kii-Kii, V. SeeHiKii. To tie; to bind 
ntrongly. Mai. 27;'i. 

IIi-Ki-Kb', s. Hiki and kv,, lo rise. The 
place of the suu's rising ; poeticaUt/, the 
oast. See Hikina. 

Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. Hiki and lele. to jump; 
to fly. 

1. To wake suddenly irom sleep. Isa. 
ii'9:8. To wake witli affright. 

2. To jump or start suddenly from sur- 
prise or fear. 

3. To do a thing su''denly and in haste ; 
to be weak with fear from any event. Kin. 
42:28. 

4. Iloo. To wako up a person from sleep. 
Isa. 29:8. 

5. To come by sinprise, as one army 
upon anothwr. Jo.i. 1 1 :7. 

IL-Ki-LE-LE. «. A sudden coming upon 5 

Hl-Kl-LE-LE, adv. Hoo. Quickly; sud- 
denly. 7sa. 47:li. 

Hi-Ki-MO-E, s. Hiki and moe, to lie down. 
Poetical name of the west j place of (the 
sun's) lying down. 

Hi-Ki-NA, s. Hiki and ana, participial 
termination. The full form is, ka hiki ana 
(a ka la), the coming (of the sun), i. e., the 
east ; the place of tlie sun's rising. Hal. 
50:1. 

Hi-Ki-NA, adj. The eastern; makaacao 
hikina o Hawaii, on the eastern side of 
Hawaii. 

Hi-Ki-NA, ado. Eastwardiy. 1 Nal. 17:3. i 



Hi-Ki-WA-WE, V. HiM&ndtoawe,i{nick. 
To do quickly; to be quick or smart in 
doing a thing. Hoo. To cause quickness ; 
to make dispatch. 

Hi-Ki-wA-WE, adv. Quickly; speedily; 
without delay. 

Hi-kitWA-le, adv. Hiki and wale, 
merely. What has happened ; come by 
chance ; withont design. 

Hi-Ki-wi, u See Kivvi. To crook; to 
bend. 

Hi-Ko-Ko, s. Hi and koko, blood. A flow- 
ing of blood ; specifically applied to a dis- 
ease of the anus called emerods. Karil. 
28:27. A dysentery ; a bloody flux. 

Hi-Ko-wi, s. Nameof a ser /ant marked 

in the forehead ; o ka poe kauw^t i hoailo- 

' naia ma ka lae, ua kapaia be kauwa hikoni. 

Hi-ku, adj. The seventh in order; i ka 

hiku ka malama. Oihk. 16:29 ; Oram. § 

115, 2, 4. As a cardinal, seven. 
Hi-KU-Hi-KU, s. A noise; confusion by 

many voices. 
H1-1.A, V, Not yet found in this single 

form. See the double forms and Hoo. 
Hi-LAi, adj. A word used in tne prayers 

of the ancients, meaning not very clear. 

Sec Lanahilai. 
rii-LA-Hi-LA, V. To be ashamed ; to be 

put in coufasioi; to be ashamed of iNal. 

2:17. 

2. Hoo. To. cause shame ; to ' make 
ashamed. 

3. To have that quick agitation whfch 
arises from shame ; confusion^ sulfosiou nf 
the face. 

I^i-LA-Hi-LA, .-■. Shame ; a blushing of 
the face ; confusion attendant on shame. 

Hi-LA-fti-LA, adj. Ashamed. 

Hi-LA-Hi-LA, ado. Shamefully. 

Hi-LA-LA, V. To bend; to crook; to 
bond from a straight line. See HiKiwi. 

Hi-LE-A, adj. LazYE indoleiici <loing 

Hi-Li, V. To braid ; to plait, as awreath ; 
to braid, a.s the hair. 1 Pet. 3:3. To string, 
as kukui nute ; e hili kukui. 

2. To turn over and over, a.«in braiding; 
to twist ; to spin ; to tie oa, as Hawaiians 
formerly lied or brsudcd tbsir kois on to 
the bandies. 

3. To deviate from the path in traveling; 
to wander here and there. SM. 15:22. To 
miss one's way. . 

4. To droop; to flag. See Mii.oandWiLt. 

5. To smit^'. as with a sword or the hand. 
Hi-LT, s. A general name for baras 

used in dyeing ; as, hili kolea, hili koa, &o. 
2. A black dye for coloring kapas made 
of kolea bark. 



HIL 



163 



HIN 



3. The principle of tanning in koa and 
other barks. 

Hi-Li, adj-i- Taming; wandering aside. 

Hi-Li-AU, V. BUi and au, current. To 
wander; to go astray niorally ; to do wrong; 
he ikalka hiliau, sti'ong to flo evil. 

Hi-Li-E-E, s. A shrub having a power- 
ful stimulant corrosive bark. _ Sec Iuukb. 

Hi-u-ou, s. A square braid of eight 
straws. 

2. A sickness of the bowels ; sickness of 
the stomach ; fullness of the stomach. 

Hi-Li-n, .1. The voice of a shell or trum- 
pet ; tbe sound of one blowng a wind in- 
striuucnt. 

Hi-i.i-Hi-Li, V. See HiLi, coloring barks. 
To color or dye red, or any dark color. 

Hi-Li-Hi'Li, adj. Red or brown in color; 
shaded; dark. 

Hj-lj-ih-li-ho-nu, adj. Rich; wealthy. 

Hi-L!-KAU, V. To accuse inuch, and 
falsely ; to say and unaay. 

Hi-u-KAU, adj. Tripping in one's walk; 
stumbling.; 

2, Varying in one's story ; c lauwili, e 
lalau. ^ 

3. Walking cross-legged. 
Hi-u-NA-E-jiu, s. The nartie of a Hawai- 
ian month ; tho tenth month of the Hawai- 
ian calendar. 

Hi-Li-SAi, V. HUi and nai, to strive for. 
l.To loan upon; to lean against. Lunk. 
16:26. 

2. To trust in ; to have confidence in 
one.'B word. 2 yal. 18:19, 20. . 
Hi-u-NAi, s. TruEt; confidence; a lead- 
ing againg* or upon. 

2. What is leaned upon, as a table } a 
bed or place for reclining. 

Hi-Li-NA-MA, s. Name of the ninth 

month among Hawaiians. 
. Ht-li-nf.-hu, s. Name of the eleventh 

Hivwaiiari month. 
Hi-Li-NO-H0, *. The name of the eighth 

month. 
HirLO, V. To twist, as a string on the 

thigli; to twist with the thumb and fingers. 
2. To spin ; -to turn, as in twisting. See 

HiL(, Mu.o, Win, See. 
Hi-LO, s. The name of the first night in 

which tho new moon' can bo seen, as it is 

like a twisted thread ; o hUo ka po mua no 

ka puahilo ana o ka mahina. 
2. An issue; a running sore. Oihk. 

15:2,3. 
Hi-Lo, flcy. Spun J twisted. Puk. 26:1. 

Iwi kilo. Ami. 16. 
Hi-LO-Hi-LO, V. See Hilo, v. To wan- 
der here and there in telling a story ; to 



lengthen a speech by mentioning little cir- 
cumstances. 
2. To make nice oratorical lauguapic. 

Hi-LO-Hi-LO, s. The sweet juice of the 
ki root, especially when there is but little 
and very sweet. 

Hi-LTT, s. Name of a species of fish, 
spotted, variegated with colors. 

Hi-Li;, adj. Still; quiet; -reserved; dig- 
nified ; a word of commendation ; h'du ka 
'noho anao mea. 
2. Neat; elegant; powerful; magnificent. 

Hi-LU-m-LU, s. See Hilu. The excel- 
lent ; tho glorious ; the powerful. 

Hi-LTJ-Hi-Lu, adj. Excellent; nice; beau- 
tiful. 

Hi-ME-Ni, s. Eng. from Gr. A hymn ; 
a song in sacred worship; a mele in praise 
of lehova. 2 OiU. 20:28. 

Hi-ME-Ni, V. Eng. from Gr. To hymn ; 
to sing a hymn. 

Hi-NA, ■». To lean from an upright posi- 
tion. 

2. To fall ; to fall down, as a house. 

3. To fall morally, as a person from a 
state of upi'ighlness ; to relapse or (fecline 
from a state of i ectitade. 

i. To offend; to be offended, /oan. 16:1. 
6. Hoo. To slant over ; to throw down, 

as a person, huk. 4:3.5. 
Hi-NA, s. A leaning; a falling; a caus- 
ing to fall ; a stumbling. 
Hi-NA, s. Heb'. A hin, a Hebrew meas- 
ure. Pvk. 29:40. 
Hi-?A, s. Name of a goddess. SeeHiNA- 

HEI.E below. 
Hi-NA, adj. Gray; hoary; applied to 

the head ; o|jo him. Kin. 44:?9. Gray, as 

the beard ; be umiumi hina. 
Hi-NA-A-LE, s. A species of small fish. 
Hi-NA*-A-Lo, ) s. The blossoms of the 
Hl-NA-LO, j hala fruit; the leaves which 

inclose the hala fruit. 
Hi-NA-A-Lo, ) adj. Aromatic ; fragrant, 
Hl-NA-LO, ) as the fruit and blossomu of 

the hala tree. 
Hi-NAi, s. A container braided out of 

the ie suid other materials; a basket. Oihk. 

8:2. 
Hi-NAi-A-E-LE-E-LE, s. Name of the 

seventh Hawaiian month. 
Hi-NAi-po-E-Po-E, s. A round basket; a 

basket braided around a calabash ; hinai- 

hooluuliiu. , 

Hi-NA-HE-LE, s. Often called simply 

Hina; the goddess of fishes, mother of 

Aiaiaknula ; Hinuhele laua o Kuuk na 'kua 

lawaia, mai Hawaii a Niihau. 
Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Gray; grayish. 
2. Withered, as fruit ready to fall. 



HIP 



164 



HIW 



Hi-NA-KU-LAi-NA, V. See HiNA and Ku- 
LiiNA. to push over. To partially fall down. 

Hi-NA-KU-LU-i-0A, s. Hina, goddass, 
lojlu, to drop, as rain, and ua, rain. The 
goddess of rain ; has two sisters, viz. : 
Hinakealii and Hookuipaele. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, s. A species of fish. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, adj. Applied to a basket 
for catching fish ; hinai hinalea. 

Hi-NA-LE-A, V. To blow from aft, as 
wind favorable for sailing. 

Hi-NA-Lii, adj. Hifm, gray, and Hi, very 
little. Very little gray, as the hair; whitish. 

Hi-NA-Lii, s. The name of a person 
(chief) in whose time there occurred a uni- 
versal deluge or kai a kaSino?«; hence 
kaiakahinalil is at present used for the 
flood of Noah. Kin. 6:17. See also ke kai 
a ka Hvlurnanu. 

Hi-NA-Lo, s. The leaves inclosing the 
hala fruit. See Hinaalo. 
2. The flowers of the hala tree. 

Hi-WA-MO-E, s. Hina, to fall, and moe, 
to lie down. A place of death ; often ap- 
plied to the volcano. 

Hi-NA-NA, s. Name of a very small fissh, 
the young of the oopu. 

Hi-NA-WE-NA-wE, adj. Thin; spindling; 
slender. See Umni. 

Hi-NE, adj. Strutting; proud of one's 
appearance. 

HbNi, u. To be small; thin; feeble. 

Hi-Ni-Hi-Ni, s. See Hini. Speaking in 
a small, thin voice; a whispering; hane- 
hane. 

Hi~Ni-Hi-Ni, adj. See Hini and Uhini. 
Tbin ; slender ; pointed. 

Hi-ni-p6-a, adj. See Henipoa and Ni- 
f OA. Heavy, as the eyes when drowsy or 
very sleep/; he maluhiluhi. 

HirNir, V. To anoint; to besmear, as 
with oil or greasfl. 

2. To be smooth ; shining. 

3. To slip ; to slide easily. 

4. To anoint. See Kahinu. 

Hi-nu, s. Ointment ; substance for be- 
smearing ; momo,na, mea poni, &c. 

Hi-NU, adj. Smooth; greasy; polished; 
dazzling with brightness ; anointed. 

Hi-nu-hi-nu, v. SeeHiNU. To shine as 
if anointed with oil. Hal. 104:15. To 
glisten ; to be bright ; to sparkle. 

Hi-NU-Hi-NU, adj. Bright; shining; 
splendid, as red cloth ; glittering, as pol- 
ished stones. 1 OiU. 29:2. 

Hi-PA, s. A little bundle. 

'i. A blunder in speaking; the use of 
words out of their ordinary meaning. 
Z. Hoo. A falsehood. ' 



Hi-PA, V. To blunder in speaking. Rod. 

To falsify. 
Hi-PA, adj. Hoo. He olelo hoohipa, a 

kind of mele. 
Hi-PA, s. Eng. Sheep. loan. 10:2, 3. 
Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be joyful; to express 

gladness. 
H1-PA.-KA-NE, *. Hipa, sheep, and kam, 

male. A vam. Kin. 15:9. Hi Aipafcojjs, 4 

ram skin. Puk. 25:.'5 ; Oram. § 95. Fig. 

Ilipakane wawp.hi, a battering ram. Ezek^ 

4:2. 

Hi-PA-KE-i-ia, s. Hipa,s]ieej>,Sindkeiki, 
the little one. A lamb. Oih. 8:32. See 
Keikthipa. Note. — The word lamb is ren- 
dered in Hawaiian tty Ijoth forms, Mpor 
keiki and keikihipa. 

Hl-PA-PA-LA-LE, S. See,-PAPALALE. A 
speaking with readiness and correctness, 
without a tone, and not through the nose ; 
ka hana maiau MpapaMe ole, noiau papa- 
lale ole. 

Hi-po-FO-TA-Mu, s. Gr. The river-horse. 
lob. 40:15. The hippopotamus. 

Hi-Ptr, ) y. To tie in knot3,as the string 

Hi-puu, \ of a bundle or bag. 

Hi-PU, )s. A knot; a fastoniriff; auy- 

Hi-puu, J thing tied. Fig. £ weho oe i ka 
hipw naaupo, make auanei oe. 

2. A bag for carrying small things in, as 
money; a purse. So?. 1:14. 

3. fiijjuM tala, in the English translation, 
a crisping pin. ' Isa. 3:22. 

Hi-puu, adj,' Knotty, as a string tied 
up in knots; tied fast; applied to men, 

" m-schievous. 

Hi-puu-pult, v. See Hipuu. To tie up 
in knots ; hence, to tie up in a bundle. 

2. To tie fast ; to gird around, as with a 
sash ; aole kakou i like ne na kanaka kiai 
alii a hipuupuu kahi malo, we are not the 
men who guard the king, belted up with 



Hi-PDtr-puu, s. What is tied up in knots 
or made fast.' 

Hi-puu-puu, adj. Se.^ Hipuii. Tied; 
fastened ; knotty, as tied iii knots ; he hi- 
p-Mtpuu kahi malo o kahi ijlii, the malos of 
some chiefs were tied up in knots. 

Hi-PU-KA, s. A kind of snare for catch- 
ing birds ; ka hipui^ei no na manu hihiu ; 
kau aku la ia i ka kipuka pahele. 

Hi-wA, adj. Black; clear black; up- 
plied mostly to thfit which was used in sac- 
rilice to the gods, as a black hog; iua i ele- 
ele a puni ka hulu, he hiwa pa. ia puan ; a 
bl.ick cocoanut, a black kapa. &a.. and 
always considered valuable ; hence, 

2. Deiar; valued; l.aloved; precious; he 
puaa him, he jM. hiwa, he awa hiim 



HO 



165 



riOA 



H.i-wA, V. To be of a black color, such 
6s was considered precious or valiiablo in 
sacrilice ; to be of a <■ lear or pare blaci:. 

Hi-WA, s. Any black article supposed 
to be accexjtablc to tlie godsasanoftienDg; 
hence, 

2. A precious raluable article. 

3. Applied to persons j keiki /iiwo, a dear 
child. 

Hi-WAA-WAA, adj. SeeMoijONA. Large; 

faL, an a X^rge flcsliy person ; applied on'ly 

to persons. 
Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, adj. To be 

greatly loved ; mostly witli hoo. 

2. To be pleased with; to be satisflod 
with, as a god with an offering ; to be uo- 
ceptablc to ; e hoohiwahiwa kakou i ka 
hana, let us make the work acceptable. 

3. To pet i to treat a child, a servant or 
an animal with delicacy iiol. 29:21. 

Hi-WA-Hi-WA, s.' A person or thing 
greatly beloved ; ^.pplied mostly to ani- 
mals or children ; a pet ; a bele^ed one. 
7Cani. 33:12. The beloved one. iufc. 23:35. 

Hi-wA-Hi-wA, adj. See Hiwa. Thick; 
dense ; black, as a cloud ; glossy black. , 

2. Acceptable ; desired by any one. 

3. Very preoidus ; greatly esteemed. 1 
Tes. 2:8. Greasy beloved. Isa. 5:1. 

4. Meek; docile; he keiki hiwahiwa ia. 

Hi-wi, V. To diminish, as a swelling ; 
to flatten down, as a protuberance; ua Mwi 
mai. Sec the compound Poo.»iiwi and Kua- 

DIWI. 

Hi-wi, s. The flat or depressed summit 

of a protuberance. 
Ho, V. To transfer, i. e., to bring here 

or carry away, according as it is followed 

by mai or alai. See Mai and Aku. Oram. 

§ 233- arid 234. As, ho mai, bring here; lio 

aku, carry away. 

2. To bring ; to present. 1 Sam. 17:10. 
To give or put away, as money at interest. 
Mai. 15:5. 

3. To carry or cause to be conveyed; to 
transport ; to remove. 

4. To produce; to bring forward, as food 
on to the table. Kin. 43:31. 

Ho, V. To cry out in a clamorous man- 
ner 

2. JFoo. Tu cause the voice to be raised; 
to r^isis the voice to a high pitch. 

3. To speak together, as in voting viva 
voce; to "proclaira; to shottt acclamation 
of approval Puk. 24:3. 

4. To shout in triumph. los. 6:5. IIoolio 
olioli, to triumph over one. Mai. 41:11. 

5. To cry out for fear ; to cry. out in dis- 
iresa. ifah. 14:1. 

6. To wheeze ; to breathe hard, as in the 
SJsthrjia; to snort; to blow, as a horse. See 
Hooi(o in its place. 



Ho, s. The asthma ; the lowing of cat- 
tle, &c. 

2. Eng. A farming utensil ; a hoe ; the 
colter of a plow. 1 Sam. 13:20. 

Ho. This syllable (see the two articles 
above) has a 'neaning of its own, and as 
such may enter into compound words; but 
very often, as -. ill appear, it i» a contrac-. 
tion of hoo. (See Hoo.) The contraction 
is made before all *lie letters, but mostly 
where the word commences with some of 
the vowels, especially with the letter o. 

Ho-A, s. A companion ; a fellow ; a 
friend ; an assistant. It is found in laaaj 
compounds ; as, hoapio, a fellow pi-isoner ; 
hoamoe, a bed-fellow ; koahele, a traveling 
companion, &c. 

Ho-A, V. To strike on the head with a 
stick. 

2. To Jjpat, as kapa with a stick on » 
stone. . 

3. To strike, as in ^ghting. 

4. To drive, *s cattlp, 

Ho-A, V. To tie; to secure by tying: 
to bind; to wind round, as a rope or string; 
to rig up, as a canoe ; a ma ka wa e koa ai 
ka waa, he kapu ka hoa ana. See A and 
HoHOA. Alalia, koaia ka pou mo ka luhe- 
lau. 

Hc-A, 0. Ho for hoo, and a, to burn. 

1. To kindle a fire; to btirn,i.e.,to cause 
to blaze ; to make a U^jht. L/iieik. 77. To 
rage, as a flame of love ; ua hoaia, Vj ahi, 
enaena o ke aloha wela, th(; raging fire of 
hot love blazed forth, Laieik. 204. 

2. To comb or dress the hair or the head. 
' 3. To cast or throw away ; e hookuke ; 

hence, 
4. To commit mischief, as a child. 
Ho-A, s. A tying ; a binding. 
Ho-A, adj. Unsteady; movable. See 

HiA, adj. 
Ho-AA, V. See Ho for hoo, and Aa, to 

blaze. To kindle ; to cause to bum. 

2. To stare; to look about in doubt. See 
Aa, to be bold. 

3. To mistake; to blunder; to go astray. 

4. To challenge j to dare ; to provoke. 
Ho-AA, s. A mistake; a blunder; an 

error. 
2. The kindling, i. e., small pieces of fuel 

used in kindling a fire. 
Ho-A-Ai, s. Hoa, companion, and ai, to 

eat. An eating companion; a guest. 1 

Not. 1:41. 
Ho-A-Ai-NA, s, Hoa and ahta, land. 

1. A person to whom the hakuaina or 
konohiki commits the care of his land. 

2. A husbandman; a tiller of the ground. 

Hc-A-A-Hi, s. flofor^ofl, a, tobum,and 
ahi, fire. Fire kindlings ; the materials for 



HOA 



166 



HOA 



causing a fiie to burn ; e imi mma o£ la no 
ka hoaahi ana. 

Ho-A-A-Htr, c. Ho for hoo, and adhu, to 
clothe. To clothe ; to put on a garment ; 
to give kapa or clothes to one. Mat. 25:36. 

Ho-tA-A-LO-HA, s. lioa, rompanion, and 
oZoAo, to love. Aftiend. Ioar;3:29. Abe- 
loved companion; ja wa, ua iilo ko Hawaii 
nei i poe hoaaloha no na misionari, at that 
time the Hawaiians bepame friends to the 
missionaries. 

Ho-AA-MA-KA, V. Ho foT hoo, aa, bold, 
and maka, eye. To beg for a thing by 
looking wishfully at it. 

Ho-A-A-NO, V. A factitious word; ho 
for hoo, aa, to dare, and «6, a particle of 
aflirmation, indeed ; truly ; hence, to have 
confidence in one's self ; to brag; to ex- 
press bravery. 

Ho-A'A-NO, adj. See the verb. Forward; 
presumptuous ; defying punishment. 

2. Proud ; daring ; obstinate ; self con- 
fident. 

Ho-A-A-PiT, t'. lio for hoo, and aapu, to 
warp ; bend up. To make a cup of the 
hollow of the hand; e hoaapu. ae i kou 
poho lima, make the palm of your hand 
into a cup. 

Ho-AE, V. Sfee Ho, v., and Ae, verbal 
directive, ffrom. i§ 233, 5th. To move side- 
ways ; to turn a little. Note. — The ae is 
n; part of thfe verb. 

2. To raise up : to cause to asc ; to 
go up. 

Ho-A-E-A, ». Ho fui- ^0, and acfl, to wan- 
der about. To pretend to wander; to 
make ae though one was a wanderer or 
vagabond in order to accomplish a partic- 
ular object. 

Ho-Ai, V. Ho for hoo, and ai, food. - 

1. To stir up ; to mix ; to make poi thin 
with water that it may be fit for eating. 

2. To unite two things together, as by 
stretching or sewing kapas together. 

3. To be singular in one's conduct or de- 
portment. 

Ho-Ai, s. The union of things sewed 
together ; ka hoopili ana ma na hookuina. 
2. In anatomy, a suture ; a joining ; hoai 
manawa, coronal suture; tioai kaupakn, 
sagittal; ftoai kala,lambdoidal; koai maha, 
temporal suture, &c. 

Ho-Ai-Ai, e. Ho for hoo, and aiai, to 
be white. 

1. To be clear ; white ; shining. 

2. To cause to be white, &c.,'.i. e., to 
, whiten; to clear oli rust or dirt freftn a 

substance that it may shine. 

S. To be clear; as the unclouded moon ; 
to bo shining, as a light. • 

4. To be proud; to be lifted up wi(,'i 
pride. 



Bo-.ki-Ai, s. See the foregoing. A soft 

clear white light ; a pure light ; abstract 

whiteness. 

H(j-Ai-Ai,' a^j. White; clear; shining, 

Ho-Ai-EA-N£, V. Ho{cThoo,aiani/cdne. 

See AiKANB. 

1. To 'fcommit the sin against nature ; to 
-commit sodomv ; applied to either sex. 

2. To be anlntimate friend of the s^me 
sex, 1. e., to givp and 'receive favors ftom 
one of the same sex. JUiieik. 81. 

3. To act the part Of an aikane or inti* 
Jteite friend; 

4. To make friends, as two persons about 
to flghti Lakik- 47. 

Ho-Ai-KA-NE, s. A friend on terms of 

reciprocity. 
2. The house where such friends reside 

or meet. 
Ho-Ai-KO-irA, V. Ho for hoo. See Aikola, 

Akola and Naikola. 

1. To express triumph over one with 
contempt for him ; to cause eontemptuons 
treatment; to triumph over one with ex- 
pressions of vanity and contempt. 

2. To blackguard ; to triumph over an- 
other's ills ; to reproach ; ua hoaikola mat 
o Palu ia oe ; to rejoice or triumph over. 
/«a.l4:8. ^- 

3. To perplex ; to bring one into diffi- 
culty. 

4. To desire to have one put to death. 
Ho-Ai-KO-LA, s. A sneer; a sneering ex- 
pression of approval. 

2. A contemptuous cheering, calling one 
good fellow, wdl done, &c. ; in an ironical 
sense, ku no ka akaiki o lakou ame ko lakou 
hoaikola ana, their chuckling and their 
false chemng hit us. 
Ho-Ai-Lo-NA, ». SeeHAiLONA. To sound 
the depth of water, i. e., to throw the lend. 

2. To mark ; to set a mark upon one. 

3. To cast lots for a thing. OihJc. 16:8. 
In modern times, to play at dice. 

Ho-Ai-LO-NA, i. See the verb. A mark; 
a signal; a sign of somethiig differentfrom 
what it appears to bo. 

2. A sign or forerunner of something 
coming to pass or expected. Oih. iHS.- 

3. A part ropresonling the whole. Oihk. 
2:2. 

4. Something whose real signification is 
different from the appearance. los. 4:7. 

6. A sign; a pledge; a distinguishing 
mark. Pitfc. 3:12. A sigiiet. PtjJIt. 28:11. 

6. A target ; a mark to ahoot at 1 Sam. 
20:20. 

7. A lot cast, as in casting lots ; ma ka ■ 
hoaHona, by lot. Imnk. 20:9. 

8. A scepter; a badge of authority.: 
Heb. 1:9. See next word, 

Ho-Ai-Lo-NA-MO-i, s. See Hoailona 
above, and Moi, sovereignty. A scepter ; 



HOA 



167 



HOA 



a. badge or emblem of regal authority. Hal. 
45:6. ■ 

Ho-A-i-MU, ij. flo for hoo, a, to burn, and 
imu, oven. To kindle a fire in the oven ; 
to heat the oven. 

Ho-A-i-po-o-LA, V, See Aipoola and 
PuupooLA. To gulp up wind from the stom- 
ach after eating heartily. 



s. In Hawai- 
ian paiftotojj/, the 
names of a class 
of dUeases, all 
fatal : the vniiki 



Hp-Al-PU-KA-HA-LE, 
Ho-A-KAI-PU-KA-HA-LE 
Ho-A-KA-KU, 
HoA-KA-KA-KAI, 

the only remedy used. 
Ho-Ai-PUU-pnu, V. Ho{orhoo,a.niaipuu- 
\ puu, which see. To act the aipnupuu ; to 

serve out provisions ; to distribute food. 
Ho-Ao, V. Ed for hoo, and ao, to try. 

1. To try the qualities of a thing; to taste; 
to tempt ; to make trial ; as^ay ; to hegin. 
Zflieiifc. 184 

2. To cohabit after marriage ; to make 
public a marriage contract a(ter Uie ancient 
manner. ^ 

5. To prove ; to put to the test. 2 (Hhl. 
8:1, * 

4. To undertake ; to attempt Us^. 9:23. 

6. To bang up ; e kaulai. 

Ho-Ao, s. See the verb. Marriage after 
the ancient custom of the islands. 

2. The taste of any eatable. Nah. 11:8. 

3. A temptation : a trial. Kani. 4:32. 
Ho-AO, adj. The night of tiie day called 

Huna ; mamua o ka po hoao o na alii, i ka 
po Huna. 

Ho-A-o-LE-LO, s. Hoa, companion, and 
oUHo, word. A companion''in conversation; 
one consulted on business; a counsellor; 
lakou nq jcp Kamebameba mau hoaoMo 
no fcela mea keia mea nui o ke aupunl, 
those were Kamehameha's counsellyrs con- 
cerning every important matter of the king- 
dom. 

Ho-A-o-PU-i-NO-i-NO, s. Hoaa-niopuino, 
evilly disposed. A companion in crime; 
one alike evilly disposed with aflbtlier. 

Ho-Air, V. Ed for koo, and au, to swim. 

1. To move gently a little ; to dodge. 

2. To bring forward and present on the 
altar of the gods. 

3. To offer a sacrifice ; to courtesy. 
Ho-An, V. To strike; to beat with a 

stick. 

2. To wash clothes, as Hawaiians wash 
clothes by beating them. See Hoauau. 

Ho-AU-AU, V. Ho for hoo, and ati, to 
swim, or auau, to wash. To wash the bbdy ; 
to bathe; to cleanse away filth by batjjjng. 

Ho-AU-Ar, s. See the verb. A washing; 

a cleansing by the use of water. 
Ho-Atr-*u, V. Ho {oT hoo, a.ni(iuau. See 



• AuAD'4. To excite ; to stir up ; to hurry ; 

to quicken. one to do a thing. 
Ho-Atr-AU, *. Quickness in doing a 

thing; haste. 
2. Name of a sni^re used in catching 

birds, like kipuka, pahele, ahele, &c: 
Ho-AU-AU-WA-HA, V. Uo for hoo, auau 

for au, and wgha. See Au*aha. To make 

a ditch ; to plow a furrow. 
Ho-AU-AE-Puu, ) V. jio for hoo, and 
Ho-AU-WAE-PUU, y ouae, to be lazy. To 

be lazy; indolent; inactive; to spend time 

to no profit. 
Ho-AU-AE-FTiu, s. See AOAE. Indolence; 

loitering ; inactive ; disposed to treat wi*h 

contempt. 
Ho-Atr-;HEE, V. Ho foT hoo, and auhee. 

See Hkis, to flee. To cause to flee, as an 

anny ; to rout ; to put to ^ight. 
Ho-AU-HEE'HEE, V.- Seeabove. Tocon- 

yergp pftMi^SB generally.' 
Ho-AU-Lu; mj. Nice; well dressed; 

straight as a stick ; skillful ; mikioi, pala- 

waiki, hoakamai. 
Ho-Au-MOfE, V. Ho for hoo, and aumoe, 

to sleep. 
X. To sleep with ; to lie in oi),e'8 bosoin. 
2. To fondle ; to cherish in the bosom, as 

a child or a pet. 
Ho-AU-MO-E, s. A cherishing; a fond- 
ling, as a child or a pet animal ; fondness ; 

attachment. 
Ho-AU-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and auna, a 

flock. To collect together, as a flock of 

birds. 
Ho-A-u-NA, s. Sba, companion, and MMffi, 

to send. . A companion of a messenger; one 

who accompanies a messenger. 
Ho-ADT-HTT-LU, V. To converse. See Ho-. 

AUHGEUEE. 

Ho-A-HA, V. Ho {or hoo, sjai aha, a. cord. 

To make or braid together the strings for 

a palabash ; to tie up a fS^lajj^s}) ; e hoalia 

ika ipu. 
Hu-A-kA-A-HA, V. To sit cross-legged, 

a la Turk, in eating. 

2. To be proud ; high-minded ; ;hc ka- 
naka koahaafiii. ' 

3. To be bent up ; stujjted ; crooked out 
of shape. 

Ho-A-HA-NA, s. Eoa, companion , and 
luana, to work. A fellow laborer in any 
kind of business. 1 Kor. 3:9. 

•Ho-A-HA-NAU, s. Hoa, companion, and 
hanau, to be bom. A companion by birth; 
a kindred ; some blood relation ; a rela- 
uve ; a brother in an extensive Sense. 1 
(3fW. 9:25. In a modern sense, a fellow 
professor of religion. 

Ho-A-HA-NAU-NA, s. Hoa, ccAnpaniou. 
ar ' himauna, relations. Relatives of oae's 



HOA 



168 



HOA 



ovm clan, tribe or nation. Oal. 1:14. See 
Hanauka. 

Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, V. Ho for hoo, aha, col- 
lection, and aiTia, to eat. To cause a col- 
lection for eating ; to make a feast. 

Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Ho for Jma (one a 
dropped), and ahaaina, a feast. A fellov/ 
feaster ; one at the same feast. 

Ho-A-HE-LE, s. Hoa and hele, to go. A 
fellow traveler, los. 14:8. 

Ho-A-HE-WA, ) ^. See Ahewa and 

Hoo-A-HE-WA, ) Hewaw a finding or pro- 
nouncing guilty of a crime, by wrong ; to 
condemn. 
-Ho-A-Hi-A-Hi, V. Ho for hoo, and ahiahi, 
evening. To darken; to obscure; to cause 
a thing to be obscure in vision; to be 
neither clear nor dark. 

Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho for ^0, and oAo, breath. 

1. To give breath, i.^.J. deliverance iVom 
immediate danger ; to put one in safety 
from danger. 

2. To be quick; to hasten; to do quickly. 

3. To Idndle a iirei 

Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho and aJu>, a string. 

1. To make or twist strings for a house. 

2. To tie aho oh to a' building. See Aho. 
Ho-A-HO, s. Quickness; rapidity. 

2. One who has escapecl a place of pro- 
tection. 
Ho-A-HO-A, V. See Hoa, to strike. The 
frcq. conj. of lioa. To strike or smite fre- 
quently. 

2. To break fuel, as Hawaiians did be- 
fore liiey had axes. 

3. To cause the hair to stand erect; e' 
hookuku ae i ka lanobo iluna. 

Ko-A-Ho-Ai s. A striking, smiting, &c. 
2. The name of the mallet with which 

kapa (the wauki) was beaten. 
HotA-hc-a-a-ka, v. Tq cause a fire to 

bum ; to'make a blaze ; to make a shining 

light. 
Ho-a-ho-a-a-ka, s. a burnipg fire; a 

blaze ; a bright light. 
Ho-A-Hoo-LAU-KA-NA-KA, s. Hoa, friend, 

hoo, causative; lau, the number 400, ka- 

naka,'men. 

1. A friend of the increase of men ; one 
friendly to the multitude. 

2. The multitude itself ; aloha oe e kuu 
iMahoolaukanaka o kahi kanaka ole, good 
morning mj friend of, the peoplfi where there 
are none. 

Ho-A-Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. Hoa, companjp'n, 
hoo, causative, and Uina, an inheritance. 
A fellow heir to an inheritance. 

Ho-A-Hu, V. Ho for Aoo, and aku, a col- 
lection of things. 

1. To cause a collection or gatherinig to- 
gether. 



2. To lay np. aa goods for future use. 
Mai. S:26. 

3. To collect articles; to lay np in heaps. 

4. To lay up against one, as aager ; e 
hoahu ana i ka huhu maluna o kela poe. 

Ho-A-HTJ, V. To esteem lightly; to des- 
pise ; to contemn ; to dislike ; to be dissat- 
isfied with, 

Hp-A-Hu, s. An assemblage of things ; 
a collection. 

2. A collecting, as of property ; a gath- 
ering together. 

3. Dislike ; contempt for a thing. 
Ho-A»HU, adj. Disagreeable ; unsatis- 
factory. 

Ho-A-KA, t). To lift up 5 io lift up, as a 
spear in fighting. 2. Sam. 23:18. 

2. To drive away -^ to frighten. 

3. To open; to open the mouth in speak- 
ing. See Oaka. Hoik. 13:0'. 

4. To glitter ; to shine ; to be splendid. 
^ahitm, 2:3. 

Ho-A-KA, u. Ho for hoo, and oka, to 
laugh. To cause one to laugh ; to laugh ; 
to be pleased. 

Ho-A-KA, s. A name of one of the kapu 
days ; the second day of the moon. 

2. The crescent of the new moon ; the 
hollow of the new moon. 

3. The arch or Hntel over a door. Pvk. 
12:7. 

4. In speakAng, ft defense ; an apology. 
Ho-A-KA, s. Brightness; shining; a 

glittering ; a flaming torch. Nahum. 2:3. 

Glory, as of a people, i. e., their liberty ; 
;-'^' freedom. 

Ho-A-KAA, ) p. To covet ; to desire 
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, \ earnestly. 
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, '-. Ho for hoo, and aka, 

to laugh. 

1. To cause laughter; to cause one to 
laugh. 

2. To laugh at ; to mock ; to reproach. 
Ho-A-KAtr-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 

kaua, war. 

1. A tellow soldier. 

2. One against whom a soldier is fight- 
ing ; an antagonist ; hoapaio. 

Ho-AtKau-wa, s. Hoa, companion, and 

kauvm,, a servant. A fellow servant. Hoik. 

19:10. 
Ho-A-KA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, and dkaka, 

clear ; explicit. To make plain ; clear ; 

to render explicit; to explain; to interpret. 
Ho-A-KA-KA, ,.s. An explanation; an 

opening of what is intricate. 
Ho-A-KA-KA-fA, adj. Expressed; stated; 

proved; rendered explicit; approved. Oik. 

2:22, 
Ho-A-KA-KA-KAi, s. Name of a disease, 

generally fatal. 



HOA 



169 



HOA 



Ho-A-KA-KE-A, s. Hoaka and kea, a cross. 
The arch over a door ; a lintol. 

Ho-A-KA-KU, ». Ho for Iwo, and akaku, 
a vision. To have a vision with the eyes 
open. 3e« Axakv, 

Ho-a-katKU, s, a vision. 

Ho-A-KA-KU, s. Name of a fatal disease; 
an internal disease. 

Ho-A-KA-LA-KA-i/A, s. A bracelet made 
of hog's teeth. 

Ho-A-KE-A, V. Ho for hoo, and akea, 
broad. To make broad or wide : to cause 
enlargement ; hence, to delivci from diffi- 
culty. 

Ho-A-KE-A-iA, s. Enlargement; escape; 
deliverance. ISset. 4:14. 

Ho-A-Ki, V. To withhold from the land- 
lord htB due ; /toa/d I ka hakuaina. 

Ho-A-Ko-A, s. .Hbas, companion, and Aoa, 
soldier. A fellow soldier ; one under the 
same leader. PUip. 2:25. See Hoakaua. 

Ho-A-KO-A-KO-A, u Ho for hoo, and 
akoakoa, to assemble. 

1., To assemble ; to come together, as 
men. 

2. To collect, as things generally. See 
Akoakoa. 

Ho-A-KU-KA, I s. floa, companion, 

Ho-A-KU-KA-KU-KA, ) and kuka, to con- 
snlt. A fellow counsellor ; an advisor. 
Bom. 11:34.. 

Ho-A-tA, V. Ho for kpo, sSai ala, to rise 

1. "^o raise up from a prostrate position. 

2. To awake irom sleep; to cause one to 
awake. 

3. To raise up ; to excite ; to stir up ; 
applied to the mind. 

4. To rouse one to action. 
Ho-A-LA'A-iA, V. The intensive of the 

foregoing. 
Ho-A-LAU-NA, s. Hoa, companion, and 

launa, friendly. A companion on intimate 

terms ; an intiinate friend always near. 2 

Sam. 15:37. One in the habit of rendering 

kind offices ; a neighbor. Puk. 12:4. 
Ho-A-LA-KAA, V. Ho for, Iwo, ola, road, 

and km, to roll. To cause to roll ; to roll 

along a road. 
Ho-A-LA-iJi., V. Ho for hoo, and alala, 
• to cry out. See Alala. To make one cry 

oat, as the alala. 
Ho-A-i,A-LA-Hr-.A, V. To Stir one asleep 

so as to wake him: to punch; to touch; to 

shake so' as to waj;en one ; hoaMaMa aku 

ua kane hele loa nei au la. 
Hn-A-LA-wA-iA, s. Hoa, companion, and 

hwaia, a fisherman. A fellow flshorman ; 

a fishing corupaniou. 
Ho-'-LA-WE-HArNA, s. fliw. Companion, 
22 



laiof,, to bear, and hana, woVfc. A fellow 
laborer : a, fellow workman ; a helper ; an 
assistant. JSzer. 5:3. gee Lawf.hana. 

Ho-A-LA-WE-pu, s. Hoa and lawe, to 
carry, and pu, together. One wlio works 
with another; a partner in labor. Pilrni. 17. 

Ilo-A-LE-A-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and ale, a 
wave. To make or cause waves in water ; 
to stir up, as water. See AixalK. 

Ho-A-Li, V. To shake ; to wave an of- 
fering made to the gods: to swing; to move 
to and fro. Pvk. 29:24. To wave, as an 
offering. Naif.. 5:26. 

2. To offer, as a sacrifice. Nah. 8i21. 

3. To stir up, as ashes. 

Ho-A-Li, adj. That which maybe waved. 
Puk. 29:24 Mohai hoali, a wave-offering. 

Ho-A-Li-A-Li, V. See Hoali 2. To offer 
freqiicntly to the gods. 

Ho-a-li-a-li, v. Ho for hoo, and diali., 
to whiten. To make white, as snow or 
paper. 

Ho-A-Lii, adj. /To for Aoo, and aZii, chief ; 
king. Causing a royal appearance; imi- 
tating royalty; royal; kingly; kapa houiii, 
clothing of tapestry. iSW. 31:22. 

Ho-A-Lii, s. Hoa, companion, and alii, 
chie(. A contraction for hooalii or hoa'lii. 
The companion of the king or high chief; 
kukuluia i bale kamala no ka/iouTii, a moe 
no ka hoalii ma ua bale la. 

Ho-A-LO, V. SbforAoo,anda/o, tododge. 

1. To shun or avoid ; to escape from. 1 
Pcf. 3:11. To pass over or by. fso. 46:27. 

2. To skip over, as in counting; ka hana 
i kekahi la, ka noho wale .1 kekahi la, to 
work one day, to do nothing one day. See 
Alo. 

Ho-A-Lo, s. A man that works, then 

ceases, then works by spells. 
Ho-A-Lo-A-Lo, V. SeeHoALo. To dodge 

or pass by frequently. 
Ho-A-LO-AA, s. Hoa, companiori, and 

loaa, to obtain. 

1. A follow receiver; a. partaker with 
one. 1 P&l. 5:1. 

2. One who receives as much as another; 
ka loaa like. 

Ho-A-Lo-HA, s. A contraction for /«?z- 
doka. A friend ; a beloved companion : 
one on friendly terms. Seft Hoaaloba. 
Ho-A-LQ-HA, ) V. Ho for hoo, and 

Ho-A-LO-HA-LO-HA, ) aXoha, to love. 

1. To love ; to fondle ; to cherish. 

2. To give thanks for Efomething received. 
1 K<yr. 11:24 

3. To make suit to ; to pay respects lo. 
/o6. 11:19. To apply to for a favor. Laieik. 
72. 

Ho-A-iio-A-LO-HA-Lo-HA, s. Foetic : koa, 
cf"npanion, and aloha, love. Those who 



HOA 



170 



HOA 



converse often together, who are chief 
friends and love eacli other. - 
Ho-A-tu , ■ V. Ho for hoo, and alu, flexible. 

1. To be flexible ; to loosen ; to hang 
down, 

2. To tow down ; to make low ; to be 
humble ; to courtesy. See Ar.o. 

Hp-A-LU, „. Flexibility; pliableness ; 
humility ; a bending down. 

Ho-A-LU, adj. Yielding; bending; loose; 

hanging down. 
Ho-A-Lff-A-Ltr, V. See Hoalu and Alu. 

To be soft ; flexible ; yielding.' 
2. To bow down ; to be humble. 
Ho-A-LTT-A-Lu, s. Softness ; a pelding 

to any pressure ; humility. 
Ho-A-LU-A-LTT, adj- Hanging loosely; 

bending down ; yielding. 
Ho-A-Lu-Hi, s. Hoa, companion, and 

hihi, fatigue from labor. A companion or 

fellow laborer in any work or business, 

whether there be much or little fatigue; 

eia keia, e o'u hoaluhi. 
Ho-A-MA, V. To begin to ripen, as obias 

and othei- fruit, but not yet soft. 
Ho-A-NA, *. A hone ; a whetstone ;' a 

grindstone. 
2. He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing 

stone for finishing a canoe. 
Ho-A-NA, V. To rub, as with a stone ; 

to grind, as with a grindstone. See Anai. 

But hookala is more often used for grind- 
ing, i. e., for sharpening tools. 
2. To make believe ; to make pi-etense. 

Ho-A-NA, s. The name of a species of 
fish, large and singularly abmpt behind, 
as if cnt off in the middle ; the diodon. 

'Ho-A-NA-A-NA-PTJU, ) y. See HoANA, to 

Ho-A-NA-PUTJ, ) grind. To twist; to 

bend ; to undulate, as the air. 

; 2. To throw up in heags. 

Ho-A-iTA-A-NA-puTJ, ) g. A cTooMng ; a 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, ) bending ; an undu- 

lating motion; protuberances. See AsAPun. 

Ho-A-NA-E, V. To lay up; to stow away 
for future use. 1' Pet. 1:4. 

2. 'To set aside ; to reserve. Iitd. 6. To 
lay aside, i. e., to conceal. Note. — In Oihk. 
8:12 hoana is printed tbr Aoano, to sanctify, 
to consecrate, and in acme senses h/iana is 
similar in meaning to hoano. 

Ho-A-NA-jiu-A, V. Ho for koo, and a7ia- 
?it«i, stooping; bending. To stoop; to bend 
over, as a tall, slim man who walks stoop- 
shouldered. See ASahua and Kanahua. 

Ho-A-KA-Htr-A, s. A izil, slim, stoop- 
shouldered man. 

2. Anything like a humpbacked person. 
See Kanahla. 

Ho-A-NA-KAA, V. HouTia, grindstone, and 



fcaa, to turn, To turn a grindstone; to grind 
or sharpen, as an edged tool. 

Ho^A-NA-KAA, s. A grindstone. See Ho- 
ana. . 

Ho-A-HA-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and anapi, 
~ to flash ; to shine. 

1. To exhibit a flashing light ; to cause 
sudden reflected light, as from a mirror. 

2. To flash, as lightning ; to gHttcr. See 
Anapa. 

Ho-A-NA-PA, s. Light from reflection; 
a bright flswhing light, like lightning ; any 
reflected or sudden light. 

Ho-A-NA-PATT, V, To t.um, as on hinges. 
2. To^bentl, as a flexible piece of timber; 
to form a cv.rve. See Axapau. 

Ho-A-NA-PA0, s. See Anapau. A turn- 
ing ; a place of turning ; a hinge joint ; a 
bending : a crook. 

Ho-A-NA-PUU, V. See HoANAAKAPUtr 
above. To crook, as a piece of timber; to 
be uneven, as a rope of unequal size ; to 
project; to make an angle. See,AsAPuu. 

Ho-A'-JTA-Puu, s. A crook; a bending; 
a protuberance. 

Ho-.4|-N0, «. Ho for hoo, and ano, form. 

1. To reverence in the highest degree. 
Mat. 6:9. To hallow. Oihk. 10:3. To be 
holy. OUik. 11:45. 

2. To set apart ; to consecrate ; to lay 
up, as a sacred deposit; to put by; to keep 
back.' See Hoaxae. 

3. Soano e, to set apart for a particular 
purpose, either good or bad; to keep back; 
to conceal ; to embezzle property. 

4. To dare ; to venture. 

5. To be proud ; to be full of self confi- 
dence, Rom. 2:17. 

6. To change one's appearance ; to ap- 
pear wiiat on» is not ; to disgnise. 2 Sam. 
28:8. 

Ho-A-No,.s. See the verb. Pride; self 
confidence; a high, daring spirit. SeeHoA- 
ANO and Aano. Boasting of one's bravery. 
See Haako. 

HotA-no, adj. Sacred. Puk. 3:5. De- 
voted to sacred uses. Oihk. 5:15, 16. Con- 
secrated. 

Ho-A-No-Ho, s. Jt'oa, companion, and 
noho, to dwell. A neighbor ; one who re- 
sides with or near Tjy another. los. 20:5, 

Ho-A-PAi-o, s. Hoa, companion, and 
paio, to contend. An antagonist ; a fello^r 
wrestler or fellow fighter. 2 Sam. 2:16. 

Ho-A-PA-o-Ni-o-Ni, «. Hoa, companion, 
and paonimii, to struggle. A fellow con- 
tender. See Paonioni. 

Ho-A-PA-PU-A, s. Hoa, companion, and 
papua, to throw arrows. One who plays 
with or bets with anothi^r in the game of 
papua. 



HOA 



171 



HOE 



Ho-A-Pi, V. See Hoaki. 

Ho-A-pi-o, s. Hoa, fellow, and pih, pris- 
oner. A fellow prisoner. Pjiem. 23. 

Ho-A-pi-Li, s. i^a, companion, and pz'/i, 
to adhere. One who attaches himself to a 
chief and goes with hira constantly ; a 
friend. 7/*i;. 16:3. An attache. Notk. — 
Tl)iis was the name given to the late Gov- 
ernor of Maui, from his attachment to Ka- 
muhameha I. His original name was Ulu- 
maheihei. 

Ho-A-pi-Pi, V. To be united together, as 
two canoes, but not like a double-canoe ; 
he waaaole i ho(tpi,piia, ho waa hookahi. 

Ho-A-PO-No, V. Ho for hoo, and apono, 
to approve. To pronounce blameless ; to 
approve ; to find not guilty on trial. 

Hp-A-po-No, adj: Approved as not in 
error ; right. 

Ho-A-WA, V. Ho for Jmo, and taoa, bitter. 

1. To cause bitterness; to make bitter to 
the taste. 

2. Fio. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to op- 
press ; more often hoawwivia. 

ilo-A-WA, i. Name of a tree or shrub. 

Ho-A-WAA, s. The tackling or rigging 
up of a canoe, tying on the ako, &c. ; o ka 
ajfa, he mea hoawaa ia, a e holo ai. 

Ko-A-wA-A-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and awa- 
awa. See Awa. 

1. To be bitter to the taste; to make 
bitter ; to cause bitterness. 

2. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to embitter 
one's life ; to curse. 

Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness to the 

taste. Fio. Hardship. 
Ho-A-wA-A-wA, adj. Bitter to the taste; 

severe ; cruel ; hard. 
Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness; 

badness. 
2. A rising in the stomach from sourness 

or other causes. 
Ho-A-WA-Hi-A, V. For hoawaia, passive. 

To be bitter; to enuse bitterness; to cause 

sadness, sorrow, snifering. See Awa and 

AWAUIA. 

Ho-A-WA-WA, V. Ho{oxhoo,s.nA,awawa, 
a ditch. To make a ditch or furrow. See 

AWAWA.. . 

Ho-A-WE, t). Ho for hoo, and awe, to 
carry on the back. To carry on the back, 
»g a child br'a person. See Awe and Lawb. 

Ho-A-wE, s. Ho and awe, a burden. A 
burden ; a weight carried on the back. 

Ho-A-WE-A-WE, s. Anything made small 
or diminished. 

Hb-A-WE-A-WE-A, V. To discolor; to be 
colored a reddish brown, like red that is 
faded- 



Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, s. A rcddish color ; 
an indistinct color, like the sea at times. 

Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Faded ; discol- 
ored. 

I klkchukohu hoaweavira a ke kai. — Mele. 

Ho-E, s. A paddle for a canoe ; an oar 
for a boat. 

Ho-E-u-M, s. A rudder. 

Ho-E -HA, V. Ho for hoo, and eha, pain. 
To cause pain ; to give pain. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, u 36 for hoo, and eha- 
eha, the reduplication of eha. To give pain, 
bodily or mentally ; to vex ; to harass ; to 
get one into perplexity ; to oppress. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, s. Pain ; distress, either 
of body or mind ; vexation ; peg)lexity. 

Ho-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Painful; distress- 
ing ; difficult ; treublesome. 

Ho-E-HO-E, s. See Hoe. The shoulder- 
blade, from Its resemblance to a canoe pad- 
dle ; ka iwi ma ke kumu o ka iwi ulnna. 

Ho-E-HO-E, V. See Hoe, a paddle? To 
row a canoe or boat here and there. 

Ho-E-HO-E, s. A wind instrument among 
Hawaiians somewhat resembling the flute. 

Ho-E-HO-E-NA, e. See Hoehoe above 
and Ana. To play softly on the hoehoe ; 
hence, 

2. To be joyftil. See Hoenb. 

3. To bore; to pierce through in boring; 
e hoehoena iloko o ka pepeiao. 

Ho-e-ho-e-ke, v. To be poor; destitute; 

sick. 
Ho-E-Htr, V. Ho for hoo, and ehu, to 

scare awajr. 

1. To drive or frighten away ; e hoehu i 
ka puaa e ku mai nei, drive away the pig 
standing here. 

2.. To do a thing quickly. 
Ho-E-LE-E-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and eleele, 

dark. To make black ; to darken. 
Ho-E-LE-i-Ki, s. Robberv; a lying in 

wait to rob one ; deceit ; treachery. 
Ho-E-Lo, -0. To urg'e on ; to push along ; 

to cram down ; e ohiki iloko. 

2. To kindle up, as a flame ; o ke ahi 
nana e hoelo wela. 

Ho-E-iiO, adj. Urging; throwing in. 
Ho-E-LO-E-LO, V. f o press on ; to urge 

forward. 
Ho-E-Mi, V. Ho for hoo, and emi, to lessen. 

1. To cause a diminution ; to lessen. 

2. To shrink; to become blunt, as an 
edged tool. 

3. To return backwards ; to fall behind. 
i. To drive back ; to put down. 

Ho-E-Mi-E-Mi, V. SeeHoEMi. To shrink 

. back, as the mind ; to doiibt ; '> heatnie. 

Ho-E-MX!, V. Ho for hoo, and emu, to 



HOI 



172 



HOI 



throw away. To cast away j to banish ; to 
8cnd aw»jf ; to drive off; to drive off as 
one drives off hope. 

Ho-E-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and ena, to 
lage, as fire. 
J. To eause to burn ; to glow with heat. 

, 1 2. To be In anger J to esiibit a high de- 
gree of anger. See Ena. 

Ho-E-NA-E-NA, V. To gloW, as stones 
red hot in a fire. See Bna. 

Ho-E-KE, V. To sing 5 to be joyful ; to 
play well on an inatrnment. 

Ho-E-NE, s. Pleasure; enjoyment; oka 
/toeiic ku ka uwe a ka laniL 

Ho-E-NE, u To give an injection; e 
balalo ; to administer medicine. 

Ho-E-NE, s. A syringe. 

Ho-E-No, V, Ho for Aoo, afld eno, to be 
wtld. To run aa wild ; to be scary, as an 
animal once tame, ]}ut has become wild. 
S^e Ahiu. 

HorE-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and epa, to de- 
ceive. To deceive; to cheat; to act basely 
in everything. See Epa, 

Ho-E-PA-E-PAj V. Freq. of the foregoing, 
To act out a general bad character ; to 
^tea) ; to cheat ; 'to slander, &e. See Epa. 

Ho-E-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and ewa, to 

turn aside. To be one-sided; to lean over; 

to sway to and fro like an old grass honsd 

in the wind. 
Ho-E-WAA, V, Hoe, paddle, apd waa, 

canoe. To row or paddle a canoe. 
Ho-E-WAA, s. An oarsman; one ^ho 

rows a boat or paddles a canoe. Laieik. 8S. 
Ho-i, V. To return ; to go back ; inth 

hou, to return again ; imperativflg, e hoi, 

and o Iwi, go back^; retnm. . 

Ho-i, adv. Also ; besides ; moreover ; 
indeed ; an intensive word ; no hoi, also ; 

besides. 

Hoi, s. The name of a vine bearing a 
bulbous root, eaien in time of scarcity, 
acrid to the taste. 

Hoi, s, Thenameofa state of marriage 
among chiefs. 

Ho-j-i, V. Ho for hoo, and ii, parsimo- 
nious. 

1. To save; to gather together little 
things. 

2. To be close ; pirsimonious ; pinching 
in a bargain. 

.3. To squeezo or work out of anotheE 
some little favor. 

4. Tone hard ny,('a: tc oppress; applied 
fj; )j( •.',;;:■• ' ''nr '.•1',',;ij':M(.' piu^xwcb ; oka 
luiokohu! ';;iii r.'.u' \\i hoii a katjal-iii iiCi ke 
Aiiiii Sec i; Mii-1 iviii 3. 

Hu-i-i, i. Stinginesi!; closeness in deal- 



ing ; hard and cruel oppression upon the 

weak and poor. , 
Ho-i-i-MA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, ii, to be 

hard, and maka, face. 

. 1. To forbid or discountenance iniquity 

openly, but favor it aieoretly in practice. 

2. To play the hypocrite. See Hon. 

Ho-i-o, s. A species of plant, the tender 

leaves of which are used for herbs. 
Ho-i-o-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and iole, a 

mouse. To cause to rush upon ; to seize, 

as a cat does a mouse ; to bold fast. 
2. To force ; to compel. 
Ho-i-o-MO, V. Ho for hoo, and iomo, to 

fall into the water without spattering. To 

bung up ; to stop, as with a cork or bung^ 
Ho-i-u, V. Ho for hoo, and iu, to ky a 

kapu. 

1. To lay a kapn upon a person, place or 
thing ; to consecrate such person, place or 
thing to a particular purpose. 

2. To create fear, as fear was connected 
with this kapu. 

3. To be afraid. See Iu. 

Ho-i-u, s. Fear ; trembling ; anxiety. 

Ho-l-Hi, adj. Afer off; at a very great 
distance. See Lomi. 

Ho-i-HO-i, V, See Hoi, Used actively, to 
I return a thing to its former place ; to re- 
.' store ; to bring back. 2 Sam. 19:10, 11. 

' 2. To send back ; to dismiss. 

3. To change one thing for another. 

4. To retnm ; to restore, as a rebellious 
people to their allegiance. 1 Nal. 12:21. 

5. To return an answer; e koHwi i ka 
olelo. M. 35:4. 

Ho-i-Ho-i, B. In a neuter sense, to re- 
turn ; to go back ; used for hoi. 

Ho-i-Htf-i, 0. To be pleased; to rejoice; 
tobejoyfnl. 

2. ttoo. To refresh ; to assist ; to g^ve 
pleasure. 2 Tim, 1:16. To be greatly con- 
soled. Heb. 6:18. 

3. To reprove. 2 Tim. 4:2. 
Ho-i-HO-i, s. Joy; gladness; good feel- 
ing; rejoicing; cheerfulness. Bom. 12:8. 
Gratification m a thing. Neh. 4:6. Me ka 
hoihoi, me ka hauoli ame ka manao lana, 
with good feeling, with joy and with hope. 

Ho-i-Ho-i, adj. Glad; joyful; gratified; 
well pleased. 

Ho-i-Hou, V. Hoi, to return, and hoi:, 
again. To return again. 

Ho-i-Hou, s. In music, name of the char- 
acter signifying a repeat. 

Ho-i-Ho-PE V. Hoi, to return, and hope, 
back^vards. To go back after an advanioe; 
to return hj fori!!':.- rn'acticeaafk'rareform- 
atioti ; to rev(\i.!ij as one taken captive ; to 
turn bac!.-. Ici: 6:28. 

Ho-i-KE, V. .Hb for Aoo, and i^e, to know. 



HOI 



173 



HOC) 



1. T6 cause to know ; to make known. 

2. To show; to make a displ^; e nnihi, 
c pufca iwaho j to put outside for appear- 
ance; to exhibit; to explain, as a language. 

Ho-i-KE, s. That which shows or is 
shown ; an exhibition, as of a school ; a 
witness of an event ;' a witness in a court 
of justice. Stn. with ikemaka, also hoike- 
maka, an eye-witness. PiKp. l:8r 

Ho-i-KE, adj. Exhibiting; showing; 
making plain. 

Ho-i-KE, adv. Openly; visibly; clearly. 

Ho-i-KE-A-NA, s. A showing; exhibiting. 

2. The name of the last book in the 
Bible, BevehiiUms. 

Ho-i-KE-i-KE, V. Ho for hao, and Uce, to 
kcow. To kiiow, more particularly than 
hoike; to make I^nown clearly; to commu- 
nicate knowledge ; to point oat tniUis or 
facts. 

Ho-i-M, V. J!/ofor^o, and «2i, to strike; 
to hit. 

1. To cause to bring or to come upsn 
one. 

5S. To place npM(, i. e., to put on board 
a ship. 

3. To strike Upon, as a ship upon a rock ; 
to go ashore ; to strand. 

i. To fall to on^, as property firom 4 
parent ; to inherit.. See Im. 
Ho-i-Li-i-Li, P. Hi) for hoo, and HiUi, to 
collect 

1. To collect together, as things of any 
kind in one place. '' 

2. To lay up ; to heap together. 
Ho-i-Lo, s. The season of the yeat 

answering to winter in more northern lati- 
tudes. 

2. Winter, the stormy season, from the 
interruption of re^lar trade winds., ^otio 
is nsed in opposition to kau, the hot or 
summer season. Ttte word is also written 
hooilo. 

Ho-i-LO, adj. Wintry; pertaining to 
winter. ler. 36:22. 

IJo-i-Lo-i-Lo, V. To guess before hand ; 

: to predict something future ; especiaUy, to 
predict evil ; to tell one when he was sick 
that he would die; ihoUoUo mai o mea ia'u 
e make, a ua ola ; to give up a sick person 
to die as incurable. 

Ho-i-u-HU-NE, V. Ho for hoo, and Ui- 
hune,poof, destitute. 

1. To make one poor; to deprive one of 
his property. 

2. To be humble ; lowly. See Ilihomb. 
Ho-z-Li-KO-LE, V. Ho fox hoo, aaAUikde, 

raw skin. Like the foregoing, only more 
strong. To make very 'poor; to deprive 
of all comforts. See Iuxoi& 
Ho-i-Mi, V. flb for /tea, and mi, to seek. 
To search diligently. 



Ho-i-NAi-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and irutina, 

anger. To cause hatred ; to stir up anger ; 

to, provoke one to*nger. 
Ho-i-NA-i-NA, V. See Ina. To ease off; 

to hang down ; to crook. 
Ho-i-MO, V. Ho fdr hoo, and im, bad. 
1. To curse one. litem. 17:43. To vex; 

tu harass; to harm; to injure; to cause 

reproach. 
■ 2. To make filthy ; to defile. See Im. 
Ho-i-No, s. Reproach; contempt. 1 

Sam. 17:26. 
Ho-i-No, adj. Berena hoino, bread of 

affliction. KanL 16:3. 
Ho-i-No, adv. Mai olelo koi?io, do not 

revile. Puk. 22:28. 

Ho-i-NO-iA, s. That which is contempt- 
ible ; A reproach ; contempt Kin. 30:23. 

Ho-i-NO-i-NO, V. Ho for hoo, and inoino 
(see Ino), to deface. To disfigure ; to .sad- 
den ; to diseoiae, as the face by auBlerity. 
Mat. 6:16. ' 

Ho-i-N0, V. Ho tor hoo, and inu, to 
drink. To give dmk; to cause ouc to 
drink ; generally written hohainu. 

Ho-i-po, \v. Ho for hoo, and ipo, 

Ho-l-po?l-tO, j a paramour. To commit 
fornication or adultery secretly. 

Ho-i-wi, V. Ho for hoo, and itei, crooked. 
See Itr, cdj. To turo ibt ^e-ball from its 
natural position ; to turn the eyes aside ; 
to squint 5 to tie cross-eyed. 

Hoo. This word is the causative prefix 
to verbs : as, moZu, to shade, koomalu, to 
cause a shade, to overshadow ; p<mo, good, 
right, hoopono, ia correct, to make right ; 
aJ'ea, to be broad, hooakea or hoakea, to 
cause to be broad, L e., to extend, enlarge, 
&o. See Oram. § 33 and § 212, and- Sie 
conjugations 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 and 16. 

This prefix, wottgh originally adapted to 
the verb, continues its innucnce though the 
verb with its causative prefix becomes a 
noun, adjective or adverb. Ua hele oiit, i 
ka hoike, he has gone to the exhibiUon; he 
kanaka hoopunipuni, a man earising decep- 
Uan, i. e., t, deeti^vl man ; olclo hooino iho 
la, he spoke causing reproach, i. e., he spoke 
reproachfully. Before words whose first 
letter is a vowel, the last o of the lioo fre- 
quently coalesces^ with the vowel of the 
word following, parlicttlarly before a, e and. 
o; as, hoano for hooano; hook for hobole, 
&Q. (See tiie pi^ceding pages from the 
word hoaa to hoo.) Some words have haa 
for their causative prefix instead of Koo; 
as, haaheo for booheo (from heo, pride), to 
be haughty. Tfaisfom seems to com ..from 
the Tanitian dialect ,; A few words take 
both forms for their causative, as /toonui 
And haamii, from nut, to .be large. Eomoi, 



HOO 



m 



HOO 



U) give, is used for hooawi, but haawi is 
used oftener than either. 

Strictly speaking, hoo in a Dictionary 
>:l)Oulcl not begin a verb, but verbs liaving 
this prefix .shoulc! be set in tlieir places, 
and tbeir meanings be modified by the hoo 
as it occiirs} as, ike, to know, &c., hoo. or 
ho.; to oause tio know, to sliow, to exhibit ; 
ilfc.ia, t<j be known, hoo., to be made known, 
to be shown ; ifceifce, to know clearly, hoo., 
to make known clearly or frequently, &c.; 
but a large class of words have been found 
beginning with the causative prefix hoo, 
whose roots are not, known or have not 
come to light, or are out of use. It is true, 
such a root might be assumed as being in 
existence or having once existed,' as Greek 
Lexicographers often assume an obsolete 
theme; but there would be much danger 
in Hawaiian of getting the wrong word : 
hence, we know not where to put such roots 
unless we retain the hoo for the beginning 
of the word. This occasions some repeti- 
tion, but it is hoped it will not be a serious 
iuconvenience. The following words be- 
ginning with hoo are such as were first 
found in that form and wliose root was not 
known. They are now retained in that form 
because many are other parts of speech 
than verbs. Where the words beginning 
with hoo have been defined under their 
roots, Wie definitions here will be very short 
and the reader referred to the root. 

Ho-o, V. ]3ff for hoo, and o, to pierce. 
See the verb 0. To pierce ; to stab ; to 
cause to enter ; to thrust or put in. 

2. To furnish ; to supply. lob. S8:36. ' 

3. To stretch out ; toejctead.asthehand 
to do a thing. 

Ho-0, V. To caus3 to enter; to put 
one's hand iu his pocket ; ]u)o iho la 1 ka 
poi, kokulu iwaho. 

Hoo-A, V. To break; to break up, as 

fuel 5 to break to pieces. 
2. To vomit ; to be sick at the stomach. 

See HoowA. 
H60-A, s. A breaking up J a separating. 
Hoo-AA, ) J,. The o and a coalescing 
Hoo-WAA, ) give the sound of to. See ©j-am. 

§ 13:7, note. 

1. To dig up, as a trench ; to dig, as with 
an 00 or spade. 

2. To wander about without friends ; to 
be destitate. 

Hoo-AE, 0. See Ae, to break kapu. To 
break, as a law'or kapu ; to transgress. 

Hoo-Ai-KA-NE, V. See AiKANE. To make 
friends. 

Hoo-Ai-PUD-Puu, ». See Aipuyruu. To 
make or constitute one an aipuupun or 
waiting servant j to act as a servant, par- 
ticulaiiy at waiting on the tabie. 



Hoo-ATj-AU, 0. See Auau, to wash. To 
wash the body ; to bathe. 

Hoo-AiJ-A-NA, I 0. See Atj AN A, to wan- 

Hoo-AU-WA-NA, ) dor. To cause to v/an- 
der ; to scatter ; to disperse, as a conquer- 
ing army disperses the enemy. Pass. To 
be dispersed. 

Hoo-AU-HEE, V. See Hee and Auhee, 
to run, as from an enemy. To disperse in 
battle ; to put to flight. 

2. To pillage a conquered people. 

3. Fig. To bo destitute ; to be stripped 
of everything as those formerly conquered 
were; hence, 

i. To be poor ; to be destihite of every 

comfort and resource. 
Hoo-AU-wA-HA, V. See Auwaha and 

AoAxrwAHA. To plow; to make a long ditch; 

to dig a furrow. 
Hoo-AU-wA-HA-WA-HA) v. Freq. of koo- 

auwaha above. 
Hoo-AU-WA-NA, V. See Auwjina. To 

disperse, as a dogflisperseeatlcckof goate, 

or as a conqueror disperses his enemies. 
Hoo-A-HA, V. So •written for koowaha. 

To make or dig a trench, ditch or furrow. 

See Waha. 

2. To cov^i ; to seize upor without per- 
mission. 
Hoo-A-HA-A-HA, u. To sit cross-legged. 
Hoo-A-HE-WA, V. See Hoahewa. To 

pronounce one guilty; to condemn. 
Hoo-A-Hi, V. See Am, fire. To set fire 

to ; to set on fire. 

2. Fig. To fire up ; to be angry (or a 
supposed offense; to be troubled with jeal- 
ous feelings. 

3. To peek or dig into, as a bird with its 
bill. 

Hoo-A-Ho, V. See Aho, sticks for thatch- 
ing on. See also Hoaho. To put the aho 
on a house ; to tie on small sticks to hold 
the thatching of a house, 

Hoo-A-HU, V. See Ahu, to collect. To 
gather together ; to collect ; to heap up. 
2. To put down ; to leave. 

Hoo-A-Hu, adj. Gathered ; collected ; 

laid up. 
2. Dissatisfied, as with work imperfectly 

done. 
Hoo-A-KA, ) j,_ 

Hoo-A-KA-A-KA, J \ 

to make one laugh. 
Hoo-A-KA, ) .y. See AfeAKA, clear. To 
Hoo-A-KA-KA, 5 explain ; to make clear 

\/hat is intricate ; to make perspicuous ; 

to expound. 
Hoo-A-KA-MAi, ». See Akamai, skillful. 

To make wise : to h.- skillful at any art or 

business ; to bo intelligent. 



See Aka and Aka- 
AKA. To cause to laugh; 



HOO 



175 



HOO 



2. To make a pretense of wisclomi to be 

ptoud of one'a attainments. 
Hoo-A-KK-A, V. See Area, broad. To 

enlarge; to spread out; to widen; to make 

broad. 
Hoo-A-LA-LA, V. See Alala and Hoa- 

ijHa. To cry out, as the alala ; to make 

one cry. \ ' 

Hoo-a-le-a-le, v. See Ale, a wave, and 

Alkalis. To stir round soft poiwith Uie 

fingers, as in eating poi ; hence, 

2. To eat poi. Syn. with miki. 

3. To make the sea into -waves. 
Hoo-a-li-a, v. See Alia. To hinder; 

mal kooalia mai oe : to stand in the way of 
another. 

2. To cause one to stop doing a thing. 

3, To wait ; to procrastinate. ^ 
Hoo-A-Lii, V. See Ain, chief. Toniake 

a chief; to establish one in office. 
Hoo*iA-LO-HA, V. See Aloha, to love. 

To cause to love; to make one's self friends. 
Hoo-A-Lo-HA-LO'-flA, V. See Aloha, to 

love. To take pleasure in ; to give thanks ; 

to bless. 
Hdo-A-LU-A-LU, V. See Altjaltj, loose. 

To cause to loosen or slacken, as a rope ; 

to make one's clothes loose. 
Hoo-A-Mo, V. See Amo, to carry. To 

cause one to carry or bear a burden. 
Hoo-A-NA-E, V. bee Hoanoe. To set 

aside ; to set apart for a particular use. 
Hoo-a-ni, s. A rumbling; a movement 

of wind in the bowels. 
Hoo-a-no-a-no, v. See Hoano. To be 

solemn, as with the idea that an invisible 

spirit was present. 
2. To solemnize the mind, as for worship, 

or as in the presence of a spirit ; Iwoario- 

ano wale mai no me he liaili la e kau ifco 

ana raaluna, 
Hoo-A-po-NO, V. See Pono and Hoa- 

poNO. To pronounce not guilty, i. e., to 

justify. . m IT. 

Hoo-h-a, r. See E A, to rise up. iolift 

up ; to i,'U:vate. 

Hoo-E-A-E, V. To read with a tone. 
Hoo-EU, ) y. See Eir and Eueu. To 
HoO"EtJ-EU, ) animate ; to encourage; to 

excite. 
Hoo-E-tE-E-LE, V. See Elk and hLE- 

klk. To make black : to blacken, like the 

ga,1;bering of clouds bcforo a storm. 
Hoo-e-Mi, V. See Emr. To draw back ; 

to diminish in size or number ; to lessen ; 

to humbly. • ^ 

Hoo-i-A, y. For hoooia. SeeOu,t). To 

pi-ove ; to couflrra ; t<r make, evident ; to 

confirm the truth of a thing. 
Ho-oi-oi, adj. SeeOioi. Assuming; for- 



ward ; desirous of appearing conspicuous ; 
vain; conceited. 

Iloo-iA-i-o, V. Hooia and io, really. To 
prove, &o. ; to substantiate as a fact. 

Hoo-iA-i-o, s. A pledge for something 
promised. Kin. 38:20. 

Hoo-i-E-i-E, V. See lEis,--adj. To be 
prottd ; vainglorious ; light minded ; fop- 
pish. 
• 2. To be quarrelsome. 

Hoo-i-E-i-E, adj. Proud ; vain ; light 
minded. See above. 

Hbo-i-i-KA, V. Freq. oiika. See Hooika. 

Hoo-i-o, V. See Hoola. above. To prove; 
to confirm. 

2. To think much of one's self; mai ao i 
na mea hewa — ^i ka hooio, i ka hookiekie. 

Hoo-i-HA-i-HA, V. See Iha. To draw 
tightly, as a rope ; to be intent. 

Hoo-i-Ho, V. See lHo,.to descend. To 
cause to descend ; to go down ; e liooiho 
ana ka waa i Oahu. 

Hoo-i-HO-i-Ho, u Freq. ofj/w, i;. Togo 
down. 

Hoo-i-Ho-NA, s. See HooiHo and Ana. 
A road leading down hill ; a descending. 

Hoo-i-KA, V. See Ika, to float ashore. 
To gb ashore from a boat or canoe ; to put 
ashore, as from a canoe ; to Oirow on a 
bank from any water. 

Hoo-i-XAi-KA, V. See Ikaika, strong. To 
make strong ; in streciprocal sense, to make 
one's self strong. 

2. To strengthen ; to encourage ; to ani- 
mate. 

Hoo-i-KE, V. See Ike and Hoike. To 
show ; to make known ; to exhibit ; to en- 
lighten. 

Hoo-i-Ki, V. See Iki, little. To make 
small ; to diminibh ; to hold back. 

Hoo-i-Li, V. See Ili, to strike. To hit 
upon ; to put upon, as to put on board a 
ship ; to place upon, as upon the shoulders. 

Hoo-i-Li, adj. Articles of supply, as for 
family use ; he nui no ka maona ma ke 
ku»aina,he maona /iOoiK; something to eat 
and lay aside. 

Hoo-i-Li-i-Li, V. See Ili and Iliili, to 
collect. To collect in store ; to gather to- 
gether ; to gather in heaps. 

Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. See Ilina, burying place. 
An inheritance ; property falling to one 
from the death of a person. 

2. An heir ; an inheritor of the property 
of a deceased person. Kin. 15:3, 4. 

3. A burying place. 

Hoo-i-Lo, s. The name of the rainy or 
wintry months, in distinction from fca.«,the 
summer season ; also Aoi/o. 

Hoo-i-LO-i-LO, V. See Hosloilo. To 



HOO 



176 



HOO 



euess correctly ; to predict ; t6 tell before 
Eand ; especiallj.to predict evil. 
2. To rejoice. 

Hoo-i-NU, V. See Inu. To give drink 
to ; to cause to drink ; generally written 
hoohainu. Forthe ha, see Gram. § 48, 

Hoo-i-NAi-NA, v.. See Iha, v., and Hoi- 

NAINA. 

Hoo-i-?o, V. See Ipo, a mistress. To 
woo ; to court ; to solicit the affections of 
one ; applied either to men or women. 

2. To cohabit secretly ; to keep a mis- 
tress. 
Hoo-i-po-i-po, ». Freq. of the foregoing. 
Hoo-oi-oi, adj. jSee Hooioi. Assuming; 
desirous of appearing at the head ; con- 
ceited ; vain. Isa. 3:16. 
Hoo-o-LU-o-LiT, V. See Oluolu and Ho- 
OLUOLU. To comfoit; to console one in 
affliction and pain ; to give to body or 
mind ; to please. 
Hoo-u-A, V. See Ua, rain. To cause it 

to rain ; to give or caiise rain. 
Hoo-tr-AA, or Hoo-tt-waa, adj. Opes; 
free to enter, as a harbor ; e komo no na 
moku mannwa iloko o na awa a pauiAoo- 
naaia. *^ 

Hoo-u-A-u-A, V. To be tight; strong; 

to draw along. 

HoD-u-A-Hi, V. See Uahi, «noke. To 

cause smoke, steam or vap'^r : to burst 

forth, like steam. 

Hoo-u-E, ) „, See.UE and Uwe. To 

Hoo-u-WE, J cauEe oufi to cry; to cry out 

for pain or grief. 
Hoo-u-E-u-E, n. Intensive of Aoowe above. 
To cry out ; to so* ; to sigh ; to grieve ; to 
mourn ; to cry l»ng ; to wail. 
Hoo-tJErFE, V. See Ueue, to shake. To 
cause a shaSing ; to bend ; to crook ; to 
movfc along a little.' 
Hod-u-HA, V. To draw tightly. 
Hoo-u-)iA-u-HA, V. To fatigiie ; to tire. 
Hoo-vHA-LU, V. To bring out; to unfold. 
Hco"U-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. See Henehene. 
CO laugh secretly at one ; to mock ironic- 
^ ally- 

Hoo-u-Hi, V. See Uhi, to cover up. To 
overspread j to cover up ; to wrap up ; to 
nut out of sight by covering up. 
Hoo-u-Hi-u-Hi, V. See Uhi as above. 
To cover up ; to conceal in various ways ; 
to cover over ; to hide from view. 
Hoo-u-HU-Hi, V. To trouble ; to vex. 
Hoo-u-KA, «. SeeUKA, tosend; convey. 
To put or lay upon, as to lade a horse or 
other animal ; to put on board a canoe or 
vessel; to freight; tosend property by ship. 
2. To attack, as an enemy ; to make an 
attftck ; to rush upon, as in battle. 



Hoo-u-KA, adj. La hoaaka, day of bat- 
tle ; day of attack. 7o6.3fc23. 
Hoo-u-KA-u-KA, V. Frecfuent. of AocK^a. 
Hoo-u-KA-Li, V. See Ukau, to follovir. 
To cause to follov ; to follow after ; to ac- 
company by follDwing. 
Hoo-u-ka-na, «. S?e Ukana, goods to 
be carried aloAg. 'To buadle up or pack 
movable goois. 
Hoo-u-Ki, V. See Uki, Ukiuki and Na- 
UKi. To provoke ; to do that which will 
offend. 
Hoo-u-Ki-ff-Ki, V. See TTh. To cause 

one to ie bffonded ; to insult. 
Hoo-ir-xo',- V. See XJku, reward. To pay 
or discharge a debt ; to pay a fiae ; to pun- 
ish or reward ; hoopai. 
Hoo-ir-Kir, s. SeeUKU. A recompense; 

payment ; doing justice. j£4.. 35:4. 
Hoo-u-LAu-LAu-A-KA, V. To enjoy, as 
. the union of the sexes. 
Hoo-u-le, ». See Ule, to hang down. 

To cause io hang ; to swing. ' 
Hoo-u-LE-ir-LE, V. See Ule. To swing; 
to hang pendulous; to ease off; to crook 
or tui-n down. 
Hoo-u-Li, I!. See Uu, to be dark col- 
ored. To make black ; to darkea ; to be 
green, as the sea ; as a forest. 
Hoo-u-Li-u-Li, V. intensive of the above. 
Hoo-u-Lu, v. See Ultj, to grov/, as a 
vegetable. To cause to grow, as seeds 
planted ; to sprout ; to increase in size, as 

2. To lift up ; to release, as something 
fast ; ma kahi o paa ai ka waa, e Aoouiu no 
kekahi kanaka i ka waa. 
Hoo-u-w-A, ». See Ulua, to assemble. 
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
to collect together, as things. 

Hoo-0-LU-A, i;. To sing in order to en- 
courage men to work. 

Hoo-u-LU-tJ-Lu, V. See Ulu and Ulo- 
DMi, to collect together. To collect to- 
gether, as men or things ; to assembl-j in 
one place. 

Hoo-u-Lu-u-Ltr-wA, ) ^,. jji^^ to coUeci, 

Hoo-u-LU-u-LU-WAA, \ and iMo, canoe. 
To collect many canoes together in ono 
place. 

Hoo-u-LU-Hff-A, «. See Uluhua. To 
give trouble; to weary; to vex; to op- 
press ; to wear out the patience of one ; 
mai hocnduhua i ke keiki. 

Hoo-u-LU-Lu, «. E hoauMu akua, to 
make protensicns of being a god, or hav- 
ing a god in one. 

HOO-U-LU-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See UWMA- 
HIE. 



HOO 



in 



HOO 



Hoo-u-Mi-Ki, V. See Umiki, a gourd. To 

ewoU' out round and full, as a large gourd. 
lioo-u-Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, V. Intensive of the 

abore. 
Hoorir-NA, ». See Una, to send. To 

cause one to go on business; to send on an 

errand. 
Hoo-11-BrA-tJ-KA, e. Intensive of awa. To 

send frequently. 

2. To perform some part in the hoopio- 
.piA or anaana. 

3. To ask or urge one to do a thing; 
aote o'u manao e Asounauna aku ia olua. 
Lateik. 21. 

Hoo-u-nE, V. See Une, to pry up. To 
pry up, as with a lever ; to lift by prying, 

Hoo-u-NK-d-NE, V. Frequentative of ftoo- 
une. To pi'y up. 

2. To deceive, 

Hoo-u-NOO, v.\ See Uuoo, not well 
cooked. To b« not sufficiently cooked ; 
hence, 

3. To be raw ; to he red, as raw meat. 
Hoo-ir-NO-tr-Noo, v. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-u-pu-tj-pu, V. See Upu, to desire. 

To desire strongly ; to covet; to lust after. 
iioo-u-viTA, «, .See Uwa, to shout. To 

cause to cry out ; to, shout ; to be clam- 
orous. 
Hoo-Tj-wA-u-WA, «. Intensive of the 

above. 
floo-Tf-WA-BC, V. SeeUwAHi. Lrr. Uahi. 

To ri3$ up, as a column of smoke. 
Hoo-ir-vra, v. See Uwe, to cry. To 

cause .to cry ; to make one cry. 
Hoo-tr^WE-pE, V. To open. ScbWehe. 
Hoo-T7-wfe-wE, v. SeeHoouETTE. To be 

fickle ; to move about : to shake. 
Hoo-tr-WE-u-WE, V. To sound, as a bell; 

to sound, as a murical instrument. 

':ina 
voice, 

like a weak dying person. 
Hoo-u-wi-i/"-~WT, V. See Uwi, to wring; 

to twist To HrriJig ; to sfiiieeze ; to twist. 
Hoo-tr--Ri-n-wi, i: The name of a shade 

tree : he iaau malumal-t. 
Hoo-u-wi-Ki!, V. See Uwi. To squeak, 

' as new sho^ss ; to grind the teeth. 

2. To cause to shine thiough staall holes. 

SeeUwna; , _ 

Hoo-B-WT-tJ-wi-xi, s. See foregoing- 2. 

Veiy small Jvoles. 
Hoo-HAA, V. See Haa, low; short. To 

cause to be low ; to humble ; to be unlike 

another ; e hoohita, e ano e. 

Hoo-HAA, w. To '^ie deceitful ; to get 
one's living by cheating; 
8 To be lazy; toliveinatmrslessmaanor. 



Hoo-u-wE-NE, K?. To speak in 

Hoo-U-WE-NE-WE-NE, J small shrill voic 



Hoo-HAA-HAA, V. See Haa, shorthand 
Haaiua. To make low ; to humble ; to 
abase ; to make humble. 

Hoo-HAA-HAA, adv. Humbly; modestly., 
Rom, 12:3. 

Hoc-HAA-NU-i, V, See Haanui. Haa, 
causative, and nui, to be great. To boast ; 
to swell in glorying ; to multiply words ; 
to speak unintelligibly. 

Hoo-haa-lu-i,t;, ». See Haalulu, i. e., 
Haa, prefix, and LwLU, to shake. To shake; 
to tremble, as one in great fear. Note. — 
It appears from this and other words that 
the causative prefix haa is more ancient 
than hoo, for we have here hdu, to shake, 
and hacMu as a causative form, and this 
seems to have been incorporated with the 
word : since, however, the more modern 
causative hoo has been prefixed, thus the 
word haa two cansatives. 

Hoo-HAE, V. See Hab, wild. To be wild; 

' savage : io provoke to anger. 

Hoo-B&E-EAE, V. See Haehae. To 
make one angry ; to provoke ; to tease ; to 
vex ; to trouble. 

Hoo-hai, v. See Hai, proud. To be 
proud ; to strut about ; to look down upon 
others. 

Hoo-hai-hai, v. Itttensive of the fore- 
going. See Hatsai. To be proud ; vain. 

Hoo-ha-i-li, v. See Haili. To be of a 
dark color ; to be dark ; dim to' the sight. 
2. To take the appearance of a spirit. 
8. To be transformed, as one taking a 
new form. 
Hoo-HA-i-NTT, V. See Inu and Haiui;. 
To give drink to ; to cause one to drink ; 
to quench one's thirst by drinking. 

Hoo-hao-hao, v. See RtokAo, to search. 
To seek ; to cause a search: after a thing ; 
to hunt after. 

Hoc-HAtr-o-Li, V. See Hauoli, joy. To 
cause joy ; to rejoice. 

Hoo-HAU-m-.u, V. See Hili, to wander, 
and Hachih. To cause a blundering id 
speaking ; to tolk foolishly without regard 

' to truth. ' 

Hoo-fiAU-KAE, V. See Haukae, a sloven. 
To be a sloven, or to act in a slovenly man- 
ner ; to be base in one's conduct.' 

Hoo,-HAtr-Mi-A, V. See Haumu, filthy^ 
To defile ; to pollute ; to cause to be un- 
clean ; to contaminate ; to deface ; to dis- 
figure. 

Hoo-HAtr-NA, V. To deceive; to entice; 
to insnare. 

2. To' clasp around. 

3. To seize with the hands, as something 
difficult to hold. 

Hoo-HAif-NA, V. To stuif the vagina in 
order to produce abortion, 



HOO 



178 



HOO 



Hoo-HAW-NA-E-LE, V. See HaitnabLe. 

To cause a disturbanca ; to get up a riot ; 

to do miscbief in a mass. 
Hoo-HA-u-WA-tr-WA, V. See Uwa and 

(JwAUWA, to gabble. To talk ail together; 

to make ccofteeion by a multitude talking 

all at onee. 
Hoo-HA-HA, V. See Haha, to Strut. To 

be obstinate ; opinionatetl. 

2. To be proud ; high minded ; to strut ; 
to act tbe dandy ; to strut, aa a cock tor- 
key; he kanaka hoohaha, hookano, haaheo, 
nolio wale, aole hana; he lux^uiha kana 
bele ana ; to stmt, as a person of conse- 
quence, ler. 48:29. 

3. To beat down; to pound; to make 
hard, as the bottom of a salt pond. 

Hoo-HA-HA, adj. Covered up ; shaded ; 

overshadowed, as- by cioads ; init i poipu 

ka lani, a aneane makani ole, he luMMha ia. 
Hoo-HA-BAt, V. See Hahai, to follow. 

To puTfiue ; to chase ; to follow after. 
Hoo-HA-HAU, ». To make believe ; to 

pretend to be what one is not; to put on 

the dress and appearance of another ; e 

hoano. e hoohailL 
Hoo-HA-Bftr, V. To make even; smooth; 

level. 

HoO-HA-HU-HA-Hp, V. 

Hoo-HA-KA, V. ■ See Haka, full of holes. 

To be open ; to be full of openings, cracks 

or. spaces. 
Hoo-HA-KA-HA-KA, V. See Haka. To 

open ; to be full of holes or cracks. 

2. Fig. To open, as the ear ; to give at- 
tention tu what is said. 
Hoo-HA-iCA-Li-A, V. See Hakalia. To 

detain; to delay; to lengthen out the time. 
HOO-HA-KA-NU, V. See ftAKAMD. To be 

speechless ; silent ; unsocial. 
Hoo-HA-KK, V. SeeHAEE. To break, as 

a boil ; to thrnst ; to pnsh ; to cram in. 
Hoo-HA-Ki, V. See Haj:i, to break. To 

oauise to break ; to break, as a stick or a 

bone. See the foregoing. 
Hoo-BA-Ko-i, V. See Hakoi. To cause 

water to dash ware againsf wave, or against 

the sides of a vessel. 

2. To be agitated, as w*ter in a dish un- 
steadily carried. 

3. To swell and riae up, as water. 

4. Tolie agitated, as the mind. 
Hoo-ha-la, V, See Hala, to miss; to 

pass o^. To canse to miss the mark; to 
dodge ; toturn aside. 

2. To transgress ; to go beyond. NtA. 
14:41. 

3. To pass b^ the house of a Mend; mai 
hoohoda oe ia la, do not miss him, i. e., in 
throwing a spear at a man. 

Hoo-HA-LA-HA-LA, V, See Hala and 



HmjAHala To refuse assent to the term» 
of a bargain;^ to break off a bargain^ to be 
displeased with the proposed conditioaa Of 
another ; to break a promise. 

2. To turn aside ; not to Usteu to what 
t^ne says. 

3. To find feolt with a proposal or oSi». 
Hoo-ha-la-ha-la-wa-le, «. A complairt 

without cause ; an unreasonable objection, 
to a proposal. 
Hoo-ha-la-la, V, See Hoohala above 
and La, day. Lit. To canse the day to 
pass away. 

1 . To pass off the time; to speud the day. 

2. To endure for the present day ; ap- 
plied to sick persons ; na pono kou mai7 
Ans. Aole, he hoohtdala wale no, no ka 
make. . Applied to the hungry ; he ai anei 
ia, oukon? Aole, he hoohctMa wale no — 
he kaman ea. Applied also when one has 
but a little food, just enough for the day. 

floo-HA-LK, V. See Hale, house. To 
rest in a house J^: to stay in a house ; to re- 
ceive one into alonse^ to lodge; to solicit 
one to be a host or friend. See Hoaikanb, 

Hoo-HA-LE-HA-LE, V. Intensive of the 

foregoing. To sink down, as the stomach 

when hungry, or iike a bouse roof fallen in. 

2. To be hungry : lo suffer with hunger. 

HOO-HA-LE-KI-PA, 11. SeeHALEKlPA. To 

entertain, as a guest ; to receive into one s 

house, as a friend. " 
Hoo-HA-LE-PA-PAA, V. See Halepapaa. 

To shut up one in a tight house; to inclose; 

to secure by putting in a tight house ; to 

store ; to put in a store-house. 
Hoo-HA-Li, P. See Hali, to carry. To 

cause to bear ; to carry. 

2. To transfer to another person or to 
another place. 

3. To carry the words of one to another; 
to put words together. 

Hoo-HA-LLi, V. To stir up, as anger; 

hookalm mai i ka inaina. 
Hoo-HA-Li-HA-Li, V. Intensive of haU. 

To carry or bear, as a burden ; to carry 

frequenfly. 
Hoo-HA-Li-KE, u' See Like and Halhce. 

To causa to be like; to resemble; to make 

similar. 
Hoo-ha-l£-ke-u-ke, v. Freq. of the fore- 
going. See Hauke. To make alike ; to 

divide equally ; to equalize. 

Hoo-KA-u-KE-Li-KE, s. A resembknce ; 
likeness ; a similarity. 

Hoo-HA-LTj, V. See Halu. To be or be- 
come poor or thin iu flesh. 

Hoo-ha-lu-a, u. To watch an ojtportu- 
nity foir mischief; to lie In wait 'fos. 8:4 
Either to kill or rob. 
2. To act as a spy ; to go seorbtty to do 



HOO 



1% 



«00 



utbing; to rob ; to watclifor an opportu- 
nity to see or speak to a person. Laikk. 77. 

Hoo-HA-LU-A, .«. An ambush ; an am- 
liuscadu. fTes. 8:2. Poo /looAalua, liers in 
wait. I/imlc. 9:25. 

Hoo-HA-LU-HA-Ltr, V. Freq. of hooJudu. 
Sec Halu and Hahai.u. To bo poor in 
flesh ; to be tliin ; to be hungry. 

Hoo-HA-LU-LU, V. See Halulu. To 
cause a roiiring like th\indvr, or a heavy 
wind; to rage; to make a rumbling sound. 

Hoo-HA-Mo, V. See Hamo, to rub. To 
cause a rubbing, as with the band ; to be- 
smear, as with oil. 

Hoo-HA-Mo-HA-Mo, V. See the above. To 
feel with the han;l frequently; to rub over; 
to anoint, 

Hoo-HA-NA, v. See Hana, to work. To 
cause to work ; to do service for another ; 
to compel to work, as a slave; to encourage 
to work. 

Hoo-HA-NAU, ». See Hanau, to bring 
foVth young. To cause to bring forth, as 
ft female. Notb. — The word was mo?.tly 
I'iied in connection with the application of 
ntediciAcs designed to effect premature par- 
turition. 

2. In modern times hoo'lM.vm has been 
us^d in the sense to beget or cause to be 
born ; not used by Hawaiiaq^ themselves 
in this sense. 

Hoo-HA-Ni, V. See Hani, to approach. 
To come near to so as just to toncL ; to 
pass softly by.' 

Hoo-HA-Nl-NA, V. See HoOHANmANI. 
Also, to turn a little so a.s to allow one to 
pass in a narrow road. 

Hoo-HA-Ni-HA-Ni, V. Freq. of Jwokani. 
To. tempt slightly to adultery; to make 
gentle advanctffl. 

Hoo-HA-Ni-Ni, V. See Hanini and Nmi, 
to spill. To pour or run out, as water from 
a vessel ; to cause to flow, as water ; also, 
as tears; ua hooltaniniia na mapuuawai- 
maka, the fountains of tears overflowed. 
Zaieik. 203. 

Hoo-HA-No, V. See Hano, to be still ; 
undisturbed. To honor; to exalt; to be 
vain ; to be haughty ; to be selfrglorious. 

Hoo-ha-no-ha-no, v. See Hano. To 

exalt one's self above others ; tor conduct 

haughtily ; to raise 0Jt6 to honor. 
Hoo-HA-Ntr-A, V. See Hanpa, plane ; 

Jevel. To live independently; to have 

enough ; to be supplied. 
2, To bo level ; plane, as low level 

ground. See Honha. 
Hoo-iiA-NU-HA-NU, 0. See Hanu, to 

breathe. To cause to breathe frequently ; 

to draw the breath in .and out 



2. To rvsuacitatc; to revive from fainting. 

3. To snuff up, as the wind. 
Hoo-HA-PAi, c; See Hapai, to lift or 

raise up. To conceive, as a female ; par- 
allel with hoohanmi. Nah. 11;12. Notk. — 
HoolMium aiid AooAapai arc both factitious 
words and of modern date, and are not 
after Hawaiian idiom, as the Hawaiian has 
no words properly signifying* conceive an 
{^"mother, or to beget as a father ; at least 
no such words have yet been discoveredi 

Hoo-HEE, V. See HEE,to meltj to flow. 
To cause to molt ; to flow, as a liquid. 

2. To cause to fleq ; to put to flight ; to 
ront, as an army. See Auuke. 

Hoo-BEE-BEE, V. Fk([. of kookec. Also, 
.to make angry ; to vex ; to bo wild. 

Hoo-HEE-WA-LE, V. To melt casily ; t& 
run into liquid. 

2. To flee or run away ; to act the cow- 
ard. See HoBE. 

Hoo-BE-HEE, V. See Hee, to melt. To 
melt away ; to run, as a liquid; to liquify, 
as any hard substance. 

Hoo-BEi, V. See Hei, a snare or net. 
To set a net or share ; to be entangled !n 
a snare. 
2. To beset with difficulties. 

Hoo-HEi-BEi, V. To sound or strike on 
the drum. 

Hoo-BEi-B£i, s. A drum ; a playing on 
the drnqi. 

Hoo-HE-0, V. See Heo, pride. To be 
proud ; vacmting ; lofly. 

Ifco-BE-HE-o, V. See Heo. To swell 
ont; to be large, as a woman with a large 
pau. 

Hoo-BE-v, V. See Hev, a beginning. 
To open a speech ; to commence a talk. 

Hoo-he-be-lo, v. See Hebelo. To be 
proad; to be proud of one's appeerance or 
dress ; to be deceitful. 

Hoo-b£-ki-li, v. See Hekili, thunder. 
To cause it to thunder. 

Hoo-HE-LE, adj. Sei Hele, to move. 
Movable ; moving. 

Hoo-BE-LE-BE-LE, V. See Hele and 
HljMEix, to divide. To go between ; to 
divide ; to separate by cutting, as cutting 
cloth with shears. 

H00-HE-1.E-LE1, V. See Heielei, to .scat- 
ter. To scatter, as in sowing grain ; to 
throw away. 

Hoo-BE-MA-BE-MA, V. See Hema, left 
(hand.) To be unfurnished ; unprepared; 
not ready. 

2. To be wanting in some important qual- 
ity or thing. 

3. To cause a destitution ; to deprive of. 

4. To dislike and take no care of ^ ap- 
pUedto all things not desired. 



HOO 



180 



HOO 



5. To Bet no value upon ; hoohe^nahcma 

i ka waiwai, wiiiho wale a lilo ia hai. 
JIuo-HE-jtto, V. See Hemo, to loosen. 

To make loose; to loosen; to set at liberty. 
Hoo-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, V. Freq. of the above. 

To make loose. 
Uoo-HE-Mu, V. SeeHEMUjto drive away. 

To scare away ; to frighten ; to drive off, 

as hens, pigs or other animals. 
Hoo-HE-NA, «. See Hena, thigh. To see, 

feel or handle the thigh ; to take off one's 

clothes. 
Hoo-HE-NA-HE-NA, V. Intensive of the 

foregoing. To act lasciviously; to uncover 

one's nakedness; to dress so as to show 

tile hena. 
Hoo-HE-NE, 1). See Hene, mockery. To 

cause mockery ; to show contempt. 
Hoo-HE-NE-HE-NE, V. See the foregoing. 

To cause laughter at another's expense or 

feelings ; to mock ; to vilify. 
Hoo-'HE-PA, 1). See Hepa, to be silent. 

To W mischievous ; to be careless ; to imi- 
tate another. 
Hoo-HE-PA-HE-PA, V. See HoOHEPA. To 

talk improperly, as imitating the talk of 

foreigners. 
2. To mispronounce words or misoon- 

struct language ; e Siookahuli i ka olelo. , 
Hoo-HE-WA, V. See Hewa, wrong; 

error. To condemn ; to convict of crime 

or misdemeanor ; to accuse one of crime ; 

to punish. See Ahkwa.. 
Hoo-HE-WA-HE-WA, ■ V. See HoOHEWA, 

to cause to do or be in error. To forget; 

to mistake; to forget the name of a person. 

2. To mistake one pelrson for another ; 
to be doubtful with regard to a thing. 

3. To be slightly deranged ; to be delir- 
ious; but not so strong as fuhena or puptde. 

Hoo-HE'WA-WA-LE, V. See HoOHEWA 

and Wale, gratuitously. To condemn with- 
out cause; to ofipress; to injure. Nd'E. — 
This word is often divided into two words 
in writing, and perhaps should always be. 

Hoo-Hi, V. To open ; to dissolve ; to 
act as a cathartic ; e boomama. 

Hoo-Bi-A-Hi-A, 1). To be good ; honora- 
ble ; noble in aspect and deporbneut. 

2. To have the outward appearance 'of a 
gentleman without the substance. 

3. To be proud and vain. Sea Hoomahib. 

Hoo-Hi-A-LA, V. To eat with greediness; 
to cram down food ; to swallow, as one in- 
satiate. 

2. Ill a moral sense, to swallow down in- 
iquity; no ka mea, ke hoohiala ae noi oukou 
I ka bewa iloko o onkoti iho. 

lloo-Hi-A-LA-Ai, t'. JJooAJfflte and aj, food. 

a. To stuff, with food. 



2. Pig. To be inieni on evil; ebanaraBU 

ma ka bewa. 
Hoo-Hi-A-MoE, V. See Hiamoe, to sleep. 

To cause one to sleep. 
2. To be lazy ; to be weary ; to be dull. 
Hoo-in-A-Po, V. See Hiapo. To be con- 
stituted a first born; to ha ve the privileges 

of a first born. 
Hoo-Hi-E, V. See Hie, excellept. To 

make or cause to be excellent; to be grand 

to look at. 
2. To be proud; to be haughty; to cany 

a high head. 
Hoo-Hi-E-Hi-E, V. See HiEHiE, pride, &c. 

To show a proud behavior; to act proudly. 
Hoo-Hii, V. See Hii, to carry a child. 

To lift up, as a child in the arms to <;arry. 
Hoo-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean. To cause 

to lean or slant from a perpendicular ; to 

bend over. . 

2. To stagger in walking, 
Hoo-Hi-o-Lo, V. See HioLo, to fall down. 

To overthrow ; to cause to roll down or 
away ; to throw down ; to demolish. 
Hoo-Hi-Tj, V. See Hiu, strong ; fierce. 
To be wild ; to be fierce ; to be unta,med. 
•. 2. To be unfriendly ; to be unsociable. 

3. To fear ; to be afraid. 
Hoo-Ej-Hi, V. See Hmi, to entangle. To 

cause entanglement; to get entangled in 
anyway. ■■ 
2. . To desire to get what is another's. 

Hoo-Hi-Hi, adj. Ofiensive; injurious, 
Hoo-Hi-Ki-A, V. See Hihia, entangle- 
ment To get one into difficulty; to en- 
trap ; to hold fast 
Hoo-Hi-Hi-u, V. See Hoohiu above. To 
cause fear ; to be fearful ; to make afraid ; 
hence, to make or be wild ; to be untamed, 

Hoo-Hi-KA-KA, «. See Hikaka, to stag- 
ger. To lean this way and that, as a rick- 
ety grass house ; to lean overJ 

2, To stagger in walking, like a drunkpn 
man, 

Hoo-Hi-Ki, V. See Hiki, to come to. To 
arrive at a place, especially at a place 
designated, 

2. To vow ; to swear to a fact ; to abjure 
on oath. 

3. To swear at ; to reproach ; to revile ; 
mostly with ino. 

Koo-Hi-Ki, s. A VOW ; a promise ; a 
prayer ; a swearing. OUik. 6:1. Hoohiki 
wahahce, a false swearing, Oihk. 6:3. 

Hoo-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To beM or carry fre- 
quently ; to carry a little at a time. 

Hoo-Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. See Hikilele, to 
startle. To startle one ; to cause one to 
jump; to startle with affright; to wake one 
suddenly, as from sleep. 



HOO 



181 



HOO 



Hoo-Hi-LA, V. See Hila. To cause 
shame ; to lie ashamed. 

HoO'HI-LA-HI-LA, V. See'HDuAHILA. To 
iMi timid ; modest ; feaii'ul, ag a bashful 
person ; hence, to he affected With shame ; 
to malse ashamed; to act with modesty; 
to put one to shame, by his own superior- 
ity. Xoieifc. 138. E hhohUaJkUa aicu ai ia 
Laieikawai. 

Hoo-Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adj. Bashful; modest, 
as a hacliwoodsman; hebooluauui kekua- 
aina, he hoohUahUa- 

Hoo-Hi-l/A-tA, V, See Hilala, to bend; 
t<i croolt. To bend, as ttie slim branches 
of a tree with the wind; to curve; to bend 
round, as a hook* 

Hoo-ni-Li, V. See Hili, to wander. To 
wander from the right path; to wander; to 
go here and there without object. 

Hoo-Hi-Li-Hi-Li, V. See Hiii. To cause 
to wander often. 

2. To besmear t^^th blood; to defile with 
blood. 

Hoo-Hi-U-U. 

Hoo-Hi-LO, V. See Hito, to twist. To 
cause to twist; to spin or twist, as a cord. 

Hoo.Hi-LU, t>. See Hilu, to be glorious. 
To exalt ; to praise ; to dignify. 

Hoo-Hi-LU-Hi-LU, V. See the foregoing. 
To exalt ; to praise ; to honor ; to dignil'y. 

Hoo-Hi-PA, V. See Hipa. To vow; to 
perform a vow. 
2. To speak falsely. 

Hoo-Hi-PA, g. Affection; attachment. 

Hoo-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, w. To blunder in speak- 
ing ; to speakjfalsely. , 

Hoo-Hi-Puu, 0. See Hiputj, a little bag 
or bundle for carrying provisions. 'Bo 
make up into a bundle ; to bundle up for 
carrying. 

Hoo-Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, black ; 
acceptable to the gods. To be acceptable 
to the gods ; to he dear ; to be greatly be- 
loved ; to honor ; to treat as beloved or 
precious. 

Hoo-Ho, V. See Ho, to cry out. To shout 
or cry out, as a single person; to call after 
one. . 

2. To exclaim with many voices ; hole 
ka moku makai. hele na kanaka mauka e 
hoolM hole ai, the ship went on the sea, (ie 
men went on shore with vociferation. 

3. To make the low noise of a horse. 
Hoo-HO, s. A shout; an exclamation of 

joy ; to triumph. 1 24s. 4:16. 

Hoo-ho-a, v. See Hoa, to drive cattle. 
To challenge^ to dare one to fight; to pro- 
voke to anger.. 

Eoo-ho-a-ho-a, v. Frequentative of the 
above. 



Hoo-HO- no, V. To force out; to emit 

wind. 
Hoo-iio-ho-no, v. See' Houono, strong 

smelling. To give or cause a strong offen- 
sive smell, like tar, sulphur and decaying 

fish. 
Hoo-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka, disappointed. 

To cause a mistake or error; to disappoint 

one. 
Hoo-ho-ka-ho-ka, v. To make frequent 

mistakes or-Wimders ; to be disappointed. 
Hoo-ho-le«»aa-haa, v. To preserve for 

another. 
Hoo-ho-u, v. See Holi, to do first. To 

come out, as the first beard of a young man. 
2. To make one's first effort to do a thing. 

See HooHKU. 
Hoo-Ho-LO, V. See Holo, to run. To 

cause to run ; to run along a road. 

2. To move in various ways ; to sail ;, to 
set sail, as a vessel ; to ride on horseback. 

3. Tp thrust the hand, into, as into flie 
bosort ; to stretch out the, hand, a" iii ges- 
turing. 

4. To agree, as a deliberate assembly ; 
to pass, as a vote ; to confirm an assertion. 

Hoo-HO-LO, s. A lider on a horse; a 

horseman; more generally united with Ko; 

as, 
Hoo-HO-LO-Li-o, s. A horseman; cavalry. 
Hoo-Ho-Lo-Mo-Kir, 0. Holo ani'moku, 

ship. To saQ or to direct the sailing of a 

ship ; applied pithor to the master or men, 
Hoo-HOrto-MO-KTJ, s. Holo and trnku, a 

vessel. One who sails or causes a ship to 

sail. 
Koo-Ho-LU, V. See Holu, to bend. To 

bend ; to arch ; to. crook ; to be flexible* , 
Hoo-Ho-LU-HO-Lu, V. See Holu, to bend. 

To bend, as a flexible' piece of timber ; to 

bend, as a stick. 
Hoo-hu, v. See Hd, to rise. To cause 

to rise ; to swell, as leaven. 

2. To bake in an oven. 

3. To start up suddenly. 

4. To run along the bank of a kalo patqb. 

5. To detect ; to discover. 
Hoo-hu-a, ». See Hua, fruit. To cause 

to swell, as a bnd ; to produce fruit, as a 
tree ; to bring forth, as a female. 

2. To tease or vex by begging; to resort 
often to one for favors. 

3. To persevere in, as in an.y habit ; ke 
hoohm nei ko noi a na kanaka i kela mea 
i keia mea ; hoohua kanaka i ka ina rama, 
men persevere in drinldng rnm.- 

Hoo-hu-a, V. Perhaps hookutoa, to 
lengthen out the time. To persei^Bre.long; 
to continue in a practice; to retain a habit, 
good or bad, especially the latter. 

Hoo-hu-ae, v. See Hn. To cause to 



HOO 



18B 



HOO 



OTerflow ; to have morfe than enongh ; to 

allow fco escape. 
Hoo-HTr--*-Htj-A,'u See Hua, to swell. 

To caage to enlarge ; to increase ; to grow 

in size. See UUbdabua. 
Hoo-HtT-A-HKr-A-LAtr, V. To question m 

sport or derision, tlie person questioned 

being igupraat of the design. 

2. To puzzle with captious queatiotis; to 
throw difficulties in the way of explana- 
tion ; to talk strangely. 

3. To make one's self stiange ; to pre- 
tend not to be acquainted. 

Hoo-hu-a-hu-a-lau, adj. Puzzling; cap- 
tious ; olelo hoohwthvalau, insidious ques- 
tioning. . • . 

Hoo-Hu'-a-5tj-a-lau, v. To question with 
belief or with unbelief; o ka poe boom^- 
loka, hoohmhuakm mai i ke akuanoho.the 
imbelieving guestkn the exiBtence of tlie 
resideat gods. 

HoO-HXT-A-HtT-A-A-NA-LAU, V. To ques- 
tion captiously, &e. See above. , 

Hoo-Hxj-A^KA, V, To smoke tobacco con- 
stantly. „ TT -1 

Hoo-HO-A-KE-EO, V. See HuA, jealousy, 

and Kaeo or KEEa To be evilly disposed; 

to cherish a bad disposition. 

; 2. To reject a proffered gift; to turn 

iaway with disdain ; to be displeased. 
3. To consent against one's will ; to coi>- 

sent in anger. 
Hoo-HH-A-KE-Eo, s. Pride ; disdain ; con- 
tempt for one. 
Hoo-HTJ-A-Li, V. See Huali, to glitter. 

to shine with brightness; to glitter with a 

pure white. 
2. To make pure ; to cleanse ; t'jnce, to 

be shining. 
Hob-Hu-E-LO, V. See HnELo, the tail of 

an animal. To lengthen out; to make small 

by drawing out in length. 
Hoo-HTj-i, V. See Hci, to unite. To 

cause a uuiCn between two or more things; 

to add to : t4> add on ; to annex. 

Hoo-HU-OE, V. To wonder. 

Hoo-Hu-i-po, V. To go in the night 
withotit a light. 

Hoo-HU-oi, V. See Huoi, jealousy. To 
be jealous; to feel jealous towards another 
for some real or sujiposed advantage ; ina 
i uoho lakou me kekahi alii, koohuoi kekahi 
Bilii, if they bad lived with a parUoulaj: 
chief, another chief would have been jeal- 
ous. 

2. To allow i« touch : to permit to blow 
upon, as the wind. Xaieifc. 17. 

Hoo-wu-oi, s. Jealousy j o ka hoc.huoi o 
nli !<anaka ame na 'lii i na misionari, the 
jeaio'isy of the people and chiefs respecting 
the miEsionaries. 



Hoo-HO-oi, adj. Causing jealousy; dis- 
trusting one's faithfulness; he mea hookum 
ia Halaaniani ka nalo ana o Laieikawal. 
See Laieik. 128. 

Hoo-HU-hu, V. See Hu and Huhp, anger. 
To make angry ; to provoke ; to be very 
angry. 

Hoo-HO-HTJ-Ki, V. To act as a man and 
his wijfe when they quarrel and she sets out 
to leave her husband and he catches her 
and they have a tussle, that is, to Aoo/m- 
huki ; e hoonanai, e hookano. 

Hoo-Str-LA, V. To destroy; to finish up; 
to punish ; to tremble for fear. 

Hoo-HC-LEi, V. Eng. To cry out hurra 
(Ku-re) I to ride rapidly on a horse and cry 
out liurral • 

Hob-H0-Li, V. See HuLi, to turn. To 
turn; to change; to cause an overturn; 
to Express in another manner the eaiae 
thing, 

Ho6-Hn-u-H0-Li, V. See IIuu above. To 
change; to turn ; to put in order ; to over- 
turn ; to mix up. 

Hoo-HW-NA, e. See Huna, to coiiceal. 
To hide j to secrete ; to conceal. 

Hoo-HH-WA-Hu-NA, V. See abore To 
hide frequently or thoroughly. 

Hoo-HU-NE, -v. See Huke, to tease. To 
tease; to beg often; to ask something from 
another ; to entreat a favor ; to persist in, 
as in a bad habit 

Hoo-KA, i>. See Ka, to dash; to strike. 
To dash ; to strike ; to cause to kill, 

Hoo-KAA, V. See Kaa, to toll. To pay 
out money ; to pay a debt. 

2. To roll ; to cause to roll, as a wheel, 

3. To turn over often in bed ; to toss in 
distress or sickness. 

4- To throw over or down a precipice, 
i. e., to roll down it. 
Hoo-KAA, s. See above.. The payment 
of a debt. 

2. The rolling of a wheel. _ ■ 

3. A throwing anything down a preci- 
pice. 

Hoo*AA-o-KO.A, ) p. Kaa and okoa, 
Hoo-KAA-KO-A, ) other; different. The 
first orthography is preferable. To make 
a difference; to place one side; to sepa- 
rate; to abstain trom; to let alone. See 

HOOKAOKAO. 

Hoo-KAA-KAA, 0. See Kaakaa, to open. 
To open, as the eyes; to cause to open; to 
cause one to see by opening tbe eyes. 

2. To cause to roll, i.e., to ride in a car- 
riage. See Kaa, a wheel. 

Hoo-KA-A-NA, B. To make tame or gen- 
tle ; to follow after one. 

Hoo-KAA-WA-LE, ». See Kaa and WaUb, 



HOO 



183 



HOG 



only. To roll off; to separate ; to make a 
space between. 
2. To divMle off; to cause a division. 

Hoo-KAA-wi-Li, V. See Kaa and WiLi, 
to twist. To cause to turn or writlie, as in 
pain ; heuce, to be in severe pain. 

Hoo-KAE, V. See Kae, to rub out. To 
bate ; to dislike ; to treat contemptuously; 
to reject. 

2. To blot out ; to kill ; to destroy ; to 
take away life ; ina i hookae mai ke Akua 
i ke ola o ke kino, if God should take away 
the life of the body. 

Hoo-KAE-KAE, V. To daub over; to 
paint badly ; to defile ; to pollute, as food, 
booKs, mats, &o. ; mai hookaekae i ka mo- 
ena, don't dirty the mats. 

Hoo-KA-E-o, V. See Kaeo and Keeo, to 
be quick tempered. To stir up an^er in 
one ; to provoke ; to show an evil disposi- 
tion. 

Hoo-KA-E-o-E-o, V. Intensive of the fore- 
going. 

Hoo-KAi, tt See Kai, to displace. To 
waste ; to destroy ; to put away. 

Hoo-KAi-i, V. To harden. 

2. To be hard'ia a bargain ; to be close ; 
to be stingy. 

Hoo-KA-o-KA-o, V. SeeKAOKAO. To put 
one's self forward: to be prominent ampng 
many others ; makcmake no oia e hookao- 
kao la la. Laieik. 91. 

Hoo-KAU, V. See Kati, to hang or put 
up. To put up upon ; to go Up ; to place 
one thing upon another ; e hookau hiamoe, 
to fall asleep. Laieik. 143. 

Hoo-KAu-A-HE, V. Kou. and aAe, light, 
gentle, as a light breeze. To fly softly or 
gently, like a kite. 

Hoo-KAU-HD-A, s. See Kauhua. The 
forming or growing state of the young in 
the womb. Arwi. %. 

Hoo-KAU-icAtr, 0. See Kah, to put upon. 
To put up ; to ascend upon ; to cause to 
arise ; to lift up a thing, as a child in put- 
ting him on a horse. 
2. To gather, as clouds before a rain. 

Hoo-KAu-KAu; J. See above; The gath- 
ering of clouds before a rain regarded as 
a sign of foul weather 



Hoo-KAu-KAU-LTT-A, V. See the forego- 
ing. To wait ; to procrastinate. 

Hoo-KAij-MA.-HA, w. See. Kaumaha. To 
lay a burden upon one ; to bu hard upon ; 
to trouble ; to oppreas. 

Hoo-KAu-wA, V. See Kaitwa, a servant. 
To make a servant of; to cause one to 
serve or to be a servant; to act in the 
capacity of a servant. 

Hoo-KAU-WA-Kir-A-PAA, V. See Kauwa 
and KvAPAA, to make one's back rough. 
To serve with rigor ; to act under, and live 
in hard bondage. 

Hoo-KAu-wA-KTT-A-PAA, s. Hard serviccj 
cruel bondage. 

Hoo-jcATj-wo-viro, V. See Kauowo and 
Kauwowo, to branch out and spread, as 
vines. To cause to grow and increase, aa 
vines or vegetables of rapid growth ; to 
grow thriftily, as vines or plants. 
2. To cause to multiply, aa a people. 

Hoo-ka-ha, v. See Kaha, to seize. To 
extort property from another ; to cheat. 

2. To seize upon what is another'si 

3. To take property with the owner's 
knowledge, but without his consent . 

Hoo-ka-ha, s. An extortioner j one who 

strips people of their property. Imk. l&ll. 

Bookaha is the result of kuko, Ua, iini, &o. 
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, V. To put on many 

clothes, as children; to make a great show. 
2. To make a great heap of kapas on 

which to sit or be carried, as in former 

times. 

. 3. To make a display ; to exhibit finery. 
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, s. A display; an ex- 
hibition ; a celebration ; hana iho la ia i 

hookahakaha no kana poe wahine, he made 

an eaSiiJiJow of his wives. 
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, odj. Superb ; fine ; 

nice ; making a display as a dandy. 
Hoo-KA-HE, V. See Kahe, to spill water. 

To water; to cause water to flow overland; 

to cause to flow, as a Iiq\ud ; to irrigate. 
Hoo-KA-HE, s. A flowing, as of blood. 
Hoo-KA-HE-A, ». See Hea and Kahea, 

to call out. To cause to cry out ; to call ; 

to raise the voice in calling. 
Hoo-KA-HEE, V. See Hee and Kahee, 

to slip or slide off, To cause to slin away; 

to slip off; to flow off. 



Hoo-katt-la-na, v. See Kaulana, to be Hoo-ka-he-ka-he, v. Freq. of hpokahe. 

To water, as land; to cause to flow, as 
water ; to wei ; to drain, as land. 

Hoo-ka-he-la, v. See Kahela, to bend 
round ; to curve. To come along, as the 
swell of the sea when it comes along the 
western coast of Hawaii from the south; to 
flow along, as a high swell of the sea. 

Hoo-ka-he-la-he-la, v. See Kahela 



renowned. To make a person or event 
known as famous; to sen4 abroad -a report 
concerning a person or thing ; to make 
famous. 
Hoo-kau-lu-a, v. See Kaultta, to be 
olaok. To procrastinate j to delay ; to de- 
tain ; to be slow in obeying a command. 

2. To be in doubt ; to hesitate about 
doing a thing ; to postpone a work. 



HOO 



184 



HOO 



and Kdhbla. To bend round ; to cucve, 
aa passing round a cape. 
Hoo-KA-m, V. See Kahi, one. To be or 
cause to be one ; to divide by individuaia. 

2. To make one, 1. e.. to resemble: to be 
similar or like something else. 2 Oihl. 
18:12. £ imi kakou ma ka mea o hookoM 
ai ka manao ana, let us seek to unite our 
thaughts into one. 

3. To attend to one thing ; to make one 
out of many. 

Hoo-KA-Hi, s. A oneness ; a unity j a 

being only one. 
Hoo-KA-Hi, adj. One ; only one, in dis- 
tinction from many. 
Hoo-KA-Hi, art. One of the semi-dofinite 

articles ; a ; an ; one ; only one. Oram. § 

63, 65, 3. 
Hoo-KA-Hi-KA-Hi, V. See Kahi, to rub j 

to comb. To anoint ; to daub over. 
2 To mb ; to polish. 
3. To comb. 
Hoo-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean 

over. To cause to lean over a little. 
2. To be a little intoxicated so as to 

stagger some. 
Hoo-KA-Hi-KO, V. See Kahuco, to be old. 

To return to conversation and manners of 

ancient times ; to talk of farmer times ; to 

imitate ancient manners. 
Hoo-XA-Hi-KA-Hi-Ko, v. Frequentative 

of the above. 
Hoo-KA-HO-KAi, V. To Hiix together two 

ingredients, as flour and water, spittle and 

earth. 
Hoo-KA-HB-Li, V. SeeHuLiandKAHon, 

to, turn ; to change. To change the out- 

rward form of a thing; to turn over; to turn 

upside down ; to overthrow. 
Hoo-KA-HC-Li-Hu-M, V. Frequentative of 

the above. • 

Hoo-KA-HU-NA, V. See Kahuna, a pro- 
fessional man. To. act in any profession ; 

to act the artiaiiii the priest, the doctor, &c. 
Hoo-KA-HTr-NA-H!T-NA, V. See HUNA, a 

small particle. To be little, small or flne. 

See HuMAHUKA. 
Hoo-KA-KA, P. See Ka, to dash ; Strike. 

To break up, as wood for fuel (anciently 

Hawaiians had no axes for cutting fuel.) 
2. To strike against ; to dash ; to break 

up flae. 
Hoo-KA-KAA, ». See Kaa, wheel. To 

turn, as a wheel ; to turn round. 
Hoo-KA-KAA, s. The dark involving of 

clouds before a storm ; the rolling together 

of clpuds; a thick atmosphere before a 

storm. 

Hoo-KA-XA-HA, V. See Kaha, to write ; 
to scratch. To strike ; to dash against. 
2. To pierce; as on coming In contact 



likd two cocks in fighting ; to strike with 

spurs, as a cock. 
3. To scratch ; to make marks. 
Hoo-KA-KA-HE-LE, V. E hoopopololei, e 

hooinainau, e hookawowo. 
Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, V. To wipe or wash 

imperfectly or slovenly, as a table or. dishes; 

in washing clothes when one daubs on soap 

and hardly washes it off, it is said, he Koo- 

kakekake kau hana ana, aole pan ka lepo. 

2. To mix medicine with food in order 
to take it 

3. To daub or psunt over carelessly, as 
in coloring a map. 

4. To blot oyer. 
Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, adj. Muddyj dirty; 

pehea ia wahi, maikal anei 7 Aole, he koo- 

kakekake wale no. • 
Hoo-EA-KA-LA, V. See Kala, rougb. To 

make rough; tc have manyprotabeninc^s; 

to be rough with sharp points. 
2. To sharpen ; to grmd on a stone 
Hoo-EA-KA-LE, V. To luake soft or 

spongy ; to be soft ; to be flexible, like the 

comb of a cock. 
Hoo-KA-KA-Ni, V. To have the itch; to 

be sore. See Mkac. 
Hoo-KA-LA, ». See Eala, rough. To 

sharpen ; to grind, i e., to mb on a stone 

for sharpening ; to grind, as a tool. 
JEIoo-ka-i.a-ha-i,a, ». See Kalahala, to 

pardon sin. To cause to pardon sin; to 

make an atonement Nah. 16. 
Hoo-KA-LA-KU-pu-A, V. To lie in wait; 

to ambuscade for the purpose of robbery; 

to act the part of spies. 

2. To entrap one in his words. 

3. To observe or watch slily as one plots 
mischief, 

Hoo-KA-LAE, V. Seg Kalae, clear sky. 
To clear oif, as clouds after a rain; to open, 
as the clouds that the sky may appear ; to 
be clear, as the sky. 

Hbo-KA-LAi, V. See Kalai, to hew. To 
cause to hew; to cut, as wood or stones 
into some shape. 

H'oo-KA-LA-XA-LAi, V, See the above. 
To.^cut <xS; to smooth, as the inside of a 
canoe. 

Hco-KA-LA-u, V. See Kaijili. To go 
quickly and straightforward. 

Hoo-KA-LE-KA-LE, adj. Lying; deceit- 
ful ; treacherous. 

Hoo-KA-Li, V. See Kali, to delay. To 
cauae to wait ; to wait ; to delay ; to wait 
for something. 

Hoo-k'a-li-lo-i.i-lo, v. See Kalilo.. To 
draw near to death : to have the last symp- 
toms of death ; to die. 

Hoo-KA-Lu-Hi, V. To bend; to vibrate, 
as a leaf in the wind. 



HOO 



185 



HOO 



2. To ogle ; to bend and twist, as a fop 
or a vain woman ; e hookaiuhi waiokila. 

Hoo-KA-MA, V. See Kama, a child. To 
adopt, as a child ; to make the child of an- 
other one's own. 

Hoo-KA-MA, «. An adopted child. 

Hoo-KA-MA-HAo, V. See Kamahao. To 
be or do something wonderfiil; to be trans- 
formed : to take a new form, especially a 
more splendid one. 

Hoo-'KA-MA-KA, odj. As a prostitute, liv- 
ing in a state of prostitution ; he Jtooka- 
maka kekahi mea nui ma kahi alii. Note. — 
This may be an erroneous orthography for 
hnokamakama. 

Hoo-KA-MA-KA-MA, V. See Kamakama. 
To prostitute one's wife or daughter for 
pay. ^. to prostitute one's self for mauey; 
to make one a pro8tit\ite; to behave lasciv- 
iously. 

HoO-KAi-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See HoOMAKA, 
to begin. To prepare the way for doing a 
thing ; to begin to do a thing. 

Hoo-KA-MA-UL-Ni, V. See Kamalani. To 
make one n, favorite, especially one that 
appears unworthy to evei'yone oLse except 
the chief; to treat, as a do Sing parent a 
disobedient or niiachievoas child; tolavi.sh 
favors on a bad child. 

Hoo-KA-BiA-Ni, P. To have a very good 
externaiappearance, as any t^ulistance, but 
internally worthless. 

2. Applied to persons, to be deceitful ; 
to act the hypocrite ; to make hypocritical 
pretonsioHs; .t« bea vrorthlessperson under 
a pleasant exterior. 

Hoo-BJi-MA-Ni, s. A hypocrite. 
2. Hypocrisy ; guile. Ilitl. 32:2. 

Hoo-KA-MA-Ni-HA, V, See Kamaniha, fo 
be rude. To be nide ; to be rough ; td bb 

; wild ; to be unsocial. 

Hoo-ka-na-hai, v. See Kanahat, to de- 
crease. To be small ; to be, stinted ; to 
make small ; to make less ; to reduce in 
size; to humble somewhat. See next word. 

HoQ-KA-NA-HA0, I'. To be small ; to be 
depressed ; to make less. 

Hoo-KA-NA-OE, V. To push forward; to 
urge on ; to quicken ; to hasten in doing a 
thing. See Kanahb. 

Hoo-KA-NA-HE, V. To drive or urge for- 
ward.; to accelerate movement ; to hurry ; 
to quicken. 

H00-KA-NA-H17-A, , V. See Kanahua, 
crooked : stoop-shouldered. To bend up- 
wards, as a crooked rafter. 

2. To rise above water, as a whale's back. 

3. To bendj to crook; to Tuft humpbacked. 
noo-KA-HA-KA, w. See Kanaka, a man. 

To be 0* act like a man ; to be brave ; to 
be manlv t to act the part of a brove man. 
24 



Hoo-ka-na-ka-ma-kii-a, s. SeeKANAKA- 

itixuA. The state of being mature, as a 

yonng person of either sex ; being grown 
. up. Laieik. 28. 
Hoo-KA-NA-KA-NA-iE, ». To quicken; to 

hasten : to urge on. See Hookanahk. 
Hoo-KA-NA-LE-o, V. To try hard to walk 

Btraightly, as one who wishes to disguise 
. his drunkenness. 
Hoo-KA-NA-LU-A, V. See Kanaltta, to be 

in doubt. To be in doubt ; to besitnte ; 

to be fearful. 
2. To stalk about in a proud swinging 

manner. 
Hoo-KA-NA-WAi, u See Kanawai, law, 

&c. To be enraged at ; to set off from one 

in anger ; to dislike one who has been a 

friend ; hookanatoai aku la ia i kona wafai 

i hele ai, aole e hele hou ; hookcmaicai aku 

la i na maKamaka. 
Hoo-KA-NE, V. To make a special ftiend 

of a man ; applied only to a womah. 
2. To keep a lodging house. 
Hoo-KA-Ni, V. See Kani, to make a 

musical sound. To sing ; to ring ior Joy ; 

to make a musical sound. 
2. To ring a bell ; to play on an iiiiilru- 

ment of music. 
I Hoo-KA-Ni-KA-Ni, V. See the foregoing. 

To play the ukeko ; to strike on anything 

to make a sound. 

2. To sing often. 

3. To make a noise, aj a multitude of 
voiees end instruments preparatoij to a 
mofcomoko or boxing match; ?. saho malic 
na kanaka, alalia, hookdmikwd pihe mai, 
penei. 

Hoo-KA-Ni-pi-HE, V. T* make a great 
noise, as in an a.ssembly for the hula and 
other assemblies; alalia, Iwokatdpi}^ mai 
kela aoao o ka aha. 

Hop-KA-NO, V. See Kano, to be proiid. 
To be proud ; to be lofty in demeanor ; to 
be haughty. 

2. To abstain from ; to let alone ; to 
spare ; to treat ivith affection. 

Hoo-ka-no, s. See Kano. Haughtiness; 

pride; self sufficiency. 
Hoo-KA-PAE, V. See Kapab, to pervert. 

To turn off; to push aside; to pai-ry off; 

to render ineffectual, as .an argument. 
. 2. To conceal under one's kapa. 
Hoo-KA-PE-EE, V. SeeKAFEKE,tobeout 

of joint. To unloose ; to uncover; to send 

forth. 
2.. To lay aside, as property; to conceal. 

3. To take off; to remove, as the cover 
of a calabash ; hookapeke i ka waiwai, to 
lay aside property ; kookaptke i ka poi, to 
take off the cover ; hookapeke i Ms, waa, tx> 
conceal the canoe. 

Hoo-KA-PE-KE, «. Putting on a dress 



HOO 



198 



HOO 



and yet being exposed, an incentive to 
lewdness ; eia kckahi mea e moelrolohe ai, 
o ka liooiiichie a o ka liookapeke, 

Hoo-KA-PE-KE-PE-KE, i). See above and 
Kapukepeke. 

Hoo-KA-PC, V. See Kapu, prohibition. 
To prohibit ; to forbid ; to pat under an 
interdict. 

2. To. consec-ate ; to make sacred ; to 
set aside for a particular use. 

Hoo-KA-pu-KA-PU, V. See Kapu. Inten- 
sive and frequentative of the foregoing. 

Hoo-KA-pu-Hi, L'. To take care, as the 
kahii or nurse of a chief's child ; applied 
only to chiefs. Note. — This is said to be 
a word peculiar to Oahu. 

Hoo-KA-PU-Hi, s. A nurse of a king's or 
a chiefs child; e na haumana, amc na 
kumu, ame na hookapuld, ame na fcahu. . 
2, TB'e kah}! of an animal, as the master 
or owner of a dog ; e imi ma ka hanuhanu 
ana ka ka llio e loaa'i ka hookapuhi, to 
Seek like the dog's smelling to find the 
master. 

Hoo-KA-wi-Li, V. See Kaawili and Ka- 
wiLi, to twist. To twist ; to turn. 

Hoo-ka-wo-wo, f. See Kawowo 5, to 
roar. To make a slight rumbling noise, as 
by moving the feet, drumming with the 
fingers, &c. ; to rustle, as leaves in the 
wind ; to roar, as a waterfall. 

Hoo-KE, V. See Ke, to force ; to com- 
pel. To crowd together, as at the door of a 
liause (as formerly); to elbow; to edge on 
by degrees. 

2. To get possession in a foreign country 
without permission ; applied to many for- 
eigners who have crowded themselves in : 
to push aside any person or thing that is 
ill the way. 

3. To get one into difficulty; to stniggle 
against opposition. 

4. To abstain from; to let alone; to leave 
untouched. 

5. To blow the noiie. 

HoQ-KE, s. A struggling against diffi- 

c\\\tj ; an urging on. 
Hoa-i£E-Ai, V. Hooke and ai, food. To 

abstain from food ; to fast. 
Hoo-KE-E-o, p. See Keeo, to be angry. 

To be quickly angry ; to be wrathful : to 

be quick teilipercd. 

Hoo-KEE-KEE, V. See Kekee, crooked. 

To make crooked ; to crook ; to bend. 
2. To do wrong ; to pervert right. 
Hoo-XEi, V. To set one's self above 

others literally; to take a higher seat; 

moraUy, to be proud ; to be self exalted; 

alalia, hookei iho la ke kahuna nui nana i 

kai ka aha. 
Hoo-KEi-KEi, V. See Kki, to glory; tol 



boast. To bonor one's self; to be proud 

of one's skill at any business ; to be vain- 
. glorions ; to think mnch of one's self. 
Hoo-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To make 

white ; to whiten. 
Hoo-KE-o, s. A long calabash. 
Hoo-KE-o-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To 

cause whiteness ; to be white. 
Hoo-KE-u, V. See Keb, a remainder. 

To hare over and above ; to have or mako 

a remainder. 
Hoo-ke-ha, v. See Keha 3, to be puffed 

up. To be pnSed up ; to be proud ; to be 

self glorious. 
Hoo-ke-ha-ke-ha, r. See above and 

Kera. To be proud ; to be high minded ; 

to imitate a chief in manners and dignity. 
Hoo-KE-KEE, V. See Keekee, crooked. 

To crook; to bend; to pervert; to spurn; 

to make crooked. 
Hoo-KE-SfiR, adj. Crooked ; warped ; 

bent, naturally or morally. 
2. Displeased : offended at any neglect 
Hoo-ke-la, v. See Kjxa, to extend be- 
yond. To exceed; to go beyond; to be 

higher ; to be more. 
Hoo-KE-LA, s. The name of a month. 
Hoo-ke-le, v. See KelE; to slip ; to 

slide along. To sail, as the master of a 

ship or canoe. 

2. To direct or steer a ship or caaoe ; to 
hold the helm. 

3. To praise ; to extol. 
Hoo-ke-le, s. a steerer of a canoe, 

Zaieik. 45. See Hoosei.ewaa. 
Hoo-ke-le-ke-le, ». See Kele, td slip, 

&c. To slip or slide" easily. 
2. To sail about for pleasure in a canoe 

or boat 
S. To bathe a child near dead with' famine. 
i. To scatter water ; to wet mats ; e hoo- 

kdekele i ka moena. 
Hoo-KE-LE-wAA, s. The helmsman of a 

canoe. 
Hoo-KE-PA, V. See Kepa, to snatch at. 

To snap or snatch at with the teeth; to 

prick like a spur. 
Hoo-Ki, ». See Ki, to shoot, and Koo- 

KiKi. To spill ; to drop. 
2. To shoot a gnn. 
Hoo-Ki-E, V. See KiE, high. To lift up; 

to be high. See Kikkie. 
Hoo*Ki-Ki, t. See Kiei, to look sharply. 

To cause to peep ; to look slily at 
Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, ». See Kie and Kiekie, 

to be high. To elevate ; to lift up. 
2. To.be proud ; to be high minded ; to 

lord it over another. 
Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, s. Pride; haughtiness; 

overbearing conduct Nah. 16;30. 



HOO 



187 



HOO 



Hob-Kii, », See Kii, to go after. To 
canau to go for a thing ; to cause to fetch ; 
to go aft«!r : to take bold of; to seize. 

Hoo-Kii, V. To grow thin in flesh 5 to 
disiiolve ; loj^sappear. /er. 34:4. 

Hoo-Kii, s. Thinness of flesh ; consump- 
tion. A'oTiZ. 28:22. Leaoness.^oj. 106:16. 

HocvKii, adj. Thin ; lean in iesh. 
2. Close ; parsimonious. 

Hoo-Kii-Kii, V. To swell out, as the 
breast ; as the stomach ; to rise up. 

Hoo-Ki-0, V. See Kio, a pool; a puddle. 
To spread out ; to enlarge. 

2. To assemble together, as water in a 
lalte or pond. 

Hoo-Kio-Kio, V. See Eiokio, to play on 
a pipe. To pipe ; to play od, as a fiiie ; to 
play on any wind instrument. 

Hoo-Ki'HB, ». See Kihe, to sneeze. To 

cause to sneeze. 2 Ndl. 4:35. 

Hoo-Ki-Hi, P. To defend off; to reproach; 
to persecute,; to put one undor a law. 

Hoo-Ki-Kii, V. See Hookiikii above. - 

Hoo-Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, V. See Kuii, corner; 
edge. &c. To branch out ; to make many 
corners; to make the sides of a figure irreg- 
ular. 

Hoo-Ki-Ki, p. See Hooki, to spill. To 
spill; to drop, as water; to squirt or throw 
water, a» a fire-engine. 

Hbo-Ei-Ki-NA, I!. See Kin a and Kikina, 
to scud one on an errand. To send on an 
errand with dispatch ; to command ; to 
order ; to hurry. 

2. To scold ; to be angry. 

3. To iaavesuddanly.asinagreatliiirry. 
Hoo-Ki-Ki-NO, e. See Kmo, body, and 

HooKiNO. To make or cause a body ; to 

embody. 
Hoo-Ki-Lo, V. See Kilo and Haiulo, to 

look earnestly. To spy ; to evesdrop or 

overbear ; to act as a spy upon tbose-who 

do wrong : e hookUo i ka hewa. 
2. To watch, as one who is doing wrong; 

to watch sliiy. 
•Hoo-Ki-LO, V. To grow thin and spare ; 

to waste away, as one in the consumption; 

hookilo kino ole, wiwi. 
Hoo-iKi-i*0( ».,See Kmo, to strike. To 

seiKe ; to catch up ; to grasp, as the band 
, does a stone. 
Hoo-Ki-MO-Ki-Mo, V. To be oppressed ; 

to be weighed dowfi ; to be weary ; to be 

near fainting. 
Hoo-Ki-NA, ». See Kina, to urge on. 

To make one heavy or sad; to, op press; 

to make weary; to put one burden on after 

another;, to add one command after an- 
other. 
2. To urge one to do a, thins; ; to compel 



to do it : malia i hookim ai kuu kane ;;.'a 
i ka inu awa, jierhaps my husband will 
compel me to drink awa. Laieik. 208. 
3. To pour down fast, as rain. 

Hoo-Ki-NA-Ki-NA, ». Frequentative of 
kina. 

Hoo^Ki-NO, c. See Kino, body. To em- 
body ; to give body, form or solidity to a 
thing ', to take a shape ; hookino ai ka 
honua, he gave the earth a body' or shape. 

Sec HOOEIKLNO. 

Hoo-Ki-PA, ». See Kipa, to turn aside. 

To- turn in to lodge. 

2. To entertain with •hospitality ; to in- 
vite to enter one's house. 
Hoo-Ki-PA, adj. Disposed to entertain 

strangers j kanaka hookipa, a man liberal 

In entertaining strangers; wahlne Aoofcipa. 

los. 2:1. 
Hoo-Ki-pi, adv. See Kipi, rebel. Eebel- 

liously ; treSicherously. Kanl. 13:6. 
Hoo-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to crook. To 

crook or bend, as a horn. . 
2. To pull along ; to fall down. 
Hoo-Ki-wi-Ki-wi, B. See Kiwi above. To 

pull along ; to seize bold of; to fatigue. 
2. To hook on to ; to crook. 
Hqo-ko, n. See Ko, to fulfill. To fulfill; 

to carry out, as a contract ; to fulfill, as an 

agreement or promise. 
Hoo-Ko-A, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 

act the soldier; to be brave; to be strong; 

to be fearless. 
Hoo-Ko-A, V. For hoookm. See Osoa, 

anotlier. To make another. 

2. To divide; to distinguish; to separate. 

3. To whirl ; to turn round. 

4. To put off; to postpone. 
Hoo-Ko-E, V. See Koe, remainder, To 

cause some to remain; to be over and 

above ; to be left after some are taken ; to 

reserve ; to set aside. 
Hoo-Ko-B-Ko-E, c. See Koekoe, cold. 

To cause to be cold ; to be cold and wet ; 

to be chilly. 
Hoo-Ko-E-NE, u. See Koene, shelter; 

rest. To cause rest; to cause quietness; 

to be free from trouble. 
Hoo-Ko-i, V. See Koi, to urge on; to 

compel. To speak in a rough ha.rsh voicp: 

to make rough or harsh ; to urge ; to drive 

on. 
Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, ». See KoiKoi, heaviness; 

weight. To make heavy litfrally or mor- 
~ally ; to oppress ; \o treat with rigor. 

Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, s. A bearing of a burden; 

the act of making one sad ; putting one in 

circumstances very disagreeable and grii?v- 

ous to be borne. 
Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i-pu-A-m-o-LE, «. To make 

great pretensions .of forbidding iniquity, 



HOO 



18S 



KOO 



and at the same time to practice it secretly. 

Note. — Thia is i hew coined word adapted 

to modern times. ' 
Hoo-Ko-i-NE, ». See Koine, to hasten. 

To be calm, as the mind ; to be at rest; to 

b« quiet. 
Hoo-Ko-no-Ko-LA, V. To rejoice at the 

overthrow of oue's eaejny ; to be glad at 

his discomfiture. See Hoonaikola and 

A(K0I.i. 

Hoo-Ko-Htj, V. See Kopxr, to agree ; to 
be alike. To resemble ; hookohu ke keiki 
a Daniela i kona makua; to cause <t re- 
semblance ; to ' make a likeness ; to set 
apart for one's sejf. 

Hoo-Ko-Hu, s. A favorite or chosen 
one ; one appointed Si'st to a post of duty. 
Laieik. 104. 

Hoo-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, V. See the furegoing. 
To ask with forwardness. 

2. To affect resemblance ; to be assum- 
jng. 

3. To make advances to a woman with 
a view to have her for a wife. 

i. To agree together. 
Hoo-Ko-Ko, V, See Koeo, blood. To 

spill, as a liquid ; to JBow, as blood. 
Hoo-Ko-KQ-Hi, V. To be black and threat- 
ening, as clouds. I to lower. 
Hoo-Ko-Ko-Hi, adj. Running low; black; 

thick; threatening; as clouds; he ao Jwo- 

Icokohi, a thick black cloud. 
Hoo-Ko-Ko-KE, V. See Kokoke, near 

either in time or place ; to cause to draw 

near ; to approach. 
Hoo-Ko-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw; un- 
cooked. To remain uncooked ; unfinished. 
Hoc-Ko-Ko-Lo, V. See Kolo, to crawl. 

To cause one to crawl or creep. 
2. To Htoop or bend down, 
Hoo-Ko-Ko-No-iE, ti. To be at rest; to 

be qiiiet. 
2. To stir up ; to provoke. 
Hoo-Ko-LA, V. See Akola and A;kola, 

to triumph. To rejoice at the ills of an- 
other ; to express such joy. 
Hoo-Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. To rouse up the 

sexual passions. 
Hoo-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw, as flesh, 

To make red, as raw meat ; to look red ; 

to make raw flesh. 
Hoo-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, V. See above. To 

make raw or red, as raw or fresh moat. 
Hoo-Ko-u-Li, V. See Kolili. To flutter 

In the wind. 
Hoo-Ko-Lo, t'. See Kolo, to creep; to 

crawl. To cause to creep or crawl along ; 

to walk bent over ; to crouch. 
2. To approach one with the intention of 

entering into conversation with him. 



3. To draw near to a chief to inform 
against one. 

4. To approach humbly to ask a favor. 
Note. — In ancient times all persons sent 
for by a chief as suspected or accused of 
an offense, and all who came ^o a chief to 
ask a favor, approached him on tbeir bands 
and knees, crawling from a distance. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, V. Intensive of the 
above. To call to account. 

2. To question with the design of elicit- 
ing some fact ; to investigate by question- 
ing. 

3. To try an accused person : to hold a 
court. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-NiJ-HA, V. Bookolo and Tiuha, 
to sit doubled up in silence. To sit bent 
over in sullen silence ; not to reply v/hen 
spoken to ; aole ou kanaka hookolonvha e 
like, you have no man sullen like him. 

Hoo-Ko-Lo-NU-HA, adj. See Kolo and- 
NuHA, silent. Sullen ; silent ; refusing ta 
speak See example above. 

Hoo-xo-Mo, V. See Komo, to enter; to 

, sink down. To cause to enter in various 
w^ys ; to enter an aperture ; to eater the 
door of a house; to sink down into, as into 
water. 

Hoo-Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo and 
KoMOKOMO, to enter. To cause to entei- 
frequently. 

2. To be supplied, as with food ; to bei 
satiated with eating. 
■ 3. To play at a game called koipokomo. 

Hoo-Ko-NA, V. See Kona, to be strong, 
To be brave ; to dare ; to be hard upon. 

Hoo-Ko-Ni, V. See Koni, to taste ; to 
try. To try; to experience; to make plain. 
2. To ask or try a littlo by way of beg- 
ging or making a bargain ; tn tempt. 

Hoo-Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Konini, to revive 
from fainting. To cause to shoot up or grow 
like a plant. 

2. To swell, as a bnd. 

3. To convalesce, aa a sick person. 
Hoo-Ko-No, V. See Kono, to invite. To 

invite ; to lead along. 
Hoo-Ko-No-Ko-No, 0. See Kono, to in- 
vite; to urge. To set on; to urge, as dogs 
to fight. 

2. To entice so as to force one to do 
wickedly. • ' 

3. To stir up or excite feeling in one. 

4. To send frequently to hurry one on ; 
to be induced to do a thing. Laieik. 128. 

IJoo-Ko-No-Ko-NO, s. A setting on, as 
dogs to fight ! a getting up a difliculty be- 
tween per.ions that they may fight and kill 
each other. 

Hoo-Ku, V. See Ku, to stand. To cause 
to stand ; to stand erect ; to atick up in a 
perpendicular position. 



HOO 



189 



HOO 



■ 2. To dedline-j to withhold ; to refuse ; 
to be unwilling. 

3. To hold water with the paddles when 
the canoe is sailine. 

Hoo-KU-A, V. To fail in one's strength, 
as aft«r much and long effort oue'a spirits 
and strength begin to fail. 

Hoo-Ku-A-Mi-A-Mi, V. See Kuamiami, the 
motion of a hinge. To make motions, per- 
haps indelicate ones, like a hinse. 

Hoo-KO-A-NU-i, ■(;. See Kha, back, and 
Nti, large. To cause the back to swell ; 
to make one work hard ; to be severe ; to 
increase ; to enlarge, as a swelling. 

Hoo-ku-a-ke-e-0, v. See HooHnA\BEo. 
To act contrary to; to go to au extreme in 
anything because of anger, as when a little 
is asked and a great deal is thrown to him 
in anger. 

Hoo-KU-E, V. See Koe, to resist. To 
cause to resist ; to oppose ; to make oppo- 
sition. 

Hoo-KU-E-Ku-E, V. See the above. To 
excite anger; to stir up opposition; to grin 
with a frown. 

Hoo-KU-E-Ka-E-MA-KA-N0-i, V. See above 
with Makanui, great face. To grin moat 
horridly with rage or anger. 

Hoo-KU-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to meas- 
ure. To take the meaflure for Uyingout a 
building ; to measure ; to lay out. 

Hqo-kd-e-ku-e-ne, v. See E^yp'^E. To 
make way. 

2. To wait on one. 

3. To move back and forth, as a fan in 
fanning. 

4. To cbol one with a fan. 
Hoo-kh-e-wa, v. See Koewa, to wan- 
der. To wander about, as a vagabond; to 
go here and there without object; to be 
friendless. 

Hoo-KU-i, V. See Kui, to join. To stitch 
together, as with a needle ; to stitch to-. 
gether, as the five kapas for a pau or sleep- 
ing kapa;3. 

2. To pierce, as in sewing cloth or kapa. 

3. To join together, as letters in making 
a word, i. e., to spell.' 

4. To meet together. 

Hoo-KU-i, s. A joining or connecting ; 
o kabi mawaena o ka lani ame ka honua, 
ua kapaia he lewa, he hciokui ame ka hala- 
wai. 

Hoo-ku-i-ka-hi, v. See Kuikahi, to 
unite in'oiie. To unite in one; to agree 
together. 

2. To mak^ a treaty of peace and friend- 
ship. . m 

Hoo-K0-ii»^u-t, ». See Kui, to unite. To 
naite : to join together ; to put words to- 
gether, as in a dictibn%ry. 



2. To collect iu one mass. 
. 3. To unite by sewing, as cloth ; e hoo- 
kuikui i ka manai, a uo i ke kaula a lawa. 
4. To reseinble ; to be like.' 
Hoo-KU-i-KU-i, s. Something united or 
put together ; a sentence ; a collection of 
. *:ord3. 

Hoo-KD-I-NA, s. A uniting ; a joining ; 
a seam in a garment ; he hoolcuina ami, a 
hinge joint. Anat. 18; 

Hoo-KC-o-E, V. To cause to be or act 
the vagaboni) ; to wander about without 
business or care; to live in poverty; to be 
worthless. 

Hoo-Kxr-oi, V. See Oi 3. To limp; to 
walk with unequal steps. 

Hoo-KU-oo, V. See Kuoo, to stand ready. 
To stand ready; to be prepared for any 
bushaesS or^^ent ; to be in readiness' for ij. 
call. 

2. To aasnme great gravity for the sake 
of deception. 

Hoo-Ktr^-HA, s. A disease from the 
illicitintercourse of the sexes. See Kcoha. 

Hoo-KU-ojco-A, V. See KnoKOA, to stand 
abide. To cause to stand aside ; to put 
one by himself; to make another. 

Hoo-KTT-o-LO, V. See Kuoi-o, to shake j 
to tremble. To shake ; to bo unsteady, as 
. with the palsy; to have the palsy. 

Hoo-KU-o-Ni, V. See KuoNi, to move 
gently. To move a little ; to move slightly 
or easily ; to walk slowly ; to lag behind. 

Hoo-KU-o-NO, V. See KnoNo, a bay or 
gulf. To sink in, as the eye in sickness; 
to sink down; to indent, as the land on tile 
sea shore and cause a bay. 

Hoo-KU-o-No-o-No, V. See KuoNooNO, a 
sufficiency. ^To be supplied ; to have suf- 
ficiency. . , 

2. To be quiet ; to remam quiet a long 
time ; to be well established. 

3. To put in order; to keep in order. 
Hoo-KU-o-NO-o-NO, «. Persons living at 

ease Having a competency of the means of 

living ; aole hune nui o ka poe ZsoofcMono- 

ono, he lakd lakou. 
Hoo-KCTJ, V. See Kon,. to loosen. To let 

go ; to dismiss ; to send away; to reUase ', 

to let down. 
Hoo-Kuu, adj. Let down; loosened; 

dismissed. 
Hoo-Kua-Kuu, V. Freq. orabqve. A0l6t 

down, as » rope , to subside, or cause to 

retire. , . . ^ri 

Hoo-KU-Hi, V. See Kuhi, to think. To 

cause to guess : to suppose ; to think. 
Hoo-KU-Hi-Hi, ». To entangle; tt)cattse 

to entangle. See KAnnn. ' 
Hoo-KU-Ht-KU-Hi, 0. Freq. of hoqhihi. 

To guess ; to *hink; to be uncertain. 



HOO 



190 



HOO 



Hoo-Ku-Ho, V. See Kuho, the sound of 
a stone falling peip^diciilai'ly in the watyr. 
To sound short and quick, as a ttonu fall- 
ing perpendicularly in the water. 

2. To coogh ; to cough up from the 
throat. 

Hoo-Kc-KE, V. See Kuke, to drive off. 
To throw away ; to banish ; to drive off. 

Hoo-KD-Ku, V. See Kbku, stuffed with 
food. To *at to uncomfortable iuUnees ; 
to stuff with food. 

2. To have a sufiQciency ; to eat enough. 

3. To eat food vorapiously ; applied to 
many eating togethpr ; applied to one per- 
son it is hoonuu. 

4. To try or fit on, as a garment. 
Hoo-KU-Ku, s. Fullness of food ; over 

eating. 
Hoo-Ku-KU, adj. Full, a.s with fopd; 
satiated. 
2: Fitted ; having a resemblance. 
3, See Kg, to stand. A standing up, as 
in the practice of boxing. Lateik. 46. 
Hoo-KU-KU-Li, V. See Ktjlij the knee. 

To cause to kneel ; to kneel down. 
HOO-KO-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See KULANA- 

LANA, to walk weakly. To walk or stand 
•unsteadily. 

2. To stumble ; to recede back. 
Hoo-KU-Li, V. See Kuli, to be deaf. To 
turn awa^ from hearing; to refuse to hear. 

2. To disregard one's advice or instruc- 
tion. 

3. To bribe to disobedience. 

4. To give one's property for an evil 
purpose. 

Hoo-KD-Li, adc. Silently ; made to say 

nothing by a bribe, in the phrase moe hoo- 

kuli, 
Hoo-KU-Lou, V. See KuLon, to bow. To 

bow down ; to cower ; to sit cowering. 
2. To cast the eyes downward. 
Hoo-Ku-Lou-xn-Lou, V. To bend over, 

aa in sorrow or in pain. 
Hoo-Ku-Lou-Lou, V. To bend over, &c. 

See above. 

Hoo-KU-LU-Ku-LU, V. See Kulu, to drop. 
To leak; to fall in drops; to drip; to 
sprinkle with water. 

Hoo-KU-MA-KAi-A, V. To cause all am- 
buscade; to betray; to accuse an innocent 
person. 

Hoo-Ku-MA-Ki-NA, V. To cause to wail, 

as persons for the dead. 
Hoo-KO-Mu, I'. See Kumj, fouodaticn. 

To settle; to root; to establish; to appoint 

to a particular business or office ; to lay a 

foundation. 

Hoo-KTJ-NAi-NA, V. To make a conquest; 
- to conquer ; to show an extirmiuabng 
Bpirit. 



See HooKOLANA, n 

To step sideways; to 



HOO-KU-NA-NA, f. 
substituted lor i 
stumble in walking 

2. To besitute in speaking ; to be unde- 
cided. 
Hoo-KH-Nou, V. See KuNou and KoLou. 
Lit. To stand bent. To bow, aa the head ; 
to nod, as the head ; to wag the bead, or 
shake it in derision; to bow; to bend over. 
Hoo-Ku-Nu, V. See KuNT7, to cough. To 
cause to cough ; to make one cough ; to 
hack and cough. See Hookiho. 
Hoo-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To dig out j 
to cut ; to hew, as in disging out a canoe. 
Hoo-KU-FA, V. Eng. To be or work like 

a cooper ; to act the cooper, 
Hoo-KTJ-PAA, V. See KuPAA, to .stand 
fast. To cause to stand fast; to confii-m, 
as an agreement ; to make perpetual, as a 
promise or covenant. 
Hoo-Ku-PA-Ku-PA, V. SeeHooKUPA. To 

cut ; to carve ; to pare ; to dig. 
Hoo-KU-PE, V. To turn, as one's ankle 
or foot in walking ; hence, causing a stum- 
bling. 
Hoo-Ku-pu, V. See Ktrpu, to spring up. 
To cause to grolv Up, as a vegetable ; to 
spring up, as a seed. 

2. To pay or gather a tax ; to pay a tax 
or tribute. 

3. To accomplish ; to perform. 

4. To give freely ; to make a present to 
one. 

Hoo-Ku-Fu, s. A tax; a taxation; a 
tribute to one in higher standing ; a pres- 
ent ; a gift ; a gratification. . 

Hoo-KU-pu, adj. Liable to taxation; 
mea hookupu, a tributary. Kanl. 20:11. 
Taxed ; laid under tribute. iMnk. 1:30. 

Hoo-Kct-wE-inf-WE, ) ,,. See Kuekue, 

Hoo-KU-E-KU-E, I the knuckle or elbow 
joint. To elbow ; to jog with the elbow : 
to push. 

Hoo-LA, V. To withhold openly J to be 
parsimonious. 

Hoo-LA, s. A kapa or Hawaiian cloth ; 
applied mostly to single kapas ; but on 
Kauai, used instead ot-the word kapa gen- 
erally. 
2. A remnant ; a piece. 

Hoo-LA, V. For hooola. See Ola, to re- 
cover from sickness. To have ease after 
pain ; to recover from sickness. 
2. To save from danger ; to cure a di»- 



3. To deliver or free from death. 
Hoo-LA, s. Used for AoooZo. Safety after 
danger ; deliverance from peril ; salvation 
as ot a people. Puk. 14;i3. 



Hoo-LAA, V, See Laa, to consecrate. 



HOO 



191 



HOO 



To coMecratc ; to hallow : to Bf t apart for 
a particniar purpose, especially for reli- 
gioii8 purposes. 

H06-JUA-1.AA, e. For ftooMa. SeeLiLA, 
a braocb ; a limb. To branch out, as the 
limbs of trees. 

Hoo-LA-AO, V. To ask, as a child for 
food. • 
2. To«well np, as the stomach. 

Hoo-LAB-Ho-ND-A, V. See Lae, the fore- 
head, and HoNUA, entirely. To bow or 
carry the face low, as one affecting great 
golemnity.' 

Hoo-LAB-LAE, V. See Laelae, ?.Iear. To 
be clear ; to shine ; to be bright, as an an- 
- clouded sky. 

Hoo-LAI, V. See Lai, to he still. To ap- 
pease ; to quiet, as a mob ; to be quiet ; to 
be still. 

Ho-o-LA-o-LA, V. For koodada. See 
QiJsnA, the sound of the throat in drink- 
ing. To gurgle, aa water when drinking. 

Hoo-LA-o-\, ) V. To tie up, as small 

Hoq-la-o-WA; \ slicks for fuel. 

Hoo-LA-o-A, s. A hook for catching eels. 

Hoo-LAO-tAo, V. See Laolao, a bundle. 
To do up in bundles ; to tie up, as a bun- 
dle for carrying ; to tie a string around. 

Hoo-LAU, V. See Lau, many; the num- 
ber 400. To make numerous ; to m.ike 
company for one. 
2. To take away the solitude of a place. 

Hoo-LAU-A-KA-NE-A, V. Tohidc; to con- 
ceal ; to go or put away out of sight ; to 
deceive. 

Hoo-LAU-LAU, V. See Hoolaolao and 
LiCLAD. To tie up a bundle. 

Hoo-LAtr-LE-A, V. See Laulba, to be on 
friendly terms with. To appease ; to calm 
one angry ; to satisfy an injured party ; to 
reconcile. 

Hoo-LATJ-NA, V. See Launa, friendly. 
To be on good terms with one ; to act the 
part of a friend. 

Hoo-LAB-wi-ti, V. See Latjwili. to turn ; 
to be fickle. To cause to twist ; to take 
many positions or shapes. 

2. To go round and round in speaking ; 
. to nse many words in saying little. 

3. To be inconstant or fickle in doing a 

thing- . , 

Hoo-LA-HA, V. See Laha, to spread out. 
To spread out; to widen; to spread abroad, 
i. e., to publish extensively, as news; to 
cause to become of general interest. 
Hoo-LA-HA-LA-HA, ». Tofaear; to carry, 

as on a double^ianoe or peleku. 
Hoo^LA-BA-LA-HAi, V. See Lahai and 
T.tT.>H^V; to hover over. To hover over, as 



a bird ; to flap the wings without making 

any advance, as an owl. 
2. To float in the air, as a kite. 
Hoo-LA-Ho-LA-Ho, V. See Laho, the 

testicles. To tuI) the testicles ; to practice 

onanism. * 

Hdo-i.a-H(;-i, u. See Lahui, to prohibit. 

To cause to be consecrated ; to be mitde 

kapu ; to forbid the doing of a thing. 
Hoo-LA-KA, V. See Laka, tame, as an 

animal. To tame ; to domeslicate, as an 

animal; to take av^ay wildress by quiet 

friendly treatment. 
Hoo-LA-KA-LA-KA, V. . See above. To 

make tame, &c. 
Hoo-la-k6, v. See Laeo, a sufficiency. 

To supply ; to cause si supply ; to be fur- 
nished; to supply for an emergency; to 

prepare ; to get ready. 
Hoo-LA-KO-LA-KO, , V. Frcq. of theabove. 
Hoo-la-la, v. See Lala and Hoolaa- 

LAA, to branch out. To branch out, as the 

branches of a tree ; to divide off different 

ways. 
2. To lay the foundation of a work ; to 

commence a job. 
Hoo-LA-LA, *. A stick once crooked that 

has been made straight; he hau bi&ha ka 

inoa o ia wahi i ka hookdaia. 
Hoo-LA-LA, V. To begin or commence 

a work or business. 
Hoo-LA-LA, b. To move aside out of the 

course, as one sailing la the surf turns off 

and goes some where else. 
Hoo-LA-LA-HAi, 0. See Lahai and Hoo- 

I.AHALAHAI. 

Hoo-la-le, v. See Lale, to urge on. 

To stir up ; to hasten the doing of a thing; 

to excite to action ; to get ready quickly 

for an event. 
Hod-la-la-au, v. To stop up a path; 

to plant or cause bushes to grow. 

HoO-LA-LE-LA-LE, V. See HOOLALE.. To 

get ready quickly; to put in- order in a 
hurry, as a house when a visitor comes un- 
expectedly ; to hasten generally. 
Hoo-LA-NA, V. See Lana, to float; to 
hope. To cause to float; to- be light; to 
float upon, as upon water. 

2. To offer, as a sacrifice. 

3. To listen with' attention ; e hoolci,na i 
ka pepeiao. 

Hoo-LA-NA, s. Indifference m regard to 
morals and moral principles; aole e pili 
nui kekahi man hewa iloko<o ka pono, o ka 
hookaulana, ka hoolana. &c. 

Hoo-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See Lana and 
fjANALANA. To cause to be light; to float, &c. 
Hoo-la-maiKI-la, v. See Lahakila, to 
' overcome. To cause to triumph. 



HOO 



192 



HOO 



Hoo-LA-Ni-tA-Ni, V. To exalt; to praise. 

2. To enjoj" the privileges of a chief. 

3. To take deceitfully (as Puniai did from 
. Kauwa.) 

Hoo-LA -PA-LA-PA, V. See Lapa, a ridge, 
and Lapai,apa. To spin round, as a top. 

2. To roll, as the wheel of a plow. 

3. To boil ; to bnbble up, as boiling 
water : to fry. 

4. To blaze, as a blazing fire. 
Hoo-la-pa-nai, .1). F oT hooolapanai. See 

HooLA. to save, and PANAi,to redeem. To 
save one by redeeming ; to buy one's lib- 
erty who is in bondage ; to redeem. 

Hoo-LA-PA-iv/iT, s. A redeemer. Isa. 
iV.U; HcU.7S:Z5. 

Hoo-LA-PEE, V. See Lapek, to bend 
over. Tq bond up; to dottUe over; to 
Ewell up. 

Hoo-LA-Puu, V. See Lapito, to bend up. 
See also Lapbb. To bend oyer ; to arch ; 
to crooii ; to recede from, a straight line. 

Hoo-LA-WA, V. See Lawa, sufficiency; 
enough. To finish; to make means suit the 
intended purpose; to accomplish a purpose. 
2. To have enough ; to be supplied. 

Hoo-la-wa-la-wa, v. To finish alike. 
See above. 

Hoo-la-we, v. See L/SWE, to carry. To 
draw out ; to carry from one place to an- 
other; to cause to bear or carry; to take 
away. 

Hoo-LA -we-la-we, V. See the foregoing. 
To carry frequently; to get things together; 
to make ready ; to wait on, as a servant ; 
to do this and that. 

H00-LA-WE-BLA.-LA, V. To seek occasion 
against one ; to find someiliing for ground 
of accusation. 

Hoo-LA -WE-HA-LA, s. Treachery; seek- 
ing evil of one ; a desire to detract from 
one's reputation. 

Hoo-LE, V. For hoodie. See Ole, no; 
not. To deny ; to be unwilling. 

2. To- contradict ; to refuse assent ; to 
withhold. 

Hoo-LB-A, V. See Lea, to be pleased 
with. To praise; to extol; to sing praise to. 

Hoo-LE-A, s. Praise; tho object of praise. 
KaiA. 10:21. 

Hoo-LE-A-LE-A, V. See Lea, to please. 
To amuse ; to sport with ; to sing in order 
to atti'act attention. 

2. To soothe ; to assuage ; to alleviate 
sorrow or piiih. 

Hoo-le-a-le-a, adj. .Anything pleas- 
ing ; soothing, as music. LaXeik. 79. 

Hoo-LEI, ». See Lei. to cast; to throw. 
To cast or throw away; to reject ; to drop 
carelessly. 



Hoo-LEi"LEi, V. See the above. To cast 

or throw away often. 
Hoo-lEi-LOA, V. See Hoolei and Lca, 

long; also Hooloa\ To extend or straighten 

the body ; to .straighten out ; to make 

straight. 

2. To stretch out the arm or extend it 
straight. 

3. To stretch out the lower limbs. 
Hoo-LEi-KA, s. For hoolnana. That 

which is cast or thrown away; refuse mat- 
ter. Dan. 3:29. See Hoouska and Ho^ 

UNA. 

Hoo-LEi-WA-LE, V. HoeleizxAwciU. To 
throw away as useless or worthless. 

Hoo-LE-o-LE-o, V. To rise and fall, as 
the waves of the ocean. 

2. To go about in eonfission, as men run- 
ning hither and thither. 

3. To be uneven ; up and down, as a 
wrinkled mat or floor. 

Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HEi, V. See Lehei, to 
jump-from a high positJMi. To fly in an 
imperfect manner, as an unfledged bird. 

2. To jump from a high position. 

3. To dive into the water from a height. 
See Lehai. 

Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HE-sii, V. To be disap- 
pointed ;^to be baffled. 

Hoo-iE-LE, ». See Lele, to fly. To let 
fly, as a birff from its cage. 

2. To fix up in the air ; to flutter in the 
wind. 

3. To flutter, as a bird from fear; ua Aoo- 
Teteja ka oili, she was lafraid, her heart flut- 
tered, ioieifc. 205. 

Hoo-le-le-hu, v. See Lslehu 3, to be 
sleepy. To be sleepy ; to wriflie, as in the 
pangs of death. ■ 

2. To taru sideways. 

HoorLE-MA-NA, V. Hoole, to deny, and 
mana, power; authority. To deny oni's 
power or authority, as tiie people in Liho- 
liho's time denied the authority of the 
priests and the ancient gods ; as the Jews 
also denied the authority of Jesus Christ 

Hoo-LE-NA, s. See Hooleina. That 
which is Thrown away, &o. 

Hoo-le-pe, v. See Lepe, the comb of a 
cock. To be scalloped out, as the comb of 
a cock ; to be cut out. 

Hoo-le-pu-le, V. See Hoole, to deny, 
and Pule, prayer; religion. To deny one's 
authority to act as priest, as the people did 
after Liholiho had broken the kapu. See 
HooLEMAKA above. 

Hoo-le-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To 
cause to swing ; to vibrate ; to float in the_, 
air. 

2. To lift up and can-y, as between' two 
persons; to carry in a manele or palanquin. 



HOO 



19:1 



HOO 



S. To bear or carry a corpse at a funeral 
procession. 

4. To hang pendnlone ; to hang down, 
as a flag without a breeze. 
Hoo-LE-WA, s. A bearing ; a carrying' ; 
a floating in the air. 

2. The act of bearing a corpse at a fune- 
ral ; hence, 

3. A funeral procession. 
Hoo-LE-vvA-LE-wA, V. See Lewa. To 

suspend ; to swing back and forth. 
Hoo-le-wa-le-wa, adj. Moving; flying, 

as cloud's that fly low ; ina e kolcoke mai 

te ao, he ao Iwohwalewa. ' 
Hoo-Li-o-Li, V. For hooolioli. To cause 

to rejoice ; to make glad ; to be cheerful ; 

to be joyous. 
2. To be dazzling with brightness. See 

Ou, 
Hoo-Li-o-Li-0, V. To dazzle with bright- 
ness. 
Hoo-Li-v-Li-u, V. See LitrLirr, a long 

time. To cause time to be long; to lengthen 

out time. 

2. To stay ordelaya long time in a place. 

3. To get ready; to prepare to do a 
thing. 

Hoo-Li-HA-Li-HA, ». To cause fear J to 

be afraid ; to be fearful. 
Hoo-li-ke, 0. See Like, to be like. To 

make alike ; to make equal ; to liken one 

thing to another ; to make a resemblance. 
2. To divide equally. 
Hoo-li-ke-li-ke, v. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-Li-Li, V. See Lili, jealously. To 

partially close the eyes on account of a 

bright light. 

2. To contract the sight of the eye ; to 
make a wry face. 

3. To make one jealous ; to cause jeal- 
ousy. 

4. To question with pertness ; to appear 
consequential ; to be dignified. 

5. To set up for or assume what^oep not 
belong to one ; IwolUi ko Oaha e hookolo- 
kolo i ko Lahaina. 

Hoo-Li-Li, Vi To undulate, as the air 
under a hot sun ; to undulate, as the sur^ 
face of water by the skipping of fishes. 

Hoo-u-Ll, s. The name of the place 
where the opelu are found. 

2. The putting on of airs ,■■ a feeling of 
one's importance ; the act of creating jeal- 
ousy in another. 
HoQ-Li-Li, adj.W\T:a; hard; bold; dig- 
nified ; important. 
Hoo-Li-LO, V. See Lao, to pass from 
one to another. To cause a transfer; to 
, t^ange from one to another; to, be lost; to 
delivei' from one to another. 
25 



Hoo-Li-MA-Li-KA., 'c. See LaiA, band. 

To make a hiargain; to hire; to buyorew-H 

Hoo-li-ma-li-m;> , s. A person hired to 

work. loh. 7:2. 

Hoo-li-na, w. See Hooi,eina and Hoo- 

LENA. 

Hoo-Li-NA-u-NA, V. See LiNA and LiNA- 

t.iNA, to be tough. To be tough and hard, 

like wax or gum. 
2. To be smoothed or polished. 
Hoo-Lo-A, V. See LoA, long. To stretch 

out or extend the arms or legs after being 

bent. Lit.. To make long. Note. — Eooloa 

is said to be a Kanai word for hooleiloa. 
Hoo-Lo-i-Hi, V. See Loim, long. To 

lengthen out ; to prolong. 
Hoo-LOTT, I). See LoTJ, a hook. To hook; 

to pull with a hook; to draw tight; to bind 

on j to insert, as one thing into another. 
Hoo-LOTT-Lon, V. To bend over; to stoop 

in grief or sorrow; to cry; to weep ; to b» 

afflicted. 
Hoo-LO-UA, V. See Lotj and Loua, a 

hook. To hook ; to pull with a hook ; to 

pull ; to bind on. 
Hoo-lo-ha-lo-ha, v. See Loha and 

Aloha, to love. To be sick ; to be weak ; 

to fade ; to fail through weakness. 

2. To hang down, as a withering leaf. 

3. To cherish ; to fondle ; to caress. 
Hoo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe, to hear. To 

cause to hear ; to turn the attention ; to 

listen ; to regard ; to obey. , 

Hoo-Lo-HE-Lo-HE, 1,'. To give ear ; to 

pay attention. ' 

Hoo-Lo-Hi, V. See Lohi, to be slow. To 

malce slow ; to delay ; to detain. 
Hoo-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V, To procrastinate ; 

to postpone. 
Hoo-LO-KO, V. To insinuate ; to suggest 

as a sport. 

2. To send ; to order away. 

3. To dance ; to play ; to rejoice. 

Hoo-Lo-LA, V. To be dull ; to be stupid ; 
to be indolent ; to be unable to aooo-nplish 
anything ; to neglect. 

Hoo-LO-LA-to-LA, V. Freq. of hoolola. 

Hoo-LO-LE, V. See LoLE, skin of an ani- 
mal. To tui-n ; to change ; to turn out- 
aide in. 
2. To skin, as an animal. See also Lotj. 

Hoo-LO-Li, V. See Lou, to change. To 
change; to alter ; to renew; to take a new 
form. 
2. To change one thing for another. 

Hoo-Lo-Li-Lo-u, u^^See Lou. To rec 

tify ; to change ; to reform. 
Hoo-Lo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe. To be 

30ur and to act roughly. 



HOO 



194 



HOO 



2. To be barsb ia one's speech and be- 
havior. 

3. To refuse compliance with one's invi- 
tation; to refuse all approaches; to be dis- 
obedient, LaieUc. 65. 

Hoo-LO-KQ, u See Lono, kindred with 

Jk>Ae. To regard ; to listen to ; to obey; to 

keep. 
Hoo-lu-a; v. See Luj», two; twice. To 

do twice ; to repeat ; to do over again. 
2. SpecificaJUy, to bal:e over; to cook 

twice. 
'3. To stop up a pathway that had been 

common. 
Hoo-Lxr-A, *. The name of the strong 

north wind ; be na kabi hodlva, a be ua ole 

kahi koolua, f-ome strong winds have lUii, 

others not 
2. The name of the rain accompanying 

the north wind; be ua hnohia, he ua nui 

.DO ia. 
Hoo-Ltr-A, adj. Strong'; rough; mus- 

cuIbt; he hoobia noi ke kuaaina, he hoo- 

pepehii. 
Hoo-Lir-Ai, V. See Lttai, to vomit. To 

Tomit ;' to cast out of the stomach. 

2. Fio. To cast out, as a people; to drive 

off. 
Hoo-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be deceitful; e 

hoopunipuni ; to go here and there ; to 

move about often. 
Hoo-Lu-A-LU-Ai, V. See Luai, vomit. To 

raise the cud. as raminating animals ; to 

raise again. Kanl. I4:6. 

2. To use means to provoke vomiting ; 

a hoolitaluai aku la, a pan loa ka awa i ka 

luaiia. Laieik. 208. 
Hoo-LD-E, V. See Lite, to overthrow. 

To overthrow ; to cast down ; to cause to 

slide away ; to bang down. 
2. To bring fortii many young, as a 

woman that has borne many children ; as 

{a.faen that hatches many chickens. 

Hoo-LU-E^itr-E, V. To cast down; to 

loosen ; to throw away ; to be loose, as a 

garment. 
Hoo-nj-E-Lir-E, *. A govni; a 'loose 

dress ; a Sowing robe, so called from its 

Iposeness. 
Hoo-LU-E-LU-£, adj. Hanging low and 

loosely. 
Hoo-Lu-i, V. To overturn the decision 

of a council. 
Hoo-LU-o-LtTi V. For hoooluolu. See Glu 

and Oi.DOj(.i>, to please; to comfort. To 

make easy; to quiet; tocomfbrt; to be cool. 

Hoo-Lnu,,^;. See Luu, to dive in the 
.water; to plunge in a liquid; hence, to 
/ dye ; to color. * 

Hoo-LHD-i-Li, V. See HooLun and Ili, 
a skin or hide. To tan hides. 



Hoo-Luu-i-Li, s. A tanner of skins or 

bides. Oih. 9:43. Notk — A later editioa 

h/is hanaili instead of hoohm'U. _ 
Hoo-Luu-Luu, v. See Lutr, to dive. To 

fish for the Bah called hinalea; to dive and 

take fish iu a ba8k<'t. 
Hoo-Lutr-LHo, s. The act of taking or 

catching fish in a basket. 
Hoo-LUU-LTin, adj. Applied' to a fish 

basket ; binai hooluuluu. 
Hoo-luu-paa-kai, s. Ike i ka ulana mo- 

ena ame ka hoohmpaakai. 
Hoo-lu-hb, V, To be proud; to act 

haughtily. 
2. To wither, as a leaf; to be weak; to 

hang down. 
Hoo-Lxr-HE-ic-HB, V. To hang loosely; 

to be flexible with weakness. 
Hoo-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, fatigue. To 

make weary; to oppiess; to make on« 

work hard ; to overbear. 
Hoo-lu-hi-be-wa, v. Ho(Aukia.nihewa, 

wrongfully. To oppress; to harass; to 

bnrden wrongfuHy. Edl. 9.9. 
Hoo-LU-Hi-LU-Hi, u. Freq. of UiM. To 

force one to do many kinds of much hard 

work. 
Hoo-LU-LE, V. See Lule, often sym, 

with Inli, to turn ; to shake. To turn ; to 

turn round ; to change. 
2. To shake, as flesh with fatness ; to be 

loose. 
Hoo-LU-LE-LiT-LE, V. To cause a trem- 
bling or shaking. 
Hoo-LU-LE-LD-LE, s. A trembling; the 
. state of old age. 
Hoo-LH-Li, V. See Luu, to vibrate ; to 

shake. See Lule above. To rock ; to vi- 
brate ; to cause a motion back and forth. 

Hoo-Ltr-u-LiT-Li, V. See Luu, to rock, 
roll, Ac. To stir up ; to awake one out of 
sleep; to disturb one's qaiet; to rock, as a 
child in a cradle ; to agitate. 

Hoo-to-LU, V. S6e Lulu, quiet ; calm. 
To lie quietly and still in the water, as a 
ship in a harbor ; to be calm. 

Hoo-LU-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, weary with 
labor. To cause the eyes to be heavy with 
sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be sleepy. 

Hoo-Lu-LU-Hi, s. The heavy and. dark 
clouds gathering before a storm ; thicken- 
ing atmosphere before a storm. 

Hoo-LU-NA, V. See Luna, an officer; an 
everseer. To be. or act as an officer ; to be 
in authority over others. 

2. To stir up or order men to their duties; 
to act the luna. 

Hop-LU-Ni, adj. See Hooluu. Weak; 
shaky ; applies to persons or things wherf 
there ia weakness. 



HOO 



195 



HOO 



Hoo-MA, I.'. See Ma, lo fade; to wilt. 

To cause to fadu ; to wilt, as a liowor ; to 

perish. 
2. To strike with the hands or paddle, »•■ 

a man on a «urf-1)nard. 
Hoo-MAA, ti. See Maa, to accustom. To 

accustum: to practice; to exercise by prao- 

tioo. 

2. To he ready for any buijinens by hav- 
ing experience in it. 
Hoo-ma-au, 0. See Maau, to trouble. 

To defend off; to take an oath ; to make a 

law. 

2. To persecute ; to injure maliciou.sly ; 
to offend ; to bate ; to dislike, 

3. To follow from affection. 

4. To f(o from place to place. 

ft. To be indifferent ; to neglect. 
HoO-icA-AU, s. A tempting; a trial as 

to one's constancy. Laieik. 102. 
Hoo-ma-au-e-a, v. See Maau and Ea. 

To work lazily; to leav(! one's work iiiifln- 

isbed. 
HOO-MA-A-KA-A-KA, V. See Akaaka, to 

laugh. To cansft laughter; to make sport; 

to play a trick ; to say that which is not 

tnie. 
Hoo-MA-A-LE-A, ». See Maalea, cun- 

ninji. To act wisely ; to act craftily ; to 

act deceitfully ; to bo lazy. 
Hoo-MA-A-u, I'. See Ali,' a ecar. To 

make the trace of a thing, as the wake of a 

ship ; to make a faint track of a person 

walking; to make a slight road; to appear, 

as the scar of a wonnd. 
Hoo-iiiA-A-u-u, V. SeeMALiLiandMA- 

ALti.i, to assuage ; to cool. To aanupge 

heat ; to cool ;. to pacify, as ttng(ir. 

Hoo-MAA-MAA, p. See Maa, to accus- 
tom. To aociistom one to work : to, teach 
one to work; to be furnished; to be ready 
for business. 

Hoo-ma-a-we, t>. See Maawe, a small 
indelinite pavt. To divide out in small 
quantilii's 

Hoo-ma-a-we-a-we, «. Frequentatiwe 
of the foregoinij. 

HoorMAE, )). See HooMA and Mae, to 
wilt; to fade. To cause to wilt, as a loaf; 
to wither; to dry, as a vegetable; to blast; 
-to fade, as colored cloth ; to hang down, 
as a wilting vegetable. 

Hoo-ma-e-a-e-a, jj. To disregard; to 
turn a deaf ear to; to relu.se to listen. See 

IIOOVAI.UI.ij. 

Hoo-MAE-E-LE, V. See Maeele. lo 
pity ; to have one's sympathy excited ; ua 
hoomaetleia ka naan o k-o lakou kaikanan" 
i ke aloha. Laieilr- 74. 

Hoo-MA-E-HA, V. To dare ; to provoke t 
to be boisterous. 



Hoo-MAE-MAE, t>. See Mae, to fade.- To 

wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colors of 

cloth ; to dry up. 
2. To cleanse ; to purify ; to clear awaj 

filth or stench. 
Hoo-MA-E-wA, V. See Maewa, to mock. 

To mock ; to mimic ; to reproach ; lo pro- 
voke. 
Hoo-ma-e-wa-e-wa, v. See the above. 

To reproacis ; to sncier at ; to ridicnle. 
Hoo-MAi, V. See Mai, sickness, and 

AIab. To cause sickness; to be weak; to 

be out of health. 
Hoo-MA-10, 1). See Ma, to fade, and lo, 

(l(!Sh. To grow thin iu Uesb ; to have littlo 

flesh on thi; bones. 
Hoo-MA-io-io, V. To peep like a chicken. 

See loio. 

2. To mar ; to spoil. 

3. To cut up ; to make, marks. 
Hoo-MA-i-nA-i-nA, B. See Maiha, to be 

energetic. To draw firmly, as a rope ; to 
be intent upon, as the mind ; to pmsne 
eagwly. 

Hoo-MAi-KA, 1). To be strong; to be in- 
tent upon. 

Hoo-MAi-KAi, V. See Maikai, handsome; 
good. To make good; to correct; to maike 
handsome. 

2. To bless; to ascribe goodness to one; 
to make prosperous. 

Hoo-MAi-KAi, *. See above. Thanksgiv- 
ing. Oihk. 7:15. Honor. KarU. 20:19. A 
blessing. Kanl. 33:1. B'avor; respect; ad- 
miration. Eset. 2:1.'). 

Hoo-MAi-KAi-iA, s. Honor; outward re- 
spect paid lo a superior. Mai. !;(i. 

Hoo-MAI-KAI-KA, V. See HoOMAIKA. To 

baslrorig; to draw firmly. 
Hoo-MAI-LA-Ni, V. To tend, 3s a child; 

to take care of; to honor. 
2. To treat mildly when one is fliseour- 

aged. 
Hoo-MAi-MAi, V. SeeM/ii, sitltness. To 

pretend to be sick ; ua lioomaimai ao la 

oia, a nolaila. ua hala ia po. Laieik. 209. 

Hoo-ittA-i-NO, V. See Ino, badness. To 
make sad ; to treat with severity. 

Hoo-MA-i-NO-i-No, V. See Mainoino, to 
snifor affliction. 1\3 aSiict; to treat wiUi 
severity; tfl slander; to deride. 

Hoo-MA-o-A, V. See Maoa, pain; lame- 
ness. To have lameness in the hip joint; 
to be weak iu the muscles of the thigh. 

Hoo-MA-OE, I „. See Maoe and Maoi, 

Hoo-MA-oi, ) forward ; bold. To be im- 
pertinent ; to speak or ask for a thing ; to 
give a hint of one's desire. 

H00-MAO-MA9, V. To darken ; to make 
a black or blue color. See Ouaumao. 



HUO 



196 



HOO 



Hoo-MA-o-NA, V. See Maona, satisfied 
wiib food.' To feed to eatiety ; to fill with 
food ; to be satisfied with eating. 

Hoo-MA-ir, V. SeeMAuandMAUU, wet; 
moist. To moisten ; to wet, as with dew ; 
to soak. 

2. To be cool ; to be agreeable ; to be 
refreshing. 

Hoo-mau, v. See Matt, to repeat. To 
be constant ; to be immovable ; to perpet- 
uate; to make fast, as an anchor in sand or 
rocks; to keep perpetually in action; to 
perserere ; to go forward ; hoomau aku la 
laca i ka nele. Laidk. 101. 

Hoo-MAtr, adj. Irreconcilable; opposite 
in aatures, as fire and water; as virtue and 
vice. 

Hoo-MAU-A-KA-LA, V. To be lazy; to 
Hpend the day; to be indolent; to go about 
doing nothing. 

%. To accuse falsely; to laugh with 
8Cort|. Liik. 8:53. 

Hoo-MATi-AE, V. To be lazy; to be idle 
2. To lay or place one thing on top of 
another. See Ma.dae. 

Hoo-MAU-iA, adj. Continual; perpet- 
ual. Nah. 4:7. See Hoomad. 

Hoo-MAtr-iu-iu, V. To become sore 
again ^ to oppress more. 

Hoo-MAc-HA-LA, V. See HooMAU, to per- 
petuate, and Hala, offense. To keep long 
enmity against one; to retain long the 
memory of an oflFense ; to seek revenge 
long after an offense. 

Hoo-MAU-HA-LA, s. AnoldgTudgc; cher- 
ished Jtevenge. Laieik- 69. ' 

Hoo-MATT-LE-Ho, V. See Hoomau and 
Lbho, a callous bunch. To cause one to 
work hard ; to oppress ; to make one work 
all day and every day without wages. 

Hoo-MAU-NAu-NA, V. See Maunauna 
and Maijna. To waste, as property; to 
spend uselessly ; to consume ; to destroy 
without ifp^ard to expense. 

Hoo-MAU-NAU-NA, s. waste; useless de- 
struction of property. MoLiS'.iB. 

Hod-MA-HA, V. ^ee Maha, rest. To 
cause to rest from fatigue or pain; to cease 
from exertion. 

Hoo-MA-HA-HA, V. See Haha, tile inside 
of kalo tops. To throw the small refuse 
kalo roots on the side of the kalo patch.. 

Hoo-ma-ha-la, v. To loosen; to un- 
ravel ; to clear up or vindicate one's char- 
acter. 

Hoo-MA-HA-NA, V. See Mahana, warm, 
also Mehana. To cause to be warm ; to 
warm by the fire or by tlie'sun. 

Hoo-MA-HA-NA-HA-NA, V. Freq. of above. 

Hoo-ma-ha-na-ha-na, s. Name of one of 



the last kapuE ; kakali ihp la oia 1 pau ka 
hoomahanahana, a neenee aku. 
Hoo-MA-Hi-E, V. See Hie, pride, and 
HoOHiE. To be excellent ; to be grand ; 
to be noble in appearance. 
2. To be proud ; to have a high look. 
Hoo-MA-Ho-LA, V. See Mahola, to open, 
as a flower. To spread out smoothly, as 
clothes of kapa. See Hor.A. 

2. To open j to spread open ; to expand, 
as a flower. 
Hoo-MA-Ho-LA-HO-LA, V. Freq. of the 
foregoing. Notk. — The difTorent forms jtio- 
hola and inohala have the same meaning. 
Hoo-MA-HU, V. See Mahu, steam ; 
vapor. To steam; to burst forth like steam. 
Hoo-MA-HU-A, V. To watch; to lie in 
wait ; to act as a spy secretly ; to mock ; 
to deride. 

2. To hide one's self; to conceal from 
view ; to dodge behind something. 
Hoo-MA-Hu-A, V. To increase ; to grow 
in size ; to swell out ; more often used in 
the double form, as 
Hoo-MA-HU-A -Hu-A, v. See Mahua and 
Hda, to grow. To increase; to enlarge; 
to grow big. 
Hoo-MA-HU-A-KA-LA, V. To jeer at; to 

treat with contempt. 
Hoo-MA-HU-i, V. See Mahui, to follow 
after. To follow after; to imitate ; to lis- 
ten to one's counsel or advice ; to imitate 
one's example. 
Hoo-MA-HU-KA, V. See Mahuka, to run 
away. To coiuisel or advise one to run 
sway ; to assisi one to leave a place or 
business secretly ; to hide one's s6lf to 
avoid w.ork. 
Hoo-MA-HU-WA, V. To be blind, especi- 
ally with one eye. 
Hoo-MA-KA, V. To begin ; to comraenc*^ 
a work ; to set forth a new thing ; to com- 
mence, as a course of evil. Tmeik. 191. 

2. To be wild ; to be untamed ; to be 
evilly disposed. 
Hoo-MA-KA, s..The fresh blade of a 

plaut ; the fii-st leaf of a tree. Mar. 4:28. 
Hoo-MA-SA-A-Ki-u, V. See Makakiu, 
watchful eye. To spy out; to ftnt the part 
of a spy; to watch with joalonsy. Note. — 
This 18 rather a phrivse thana word,<oco»j- 
mence to watch. Haleiu 10:8. ' 

Hoo-MA-KA-E, V. To look at with dis* 
dain; to stand aloof from; to be at enmity 
with ; to look askance or be angry at. 

Hoo-MA-KA-1, V. See Makai, a police- 
man. To be bold ; to be fearless ; to be 
a.ssnming. 

2. To act the sheriSF; lb B*> a pivliceman. 

3. To be stingy; to bo close ; to bo hard 
to deal with. 



HOO 



197 



HOO 



Hoo MA-KA-0, V. See Makau, fear. To 
cause one to fear; to roak« afraid; to 
fiighten. 

Hoo-MA-KAti-ATJ'Aj «. To hang or fasten 
up, US clothes to dry. 

Hoo-MA-KA-u-KA-u, V. Freq. gf in/tkau. 
To make afraid; to try to Bcave; e lilo aoa 
oe i mca « Ihoowakaukau ia aj ma na ala- 
iiiti, thou Kliait become an cxanfple causing 
fear by \\H' load sides. Laieik. 212. 

Hoo-MA-KAU-KAU, V. See Makaukatt, 
ready; prepared. To make ready; to pre- 
pare ; to get in readiness for bUBines.<) or 
for a comine event. 

Hoo-MA-KATT-Lii, s. One who feigns 
friendship and eats with one while he 
watches his opportunity to ininre him; one 
pcting with cunning and duplicity. 

2. Strong desire for and corresponding 
effort to obtain a thing. 

Hoo-MA-KAO-Lii, V. To be thorough 
going ; to persevere ; to hold out ; to have 
a strong desire for a thing ; e hoomanawa- 
nui a loaa mai ; he kanaka hoomakradii 
hakn, a nolaila e malama pono i ka wai- 
wai ; he hoomakaylii ma ka manao i ke 
Afcua. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki, V. To beg ; to ask. 

2. To design revenge ; to meditate mis- 
chief. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, V. See Hoomaka and 
Kru, to spy. To wateh with a jealous eye; 
to lie in wait to do evil. 

Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, a4j- Jealous; suspi- 
cious ; watchful tlirough jealousy. 

Hoo-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See Makamaka, a 
friend. To be on terms of 'intimacy; to 
make friends for the sake of profit or con- 
venience. 

Hoo-ma-ka-la, v. See Makala, to 
loosen. To cause to open a little, as a door; 
to loosen ; to untie. See Kal.v. To loosen, 
as in taking off one's garment. 

Hoo-MA-KA-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, V. See HoO- 
MAKA and Nauele, land grown up to bushes. 
To go astray in the bush; to get out of the 
road. 

IJoo-MA-KE, V. See Make, death. To 
cause death ; to kill. 

2. To wish to die ; to fast. 

3. To put in a state of privation; to 
cause thinness of flesh. 

4. To put one's self where he would ap- 
pear to be lost; mai hoopae oe {i ka aina), 
c hoomake oe i kou nalu, go not ashore, 
pluru/e under your surf. 

Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, V. See Aka, to laugh. 
To excite laughter ; to exercisn wit 

Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, odj. Exciting laugh- 
ter ; witty ; ho olelo hoomakeaka. 

Hoo-MA-KEE, ». To be greedy after 



property; to scrape together ; to lust after 
property 

Hoo-MA-KE-iiE-wA, V. To accuse falsely; 

to do a thing in vain. 
HoO-MA-KE-MA-KE, v. See Makj-:9iAke. 

To rlesire ; to wisli for. 
HOO-MA-KE-NA, V. ScC MaKENA. To 

cause mourning; to cause sorrow; to cause 

^ricf. 
Hoo-MA-Ki-u, V. Sec Kiu, to spy. To 

watch with a design to surprise ; to watch 

(or an opportunity to do mischief. 
Hoo-MA-KO-A, V. To walk, talk or act 

bravely ; to act as an olliccr among sol- 
diers ; e hookba, o hookulali. 
Hoo-MA-Koi, V. To be hard; to be stingy; 

to be close ; to be regardless of others. 
Hoo-MA-Kou, V. See Makou, to be, red, 

as the eyes. To make red; to bo blood 

shot, as the eyes from being long in salt 

v/ater. 
Hoo-MA-KO-];.E, V. See Kole and Mjlt 

Koi.K, red, as raw flesh. To be jaw, as flesh; 

to be red, as inflamed eyes. 
Hoo-MA-KO-u, V. See Key, to trim ; to 

cut short. I To cut short ; to make small ; 

to render fine. 
Hoo-MA-KO-MA-KO, odJ. The epi&et of 

a {loiid; he ao hMimakonuiko, a large 

cloud, perhaps. 
Hoo-MA-KU, V. To increase ,- to grow 

large ; to grow thickly. 
Hoo-MA-KU-A, V. To grow J to enlarge; 

tn become thick or many. 
Hoo"MA-KU-E, V. To burden one ; to 

vex ; to trouble; to be angry at ; to frown 

at. 
Hoo-MA-KU-E, s. An angry look; a 

frowning at ; a stirring up of displeasure. 
Hoo-MA-Ku-E-KU-E, ». To ftown ; to 

frown at one. 

HOO-MA-KU-MA-KU, V. See HOOMAKU. To 

increase ; to enlarge ; to grow fat ; to be 
heavy, as a fat person 6r animal. 

Hoo-MA-LAE, V. SeeMALAE.tobecalm, 
To put on a pleasant countenance ; to. as- 
sume the appearance of friendship when 

. the heart is disaffected : to hide an evil de- 
sign by ^suming pleasantry. 

Hoo-MA-iiA-E-A, V. To be calm; to be 
quiet; to settle down in quietness; ap- 
plied to the pfiBence of one who was re- 
prodiohed when absenC 

Hoo-MA-LAE-LAE, •&. See Laeiae, cleaT, 

as the sky. To enlighten; to make clear 
and pleasant; to "calm. 

Hoo-ma-lai-le-wa, v. See Malailena, 

bitlerness. To make bitter ; to embitter. 

HoO-MA-LA-o, V. To act the idler; to be 



HOO 



19S 



HOO 



1» vagabond ; to go about from place to 

place doing uotbin?. 
Hoo-MA-uc, V. See MAMti, to reject 

good advice. To be unbil.eviDg; to be 

ungodly ; to be irreveifnt towards sacred 

things. 
Hoo-MA-L*«-E-A, V. To be lazy J to be 

indolent,. See Malao. 
Hoo-MA-LA-Hi-A, V. Pass, for malaia, to 

bo bitter. l"o make bitter : to be bitter. 
Hoo-HA-LA-MA-LA-MA, V. See Lama, a 

torch. To enlighten : to shine iipon. 
Hoo-MA-LA-NA, V. To throw away, as 

refuse matter. 

2. To be disrespected. 

3. To take care of. 

4. To be large; to swell, as a dead bodj. 

Hoo-MA-LA-NA-tA-NA, V. Frcq, of above. 

Hoo-MA-LE-A, 0. See Malea and Maa- 
J-EA, wise; crafty. To deal wisely; to be 
' crafty : to act wisely nr prudently. 

Hoo-MA-Li-E, t>. See Malie, calm; quiet. 
To hush, as a tumult ; to clear olf, as the 
sky after a storm. 

Hoo-MA-Li-i-u-E, V. To appease, as a 
ruiSed mind; to soothe; to cajm, us anger; 
to treat kindly. 

Hoo-MA-Li-m-wl, P. See Malihini, a 
stranger. To make one's self a stranger ; 
to become a stranger; to be foreign to one. 

Hoo-MA-u-Ko, 0. To discredit. 

Hoo-MA-Li-MA-ti, I'. See Malimali, lo 
flatter. To flatter; to secure one's favor 
by flattery. 

ttoo-MA-Loo, V. See Maloo, parched ; 
dry. To cause to dry up, aa water ; to 
wither, aa a tree or flower ; to make any- 
thing dry. 

Hoo-MA-Lo-Hi-Lo-Hi, ». See LoHi, to be 
slow. To be fatigued, as by traveling ; to 
beiame. See MAi,tTHiLunt. 

Hoo-MA-LO-KA, V. See Maloka, to be 
slnggi^h; to be etnpid. To be dull ; to be 
stnpid in mind; lo disregard any important 
trath-; to be unbelieving ; to disobey the 
command of a chief. 

Hoo-MA-LO-LO, s. The name of the day 
jeforethe la Itapu ; hence under the chris- 
tian system, the la heomalolo is Saturday, 
i. e.. the day before the Sal)bath. 

Hoo-ma-lu, v. See Malc;, a shade, 
peace, Ac. To rule over; especially in a 
peaceful way ; to guvi^rn quietly; to make 
peace. 

Hoo-MA-LU, adj. Making or causing 
peace bt'tween differing parties ; mahai 
hoomalu. a peace-offering. Puk. £0:21. 

Hoo-ma-lu-le, V. To change from one 
form to another ; to metamorphose, as a 
caterpillar into a butterfly. 



Hoo-MA-Lu-MA-LU, adj. Overshadowing} 
shading, as clyuds that run low; he aohoo- 
malumalu. 

Hoo-WA-NA, V. Sei, Mana, siiperhuman 
power. To ascribe divine honors ; lo wo^ 
ship; to cause one to h.tve regal authority. 

Hoo-MA-NAo, ('. See Manao, to think. 
To turn the mind upon ; to call to mind ; 
to cause to consider; to remember that 
which is past. 

Hoo-ma-nao-nao, v. See Makaonao, to 
lament. To call up the past with sorrow; 
to think or reflect on the past. • 

Hoo-MA-NAO-NAo, s. A reflection on the 
[jBiBt ; sorrow for the past. 

Hoo-MA-NA-Kii, V. See Hoomana above 
and Kir, au idol. To worship idols; to 
worship any god except Jehovah. 

Hoo-MA-NA-KII, *. The practice of wor- 
shipping idols; idolatry; ca\\e(lfiyurativtly 
. in Scripture, whoredom. 2 Nal. 0:22. Also 
vanity ; b vain service ; idolatry. 2 Nal. 
17:15. 

Hoo-MA-NA-LO, V. See Manalo, sweet; 
free from taint. To purify ; to sweeten 
anything from salt or any unpleasant taste 
or smell. 

Hoo-ma-na-wa-le-a, v. See Manawa- 
i,£A, alms. To appease by a gift; to give 
alms lo the poor; to relieve the distressed. 

Hoo-ma-ne-a, v. See Manea. To ren- 
der callous ; to harden ; he mea ia na ke 
kalaimoku e lioomanea i kanaka i haalele 
ole i ke alii. 

Hoo-ma-ne-o-ne-o, v. See Maneo, to 
itch. To scratch where; it itches ; to tickle. 

HoorMA-NO, V. See Mano, a shark. To 
act the shark ; to be greedy. 

2. To be continually at; to persevere in, 
as one in begging. i 

3. To t«ase with importunity. 
Hoo-MA-WAE-NA, t;. To come into the 

midst of a company of people or things ; a 
i ka au hou ana o ka mea i komo.i ka pua, 
hornnawcuna mai oia. 

Hoo-ME-A, I). See Mea, to trouble ; to 
effect To cause something ; to do some- 
thing ; to make pretense ; to deceive ; to 
disappoint ; to m'lke trouble. 

Hoo-ME-HA, V. See Meha, to live alone. 
To stay at home fiom work ; to cease from 
work. Note. — Formerly lioomeha was ap- 
plied to a la kapu, but is now used as syn- 
onymous with la hoomalolo, the flay before 
the Sabbath, i. e.. Saturday. 

Hoo-ME-HA, adj. Preparing for the Sab- 
bath. See HooMAUil.o. 

Hoo-ME-tE, V. See Mele, a song. To 
cause or make a song ; to sing a mele ; to 
be joyous ; to rejoice. 



HOO 



199 



HOO 



doo-ME-NE-ME-NE, V. See Mens, to 
have pity. To be dear to one ; ib have 
compassiott upon ; to pity ; to treat t«Q- 
derly. as a beloved oae. 

Hoo-Mi-Ho, V. To build by laying one 

thing on top of another. 
Hoo-Mo-A,- V- See Moa, cooked. To 

canse to ba cooked ; to be thoroughly 

baked. 
Hoo-MO-AE, V. To tear or snatch away; 

to steal. 
Hoo-Mo-A-KA-KA, V. See Akaka, clear 

to the mind. To caussc to be very plain to 

the mind ; to make one nnderstand what 

may be intrieate ; to explain. See Hoa- 

' XAKA. 
HoO-MO-A-iA-A-LA, V. See MoALAALA, tO 

islac up to go. To be busy about ; to go 

from house to house; to be forward; to be 

impertinent 
Hoo-Mo-A-NA, V. As if hoqmoena. To 

sprjad down mats for staying over night ; 

hence, 
2.' To encamp, as travelers ; to pncam|l, 

aa soldiers. "Sec also Moana. 

Hoo-Mo-A-NA, adj. Encamped ; kahi 
Aooffioana, a camping place; a camp. OihJc. 

. 16:28. , 

Hoo-Mo-K, V. See Moe, to lie down. 
To canse to lie down ; to prostrate in ado- 
ration. ■ . • 

2. To speak of one's sleeping with an- 
other, that is, of marrying together.' Laieik. 
66. 

3, To lie down to rest ; to vest one's self 
by lying down. 

Hoo-Mo-E-Mo-iJ, V. To cause to lie down. 
2. To hush or put to sleep. 

Hoo-Moo, o. .To continue or persevere 
in laying taxes upon the people; to follow 
up a ipursuit ; ame ka hoomoo o na pmi 
waiwaii, to urge or force people to give 
their property for such purposes as the 
rulers need ; e kaukolo, e hookoikoi. 

Hoo-MO-U'Ki-ir-Ki, V. See Ukiuki, hot 
and bad smelling. To cause an oflfensive 
smell ; to reelc wijh offensive Smells, like 
an old and "dirty ship, or like the breatb of 
B tobacco smoker; to be warm or stifled 
for want of pure air. 

Hoo-Mo-HA-LA, V. To openj'to unfold 
or blossom, as a flower. 

2. To spread, as a kapa or she«t. See 
HooMABOi;.A by a change of syllables. 

3. To have a little hope, as one disap- 
pointed ; ua hoomohdlaiai kona naau kana- 
iua. Laieik. 93. 

4. To unfold, as one's iuward desire; to 
rage, as lust. " Lamik. 19(5. «. 

Hqt-mo-ha-lu, v. See Mohaltt, to be 



at ease. To entertain in one's house ; io 
invite to one's bouse. 

2. To lie at ease ; to rest securely. 

3. Td break ; to crack. See next word. 
Hbo-Mo-HA-LU-HA-LU, V. To crack ; to 

break, as the auamo or stick on which 
things are carried on the shoulders of men. 

Hoo-MO-Ho-LA, P. SeeMoHOLAandHo- 
HOLA. To spread out widely ; to unfold, 
as the growing of a plant. 

Hoo-Mo-Ho-LE, V. See Hole, to peel. To 
peel ; to strip the skin from an animal ; to 
peel the bark from a tree. See Uholb. 

Hoo-Mo-Ko, V. This is probably for Aoo- 

Immo, or it may mean, to cut short. Ahoo- 

moko ka wai ma ua pae. 
Hoo-Mo-Ku, V. To cause a division ; to 

cut and divide, as a land. 
Hoo-MO-KU, s. A cutting or a dividing, 

&c. 
Boo-Mo-LE, ». See Mole, smooth- To 

be shorn close : to be cat smooth. 

2. To cause to linger ; to be slow ; to be 
behind. . . 

3. To refuse', to be unwilling. 
Hoo-Mo-LE-MO-LE, V. intensive of the 

above. ^ 

Hoo-MO-LO-wA, 0, . See Molowa, inac- 
tive. To be indifferent about a thing ; to 
be indisposed to do a thing, especially to 
work ; hence, 
2. To he lazy ; to be idle. 

Hoo-m6-mo-le, ». See Hoomole above. 
To be smooth. 

Hoo-Mu, ». See Mu, to shut the lips. 
To sit silent ; to be speechless ; to make 
no reply; to refuse to answer. See Mu- 
MULB, like the English to be mum. 

Hoo-Minr, ». To cause a collection j to 
heap together. 
2. To gormandize. 

Hoo-Mu-E, V. To be bad tasted to the 
palate ; to be offensive to the taste ; to be 
bitter ; to be brackish. 

Hoo-MiT-E-Mn-E, V. Freq. of the above. 

Hoo-MU-Hi;, V. To collect together. See 

MUMDHO. 

2. To make a low humming sound. 

Hoo-mf-ka; v. See Muka, tasteless; in- 
sipid. To be tasteless ; to be insipid ; ono 
ole. 

Hoo-MU-KA-M0-?A, 0. To be insipid; to 

' be tasteless. 

Hoo-Mu-MU, V. SeeMir. To hold in the 
mouth without swallowing. 

2. To hold the mouth silent from speak- 
ing. 

Hoo-Mu-Mu-Hir, V. See Mtrsu, ti? hum. 
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ; 
to gather together, as ottier thing.?. 



HOO 



200 



HOO 



■ 2. To make a low indistinct noise; to 

sound like an indistinct low hum. 
Hoo-Mtr-Mu-KU, m. See Musu to cut 

short. To cut short ; to cut too short ; to 

brestk off. See MrMOKu. 
Hoo-MU-MU-LE, «,. See Mumttm;, to be 

dumb. To be silent ; to be dumb. 
2. To be out of one's mind; to be crazy; 

to be insane. 
Hoo-snr-OTU-LT, v. To collect togethe,r 

in great numbers ; to be thick together, as 

swarms ol flies. 
Hoo-NA, V. See Na, to be quiet. To 

cause ease ; to give quietfrom pain. 

2. To obtain a refuge from danger. 

3. To Search or look for a place. See 
Naka. 

Hoo-NAK, V. See Nae, to breathe hard. 

To breathe hard; to puff like one traveling 

fast up hill ; to be fatigued. 
Hoo-NAE-NAE, V. Freq. of the above. 
Hoo-NA-E-LE, V. See Naeie. To cause 

to be thick, as mud ; to be muddy. 
2.. To break open; to crack, as dried 

mud. 
Hoo-NA-i-Ki, V. To persecute. 
Hoo-NAi-Ko-LA, V. See Aikola and Ho- 

AiKOLA. To cause to triumph over aa en- 
emy ; to rejoice at a victory. 
2. To treat with contempt, S"s a eonqr.eji ed 

one. 
Hoo-NAi-NAi, V. See Hoonae, to pant. 

To sob ; to breathe hard. 
Hoo-na-ue, v. See Natje, to vibrate. 

To cause to rock ; to reel to and tro ; to 

shake, as the earth in an earthquake. 
2. To move a little; to shove along. See 

Nawe and NAtrwB. 
Hoo-na-ue-ue, v.. Freq. of above. To 

rock ; to shake to and fro. 
Hoo-NA-u-Ki, V. SeeUxiandNAtiKi. To 

fret ; to provoke ; to make one angry. 
HocNA-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See above. To pro- 
voke ; to make angry. 
Hoo-wA-tj-Lu, V. See Naulu, to vex. 

To vex ; to provoke. Eanl.9:2'i. To vex. 

1 Sam. 1:6. 
Hoo-NA-HA, V. See Naha, to crack or 

break, as glass. To break or crack, as 

gla.ss. 
2. To cause to operate, a.s a cathartic. 
Hoo-NA-HE-NA-HE, V. See Nahe, thin; 

soft. To be low ; to be flat ; to be thin ; 

to be humble. 
Hoo-NA-Hi-Li, u SeeNAHiLi,tobeawk-: 

ward ; to be slow. To lengthen out ; to 

make long, as a road by going a cii-ouitoos 

route, or by losing one's way. 
2. To hesitate ; to linger. 

Hoo-NA-Ho-A, t>. See Nahoa, strong; 



bold. To be hard; to be stronj;; to be 
bold, as a soldier. 
2. To turn a deaf ear; to refuse to listen. 

Sec HOONEHO*. 

Hoo-NA-HO-WA-HO, V. See Nahonaho, to 
be deep. To be set deep in the head, as 
the eyes ; to be deep, as a pit. 

Hoo-NA-KK, r. See Nahtt, to bite; to 
gripe. Tosaap, as com parching; to cr?,ck, 
as a pistol ; to make a report, as fire-a.-jis. 

Hoo-NA-Hu-NA-Htf, 'v. ' See the above. 
To snap at, as a dog. 

2. To be in labor pains. 

3. To be seized by sadden pain. 
Hoo-NA-KE-LE, V. See Nakele, soft; 

slippery. To make boggy, as land ; to be 

soft and shalcy, as a miry plac«. 
Hoo-NA-KOA, V. See Koa, a soldier. To 

be bold ; to be brave ; to act the soldier ; 

to be fearless ^ to be daring. 
Hoo-NA-Ecr-i, V. See Kui, to sound 

abroad. To make a mmbling noise ; to 

tremble. 
2. To spread outj as a sound ftom a place. 

Hoo-NA-KO-Lo, V. See Koto, to crawl, 

and Nakolo. To run along ; to spread, as 

ink on pajper. 
Hoo-ifA-KrJ»Hj, v. To cause to fell in 

drops, as rain ; £ts perspii-ation.. Zaieik. 

118. . , 

Hoo-NA-KTr-LU-KU-LU, V. See KuLtr, to 

drop. To drop down, as raan; to drip from 

the clouds, as "rain. Isa^ 49:8. 
Hoo-NA-Lo, v. See Nam, to disappear. 

To be lost ; to vanish ; to be out of sight ; 

vfith wale, to be forgotten. 
Hoo-NA-Lo-NA-Lo, V. Freq. of the above, 
Hoo-NA-LTT, B. See Nalf, the surf. To 

cause a swell of the sea. on shore ; to rise, 

as t.he surf; to act, as the sea when the 

wind and tide are contrary. 
Hoo-NA-Ltr-Lu, V. To turn a deaf ear; 

to refiise to listen ; to disregard. See Hoo- 

UADAEA. 

Hoo-KA-Mu-NA-M0, «. See Namit, to 
speak rapidly. To«peak in an unintelli- 
gible manner. 
2. To find fault behind one. 

Hoo-NA-NAA, V. To enrage. 

Hoo-na-na-ait, v. See Nana and Lana, 
to flrjat. and Aw, tide; current. To cause to 
float on the surface of water; to swim 
staEding or erect ; to float here and there 
as *be current goes. 

Hoo-NA-NA, It. See Na and "Nana, to 
hush ; to quiet, as a child. To calm ; to 
quiet, as a child ; to hush up a difficulty ; 
to ease a pain ; to comfort ; to console. 

Hoo-NA-NA, adj. See Nana, to bark; to 
growl. Angry ; cross ; Teluctont. 



HOO 



201 



Hoo-NA-NA-n-HA, D. To be Strong; to be 

hard ; to ^e tight ; to drag : to diaw. 
HOO-NA-NA-HI-LI, V. See^NAHILI, slow ; 

UggiDg. To go in a crooked manner ; to 

wauder about; to miRtake the road. 
Hoo-NA-NA-Ho, V. See Nanaho, deep 

down. To be deep. 
2, To be sti ong ; to be tight. 
Hoo-NA-MA-HO, V. See Nahu, to bite, 

and NiNABu and Lanahc, a coal of fire. To 

char, as wood; to make coal; to burn wood 

to charcoal. 

2. To bit« ; to sting like a burn. 
Joo-na-na-ka; v. See Naka and Na- 

NAKA, a crack; a crevice. To be full of 

cracks, openings or chinks. 
2. To be unstable ; not firm, as a bog. 
Hoo-NA-NA-Ki, %\ See Nanaki and Na- 

KH, to tie ; to fasten. To bind ; to tie np. 
Hoo-NA-NE,/u. See Nane, a riddle. To 

put forth a riddle ; to propose something 

mysterious for explication. 
Hoo-NA-NE-A, ti. See Nanea, easy; 

quiet To be easy; to be contented; to tje 

satisfied wHh one's self; to be indiffei-ent 

to the future. 
Hoo-NA-Ni, V. See Nani, also Lani, i 

beautiful; glorious. To glorify; to praise; ' 

to exalt ; to honor. 
Hoo-NA-Mi-NA-Ni, V. Intensive of the 

above. To be proud; lo be vainglorious; 

to be haughty ; to be arrogant.' 

2. To act the spendthrift; to waste prop- 
erty. 

Hoo-NA-NU-E, i>. See Nanoe, to swell 
up. To tremble ; to shake. See Nace. 

Hoo-NA-PAi, V. See Napai, to bend in. 
To crook ; to bend ; to arch. 

Hoo-NA-PE, V. See Nape, bending; flex- 
ible: To bend ; to crook ; to bend, as an 
elastic stick. 

Hoo-NA-PE-LE, V. SeeNAPEi^.tohurt; 
to wound. To make a wound on the head; 
to swell, as the effect of a wound; to swell 
out, as the belly. 

2. To be soft and yielding, as a boggy, 
miry place ; to shake, as a tog ; to soften, 
as tbe food in the stomach ;* o ka opu, oia 
kahi e hoonapele ai i ka ai, the stomach is 
the place to soften the food. Anai. 51. 

Hoo-NA-PE-LE-PE-us, V. Intensive of the 

above. 
Hoo-NA-Po-Lo, V. To straighten; to 

make straight 
Hoo-NA-WA-LE, V. See Na and Hoona 

with Walf. To comfort; to attempt to 

quiet without efibct. 
Hco-NA-WA-Li, V. See Nawau, weak; 

/ceble. To.be weakly j to be sickly; to 

have little strength. 
26 



HOO 



, . 2. To totter when one walks; to be thia; 

to be flexible. 
Hoo-NA-WA-u-wA-Li, V. Intensive of the 

above, 
Hoo-NA-WE-LE, V. See Nawelb, fine; 

small; tbin. To make very little; to be 

tine, like the threads of a spider's Wfcb ; to 

spin, as a spider its web. 
Hoo-NE, V. To tease; to ftetj to ask 

for food, as a child. 
Hoo-jtE, s. Name of a soft porous stone. 
Hoo-NB-A, V. See Nea, to desolate. To 

make desolate; to sweep off all; to destroy 

wholly. See Neo and Neonko.. 
Hoo-HE-A-NE-A, V. To take all away; 

to dispossess one of everything; to take 

all the fruits of one's land. 
Hoo-NEE, V. See Nee, to move. To 

move ; to shove along ; to rub against. 
Hoo-Hee-nee, v. See Nee, to move 

along.! To push along; t»iiu>ve frequently; 

to shake. 
Hoo-NEi, V. See Nei, to move. To move, 

as people in a tumuli ; to move, as trees 

bylbe wind. 
Hoo-NEi-NEi, V. See Nei and Hoonel . 

To crowd one upon anott«i ; to move 

along, urged by others. 
Hoo-jse-0, v. See Neo, to be .silent. To 

make silence ; to hush : v> be still. 

2. To be silent from loneliness or deso- 
lation. 

3. To be in a wild, lonely place. . 
Hoo-NE-0;WE-o, V. See the above. To ■ 

hush ,to stillness ; to be still. 
2. To be still or quiet for want of people. 

Hoo-NE-HO-A, V. SeeHooNAHOA. To be 
severe ; to be bold ; to act the soldier ; to 
be brave. 

Hoo-NE-LE, V. See Nele, destitute. To 
deprive one of somethtEg ; to maLe desti- 
tute ; to deprive of. 

Hoo-NE-Mo, V. See Nemo, to smooth 
over. To be polished; to be made smooth; 
to be nice and good. 

Hoo-NE-Mo-NE-MO, u- To make smooth; 
to polish. 

Hoo-NE-NE, u To chirp, as a cricket; 
to sing, as a cricket 

Hoo-NE-NE, V. Ka leo ka 6waewa iki 
e Iwonene ana. Laieik. 149. 

Hoo-NE-NE, s. The voice of a cticket. 

Hoo-Ni-AU, V. To go away and leave 
one's company secretly, generally for some 
evil purpose ; a no keia mea (ka ikea ana 
o ke kahoaka o Laieikawai), hoord.^u aka 
la ka Makaula i ka pule ana. Loaeilc. 26. 

Hoo-Ni-AiT, V. See Nuii, to sail gen- 
teelly. To copy or follow those whoso 
coDdnot is nprigbt ; to do rightly. 



HOO 



202 



HOO 



Hoo-Nii-A-Ni-A, V. SeeNiAjbaldheaded. 
To make smooUi or fair the outside ; to be 
smooth, as a baldhead. 

2. Pio. To make fair pretenses. 

3. To blame or accuse falsely. See Nia- 

NU. 

Hjo-ni-a-ni-ao, v. Ta ask questions 
often and frequently ; to question ; hooni- 
ele. , . 

Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, V. See NioKioLo, cor- 
rect; siToight. To be morally straight; to 
be upright ; to be correct in practice. 

2. To be correct in principle; to have 
right views. 

3. To go without carrying anything, 
while others perhaps are heavily loaded ; 
kaumaha lakou, a he hoonioniolo kana hele 

. ana. He kanaka haabeo ka ! 

Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, s. Straightness; that 
which is correct ; upright ; me ka hoonio- 
niOM ka manao kekahi, some with cor- 
rectaCss of ojnnion. 

Hoo-Ni-Ho, V. See Nmo, to indent; to 
set in. To lay stones in a wall ; to lay 
stones in the wall of an embankment, as 
the lower side of a road, that is, to insert 
stones into a bank like teeth in tho gums. 
See Nmo, tooth. 

Hoo-Ni-Ho, s. Stones inserted in a bank; 
a stone wall or hedge. 

Hoo-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Nihinihi. To 
he fall of ridges ; to diminish upward. 

'2. To take slender hold of a thin^, as 
from fear of filth. . 
3. To eat sparingly ; e ai hoonihinihi. 

Hoo-Ni-MA^ V. See Nina and Lina, soft 
to the touch. .To be soft to the touch. 

2. To be wet and tough, as cold land. 
. 3. To be weak and feeble, as "one recov- 
ering from sickness ; pill i ka mea ua ola, 
aole ola Ioek 

4 Not to have flill cheeks, as one sickly. 
See Papalina. 

Hoo-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, V. Freq. of the above. 
See Ndtanina and Lik ' /Ma. 

Hoo-NO, V. For hook w. See Hono, to 
mend, as a garment or a fish net. To join 
together, as in mending a net ; to unite, as 
in tying sticks together. 

Hoo-No, V. To think ; to look at atten- 
tively ; to be sharp upon. 

Hoo-No-A, V. See Noa, the cessation of 
a kapu. To cause to cease, as the force of 
a kapu ; to put au end to a kapu. 

Hoo-no-a, v. To keep continually burn- 
ing, as a fire ; e hoomau i ke ahi ; to bum 
continually, as a volcano. 

Hoo-KO-E, V. See Noe, mist; fine rain. 
To make thin or small, like a head with 
few hairs ; to be small, like fine rain. 

Hoo-No-E-Mo-E, V. See Noenoe, mist. 



To make smail or fine, as small dot-a on 

paper. 
2. To attend, as the mind to little things. 
Hoo-Noi, V. See Noi, to beg To be^; 

to ask something of another. 
Hoo-Noo-Noo, V. See NooNoo, to think. 

To cause to think upon ; to remember ; to 

consider ; to reflect upon. 
Ho-o-NO-o-No, V. For hooonootio. See 

Ono, ready. To be ready ; to be prompt ; 

to be mature ; to act the man. 
Ho-o-NO-o-No, *. Promptness; readi- 
ness ; having a supply. See Kuonoono. 
Hoo-Nou, V. See NoTJ, to throw a stone. 

To throw a stone ; to pelt with stones ; to 

throw, as missiles. 
2. To loosen : to send forth. 
Hoo-No-Bi, V. To cause to be red; to 

be of a reddish color. 
Hoo-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1). To shine with 

brightness ; to be red. 
2. To have a different form. 

Hqo-No-Ho, V. See NoHo, toputdotvn; 
to place. To set in order; to place rightly; 
to regulate. 

Hoo-No-Ho, s. The name of a species 
offish-hook. 

Hoo-No-Ho-NO-Ho, V. To Settle; to es- 
tablish ; to collect together'; to arrange. 

Hoo-No-Ho-No-Ho, s. In the phrase hoo- 
nohonoho _a,'k.uA, the act of setting up or 
worshipping the poe akua noho : haaa ino 
nui ia kekabi poe hoonokonoko akua, a ma 
huka lakou ma kahi e akn. 

Hoo-NO-HO-NO-LO. 

Hoo-No-HC, V- To let downj as the sails 
of a ship. 

Hoo-No-KE, V. See Noke, to be ener- 
getic. To work energetically and perse- 
veringly ; to be acute in searching for the 
means to secure an end; to act with en- 
ergy and intelligence. 

Hoo-No-ix, V. Used perhaps for none, 
to snore. 

Hoo-NO-Ni, V. To joggle ; to rustle ; to 
disturb. 

Hoo-NO-RO-LO, V. To chirp like a bird; 
to warble ; to sing. 

2. To coo like a dove. 

3. To growl, as a dog. 

4. To grunt like a hog. 

5. To snort, as a horse. 

Hoo-NU-A, V. To tread upon continur 
ally ; to do over and over again ; to act 
\7i& energy and perseverance. 

Hoo-Ntr-A, s. A treadifig ; vigorous ex- 
ercise'. 

Hoo-Nu-A-KT7-A, V. To be ennobled ; to 
be honored ; to be rich. 



HOO 



203 



HOO 



Hoo-NU-i, V. See Wtri, to be great. To 

cause to enlarge; to grow big; to increase. 

2. Fig. To boast ; to brag. See Haanui. 

Hoo-NTT-i-MTJ-i, V. Intehsive of the above. 

Hoo-Nuu, V. See Ninr and Anuu, a 
raised place. To be greedy in eating ; to 
eat to great fullness ; to gormandize ; ap- 
plied to a single person. See Hookuku. 
Hence, , 

2. To swell; to rise up, as one's stomach 
from great eating. 

3. To begrudge the food another eats. 
Hoo-Ntm, s. Greediness after food ; a 

voracious appetite ; a seizing food with 
eagerness. 

Hoo-NUu, adj. Greedy after food. 

Hoo-NU-HA, V. See Nhha, silent; tac- 
iturn. To be idle ; to be lazy ; to be in- 
disposed to do anything. 
% To sit still, as a person unable to walk. 
3. To be disabled. 

Hoo-NU-HA-ND-HA, V. Intensive of the 
above. 

Hoo-NU-HA-NU-HA, s. A palsied persoh; 
one disabled from palsy. 

Hoo-PA, V. See Pa, to touch. To cause 
to touch; to take hold of; to hit; to strike. 

Hoo-paa, v. See Paa, fast; tight. To 
make fast ; to bind ; to keep tight ; to de- 
tain. 

2. To tie or fasten a thing; to make 
light. 

3. To stop one's speech ;. to be silent ; 
you have said enough. Laieik. 65. 

Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, V. See Paakiki, hard 
morally and physically. To hold fast to 
one's opinion ; to be obstinate ; to be un- 
yielding. 

2. To have no respeetto other sfeelings, 
person or property. 

3. To be hard in the treatment of others; 
to be hard hearted. 

Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, *. Stubbornness ; diso- 
bedience. 1 Sam. 15:23. 

Hoo-PAA-iPAA, V. See Paafaa, to dis- 
pute. To be hard upon others ; hence, 

2. To dispute pertinaciously; to contend; 
to qnarrer; to have a mental contest. 

Hoc-PAE, V. See Pae, to go ashore. To 
cause to arrive at land ; to go ashore from 
a canoe, boat or vessel. 

2. To float ashore, as anything at sea. 

3. To throw up on a, bank of a kalo 
patch. 

Hoo-PAE-E, V. See Pae, to misunder- 
stand. To hear indistinctlv through soine 
noise ; to misunderstand what is said ; to 
be partially deaf. 

Hoo-PA -EE, s. A desire and an effort to 
obtain another's property; a species of rob- 
bery. 



Hoo-FA-E-LE, V. See Paele, to be dirty. 
To besmear ; to defile ; to make dirty ; to 
blacken. Figuratively, to disturb with o ther 
thoughts and reflections. Laieik. U2. 

Hoo-PAE-PAE, V. See Hoopae above. To 
be driven or dashed on shore by the surf; 
to ride ashore through the surf. 

Hoo-pae-pae, V. See Pab, to sound. 
To make a loud boisterous noise in con- 
versation; to talk with a loud voice so that 
everybody can hear. 

Hoo-PA-E-WA, s. SeePAEWA. Crooked- 
ness in dealing ; so dealing as to get the 
advantage; also, in conversation, a perver- 
sion of. truth or an erroneous statement. 
It is often connected with robbery and 
murder. 

Hoo-PAi, V. See Pai, to strike. To strike 
back; to revenge; to treat one as he treats 
us. 

2. To pay back; to punish; to punish 
according to law. 

3. To stir up; to excite; to reward either 
good or evil. 

Hoo-pai, s. An avenger; ka^oopaikoko, 
an avenger of blood. Kard. 19:6. 

Hoo-PAi-Ho, V. To make a significant 
gesture by putting the thumb between the 
fingers. 

2. To give a warning with the hand. 

3. To tempt, or to kuamaamu ; eia na 
olelo hou e bewa ai, o ke kake, o ka olclo 
Kauai, o ka hoopaiho lima. 

, 4. To rub the skin from the arm ; to 
skin. 

5. To make crooked. Note. — This word 
is said to be peculiar to Kauai. 
Hoo-PA-i-Ki, V. See Pa, to touch, and 
Iki, little. To touch lightly or softly ; to 
move gently ; to move a very little. 
Hoo-PAi-LU-A, V. See Pailua, nausea. 
To be sick at the stomach ; to nauseate. 

2. To dislike greatly ; to Be displeased 
with. 
Hoo-PAi-LU-A, s. Sickness at the stom- 
ach; disgust;, loathing. 
2. A disgusting sight ; an abomination. 

Hoo-PAU, V. See Pact, all. To make an 
end of a thing.; to finish ; to complete a 
work ; to cease to work. 

2. To devour ; to consume all. 

Hoo-PA-u, V. See Pa-u, a woman's gar- 
ment. To put or gird on the pa-u; to bind 
on one, as a loose garment ; to tie around. 

Hoo-FAU-A-KA, r. See Pauaka, to be 
weary. To work without wages or reward; 
to be compelled to work gratis: to oppress 
with hard labor ; to work here and there. 

Hoo-PAU -Li-NA-Li-NA, V. See Luj A, soft ; 
yielding. To work lazily or carelessly be- 
cause of little or no pay. 



HOO 



204 



HOO 



Hoo-PAU-MA-E-LK, v. See Paumaele, to 
defile. To cause defilement or pollution ; 
to danb over ; to foul ; to dirty. 

Hoo-PAU-MA-Ko, V. See PAUMAKO.heavi- 
nu.^3 of eyss. To have great affection for ; 
to weep over one for grief; to be sad at 
the loss of a friend or anything valuable. 

Hoo-PAU-MA-NA-WA, V. To waste time ; 
to play the ch'ld after one has grown up ; 
to aet foolishly ; to live idly. 

Hoo-PAU-rAU, V. SeeHooPAUMAELE. To 
defile; to make filthy; to render vile; pol- 
luted. 

Hoo-PAU-PAU-A-HO, V. See HoopXu and 
Aho, breath. To be nearly out of breath; 
to pant; to breathe hard. 

2. Fro. To be weary in doing a thing ; 
to be discouraged. 

Hoo-PA-HEE, V. See Paheb, to slip. To 

*lip ; to slide ; to fall prostrate ; to fall 

down ; to ^de, as the feet in a slippery 

place. 
Hoo-PA-HEE-HEE, V. Intensive of above. 
HoO-pa-he-le, t). See Pahele, to in- 

snare. To insnare ; to take or catch with 

a snare. 
Hoo-pa-he-mo, v. See Hemo and Pa- 

HEMo, to loo&cD. To loosen ; to slip off, as 

an axe from the helve. 
Hoo-PA-Ho-LE, V. See Pahole, to peel 

off. To peel ; to pull off, as the skin of a 

lianana. 
-8. To rnb ; to polish. 

3. To do a thing with indifference. 

Hoo-PA-HU, V. See Pahu, to mock ; to 
push away. To mock ; to deride ; to treat 
with contempt 

2. To defend off", to piish away. 

3. To snap, as parching corn. 

4. To beat the pahn or drum. 

fr. To frighten, as one who carries the 
'report of death or calamities. 

HcO'PA-HU-A, V. To strengthen; to con- 
firm. 

2. To sail in a zigzag manner ; to beat 
against the yrind. 

3. To dance. 
Hpo-PA-Hu-PA-HU, V. See Pahu. To 

m^V, as corn in the fire; to crack 'or make 
a report, as a pistol. 

2. To heat the drum. 

3. To do a thing very quickly or rapidly. 

Hoo-pa-hu-pa-htt, s. a drumming or 
thrnmraing on a pabu or drum ; a thump- 
ing ; aole wau i moe iki. i ka hoopahupaku 
wale ia n<i a ao wale. Laieik. 198. 

Hoo-pa-ka-ua-a-ka, v. See Aka, to 
laugh. To can.ie one to laugh ; to create 
laughter ; to make sport. 

Hoo-PA-KA-KA, VI. See Pakaka, to be 



flujooth. To make smooth; to swell up, as 
a swelling of the skin ; bonce, 

2. To'be smooth and shining ; to swell, 
as the belly so as to be smooth;. 

3. To glide smooihly, ^over a surfaco. 
Hoo-pa-ka-ke, ». See Kake and Pa-^ 

KAKB. To practice the kake. 

2. To talk unintelligibly eicej)! to those 
instructed in a kinctof mysfteal language. 

3. To talk like a foreigner Without learn- 
ing his language. 

Hoo-pa-%e, v. See Pake, to push away. 

To partition off; to guard ; to defend; to 

push away; to allow to escape. 
Hoo-PA-KE-LE, V. See Pakele, to escape. 

To cause to escape from ; lo deliver ; to 

save one from danger.' 
Hoo-PA-KE-LO, V. See PakeIo, to slip 

out of. See Pakem. To slip out" of Hie 

grasp of a person or thing, as e£ fish from 

the hands. ~ 

2. To inject; to give an enema. ■- 

Hoo-PA-Ki, V. See Paki and Pake, to 
resist; to push away. To be hard against} 
to resist; 'to push; to crowd out, as an egg 
about to hatch; to swell out; to urge 
through any opposing substance. 

Hoo-PA-Ki-o, V. See Pakio, to drop con- 
tinually, as rain. To cause to rain fre' 
qaently ; to drop down rain continually. 

Hoo-pa-ki-ki, v. See Pakiki and Paa- 
KiKi.very hard. To resist; to set against; 
to stir up ; to excite. 

2. To bardea; to be or act obstinately. 

3. To skim stones on the surfiice of the 
. water. . 
Hoo-PA-Ko-LE, V. See Pakole and Po- 

koLE, to be short. To curb in; to restrain; 

to shorten ; to make short 
Hoo-PA-KU-PA-KU, P. To be brisk at 

work ; to work quickly, without laziness. 
Hoo-PA-LA, i>. See Pala, mellow; soft. 

To make soft ;:-ift ripen soft, as dead-ripe 

fruit 
2. To stain ; to daub ; to smutch ; to 

plaster. 
Hoo-PA-LAu, V. To engage to marry, as 

a man and woman ; to make an agreement 

of marriage. 
2. To betroth, as parents a daughter; to 

make a matrimonial alliance. 
Hoo-PA-LATJ, adj. Betrothed; engaged 

in marriage, as a woman to a msn. ^ 
Hoo-PA-LATJ, V. See Palau, to lie; to 

deceive. To lie; to deceive; to act treach- 
erously. 
Hoo-pa-la-ha-la-ha, v. See LAHA.to 
' extend. Tu spread out ; to make broad ; 

to widen. 
Ooo-PA-LA-HE-A, o. See Palahea, dirty. 



HOO 



205 



HOO 



To dofilft; to daab over; to stain; to make 

dirty. 
Hoo-PA~iji-HEE, V. See Palahee, to 

shnuk from duty. To be lazy; to be un- 

octapied. 
Hoo-PA-LA-HU.-Li, V. To tum upside 

down ; to turn over and over. 
Z. To bo lazy?- to be uDo.csnpied.. 
Hoo-VA-LA-LE, V. See Palale, to be 

slovenly. To speak with another voice ; 

to (lisgiiisefthe voice", to sfammer; to vo- 

cifwate. 
Hoo-pa-la-le-ha, «.• See Palal^ha, 

slotlilul. To be slothful; to be idie; to be 

careless. 
Hoo-PA-LA-LE-HE, V. To be idle ; to 

waste tiino ; to be inactive. 
Hoo-PA-LA-Ni, V. To cause a strong of- 

ftjnsive smell, as that, of tar, snlpLurr&c. 
Hoo-PA-LE, .B. See Pale, to ward off. 

To drive off from ; to defend oflF when at- 
tacked ;_to separate from. 
2.- To be or act the defendant in court. 
Hoo-PA-tE-LA, P. See Palela, idle ; 

lazy. :Td be indisposed to work; to be idle; 

to be lazy. 
Hoo-PA-UE-Mo, V. See Palemo, to sink 

in water. To plunge ; to cause to sink in 

water. 
Hoo-pa-le-pa-le, v. See Pale and Hoo- 

PAi,B.. Toseparate; toward otf; to loosen. 
Hoo-PA-to, V. See Palo, to live idly. 

To sit speechless, as one watching others : 

to sit silent and quiet, but with sly and 

wicked' thoughts or intentions. 
Hoo-PA-LU, tj. See Palp, to lick or lap 

water. To lick or lap water with the tongiie, 

as a dog. 

2. To run put the tongue to taste. 

3. To paint or daub over ; to blot ; to 
paint, as in painting a map. 

Hoo-PA-LtJA, V. To put two things to- 
gether, as two letters in reading. 

HpO'PA-LU-HEE, »> See Paluhee, to 
soften. To make soft ; to cook soft ; to 
cause, to flow. 

Ho,o*PA-nriipA-Ltr, v. See Pali;, soft; 
gentle. To soften ; to be soft or tender, as 
a sick person; to be^ young and tender; to 
be weak and flexible. 

Hoo-pa-ne, «. See Pane, to speak in 
reply. To reply back and tbrth iu conver- 
sation; to make a reply to what has been 
said. 

Hoo-PA-NEE, V. See Panee, to post- 

' peine. To put off; to push out of place; 
to postpone doing a thing : to delay. 

Hoo-PA-NEE, adj. Put off; postponed; 
delayed; akn hoopanee. inierest on a debt. 

HoO'PA-NE-FA-NE, V. See Pane and HoD- 



PAisjE a'love. JTo speak and reply ; to an- 
swer eaeh.oth'er. as people in conrersaljon. 

Hoo-PA-Ni-o-Ni-0, V. SeePANio, tospot; 
to paint. To spot ; to print, kb in i)rinting, 
kapa ; to variegate. 

Hoo-PA-Ni-Ni-o, «. See above. To vari- 
egate with colors ; to put xlitfereiit colors 
on a tiling ; e wai kilikilola e panvpnio. 

Ho6-pa-no-a', v. Sec Panoa, wild dry 
land. To )>',: dry, hard and rocky, as a. 
barrf^n diy lAnce. 

Hoo-P;\-NO-PA-No, V. See Panopano and 
PaPaxo, thick ; blacK ; glossy. To make 
thick and black, as a cloud ; to be thick, 
"glossy.black. 
2. To regulate. 

Hofl-PA-PA, V. Pa doubled. See Pa, to 
touch. To touch; to feel; to take hoidof; 
to examine. 

2, To communicate with each other, as 
husband and -wife. 

3.- To be intimate with another persott's 
wife or bu-sband. 

Hoo-PA-PA, V. See Papa, a row ; a rank. • 
To place in rows or ranks, as soldiers; to 
lay in rank one above another; to pack in 
order, as clothes in a trunk. 

Hoo-PA-PA, s. A shelf made by placing 
sticks across the corner of a room. 

2. The condition of a female with a board 
tied on to ber abdomen to secure her con- 
ception; a e hoom;u'mae i kona banau keiki. 

Hoo-PA-PA, f. For hoopaapaa. To quar- 
rel ; to coatend ; to dispute : to scold. 

Hoo-PA-PA A, I'. To burn; to scorch in 
the fire, as food burnt black. 

Hoo-PA-PAr, V. See Papai, to strike 
with the open hand. To move softly or- 
gently ; to move lightly. 
2. To touch or strike softly. 

Hoo'PA-PAU, V, See Papau, to be intent. 
To be all engaged in a thing; to be wholly- 
taken up with it. 

2. To be in earnest in a work or in an 
affair; to have .great anxiety about a thing. 

3. To persevere. 

Hoo-fa-pau, *. Engagedness; devoted- 
ness ; earnestness and pei-sererance in a 
parsnit. 

Hoo-PAU-HA, u To exert one's self 
greatly, as in carrying a very heavy load ; 
to be. strong ; to be energetic. 

Hoo-PA-PA'-Li-MA, 0. See Pa PA and Lima, 
to touch bands. To touch, join or shake 
hands as confirmatory of a previous agree- 
ment. Note. — This was an ancient prac- 
tice among Hawaiiana. ' 

Hoo-PE, V. See Pe, to anoint. To anoint 
with what is perfumed; hence, to perftime. 

-Hof^-PE, adj. Perfumed; anointed with 
perfumed substances. 



HOO 



306 



HOO 



Hoo-PE, V. See Pepe, mashed; bruised. 
To break up; to break fine; to scatter 
abroad ; to roll over anything ; to mash it. 

Hoo-PE -A, V. See Pea, to, make a cross : 
to oppose. To accuse or punish an inno- 
cent person ; to bring one into difficulty- ; 
to deal falsely or unjustly. 

Hoo-PEE-PEE, V. To conceal one's self; 
to go off out of sight through shame or diffi- 
dence. 

2. To deceive one ; to get Hin into diffi- 
culty. See HooPEA above. 

Hoo-PE-HTr-pi.-inr, adj. Full; large ; 
spreading, as 'clouds ; he ao hooptkwpehu. 

Hoo-PE-PE, V. See Pepe, feoft ; pliable. 
To be downcast or ashamed ; to be not 
bold ; uftt confident. 

Hoo-PE -PE-Htr, 'adj. Strong; muscular; 
energetic ; he hioolna nni- ke kuaaina, he 

Hoo-PE -PE-LiT, V. See Pelp, to bend 
over. To cause to bend or double ovar. 

2. To be in doubt; to be doubtful -srhieh 
■way to go. 

3. To talk double, here and there; e lau- 
wili, e olelo pelupelu. 

Hoo-Pi, ». See Pi, to be stingy. To be 
hard ; tt) be close ; to be stingy. 
2^ To be sour ; to he unsociaule. 

Hoo-pi, s. The name of such persons 
as were^ eCondmical in regard to food and 
took care (if it in distinction from the waste- 
All ; o ka poe mabiai malama i ka ai, ua 
kapaia ua poe la, he hoOpi'a.o\e o lakou wi. 

Hoo-pi, ts. To foUow ; to attend. 

Hoo-pn, 0. See Pu, to ascend. To cause 
to ascend ; to go up ; to appear ; to pro- 
trude above ; ua hoopiina ka huelo o ua 
moo nui nei. ZaieUc. 103. 

2. To inform the chief of the fa,ult of a 
person. 

3. To complain to one in authority of one 
in error or fault. 

4. To accuse before a court of justice. 

5. To ask a favor. 

Hoo-pn-NA, s. See Phna, The ascent 
pf a hill ; a path or road leading up a bill, 

Hoo-pn-PK, ». See Pu, to go up. To 
ascend ; to go up. 

2. To beat against the w^'id ; to sail in a 
zigzag manner. 

3. To raise the cud, as ruminating ani- 
mals. 

4. To cause to flow upward, as water out 
of a spring. 

Hoo-Pi-o, V. See Pio, to extinguish. To 

put out ; to extinguish, as a fire or light 

2. To bend, as a stick; to maike an arch; 
to bend over. , 

3. To humble ; to reduce to servitude ; 
to make a prisoner of; to conquer. 



Hoo-Pi-o-pi-o, V. To practice sorcery, a 
part of which was the avihaiihui and hiu. 
See Anaana. 

2. To pray in the practice of sorcery. 

3. To perform other oeremoaiea with 
medicines, &c., in order to kill. Norc. — 
The god to whom tfie prayer was made was 
called Fua. 

Hoo-Pi-o-Lo-o-LO, V. To be in trouble, as 
the mind. 

2. To feed a sick person with the fruit of 
the noni, which makes one sick. 

Hoo-Pi-HA, V. See Peha, full, as a con- 
tainer. To cause to fill ; to fill full, a£ a 
container; to put into a vessel until it runs 
over. 

2. To overflow its banks, as a stream. 
Hoo-Pi-HA-pi-HA, V. See Piha. To cause 

to be full ;■ to overflow ; to abound. 

" 2. To swell up, as the stomach from dis: 

ease. 

3. To be full, as cloth gathered and 
plaited into a ruffle ; hence, 

4. To be full and flowing, as a ruffle. 
Hoo-Pi-Ki-Ki, V. To be too short; to 

shorten. 
Hoo-Pi-u, B. See Pili, to adhere to. 
To adhere to ; to stick tu ; to cling to. 

2. To put together the parts of a tiling. 

3. To attach one's self to another; to ad- 
here to a person, as a ,servant or retainer j 
no ka hoopUi mea ai i loaa mai ka ai ia 
lakou. 

Hoo-Pi-Li-Ki-A, 9. See Pilikia, crowded 
close. To get one into difficulty : to lead 
one into straits; to cause one to be in want. 

Hoo-pi-ll-mea-ai, v. To attach one's self 
to a chief or rich person for the sake of a 
living ; to. be a retainer, especially where 
not much service is required; to serve 
merely for ;» living. 

Hoo-pi-Li-MEA-Ar, s. A person serving , 
another merely for his living. 

Hoo-pi-Li-pi-Li, V. See Pili and Pipili, 
to_ adhere to. To put together two or more 
things into one ; to cause them to adhere 
closely. 

2. To live together in close friendoMp, as 
two intimate friends. 

3. To pat in opposition; to bring into 
difficulty. 

Hoo-pi-na-na, v. To swim standing up- 
right ; to float, as a log perpendicularly. 

2. To rise and pitch, cs a vessel in a 
storm. 

Hoo-pi-pi-ka, v. To go here and there; 

. to stagger. 

2. To wander ; to go into an inclosure." 

3. To go wrong in advance. 
Hoo^o, V. See Po, night; dark. Tnact 

in the dark. Fig. To do ignorantly. 
2. To give without dircretion ; to act 



HOO 



207 



HOO 



fooUehly withoat intelligeaoe ; e. hoona- 
aapo, e noooalowale. 

3. to al)aent one's self slUj, as if ia the 
dark j 1 k«kabi maiiawa, ike fa mai lakou i 
ka pTile, a, i kekaU manaWa, koopo loa aku, 
sometimes they appear at worship, at other 
times they make themselves ctorfc. 

4. To keep out of oae's sight. 
6. To be willingly blind or igooraut. 

Hoo-po-E, p. See Postois, round. To 
cut off short; to out off square, as pieces of 
Bugar-cane or pieces of wood. 

2. To cut the hair alike all over the head. 

3. To make globular. 
Hoo-po-E-Po-B, V. See Hoopoe above. 

To make round ; to collect intp a ball. 

2. To shorten endways. 

3. To cut off, as a section of a log for a 
cart wheel. 

Hoo-po-i, V. See Poi, to eicamiiie by tor- 
ture. To cause to be awi&e; to excite; to 
stir up, 
2, To ezaoiise'by torture or threate. 

Hoo-PO-i-PO»i, V. Freq, of foregoing. To 

smother, as a flre ; to extlnguisb, 

Hoo-po-i-NA, ».. "See PomA, to forget. 
To cause to forget; to be unmindfa!.; to 
be indifferent as to business or knowledge; 
to be thoughtless. 

Hoo-po-i-NO, V. See Poiwo, to be in dis- 
tress. To be illfated ; to be unlucky : to 
be in distress. 
2. To be filthy ; to be unclean. 

Hoo-poo, V. See Ppo, the head. To go 
ahead ; to go forward ; not to retrograde. 
2. To be brare ; to bold fast. 

Hoo-poo-poo, «. See Poopoo, deep. To 
be deep ; to dig deep ; to sittk down. 

Hoo-PO-B-Li, V. See Pouu, darkness. 
To darken ; to make dark. 
2. To blind. 
Hoo-Pou-POiT, V. See Potrpou, short, par- 
ticularly of stature. To shorten ; to make 
orbe short. ' 
2. MoraRy, to be low ; to be humble. 

Hoo-Po-B4,' «i See PoHA, to burst; to 
bie^-- To cause to break or burst forth, 
as a sound. 

2. To burst, as tiie contents of a boil; to 
oyeifiow. 

3. To flow away. 
Hoo-PO-HAE, Oi See Pohae. To cause 

to tear ; to tear open. ' 
Hoo-Po-Ht-Ku, V. SeePoHAKiT.astone; 
a rock. To become a stone or rook; to 
harden ; to become as a rock or stone ; to 
be very hard. 

Hoo-PO-HA-LA, »i See Pobaia, to re- 
cover from sickness. To rest; to be quiet; 
to recover Mia' Meimess. 



2. To prevfent or dissuade one from gilr- 
ing bis consent to a bargain or proposition. 

3. To object to ; to speak against. , 
Hoo-po-HA-LA, s. A pretense J a specious 

course of conduct. 
Hoo-po-HA-LT7, V. To make a hole or 

crevicfe! to split ; to crack ; to burst forth; 

to swell up, as a wound ; to be large. 
Hoo-PO-HE-o-HE-o, ». To make a head 

on the end of a stick or other substance, as 
. in making the neck on the top of fi, rafter 

on a native house; e kalai ia luna o na oa, 

a uukn, a hoopoheoheo ia ko luna o na oa. 
Hoo-Po-KA-KAA, V. See Pokakaa, the 
_ wheel of a pulley. To turn, as the wheel 

of a milley ; to cause td roll, as a wheel. 
2. Fig, To go over arid over again with 

the same story, as a verb'^e speaker. 
Hoo-pd-Ko-LE, c. See PofeoLE and Pa- 

KOLE, short. To Shorten j td fint short ; to 

curtail the length of a tbmg. 
Hoo-po-Ko-po-Ko, V. See Poko, short. 

To make short ; to curb- in ; to cut short 
Hoo-po-la-po-la, v. See Polapola, to 

sprout. To pusn or urge on. 

2. To revive or come (c, as one sick. 

3. To sprout ; to push out, as a bud ; to 
quicken ; to hasten on. 

Hoo-po-Lo-LEi, V. See Pololei, straight. 
To make straight ; to straighten ; to cor- 
rect; to make corrections; to put to rights, 

Ho-po-LO-Li, V. See Polom, hunger. 
To cause hunger ; to fast ; to eat no food, 

Hoo-po-Lu-LTr-Ei,.!!. See Poutluhi, dark; 
foggy. . To cover the sky with dark storaj 
clouds ; to thicken and darken, as clouda 
before a storm. 

Hoo-Po-LU-LU-Hi, *. The dark gathering 
of clouds before a storm. 

Hoo-po-MAi-KAi, V. See Pomaikai, for- 
tunate. To liake one fortunate; to be for- 
tunate in obtaining what one wishes; to be 
blessed. 

Hoo-PO-NA-to-NA-LO, ». See Nalo and 
PotnLOTSUA, to obscure. To appear dimly 
as scarcely discernible ; to be obscure to 
the sight ; to be vanishing. 

Hoo-po-Ni-u-Ni-u, V. See Poimr, vertigo. 
To have a dizziness of the head. 

Hoo-po-Ni-Ni-ir, V. See above and PoNin, 
dizziness. 'To be iizey, to have the sensa- 
tion of a turning of the head ; to tiu'h or 
whirl like a top. 

Hoo-po-Ni-Po-Ni, V. See Poni, purple 
color. To be of a black or deep blue color. 
2. To have a mixture of colors ; to be 
purple. 1 

Hoo-po-NO, V. See Pono; good; right. 
To rectiiy ; to put in order ; to make cor- 
rect ; to do rightly. 



HOO 



208 



1!00 



To 



Hoo-po-NO-po-No, V. See Hoopono, 

mlu ovoi' ; to by a siipeiiiitendent. 

i. To put in 'order ; to regulate ; to cor- 

roct what is eironeoiia. 
Hoo-ro-po-LO-Lu, V. See HooKAKAHELE. 

To be v/eak in body ; to be unstrung, as 

the nerves and muscles. 
Hoo-pu, V. See Po or Pni;, to contract 

into a bunch. To sit shriij^tged up in one's 

kapa or blanket ; to shiver with the cold ; 

to sit cruraiii'd up in a bunch. 
Hoo-pu, -s. For hanapu. A mediator for 

peace or war. 
Hoo-Fir-A-H!, t>. See Hookohukohct and 

PuiiiiAHr, To dress one's self up finely. 
Hoo-pn-Ai, V. S°e P0AI, to flow, as 

blood. Tq vomit; to cast out ; to boil up. 

as a spring. 
Hf)0-pa-ArKE-A, V. To appear at a dis- 
tance as beautiful, desiraoie. 
Hoo-?CT-A-KE-A, «. A white cloud, or any 

beautltii! distant object. j 

Hoo-pir-A-Pu-Ai, p. See Poai, to flow. ! 

To guigle.aa one drinking from a calabash; | 

to boil up, as a spring. . I 

Hoo-pg-i-pcr!, V. See Putpui, fat. ToJ 

become large, fat and fleshy, as the body. 
HoPD-i-wA, .V. See Puiwa, to start 

suddenly. To be suddenly sicared; to 

frighten ouej tote overtaken; tobe seized 

by ; ua lioopavmaia ke alii kane e ke tuko 

ino. Laieik. 37. 
Hoo-PCT-o-pu-0, V. To be deep. 

2. To spread abroaJ. as the ocean. 

3. To spread out. as all the sails of a ship. 
Hoo-PUCT, V. See Poet, a heap. To col- 
lect together ; to collect in heaps ; to lay 
up in store. 

2. To fill up, as we belly with wind ; to 
fill, as the heart with resentment ; ho.opmi 
ae la ka'u ia ia i kana hoahewa ana ia'u. 

3. To make ridiculoiis gestures or faces 
in ridsculu of others. See Hoopuukahua 
and HooMALOKA. 

Hoo-puir, s. A fullness of resentment 
of one against another ; e kuu aku i kou 
hoopnu i pau, let loose all your resentment. 

Hoo-pd-u-a, ^•. See PuuA, to be choked. 
To push away ; to treat with dislike. 

% To be choked ; to have hard labor, as 
a female. 

Hoo-Puu-KA-H(j-A, 0. See Hoopuu above. 
To make ridiculous faces and gestures to 
the disparagement of other.?. 

Hoo-puij-puu, V. See Hoopuu. To lay 
in heaps ; to collect. 

Hoo-pc-HA-LA-LU, V. See Palalu, the 
snorting of-a horse. To imitate the neigh- 
ing of a horse ; to snort like a horse. 

Hoo-pu-HA-LO, V. To spend fiine lazily. 



iiage so as to mean 



2. To expljun- 
nothing. 

3. To object to ; to refiise consent to. 

4. To magnify an offense. 
Hoo-po-HA-LD, s. One fhat'acts under- 
handed ; a hypocrite. 

Hoo-PD-HA-Lif-HA-LU, V. To be tough 
and watery inside; to be inwardly unsound; 
to be of poor quality. 

Hoo-pu-HA-NU, i!. SeePuHANir. To rest 
a little ; to breathe soft and easyi- 

Hoo-PU-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, B. To Warm by the 
fire ; to cook. 

Hoo-pu-KA, V. See Pijka, an opening. 
To cause to pass through an orifice, as 
through a doorway or through a hole in a 

. fence, &c. 

2. To mate a substance full of holes or 
ohinlis. 

3. To appear iu sight, a.s a ship at a dia- 
tar.ce. 

4. To emerge to light, as from darkness. 

5. To publish, as a newspaper. 
Hoo-pu-KA-Hii, V. To adhere to another 

and not to one's proper lord ; ka ! kupaiar 
naha, no'u aku kuu aina, a hoopiikaku oe i 
kou waiv/ai mamuii o ke alii. 
Hoo-pn-KA-pu-:KA,'«. See PuKA. To push 
forward ; to make prominent. 

2. To charge interest or per cent, on 
goods. 

3. T6 answer or reply back and forth ; 
to show one's skill in an.iwering again ; to 
contradict, ae two who are obstinate in 
conversation. 

Ho-o-pu-KU-Mo-A, V. See Opn arid Ku- 
Mo.i, to be sour. ' To be «villy disposed ; 
to be envious. 

2. To be greedy after property. 

3, To be sour and selfish in disposition. 
Hb-O-POTK0-MD-A, adj. Hard-hearted ; 

close-fisted ; selfish. 

Iloo-FU-LA-PU-LA, II. See PuLA and PtT- 
LiPi"i.i. the tops Tjf sugar-cane. To plant 
in order to increase vegetables ; to propa- 
gate by planting ; to begin "to plant a new 
kind of vegetable. 

Hoo-FU-LA-LE-L/L-LE, c. See Lale and 
PuLALE, to hurry; to scare fish. To hurry; 
to hasten ; to make a stir in doing a thing. 
2. To encourage strongly. 

Hoo-pu-LE-LE-Hu-A, V. See Pulelehda, 
a buttei fly. To blow away, as small bits' 
of paper. 

2. To act the butterfly ; to flutter about, 
as vain d;; jjy persons. 
■ 3. To talk much with little sense. 

Hoo-PD-Lou, o. See Pulou, to veil the 
head. To cover the head with a kapa. 

2. To sit bending the head down so as to 
keep warm. 

Hoo-Pu-LU, V. To deceive; toacttreach- 



HOO 



ii09 



HOO 



eroHsly ; to get the advantage of one by- 
deceit. 

Hoo-Pir-LU, V. To m&hare; koopulu hi. 

Hoo-pu-Lu-PD-Lu, V. To cause a stench; 
to make aa offensive smell. 
2. To deceive. 
&. To protest against. . 

Hoo-pu-Lu-pu-LU, adj. Strong smelling j 
stinking. 
2. Deceitful ; hypocritical. 

Hoo-pu-MA-HA-NA, J .„. See PnaffiHANA. 

Hoo-PU-ME-HA-NA, J To warm, as by fire; 
to warm by covering with clothes; to warm 
np, as food, 

Hoo-?n-NA-HE-tE, V. See Punahele, a 
favorite. To- make a favorite of one; to 
treat one as a favorite ; applied mostly to 
chiefs who wore inclined to treat on-j or 
more of their people as favorites. 

Hoo-pn-NA-HE-nr, p. See PaKAHELtr, 
mould, spiders' webs, &c. To grow mouldy 
or musty ; to grow old. 

Hoo-pu-NA-LU-A, ». See Punalua. To 
have, as a man, another woman eeiually be- 
loted as his wile; to have, as a woman, 
another man equally beloved as her hus- 
band. 

Hoo-pu-na-na, v. See Punana, to sit 
on, as a nest. To sit like a fowl on eggs 
to hatch them. 

2. To hatch eggs by warming them. 

3. To. brood or cherish, as a fowl her 
young. 

4. To warm, as a person by the fire. 
HoQ-ptr-Ni, V. See Pumi» to surround. 

To come around ; to (wirround. 

2. To get the advantage of; to deceive ; 
to begoile. 

3. To be charmed with ; to' desire much, 
as the desire of the se.tes. Ldidk. ^S. 

Hpo-PU-Ni-Pu-Ni, V. See Hoopuni above. 

To get around one, i. e., to deceive; hence, 

to lie ; to speak falsely. 
Hoo-pu-Ni-pu-Ni, s. Deceit; treachery; 

falsehood. 
Hoo-po-Ni-pu-Ni, adj. Deceitful; caus- 
ing deceit ; treacherous. 
Hoo-pu-NO-NO-Hu, V. See Pcnohf, to 

ascend, as smoke. To enlarge] to spread 

out, as a sail on a mast ; to rise up, as a 

thick smoke when there is no wind. 
Hoo-PD-NO-Ni, V. See NoNi, a plant. To 

be or to make of a reddish color ; to be 

brown. 
Hoo-piT-NO-No, V. See Ponono, to dress 

gorgeously. To be noble ; to dress gor- 

geously.- 
2. To have red eyes. 
Hop-pn-PTJ, V. See Pupu, a bunch, as 

of grass or leaves. To collebt together; io 

heap up. See Hoopod. 
27 



2. To be uncomfortably filled with food. 
See HooKUKu. 

3. To hinder; to be unwilling; to refiiso; 
to bold fast 

i. To cleave to one's home when driven 
or invited away. 

5. To breathe quick and short, as an aged 
person ; hence, 

6. To be feeble and tottering ; to walk 
like an aged person. 

7. To dispute ; to converse roughly. 
Hoo-ptr-pu, s. For hoopimpuu'. See Pirn- 

PDC. A collection of thingi; a gathering up. 
2. An old person, from his walking in a 
stumbling, irregular manner. 
Hoo-PU-Pu-KA, V, See PnKA and Po- 
FDKA', worthless ; full of holes. To speak 
contemptibly. 

2. To act disgracefiiUy. 

3. To be ugly to look at. 
Hoo-pn-PU-L^, V. See Pupule, crazy. 

To malce one ci%zy; to be out of one's wits; 
to be insane. 
Hoo-PU-WA-PU-WA, u See Puwa, to as- 
cend, as smoke. To hang suspended, ae a 
flag, or as smoke or clouds in the air. 

2. To act proudly, as above otheta. 

3. To glitter with brightness. 
Hpo-wA, e. Tocpusetovomit; to make 

sick at the stomach ; to flow ofi'. 
Hoo-WAA, u To dig a trench; to set 

out, aa plants where many are planted,to- 

getber. 
Hoo-wAi, V. To move so as to maite 

room. 
Hoo-WAi-Ho, V. SeeWAmo,tolaydown. 

To leave exposed, as a woman her shame ; 

eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, o ka boo- 

waiho. 
Hoo-wai-h6-wa-le, v. To sit in a state 

of Httdity; to expose one's shame. See 

. HOOWAIHO. 

Hoo-wai-wai, v. See WArwAi, property. 
To make rich ; to have a supply ; to be 
abundantly provided for ; hence, 
2. To be honorable. 

Hoo-WA-HA, V. To covet ; to seize ; to 
take with the knowledge, but without the 
consent of the otiFner. See Hooeahi. 

II00--WA-HA, adj. Hiving a disposition 
to take another's property; greedy; he 
hooioaha, he alnnu, he hao wale no,. 

Hoo-WA-HA-WA-HA, V. See Waha. To 

make mouths at; to treat with contempt; 

to ridicule ; to hate ; to. dislike. 
Hoo-WA-Hi, V. See Wahi, to break, and 

Wawami, to break up. To grind or break 

to pieces. 
Hoo-wA-Hi-NE, V. See "W ahine, woman. 

To make special friendship with a woman; 

applied only to mei. 



HOtf 



210 



HOU 



2. To imitate, as a mait, the laacnersi of 
a woman. 
Hoo-WA-Hir, V. See Hoowaha above. To 

Tob ; to take by force. 
Hoo-WA-HU-A, V. Seo WahJEa, asnare; 

rt trap. To insnare ; to entrap. 

HoO-WA-tE-HAl;, ©. SeeWALEHAU. To 

distill ; to flow from the nose, as muconi?. 

Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, V. See Walewale, 

to deceive. To deceive ; to insnare ; to 

plot miScTiief. 

Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, s. Thedeceiver; the 

tempter. 
Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, V, To ex- 
ercise enchantment. Eani. 18:11. 
Hoo-wE-Hi-'WE-Hi, V. See Wehi, a 
, wreath. To gather a tiunch of flowers for 
ornament. 

2. To fix up ornaments for a person. 
Hoo-wE-LA, V. See Wy.LA, heat. To 
burn ; to cause to be burned or seornhed. 
2. To cook in the fire. 
Hoo-WE-LA-WE-LA, V. See Weia, to 
burn. To burn up ; to consume. 
2. To be lout out of sight. 
Hop-Tra-Li-WE-Li, s. Causing iear ; a 
tbreatening of one or keeping Mm in fear 
In order to secure obodience or to extort 
property. 
lioo-wE-Li-wE-Li, adj. See Weliweij. 
Fearful ; thrsatocing ; having the quality 
of exciting fear; he a* koowdiwdi, a threat- 
ening cloud. 

2. Exciting fear for the sake of obtaining 
property. 
Hoo-wi-u-wi-u, p. To cause to be en- 
tangled ; to entangle, as a kite. 

2. To daub or besmear one with any 

filthy substance. 

Hoo-wi-Ki, f. To opeu a little ; to make 

' a small aperture ; not so muoh as hoohaka- 

haka. 

j-Ioo-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, u See WiKi, quick. To 

hasten ; to hurry ; to do a thing quickly. 
Roo-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to twist. To 
bind or tie up, sa a buiidle; to fasten 
tightly by tying ; to tie around. 
Hoo-TVi-u-Moo, «. The name of a cer- 
^tain aha ; also Mlahula. 
Hoo-w7-Li-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to bind. 
To bind or tie up tight'y; to tie up in bun- 
dles, 
2. To make afraid. See WjiuwELi. 
Hoo-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. To move here and 
thare irregularly. 

2. To movC; as clouds with contrary 
winds. 

3. To cause daikness or obscurity ^ y t!'i> 
commingling of dark clouds. 

Hou, 1). To stab; to pierce, 1 '^tm. 



31:4. To run through the body, as with a 
spear, Pnh 19:13. 

2. To exert one's self in casting a spear 
or javelin. 1 Sam. 18:11. 

3. To dip, as a pen into an inkstand; fto« 
aku la i ka hulu i ka inika ; to dip into a 
liquid: iJirf. 2:14 To moisten or soak ii 
water. 

i. To thrust, as the hand into a hole. 

6. To stretch out, as the hand ; to draw 
oat; to extend. 

6. To search for something, as the mind; 
hm wale akn la ka manao i o, i o, e ake e 
loaa ; i. e., to reach after. 
"Hou, V. See Hon, new. To be new; to 
be fresh ; to be lecent. Io5. 29:20. 

2. To repeat ; to So over again. KanVc. 
ler. 3:23. To do s^aiu as before. Imik. 
20:31. 

3. To breathe short ; to pant 

Ilotr, adj. New; recent; lately done. 
HoTJ, adv. Again; recently; anew; 

iifresh. 
Hon, s. Sweat; perspiration. Luk. 

22:44. 
2. The MtliTia;- shortness of breath, 
Hou, s. if ame of a species of fish. 
Hoir-HOTT, V. To be blunt; to be obtuse; 

to be dull, as an instrument. . 

2. To be persevering ; to continue doing 
a thing. 

3. To thrust through ; to di'ill ; to bore ; 
to pierce. 1 Tim,. 6:10. 

Ho-u-Lir-TJ-LU, V. For hooulmdu. See 
ljLU,.to grow. To collect together ; to as- 
semble, as people. 
2. To bring together things scattered. 

Ho-tr-LCT-c-LU, ?. An assembly; a con- 
vocation. OUik. S3:24, 

Ho-D-LTJ-u-LU-A-Kir-A, V. See Um 6 and 
AiUA, god. To set up one's self for a god ; 
to make pretensions of being a god. 
2. To make or appoint gods. 

Ho-u-metKE, v. For kooumeke. Se^ 
Umekb, a poi calabash. To swell in grow- 
ing like the calabash gouid ; to swell, as 
fruit in growing, 

. 2, To have enough ; to.be supplied with 
comforts. 

Ho-u-PE-PE, D. See Pepe, crubhedj 
braised. To be modest ; to be bashful ; to 
acj; as a backwoodsman; to be difSdent; to 
be crushed, as the mind. 

Ho-u-po, s. The thorax ; the region of 
the material' Ueurt. l.xieik. 45. 

2. A palpitation or fluttering of the heart. 

3. The action of the region of the mind ; 
ielele ka houpo i ka olioii, the mind (or 
heart) leaped for joy. 

4. The heart Isa. 60:5, See HADPt. 

Ho-tr-ro-LE-wA-i,E-v.vi, v. See Houpo 



HOH 



211 



HOK 



above and Lewalewa, movable. To flat 
down, as the stomach of a hungry person. 

2. To he hungry ; to be dijEzy for want 
of food. 

3. To be light or empty, as the Btomach. 
Ho-u-Po-LE-wA-LE-wA, 8. A hungjy, 

empty stomach. 
3. Faintness for want of food. .. 

Ho-u-Pu-TJ.pu, V. For hooupuumt. See 
Vvv, to desire strongly. To tell lies, as in 
giving a false alarm, or ij) accusing another 
in order to, clear himself of suspicion. ' 

Ho-u-wE-KE, V. For homweke. See 
UwEKH, to open wide. To open; to open, 
as a door ; to open, as the mouth ; to open 
wide. See ■Wehe, 

Ho-HA-NA, »> To grasp; to seize hold 
of with the hand ; "to hold fast ; e puili. 

Ho-HA-NA, s. A measure, both hands 
fall, used in giving out food, small fish, 
&Ci ; a small measure box or calabnsK. 

Ho-HE, V. Probably for kooliee. To be 
afraid i to flee. ifcA. 6:11. To flee from 
f 'iar. Bol. 28:1. To be overcome or routed;, 
aole^^ liohe Va, ilo ma ka lua abi, e ai mai no.' 

Ho-HE, jt. Fear J terror. 
2. A coward. 

Ho-HE, adj. Fearful; timorous, 

Ho-HE-HE, adj. Faint-hearted; weak. 

Ho-HE-WA-LE, s. A fleeing withont 
cause ; cowardice. 

Ho-HO, e. See Ho, to breathe. To snore; 
to breathe hard ; to guigle, as one breath- 
ing through water in the throat. 

2. To snort, as a horse ; alaila, hxihx) mai 
ha lio. 

3. To cry out; to shout after. SeoHooHO. 
rio-Ho, s. Snow; the gpray of water 

from a cataract. 
2. The distant sound of a small cataract. 
Ho-HO, V. To sink down, as a caiioe in 
the water. 

'?. To leap or slide down, as one from a 
pali. 

.3. To jet. as water into a canoe where 
there is a hole ; ke holw mai la ka llu. 

Ho-Ho-A, V. . See Hoa, to strike. To 
strike repeatedly on the head witli a stick. 

2. To beat kapa after coloring that it 
maybe soft; kohoa kapa, to beat kapa with 
a stick on a stone. 

3. To strike, as in fighting. 

4. To smooth kapa out by beating ; ap- 
plied to the flr§t process in beating. 

Ho-Ho-A, 5, A cane ; a staff; a war 
club, an instrument for knocking down an 
adversary. See Pahoa. 

Ho-HD-HOi, 0. See Hoi, to return. To 
return again. Oram. § 209. 

Ho-HO-EA, V. SeeHoKA. To be ashamed. I 



Ho-Ho-LA, V. See HoLA, to sprea;d out. 
To nnfold and spread down, &s a mat ; to 
spread out, as a kapa or garment ; hxiluoh, 
■i ke kapa. Kard. 22:17. 

2. To spread out, i. e., to smooth j, cloth 
that has been ruffled. 

3. To spread out, as a not. SoZ. 29:5. ' 

4. To spread up, i. e., to make up, as a 
bed, Sbi!.7:16. 

5. To spread or stretch out, as the visi- 
ble heavens. M>. 9:8,, To spread out, as 
the clouds. loh. 36:29, 

d. To stretch out, as the hand. Kin. 
48:14. To spread oat, as the wings of « 
bird. JTdwZ. 32:11. 

7. To spread over, as darkness or dark 
clouds. Note, — JToAoto applied to the wind 



To calm; to soothe; to prepare to 
hear or receive information. 
9, To open ; to enlighten the mind. 

10. To set forth ; to manifest. 

11. To make a gesture or stretch out one's 
hand in speaking. See Uhola and Mahoia. 

Ho-Ho-LA, adj. Open ; opened ; un- 
sealed ; mo ka palapala i Ao/wtoia, with as 
open letter. Aeft. 6:5. 

Ho-Ho-i.E, u. See Hole, to skin; to peel. 
To peel off the skin, as a banana ; to akin, 
as an animal. 
2. To peel ;, to rub : to Ble off. 

Ho-Ho-LO, 0, See HoLo, to run; to sail. 
To run ; to sail ; to glide swiftly. 

2. Pass. To be diiven swiftly by the 
wind. lak. 3:4. 

3. To put outone's hand to take a thing. 
Imnk. 15:15. See Hohola 6. 

Ho-Ho-MAj », See Homa, lean. To be 

poor in flesh-; to be lean. 
Ho-Ho-MA, adj. Reduced in flesh; poor; 

lean. 
Ho-Ho-No, V. To smell strongly, as tar 

or burning sulphur ; to cause a strong of- 
fensive smell. 
Ho-Ho-No, s. A strong offensive smell; 

a stench; the smell of anything. Dam. 3:2? 
Ho-Ho-Ntr, V, To be deep, as water; 

deep down, as a pit. 
2. To be full, L e., deep, as the sea at 

full tide. 
Ho-Ho-NU, s. The deep, i. e., the sea ; 

the depth. Pv3c. 15:6. ' 

Ho-HO-KU, adj. Deep, as a pit; as a 

well. It>an. 4:11. _ ~ 

Ho-HO-PA, adj. Long, thin, slender a% 

spare, as a mau ; he kanaka hphopa, a tbia 

slender man. 
Ho-HU-LE, adj. See Ohule, bald. Bald, 

as the head ; baldbeaded. 
Ho-KA, V, To squeeze; to press; to take. 

hold of ; to^^ather up. 



HOK 



212 



HOK 



2. To Bcarch or look after ; to examine 
into. 

3. To strike ; to attack. 
i. To be destitute ; to perish ; to he de- 
stroyed. Hal 9:18. 

5. To fail ; to be disappointed. Hal 
22:6. To fail ; to forsake. 1 Oi'ni. 28:20, 

6. To be ashamed through a failure. 
.Horn. 9:33. Miti hoka au imua ona, e ole 
ka ekemif ana o ka waha. 

7. Hoo. To put to shame, JM. 44:7. To 
be disappointed; to be mocked. Hal 2:Ui 

Ho-KA, s. A mistake in understanding 
one's words. 

2. A blunder ; carelessness in doing a 
thing. 

Ho-KA, adj. Destitute ; poor. 
2. Blundering ; careless, 

Ho-KAA, V. For hookaa. See Kaa". To 
cause to roll. 

Ho-SA-A-WA. Mai hele i ahuawa, koka- 
awa; aka, pakele ae nei paha au i keia la. 

Ho-KAE, V. For hookas. See Kae, to 
rub or blot out. To seize hold of awk- 
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing. 

2. To erase ; to blot out. 

3. To smite .; to kill. 2 Sam. 6:7. 
Ho-KAi, 1). For hookai. See Kai, hoo. 

To drive ; to drive away ; to banish ; to 
dash, as a melon on the ground and break it. 

2. To disregard ; to squander ; to mis- 
spend.' 

3. To tnrn upside down ; to destroy ; to 
blot out. Kari. 7:24. To destroy utterly. 
Kaid. 25:19. 

4. To put away ; to' do mischief genet- 
ally^ mea hokni. a destroyer. Mai. 3:11. 

no-KAi, adj. Unprepared. 

Ho-KAi, adv. Disorderly ; mischiev- 
ously ; wickedly. 2 Tes. 3:6. 

Ho-KA-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka before. To 
feel demeaned; to be ashamed; hokahoka 
wale ibo no ka mea haku ole, he is ashamed 
of himself who has no master. 

Hp-KA-Ho-KAij V. See Hokai 3. To stir 
up ; to mix, as two ingredients. loan. 9.(>. 

Ho-ka-la-lu. Ebkalalu na holpholona 
ia mau malama. 

Ho-KA-i^', s. A hard concretion in the 
flesh ; a kernel ; he mau wahi anoano ma 
ke kumu |tepe!ao. a malalo o kc a lalo. 

Ho-KA-u; s. The loss of appetite. 

Ho-KA-U, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 

Ho-keto, s. The lower of two gourde 
which conlpose the drum. 

2. He hulUau. a calabash to put clothes 
in whin traveling on a canoe. 

Ho-Ki, s. Eng. An ass; a mule. Nah. 
l(i:16._ Hoki keiki, a young ass. NciTt. — 
BoH is the Hawaiian pronunciation of the 
Euglish word Aomb, which was flrft usetl, 



but afterward Kp was applied to a horsB, 
and hoki was applied to the ass and the 
mule. 

Ho-Kn, V. See Kii, also HooKii. To dis- 
solve ; to pine away, as a diseased person, 
Isa. 34:4. To pine away, as with too coo- 
sumption. 

Ho-Kii, s: The phthisic, ba. 10:18. A 
consumption ; a pining sickness. OUik. 
26:16. 

Ho-Kii, lidj. Lean, low or thin in flesh. 

Ho-Kj-o V. For haoldo. To play the 
pipe ; to whistle. 

Ho-Ki-o, s. A pipe; a whistle; .some 
musical wind instrument play(!d with the 
mouth. 1 Sam. H) .5, 

Ho-xj-o-Ki-0, V. Yotftodlciokio. To pipe; 
to play oa tlic piiie. 

Ho-Ki-o-Ki-0, s. An ancient wind in- 
stnimont among Hawjtiians, the pipe ; 
among the Hebrews, /se. 5:12. 

Ho-KM.0, V. To be sick and famished 
away. 

Ho-Ko, V. To imitate. 

Ho-Ko, s. The fleshy movable part of 
a fat person or animal. 

2. The battock ; applied to men and fat 
animals. 

3. The inside of the thighs; ua pili ne 
hoko, or ua hui na hoko on account of fat- 
ness. 

4. The under part of the thigh. 
Ho-Ko, ) adj. Large; fat; rolling; 
Ho-KO-HO-KO, \ applied to the thighs of 

mep, women and fat animals. 
Ho'Ku, s. The asthma. See Hokii. 
Ho-KU, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager. 

See Hokii. ^ 

Ho-KU, *. The name of the fifteenth 

day of the month. 
Ho-KU, s. A star; hoku lele, a c«net; 

ka poo Aofcu o ke kaei, the planets. 2 Nal. 

33:5. The twinkling orbs of heaveiir 

Ho-KU, s. A word ; a thought ; some- 
thing rising in the mind ; he wahi hoku iki 
ko'u no keia mea. 

Ho-xu-A, s. The lower and back part 
of the neck where it joins the shoulders. 
Hid. 49:15. 

2. The back between the shoulder-s. Pvk. 
12:34. 

3. A division of men at work ; a party ; 
a company where a number of men are 
divided into several companies, one of 
them is called a hokua. 

Ho-Ku-A-EA, s. Hoku, star, and aea, 
wandering. A moving or wandering star, 
i. e., a planet. 

Ho-Kir-Ao, s. Eoku and ao, light. The 
momiBg star ; the bright star ; the planet 



HOL 



213 



HOL 



See 



Venus wlien it is the luoroiDtc star, 

also l{()Kui,OA. 
Ho-Ku-A-Mo-A-Mo,'«. HoAm and amoatno, 

to wink, The twinkling or wiuVmg of tlie 

Btai's. 

. U. The motion o1' Ihewinltingof tboeycs. 

See next word. 
Ho-Ka-1-Mo-i-Mo, s. Hoku and imoimo, 

tu.ivink. Same as abnve. 

Hip-k(j-nE-LE, .V. liohu andhele, to move. 

it p) an at. Sec Hwkuaka. 
Ho-k^vHroo:'KE-Li5-wAA, s. Hofcu, star, 

idviakf^ip .Bteer, and waa, canoe. Ntiine 

(if a sl»i', the appearand; of which was the 

signaf for sailing on a voyage; a i ka wa- 

naao, i k» piika ana o ka IwkulioukelevMU, 

at tlie dawn of Iho morning, at the appear- 

. ante of the star. Laieik. '.iS. 

2. Th« name of a star that appeared jusL 

li)(5fore the hirtli of a high chief. 
HoKu-Ho-KU, v.,, To breathe hard; to 

wlice/.e as one slnffed witli food. 
Ho-KU-Ho-KU, odj. See Hoku, asthma. 

Having the culi''. 

?. Filled with anger or unpleasant sensa- 
tions ; Iwlcuhoku u iloku — o ake e helo a 

buokolokoio. 
Ho-KU-LE-LE, 5. Eoku and lele, to fly 

A meteor. 
iHo-KU-LO-Aj s. Hoku and loa, great. The 

.morning star. Se,'? Hokuao. also M*na,\A).o. 
flo-Kn-pii-Hi-BA-KA, 5. Hoku and puM- 

bafco. tobaQco smoliing. A comet. Seethe 

next word. 
Ho-KU-WE-LO-wE-LO, s. Hoku ^.ni wclo- 

vielo, a tail. A comet from its tail of light. 

A comet IB also called by Hawaiians Aofcu- 

puhibali:a, tobacco-smoking star; also hoku- 

hueh-laiki long-tailed star. 
Ho-LA, s. The name of the root and 

stalk of the auhubn, a poisonons and in 

toxicating plant, the bark of which was 

used in poisoning or intoxicatinji; fish go 

they «ould bo caught. See Auhoi.a and 

Auimm;. 
2. The name of the system of fishing when 

they were to be caught by poisoning. 
Ho-L.A, V. ,To poison or intoxicate fish 

with Ihehola or auhnhu. 
Ho-LA, e. To open ; a kola ia ka waha 

a palalialaha; to spread out. See iloHor.A 

and Uhola. 
Ho-L.i-o, c. To pass by ; to run on. 
Ho-[,A", s. A collection or multitude of 

people assembled. 
2. One person together with a collection 

of fowls "Or other aniinals. 
Ho-LA-HO-tA, X. See Hola above. To 

poison or intoxicate tish. 
He-LA^HOrLA, t'. See Hola, to spread 

out. To spi'ead out; to smooth; to smooth, 



as a kapa or cloth ; to make up, as a bed. 

Oih. 9:M. 
2. Applied to the mind, to 'calm ; to 

soothe ; to open ; to enlighten. See llcv 

iioi.A and Uiioi.A. 
Ho-LA-PA, s. For hoolapa. See Lapa, a 

ridge. The act of rising; or boiling up; the 

swelling or rising, of a. blister. 
Ho-LA-pu, V. To stir up; fornix water 

and dirt; to make water daik colored by 

putting in dirt. 
Ho-LE, V. To curse. 

2. To peel olf ; to skin ; to flay. 

3. To.rasp ; to file ; to rub off. 

4. To scratch or break the bark of a tree 
or skin of the flesh. 

6. To notch the end of a spear; to make 
grooviffl, as in a kapa beater ; hole ie. 

Ho-tE, s. A bruise ; a scratch or break 
in the skin. See Poiioi.b. 

Ho-LEi, ». To open ; to gape open, as 
the eyelids, or as the labia retninaf-um. 

Ho-LEi, s. Name of a tree used (bark 
and loot) to color yellow. 

Ho-LE-1-E, V. Hole, to peel, and ie, a 
vine. To peel the bark from the ie used 
in basket making. 

Ho-LE-i-E, s. See above. The name of 
those who prepared the ie for braiding or 
weaving. 

2. Those who In connection with prepar- 
ing the is, also pounded kapa; amekapoe 
kolde kuku kapa. 

Ho-LE'So-LE, XK See Hole, to peel. To 
peel; to strip ofl', as the skin from the i^esb; 
as the fiesh frOnl the bones; hokhole iho la 
lakoa i na iwi o Lono, they skinned the 
bones of Lono (Captain Cook), that is, sep- 
arated the bones from the flegb. 
2. To separate one thing, from another. 

Ho-Li, V. To commence or start fiifst; 

to go forward. 
2. To beg earnestly, in such a manneras 

that one cannot be denied. 
Ho-Li, s. The first appearance of a thing 

as the first coming out of the beard of a 

young man. 
Ho-Lo, V. To go fast ; to move gcner? 

ally, like hele. 

1. To travel iu any way, i. e., to run or 
ride or sail. 

2. To put or thrust in, as the band into 
the bosom. 

3. To flee away ; to go swiftly. 

i. To run. as the thought, i. e., to decree; 
to decide, loan. 9:22. 

5. Uoo. To ride on horseback, or on a 
camel. 1 Sam. 30:17. 

6. To cause to ride, i. e,, to carry in ftny 
vehicle, as a carriage. 1 OVd. 13:7. 

7. To slip; to cause to slide down, oa aa 
avalanche. 



HOL 



314 



HOL 



8. To etretoh out, as the hand for taking 
anything ; to reach forth, as the hand, 
iunft. 3:21. 

9. Eoolwlo manao, to take coancil; to 
consult. Im. 30:1. See No. 4. 

10. To promise ; to agree with ; to pass, 
*B the sentenoo 'of a judge. 

11. to decide by vote of a deliberate 
body; ua A./Joftofo, it was voted ; it pa'jsed ; 
it was decreed. Note. — The common form- 
ula is, lia holo ka manao, the thought goes, 
or a shorter form is, iia holo, it runs, i. e., 
the vote is carried. 

Ho-LO, s. A running; a racing! agoing; 

a moving. 
2. A bundle ; holo ai, a bundle of food. 
Ho-Lo, adj. Running ; moving ; sail- 
ing ; racing ; he Ito holo, he moku holo. 
Ho-Lo-AA-, V. Holo and «a,. the small 

roots of ttees. Hence, to make a mistake; 

to run here and there ; to go wrong ; to 

blunder. See Hoaa. 
Ho-i<o-AA, odj. Destitute of property or 

of friends. 
Ho-LO-Ai, s. See Horo, bundle, and Ai, 

food. A bundle of baked ki^o. 
2. A wrapper to carry food in. 
Ho-LDi, t>. To Wash with' water, as 

elothes ; to separate the dirt from a thing. 

2. To scrape or clean the dir*, from the 
feet. 

3. To brush clothes; to wipe; to cleanse. 

4. To blot out, as a writing; 2 ifai. 21:13. 

5. To cle^n in any way; holoi a maloo, 
to wipe clean. loan. 13:5. 

Ho-LOi, adj Washed ; cleansed by 

, washing or wiping. 
Ko-Lo-Ti-¥A, V. Makaniuka, wind from 

behind ; he kio, paJi wauaka ma ke kua, 

makani holouka. 
Ho-LO-HO-Lo, t). See Hom, To walk; 

to walk about. Kin. 3:8. 

2. To sail or run to and fro. <7er. 6:1. To 
go about from place to place. Luk. 13:33. 

3. Hoo. To cause to ride, &c. Kanl. 32:13. 
JfoTB. — This double form, holoholo, has 
most of the senses that are attached to holo. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, s. The name of a game 

among the ancient Hawaiians. 
Ho-LO-Ho-LO-o-LE-Lo, V. See Holo and 

Olklo, talk. '^0 slander ; to tell tales to 

the disadvantage of another; to propagate 

.false reports. 
Ho-LO-Ho-Lo-o-LE-iiO, s. A tale bearer. 

OiAfc. 19:16. A tattler. 1 Tim. 5:13. Note. 

This is often written in two words. 

Ho-Lo-Ho-Loi, V. See Holoi. To rub 

with pressure and quick motion ; to rub off 
dirt ; to rub down smooth. 

Hc-M-Ho-LO-KA-KE, adj. Ke ai hohholo- 
kakeia la o ka makam. 



Ho-Lo-Ho-Mi-KE, V. See Holoke, to rub 
against. To .strike upon; to light aj>ou 
easily; to touch ; to rest upon, as the ends 
of a rainbow. Laieik. IC 
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-u-o, s. See Holo artdLio, 
a horse. A rider on a horse ; a horseman ; 
cavalry. 2 Oihl. 1:14. 
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, s. Sce Holo, to sail, 
and Moku, ship. A sailor ; one who rides 
in a ship. 
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-NA, s. See Holoholo and 
Ana, a running about. A four-footed beast: 
geuerallyapplied to dome.»tic animals, bu« 
often to wild ones. 
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-pi-NA-Au, s. The Hawaiian 

name of the planet Mars. 
Hb-Lo-HU-A, V. Ua hcHohiia ka manao. 
Ho-Lo-KAA, V. Holo and kaa, a chariot. 

To ride majestically. Hal. 45:4. 
fio-LO-KAi, s. Holo and kai, sea. On? 
who rides on the sea ; a seaman ; lia ]\o\o- 
kai, seafaring men. JBkek. 26:17. 
Ho-Lo-KA-Hi-Ki, s, Holo and kahiki, a 
foreign country. Epithet of a Hawaiian 
sailor who has visited foreign countries: 
ua tausani paha na holokahUci no HawEUl 
aku, theie weye thousands perhaps of sail- 
ors irom Hawaii : o Lehua ka inoa o ka 
kohkahiki nana i hoolike iwaona o Vane- 
kouva ame Kamehameha, Lehua was the 
name of the sailor to foreign countries who 
interpreted between Vancouver and Kame- 
hameha. 
Ho-Lo-KE, V. Holo and ke, to strike 
against. To run or rub against some op- 
posing object 

2. To be stopped short, as the mind in a 
course of thought or investigation ; a holoke 
ka noonoo, a'kukapikiio ka manao ke loaa 
ole. 
Ho-Lo-KE-Lo-KE, V. To croak ; to crep- 
itate or grate, as the two ends of a broken 
bone against each other. 
Ho-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. Holo, to run, anikiki, 
intensive. To run or sail swiftly; to run 
headlong. 
Ho-Lo-Ko-HA-NA, i). Holo, to go, and ko- 
hana, destrhite of clothes. To go' about 
naked ; to be destitute of clothes, not oven 
a malo. 
Ho-Lo-Kir, s. Some kind of a garment; 
a long flowing garment. Sal. 109:29. A 
cloak. Isa. 69:17. 
Ho-LO-KU-KU, V. Holo and kuku, to stop 
short. To tipt, as a horse. 
2, To ride roughly or uneasily. ■ 

Ho-LO-LA, V. The M is a particle. Ke 
ImIo ia oe e manao ua hoka raakou, you, 
thought, have supposed that we "are 
ashamed. 

Ho-Lo-Li-o, «. Holo, to ride, and lio, 



HOL 



horse. A rider of a horse. Isa. 96iii Hoo. 
A. horaeman : ' a rider on a horse. Puk. 
U:9. 

Ho-LO-i;,n-A, v. Holo and hta, double. 
To go or move two ways; to go both ways, 
lUce the crab; as the munce, Qie papai,£c. 

Ho-LO-LU-A, adj. Creeping or running 
both ways, 'like t}ie orab; aole e like me 
kou mauao ka muhee, ka kolohia, 

Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, V. Holo and wwAa, ship. 
To sail on a ship. 
2. To rush along, as a toiTeiit. 

Ho-iiO-MO-Kcr, s. A sailor; a seaman; 
ka halepule no ka poc holomoku ma Hono- 
lulu ; he man mea holomoku, seamen. 1 
Not. 9:27. 

2. Arushing, asof water; an overwhelm- 
ing ; applied to the wicked. 2 Sarn,. 22:5. 

rio-Lo-NA, s. In music, a close ; the end 
of a tune. 

Ho-Lo-PA-A-Ni, V. Solo, to run, and jpB- 
ani, to plajr. To run and play like children. 
2. To sail about for pleasure. 

Ho-Lo-PA-PA, V. To rule; to control; to 
overcome ; to prevail over ; used where 
one man conquers several others. 

Ho-Lo-PA-PA, s. J3bfo and papa, a board. 
A shelf made of sticks in the corner of a 
room where kapas and other articles were 
laid. 

2. A raft for floating logs, boards, stones, 
&e. I (Hid. 2:16. 

3. A bridge over a small stream. 

4. An arch over a space. 
Ho-Lo-WA, s. Holowa kaa, certain en- 
gines for throwing missiles in war. 2 Oild. 
26:i5. 

Ho-Lo-WAA, s. i&Zo and wao, canoe. A 
box ; a chest ; a trunk ; a coffin ; a cradle. 

2. A species of fishing net. 

3. A trough ; a watering trough. Puk. 
2:16. 

Ho-Lo-wA-LE, V. JHofo, DO run, and waZe, 

freely. , To flee without cause or danger ; 

to act the coward. 
2. To go about destitute of Clothing, i. e., 

in astate of nature. 
Ho-LO-WA-LE, s. A coward; one fleeing 

without cause. 
Ho-LU, V. To bend, as an elastic stick; 

to arch over. 
Ho-LTT, s. Abroadaxe; ahoe; anadze; 

ilcot/iolu, an adze. 
2. The depth of the sea; the deep ocean; 

the flood tide. 
Ko-LTJ-A, ». To glide down on a sledge ; 

to play the h/ohma. 
Ho-Lu-Ay s. A smooth path on a side hili 

for sliding down. 
?. The name of the sled orr sledge for 

alidiag down hili.. Notb.— To play jrith 



215_ HON 

the hobiA was an ancient pastime among 

Hawaiiaus. 
3. The name of the strong north wind, 

generally in the winter. 
Ho-nr-Ho-LU, V. SeeHotUjB, To bend; 

to be flexible. 
Ho-Ltr-Ho-LU, adj: Ductile ; elastic ; 

springy, as a sword blade. 
Ho-Lu-Lir, V. To oppress. 
Ho-MA, V. To be poor; to be thin in 

flesh ; to make one's self poor. 

2. To be disappointed ; to be bEiflled ia 
one's efforts to do a thing. 

Ho-MA, adj. Thin in flesh ;^ poor; hol- 
low ; apt^ied to the cheeks. 
.2. Disappointed: baffled. 

Ho-MA-HorMA, V. SeeHoMA. To be des- 
titute ; to be bereaved. 

3. To be 'thin ; to bg poor. 
Ho-MAi, »f See Ho. for A6<>, and Itiii, a 

verbal directive, usa^ mostly in the imper- 
ative. Lrr. Caus^.to be this .way :; hand 

this way: give this way j bring here. Svi. 

3:15. Roinai i wahi wai ina na'u, giv; me 

here some water to drink. 
Ho-ME, s. Eng. Home^ place of, one's 

family and residence. 
Ho-ME-RA, s. Heb. A homer, a Jewish 

liquid or dry measure. 
Ho-ME-TA, s. Heb. A snail. OiMc. 11:30. 
Ho-Mi, adj. See Omi. Withered; sick; 

unfruitful, asa plant; sick, as a person. 
Ho-Mi-Ho-Mi, V. SeeOMioMi. To spring 

up, as a seed planted, but with feeble 

strength and produce nothing. 
Ho-NE, V. See Ne. To be saucy; to be 

playful ; to be tricldsh ; to tease one ; to 

run upon. 
2. To prick ; to enter, as a sharp thing ; 

Ine be wahi kuikele la ia c Iwne nei iloko o 

ka manao, like a needle it j^ierces.intp the 

thought. 
Ho-NE, s. Mischief; a trick; teasing; 

he mea hookanikani o ka mo'ku. 
Ho-NE-A, s. Dirt; the matter in the iii-' 

testines not voided. .Lank. 3:22. See Ho-. 

NOWA. 

Ho-NE-Ho-NE, V. See Hone. To be 
trickisb ; to be mischievous. 

Ho-NE-Ho-NE, adj. Haying tricks; teas- 
ing ; fretting ; not letting one alone. 

HoiNE-KO-A, V. See Hone and Koa, to 
be bold. . To rail ; to be saucy. 

Ho-NE-KO-A, adj. Impudent; undaunted; 
not afraid. 

Ho-Ni, V. To beg"earhestly. S^fe'HoLi 

Ho-Ni, V. IlQ toiich.jj|to.,apply-a com- 
bustible article "to -tfieariB. Xmi/s, 16:tf. 

2. To. smell, as an odor. Kin.&-2i.. To 
smell any perfume ; to anuff, as a candle. 



HON 



216 



HOP 



3. To feet the inSuence of, as tfaerooisof 
trees do the watur. lob. 14:9. 

i. To salute by tonchiog noses (the ordi- 
nary way of saluting among Hawaiians); 
honi iho la i ka thn. Zaieik. 203. 

5. To kiss ; to salute liy kissing. Kin. 
.27:26,27. To embrace on parting; ap- 
l)lied to various forms of salutation, as 
good-by, shaking hands, &c. 
Ho-Ni, s. A salutation; a kiss. Mele 
Sol. 1:2. 

2. A touch as of a mat«h to a combusti- 
ble. 

3. A shaking of hands at parting, &c. 

4. Commanding a complimentary salu- 
tation to one; ehaawi i ko'uAoni ala aloha 
ia lakou, give them my sweet loving kAss, 
i. e., affectionate salutation. 

Ho-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. See Oninahdia 
»nd UN'raANiNA. Fat ; plump ; round, as a 
fleshy person. 

HoNO, V. To stitch; to sew up; to 
mend, ai> <! garment or a net Mat.iiil. 

'2. To join ; to unite together by sewing 
OK stitching. 

Ho-NO, s. A stitching; a sewing; a 
joining together; ka Aono ona ainaoMaui, 
the uniting of the lands of Maui. 

2. The back of the neck. 

3. The name of a kapu when every man 
must bold his bands in a particular posture. 

4. The name of a place where the *ind 
meets some obstraction and is reflected 
back ; oia kahi kono e hoi mai ai ka nui o 
ka makanL 

Ho-HO-A, *. See Honowa. 

Ho-NO-Ai, s. See Hong and Ai, the neck. 
The back of the neck. 

Ho-No-Af, *. See Honowai below. A 
uiiitiog ; a bringing together and causing 
a new reli^tionship ; mostly brought about 
by marriage ; as, makua Mnoai, a parent 
by marriage, or a parent-in-law; makua 
honoai kane,a fatber-iu-law; makua Aonoat 
wahine, a mother-in-law. Note. — The or- 
thography honoai is better than honotoai. 
See also the word Hckoai. 

Ho-NO-Ho-No, *. Name of a weed, very- 
thrifty in growth and very hard to kill. 

Ho-No-Ho-Np, adj. Bad smelling. See 

HOHONO. 

Ho-No-KAA, s. A water course» 
Ho-No-KE-A-NA, s. Nameof a spccles of 

soft porous stone. 
Ho-No-LE, V. See HoN|E. To be mis- 
chievous ; to be trickisb ; to be saucy, 

Ho-NO-Ftr, s. A hai e ka lua i hxmofpu. 

See LuiULTDMi, burnt ; scorched, as the 
ground .by the great heat of the sun. 

Ho-No-WA, J, See Honea and Honoa. 
The matter contained in tlie intestines. 



2. Excrements; human fiBcces; used mostly 
in retierence to chiefs. Notb.;— This is the 
proper and polite lamfi of excrements. 
Ho-NO-WAi, s. A uniting; a bringing to- 
gether and causing a nev> relauonsbip ; 
mostly brought about by marriage ; as, 
makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a 
parent-in-law; makna honoai kane. a father-' 
in-law; makua honoai wahine. a mother-io- 
law. Note. — The ortiiography hi.'ioai is 
better than honowai. See also the word 

HUNOAI. 

Ho-Nu, s. The turtle ; a terrapin ; xnon 
generally applied to the sea turtle ; a tor- 
toise. Oihk.lliiS. Note. — Thenonitwaa 
formerly forbidden to women to eat in the 
limes of the kapa under penalty of deaiii. 

Ho-NU-A, s. Flat land ; land of an even 
or level surface, in distinction from hills 
and mountains. 

2. In geography, the earth- genentlly, ia- 
ciuding sea and mountains. 

3. A foundation ; a resting place. 

4. The bottom of a deep place, as of the 
sea or a pit ; wahi honna ole, bottomless. 

Ho-NU-A, adj. Preceding; going before 

hand ; olelo konua, the forgoing dessrip- 
tion; pifle honua, the former r&ligion ; i 
kau kauohai honua, ana, your charge jnst 
given. Laieik. 20. Ke makau honua e mai 
riei no. Zaieik. 180. 

Ho-NU-A, adv. Gratuitously; vvithout 
cause ; naturally ; ua aloha honua anei ni 
kanaka kekahi i kekahi ? do men naturaUy 
love each other? No ka pono a ke Akna i 
waiho honua mai ai, for the righteousness 
which God had freely manifested; o ka 
hoomaka ana, ua like' no ia me ke ao ana, 
i ola honua i ka palapala; thoroughly; en- 
tirely. Zunk. 20:25. Altogether. 1 NaL 
ll:l3. 

Ho-NU-Ho-NU, V. See Honu, terrapin. 
To play the t«rrapin; a play where people' 
crawled on all fours like terrapins. 

Ho-PA-LA, I). Ho for koo, and pala, soft. 

To paint ; to daub ; to besmear. 
2. To blame one who is innocent 

Ho-PA-LA-PA-i^, V. Ed for hoo, and pa- 
lapala, to write; to paint To cause to 
write badly ; to scrawl in making letters 
with a pen ; to daub with a pen. 

Ho-FA-PAU, s. Sorrow; grief of a hus- 
band or wife for the death of a companion. 
Ho-PE, s. The end or beginning of a 

thing; the terminationof an extremity; the 
finishing result or termination of a course 
of conduct 

2. A place; steady office; successor la 
a place. 

3. The finishing; the close of a period of 
time. 



HOP 



217 



HUA 



i. A. particular aje or time. Zfe6. 9:26, 

in this age of the world. 
6. The time of one's death ; the end of 

life. 

6. Tlie end, i. e., the consequence or re- 
sult of an action ; ma neia hope aku, from 

tinaiime on; ma i&hope iho, after that tee; 

hope ole, endless. Jod. 22:5. 
Ho-PE, adj. Ending; last; na olelo 

Aope, the last words; mea hope ole, without 

resutt, i. e., without proJU. 
Ho-FE, adv. Adv. declinable. Gram, i 

ie&, '2 class. Behind ; after, &c. See the 

different cases. 
Ho-FE-NA, s. Hope tLTii na f 01 ana. The 

ending ; the bringing to a close. 
2. The end ; the hindmost, as the rear of 

an army. los. 10:19. 
. 3. The end -of a series of «vcntg. Ik^. 

7:2, 3. 
Ho-FE-PE, V. Ho for .W, and pepe, to 

mash fine. To cause to crush, as any sa)>- 

stance. 
2. F:o. To overbear, as ib". mind; to 

humble. See Hoopepb. 
Ho-PE-FE, adj. Humble ; depressed ; 

downtrodden, as the people of a hard, 

cmel chiefs o ko ke kuaaiua noho ana, he 

/lopepe, he bopohopo, he wiwo wale me ka 

makau ; he ttopepe ke ano o na koaaina. 
Ho-PE-Foo, s. See Hope and Poo, the 

head. Thebackpartof thehead. 
Ho-pi-Lo, V. SeeOpiLO. To relapse after 

a partial recovery &om dcknese. 
2. ^o be often sick. 
Ho-Pi-COrLE, adv. To eat slowly and 

carefully, as a sick person. See Niole. 

Ho-po, V. To fear; to be afraid; to 

shrink hack throng fear. 
Ho-Fo-Ho-Fo, V. See Hopo. To sear 

much ; to be agitated by fear ; to dread ; 

to be troubled by fear. Kanl. 1:2. 

Ho-po-Ho-PO, s. Fear; dread; the feel- 
ing of fear. 

Ho'Po-Ho-Po, adj. Fearful; afraid; hav- 
ing the sense of fear. 

Ho-Pir, V. To seize upon, as something 
escaping ; to grasp ; to catch. 

2. To take, as a prisoner; to ^prehend, 
as a criminal. Lunk. 21:21. To hold fast, 
as some^ing caught 

Ho-Ptr, s. A taldng; a seizing; a catch- 
ing of one. 

Ho-pu-e, s. The name of a tree, the 
bark of which is used like the oloua, and 
made into strings, cords, &e. 

Ho-ptr-Ho-pti, V. See: Hopu. To seize ; 
to grasp frequently ; to hold fast firmly. 

Ho-Ptf-HO-PU-AU-KE-LA, 

Ho-i'u-HO-pu-A-LU-HX,' V. See Hopuhopp 
28 



and LiTLiT, t>> tremble. To do something in 
a state of trepidation. 

2. To prepare in haste, as a room or a 
house when company unexpectedly arrives. 

3. To catch quickly and shake ; to do 
quickly ; to make haste. 

Ho-pu-Ho-pi!r-A-LU-nr, s. Quickness; dis- 
patch ; a sadden effort to do a itbing. 

Ho-Fu-P0, V. F 01 TioopuupiM. See Pntr 
andPucpmr. To be filled or pnffed up with 
wind, as the bowels, or as a bladder ; ho- 
jmpu ka opu ; kopupm, ka naan i ka inaina, 
fiited with anger ;kai! ka Jwpupu ioko i ke 
aloha, wonderful! he is internally /u22 of 
love. 

Ho-EA, s. Lot, An hour; a particular 
time ; a measure of time. 

Ho-sA-NA, inter j. Heb. An exclamation 
of praise to God. Mat. 21:19. 

Ho-SA-NA, s. Exultation ; praise. 

Hu, V. To rise or swell up, as leaven 
or new poi ; to effervesce. 

2. To swell and rise up, as water in a pot. 

3. To rise up, as a thought; hu mai kieia 
manao iloko o'u, this thought sw^ed up in 
me. , 

4. To overflow ; to run over the banks, 
as a river. Isa. 8:7. 

5. To burst out, spoken of affection. 1 
Nal. 3:26. Or a flow of passion (hence 
hvhv,.) 

,, 6. To shed or pour out, as tear?. lob. 
16:20. Su ka uhane, to Tiave ccmpasaion. 
ba.b8:10. 

7. To ooze out silently. 

8. To circulate, as the story of a murder. 

9. To miss one's way ; to deviate from a 
direct path. 

10. To come, i. e., to heave in sight ; to 
make its appearance, as a ship at a distance. 

11. To be unstable; to be inconstant. 
Ein. 49:4. 

12. To whistle, as the wind tbioiigh the 
rigging of a ship. 

13. MOO. To meditate; toiB!aile,asasong. 
JTal. i5:l. 

Hu, s. That which causes rising, leaven. 

2. A classof the common people, nearly 
STS. with makaainaua ; e ka hu, e na tna- 
kaainana, ^c. Laieik. 21. O ka poe hema- 
hema a naau^io, ua kapaia lakou he hu ka 
inoa, be makiainana kahi inoa. 

3. A noise; a rustling, as the wind among 
trees. Laieik: 1,04. 

4. A top ; hu kani, a humming-top. 

Hu, adj. Fermenting, as beer or new 
wine. 

2. Leavened, as bread: mea hu, anything 
leavened. Pvk. 34:25. Berena hu ole, un- 
leavened bread. Jos. 5:11. 

Hu-A, w. SeeHowA. To be envious of 
.tnotber; to feel jealous of another; to 
envy ; to hate. 



EUh 



ei8 



HUA 



?. To quarrel with ;. to be angry witti ; 
is be much addicted to ctU. 

Htt-AV«- Envy; jealousy; an envious 
difipGBilion; making unfounded complaints 
agaiuBt another. 

Hu-A, adj. See Hdwa. Envious ; jeal- 
ous of suctess in another; quick to find 
fault. 

Ha-A, V. To sprout;' to bud; to bear 
fruit, as a tree or vegetable. 

2. To grow or increase in size, as fruit ; 
to iacrease; as a people. Oihk.26:9. 

3. To swell up, as the foam of water. 
See HuAHUA. 

i-'lHua with hvauMo, to speak; to utter; 
to produce words. Sin. 49:21. 

5. Eoo. To produce fruit. 

6. To increase, as a people. JE^tn. 1:28. 
To be fruitful, as a race. ■ itn. 9:1. 

Htt-a, s. The swelling, growing and 
maturity of vegetables; name of the moon 
when perfectly full; the name of thatnight 
is akua. 

2. Fruit ; offspring ; production of ani- 
mals or vegetables. Kin. 46:7. 

3. A fruit produced : an egg ; a kidney, 
ka. Hua oo, ripe fruit ; hua maka, fresh 
fruit. OiAfc. 23:14. 

4. The effect, product or consequence of 
aa action; ka uaaupo, he h%ia ia na ka ino, 
ignorance is the resvit (fruit) of evi^ prac- 
tices. 

5. A summary of one's wishes ; a short 
sentence ; e waiho mai oe 1 htui na makou, 
leave for ns some kAo?** expression; a word, 
an 'idea (said to Kamehameha I. when 
dying.y 

6. A letter of the alphabet; ma ka hva o 
ke kanawai, i. e., lUeraMy; Aua kena, an 
order; a word of command; no keia kva 
kena a kana wahine. Laidk. 198. 

7. Fruit in several senses ; as, hua o ke 
kino, children ; hua o ka aina, increase of 
the fruits of the land, i. e., means of living; 
hua na holoholona, flocks, herds, &c. ; 
hua ala, spices. 

8. A flowing ; a going out firom; froth ; 
foam, as of one in a fit. 

9. A flowing robe; a train. Isa. 6:1. 
ifua lole, the skirts of a garment Ter. 
13:22, 26. 

10. i Seed, as of grain for sowing. Kxn. 
47:23. 

11. The human testicles. Oihk. 21:20. 
Hu-A, adj. Iwi hua. ATtat. 6. 

Hu-A, s. A flowing. See No. 8 above. 
The trail of a pa-u; the trail of a garment; 
the tucks at the bottom of a gown. 
2. The snapper of a whip. 

Hu-AA, V. To pfy up. 
Hw-AA, V. To be displeased at impor- 
tunity or intercession. 



2. To be small ; to be" alinted is grow- 
ing, as fruit. 

H0-A-A-E-LO, s. Hua, egg, and ano, 
rotten. A rottea egg. 

HtJ-A-A-E-LO, a«[/. Empty; deficient; 
rotten. 

Hu-A-Ai, s. Hua, egg, and ai, to eat. An 
egg that may or can be eaten, or an ejg 
for eating. 

2. Gram ; fruit for food. Mat. 3tl2. 

3. A kind of wiiid ; hvaai malili. Sard. 
28:22. 

Hu-A-Ai, ) y. To dig up soinething cov- 
Hu-AI, ) ered in the grouiid ; to open, 
i. e., dig up, as opening a native oven and 
take out what is baked ; huai oja i kana 
■umu iho, he unccniered his own oven. 
'2. To open, as a grave; to disinter. &fc. 
37:12. 

3. To open, as a reservoir of winds ; to 
cause the wind to blow; huai mai laKahiki 
i ko ipu makani, Eahiki thou didst open thy 
wind-box. 

4. To open upwards, as the lid of a chest 

5. To suck or draw up water in drink- 
ing, as a beast. Idb. 40:23. 

6. Hoo. To bring a wind ; to cause it to 
blow. Kin. 8:1. 

7. To torn or. dig up the ground. Zo5. 
28:5. 

Hu-A-A-LE, s. A pill; a medicine in the 
form of a little ball, to be swallowed whole. 

Hu-AE, V. To rise up against ; to re- 
sist ; to defend off. Hoo. To cause to re- 
sist, &c. 

Hu-A-E-LO, V. See Hua, egg, and Elo, 
wet, as a kapa ; hence, rotten ; worthless. 
See also Huaaelo. To be or become use- 
less, worthless or in vain ; e malama hoi, 
ohuaelo ka luhi o ka hoikaika ana, beware, 
lest the weariness in perseverance be in 
vain. 

Hu-A-o-LE, adj. Lit. Without fruit. 
Epithet of a person without character, no 
reputation. 

Hu-A-o-LE-Lo, s. See Hua, a letter, and 
Oi^BLo, speech. Aword in distlnctioBfrom 
a speech ; in gramrnar, a word ia dliatino- 
tion from a syllable ; the words of a song. 
Kanl. 31:30. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE, adj. JHwa,' seed, and Ai- 
tde, to drop; to fall. Lri'. Seedfallen;'pre- 
maturely bom ; hence, friendless ; without 

' support; no means of Uviiig; set loose 
from any chief or parent 

HiT-A-HA-ir-LE, s. See the foregoing. 
One prematurely born ; an orphan. Bm. 
109:12. 

Hu-a-ha-u-le-i^-ni, s. The name of a 
species of sweet potato. 

Hu-A-HA-u-LE-wA-LE, s. Name of cet- 
ta>in leaves of the potato. 



HUA 



219 



HUA 



2. Tbe name of the potato itself. 
Hu-A-HE-Ki-Li, s. Hua, egg, and heMi, 
ftnnder. Lit. A thunder egg. 

I.. A hail stone; hail. Pvk. 9:18, 22. 
Nori! — ^It generally thunders during the 
hail aioims on the mountains of Hawaii, 
heuce the supposition that hail was pro- 
duced by thunder. 
2. The name of a plant used in medicine. 
Hu-A^HU-A, V. See Hua and Huahuwa 
below. To foam ; to froth at the mouth, 
us one in a Si. Imc. 9:39. To froth,as the 
sea in dashing ashore. luda 13. 

2. To turn away in disgust ; to hate ; to 
(iOTj. iSiJi; 26:14. SuoAtta mai la na puna- 
hele mua. Zaieik. 31. 
Hu-A-Hu-A, s. See HuAHUA above. Foam 
or froth, as of the sea or anything causing 
froth. 

2. A bunch or kernel in the flesh, as in 
. hogs or other anjmals ; especially applied 

where many Muz&uos are growing together. 

3. Small swellings about the eye, the 
forehead and neck. 

■i. See Hua, to be envious. An evil eye; 

looking with disdain upon another ; enVy. 
Hu-A-HU-AE, c. To open and shut with 

violence. 
Hu-A-HU-A-A-NA-LAU, V. See HUAHUA- 

LAU, also HoQHUAHCil.AU. 

Hu-A-HU-Ai, V. See Huai. To boil" up, 
as water in a spring. 

2. To bieak up; to break forth, as water. 
JVaft, "21:17. 

3. To open frequently that liquid may 
tlow. 

i, To tpar or break the skin. 

Htj-a-htj-ai, s. See Huai. A violent 
boiling ; a frequent opening. 

Hh-a-hu-a-hu-a-laf, v. I To question 
with a design to entangle ; to put one to 
the torture. 

Hu-A-HTT-A-KAi, s. Asponge. Mar. 15:36. 

Htr-A-HU-A-LAC, V. To tempt; to try to 
deceive ; to puzzle or try one with ques- 
tions; to question captiously. Soo. To 
make one's self strange to another; to pre- 
tend not to know one. Kin. 42:7. To talk 
temptingly or deceitfully. 3 loam 10. 

Hu-A-HU-A-LAU, s. Hoo. A deceiving; 
an endeavor to insnare one ; a temptation 
for one to say something he would npt. 

Hu-A-HQ-A-NA-tAj *. The same as kua- 

huaiau. 
HtJ-A-HU-A-NA-NA-, s. Huohua, froth, and 

nana, for lana, to float. Lit. Floating froth. 
■ A reproiiching ; making use of reproachful 
epithets ; calling one an ignorant nothing. 
Hij-A-HU-WA,- s. See Httahua. Envy. 
Qai. 5:26; PiJip. 1:15. But hvahva is tiie 
common orthography. 



Ht7-A-KA, adj. Clear as crystal; clear as 
pure water,,&c. ; bright ; white ; shining, 

Hu-a-kai, V. Hua, foam, and kai, sea. 
To foam and froth, as the sea ; hence, 

2. To boil or be agitated violently. 

3. To travel in large companies, as in 
caravans. See KAinnAXAi. 

Hu-a-kai, s. See Hua and Kai. The 
foam of the sea. 

2. A sponge. See Hcahuakai. 

3. A large company traveling together. 
Kin. 32:21. 

Hu-a-kai-he-le, s. See Huakai above 
and Hele, to go. A great number of per- 
sons traveling together ; a cararansera ; a 
troop. 7o&. 6:18. 

Hu-A-KA-pu, *. Hua, foam, froth, and 
kapu. The rich property about the chiefs 
and kapu to the people, was called Auti- 
fcopu, forbidden fir oth. 

Hu-a-ke, adj. Full-; plump, as a healthy 
man ; well propordoned, as a good mod- 
eled canoe. 

Hu-a-ke-e-o, S. .HKfl and A;eeo, displeas- 
ure; anger. Hardness of heart; stubborn- 
ness. 

Hu-A-KE-E-o, adj. See the foregoing, 
jffoo. Hard-hearted; stubborn; stubbornly 
bent on wickedness ; i mai la me ka olelo 
hqohuakeeo, he said to me in stubbomnessj 
he hoohuakeeo mamuli o ka hewa, fiar^ 
hearted in wickedness. 

Hu-A-KE-u, ) adj. (Ineigoodsinse) fear- 

Hu-A-KU, J less; bold; he kanaka /ittafcu, 
■ wiwo ole ; he olel© huaku ma ka pono, a 
speech fearless for the right. (In a bed 
sense) Bold ; impudent. 

Hu-A-KE-o, V. See Huakeeo above. 

Ho-A-Ki-NE-To, s. Gr. A hyacinth, name 
of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20. 

Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Name of schools of 
fish that show their heads above water, as 
the anal. 

Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Hiia and /cukui, the 
name of the candle-nut tree. Akukni nut; 
the fruit of the kukui tree. 

Hu-A-LA-KE, V. To tie; to bind up. Syn. 

' with nakiki. 

fifo-A-LA-KE, V. To swell out J to be 
large ; to be round ; to be fiilL 

Hu-A-LA-LA, adj. Applied to surfaces, 
circular; oval; ili Tiuaiote, an oval surface; 
spherical ; curved ; equally arched, as the 
rainbow. Ana. Hon. 10. 

Hu-A-LA-LAi, *. Name of a mountain on 
tlie westcrB side of Hawaii. 

Hu-A-EE-LE, *, Hua, seed, iind lele, to 
fly. The seeds of the plant laulele. 
2. A term expressive of hernia. 

Hu-A-Li, P.' To be bright, us polished 



HUE 



220 



HUE 



metal ; to be clean ; to gUttesr -with white- 
ness or purify, as a garmeat .Mat. 28:3. 
Hoo. To fuibjsh or barnish. .Mfc. 21:10. 

2. To strike. 

3. To commence a kapa nt a particular 
kind. ' 

Htj-a-m, adj. Blight; clean,. as a sub- 
stance polished ; bright ; polished. 2 OUU. 
4:16. Pure whiteness; lole huaii, very 
white cloth ; shining. 

2. In a ?norcU sense, pure ; undefiled ; 
morally good; applied to the heart. 2 Pet. 
3:1. ' 

3. Glittering, as a sword. Katil. 32:41 
i. Hoo. Keleawe i Jioohvaliia, polished 

brass. J&efc. 8:2. 
Hu-a-lh, adj. Hua, seed, and Hi, little 

Smalt; diminative. 
Hu-A-u-Lij s. The second.crop of frdits, 

trees or vegetables, or degenerated fmit ; 

ka bmUUif'hua.xiaili o Kobala. 
Hxr-A-Lo-iE, s. See Hua and Loi£, cloth. 

The skirts of a garment. Kanik. ler. 1:9. 
Hu-A-Ltr, tidj. Small; diminutive. See 

Htr-A-HE-LE, s. Hiuf, letter, and mele, 
to sijg. The notes in music; a modern 
term. 

Hu-a-mo-a s. Hua, r^gg, and moa, a 
fowl. A hen's egg. 

2. Tie name of the round bone tjat en- 
ters tie socket of the hip. Mn. 32:25; 
Ancct. B. 

Htr-A-No-Ni, s. Hua, fruit, and noni, a 
shrub. The fruit or the apples of the noni; 
he kauaftuffl«o»i kekahi, some fought with 
noni apfies. 

Hir-A-PA-iA-o-A, s, Hua, seed, and ^a- 

. laoa, Erg. (flour), bread. Ihe seed cl 
bread, L «., wheat. Puk. 22:6.- 

flu-A-PA-IA-O-A-E-LE-E-LE, J. See HuA- 
PAiiAO.t. soove and Eleelg, dark colored. 
Hence, rje. as distinct from wheat. 
, Hu-A-Poo, s. The side of the head. 

Hir-A-WAi-WA, s. Hiia, fruit, and waina, 
grape. 2. grape ; coUedively, grapes ; the 
fruit of tte vine. Oihk. 19:10. Suavoaina 
pala Tmia, the first ripe grapea. Nah. 13:20. 

Hu-A-BA-iE, s. Hva, fruit, and bale 
(Mifj.), larley. The grain of barley, or 
simply b»rley. Rut. 2:17, 23. 

Hn-A-Fi-Ej, s. Hua and fiku {Eng.'j, 
fig. A % ; a bunch of figs. 2 Sam. 16:1. 

Hu-E, V. To look slily at a thing; to 
glance yith the eye. 

2. To jteal ; to take secretly what is an- 
other's ; hue ae la kekahi kanaka 1 ka apa 
lole kuiaenalo, a certain man stole a piece 
bf unbleached cotton cloth. See AmnE. 

Hu-E, V. See Hn and E. To cause to 
flow out ; to unload, as a.sbip. 



Htr-E, s. A thief; one who steals. 

Hif-E, v.^To dig; to throw out dirt, as 
in digging apit. 

Hu-E, adj. Thievish ; disposed to steal. 
Kasni. 24:7. Kanaka hue. " , , , 

Hu-E,"**. ''A gourd ; a water calabash ; 
• Rw iii, ia skin bottle; , '/ 

Hu-E'iE, s. Hue and ie, a vine used in 
basket maUng. A demijohn, from its case 
or covering. 

Hu-E-u, s. A bold fearless man; one 

- who excites to action, good orbad; soldier 
like ; he kanaka koa ; hueu oe i ke kolohe, 
you are bold in mischief; a bold energetic 
man in action j hooeu. 

Hu-E-u-Ai-NA, adj. Hueua.rxd.aina,ea.t- 
ing. Bold and rapid in eating. 

Hu-E-i-u, s. Hue, calabash, and Hi, 
skin. A skin bottle, such as the Asiatics 
used for containing liquids. los. 9:4. 

Hu-E-Hu, V. To shiver, as with cold. 

Hu-E-Hu, s. The strong (cold) blovring 
wind. 

Hu'E-HU, adj. Chilled; cold. 

Hu-E-Hu-E, s. The name of the water 
on Haalalai where the last volcano broke 
out. 

Hu-E-HU-E, V, See Hue, v. To throw 
up ; to raise up : to locsen.; to open. 

Hu-E-HU-E, adj. Sprfcadingcer; grow- 
ing thickly like thrifty Vnes, ae the koali 
(convolvulus.) 

2. Spreading over like rain ; he ua hue- 
hueia no Dli. 

Hu-E-HU-E-Lo, s. See Hueui. The tail 

, end of a thing ; the last of it ; nolaila, fce 
hai aku nei au i keia wahi huehuelo maaao, 
wherefore, I declare this tail end of a 
thought (last idea); loaa mai o ka hwehudo 
wale no, aole o ke kino pu kekahi, I ob- 
tained the tail only, not the body with it. 

Hu-E-KA-Hi, adj. One alone ; a single 
child of a family. 

Hu-E-LO, *. The tail of a beast or rep- 
tile; ke kahili o na holoholonamakahope, 
the fly-brush at the •>xtremity of animals ; 
huelo awa, a sting. 1 Kor. 15.55. Mai noho 
a makamaka ilio. i ka hxido ka L'c*. be not 
friends with the dog, for the tail will show 
it ; . the tail. Fuk. 4:4. The rami). I'vk. 
29:22. 

2. Fig. An inferior ir opposition to poo, 
a superior. KarH. 28:13. 

Hu-E-Lo-E-LO, adj. Tail like : 
appendages like tails. 

Hu-E-WE, s. Name of a siclcr.ess caus- 
ing panting ; want of breath. 

Hu-E-wAi, s. Hue, calabash, and wai, 
water. A water calabash, in distinction 
from calabashes \ised for oth-jr purposes ; 



jiavmp- 



HUl 



221 



Hur 



A large goard ; any kind of bottle used to 

contain water. 
Hti-e-wai-na, *. See Kvt and Waina 

{JOng.), wine. A bottle for' wine ; a bottle 

filled with wine. 2 Sam. 16:1. 
Hu-i, V. To mix ; to utiite together, as 

different things ; to unite, as an aha with 

the spectators; hence, hui ka aha, to iredk 

up the assembly. Lauik. il. 

2. To add one thing to another. Mn. 
38:9. 

3. To assemble together, as people for 
business. ' 

4. To agree in opinion ;' to have a union 
of tiionght ; iia hui pu ka. manao. 

5. To bend ; to turn one way then an- 
other, as the voice in rising and falling in 
reading music. 

6. To ache ; to be in pain. 

7. Soo. To add one thing to another; to 
connect. Mc. 3:20. 

8. To unite, as Hi a treidy-; <to wake ai- 
flnity. I iV(rf. 3:1. 

9. To coUact together, as men. 

.10. To meet; to mingle; to cmne together, 
as waters. 
11. To meet, as persons long separated- 

Hc-i, s. A uniting ; an assembling. 

2. A cluster or collection of things; as, 
hui maia, a bonch of bananas ; hui kato, a 
kaio hill ; hui waina, a cluster of grapes ; 
hui uin, a cluster of cocoanuts. 

3. Tbe flippers of the sea-turtte. 

i'. The small uniting .sticks in-atbatched 
house, parallel with the posts and rafters 
and between them. 

5. Bodily pain ; rheumatic pain ; niho 
hui, the toothache. 

6. The name of the prayer on the morn- 
ing after the anaana. See Huihdi. 

Hff-i, I adj. Cool; cold; chilly, as 
F[ui-HTr-l, 5 the ;3iorning air from the 

moimtaiu ; i hoomanawanai ai hoi kaua i 

ka hau huihui o ke ka&abiaka; CJld, as 

cold water. Mat. 10:42. 
Htm-o-pa-pa, s. The name of a prayer 

used in or near the luakini; a ma ia ahiahi 

no haule ka huiopapa, 
Rxi-i-'J-NA, s. Perhaps for huiana. A 

seam^ a uniting by sewing together. 
Hu-i-HU-i, s. A bunch J a cluster of 

ihitigs, as stare. 

2, A constellation. Isa. 13:10. 

3. A bunch; applied to kalo. SeeHw2. 
i. The wtme of the seven stars. See 

Htihui. 

Htt-i-hu-i, adj. Cold; chilly. See Hxii 
above. 

2, Mixed ; manifold ; much ; many con- 
taining the idea of union ; aloha huihui, 
ranch love. 

Hu-i-KAi, 0. To mix or jumble together 



things dissimilar; to make discordant com- 

ponnds ; to put several stories into one. 
Hu-i-kau, v. See Huikai above. To turn 

topsy-turvy; to mix up irregularly; to 

throw things together without order. 
2. To accuse much and falsely ; to vary 

in narration; to cross one's own track in 

a story. 
Htr-i-KAU, s. Confusion; without order; 

irregularity. 
Hu-I-KAH, adj. Stumbling in walking; 

without order; varying in one's story; put 

together irregularly. See Opa. 
Hu-i-jfA-Hi, adj. Lit. United in one^ 

Bound lip ; girded, as a man with a malp, 

or a woman with a pa u. 
Hct-i-ea-hi, s. Name of a short maio. 
Htr-i-KA-LA, V. jBifi and Aafo, to loosen; 

to forgive. To cleanse, as a disease; to 



"^^0 



2. To be purified. Puk. 29:23. 

"3. To sanctify one's self. „Oihk, 20.-7. 

4. To cleanse morally. J&i. 36:2. 

5. To oleaase ceremonially. NeK 12:30. 
Euikala ole, unholy. . 2 Tim. 3:2. 

6. Eoe. To cleanse ; to purify ; to sant- 
,tifr. a*. 9:13. 

m-i-KA-LA, adj. Cleansing; purif3ring; 
wai huikaltt, water of purilication. ifah- 
19:9. 

Hu-i-LA, V. SeelliLA. To'flash, as burn- 
ing powder ; to give a sudden light; haule 
i ^ papu, e huih na pu e. 

Hu-i-LA, s. Eng. A wheel. Fuk. 14:25. 
Sys. with pokakaa. &^. 1;16. 

Hu-i-NA, s. Hui and ana, a uniting, A 
number ; the sum of several numbers. 2 
Sam. 24:9. E hookui i ka feuuw, to add up 
the sum. Nah. 1:49. 

2. The' point where two lines meet, an 
angle; the place where two roada meet ; a 
corner, as of a house, ferce, &c. 

3. In music, a close ef a tune. 

4. In geometry, huina is the general narne 
for angle, qualified by such terms as desig- 
nate the various kinds of angles. 

Ht7-i-na-oi, s. Huina and oi, sharp 
pointed. jAn acute angle. Ana. Hon. 8. 

Kvj-i-NA-HA, s. Euina and ha, four. A 
quadrilateral or four-sided figure. Ana. 
Ron. 14. Note. — Under the name huivjika 
are the following : huincutalike, a square ; 
humahtiloa, a rectangular parallelogram; 
' huhiahaht.0, four equal sides but oblique 
angles ; huinahaMoloUd, an oblique paral- 
lelogram rftainafcafcawitfee, a square or j»ar- 
iilielograin; huAiiahulualike, a four-sided 
P;3:nrc wbieh has two parallel sides only; 
huinahalilceole, a four-sided figure where 
all the sides are unequal. 

Hv-i-NA-HE-LTJ, s. MvAno, and kelu, to 
count ; to number. A number; the sum 



HUH 



sag 



HUH 



of several nuuljera ; Iminahdu okua, the 
whole numbei Jfah. 14:29. See Heluha. 
Hu-i-NA-Ko-m *. Mdnaa.nii:o2u,thiee. 
The general jame for triangle ; thus, hui- 
nakclvlike, an equilateral triangle; huinor 
kolii dua aow lilce, an isoswles triangle ; 
huinakolu (oao like ole, ai irregular tri- 
angle ; huvMkolii kupono, a right angled 
triangle ; hiinakoj^u peleleu, an obtuse an- 
gled trianjle ; huinakolu oi, an acute an- 
gled trianjle. 
Hu-i-NA-Krr-po-NO, s. A right angle. 
Hu-.i-NA-iA-AU-LA-KA, s. Huina, a unit- 
ing, lamt. timber, and lana, to float. A 
union cf fioatiog timbers ; a raft. I Nol. 
6:£. 
Hu-1-NA-i.i-MA, s. Huina, angle, arid 
lima, fre. In geometr-y, a five-sided figure; 
huina ono, a six-sided figure; kuina kikii, a 
seven-Bided figure ; huina walu, an eight- 
sided figure, &C. 
Hir-1-SA-PE-LE-UEU, s. An obtuse angle. 
Hu-j-NA-WAi, *. Huina, a meeting or 
union, and. aicS, water. A meeting or col- 
lection of waters ; a pool. Pj«fc. 7:19. 
Hir-i-NA-wAi-KA, s. Hui, bunch, and 

vxdna, grapes. A cluster of grapes. 
Ha-i-Ni, V. To end in a sharp point, as 
the top of a iigh r.iast. See Winiwint. i 
Hn-i-Ni, adj. Having sharp points like 

needles. 
Hd-i-pa, *. Name of a species of stone 
out of which the njaika stones wore made. 
Hir-i-FA, s. Eng. A whip. 
Hu-i-pu, V. Hui, to unite, and pu, to- 
gether. To mix together: to come together; 
to .unite ; to assemble, as persons. 
HtT-i-TA, s. Eng. Wheat. !.&»•. 15:37; 



might be overturned ; huhtmua i maui kai 
ka wai e. 
Hu-HU, s. The name of a worm, a moth- 
like animal that ealB cloth. Isa. 51:8. 

2. A worm or bug that bores into wood, 
renderjjig it full of holes. 
Hij-hu, mj. Rotten, as a calabash; 
worm-eaten, as wood. 

Hp-HUy V. See Hu, to rise up; to swell. 
To be angry; to express angry feelings by 
Bcolding, storming, cursing, &c. Moo. To 
provoke to anger ; to offend. Pvk. 23:21. 
To be crabbed ; to be churlish. 1 Sam. 
25:3. 

Hu-HU, s. Anger; wrath; displeasure. 

Hu-HU, adj. Angry; offended; pro- 
voked. 

Hu'Hu-i, s. See Hui. Hu doubled. A 
bunch ; a collection of things, generally 
qualified by a following word; as, huhui 
palaoa, a head of wheat. Mat. 12:1. Ilidiw 
man, a bundle of grass; hukui maia, a 
bunch of bananas; huhui (boku under- 
stood), the pleiades or seven stars. Idb. 
38:31. The constellations of stars. Isa. 
13:10. See HuiHCi. 

Hc-HU-i-H£-LU, .s. Hukuia.r\ihetu,inih<- 
metic. Logarithms; the tables of loga- 
rithms ; ina e imi an maloko o ka kvhui- 
helu, if 1 should compute by hgarithms. 

Hu-Hu-i-KA-i.o, s. Huhui, bunch, and 
kalo. A bunch of kalo. 

Hu-HU-i-wAi-NA, *. Huhui, cluster, aai 
loaina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. JBJml. 
32:32. 

Hu-Hu-HU, adj. See Huhu, adj., above. 
Rotten ; worm-eaten, &c. 

Hu-hu-hu-e, v. See Hue, to steal. A 
frequentative. To steal frequently; to 



Puk. 29:2. «, . ^ .,- ■ ■ 

A frequentative. To dance and sing ; to 



exceed. To have an overflow of passion 
Soo. To feel or express jealousy; to have 
in feelings towards one. 

Hu-oi, s. Hoo. Evil surmising respect- 
ing another. 1 Tim. P:4. 

Hu-o-le, adj. Hu, leaven, and ole, none. 
Without leaven ; unleavened ; berena hir 
die, unleavened bread. Puk. 34:18, 

Hu-o-No-o-NO-o-LE, adj. Hu, rising up, 
onoono, comfortable, satisfied, and ole, not. 
Unsteady ; not fixed ; uasatisfled. See Ku- 

ONOONO. 

Hu-HA, adj. Something said; a report, 
but no certainty as to the truth ; he wahi 
olelo i maopopo ole, he lobe laulahea. 

Hct-ha, s. A large fleshy person, but 
weak, indolent and lazy, cili>er man, woman 
or child. 

Hu-HO-NTJ-A, V. Hu, to lifce, and homia, 
land. To pray that tho land or country 



dance much and often. 

Hu-Hu-Hu-LA, V. See Hula. To dance 
and sing and play, as at a hula ; e pae, e 
hula, e like pu. 

Hu-Hu-Htr-LEi, V. To ride rapidly with 

, a dress flattering in the wind ; to dance 
with kapas fluttering. 

Hu-HU-Hu-Li, p. See Huli, to turn. To 
turn often ; to turn, as many persons. 

Hrf-Hu-Hc-NA, «. See HuNA, to conceal. 
To hide often or much ; to conceal. 

Hu-Hu-HU-NE, V. See HrjNE, poor; des- 
titute of property. To be poor: to be 
stripped of all property. 

Hu-HU-Ki, t'. See HuKr, to puU. To 
draw fi-cquently ; to pull out, as in draw- 
ing cuts. LaHk. li. To pull along. 

2. To dry up, as water ; hoomaloo. 

3. To cut down, as a tree ; e kua aku. 



HUK 



223 



HUL 



Htr-Hu-Ku, adj. Full of holes; puka- 

puka, popopo. See Hdhb and Hchdhu. 
Hu-Hu-LA, V. See HcLAHULA. To sing, 

dance and practice tbe forms of the hula. 
Hu-HTJ-Li, V. See HtjLi, to turn, To 

turn ; to turn up ; to search ; to look here 

and there. 
Hu-H0-Ln-i-i, V. BvJu, hair, and ii, 

mould like. To stand up, as the comb of 

a cock ; to stand up, as bristles ; to stand 

erect, as the hair on the flcsb when one is 

wet and cold. 
2. To be wet and cold ; to shiver with 

cold. 
Hu-Hff-iiU-i-i, edj. Made rough and 

ugly, as the hair or feathers of an animal 

in wsrter. 
HiT-HiT-LU-LO-Lo-A, V. Bidu, Hair, and 

too, long. To let the hair grow long. 
Htr-Hu-NE, V. See Hune, to tease. To 

set a trap for one; to entice; to lay a bait. 
Hu-HU-Ni, s. The sickness of hogs. 
Hn-Htr-PAU-LA-AU, s. A slanderer; a 

backbiter. 
Htr-KA, V. To call hogs ; to call to one, 

as in calling hog^. 
Hu-KA, s. A term used iw calling hogs. 

2. Advice ; information. 

3. Name of an herb similar to balm. 

4. A vulgar word of contempt ; heJe a 
piha, hwka pala, &c. 

HiJ-KAA, s. A general name for pitch, 

resin or gum from a tree ; any substance 

of a resinous nature. 
2. A species of tree ; an oak perhaps. 

Isa. 1:29. The turpentine tree perhaps. ■ 
Hu-KAi, s. Water slightly brackish ; 

drinkable. 
Hu-KAi-L0-LO»A, s. Epithet of a person 

who always lives witli one particular chief ; 

a no ma hvkmloloa, a ke kanaka i noho me 

ke alii hookahi, aole i noho me ke alii e. 
Hn-£A-Htr-KAi, adj. Insipid; tasteless; 

unpalatable; not relishable. 
Htr-KE-Kiy adj. Cold; shivering with 

the cold. 
Hu-Ki, V. To draw ; to pull ; to draw, 

as with a rope. loan. 4:7. 

2. Tfr rtuse ; to lift up, as a person by 
the hand. 

3. To put up upon, as onft substance on 
another. 

4. To brace or prop up. 

5. To cook soft ; to 8often,.as vegetables 
cooked, or meat undergoing decompositipn. 
See Kahdki. 

Htt-ki-hee, s. ffuki, to pull, and kee, to 
slip. A gliding along ; a passing: over, as 
over a bridge. 



2. A bridge for passing smoothly ovar a 

stream. See Punee. 
Hu-Ki-HE-LEi, s. The skin about the eye 

drawn aside and the eye diseased. 
Hu-Ei-Hir-Ki, V. Fieq. of huki. Todmw 

or pull frequently. Puk. 2:16. To draw 

out ; to pull upwards ; to brace against. 
Hu-Ki-Ki, V. To be wet ; to be cold on 

account of wet; to shiver with the cold. 

See HxjTKEKi and Orn.i. 
Hu-Ki-Ki, adj. Small; pointed; d'varf- 

ish. 
Htj-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish. 
Hu-Ki-WAi, V. To draw water, as from 

a well. 
Hu-Ki-wAi, s. One whose business it, is 

to draw and fetch water. ■ Kanl. 29:10. 

Hn-KU, s. A heap of dirt pr rubbish ; a 
protuberance in any way. "See OHOxa. 

Hu-inr, adj. Proniinent; projecting, aa 
the forehead; he hvku ka lae.hehas apro- 
Jeding forehead. See Oodev. 

Hu-KtJ-Hi, V. See Hitki. To pull fay 
force. 

Hn-KU-LH, V. ffuku, buncli, and Hi, lit- 
tle. To be very small ; to be little ; to be 
dwarfish. 

Bv-KU-ui, adj. Small; little; dwarfisa. 

Hu-LA, V. To pry up with a lever. 

2. To transplant, as a tree; to plant out, 
as a young tree. 

3. To out off the tops of plants. 

4. To bend over, as a tree; to piushover 
any upright thing ; to fall over upon. 

6. To shake or tremble for fear of injury 
from another. 

6. To trample, and make a beaten path; 
to tread down ; to trample upon. 

7. To shake ; to dance ; to play an in- 
strument and dance; to sing and dance. 
2 Sam. 6:21. The same as liaa and Ide in 
verses 14:1$. Alalia, hida iho la kabi poe 
alii ame kanaka, thendaneed certain of the 
chiefs and people. 

8. To play on an ioftrument. 

9. To sing ; to sing and dance together. 

10. To make sport Ijunk. 16:25. 

11. To palpitate, as the ,heart ; to throb, 
as an artery. 

' 12. Td move -from place to place. 
13. To bore a hole; e hvla apuka,t(>bore 

and pierce through. 
Hu-LA, ) s. Music; dancing; sing 

Htr-LA-HC-LA, ) ing, &c. 

2. A play in which numbers dance and 
a few sing and drum. 

3. A dance ; a carousal ; the action of 
uancing. Puk. 16:20. 

4. A dance; a dancing, an expression of 
joy. Kdnik. ler. 5:l&. Note. — ^The name 
of the hula god. was Lakakane. 



HUL 



224 



HITL 



H0-LA, ) s. A swelling ; a pro- 

HtJ-LA-HU-LA, ) tiiberance iinder the arm 
or on the thigh ; be ka njai mamaa, a 
mahojfje hvla mao u mao, a ma kala wahi 
jia keia wahi o ke kino, pela i hvlahvla ai. 
?,. A twitching, as of the eye ; an invol- 
untary muscnlar motion. 

'Av-LA, } J). To swim past a cliff 

Hc-LA-A-TfA, ) that projects into the sea 
and interrupts the passage along the beach. 

Htf^LA-A-NA, s. A place where one must 
8wim to pass a precipice that projects into 
the sea. Lauik. 73. 

Hu-LA-HTJ-LA, s. The name of a good OF 
favorable ah^ji. See Aha, the name of a 
prayer formerly very sacred. 
2. Ea mea e ho^uka ai i ka leipoo. 

Hu-la-hu-ijl, v. To twitch oftfen, as the 
eye ; to twitch, aa involuntary spasmodic 
motion. 

Htj-la-le, -adj. Wet ; muddy, Ssc. See 

Hu-LA-Li, ) V. To be muddy ; to be 

Htt-LA-LI-LA-LI, j slippery, as the ground 

on account of rain; hutalUali ke ala, pakika 

i ka ua. 

2, To have a gloss ; to glitter : to sh'jje. 

3. To shine, i. e., to reflect light, as a 
glass window at a distance ; ka huMiiali a 
na pnka aniani. 

Htj -LA-LI, s: A shining surface; a re 
fleeter of light, as a wljite shining kapa; he 
mea e ka Imlaii, ia mianawa. LaieOc. 121. 

Hu-LA-Ni, ». Hu, to rise, and larii, 
heaven. To praise; to exalt.. See Lele- 

PAILANI. 

Hu-LEi, V. To place on high; to put up 
on a precipice ; to be lifted up, as a fe- 
male's dress by the wind. 

Hu-LEi-A, s. Name of a species of soft 
stone. 

Hu-LE-HU-LEI, V. See MuHTrHULEI. To 
go np and down, as children on a see-saw. 

Hu-Li, V. To turn generally in any way; 
to turn over and about. 

2. To change; to turn ovar, asthe leaves 
of a book ; to search here and there for a 
thing. JCin. 31:37. 

3. E hifdi i ka naau, to give attention to 
a thing. ' 

4 To turn to or towards one. 

5. To. roll over and over; to roll over or 
away, as a stone. loan. 20:1. 

6. E huli i ka^manao, to change the mind 
or opinion ; hence, to repent and change 
the Ufe. 

7. To seek, i. e., to hunt after, as a wild 
beast Oihk. 17 aS. 

8. To turn ; to change one's course in- 
traveling. KarH. 2:8. 

0, Eoo. E haohuli e i kenaka, to pervert 



the people ; to overturn ; to upset, as any 
system of government or society. 
10. To turn, i. e., to persuade one ij) 
change his course. 2 Kor. 5:11. See Ka- 

HULI. 

Htt-li, *. A searching; a seeking; a 
turning over. 

2. The name of kalo tops for planting. 
See HcLiKAi.0. 
Hu-Li-A-MA-Hi, V. To overflow, as a 
ijver ; to be full of water. Hal. 78:2. Eur 
liamahi na moku, to overflow the islands. 
Laieik. 175. 

2. In a figurative sense quite often ; as, 
kaua huUamaki. 
Hu-Li-Hir^i, f. See Hull To turn over 

frequently; to search after. loh. 13:9. 
Hu-Li-KA-LO, s. See Huli, *. The tops 
of kalo for planting by which the kalp is 
propagated. 
Hu-li-lau, *. A calabash for carrying 
clothes in a canoe. See Hokbo. 
£ noho no ce e Kaohana 
Me na hulilatt a kaua — Mete. 

Htt-li-li, V. To be cold ; to shiver with 

the cold ; to be contracted with the cold. 

See HuHCi-ni. 
Hn-Li-Li, adj. Shivering, as with wet 

and cold. 
Hu-Li-Li, v. See Ulili. To burn, as the 

fire ; to be wai-m. 

2. To undulate, as the air under ^ hot 
sun ; to undulate, as the surface of water 

, by the skipping of fishes. 

3. To lay sticks across, as in covering a 
pit ; e hulUi aku 1 ka laau, alaila kanu i ka 
laau, 

Hn-Li-Li, s. A fluttering blaze ; the 
vibrations of the air under a hot sun. 

2. The rolling up, as the swell of the snrt 
before it breaks. 

3. A garrison ; a fort, 2 Oihl. 27:4. A 
strong place. 

4. A ladder ; a bridge. See ALAHiKA. 
Hu-Li-Mo-KU, adv. Huli, to search, and 

moku, island. To search the island ; that 
is, everywhere, all about, every place. 
Htj-Li-NA, V. To be soft to the touch ; 

to be weak. See Lina and TTlina. 
Hu-Li-NA, s. ffulianiana. A turning; 

a turning place. 
Hu-Li-NA-A-LO, .?. 3idina, turning, and 
ah), front. A place over against; one place 
opposite to another. Mar. 13:3. 
Hu-Li-LTT-A, adj. Huli, to turn, and but, 
two; double. Turning two ways; blow- 
ing two ways, as the wmd. 

2. Changing from one thing to another, 
as the thoughts. 

Me be makani hnlilua ta. 

Bull ka mamio — hele ka DConoo MeU. 

IJke a shifting wind, ^ 

The nisd ohacgeB—thougbt moree. 



HUM 



225 



HUN 



HiT-Li;Pn, V. To turn together; to wring, 
as wet clothes ; to press together. 

Hir-LO, V. and int. Eng. To shout ; to 
cry aloud ; to cry out huzza! hurra! 

Hu-Lu, V. To be disobedient ; to disre- 
^rd one's commands ; not to pay atten- 
tion. See Bnuh4. 

Ht;-i-0, f A feather of a bird. Oihk. 
1:16. A quill. 

2. A bristle of a hog ; the hair of the 
bodyj Aula Icuemaka, the eyebrows. Oihk. 
14:9. 

3. Wool ; a fleece from a sheep. Kanl. 
18:4. 

4. Name of a kind of fish-hook. 
Hn-LU, ae^. Sluggish, as the mind ; dis- 
' obedient. 

Hu-Lu-A-NAi, s. See HuLtr, bristles, and 
AmjlI, to rub, ' A brush for painting ; es- 
pecially for whitewashing. 

Htt-lu-i, b. To draw together, as a fish 
net when full of fl?h. 
Buluiia mai knu lant kuu altf — e— he. — Mele. 

Hu'iiU-i-i-wi, «. ; Ibdu, feather, and mm, 
a small red bird. A feathered cloak made 
or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi. 
£ia ka lani ka hahal huluS,vii.~^Wtle. 

Hu-Lu-o-0, s. Hulu, feather, and oo, the 
name of a bird. The feathers of the oo ; o 
lia hulu mamo, ua oi aku ia mamua o ka 

Hu-LTJ-Hi-rA, s. Htdu, wool, and Mpa 

(.®»jr.), sheep. Wool (Lii. Hsiir of sheep); 
a fleece of wool. 1 Bam. 25:7. 
Htj-lu-hu-ltj, J. See Hulu. Cotton ; a 
fleece blanket; a floece of wool. ImtHc. 
6:37. The hair of an animal ; feathers, &c. 

Hu-iu-Hu-LU, iidj. Hairy; covered with 
hair, feathers, wool, Ac. 

Hu-iu-MA-Mo, s. Uubt and mamo, a yel- 
low bird. The feathers of the mamo with 
which war cloaks and royal robes were 
adorned. 

Hc-LU-MA-Nu, s. Huiu and niaim,aLhiTi. 
A bird-feather. Note. — -Bird's feathers 
were highly valued in former times ; o ka 
hvlumanu ka mea i manao nui ia, he wai- 
wai ia. 

Hu-LU-MA-NU, s. Lit. A bird's feather. 
Name of a class of men around a chief, very 
great favorites ; a favorite of the chief. 
See the foregoing. 

Hu-MA, s. Name of the star Aquila. 

Hu-MA-MA, s. Name of the cluster of 
three stars in a row in the constellation of 
Aquila. 

Hd-me, V. To bind around the loins, as 

a malo ; to gird on, as a sasH. ler. 13:12. 

Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke s3ii malo, e 

make nu ia, if a person should bind on a 

29 



cliiefs malo, the penalty would be death. 
Baw. Sisp. 

Hu-ME-MA-LO-MAi-KAi, s. Wearing an 
ornamental malo, i. e., imitating a chie*'; 
acting the fop or dandy. 

Hu-Mu, V. To sew cloth ; to fasten to- 
gether by sewing. 

Hu-Mu-u-LA, s. Name of very hard stones 
out of which the ancient kois were made. 

Hu-MTj-HU-MTT, V. Freq. of humu. To 
sew ; to stitch ; to fasten by sewing Puk. 
18:6. 

HTT-Mxr-HD-Mu, adj. Mea kumukumu rope 
ano e, needle-work; embroidery. Puk. 
35:37. 

Htt-mu-htj-mp, s. a sewing; a stitch- 
ing ; a fastening together. 

2. A species of fish. 
I 3. A dark spot or mole on the cheek. 

Hu-MU-HU-MU-HI-U-KO-LE, J 

Hn-MU-Htr-MU-MEE-MEE, VS; 

Hu-MU-HU-Mir-NTT-KU-NU-KU-A-PU-AA, ) 

See HcMi'HUMu 2, a fish. Different species of 

the hnmuhumn kind. 
Hu-Mu-NA, *. Huinu and ana. A sew- 
. ing ; a seam. See KncsA. 
Htr-NA, r. To hide; to conceal; to keep 

from the sight or knowledge of another. 

Kin. 26:15. 

2. To keep back truth in speaking. 1 
Sam. 3:17. 

3. To hide, as a trap or snare. 

4. To hide ; to conceal ; with maka, to 
hide the face, i. e., to turn from. Kant. 
32:20. 

5. To conceal,!, e., to^ disguise one's self. 
2 Oi?il. 18:29. ~ 

6. To protect ; to defend. Hal. 64:2. 

7. Hoo. To coiiceal, as knowledge or 
wisdom. lob. 17:*4. 

Hu-NA, V. To be small; to be little; to 

be reduced iine, as powder. 
Htj-na, s. That which is concealed; 

kahikuna, the private members of the body. 

Oihic. 18:6. 7. Wahi huna, same. Puk. 

20:23. 
Hu-NA, s. A small part of anything. 

Luk. 16:17. A particle of dust ; a crumb 

of food or other substance. 2 0ild.l:9. See 

HuA'A, to be little. See other words below 

with their qualities. 
Hu-NA, s. A name of a day of the 

month ; i ka po i o Huna. Xaie%. 112. 
Hu-NA-A-Hi, s. Huna and aki, fire, A 

spark of fire. Isa. 1:31. 
Hu-NA-o-LO-NA, s. Huna and. olona, u 

shrub, the bark of which resembles flax. 

Tow, the refuse of flax. Isd, 1:31. 

Ht;-NA-HU-NA, s. See Huna above. 
Crumbs, as of food. 



K 



226 



KA 



2. Fine rain : spray ; fine dust ; maluua 
o na hunahuna icjpo a pau ma ka honua, 

3. Little partioles of knowledge ; o na 
hunahuna o ha naanao, oia ka 1 loaa mai 
ia'n, the little parts of knowledge, that is 
what I have received; eia ke ano o ka 
hunali'Mia, he wahi mea unku loa ia. 

HiT-NA-HU-NA, u. See HuNA, to conceal. 

To steal away and hide ; to conceal one's 

self. 
Hu-NA-KAi, s. Huna and kai, sea. The 

fine spray of the sea. 
Hu-NA-KAtr-A, s, Huna and kaua, war. 

The individuals of a war-host. los. 10:5. " 
Hu-NA-KE-LE, V. To bury a corpse se- 
cretly, as in former times, so that no one 

might know where it was and thus steal it; 

to bury one without any mark by which 

the place might be known. 
Hn-NA-KE-LE, s. A place'where.only one 

body is buried secretly : a burying place 

for Only one. See the above. 
Hn-NA-ts-Po, s. Buna and lepo, dust. 

Dust; very small particles of matter. Nah. 

23:10. 
Hir-NA-LE-WA, s. The ran of an army; 

the front ranks ; the opposite of hunapaa; 

o ka poe mamna,he poeuuku ia,uakapaia 

lakou he himaiewa. 
Htj-na-paa, s. The rear of an army, in 

distinction from hunakwa, the front. los. 

6:9. 
Hu-NA-wAi, s. flwMffl and wai, water. A 

particle of water. 
Hu-NJE, V. To tease ; to persevere in 

enbeaty. 

• 2. To be trlokish. JSoo. The same. 
Hu-NE, V. To be poor; to be destitute; 

to be impoverished, iunfc. 6:G. To he v.i 

want. Hoo. To impoverish ; to strip one 

of property, iuitfc. 14:15. 
Ho-NE, adj. Destitute of property; 

naked ; poor ; applied to persons. 
Hu-NE, s. A poor man ; e ola auanei 

ka hime, the poor mortwill soon recover. 
Hu-NE-HC-KE, V. See HuNE, to be trick- 



ieh. To entrap one ; to deceive ; to play a 
trick on. 

Hu-No-Ai, s. A parent-in-law, either 

~ father or mother, according to the desig- 
nating terms kane or tcakine. See Honoai. 

HtT-NO-Ai-KA-HB, s. A fathei-in-law. 

Hn-No-Ai-wA-Hi-NE, s. A mother-in-law. 

Hu-No-NA, s. A child-in->law. 

Ha-No-NA-KA-NE, s. A Son-in-law. 

Hn-No-NA-WA-Hi-NE, «. A daughter-in- 
law. 

HtT-PE, s. The mucus from the nose, 
snot. See Kakelo. 

Hu-PE-Ko-Ho-LA, ». See Hupe above and 
EoHOiA, whale. A kind of slimy substance 
foond in the ocean (probably a living crear 
tore); so called becaose supposed to be 
from the nose of the whale. 

H&-PI, V. To pull or draw. See Hum. 

Hir-po, V. To De ignorant; to be wild 
to be savage ; to be in menbil darkness. 

Hu-po, adj. Savage; ignorant; bar 
barons; dark; idiot like. Hal. 119:130, 
He nui ka poe hupo lea ma kuaaina. 

Hn-Po-KA-Ei-TO, r. Gr. A hypocrite, 

Note.— This word was formerly used by 

the translators of the New Testament for 

hypocrite, but lately hookamani has taken 

its place. 
Hd-pu, adj. Angry. See HnHu. 
Hn-pir-NA, s. A coUectiou, as of water 

in a hollow place. 
Hu-PU-NA-wAi, s. Hupuna and wai, 

water. Standing water; a collection of 

water. 
Hu-PTT-pu, s. Name of the worm that 

eats hard bread. 
Hu-WA, 5. SeeHtTA. Envy. 1 Tim. 6:4. 
Hu-WE-Lo, *. See Huelo. The tail of 

a beast- 
Hu-so-PA, *. Gr. ETig. Hyssop, an herb. 

OiAfc.l4:4. 
Hu-so-PA, adj. Pupu ^zuopa, a bunch of 

hyssop ; lala husopa, same. 



K. 



Kthe seventh letter of the Hawaiian 
■J alphabet. Its sound varies somewhat 
from the English k sound to that of the t, 
according as the enunciation is made at the 
end of the tongue or near the root. It is 
difficult to make, Hawaiians perceive the 
rtifrerence between the English sounds of 
k and (.' The natives on the Island' of Ha- 
waii generally pronounce the letter with 
the palate, that is, give it the k sound, 
while the natives of the Island of Kauai 



pronounce it with the end of the tongue 
that is, pronounce it aa t. 

Ka i(i the beginning of a speech is used 

to call attention. 
Ka, int. An exclamation «f surprise, 

wonder, disappointment or disgust; also, 

similar to hark, hush; often repeated: See 

Kahaha. 
Ka! ka! »»tf. Enough; sufficient; stop. 
Ka in different parts of a sentence, con- 



KA 



227 



KAA 



turns somcliiing like an assertion with dis- 
approljation; used also on tbo discovery of 
A mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is ased on 
expressing opposition of sentiment. Puk. 
32:17. After a verb it implies oblique ab- 
surdity, soniotbing unaccountable. iMkc 
23:30. When the contrary takes place from 
what was expected or attempted. Isa. 
M-M, 15. He kau malic ka la, o kn bonua 
lea ke kaa nei ! it is the sun is it that stands, 
still, the earth forsocfth, that rolls! Ka 
' contains the idea of some supposed error, 
or something wrongly done or thought. 
Oih. il;3. 

Ka, art. The definite article, the. Be- 
fore nouns b^inning with, the letter k, it 
is changed in^ fce instead of ka. See Ke. 
See Oram. § 69, CO, 61. Ka as aa article 
often represents not only the article but 
the noun supposed to belong to it, or it 
may have m«a or some other word under- 
stood (like, in another sense, the English 
whai, as an antecedent and a relative); as, 
ka aila ka (mca) iloko o kona lima, the 
oil the (tiling) which, that which was in his 
hand. Oihk. 17:11. O ke kokd ka (mea) j 
bana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it 
makes atonement' ; that is, the thing which 
mfOces ; o ka pono wale no ka i oi mamua 
o ka j^cwa, righteousness only is the thing 
(that which) excels wickedness. Ka also 
s^ an article stands for ka mea, and ka mea 
nana, the person who, or the thing which. 
See the following passages: John 12:2, 49; 
Mat. 18:23 ; Mar. 9:7. See also Grammar, 
Syntax, llule 6, Note 3. 

Ka, prep. Having the general sense, of; 
belonging to ; it marks the relation of pos- 
session and is used before nonns and pro- 
nouns; it is similar in meaning to the prep- 
osition a, but used in a different part of the 
sentence. SeeGrammar§)05, 4. JTa (also 
ko) before nouns is similar in mean^'ng to 
the apostrophic s in English, and signifies 
the thing or the tilings belonging to those 
nouns; as, ka ke alii, hdongina to the ghief ; 
ka lana, that of them two. See Grammar 
§ 105, 4. 

Ka, v. Tobail water, as from a canoe; 
e ka oe i ka lin. 

2. To strike; to dash; to overthrow. 
Puk. 16:4. 

3. To strike, as to strike fire with flint 
and steel; fcaahi. SeeKAKA. To block or 
split off a piece of hard stone for the pur- 
pose of making a stone adze in anpicnt 
times; o ka poe ka koi ka poe i nianao nni 
la; hele no kapoefca koi e imi i napohaku 
paa e pono ai ke bana i koi j ka makau,' to 
fabricate a bone into a fisb-nook. 

4. To finish or end a thing ; to rest ; to 
escape from pursuit : to flee away ; ua fco | 
ilaila kuu po auhee. I 

5. To radiate; to gc out from the center, > 



as light from the sun ; as cinaers from a 
rod hot iron ; to braid'or knit, as a flsh net 
(o ka poe ka Upcna) from a center point. 

6. To go out every way, as from a cen- 
ter. JRn. 3:24. See Kaa. 

7. To curse; to express anger at one by 
wishing evil from' God; a low kind of 
swearing. 

8. To doom ; to pass sentence ; ka ola, 
ka make, to doom to life, to doom to death 
(according to the pleasure of the gods.) 

9. To catch birds in a snare. 

10. rioo. To destroy; cause to perish. 

11. To be diBappointed;^attocon!'u8ion; 
to be made ashamed. 

12. A nolaila e aho hoi ke to i ka ueVe 
lua. laieik. 197. 

Ka, s. a dish to bail water with. 

2. A striking against ; a colii»ion. 

3. A vine, the branches of which spread 
and run. 

Kaa, r. To radiate. See Ka 5. To go 
out, as rays of light from the sun ; as cin*- 
ders from a red hot ironj to turn evei-y 
way, as bones in a socket joint. Anat. 18. 

Kaa, v. To roll, as a wheel; e oloktia; 
to travel about from place to place ; often 
withpuni, 

2< To operate; to take effect, as an cmelie 
or cathartic. 

3; To pa«s off or out from ; to go out 
from the presence of one. 

■4. To fall away; to leave one party to 
join another. 1 Oihl. 12:19. See Kaana. 

6. To remove; to change one's place; 
to be transferred to another, iiahi" 36:9. 
To cau.se to be done ; to be gone ; ua kaa 
na peelua, the woims (peeluas) are done, 
i. e., the time for them is past. Isa. 10:23. 

6.. To be sick; to suffer pain, in sickness; 
to lie or be confined with long sickness. 
Isa. 61:20. 

7. To mourn, as in the loss of relatives; 
ktta kumakena na wahine i fta kane i kpla 
la i keia la, wives were sick with weeping 
for their husbands every day. 

8. To paya debt; e emo kaa koke ae no 
ka aie a ke alii, very soon will be paid the 
debt of the chief; to postpone ; to put off; 
to put aside. Oih. 5:34. 

9. 7/oo. To roll off; to remove. 

Kaa, a A tradition; a legend. See 
Kaao. . 

2. A cross ; same as kea. 

3. Anything that rolls or turns, as a top, 
a wheel of a carriage, a carriage itself, a 
cart, wagon or chariot. lUn, 46:5. Kaa i 
uhiia, a covered wagon. Nah. 7:3. A grind- 
stone. 

4. The branch of a vine. 

5. A name given to all kinds of foreign 
timber, except oak. 

£. A strand of a cord; a rope; the string 
that fastens a iish-hook to the line. 



KAA 



228 



KAA 



7. A path to walk in. . Eal. 6:11. 

8. A sbnib. 

Kaa, adv. Gone J absent; no more. 

Ka-aa, num. adj. • The number forty. 
Tbis perhaps is a mistake for kaxm. 

Kaa-a-la-a-la, adj. Hard, as the healthy 
body of a growing iofant ; a kaaalaala ke 
keiki e hitnai i ka ai. 

Ka-ai, v. To bind or tie round ; to gird 
OD, as an oriental dress; to tie on, as a fillet 
on the head, or a girdle around the waist. 
See Kaei. Paai o liaho aku i ke kaa%. 

Ka-ai, s. The girdle around the loins 
of the gods, put round by the chief, made 
of vines ; e lawe ia mat no ko ke alii kane 
akua kaai. 

Ka-ao, s. a legend; a tale of ancient 
times. See Kaa aboye. A traditionary 
story ; a fab1«. 1 Tim. 4:7. A history in 
the manner of a story. 2 OiU. 13:22. Aole 
1 oleloia ma nafcooo kahiko o ko o nei poe 
kanaka, it is not spoken of in the ancient 
legmds of this people. 

Ka-ao, v. To be calm in some places 
while the wind blows on one side or in 
some parts ; kaao ae la ka makani ; to be 
smooth, as the sea in a calm, but not a dead 
calm ; i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia 
makou. Zakik. 30. 

Ka-ao, s. A multitude (doubtful.) 

2. The name or the quality ascribed to 
the fruit of the hala tree when nearly ripe. 

Ka-ao-e, s. a poor man; one destitute 

of property; a wanderer; a vagabond. Sec 

Kaaowe. 
Ka-ao-e, adj. Wandering; vagabond 

like ; he hele wale, he kuewa. 
Kaa-o-ki, v. To end ; to cut short ; to 

put an end to ; to beautify ; to finish off, 

aa a canoe. 
Kaa-o-ko-a, v. Kaa a.ni okoa. To spare; 

to let alone ; not to employ. Eoo. Same. 

Sol 13:24. See Kaokoa. To abstain from 

a person or thing. Oih. 15:20. To with- 
draw from. 
Kai-o-ko-a, adj. Separate from; left 

by itself. 
Ka-a-o-na, s. The name of the second 

month of the :'£■■' 

2. j^ fcundle of anything bung up to 

rmoke or dry ; applied to Bsh, sngar-cano, 

&c. ; that which is smoked red or brown. 
Ka-a-0-na, adj. Red or reddish brown; 

me hci pua kaaona la, like a blossom dried 

reddish. 
Ka-a-o-we, s. See Kaaoe. A person 

that owns no laud ; o ka poo aina ole, he 

kaaowe ia. 
Ka-av, nuni. adj. The number forty; 

appUed in coaatmg fish ; kam is. 



Ki-AU-AU-nro, s. Name of a species of 
soft porous etone. 

Ka-a-ha, $. A stick or rod having at 
one end a bunch of leaves with kapa fas 
tcned,and held by the priest while ojfering' 
sacrifice on the heiau. 

Ka-a-ha, s. The name of a long fish. 

Ka-a-ha-a-ha, v. To grow; to increase 
in size and solidity. 

Ka-a-he, v. To be feeble ; to be near 
dying; pehea o Auhca? Acle akaka ka 
pono — ^ke kaaJie ae la. See Abe, a slight 
breatliing. 

Kaa-ha-le, s. A wheel carriage with a 
covered top. Lrr. A house-cart. 

Kaa-H£-L£, u Kaa and A«2e, to go. Td 
travel about ; to visit different parts of the 
country; to go here and there. Nah. 13:32. 
To pass over or through a country. Imik. 
11:29. To travel from place to place. Mat. 
10:23. 

Kaa-eaa, ti. Kaa, to roll. To open, Aa 
the eyes ; to look upon ; to have respect 
to ; to watch over. 2 OiU. 6:20. Hoo. To 
cause to opeu, as the eyes. Kin. 21:19. 

Kaa-kaa-hi-ki, v. To go to a place of 
safety ; to feel secure in a place. 

Kaa-kaa-li-na, adj. See Lena. Tough; 
stringy; not soft or pulpy; applied tb 
bananas. 

Kaa-kaa-wi-li, v. See Kaa. Uoo. To 
turn frequently ; to writhe in agony ; hoo- 
lAiakaawili iho la oia no kona ehacha, he 
writhed muck, being in gr^at pain. 

Kaa-kau-a, s. a chariot; a war car« 
riage. IJunk. 4:15. 

Kaa-kau-a, v. Kaa, to keep off, and 
kaua. To prevent or keep off war. 

Kaa-kau-a, s. and adj. Name of a class 
of chiefs consulted by the king in times of. 
difficulty ; he alii kaakaua, he alii akamai 
i ke kaalcaua; koho oia i kekahi poe ^- 
naka akamai i ke kakaolelo, ame ke Jeaa- 
kaua, i mau hoaolclo nona; one sHiUful in 
managing war operations j o ka mcft «**• 
mai i ke kaua, he kaakev.B. la. Kaakava 
also rsfciB to tue maneuvers of the armies 
in time of battle. 

Kaa-ka-lo-lo, o. a kaakalolo o ko laua 
noho ana. 

Kaa-ko-lu, adj. Three-fold ; three- 
stranded, as a rope. Kekah. 4:12. 

Kaa-ku-a, *. A headache with dizziness 
and weakness. 

Kaa-kit-a, adv. Kukini, alalia, pili nui 
lakou, pili hibia, pili kaalcua. 

Kaa-ko-mu, adj. Dull; blunt, as a tool; 
not sharp; koi kaalcuinu,, a dull koi or adze. 

Ka-a-la, s. The name of a mountain 
on the Island of Oaha. 



KAA 



239 



KAA 



an 



To 



2. Tbo name of a porous upecics of Btone; 
he pukapuka c like me kaah. 
Ka-a-la, s. a widow or a widower. 

2. The name of some urt anciently taught 
among the chiefs ; hu Dui ka poe ao i kc 
kaka laan me ke kwda. 

3, The name of an iustrument used in 
war. 

Kaa-la-lo, v. To talk crookedly by way 
of flattery ; to fialter ; to crouch in order 
to gain some point; to act meanly to secure 
some object. 

JHlAA-le-le, v. To make a reeling mo- 
tion, as a feeble person attempting to loan 
on a stalT; to reol. 

Kaa-le-le-wa, s. jKaa.toroIl.and^eim, 
to swing. Clouds which are driven or float 
Swiftly through the ain See Kaa and Lewa. 

Kaa-IiE-i-e-wa, adj. Flying ; driven 
with the wind. 

Kaa-lu-ma, V. E moe me ke kaa o ke 
poo i kaaluna mc ka lolii ana i kc 
paa. See Keua. 

Kaa-mao-koi, s. a fishing pole; 
angling rod. 

Kaa-ua-loo, v. Kaa and nudoo, dry. 
wipe dry ; to wring dry, as a cloth. 

Kaa-ma-lu-na, v. Kaa and 
above. To take the oversight of business; 
to exercise an office over others. 

J{aa-me-hai, v. To backbite; to slander. 

Kaa-me-iiai, s. Detractioa ; slander. 

Kaa-me-ho'j, s. The tying on of a fish- 
hook to the string. 

Kaa-mo-la, p. Kaa and mola, to turn. 
. To turn round ; to be not firm ; not stead- 
fast. 

Kaa-mo-la, adj. Turning round; chang- 
ing; not steadfast. 

Ka-a-na, v. To make alike ; to resem- 
ble. ' 

2. To bring over to one's parly or pur- 
pose ; to proselyte. Mat. 23:16. 

3. To' fall away from one patty to an- 
other. 1 Om. 12:19. See Kaa. 

4. To make ; to gain. 

5. To deceive ; to entrap ; to outwit. 

6. Tocomparc,i.c., to resemble; to make 
-like ; to be mingled in with others; ua ka^ 

ana ka iho (kapa) mc ka hewa ; na kaana 
mai ka bipi bibiu maloko o ka bipi laka a 
laua, the wild cattle were mixed with the 
tame. 
Ka-a-ni-au, adj. Broken ; psist away, 
as a kapu; noa ke kapu; he kapu ka laua, 
noa kc kapu, tlie kapus of the long gods 
and the short gods are no more — noa. 

Kaa-ni-ni, v. To be agitated ; to be in 
a flutter. 

'2. To run in agitation, as a child wishing 
to go with its parent who haa started be- 



fore, or to be .agitated aa a child afraid to 

be washed in cold water; kaanini ke kciki 

i Ica.wai. 
KaA-no-i,' ». Desire ; kuko. 
Kaa-pa-hu, v. To cut off; to cut in 

pieces. See Apauu. 
Kaa-pa-la-oa, s. a modern word. Kaa, 

wheel, and poiaoa,' flour. A flour mill; a 

grinding of flour. 
2. A thrashing instrument. ' Isa. 41:16. 
Kaa-pa-la-oa, v. To grind} to make 

flour. Jo&. 31:10. 
Kaa-pe, adj. Disobedient to orders. 
Kaa-pe-ha, «. A name given to the oil 

plant on Hawaii. 
2. The name of a largo sized person 

also of great influence. 
Kaa-pe-ka, s. a person of a large size; 

a large bodied person, like a chief. 
Kaa-pu-ki, v. Kaa anc^ puni, around. 

To go or roll around ; to go round from 

place to place; to circumambulate; in law, 

he lunakanawai kaapum. a ciroiiii judge. 
Kaa-pu-ni, adj. Going or traveling 

about, or &'om place to place. 
Ka-a-wa, s. a large dish or hollow 

place worn by water in a rock. 
Kaa-wa-le, v. Kaa and wale, only. To 

separateias persons or things; to separate; 

as friends. 

2. To separate, as two things that adhere; 
to open. 

3. Boo. To separate one thing from an- 
other ; to divide between ; to create a va- 
cancy. 

4. To start in enrprise; to be frightened. 
Kaa-wa-le, s. a separation ; 'a space 

between two or more things; an empty 

space. 
Kaa-wa-le, adj. Separate from j free ; 

empty, as space ; empty, as a house ; state 

of being unchanged ; convenient ; At ; wa 

kaawale, spare time. 
Ka-a-we, V. To tie any flexible thing 

tightly around the tluroat; to choke by 

tying the throat. 
2. To suspend ; to hang up ; generally 

by the neck; to strangle with a cord. los. 

10:26. Kaawe ia ia iho a make, to commit 

suicide. Mat. 27:6, Note. — Kaatoe tathet 

applies to suicide; li, to a publicrexecution 

by hanging. 
Ka-4-we, s. a suspension ; a strangling, 

i. e., death. lob. 7:15. 
2. A neckhandkcrchief ; a cravat; o ke 

kaawe kekahi mea e cani ai ka a-i kanaka, 

the cravat is what adorns the neck of a 

ihan. 
Ka-a-wE-a-we, s. Qppression of the 

chest ; sickness of the stomach ; a disease' 

of the neck and chest 



KAE 



230 



KAE 



Kaa-we-la, s. The name of cne of the 
planets, Venus, the evening star. 

Kaa-wi-li, I'. Kaa and wUi, to twist. 
To writhe ; to writhe in pain. 

2. To mix together, as different ingredi- 
ents ; mea kaawUi laau, an apothecary. 
Fuk. 37:29. 

3. To knead, as bread. 7er. 7:18. 

4. IIoo. To torture ; to cause to writhe 
in pain ; to give pain to. Im: 4:19. 

6. To tear; to rage, as a foul spirit. Mar. 
1:26. 
Kaa-wi-li, *. A pain; a torture; a 
Writhing pain. 

2. A mixture of things. 

3. A school of fish ; kama'di Uieihe, kaa- 
vMi auau, kaminli pukiki.' 

Ka-e, v. Torubout, asamark; toblot 
out ; to erase. 

2. To kill ; to take away. Hoo. To blot 
out; to destroy; to kill instantly; to smite. 
1 OiM. 13:10. 

3. To make desolate. Oihk. 26:31. 
Kae, s. The brink, border or edge of a 

thing ; the exterior of the anus ; the side. 

as of a precipice, wood, lake, &c. Pvk, 

25:25. The brim of a vesisel or container. 

1 lHal. 7:23. The inner bark, as of wauke; 

kaa wauke. 
Kae, v. To have a border or brim. Uoo. 

To hold on the brink or border; topro- 

tecl. 
Kae, v. To spurn; to turn a deaf ear; 

to refuse to listen ; to answer foolishly. 
2. To try a kalo patch, to know if "it is 

ripe enough to eat ; e kae i ka loi. 
Kae, s. Contempt; a refusal to hear 

advice. 
2. A name of au office in the king's train. 
Ka-ea, v. To have no appetite ; to lose 

the appetite for food. See Kanea and Kda- 

NEA. To be indolent ; to be lazy. 
Ka-ea, s. The loss of appetite ; no rel- 
ish for food ; o ke kaea pu walo no ia. 

Laieik. 142.. 
TiA-EA, adj. Having no appetite. See 

MiNAWAHCA. 

Ka-e-e, s. The name of a fruit which 
resembles a bean, used as a cathartic. 

2. Joy ; gladness, as at the arrival of a 
fneuu. . 

Ka-ee, adj. Hard or stiff, as new kapa. 
Ka-e-e, v. To dry up, as water in the 

Bun or by heat. See Kae, to rub out. He 

wahi wai, aole i fcoee i ka la. 

Ka-e-e-e; adj. Stiff; ragged. See Kaee 
above. Kmee keli, i ka onohi o kuit maka. 



Ka-e-e-le, s. The body of a canoe. . ,„„„ _ ,, ,, ,^,^„,„,. 
Ka-e-e-lo, s. The name of a kind ofjKA-E-T^, *. A beam, bjace 
food, perhaps of Bora'jora origin. I niece. See Kaola. 



Ka-ee-pa-o-o, s. Name of a species oi 

fish net. 
Ka-ei, v. To gird qn ; to bind on, as ? 

belt around the body ; e ap.o ma ka 0]iu. 

2. To put on, as armor; to gird c, , as 
an official or extra garment. 1 Sam. 2:18. 

3. To put on, as a mourning iress or a 
loose garment. Sin. 37:34. 

Ka-ei, s. A belt; a girdle; a sash. 'PvJc. 

28:4. Ke ape ma ka opu. 
2. In geography and as-frononij;, a zone of 

the earth or heavens ; na hoku o ke fcoeS, 

the planets. 2 Nal. 23:5. 
Ka-jei-poo, $. A turban; a diadem. lob. 

29:13, 
Ka-e-o, s. 4^nger or excitement against 

what is wrong ; anger at.sin. See Keeo. 
Ka-e-o, adj. Full, as a calabash with 

food ; he aloha i ka ipu kaxo. 
Ka-eu-eu, ». To be the largest, as of 

(wo ropes or pieces qtwood joined together; 

to be big ; to excel. 

Ka-eu-eu, s. Joy ;- delight ; gratifica- 
tion : excitement. See Et'EU. 

Ka-e-ka, v. To be e«tangle(l, as a rope 
or st.-ing : e hihia, e lauwlli. 

Ka-e-ka, adv. Kolled and twisted up; 
entangled ; e will /kaei:a. 

Kae-'KAe, e. To be smooth and plump; 
without protuberances. ' 

Kae-kae, adj. Young, fresh and smooth, 
as an unmarried woman who is much de- 
sired; hence, applied to a smadi woman. 

2. Applied t» a canoe, new; smooth; 
without knots, ..fee.; he waa kaekae; also, 
i mai no ia, he kihei pili nau,he kaekat ka 
olupi. 

Kae-kae, adj. Soft; mellow; soft, as a 
cooked potato. 
2. Light in traveling. 

Kab-kae, s. See Kae. The .narrow edge 
.of a rule. '" 

Kae-kae, aSv. See Kae, border. Hav- 
ing many edges ; by borders ; on tlie bor- 
ders. 

Ka-e-ke, ». To beat the drum. SeeHoo- 

EKEEKE. 

Ka-e-ke, s. Drum beating; the skill of 

drumming; he poB akamai i ke kaeke. 

laieik. 112. 
Ka-E-ke-efe, v. To beat or play the 

drum, as in ancient times ; e pai pahu, e 

hookanikaiii. 
Ka-e-ke-e-ke, s. A kind of dmm made 

of the cocoanut tree. 
2. The art of drumming ; oia ka wa i 

laha mai ai ke IcaekiAke. 



or cross- 



KAI 



231 



KAI 



Ka-e-la, adj. Hair full ; partly filled ; 

- unfinlalicd. See Kaelewaa. 

Ka-e-le, v. To increase in number; to 
be a great number t kaele ua make, 7cae/e 
ua ia, kitele ua kanaka. 

Ka-e-le, ». 'fo be partially filled, as a 
calabash with fish or food, leaving some 
empty fipace at the top- 

Ka-b-lb-loi, s. The sound of the dram 
in ancient times ; the roll of the drum ; 
kaekeeke. 

Ka-e-le-waa, $. An unfinished boat or 
canoe. See Kaela. He waa 1 kapili ole 
ia i ka laau. 
2. The bottom of a canoe. 

Ka-e-lp, s. The name of that month 
of the year nearly corresponding with our 
January. 

Ka-e-na, s. a room in a house. Mar. 
14:15. A cabin in a ship ; a drswer of a 
bureau ; a closet of a room. See Keena. 

Ka-e-na, ». To boast; to glory; to brag. 
1 OVd. 16:10. To make pretenses; to boast 
of what one has done. 2 Oifd. 28:19. To 
be self-conceited ; auhea la ka mca nui i 
kaena ai oukou ia oukou iho ? where is the 
great thing for which yon boast yqiirselves ? 
See KAisENiL. 

Ea-e-na, s. High mindedness; pride; 
self-ezaltatioA. 

Ka-e-na, adj. Excelling; going before; 
self-opinionated. 

Ka-e-na, adv. With certainty ; surely; 
without error, &e.; no ko'u ike i kamaikai, 
ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai, "rom my 
knowledge of beauty, I can speak vnth con- 
fidence. 

Ka-b-na-koi, s: A low blackguard word; 
e helo oe a 1 kaenakoi. 

Kai, v. To lift up on the hands and 
carry ; to lift up the foot and walk, as an 
infant in beginning to walk, or as one re- 
covering from sickness ; to step amiss, as 
a child; generally connected with hiiia; 
aa, kai aku la ke keiki a hina Ibo la. 

2. To lead; to guide; to direct; kai aku 
i ke kaa, to drive a cart 2 Sam. 6:3. To 
direct the ceremonies of the Inakini ; ke 
fcoi ana o ka aha. ST^f. wilh oihana. 

3. To lead, direct or bring to a place. 
Sin. 2:19. 

i. To lead into or entice, as fish mto a 
net, or any animal into a trap or snare. 

6. To bring; to take in hand; to do 
with ; to pull up, as kalo.' 

6. To shove along; to move; to go a 
journey ; to travel slowly. 

7. To bring, i. e., to lead ; to transfer, as 
ar people from one place to another. Kanl. 
7;l; 

- 8. Hqo. To separate or part asunder, as 
a cracked part of a canoe ; ua kmi ka pili 



ka waa ; or as a door so sw.;Ued as not 
to shut ; ua kai na pili o ka pani ; to dis- 
place ; to put away. Seb. 10:9. 

9. To take away by robbery ; to mis-- 
spend ; to squander. Luk. 15:30. To re- 
ject ; to dlsrcirard. See Hokai. 
Kai, s. The sea; sea water; a flood; 
kai hooee, an overflowing flood. Don. 9:26. 
Hence, 

2. Brine; gravy of roast meat; broth. 
Lunk. 6:20. 

3. The surf .of the sea ; kai ula, the red 
sea ; kai piha, the full sea or flood tide ; 
kai make, the dead sea or ebb tide ; kai 
koo, a very high surf, &c. See these com- 
pounds. 

4. 'A current in the sea; he kai I Hawaii, 
a current towards Hawaii. 

6. A traveling guard. 
Kai, s. See verb. No. 4. Anet for fish;. 

a snare for birds ; a lasso for cattle, &c. 
Kai, s. The toothache; a pain in the 

teeth. 
Kai, adj. Insipid, as food; having no 

appetite; the state of a person so suffering 

afliictioa aa to have no desire for food. 

Kai, adv. A long time ; kai ka hana 
loa ia oe, very long the time you were doing 
it ; e hana loa kai ka loihi, it is long to do, 
Iww very long. See IT ai, int. 

Kai, int. How; how much; hwiS^reat. 
2 Sam. 1:19. Kai ka nani! how glori- 
ous! 2&'m. 6:20. :£oi ka bemolele ! uow 
excellent! Hal. 8:1. Heiiowned; wonder- 
ful ; kai ka Inhi, what a weariness. Mat. 
1:13. 

Kai-au, s. a place a little ways out ia 
the sea, beyond the kuaau ; also called ho- 
honu. 

Kai-a-u-lcj, s. The kilohana ; the out- 
side ; the best ; the figured one of a set of 
kapas, i. e., figuratively, something rather 
remarkable in appearance. 
. 2. An overhanging cloud. 

3. The space on top of a pali. 

4. A high elevated post. 
Kai-a-u-lu, s. Name of a strong wind 

otf Waianae on Oahu. 
Kai-a-hu-a-kai, v. KaisxAhuakai^To 
lead a large traveling company. SeeHcA- 

KAI. 

Kai-a-hu-a-kai, s. A large company 
traveling together. See Huakai. 

Kai-a-hu-lu, Vi Kai, sea, and hidu, 
hairy. To be in a foam, as the sea agitated 
greatly by the wjnds; to act, sa the sea 
when current and wind are contrary. . 

Kai-a-hu-lu, s. The sea in great agita- 
tion, so as to be white. 

Kai-a-ka-hi-najji, s. £ai, sea, and J?z- 
TWtiii, hame of a cUef of Hawaii. See Ui- 



KAl 



232 



KAI 



NALD. The nam<3 cf a groat flood in ancient 
times which by tradition covered the whole 
earth, i. e^ the Hawaiian Islands. See the 
story in D. Malo's work. Hence this is the 
word used for Noah's flood. Kin. 6:17. 

KAi-A-KA-HU-LTT-MA-Nrr, s, Eki, se&,a.ni 
hidumanu, a favorite of the king. The 
name of the flood yet to come, as me fore- 
going is the name of the flood, that is past 

Kai-a-lh, s. Name of a sp6cies of hard 
rock out of which hatchets were made. 

Kai-a-li-le, v. To be indolent, lazy or 
indifferent ; to' treat with contempt any ef- 
fort to be otherwise. 

Kai-x-u-ve, adj. Indolent; lazy; con- 
temptaons. 

Kai-a-li-le, adj. Unskillful; awkward; 
inexpert ; aole e loaa keia mea o ka ma- 
Bao, i ka mea kaidlile lomalomaaibalale. 

Km-a-no-a, s. The name of a kind of 
fish-hook. 

Kai-a-po,. s. a rising or high tide; i ka 
pii ana o ke kai, ua kapaia -he kaipii, be 
Kainui, he kaiapo kahi inoa. 

Kai-e-a, s. Kai, sea, and ea, to rise. A 
rising tide; a swelling of the sea; a spread- 
ing over the land. 

Eai-ee, s. Kai, sea, and ee, to come up. 
See KiTv.i al;ove. 

Kai-e-e, s. The name of the purgative 
bean. 

KAi-E-to, s. Water of the cocoanut 
mixed with other ingredients. 

KAi-E-m, s. Kai and em, to lessen. A 
decreasing or falling tide. See Kmmakk. 

KAt-E-NA, V. To be self-Opinionated; to 
boast ; to glory ; to make pretenses. See 
Kaena. 

Kai-e-wa, v. £zi and eimt, crooked. To 
be led astray ; to be tossed about. 

2. To live as it happens, 'tometimes well 
off, sometimes in poverty, exalted or de- 
pressed. 

Kai-e-we, s. Kai, to lead, and euoe, the 
navel string. A company following a chief; 
ka baakai, ke kaieme o ka lam. 

Kam, v. To walk buttoned up tightly; 
to stn^t ; to be vain. 

2. To turn away ; to refuse to listen to 
one's request. 

3. To be stingy ; to be close-fisted. See 
Hon. 

4. To tie up the throat ; to choke. 
Ka-ii, s. a kind of net for taking fish. 
Kai-h, s. Name of a vegetable growing 

on the mountain^, eaten as food in time of 

famine. 
Ka-i-o, s. The name of a bird like the 

pueo or owl. . 
Kai-oe, i. The name of a plant or ti«e; 



he pna laaa no ke kaioe, the tree blossom 

of the kaioe. 
Ka-io-io, adv. Ulu AaioJo ka nahelehele. 
Ka-io-o-le-le-pa, adj. Kalani kaioo- 

lelepa ka alapa pii moo o Ku. 
Kai-o-hu-a, s.~ Name of a place a little 

way out in the sea ; same as poana. 
Kai-o-ki-lo-hee, i. Name of a place in 

the sea ; same as kaiau. 
Ka-io-le-«aa, s. The name of a famine 

in former times. 
Kai-o-le-na, *. Kai, liquid, and dena, 

yellow. Yellow coloring matter. 
Kai-o-le-na, b. To cleanse; to purify; 

3 hnikala, e hoomacmae. 
Kai-o-lo-a, s. The name of a ceremony 
, of tying the malo on to the god ; it was 

done by the women of the chief. 
-Kai-o-pe-lu, J. A place in the sea. Syn. 

with kaiuli. 
Kai-o-po-ke-o, s. Name of a long prayer 

at the dedication of a heiau. 
Kai-u-a, v. To repeat over and over, as 

one docs when drunk ; kaina ka oielo ; he 

olelo kuawili ; e kavua i ka hookahe i ka 

wai, continue to water the ground. 
Kai-u-la, s. Kais.ii(iula, lei. The Red 

Sea. Puk. 13:18. The sea that separates 

Africa Irom A-'ia. 
KAi-iJ-LA-iiA, s. Far out at sea ; out of 

sight of land. 
Kai-tj-li, s. Kai, sea, and liU, blue. 

The dark blue sea ; hence, the deep sea ; 

the name of the sea beyond the kohola ; 

also called kailvJiee. 
Kai-u-lu, s. The name of the sea at 

fall tide. See Kainui and Kaifih.v. 
Kai-u-we, v. KapoeiAaiatoepinepine. 
Kai-hee-na-lu, s. Name of a place on 

or near a reef,.like kohola. 
Kai-he-hee, s. Name of an anciert 

kapu bf the chiefs, connected with death ; 

also called lumaiumaia. 
Kai-he-h£-na, s. Kai and hehena, mad. 

The raging sea. The following epithets of 

the sea are found in a prayer of Keaninl : 

kaikane, kaiwahine, kaipupule, kaibehena, 

kaiulaula, kaipiliaikee — e. 
Kai-he-le, s. The laying of stones, as 

in a pavement, one beside another ; a i ke 

kaihde ana o na pohaku,.oia no ka mea i 

kau i ka pohaku. 
KAi-HE-LE-Ka,- *. The name of the sea 

beyond the poana, i. e., the second space 

beyond where the surf breaks ; also called 

kaipapau. 
Ka-i-hi, v. To spin round like a top ; 

to be dizzy. 
2. To withhold wheit is another's; to 

keep Lack what is forfeited in a same. 



KAI 



933 



KAI 



Ea-i-hi, $. DizidnesB ; a sense of tum- 

ini; in the bead. 

2. Tbe name of a species of fish net : he 

upena kaihi. 
Kai-hoi, s. Kai and hm, to return. A 

falliog or low tide. 
Kai-ho-ho-nu, s. KeuanAhoAonUfieef. 

High tide; full sea; deep water. 
Kai-hu-a, s. High tide ; high water. 

See KjUKL 
Kai-ka, X. The border of a cultivated 

plat ; the border of a kalo patch. 
Kai-kai, v. See Kai. To lift up, as the 

hand. Nah. 20:il. To lift or raise up, a« 

the eyes to heaven. Syn. with lefaa. To 

lilt up or raise, as tbe voice in complaint ; 

kaikai i ka leo. JM,. 14:1. 
2. To take up ; to bear ; to carry upon. 

Kin. 7:17. To carry off: kaikai no laua i 

ka pahu a hiki ma ka hakae. 

5. To take off, as a burden; to carry 
away ; to lift, as a weight, ba. 40:15. 

4. To carry tenderly, as a child. Puk. 
19:4. 

6. To promote ; to exalt ; to favor, a3 a 
king a subject. &et. 3:1. 

6. To be led or urged on, as by strong 
desire or Inst; a na keia kuko, kaikai kino 
hott ia mai la. Laitik. 196. 
Kai-kai, adj. That which is lifted up 
or herved. Puk. 2d:27. Uba mua o'ka 
mobai kaikai, heave shoulder. Ifah. 6:20. 

Kai-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ; 
e ka mea e pono ai ka lupe, o na laan liilii 
ame ke kaula. ame ka welu, anie ke kair 
kaiapola, ame ke aho. 

Kai-kai-na, s. The younger of two 
brothers or sisters ; used by a brother 
when speaking of a brother, or a sister of 
a sister. Bat if a brother spoak of a sister, 
or a sister of a brother, it is kaikunane. 

Kai-ka-o-wa, ) „. imper. Seize ; take ; 

Kai-KO-WA, J follow; tbe word given by 
Kefcuaokalani for seizing boys, fish, &c., 
that were not his own. 

Kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; unfre- 
quent , 

KAHI. 

Kai-ka-ma-hi-ne, s. a daughter; a fe- 
male descendant. Sm.20:VZ. Note. — ^Ac- 
cording to analogy this word for daughter 
. should be keikiwahine, like keikikane, but 
Hawsuians do not use it so. 

Kai-ke-a, s. The fat of hogs or other 
animals. Puk. 29:13. Fig. Isa. 34:6. 

2. The sap of a tree, the outside white, 
wood resembling in color the fat of ani- 
mals. 

Kai-ki, *. High water ; high tide. 

Kai-ko, s. a coQStable; a policeman. 
See Maeai. 

30 



Kai-koakoa, s. The watery fluid of the 
bowels. 

Kai-ko-e-ke, s, a hrother-in-law; a sis- 
ter-in-law ; generally designated by kane 
or vxihine. 

Kai-eo-e-le, s. a very shallow sea in 
a calm, too shallow for a canoe; he. kai kui 
opihi, he malia paha. 

Kai-ko-i, 5. A species of kalo ; he kalo. 

Kai-koo, s. a high surf of the sea ; a 
raging swell of the sea. 

Kai-koo, v. To roll in; to rage, as a 
high surf; kaikoo ke kai. Laieik. 165. 

Kai-KO-WA, v. See Kaikaowa. above. 

Kai-ku, »'. A middle tide, not high^ nor 
low. Sec Kaihau. 

Kai-ku-a, s. a countryman; a back- 
woodsman. 

"Kai-kua-a-na, s. The elder of two broth- 
ers or sisters; used by a brcther when 
speaking of a brother, or by a. sister when 
speaking of a sist^ ; but when a brother 
speaks of an «lder sister, it iskaikvmahiiie. 
"When a sister speaks a! an elder brother it 
is kaikuiiane. 

Kai-ku-o-no, t. Kai, sea, and kiumo, a 
bay. A gulf; a creek; an inlet of water 
into the land. Isa. lV:lo. 

ILu-KU-NA-NE, y. The brother of a sis- 
ter. Sin. 20:5. 

Kai-ku-wa-hi-ne, *. The sister of a. 
brother. jEtn. 12:13. 

Kai-la-na-hu-a-hi, s. Ktfi and laitaku- 
a'ai (same. as nanalmahi), a coal of Are. 
Very dark or black water of the ocean. 

Ka-i-u, V. To snatch ; to take away ; 
to take by force; to take away,'as onv'i: 
pleasure and joy: loan. 16:22. To take 
away one's right. .Sin. 31:31. To spoil or 
rob one's glory. Kol. 2:15. 

2. To give up; to depart, a.s the spirit of 
a dying person ; kaili Tee aho, to catch for 
the breath. See Ailj. To breathi; the last. 
Kin. 35:18. 

Ka-i-u, J. Nam^ of a fish net from its 

Ka-i-li, adj. Waiwai kaii.t, spoa Ezek. 

7:21. Manu kaili wale, a la venous bird. 

£fecfc. 39:4. ■ 
Ka-i-li, s. He mea kaUi, extortion ; a 

taking by force. 
Ka-i-u, s. The act of taking fish witl: 

a hook. See Aiu. 
Ka-i-li, *. The name of the gi'eat feather 

god of Kamehamehd. 
Ka-i-li-i-u, v. To take and carry here 

and there. 
Ka-i-li-i-li, s. a narrow valley neaif 

the top of Waialeale on Kauaii, a resting 

place for .kin^ and queens in ancieut times 



KAI 



S34 



KAO 



Kai-li-ke, v. Kai and like, alike. To 

divide equally between a munber of per- 
sons. Xu/c. 22:17. 
Kai-li-ko-li-T£o, s. Kai, gravy, and liko, 

oily. Fat gravy ; the oily part of fat. 
2. The appearance of oil poured upon 

wuter. See Liko. i 
Kai-li-ko-li-ko, adj. Fat or greasy; ap- 
plied to gravy. 
Kai-li-fo-li-po, s. Kai and lipdipo, blue 

or black. Epithet of the deep sea. as dark 

blue or black. 
Ka-i-li-po-ni, s. a disease in which one 

fells down dead; something like apoplexy; 

fie kaUtponi ka make. 
Ka-i-li-wa-le, v. Kaili and wale. See 

Waub. To take without regard to right or 

to consequences; to take by force. 1 Sam. 

2:16. 

- 2. To rob ; to plunder. Oihk. 19:13. 
Ka-i-li-wa-le, s. Sei2dng the property 

of another; a plunder; a robbery. 
KAi-tTT-HEE, s. Name of a place in the 

8ca ; same as kahdi, blue water. 
Kai-mait, s. Middle tide, neither high 

nor low. See Kintn. 
Kai-ma-ha-mo-e, s. Kai, gravy, and 

malw/moe, a fish. The gravy m^de for the 

fish mahamoe. 

2. The fat or grease of that iish. 
KAirM\-KE, s. Kai andmake, dead. Low 

water ; ebb tide. 
2. A calm sea; no wind ; still water ; in 

geography, name of the Dead Sea. 

Kai-ma-loo, s. Kai andmaloo, dry. Low 
tide ; ebb tide, when many places on the J 
sea shore are dry, or the coral and reef are 
bare. 

Kai-ha-LO-lo, s. Kai and moMo, rest- 
ing; quiet. A shallow place of the sea 
B^ar the shore where the sea is at rest. 

2. A place where the sea is green and 
shallow ; place of soundings. . 

Kai-mo-ku, s. Middle tide, i. e., when 

the tide begins to recede. See Kaimau. 
Ka-i-na, v. See Kai, to take, and Ana. 

To take: to seize, as a fit ; as the influence 

of a wicked spirit. Mar. 9:18. 
2. To seize, as a prisoner ; to lead away 

to trial; ua uku i ke dala, ua hana, ua paa 

i ka hao, ua kaina aku imua o na lunaka- 

nawai. 
Kai-na, v. To move slowly and softly, 

as a weak person trying to walk. 
Kai-na, s. A younger of two brotheTs 

or two sisters ; hence, a thing that is after 

or second to another; pokiiteHM, the very 

younger. 
Kai-na, s. A sitting to practice sorcery; 

the practice of sorcery. 



Kai-no, •) V. (Impersonal ) I thought j 
-A, i --•-■- -'- 



Kai-no-a, \ j'ist as if; Iwuto heoiaio.aole 

ka! 1 thought it was true, bat it isnot; 

alaila, e i aku an ia oukou, ka! /coinoia, 

alia e hoole. 
Kai-nu-i, i. High sea J high tide. 
Kai-nu-nU'KI, adj. Km and imnuki. 

Irregular ebbing aud flowing, as the sea. 
Kai-pa-ea-ea, s. a calm, smooth sea ; 

same as pohu. 
Kai-pa-pau, s. a siiallow place in the 

sea, the same as the poana, or kaiohua. 
Kai-pii, s. a rising or full tide. See 

Kaifhu. and Kainhi. 
Kai-pi-ha, *. .Kai and pfAo.fiill. A high 

sea ; high tide. 
Kai-pit, s. Same as kainui and kaipiha 

above. 
Kai-p0u, v. To divide out into parts or 

portions. See Pini. 
Kai-puit, s. a division or portion; more 

commonly written puu. 
Ka-i-wi-foo, s. Ka, article, iwi, bone, 

and poo, the head. The skull bone ; the 

name of the place where Jesus Christ was 

crucified. loan. 19:17. 
Kai-f-iu, s. Wehe ke kaitdu i ke oho <k 

kaniu. - - 
Ka-o, inter j. The article ka and o. Sim- 
. ilarto kahaha; kao mai,makekelakanaka; 

it expresses surprise. 
Ka-o, v. To cry out as above; kao raai 

la o mea, somebody cries out with aston- 
ishment. 
Ka-o, v. To intercede ; to m:ediate ; to 

separate contending parties; to prevent 

one from accnsing or slandering another. 

See UwAO. Ua Taia mai oe ia'a. 

Ka-o, s. a peace-maker; an intercessor. 
Ka-o, s. a goat ; ifflohele, a scape-goat. 

Oi/ifc. 16:15. 
Ka-o, b. a legend; a tradition. See 

Kaao. 
Ka-o, s. a dart ; a javelin ; a rocket. 
Ka-o, v. To throw or cast, as a dart or 

javelin. 
Ka-oo, v. To bind ; to tighten ; to be in 

a press of people ; to bo in straits. 
2. To punch, as a man does bis own 

breast in the colic, with a stick or bis hand. 

Ka-oo, s. Being in straits; suffering 
pain. 

2. A multitude ; applied to animals. 

3. AlsOj a, traveling company; same as 
huakaihele. 

Ka-o-hi, ». To fix ; to establish. 

2. To abide; to continue to adhere firmly 
to a thing or course of conduct ; to be 
steadfast. 



KAO 



235 



KAU 



3. To keep; to retain; to 'keep back. 
Laieik. 176. To restrain. 

i. To invite to stay wiien one is about ^o 
go away or further on. Luk. 24:29. 

6. To keep, i. e., to pay regard to a law 
or command. 

6. To restrain one from doing a tiling by 
friendly advice. 

7. To compel or urge. 2 OUtl. 21:11. 
Kaohi na 'lii la ia e noho, aole oia i ae mai. 
the chiefe urged him to stay, but he did not 
consent ; e kaohi i kou wawae, to refrain 
the foot from wandering, ler. 14:10. To 
rcstraia ; to Ixold back. Hai. 19:13. 

8. To keep, as a promise. 1 Nal. 8:24. 

9. To choose. Zsa. 7:16. 

10. To save; to screen, as a guilty person 
from punishment. Ezek. 13:19. 

Ka-o-hi-hi-u, s. Kao, goat, and Mhiu, 
wild. The gazelle or wild goat. 

Ka-o-kaa, *. Name of a play and a 
former pastime. 

Ka-o-ka-na-ka, s. Kao, goat, and ka- 
naka, man. Name of an animal to be found 
in the desolations of Babylon ; a satrr. 
Jsa. 13:21. 

Kao-kao, v. To be prominent ; to pro- 
ject 

2. To be red. 

3. To be hard to the touch. 
Kao-kao, s. The first dropping of a 

shower ; tbefore part of a cloud ; kc kao- 
kao ae, c ua iukao Kanmana. 

2. Hardness; redness; prominence. 

3. The venereal disease. 
Ka-o-ko-a, v. Ka and pkoa, different. 

To be whole ; to be undivided. 

2. E.00. To separate from. 1 Sam. 21:4. 
To abstain from a thing ; to separate one's 

■ gelt from moral evil; ; e hookaawale ia ou- 
kou ibo i na mea hahmia. 

3. To stand aloof from ; to let al<)ne. 

4. To. make one% self coiL-ipicoous : to 
be eminent, 

KArO-Ko-A, adj. Whole ; unmutilated ; 
he ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mdi ke j'oo a ka 
hiu, a fish whole, uncut from bead to tail. 

Ka-o-ko-a, s. The being separate; aloof 
(from wrong-<lo)ng); o ke kaokoa, he hewa 
we, be hihia olc, he pluoln, he maikai. 

2. A man who leiivos bis proper haku 
and serves another, or pays his food and 
presents to another. 

Ka-o-M, s. a stick or beam laid across 
a house from rafter to rafter to strengthen 
it; a beam ; the beain of a bouse. Eckah 
10:18. 

2. A bar ''or a door; a bar across the 
gate of a city. 1 Sam. 20:7. 

3. Fig. Na kaola o ka po, the bars of 
night. /o6. 17:16. 

Ka-o-la-hau, g. Kfu^a and hau, iron. 
An iron bar. Sol. 18:19. 



Ka-o-le-l£, s, Kao, dart, and lele, to 
^. A dart ; a javelin ; a sky-rocket. See 

Ka-o-lo, s. The descent of a hill or 
pali ; the going down a hill. See Eaeai- 
PAU, also Olo. 

Ka-o-mi, v. To press down, as- with a 
lever ; to bear down upon a thing. 

2. To press; to squeeze out, as wine. 
iMiik. 6:11. 

3. Fig. To press, as the breasts; a eu- 
phemism for moekolohe. Ezek. 23:3. 

4. To crush ; to humble one ; e hoobaa- 
haa. 

Ka-o-mi, *. Name of a wind; the north- 
east trade wind on the east side of Lanai, 
and about Maui. Stn. with moae. Loaa 
makou i kekahi makani ikaika, he jboomi 
ka inoa. 

Ka-o-mi-wai-na, *. A wine press. MaS. 
21:33. 

Ka-o-na, s. The name of a Hawaiian 
month. 

Ka-o-pa, s. a painful stiflTness or rheu- 
matic affccdon of the limbs, which makes 
it difficult for one to stand or walk. See 
Opa, adj., and Oopa. 

Ka-o-pa, adj. Lame; stiff; rheumatic; 

kanaka kaopa. 
Kau, v. In an active sense, to hang; to 

hang up ; to suspend, as an article to be 

out of the way ; to crucify or hang, as a 

criminal. Kin. 40:22. 

2. To bang, tie or gird on, as a sword ; 
kau i ka pahi kaua. Puk. 32:27. 

3. To put upon or place a thing in some 
designated place ; to put in an elevated 
sitnation; to mount a horse; to go onboard 
a ship or canoe. 

4. To overhang, as the heavens over the 
earth. 

5. To fall upon; to embrace affectioi.- 
ately, with ai. Sin. 46:29. 

8. Ti. put up^n one, as a heavy burden, 
mh. 11:11. 

7. -To set or fix the boundaries of a land 
or country. 

8. Toput down, as words on paper. See 
Kakad. To write; to dot; hence, 

9. To give publicity to a thing ; to pro- 
mulgate, as a law ; i kau aku oukou i ka- 
nawai miukai, that yon may establish good 
laws. 

10. To set before one, as food. 

11. To tempt, as in taking birds with a 
snare. 

12. In a ncirfer sense, to light down upon, 
as a bird ; as the spirit or divine influence 
upon one. JSah. 11:26. 

13. To come down upon ons unezn'ec't- 
edly. f 

14. Kau pono kona maka, to set ot di- 
rect one's face or desire. 



KAU 



KAU 



15. To rest upon; to stretch out. or over. 

16. To come upon one, as a suffering or 
calamity. 

17. To rehearse in the hearing of another 
that he may learn. 

18. Afco!* ka hamere makeliahi lima, he 
took the hammer in one hand. ii*nfr.4:21. 
To '.ay or place the hand upon one for evil. 

19. Hoo. To setagainst: to resist, iunfc. 
7:22. 

20. To appoint against; to come upon. 
Jer. 15:3. 

21. To bring upon; to cause to fall upon. 

22. To rest ; to place. Kanl. 7:23. 

23. Kau aku i kauhale,togoaboutfrom 
hoaee to house; to go about idly. Seedefi- 
•nition 11. 

Kau, a. Season. Kin. 1:14. 

2. The summer or warm season, in dis- 
tinction from hopUo, the winter months. 
Note.— The Hawaiiane had but two seasons 
in a year, viz. : the kau summer, and hocnlo 
winter ; hence, 

3. .\ period of time when one lives. Esd. 
la. A specified time, iunfc. 10:8. A i ke 
k<m i ke alii, ia Kamehameha, in the life 
time of Kamehameha. 

4. A time for a particular purpose. 

6. Time of indefinite length ; kau ai, a 
fmitfnl season ; kau wi, a time of famine. 

6. Midnight ; so called" from the game 
called puhenehene, in which were five puu 
or places to conceal the noa : the first called 
kSd, second pili, third kau, fourth pilipuka 
(i. e., applied to flight, 3 o'clock, A. M.), 
fifth kihipuka. Dr. Baldwin. 

Kau, s. a place ; kau kanaka laha ole, 
place where men go not ; kau kanaka, a 
place Where men live ; kau kanaka ole ai,. 
where there are no people. 

Kau, s. a canoe ; kaukahi, a single 
canoe ; Icatdua, a double-canoe. 

K.AU, mj. A setting of the sun ; a rest- 
ing ; mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, from the 
rising to the setting sun. D. Malo 5:11. 

2. A sitting place, as a roost for fowls ; 
kau ka moa i ke kau, the fowl sits upon its 
roost. 

Kau, s. Name of puukapu in the game 
of noa. 

Kau, pers. pro. An oblique case of oe, 
second pei-son. Of thee ; of thine. Oram. 
§ 132, 133. Also a prefix pronoun, thy ; 
iiine. Gram. § 149, 150. 

Ka'u, pers. pro. An oblique case of au. 
Of me ; mine; belonging to me. Gram. § 
124, 1. Also a prefix pronoun, my; mine; 
of me. Oram. § 150. 

Kau-a, v. To war ; to fight, as two 
armies. 

2. To make war upon or against. Kin. 
14:2. 

3. To fight for. Puk. 14:14. 



4. Hoo. To cause to fight. 

5. To servo as <he conquered serve the 
conqueror ; hence, with a stronger pronun- 
ciation, kauwa, a servant. 

Ka'j-a, *. A war; a battle; an army 
drawn up for battle. 2 Aai. 28:5. Poe 
kaua, a host ; aai army. Puk. U:2i. 

Ka-u-a, e. To hesitate about doing a 
thing after an engagement ; to be in doubt 
about fulfilling apronuse ; to beg off; hoo- 
hala. 

2. To invite to stay. SeelCAOHi. Aoleo 
maua mea nana e kaua mai, a liuliu ko 
maua noho- kuewa ana, there is no reason 
why we two should stay and lengthen out 
the time of our sojourning. 

Ka-ua, pro. dual. We two ; you and I. 
Gram. § 124, 3. 

Katt-ai, s. Name of one of the Hawai- 
ian group of islands ; ma ka hapukaohiohi 
ana paha a ka waha me he hoe Kauai la. 

Kau-ai-ka-na-na, v. To sleep in the 
day time for pleasure or comfort ;. to take 
a siesta. 

Kau-au-la, s. a kind oi soft porous 
stone. 

Kau-a-tj-la, s. a strong wind from the 
mountains, occasioned by the breaking 
over of the trade winds ; often destructive 
at Labaina. 

Kau-a-u-la, adj. Strong; raging; furi- 
ous ; applied to the trade winds when they 
break ov^r the hills back of Lahaina ; be 
leo o ka makani kauavia ka'u i lobe iho neL' 

Kau-a-hau-a, s. Ua pau i ke icauahauaia 
na kanaka a pan i ka hana. 

Kau-a-ho-a, s. Coarse grained ; a sour 
disposition ; not easily pleased. 

Kau-a-ka, s. a person crazy, noisy with 
constant muscular motion. 

Kaua-lae-paa-kav-ana, s. The most 
offensive of language ; when used, instant 
fighting is the consequence. 

Kau-a-latt, s. The plantain, a vegeta- 
bU' like the banana. 

Kau-a-lh, s. a low chief, not a high 
one. See KACKAUALn. 

KAu-A-r:T-o, s. Kaua, war, and lio, a 
horse. A warrior (h. horseback ; cavalry, 
in distinction from infantry. 1 Sam. 13:5. 

Kau-a-lu-pe, v. Tb carry, as a man 
wounded in battle, without much care. 

Kau-a-mat, v. To invite, &c. See Kaua 
2. The mai is simply a verbal directive. 

Kau-a-pai-o, s. a combat where there 
is striking back and forth. 

Ka-u-e, v. To be in fear. 

Kau-ea,. adj. Having no appetite. 

Kau-e-ke-ke, adj. Short, as a coat or 
gown ; lean, as a man. 



KAU 



2^1 



KAU 



Kau-i-iia, v. To- oifer sacrifice at the 

close of a kapn. 
Kap-i-la, s. Name of a species of hard 

reddish wood regemljliiig mahogany. 

2. He foa no Punkapele. 

3. Puhi kauUa. 

i. He kapu kauSa. 

5. I kahi a lakou i pee ai a noa ke kauUa. 
Kau-i-la-hu-lu-hu-lUj s. The name of 

a praynr at the heiau. 
Kau-o, ) „. To draw or drag along; 
Kati-WO, \ to haul, as a load. Ehni. 21:3. 
To draw morally, i. e., to' endure ; to in- 
cline to do a thing. 
2i To conduct, as a prisoner. 
3. To pray for a special blessing or favor; 
applied to the worship at the time of ma- 
kahliki. 

Kau^o, ) s. Seed; offspting; increase; 

Kau-WO, ) fruit of marriage. If Nahiena- 
ena tia4 lii^d a son, the old chiefs would 
say " ua loaa ke kauo." D. lHalo. Hence, 
a supporter ; a sustainer. 

KAn-o, i. The yellow part or yolk of 
an egg ; kaiuo moa ; kaw> ke akua liulu. 

Kah-o, adj. Drawing; pulling; drag- 
ging along: bipi kauo, a laboring ox. OOik. 
7:23. 

Kau-o-e, s. Name of an office in the 
king's train. 

Kau-o-uo, J «. To increase or grow 

Kau-wo-wo, > rapidly, as vines; to spread 

Ka-wo-WO, ) over, as vines or other run- 
ning vegetation that grows thriftily and 
covers the ground. 

2. To increase rapidly, as a people or 
race ; applied to the peopling of Hawaii 
from the first man. 

kauouQ i IftDi a paakani lea, 
FuapuE), buahaa mai la ka la mnnaia. . 

Kau-o-ha, 0. To give a dying chaige ; 
to make a bequest or a parting charge. 
ha. 38:1. Hence, to make a will. Note. — 
Ancient wills, of course, were verbal; now, 
by law, they must be written. 

2. To give a charge on any subject ; to 
command ; to'put in charge or trust, as one 
chring or going away ; kauoha ae la oia (o 
Kamebameba) ia KauikeaouU e noho i alii 
no Hawaii nei, he (Kamebameha) gave in 
charge to Kauikcaouli to- retgn as king over 
the Hawaiian Inlands. 

3. To commit into, the hands of another. 
1 Fet. 4:19. 

4, To give orders concerning a person 
or thing. Kin. 12:20. 

5, To commit to paper, 5. e., to write 
down; nolaiia, ke koMoJia akunei au i ko'n 
mauao ma keia palapala, i ike oc i ko'u 
manao. 

Kao-o-ha, s. a will, verbal or written; 
a comniand ; a charge ; a. dying request. 



2. A covenant; a commission; a judicial 
decision. 

3. A determination ; a decree. 

4. Beggary. 

Kaxj-d-ka-hi-ki, ». Name of a species 
of ohia ; o ka ohia nui ke kauokaUH i kal, 
oia ka laau o ka lananuu; out of this same 
-timber the god was made for the heiau. 

KAXT-o-Kutr, s. The name of a sickness 
or pestilence which formerly spread over 
the Islands ; tia kapaia ka inoa o kela mai 
(ahulau) he kauokuu, the name of that sick- 
ness was kauokuu. 

Kau-o-la-ni, v. To express admiration 
of a chief or his deeds. 
2. To express admiration generally. 

Kau-o-lit-pe, v. Kauo and lupe, kite. 
To draw ; to pull this way and that, as a 
kite pulls Hie string of him who holds it. 

Kau-o-waa, s. Kauo, to drag, and waa, 
canoe. The work or busiiiess of drawing 
down canoes from the mountain wben fin- 
ished or partly so. , 

Katt-ea, s. The rectum, the third of 
the large intestines. AnaL 52. 

Kau-ha0, p. To strike with a whip or 
stick ; to throw a stone at, &c. 

Kau-ha-ka-ke, adj. Short, &c. See 
KAtJHEKBKB and Kadbkeke. 

Kau-ha-le, i. Kau, place, and hale, 
house. A small cluster of houses ; a til- 
lage. Pvk. 8:5. 

2. A house or residence of a person. 

3. A place where a honse has been, or 
where one is designed to be. 

Kau-he-ke-ke, ) adj. Short, as a coat 

KAn-HE-KE-KEI, ) orgOWn. SeeKiUKKEEE. 

K.4-TI-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a forest tree, 
timber used for the boards of the bolaa 
and for oo.s for tilling the ground. 

Kait-hi-lo, v. To fasten with a rope the 
sticks of a building while in the course Sf 
erection;- be aho mai.waho mai o ka hale 
i ka manawa ,e kauhiio ai ; alalia, kaukilo 
ia ka hale a pau. 

Katt-ho-la, s. Some disease of the neck 
and chest. f 

Kau-ho-la, v. To open; to expand; to 
unfold, as a kapa folded up; as a flower in 
blooming. 

Katt-ho-lo, v. To wish and try to .con- 
demii one. 

2. To try to bring one to terms or obey 
orders. _ ' 

3. To'send after, and try to get one back 
wbo ha,-.i gone. 

Kau-eo-lo-pa-pa, .?, Name of a perscr. 
wtio knows himself to be a Chief by birtn 
but others know it not, and he refuses te 
hang his clothes among those of otLer jieo- 
j)le ; ua kapaia aka ia lie alii kavJwlopupa, 



KAU 



238 



KAU 



no Ka mea, ma ka holopap^ i ikeia ai kona 
alii ana. 
Kau-hua, V, To conceive ; to become 
pregnant. 

2. To swell out, as one with child." 

3. JIoo. To conceive; to be foil of. Eal. 
7:14 To be foil morally of evil. 

4. To put down in letters ; to reduce to 
writing ; na ko oakou kaikaina banane 
mahoe i hookauhva ia (i keia manao) i ka 
malama o Augate : hookauhua paha ananei 
kakou iloko V) ka hewa. 

Kau-hua, s. The.swelling out of preg- 
nant females. 

2. The longing of pregnant women, espe- 
cUUy the sickness of stomach. 

3. The state of pregnancy ; ua kauhita, 
ua ko, na hapai. 

i. The act of writing down words or 
thonghts. 
Kau-hu-hu, s. a ridge or edge of a 
precipice. 

2. *nie pole mnning lengthways of the 
honse to which the tops of the rafters are 
fastened ; a ridge pole. 

3. The sharU that was formerly wor- 
shiped. 

Kau-kai, v. To wait for an event to 
happen, or for any change in aflaifs ; kau- 
kai aku nei ka pono, it is better to wait 
awhile, laieik. 67. 

Kau-kau, V. To set or fix, as a snare or 
net for birds. See Kau. Sal. 141:9. 

2. To take coansel ; to revolve in one's 
mind. Bal. 13:2. 

3. To speak to one, especially to chide ; 
to speak reproachfhlly; e nuku; to address 
one, as a petitioner, and in a way of com- 
plaint £aieik.11.' 

: 4., To explain ; to make clear, i pobihi 

ole. 
Kau-kau, *. An appeal to one's sense 
, of justice or compassion. LaUik. 76. 
Kau-kau, v. Kaukau is said to be a 

cbrniption of a Chinese word, and signifies 

\to eat, to drink. It is used ^by foreigners 

in conversing with natives, and by natives 

conversing with foreigners. 
Kau-kau, s. A heap of stones made into 

a-mde altar. 

2. A snare so placed or Bxed a^ to catch 
birds. 

3. The name of a disease, the piles (mostly 
used on Oahu.) 

i. The snaring or taking offish; kavikau 
nlna. 

6. AVhat is clear, explicit in expression, 
without doubt. 
Kau-kau-a-lii, s. The name of a class 
of chiefs below the king ; a prince. Dan. 

1:3. na 'lii malaloo ke alii nni. Note 

The poe kavkaxialn were generally the de- 
ecenddnts of chiefs where the father waa a 



high chief and the mother a low chief, or 
no chief at all. 

Kau-kau-le-le, adj. Nimble; active j 
jumping. 

Kau-ka-hi, s. ^izii, canoe, and itoAJ, one. 
A single canoe. See Kad. Ma ke kaulna 
o &eopuolani, a ma ke kaukahi o Hoapili, 
he waa aole i hoapipl ia, he waa hookahi. 
2. Figurativdy, a oneness; a perseve- 
rance ; steadiness in doing a thing ; ma ka 
kaiikaM kana hana ana, aole ma ka lauwili. 

Kau-ka-li', v. To wait for. See Kali. 
Aole hoi kakou i haalele akn o ke kuka ame 
- ka wahahee kavkali. 

Kau-ka-li, adj. See example above. 

KaU-ka-ma, s. Eng. A cucumber. Nah, 
11:5. Na kavkama ulu wale, wild gourds. 
2 Not. 4:39. 

KAtr-EA-MA, adj. See Eaua. He kane 
''Isama. Kamak. 

Kau-ka-na-wai, v. iuizu, to appoint, and 
ktmauMi, law. To establish or appoint, as 
a law ; as a king or legislatare. 

Kau-ka-na-wai, *. One tlmt makes. 

laws ; a lawgiver. Sin. 49:10. 
I Kau-ka-ni, or Tau-sa-ni, s. A tiiousand. 

Kau-ko-ko, v. An ancient word not 
much used. To string or hand on stiings, 
as a load to be carried on the mamake. 

Kau-ko-lo, v. To chase, as a fowl ; to 
follow ; to pursue. 

2. To persevere in asking a favor until 
obtained ; e hoomoo, e hookoikoi. 

3. To run and spread out, as the roots of 
a tree just under the surface of the ground. 

Kau-ko-lo, s. The small roots of a tree 

spreading and running every way. 
Kau-ku-kui, adj. Of or belonging to a 

candlestick or lamp. Luk. 8:16. 
Kau-IiA, s. a rope ; a strong cord ; a 

cord or tendon in the animal system. AnoA. 

26. 

2. Zaula nila, a chain of lightning, 

3. A bow string. Hal. 11:2. 

4. A line in a book or written document. 
/so.> 28:10. 

5. A stick laid across the rafters of a 
house or the top of the posts, after the man- 
ner of, a beam ; more properly written 
kaola. See Kaola.. 

_ 6. In geometry, the chord of an arc of a 

circle. Anahonua 28. 
7. A lash, i. e., the wound of a lash In 

whipping ; a stripe. 2 Kor. 11:24. 
Kau-la, s. a prophet; one who preaches 

or annouaces future events. O'A. 3:24. 
Kitf-LAE-LAE, t>. To put up something 

plainly to be eecu ; to exhibit clearly ; to 

make plain. See Laelajb. 
Kau-lai, v. To put up in the sun to 

dry ; kapili ma ka poi, a pili ka wela ma 



KAU 



239 



KAU 



ka laau, kaulai aka i ka la a maloo ; to 
hang np, aa clotbes'to dry. 

2. To lay aside for use. Nah. 11:32. 

3. To hang up. Puk. 26:13. 

4. To spread out in the Sun. Ter. 8:2. 
Kau-lai, s. Tfce act of drying what is 

■wot ; tilings so put up to dry. , 

Kati-la-hao, f. Kaula, rope, and hao, 
iroD. A chain ; a cable ; a chain of any 
size. 

KAC-LA-tEi, i. A bunch; thick tpgether, 
as a buaeu pf grapes. 

Kau-la-LiJ-a-hi-ne, *. The name of a 
rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; o ke 
ktndaiuaMne e moe ana ma ka aoao o ka 
waa, oia ka mea e paa ai ka ahu. See Ahu, 
a mat. 

Kau-i^-na, v. To be or become famous 
or renowBcd; to be celebrated for some 
quality ; ua kaulana, stka keia walil no ka 
naauao, this place is famous ior intelli- 
gence ; a kavlana aku i na aina e, to be 
renowned even to foreign lands. 

2. Hoo. To publish; to spread abroad, 
as news: to publish evil reports. KatU. 
22:14. 

3. To make famous or renowned either 
for good or evil. 

Kau-la-na, s. Fame; report; renown. 
los. 9:9. 

2. Government of an island; ho kaulaim 
o ka aina. 

Kau-la-na, adj. Universally known, 
noted or remarkable for some quality; cel- 
ebrated; notable, 

Kau-la-na-aa, s. a resting place on 
the road. See Oiovsx. 

iLwj-LA-NA-o-LE-Lo, s. Formerly used 
synonymous with hooilinaolelo. He kau- 
oba, i. e., the -will of a deceased person. 

Kau-la-wa-ha, v. Kaula, rope, and 
waha, mouth. Tq bridle ; to rein in ; to 
restrain, as a horse. Fio. Applied to the 
tongue, lak. 1:26. 

Kau-la-wa-ha: s. A mouth rope, i. e., 
a bridle. lak. 3:2. 

Kau-la-wa-hi-ne, s. Satda, prophet, 
and wahine. A prophetess. Puk. 15:20. 

Katt-lei, v. To be insecure ; e kauwale 
iho iluna, aole mapopo o ka paa ; to trust 
to what will not benefit. 

2. To be deceived in our opinioa of a 
thing. 

•3. To be too short for the purpose de- 
signed ; kaidei ka naau, to be deceitful 
(perhaps.) Kwm. Hem., B. 2, p. 26. 

Kau-lei, adj. Not firmly established; 
deceptive; without secure foundatiou; ap- 
plied to men seeking happiness in life and 
failing. 

Kab-ib-o, ». T6 exhort; to ur^ie or re- 



quest one to do a thing ; to eirioin, as a 
duty. Pii. 8. 

2. To charge; to command one to say or 
do something to or for auotber. I ifai. 5:8. 

Kau-lei-lei, v. See Kaulei. 

Kau-le-le, v. Kau and lele, to be sep- 
arated. See Lele. To add something on ; 
to enlarge ;. to 'be or do something besides 
what was proposed, as in making a bar- 
gain ; to add more scj as to aatisf}-. 

2. To spread over; to make abundant; 
to increase; manao iho la au, o kaulde aku 
i ko'u aloha maluna ou. 

Kau-le-le, s. An addition aiade to 
something ; an enlargement; that which is 
added to complete the bargain. 

Kau-le-le, adj. Over and above; added 
on ; enlarged ; very great ; he aloha kau- 
Ide !a oe e ka boalilhi. 

Kau-le-le, adv. With addition; exces- 
sively ; ke aloha kaideU aku nei au ia oe. 

Kau-le-le, s. A rocket. 

Kau-le-le, adj. Flying. See Lele. 
That which is set a flying ; hoike oia i ku 
ahi kwdsle, ho .exhibited sky-rockets. 

Kau-li-a, V- Pass, of kau for kauia-. 
Oram. § 48. Sometimes written kavJila. 

1. To be hung np; to be suspended. 
Eanl. 21:23. Hence, 

2. To kill ; to slay. los. 16:28. 
Kau-li-ke, v. Kju, and like, aUke. To 

balance or hang even, 

2. To make alike , to make no distinc- 
tion ; to be just ; to be equal ; to be right. 
Ezek. 18:28. Syjr. with ewaewa ole. 

3. To be just as good ; to be as well as ; 
na pololei, na kaidike keia mea me ka na- 
auao. 

4. In law, to deal in equity or righte- 
ously ; to decree, decide or do that wiiich 
is just, equitable and right without regard- 
ing the letter of the statute law. 

Kau-li-ke, s. Justice ; uprightness ; no 

partiality. 
Kau-li-ke, adj. Just; equitable. 

2. In geometry, parallel, as lines ; kalia 

kaidike, parallel lines. Aimhon, i. 
KAH-Ln-Lii, V. KauaniliUii,]itth. To 

divide out in small -quantities ; to make 

distributions on a small scale. 
Kau-lo-lo-a, v. To ask frequently for 

a thing; to tease in order to obtain a thing 

requested ; a loaS i keitahi kanaka kc koi 

hao, a lohe ke alii, alaila kandoloaia aku la, 

a lilo mai la. 
2. To speak to one (a chief) often as to 

an offense. 
Kau-lua, s. To be slack; to Ije remiss in 

fulfilling a prom&e ; to delay the time of 

doing a thing. Hoo. To wait; to delay; 

to procrastinate; also hookaukavhua; to 

put off; to postpone 2 Pei. 3:9. To li^- 



KAU 

ger in doing a thing. Kin. 19:16. Tq atay 

a long time in a place. 2 Nal. 1.5i20. 
Katt-ltta., v. Kau&nilua,two. To put 

two togetlier; to yoke or harness together, 
» as two animals. Kanl 22:10. 
Kait-uta, s. The name of several things 

where two are put or used together ; kau- 

lua, a, double-canoe ; bipi kwiihia, a, yoke' 

of oxen. 1 8am. 11:7. Kaulua lio, a span 

of horses. 2 Wcd-Tili. 
KAtr-LtTA, s. The name of this second 

month ; the fourth month of the summer 

season. 
Kau-ltt-a-li-o, s. See Kahlua above. 
Ka-u-lo-ma-loo, «. The dry growth, the 

name of a famine. 
Kau-ma-ha, b. To be heavy, as any 

substance. 

2. To be weary with carrying a heavy 
burden. 

3. To suffer oppression from rigorous 
service. 

4. To be weary for want of sleep. 

5. Applied to the fflind,J}0 be downcast 
in mind ; to be heavy-hearted ; to be sad ; 
to be sorry ^ to be grieved. Kin. 40:6. 

6. Hoo. To make heavy ; to oppress. ; to 
treat one with rigor. 

7. To afflict; to make one suffer unneces- 
sarily ; to be afBieted. Oihk. 23:27. 

Kau-ma-ha, V. To offer in sacrifice ; to 
kill a victii:i for sacrifice; to offer a gift 
upon an altar. Puk. 3:18. 

Kau-ma-ha, s. Weight, as of a burden ; 
weariness ; heaviness ; depression of spir- 
its ; nui ke kaumaha o kona naau no ko 
lakou lukn wale ana, he was rery sorrow- 
fid at such a slaughter of men. 

Kau-ma-ha, s. A sacrifice; a service 

rendered to Grod. 
Kau-ma-ha, adj. Heavy loaded, as a 

person or a beast of burden; burdensome; 

applied to the mind, painful. Hoo. Elard 

bearing. P«fc. 23:1. 

Kau-ma-kai-o-le, s. An epithet of old 

age. Sec Nihoeahi, one tooth'. 
Kau-ma-kai-o-le, v. Kaiia.nditnakai,io 

look, and oJe, not Not able to see or to 

see clearly; applied to old age. Generally 

hmanakalcie. 

Kau-mi-hau, >.). To appoint a kapu by 
the priest ; men were separated from their 
wives, and a hog was baked, hence the 
name to bake a hog ; a kaumikau ana ma 
ka ia kaua. 

Kau-'Moo, v. To be inactive because of 
jgnoranne or uncertainty how to act; to be 
in doubt what to do, and hence, to do noth- 
ing ; aole makou i mahi i ka aina, kammoo 
wale no, i ke akaka ole. 



240 KAU 

Kau-mo-ku, ) u. To cut short ; to cut 

Kau-MU-ku, \ off;, to shorten; to be anfit 
for the purpose desired. 

Kau-na, s. Four; the composite nuni- 
berfour. Oift.l2:4. See(Jrammar§116,5. 

KatjtNA-ko-ma, s. KauJia, four, and 
koma (Eng.li a comma. The four commas 
" " used in quoting another's words. 

Kau'ne, v. To be slow; to be dilatory; 
to walk or move leisurely; to cause delay. 

Kau-ne, s. Delay; slowness in doing 
a thing ; lagging behind. 

BLau-nei-nei, v. To cut oflf; to shorten ; 
not to be sufficient ; to be rmsteady; to be 
unfinished. See Kujlw. 

Kau-no-a, s. a slender worm which 
when it comes upon a. tree or herb, there 
is a universal withering ; ua kau miai ke 
kaunoa. 
2. The dodder, a parasitic plant 

Kau-no-o.-a, s. See Kaunoa 2. A spe- 
cies of vine which grows without a root 

Ka-u-nu, y. To make angry; to pro- 
voke ; to express the feeling of jealousy, 

Ka-u-nu-a-na-lau, s. Name of alkirge 
bird on Hawaii. 

Kau-pao-na, ) y, Yo weigh, as with 

Kau-pau-na, ) scales or steelyards ; to 
weigh out, as goods or money, i. e., to pay 
out Isa. 55:2. To weigh morally, as the 
deeds of men, 1 Sam. 2:3. As one's life 
and character. Dan. 5:27. 

Kau-pao-na, ) s. Scales for weighing; 

Kau-pau-na, J steelyards or other instnj- 
.ments for weigliing. Soik. S:5, 

2, The weight of a thing. Oilik. 26:26. 

ELau-pa-ku, s. Kau and paku, a parti- 
tion. The upper ridge pole of a house, di- 
viding the house properly so .called and the 
bonnet or cap of the house, Zso, 22:1, 

KAU-PA.rKU, V. To put ou the. bonnet or 
thatch the ridge of a house ; alalia, kau- 
paku a paa, pau la hana, ' 

Kau-pa-le, v. Kau and pak, to defend 
off. To separate, i. e., to put a mark or 
sign ot partition; to cause a division, Isa. 
59:2. To stand between ; to set or put, as 
au obstruction or divisioB. Hai. 104:9. To 
raise a slight partition between, so sis to 
stop a cliild. Hoo. To fence or partition 
off. Fig. To fence off, i. e., resist tempta- 
tion to evil ; hookaupale aku ta hewa. 

Kau-pa-le, s. Something coming be- 
tween two things to separate them, either 
sensibly or imaginary ; a boundary lino 
bfetweentwo lands; a partition in a bouse; 
a dam, &c. 

Kau-pe, v. To put down ; to put low ■ 
to humble ; to crush. See Pe. 



KAU 



241 



KAH 



Kau-pi-li, v. Used in a mele as follows : 

Kaupili alo alai o.U&beha, 
ke kanaka no kuhe i ka irai. 

Kau-pi-li, s. To unite, as man and wife j 

. to love one anotber, as two persons. 
Kau-poo-hi-wi, v. KaudMapooMwitths 

shoulder. To put or place on the shoulder; 

to sfaonlder, as something heavy; as flre- 

aiTus. 

J£au-poo-hi-wi, adj. What is placed on 
the shoulder ; applied to a musket ; ua 
mahuahuit iki ae na pu kxtupoMwi, the 
number of muskets (Bhoulder-gans) wiis a 
little iitcreAsed. 

Kau-po-d-na, s. Another orthography 
for kaupdona, but seldom used. See ICac- 
Fi.oNA. Steelyards and scales forweiglung. 

Ka-d-pu, ii Name of a lai^ black birf- 
the size x>t a turkey, found mostly on Nihoa 
and Kaula. 

Kau-pu-a, *. An elevated clouid of sin- 
^Iivr appearance. . 
2. Name of an ancient pastime. 

Kau-wa, v. See Kaua, v., 5. A ser- 
vant ; in the most general sense, one who 
serves ot does the business or labors'for 
another. ~ 

1. Any Subject of a king or chief. 

2. A household or domestic servant. 

3. A slave ; a menial servant ; kauvia 
kpo, aa order of men who sacrificed them- 
selves on the death of a chiei. 

Kau-wa, c. To serve; to do the will of 
another." Boo. To serve another, as a peo- 
ple serve a king; to serve, as a master; to 
be in a state of bondage. Puk. 14:12. • 

Kau-wai, v. To pour out, as water; to 
lead along, as a small stream ; to pour 
into ; to fiQ with water. 

Kau-wau, s. The sickness of dogs; 
sickness of all ki4d8. 

Kau-wa-hi, art. Some; something; 
some place ; any one place or thing.' See 
Kau, place. 

Kau-wa-hi, s. Some ; some part ; a 
part of a thing. Isa. 44:16; A parcel in- 
definitely large. Kin. 3S:19. Kamtiahi o 
ke koko, some of the blood. Notb. — Kau- 
leahi as a substantive rarely takes the airti- 
cle, except when it refers to place. Stat. 
25:8. It has always the idea of a partitive. 

Kau-wa-ka-me, J. Kamoa and kane, 
male. A man or male servant. JEoni.5:18. 

Kau-wa-lu-pe, V. Kauwa and lupe, kite. 
To carry ; applied to persons who have a 
frien4 in danger from others, some taking 
Ijim by the arms, some by the legs and 
other parts to carry him off. 

KAir-wA-wA-Hi-NE, s. Kav^o, and wa- 
him, female. A maid servant. Puk. 20:14, 

Kact-wje-lo, v. To putup some.sjgnal 
31 



that the year has past and that a new year 

Is began ; ma ka malama o Ikuwa e kau- 

wda ai ka makahiki. 
Kau-we-we, s. A covering, or what is 

put on top of an imu or oven in baking 

food. 
2. A ruffle for the neck, not fertile bosom, 

tbatispiAoptto. 
Kati-vti-la, v. To appoint as a day of 

consecrating a heiau; o kekahi akua o Kaui- 

kauila; e hoomakaukau no ka la e kauwila 

ai ka heiau. Laieik. 164. 
Kad-wi-la, s. Another orthography for 

kauila. See Kacha. A species of hard 

reddish wood found on Kauai, used for war 

spears, kapa mallets, &c. 
KAtr-wi-t^, adj. A day or time under a 

kapu,; a kokoke i ka la kaiamia. laieUc. 

164. 
Kau-wi-u, v. To mingle in with other 

thingEf. 
2. To gather on to a moving thingt aa 

people join on to a traveling-party. 

Kau-wo, v. To pull; to draw, &c. See 

Kado. 
Kait-wo-ha, v. To give a charge, &e. 

See Kadooa. 
Katj-wo-wo, v. To increase; to grow 

thriftily. See Kaoouo. 
Ka-ha, v. To scratch; to make marks; 

to write ; to make marks indefinitely. 

2. To cut ; to hew, as timber. 

3. To cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip 
open, as the belly of a person. Amoa 1:13. 

4. To turn about and go away; to go off; 
to set out to go. L(Aeik. 67. 

6. Soo. To seize; to take with one's 
knowledge, but without his consent ; to 
rob ; to take what is another's. See Hoo- 
KAUA, an extortion. See Maeaha. 

Ka-ha, v. To stand sideways; to'stand 
up on the edge like the comb of a cock; to 
tread water; to swim standing up. Laieik. 
92. 

2. To land or be thrown on the shore 
from the surf without asurf-boaid. 

3. FiQ. To press the laud on the back, 
as when one lands on shore in the surf ; e 
kaka i ka nalu ; hence tiie proverbial ex- 
pression, ua kaha aku la ka nalu o kuu 
aind,, means (Lit. ; The surf has pressed 
updn my land) to have a famine for land, 
i. e., to press, to squeeze the people for food. 

Ea-ha, s. A scratch; a mark; a letter. 

2. In mathemaiies, a line. 

3. A strip of barren land on tb« sea 
shore; hence. 

4. Barren land anywhere where upland 
kalo will not grow, but.the people depend 
on another place. 

5.- Thfc channel of a small stream. See 
Kaeawai and ICahasai. 



KAH 



212 



KAH 



Ka-ha, *. A kind of paper or cloth. 
Z. The crafik of a whip ; the report of a 
pistol. 

3. Robbery ; plunder ; rapine ; oppres- 
sion. 

Ka-hat v. To be fat ; to be plump ; to 
be ftiU, as a well-fed animal. Kin. 41:2. 

Ka-ha, s. Largeness: fatness; plump- 
ness ; aohe lo o ke kah/t. 

Ka-ha-a-ku-a, s. Kaha, marks, and 
ohm,, god. A track of a god in a desert 
place. 

Ka-ha-a-po< s. Kaha, marks, and apo, 
hoop. Lrr. An embracing mark. 

1. The circumference; be umi kapuai ke 
kahaapo o kekahi, ten feet is the circum- 
ference of some. 

2. In grammar, brackets. [ ]. 
Ka-ha-e-a, v. See Osiaomao. To ex- 
tend over the heavens as a cloud, varie- 
gated, black, white, blue, &c.; x\a,'ka,haea 
luna, na hoopono i ka maka u ka opua. 

Ua ODiaomao ka laoi, ua kahaea lona, 
Ua pipl Jia maka <'> na boku, 

Ka-ha-f.-a, J. The name of a disease; 

iliB thrush; the scald head; then goes over 

the body and is called kakaea. 
2. The name of a god. 
Ka-ha-b-a, *. A singular appearance of 

the sky in the morning ; a sign of rain ; he 

kahaea ia, be aouli ua ia. 
Ka-hai, c. To gird; to bind one. girdle. 
2. To decrease, as a noise ; to cease ; to 

come to and to be quiet. See K.u<auai. 
Ka-hai, s. A girdle-.; a belt ; a fillet. 
2. Quietness ; stillness after a clamor. 
ICa-hau, c. To abate, as the wind ; pe- 

hea*ka makani? Ua kahau iki mai, aole 

ikaika : e hole kakou. 

2. To be diminished, as sickness; ua ka- 
hauVa mai kon mai, ua pale ka nui. 

3. To abate, as a stream of water; kahau 
ka wai, kokoke pau. 

Ka-eau, s. The name of a play or pas- 
time ; he kahau kaM hana. 
Ka-ha-u-la, adj. See Aikahaula and 

MOBKAHADLA. 

Ka-ha-0''lb, V. JSJaha, to cut, and ule, 
penis. To. circumcise. See ICahbole. 

Ka-ha-ha', int. An expression of won- 
der, surprise or displeaeiure. NolE. — Ha- 
waiiaas in the use of this word express a 
great variety of shades of meaning, accord- 
ing to the pronunciation, tone of voice, &c. 

Ka-ha-ha', u To wonder or . be sur- 
prised at a thing ; to be astonished at the 
sight of a thing or at an idea expressed by 
one ; to marvel ; to hiss at ; to treat with 
contempt; to be In doubt or perplexity of 
■what one sees or hears and knows not how 
to aoconnt for; to think a thing strange., i 



I'et. 4:4. Note.— 'This word is used with 
manao or naau to express wonder. 

Ka-ha-ha-ia, s, a wonder; an object 
of wonder or astonishment to the beholder, 
as something unaccountable. Kanl. 28:3. 

Ka-ha-ha-nai, s. Kaha and kanai, the 
name of the strings that surround a cala- 
bash ; hence, in geometry, the radius of a 
circle. Anahjon. 23. 

Ka-ha-hui, s. Kaha, a mark, and hui, 
to unite. In mvsic, a brace. 

Ka-ha-kaj, s. £(2^, mark, and ^o}, sea. 
The sea shore. Kin. 49:13. 
2. The sand of the sea beach. 
S. The name of the region of country 
bordering on the sea. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha, I'. The 13th conj. of kaha, 
io mark, &c. To m irk or scratch frequently. 
1 Sam. 21:13. To writo upon paper or a 
slate. Fuk. 31:18. To engrave on stone or 
copper ; to write in the sand or upon the 
ground ; aole anei e kaliakalia ko kakoa 
naau i kekahi hena o kela kanaka? To cut 
off; to divide frequently, 

Ka-ha-ka-ha, *. Hon. A display; a 
show of uress , a parade, &c. See Hooka- 

HAKABA. 

Kfl-HA-KA-HA, s. An engraving ; a wri- 
ting, fuk. 28:21. 

Ka-ha-ka-ha-na, s. The clothes in 

■ which a corpse is dressed ; grave clothes. 
loan 11:44. 

Ka-ha-ke-lr-a-we, s. jpToAa, to cut, and 
kekawe, copper. A cutting of copper ; an 
engraving ; ka mea a ka ■poe kaltaJideawe i 
hana'i. 

Ka-ha-ku-hi, s. Kaha, mark, and kuhi, 
to point out. In grammar, any letter, mark 
or character directing the reader to the 
margin or bottom of tibe page. 

Ka-ha-ki-ki, v. To pour down violently, 

as rain. 
Ka-ha-la, *. Nameoi a species of fish. 
Ka-ha-la-ha-la, s. He kahalahala, na 

palai. 
Ka-ha-la-wai, s. The mixing of two 

uulike substances so as to make a third lui- 

like, as paints of different colors. 

Ka-ha-le-le-le-po, s. The name of a 

limine in former times. 
Ka-ha-u-u, v. To struggle. 
Ka-ha-lo-a, s. The name of a stone 

brought before- a priest in a certain pule 

anaana. 
Ka-ha-na, s. The name of a valley on 

Eauai. 
Ka-ha-ni-a, ». JV inserted for I, To be 

shaven; to be out close; to be made'smdotlii 

as a shaven head ; kahama ke poo o ka 

ohule. 



KAH 



243 



KAH 



Ka-ha-fi-li, s. Kaha, a mark, and piZi, 
to touch. In geometry, a tangent of a cir- 
cle. Anahon. 23. 

Ka-ha-po-ai, s. ZoAa, a mark, and poai, 
to surrouncl. In geometry, the line of a cir- 
cle ; the circumference of a circle. 

Ka-ha-poc-hi-wi, s. Kaha, fat, and poo- 
hiwi, shoulder. The fat or muscle on the 
shoulder-blade or ovcir it. 

Ka-ha-put;, s. Name of a plant of the 
fern species growing on the rnounUiins, 
eaten iu time of famine for food. See U\- 
rm. 

Ka-ha-wai, s. Kaha, a small stream, 
and wai, water. A brook ; a rivulet ; a 
water cour.se ; a cascade ; a stream with 
frequent rapids ; any small stream. Kanl. 
8:7. 

Ka-he, v. To spill; to pour out, as 
water or blood. 

2. To run, as ivater; to flow, as a stream 
or river. 

3. To flow, i. 0.., to abound iii any sub- 
stance. ' Nah. 14:8. 

4. To drop ; to trickle, as tears. Ezek. 
24:16. 

6. To flow, as froth from the mouth of a 
person in a Ut. 

6. To flow, as blood from a wound. 

7. jCToo. To ca\ise (o flow or run, a.s a 
lif(md, i. e., to water, as a land; to shed or 
cause to flow, as blood in murd(^r. Kin. 
37:22. 

8. To cause to flow back, as the sea. 
Puk. 14:21. 

* * ' * • keata, 

us 1'"^ o Kaikaa ku i ka maka Hi, 

H&Dini, umilani e luai e ao 

E leaks e Vakahi mai auanei 

Ka omaka wui kapu o Louo. 

Ka-he, v. To cut or slit longitudinally; 
to cut off; with oroofca, to circumcise alter 
the Hawaiian manner ; to castrate ; to 
.shave. 8eo K,uii. 

2. To bind round the waist ; to gird. 

3. To begin to wither, as leaves eaten by 
a worm. 

Ka-he, s. Hoo. A flowing; a flowing 
of blood ; 111', poko ma kauwahi,_he la ma 
kauwalii, he hauoki flia kauwahi, he kahe 
ma kauwahi. 

Ka-he-a, I'. See Hea, to call. To call 
any one for any purpose. OHik. 1:1. 

2. To r.vy to one for help ; to call upon 
one, as in prayer. Puk. ii\l&. 

3. To speak : to call aloud. 

4. To cry out, as in pain. 
Ka-he-a, v. To be dirty; to be foul; to 

be corrupt. See rAi>.iiiEA. 
Ka-he-a, adj. Foul ; filthy. 
Ka-he-a-wai, v. To flow; to be soft; 

to run like water. 
2. To be multitudinous 



Ka-hee, v. See Hbe, to slip; to slide. 

To slip flowers along from the needle or 

manai to the .string iu making wreatti.s. 
Ka-hei, v. To tie round, as a girdle or 

belt ; to gird on. See Kabi. 
Ka-hei, s. A belt ; a band around the 

belly of a person. 

2. A sack passing over the shoulders, as 
a soldier's belt. 

3. A cloth for preserving goods. 
Ka-he-u, v. To clean -weeds, as in a 

garden ; to put a garden in order ; to stir 

up the dirt, pull up the weeds, grass, &o. 

See 11 KU. 
Ka-he-u-le, u Kake, to cut, and ule, 

the penis. To circumcise. See Kaue. 
Ka-he-u-mi-u-mi, s. Kahe, to cut, and 

wriwmd, beard. A beard cutter, i. e., a 

razor. 
Ka-he-hi, V. To slip ; to mistake ; to 

slip off. 
Ka-iie-ka, s. Na io paakai liu o na ka- 

heka. 
Ka-he-ko-ko, s. Kahe, to flow, and koko, 

blood. LiisTully, liie shedding of blood; 

ua knhekoko i ka nahua ('■ ke anu. 
Ka-he-la, s. The name of thf swell of 

the sea when it comes along thf wettem 

shore of Hawaii from the south. 
Ka-he-la, V. To move along, as the 

kahcla above mentioned. 

Kakfla ka nalu o ka pae tauhala, 
Hoo aiai kc kaiko o Maliu— e. 

Ka-he-la-he-la, V. To lie spread put, 
as a person asleep, his limbs extended and 
spread apart. See Kahei,.\. 

Kn&ela, kahelattela ka lae o Leie. 

Ka-he-le, s. Lit. The going. A braid- 
ing ; a wreathing, as of vines ; a platting 
of leaves. 
, 2. The name of the common adze. 

Ka-he-na-wai, s. Lit. Kalie-na-wai, 
flowing of water. A water brook; running- 
water. 

Ka-he-wa, V. To miss; to make an si- 
tempt but not succeed; to tf y and to be 
foiled. 

Ka-hi, V. To rub gently with the thumb 
and finger. 

2. To comb, as the hair. Note. — The 
idea is from the motion of rubbing, polish- 
ing, sawing, &c. 

S. To cut.; to shave, as the beard. 2 
Sar/i. 10:4. 

4- To cut, that is, to tear; to lacerate. 
Lwik. 8:7. See K.-VHS, to out, &c. Mea 
k-ahi unaiomi, a barber. 

5. To cut. as thK hair. Z«nfc. 16:17. From 
the old manner of sawing off the hair witfi 
bamboo knives. 

6. To slit open, i. e., cut longitudiiiaUy: 



KAH 



244 



KAH 



kahi i ka opn, kahe i lea omaka. See Kahe. 
NoTK. — The feeble sound of e and i so rnuiiU 
resemble each other that both orthogra- 
phies are used, i. e., fcafte and kalii, to cut, 
though thji latter is preferable. 

Ka-hi, s. ,A place ; some definite place 
spoken of or nnderstodd: it does not adinit 
of the definite article; often STs. with wahi. 
Kakl kuai, a market place,' or simply a 
market ; ma kahi e aku, at another place ; 
kahi kakakaka o ko'u kina, the beaten place 
of my offense; kaM hoano, a holy place; a 
sanctuary. NAh. 3:28. 

Ka-hi, ait. Gram. .^ 6b. One; some 
one; som?;;!!il takes' the article ke—kekalii, 
Tvhieh see. Some ; a part ; a portion ; o 
ka ia kahi' oa ke akua, some fish for the 
god. See Hooiciiii. 

Ka-hi- AP, v. To give away lavishly and 
inconsiderately. 

Ka-hi- Air, adj.. haivisii of gifts; wasting 
of property by indisorimicate giving ; he 
katiaka fcaAioM. See KmisAU. 

KatHI-o, a(^'. Proud. 

.Ka'-hi-o-lo-na, adj. Of cutting or peel- 
■ ing olona ; ma ka hale kahiokna, at the 
house for cutting olona. Lakik. 206. 

Ka-hi-u-mi-u-mi, v. Kitki and umivnii, 

beard. To shave off the beard. 
KA-Hi-ff-Mi-u-Mi, s. ■ A beard cutter, i. e., 

a bai ber. See KAHEDMiuMt. 
Ka-hi-hi, ?;. See Ilmi. To entatigle ; to 

choke, as weeds do plants. Mai, 13:7. 

2. To sue one at law; to cause on^j to ijfe 
entangled witb a law or kapu. Mai. 6:ki. 

3. To entangle one by accusing him ; to 
tell false stories ; to slander. 

4. To block up an entrance ; ua kaMd 
ka puka o ka hale e ka upena isanana, th» 
door of the house was stopped with a spi- 
der's web. 

Ka-hi-ht, s. Entanglement; perplexity. 

Ka-hi-ka-hi, b. To isciatcli out, as wri- 
ting with a knife. 

Ka-hi-ka-ka-ka-ka, s. a irau do e hoo- 
kOBio Iho ma kabikakakaka o ko'u kina. 
Kahi here is probably llie noun, and Jtaka- 
kaka the adjective. 

Ka-hi-ka-le-na, '0. To finish; to dis- 
pose of before auother is aware, as if a part 
of a family should eat up the food while 
part were absent; a e anai mai kalakaUna 
k« i kapa— hai ka mea h.alni ole ; pau loa, 
aohe mea koe. 

Ka-hi-ki, s, It takes no article. The 
general name of any foreign country ; hai 
mai la oia i na 'lii i kona holo i kahiki, ho 
told tho chiefs of hia sailing to a foreign 
cmiulry; hence, hohkahiki means any Ha- 
waiian v/ho has been to a foreign land. 

Ka-hi-ko, s. The name of the first man 



upon the Hawaiian Islands according to 
some genealogies; ua hou ia mai, m» ka 
mookuaubau i kapaia Ololo, he kane ia ka- 
naka mua loa, o Kalako kona inoa, it m 
said again, in the genealogy called Ololo, 
that the very first inhabitant was a male, 
whose name vas KaMko. The question 
here discussed is whether the first person 
on the Islands was a man or woman. D. 
Malo, chap. 3, 4. 

Ka-hi-k6, v. To be or become old ; to 
fade, as a flower or leaf; ua kabiko o, to 
become old prematurely ; to be ancient, 

Ka-hi-ko, adj. Old; ancient; that which 
is long past; poe kahiko. the ancients; the 
old peo{)le ; Wa kahiko, old time. 

Ka-hi-ko, «. An elderly person ; an old 
mftn: elua man mea kahiko, e kipakuia'naj 
e hele pela, two old men, thiey were being 
driven away. Stk. with poohina. Idb. 
15:10. 

Ka*hi-ko, v. To put on or dress in 
superb clothing; to put on splendid ap- 
parel for appearance sake ; to be clothed 
splendidly. Mat. 6:29. 

2. To decjk or put on ornaments, as an 
Eastern bride, /so. 6J :10. .• 

3. To adorn with royal robes, as ancient 
kings in their armor. fMleilt. 112. To go 
in full armor, as a sofdier equipped. Kani. 
3.18, ' 

-i. To be armed for battle. 

a. To show honor ; to dignify bv honori 
able treatment. 1 Kor. 12:23. 
Ka"Ki~ko, s. A splendid dress; the dress 
and ornaments, as of au Eastern bridt- 
groom. Isa. 61:10. 

2. Tbc iidestly robes of Aaron. Puh. 
29:21. Jsa kabiko laa, the consecrated gar- 
ments. 

5. Armor; defensive weapons ; military 
dress. i'Jjes. fi:l3. 

4. The furniture of a house, -jspccially 
handsome costly fturniture; e hookupu pah* 
no ko lakou w^iwai, ko lakou kaWko o ka 
hale. 

Ka-hi-ko-kau-a, adj. Hale JcahiJiokmid, 
house for aftnory. Isa. 22:8.- 

Ka-hi-ko-iii-ko, v. To be very aged; to 
1h' well versed in ancient aSiairs ; to speak 
in the language of anciunt times; to follow 
ancient customs. 

Ka-hi-ko-i,i;, s. Three in one; the Trin- 
ity; used only in the Scriphiral sense; the 
(lOdliead, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. 

Ea-ui-ko-ltj, adj. Three-fold ; three 'n 
one, 

Ka-hi-li, s. See iliLi, to plat; to twist. 
A brush generally, but especially a fly- 
brush, made of fe.ithers botind On to a stick. 
2, EmphalkaUy, the large brushes ussd 
by the oaiefs; they wore used as badges Of 
royally on all public occasions... 



KAH 



245 



KAH 



Ka-hi-li, v. To brushy to sweep, as 
with a broom ; to sweepj as a house. Mat. 
12:44. To wipe. 

2. To sweep away, as the wind blows 
away light substances ; hence, 

3. To destroy; 

4. To change j to be changeable. 
Ka-hi-li-hi-li, u To scatter away ; to 

brush off, as small dust or light substances. 
Ka-hi-mo-e, s. Kaki, place, and moe, to 

sleep. Aslceping place; a bedstead. 
Ka-hi-na, v. See Hina, to fall. To fall 

before one; to bo the victim of one's in- 

tiigue or displeasure. 

2. To supplant; to taKo the advAntage 
ofon«. Kin. 21 M. 

Ka-hi-na-lii, s. Proper name of a cele- 
brated chief in whose days was the flood ; 
hence, kaiakahinalU, the flood. See also 
HiNAlJi with tlic.arljele dropped. 

Ka-hi-nu, v. See Htnu. To rub over 
with oil ; to anoint. Kanl. 28:40. 

2; To rnb over or anoint, as a Hacrifice, 
with a brush large in the middle. 

3. To rub or grease tlic runners of a sled 
or holua which was formerly used. See 

HOLUA, 

i. To roast, as meat. Kanl. 16:7. 

Ka-ho-a, 1). To appease one vvho mpy 
be angry with us ; to exhort an evil per- 
son to {>e good, to do right, &c. 

Ka-ho-a-ho-a, u To be still; to behave 
quiefty ; to do no evil. 

Ka-ho-a-ka, s. The spirit or soul of a 
person still living, supposed to be seen by 
liriests; nona ia jcahoaka c hihia nei, he 
uhane, he faaili, he uhane kakaola. 

Ka-hoi, v. To hinder ; to keep back. 

Ka-h6o-ku-i, s. a, union ; a joining ; a 
uniting. See Km and Hookci. 

Ka-ho-ho, V, To cry out or after one. 
.See Hfxono. 

Ka-ho-ho, s. a crying out; a shouting; 
a calling. 

Ka-ho-kai, v. To mix up. 

2. IJoo. To mix two ingredients, as earth 
and water; to mix up, as in malting bread. 

Ka-Ho-loj v. To work rapidly at any 
busino^. 

2. To row quickly. 

3. To jostle ; to be moved or put out of 
place ; e omaii, o holo luna. 

Ka-ho-lo, (wZy, Movable ; unfixed ; un- 
steady. 

Ka-hu